Editor`s Department, The: Greetings, or, getting to know me

Transcription

INDEX TO LANGUAGE 2001–2012
1
200 years of syntax: A critical survey. By G. Graffi. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 78.4.810 (2002).
A priori artificial languages. By A. Libert. BN by J. Holeš. 80.2.351–52 (2004).
AAE camouflage construction, An. By C. Collins, S. Moody, and P. M. Postal. 84.1.29–68 (2008).
AARTS, BAS; D. DENISON; E. KEIZER; and G. POPOVA (eds.) Fuzzy grammar: A reader. BN by K. K. Grohmann.
82.4.935–36 (2006).
AARTS, BAS, and A. MCMAHON (eds.) The handbook of English linguistics. Rev. by E. C. Traugott. 84.4.874–77
(2008).
AARTS, BAS, and S. WALLIS (eds.) The British component of the International Corpus of English (ICE-GB), Release
2. Rev. by M. Davies. 85.2.443–45 (2009).
AARTS, BAS, and S. WALLIS (eds.) Diachronic Corpus of Present-Day Spoken English (DCPSE). Rev. by M.
Davies. 85.2.443–45 (2009).
AASMÄE, NIINA; I. LEHISTE; E. MEISTER; K. PAJUSALU; P. TERAS; and T.-R. VIITSO. Erzya prosody. BN by D.
Stifter. 82.4.955 (2006).
Abaza applicatives. By B. O’Herin. 77.3.477–93 (2001).
ABBI, ANVITA. A manual of linguistic field work and structure of Indian languages. BN by G. van Driem. 82.2.450
(2006).
ABBOTT, BARBARA; G. WARD; B. J. BIRNER; L. R. HORN; P. JACOBSON; and J. M. SADOCK. Obituary of Ellen F.
Prince. 87.4.866–72 (2011).
ABDUL-RAOF, HUSSEIN. Arabic rhetoric: A pragmatic analysis. Rev. by J. Dickins. 85.4.908–12 (2009).
ABDUL-RAOF, HUSSEIN. Arabic stylistics: A coursebook. BN by A. S. Kaye. 80.1.166 (2004).
ABEILLÉ, ANNE (ed.) Treebanks: Building and using parsed corpora. Rev. by P. Resnik. 83.4.876–80 (2007).
ABEILLÉ, ANNE, and D. GODARD. The syntactic structure of French auxiliaries. 78.3.404–52 (2002).
Abkhaz. By V. A. Chirikba. BN by T. R. Wier. 81.2.516–17 (2005).
ABOH, ENOCH O., and E. BOBYLEVA. Rev. of Baptista and Guéron (eds.), Noun phrases in creole languages: A
multi-faceted approach. 87.1.172–78 (2011).
ABONDOLO, DANIEL. Obituary of Robert Austerlitz. 80.1.142–52 (2004).
ABRAHAM, WERNER. Rev. of Alexiadou, Anagnostopoulou, and Everaert (eds.), The unaccusativity puzzle:
Explorations of the syntax-lexicon interface. 84.1.173–76 (2008).
ABRAHAM, WERNER, and C. J.-W. ZWART (eds.) Issues in formal German(ic) typology. BN by K. K. Grohmann.
79.4.827–28 (2003).
ABRAHAM, WERNER, and C. J.-W. ZWART (eds.) Studies in comparative Germanic syntax: Proceedings from the
15th Workshop on Comparative Germanic Syntax. BN by L. Roels. 80.4.906–7 (2004).
ABRAMSON, ARTHUR S. Rev. of Catford, A practical introduction to phonetics. 2nd edn. 79.3.631–34 (2003).
Academic reference grammar of Modern Literary Uzbek, An. By A. J. E. Bodrogligeti. BN by S. Georg. 82.4.938
(2006).
Access Spanish: A first language course. By M. Utrera Cejudo. BN by D. T. De Felice. 83.3.691–92 (2007).
ACETO, MICHAEL. Rev. of DeGraff (ed.), Language creation and language change: Creolization, diachrony, and
development. 77.2.376–78 (2001).
ACETO, MICHAEL, and J. P. WILLIAMS (eds.) Contact Englishes of the eastern Caribbean. BN by D. E. Walicek.
81.3.766 (2005).
ACKERMAN, FARRELL, and A. E. GOLDBERG. The pragmatics of obligatory adjuncts. 77.4.798–814 (2001).
ACKERMAN, FARRELL, and J. MOORE. Proto-properties and grammatical encoding: A correspondence theory of
argument selection. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 81.3.766–67 (2005).
Acoustic analysis of vowel variation in New World English, An. By E. R. Thomas. BN by R. Hagiwara. 80.4.903
(2004).
Acoustic and auditory phonetics. 2nd edn. By K. Johnson. BN by J. Tuomainen. 83.3.677–78 (2007).
Acoustic phonetics. By K. N. Stevens. BN by B. Collins. 77.1.190 (2001).
Acquisition in interlanguage pragmatics: Learning how to do things with words in a study abroad context. By A.
Barron. BN by M. Callies. 81.1.281 (2005).
Acquisition of direct object scrambling and clitic placement, The: Syntax and pragmatics. By J. C. Schaeffer. BN by
K. K. Grohmann. 81.1.289–90 (2005).
Acquisition of French in different contexts, The: Focus on functional categories. Ed. by P. Prévost and J. Paradis.
BN by T. McGarry. 83.2.466 (2007).
Acquisition of Japanese as a second language, The. Ed. by K. Kanno. BN by P. S. Ding. 78.1.192 (2002).
Acquisition of scrambling and cliticization, The. Ed. by S. Powers and C. Hamann. BN by K. K. Grohmann.
78.4.818–19 (2002).
Acquisition of second language syntax, The. By S. M. Braidi. BN by G. Thurgood. 77.1.197–98 (2001).
2
Acquisition of Spanish, The: Morphosyntactic development in monolingual and bilingual L1 acquisition and adult
L2 acquisition. By S. A. Montrul. BN by M. A. Dziugis. 83.3.683–84 (2007).
Acquisition of Swedish grammar, The. Ed. by G. Josefsson, C. Platzack, and G. Håkansson. BN by M. Kilarski.
83.3.678–79 (2007).
Actes du trente-deuxième Congrès des Algonquinistes. Ed. by J. D. Nichols. BN by D. Golumbia. 79.4.814–15
(2003).
Actualization: Linguistic change in progress. Ed. by H. Andersen. Rev. by E. C. Traugott. 79.4.772–75 (2003).
Adam’s tongue: How humans made language, how language made humans. By D. Bickerton. Rev. by M. A. Arbib.
86.2.431–35 (2010).
ADAMS, J. N. Bilingualism and the Latin language. BN by J. F. Eska. 80.4.872 (2004).
ADAMS, J. N.; M. JANSE; and S. SWAIN (eds.) Bilingualism in ancient society: Language contact and the written
word. BN by J. F. Eska. 80.4.872–73 (2004).
ADAMS, VALERIE. Complex words in English. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.4.799–800 (2002).
ADELAAR, WILLEM, with P. MUYSKEN. The languages of the Andes. Rev. by R. Cerrón-Palomino. 83.2.422–25
(2007).
ADGER, CAROLYN TEMPLE. Rev. of Rickford and Rickford, Spoken Soul: The story of Black English. 77.3.590–91
(2001).
ADGER, CAROLYN TEMPLE; D. CHRISTIAN; and O. TAYLOR (eds.) Making the connection: Language and academic
achievement among African American students. BN by I. M. Laversuch. 77.4.849–50 (2001).
ADGER, DAVID. Core syntax: A minimalist approach. Rev. by A. Alexiadou. 81.4.975–76 (2005).
ADGER, DAVID; S. PINTZUK; B. PLUNKETT; and G. TSOULAS (eds.) Specifiers: Minimalist approaches. BN by A.
Pereltsvaig. 78.2.347–48 (2002).
ADGER, DAVID, and J. QUER. The syntax and semantics of unselected embedded questions. 77.1.107–33 (2001).
Adjective classes: A cross-linguistic typology. Ed. by R. M. W. Dixon and A. Y. Aikhenvald. Rev. by A. Spencer.
84.2.407–9 (2008).
Adjectives: Formal analyses in syntax and semantics. Ed. by P. Cabredo Hofherr and O. Matushansky. Rev. by N.
Corver. 88.1.191–93 (2012).
Adjectives and adverbs: Syntax, semantics, and discourse. Ed. by L. McNally and C. Kennedy. Rev. by R. Eckardt.
86.2.450–52 (2010).
Adjectives, number and interfaces: Why languages vary. By D. Bouchard. Rev. by E. Cowper. 82.4.884–87 (2006).
ADLER, SILVIA, and D. KURZON (eds.) Adpositions: Pragmatic, semantic and syntactic perspectives. Rev. by Ö.
Dahl. 86.2.448–50 (2010).
ADONE, DANY, and I. PLAG (eds.) Creolization and linguistic change. BN by D. K. Nylander. 77.2.395–96 (2001).
Adpositions: Pragmatic, semantic and syntactic perspectives. Ed. by D. Kurzon and S. Adler. Rev. by Ö. Dahl.
86.2.448–50 (2010).
Advances in comparative Germanic syntax. Ed. by A. Alexiadou, J. Hankamer, T. McFadden, J. Nuger, and F.
Schäfer. Rev. by J. van Craenenbroeck. 86.4.940–43 (2010).
Advances in corpus linguistics: Papers from the 23rd International Conference on English Language Research on
Computerized Corpora (ICAME 23). Ed. by K. Aijmer and B. Altenberg. BN by H. Lindquist. 83.1.215 (2007).
Adverbials: The interplay between meaning, context, and syntactic structure. Ed. by J. R. Austin, S. Engelberg, and
G. Rauh. BN by K. Hiietam. 83.3.665–66 (2007).
Advertising in rural India: Language, marketing communication, and consumerism. By T. K. Bhatia. BN by E.
Battistella. 78.4.793–94 (2002).
African American English: A linguistic introduction. By L. Green. BN by T. L. Weldon. 82.4.948 (2006).
African American English in the diaspora. By S. Poplack and S. Tagliamonte. Rev. by R. W. Fasold. 81.2.504–8
(2005).
African-American literacies. By E. Richardson. BN by C. A. Lenz. 81.1.286–87 (2005).
African voices: An introduction to the languages and linguistics of Africa. Ed. by V. Webb and Kembo-Sure. Rev.
by H. F. W. Stahlke. 78.4.776–78 (2002).
Against Creole exceptionalism. Discussion Note by M. DeGraff. 79.2.391–410 (2003).
Against Creole exceptionalism (redux). Discussion Note by M. DeGraff. 80.4.834–39 (2004).
Against formal phonology. By R. F. Port and A. P. Leary. 81.4.927–64 (2005).
AGBAYANI, BRIAN, and C. GOLSTON. Phonological movement in Classical Greek. 86.1.133–67 (2010).
Agents in Early Welsh and Early Irish. By N. Müller. BN by J. F. Eska. 78.4.812 (2002).
Agreement. By G. G. Corbett. Rev. by J. T. Faarlund. 85.3.703–6 (2009).
Agreement and head movement: Clitics, incorporation, and defective goals. By I. Roberts. Rev. by M. R. Manzini.
88.1.212–15 (2012).
3
Agreement restrictions. Ed. by R. D’Alessandro, S. Fischer, and G. H. Hrafnbjargarson. Rev. by M. Rezac.
86.4.948–53 (2010).
Agreement, shells, and focus. By A. Simpson and Z. Wu. 78.2.287–313 (2002).
AGUILAR, MANUAL CRUZ; M. SLOCUM; and F. L. GERDEL (eds.) Diccionario Tzeltal de Bachajón Chiapas. BN by S.
Robinson. 79.3.668–69 (2003).
AICHELE, DIETER. BN on Cheon, Zur Konzeption eines phraseologischen Wörterbuchs für den Fremdsprachler: Am
Beispiel Deutsch-Koreanisch. (Lexicographica, series major, 89.) 77.2.387 (2001).
AICHELE, DIETER. BN on Meyer, English corpus linguistics: An introduction. 80.3.640 (2004).
AICHELE, DIETER. BN on Smyth and Crosbie, Rus’: A comprehensive course in Russian. 82.2.461 (2006).
AICHELE, DIETER. BN on Zaefferer (ed.), Deskriptive Grammatik und allgemeiner Sprachvergleich. 77.2.401–2
(2001).
AIJMER, KARIN, and B. ALTENBERG (eds.) Advances in corpus linguistics: Papers from the 23rd International
Conference on English Language Research on Computerized Corpora (ICAME 23). BN by H. Lindquist.
83.1.215 (2007).
AIJMER, KARIN, and A.-B. STENSTRÖM (eds.) Discourse patterns in spoken and written corpora. BN by U. Römer.
82.4.936 (2006).
AIKHENVALD, ALEXANDRA Y. Classifiers: A typology of noun categorization devices. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.1.213
(2003).
AIKHENVALD, ALEXANDRA Y. Credit where credit is due (Letter to Language). 80.2.201 (2004).
AIKHENVALD, ALEXANDRA Y. Evidentiality. Rev. by J. van der Auwera and K. Boye. 84.1.170–73 (2008).
AIKHENVALD, ALEXANDRA Y. Language contact in Amazonia. RA by D. Winford. 83.2.401–21 (2007).
AIKHENVALD, ALEXANDRA Y. Rev. of Heine and Kuteva, Language contact and grammatical change. 84.1.189–93
(2008).
AIKHENVALD, ALEXANDRA Y. Rev. of Kruspe, A grammar of Semelai. 84.2.415–16 (2008).
AIKHENVALD, ALEXANDRA Y. Rev. of Seki, Gramática do Kamaiurá, língua Tupí-Guaraní do Alto Xingu.
78.2.316–19 (2002).
AIKHENVALD, ALEXANDRA Y. Tariana texts and cultural context. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.1.183 (2001).
AIKHENVALD, ALEXANDRA Y., and R. M. W. DIXON (eds.) Adjective classes: A cross-linguistic typology. Rev. by A.
Spencer. 84.2.407–9 (2008).
AIKHENVALD, ALEXANDRA Y., and R. M. W. DIXON (eds.) The Amazonian languages. Rev. by D. L. Payne.
77.3.594–98 (2001).
AIKHENVALD, ALEXANDRA Y., and R. M. W. DIXON (eds.) Areal diffusion and genetic inheritance: Problems in
comparative linguistics. Rev. by R. Anttila. 81.4.976–80 (2005).
AIKHENVALD, ALEXANDRA Y., and R. M. W. DIXON (eds.) The semantics of clause linking: A cross-linguistic
typology. Rev. by L. Johanson. 87.1.189–92 (2011).
AIKHENVALD, ALEXANDRA Y., and R. M. W. DIXON (eds.) Serial verb constructions: A cross-linguistic typology.
Rev. by N. J. Enfield. 85.2.445–51 (2009).
AIKHENVALD, ALEXANDRA Y., and R. M. W. DIXON (eds.) Studies in evidentiality. BN by A. Gianto. 80.4.873
(2004).
AIKHENVALD, ALEXANDRA Y., and R. M. W. DIXON (eds.) Word: A cross-linguistic typology. BN by C. Rice.
82.4.941–42 (2006).
AIKHENVALD, ALEXANDRA Y.; R. M. W. DIXON; and M. ONISHI (eds.) Non-canonical marking of subjects and
objects. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.2.426 (2003).
AITCHISON, JEAN. Language change: Progress or decay? 3rd edn. BN by E. Battistella. 80.1.166–67 (2004).
AITCHISON, JEAN. Rev. of Hawkins, Efficiency and complexity in grammars. 84.2.410–11 (2008).
AITCHISON, JEAN. Rev. of Lieberman, Human language and our reptilian brain: The subcortical bases of speech,
syntax and thought. 77.4.837–39 (2001).
AITCHISON, JEAN. Rev. of Trask, Why do languages change? Revised by R. McColl Millar. 88.1.221–24 (2012).
AITCHISON, JEAN. The word weavers: Newshounds and wordsmiths. Rev. by R. Lakoff. 85.2.451–54 (2009).
AITCHISON, JEAN, and D. M. LEWIS (eds.) New media language. BN by C. Bonner. 83.1.215–16 (2007).
AKIMOTO, MINOJI, and L. J. BRINTON (eds.) Colloquial and idiomatic aspects of composite predicates in the history
of English. BN by K. S. Chung. 78.1.204–5 (2002).
AKMAJIAN, ADRIAN; R. A. DEMERS; A. K. FARMER; and R. M. HARNISH. Linguistics: An introduction to language
and communication. 5th edn. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 80.2.333–34 (2004).
ALATIS, JAMES E., and D. TANNEN (eds.) Linguistics, language, and the real world: Discourse and beyond. BN by
C. Xie. 80.4.902–3 (2004).
ALBERTAZZI, LILIANA (ed.) Meaning and cognition: A multidisciplinary approach. BN by C. Xie. 79.1.213–14
(2003).
4
ALBON, ROBERT. BN on Görlach, English words abroad. 82.1.198–99 (2006).
ALBON, ROBERT. BN on Kortmann (ed.), Dialectology meets typology: Dialect grammar from a cross-linguistic
perspective. 82.4.953 (2006).
ALBON, ROBERT. BN on Tanaka, Gender, language and culture: A study of Japanese television interview discourse.
82.3.696–97 (2006).
ALBRIGHT, ADAM. Islands of reliability for regular morphology: Evidence from Italian. 78.4.684–709 (2002).
ALEXANDER, LINDA; P. INNES; and B. TILKENS. Beginning Creek (Mvskoke emponvkv). BN by E. J. Vajda.
82.4.951–52 (2006).
ALEXANDROVA, GALINA M., and O. ARNAUDOVA (eds.) The minimalist parameter: Selected papers from the Open
Linguistics Forum, Ottawa, 21–23 March 1997. BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.4.825–26 (2002).
ALEXIADOU, ARTEMIS. Functional structure in nominals: Nominalization and ergativity. BN by K. K. Grohmann.
79.3.643 (2003).
ALEXIADOU, ARTEMIS. Rev. of Adger, Core syntax: A minimalist approach. 81.4.975–76 (2005).
ALEXIADOU, ARTEMIS. Rev. of Levin and Hovav, Argument realization. 84.3.649–51 (2008).
ALEXIADOU, ARTEMIS; E. ANAGNOSTOPOULOU; S. BARBIERS; and H.-M. GAERTNER (eds.) Dimensions of movement:
From features to remnants. BN by P. Jabłońska. 80.2.334 (2004).
ALEXIADOU, ARTEMIS; E. ANAGNOSTOPOULOU; and M. EVERAERT (eds.) The unaccusativity puzzle: Explorations of
the syntax-lexicon interface. Rev. by W. Abraham. 84.1.173–76 (2008).
ALEXIADOU, ARTEMIS; L. HAEGEMAN; and M. STAVROU. Noun phrase in the generative perspective. Rev. by G.
Giusti. 86.3.700–702 (2010).
ALEXIADOU, ARTEMIS; J. HANKAMER; T. MCFADDEN; J. NUGER; and F. SCHÄFER (eds.) Advances in comparative
Germanic syntax. Rev. by J. van Craenenbroeck. 86.4.940–43 (2010).
ALEXIADOU, ARTEMIS; M. RATHERT; and A. VON STECHOW (eds.) Perfect explorations. BN by E. Romanova.
81.3.767–68 (2005).
ALEXOPOULOU, THEODORA, and F. KELLER. Locality, cyclicity, and resumption: At the interface between the
grammar and the human sentence processor. 83.1.110–60 (2007).
Algebraic mind, The: Integrating connectionism and cognitive science. By G. F. Marcus. Rev. by I. Berent.
78.3.569–71 (2002).
Algebraic semantics in language and philosophy. By G. Link. BN by M. A. Covington. 77.3.610–11 (2001).
ALGEO, JOHN. Rev. of van Langendonck, Theory and typology of proper names. 84.3.670–72 (2008).
ALINE, DAVID P.; D. D. STEINBERG; and H. NAGATA. Psycholinguistics: Language, mind and world. 2nd edn. Rev.
by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.4.773–75 (2002).
ALKALESI, YASIN M. Modern Iraqi Arabic: A textbook. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.3.604–5 (2002).
All about language. By B. J. Blake. Rev. by J. R. Hurford. 85.4.912–13 (2009).
ALLAN, KEITH. Rev. of Ariel, Defining pragmatics. 88.2.413–16 (2012).
ALLERTON, DAVID JOHN; P. SKANDERA; and C. TSCHICHOLD (eds.) Perspectives on English as a world language.
BN by R. W. Hallett. 80.4.873–74 (2004).
Alliteration and sound change in early English. By D. Minkova. Rev. by G. Russom. 81.3.745–48 (2005).
Allomorphy in optimality theory: Polish iotation. By J. Rubach and G. E. Booij. 77.1.26–60 (2001).
Allusions in the press: An applied linguistic study. By P. Lennon. BN by Z. Salzmann. 82.4.955–56 (2006).
ALONSO-OVALLE, LUIS. BN on Devitt and Sterelny, Language and reality: An introduction to the philosophy of
language. 2nd edn. 77.1.188–89 (2001).
ALONSO-OVALLE, LUIS. BN on Franco, Landa, and Martín (eds.), Grammatical analyses in Basque and Romance
linguistics: Papers in honor of Mario Saltarelli. 77.2.407–8 (2001).
ALONSO-OVALLE, LUIS. BN on Higginbotham, Pianesi, and Varzi (eds.), Speaking of events. 78.2.371 (2002).
ALONSO-OVALLE, LUIS. BN on Ostertag (ed.), Definite descriptions: A reader. 78.2.370–71 (2002).
ALONSO-OVALLE, LUIS. BN on Peccei, Pragmatics. 77.2.407 (2001).
ALONSO-OVALLE, LUIS. BN on Shahin, Blake, and Kim (eds.), The proceedings of the seventeenth West Coast
Conference on Formal Linguistics. 77.2.418–19 (2001).
ALSINA, ALEX, and B. ARSENIJEVIĆ. There is no third face of agreement (Discussion Note). 88.2.388–89 (2012).
ALSINA, ALEX, and B. ARSENIJEVIĆ. The two faces of agreement (Discussion Note). 88.2.369–79 (2012).
ALTENBERG, BENGT, and K. AIJMER (eds.) Advances in corpus linguistics: Papers from the 23rd International
Conference on English Language Research on Computerized Corpora (ICAME 23). BN by H. Lindquist.
83.1.215 (2007).
ALTENBERG, BENGT, and S. GRANGER (eds.) Lexis in contrast: Corpus-based approaches. BN by M. L. Murphy.
81.3.768–69 (2005).
Alternatives to cartography. Ed. by J. van Craenenbroeck. Rev. by J. F. Bailyn. 87.3.665–71 (2011).
5
Altersbedingter Mundartgebrauch: Wandel und Kontinuität in einem mittelschwäbischen Dialekt. By D. Berroth.
BN by R. Felty. 80.3.614 (2004).
ALVAREZ, ISABEL. BN on de Vincenzi and Lombardo (eds.), Cross-linguistic perspectives on language processing.
78.1.201 (2002).
ALVES, FABIO (ed.) Triangulating translation: Perspectives in process oriented research. BN by T. Shmiher.
82.2.450–51 (2006).
AMARA, MUHAMMAD HASAN. Politics and sociolinguistic reflexes: Palestinian border villages. BN by S. Davis.
77.2.387–88 (2001).
Amazonian languages, The. Ed. by R. M. W. Dixon and A. Aikhenvald. Rev. by D. L. Payne. 77.3.594–98 (2001).
AMBERBER, MENGISTU. BN on Shibatani (ed.), The grammar of causation and interpersonal manipulation. 80.1.188
(2004).
Ambiguity avoidance in English relative clauses. By D. Temperley. 79.3.464–84 (2003).
AMBRIDGE, BEN, and E. V. M. LIEVEN. Child language acquisition: Contrasting theoretical approaches. Rev. by B.
Estigarribia. 88.2.410–12 (2012).
AMBRIDGE, BEN; J. M. PINE; C. F. ROWLAND; and F. CHANG. The roles of verb semantics, entrenchment, and
morphophonology in the retreat from dative argument-structure overgeneralization errors. 88.1.45–81 (2012).
AMBROSINI, RICCARDO. Introduzione alla glottologia Indoeuropea. BN by A. Capone. 79.2.426–27 (2003).
AMBROSINI, RICCARDO. Strutture e documenti di lingue indo-europee occidentali 1: Il latino; Le lingue celtiche. BN
by J. F. Eska. 82.3.669 (2006).
AMEKA, FELIX K.; J. BOHNEMEYER; N. J. ENFIELD; J. ESSEGBEY; I. IBARRETXE-ANTUÑANO; S. KITA; and F. LÜPKE.
Principles of event segmentation in language: The case of motion events. 83.3.495–532 (2007).
ANAGNOSTOPOULOU, ELENA. The syntax of ditransitives: Evidence from clitics. Rev. by M. den Dikken. 81.4.980–
84 (2005).
ANAGNOSTOPOULOU, ELENA; A. ALEXIADOU; S. BARBIERS; and H.-M. GAERTNER (eds.) Dimensions of movement:
ANAGNOSTOPOULOU, ELENA; A. ARTEMIS; and M. EVERAERT (eds.) The unaccusativity puzzle: Explorations of the
syntax-lexicon interface. Rev. by W. Abraham. 84.1.173–76 (2008).
Analiza cech suprasegmentalnych języka polskiego na potrzeby technologii mowy. By G. Demenko. BN by E.
Thurgood. 78.4.826–27 (2002).
Analogical mind, The: Perspectives from cognitive science. Ed. by D. Gentner, K. J. Holyoak, and B. N. Kokinov.
BN by R. DeNoble. 82.2.456–57 (2006).
Analogy, levelling, markedness: Principles of change in phonology and morphology. Ed. by A. Lahiri. Rev. by J. C.
Salmons. 79.4.783–86 (2003).
Analyser af dansk og tysk talesprog. By E. Fredsted. BN by R. McColl Millar. 78.2.344 (2002).
Analysing political discourse: Theory and practice. By P. Chilton. BN by C. Brammer. 82.3.674–75 (2006).
Analysing sociolinguistic variation. By S. A. Tagliamonte. Rev. by R. Bayley. 84.4.900–903 (2008).
Anaphora: A cross-linguistic study. By Y. Huang. Rev. by P. Siemund. 79.3.634–38 (2003).
Anaphora: A reference guide. Ed. by A. Barss. BN by C. Auran. 82.1.188–89 (2006).
Anatomy of meaning, The: Speech, gesture, and composite utterances. By N. J. Enfield. Rev. by P. Kockelman.
87.1.196–97 (2011).
Ancient grammar: Content and context. Ed. by P. Swiggers and A. Wouters. BN by B. Wald. 77.4.862–63 (2001).
And along came Boas: Continuity and revolution in Americanist anthropology. By R. Darnell. BN by J. Brody.
78.4.795 (2002).
ANDERSEN, GISLE. Pragmatic markers and sociolinguistic variation: A relevance-theoretic approach to the language of adolescents. BN by Z. Salzmann. 78.4.803 (2002).
ANDERSEN, GISLE; A.-B. STENSTRÖM; and I. K. HASUND. Trends in teenage talk: Corpus compilation, analysis and
findings. BN by U. Römer. 80.4.900–901 (2004).
ANDERSEN, HENNING (ed.) Actualization: Linguistic change in progress. Rev. by E. C. Traugott. 79.4.772–75
(2003).
ANDERSEN, HENNING. Rev. of Shapiro (ed.), The Peirce seminar papers: Essays in semiotic analysis. Vol. 4:
Proceedings of the International Colloquium on Language and Peircean Sign Theory, Duke University (June
19–21, 1997). 77.2.373–76 (2001).
ANDERSON, GREGORY D. S. Auxiliary verb constructions. Rev. by E. J. Vajda. 86.2.429–31 (2010).
ANDERSON, GREGORY D. S. BN on Burling, The language of the Modhupur Mandi (Garo), vol. 1: Grammar.
82.1.189 (2006).
ANDERSON, GREGORY D. S. BN on König, Kasus im Ik. 82.1.203 (2006).
ANDERSON, GREGORY D. S. BN on Kuipers, Salish etymological dictionary. 82.1.204–5 (2006).
6
ANDERSON, GREGORY D. S. BN on Leyew, The Kemantney language: A sociolinguistic and grammatical study of
language replacement. 82.1.206–7 (2006).
ANDERSON, GREGORY D. S. BN on Maslova, Tundra Yukaghir. 82.1.208–9 (2006).
ANDERSON, GREGORY D. S., and K. D. HARRISON. Tuvan dictionary. BN by E. J. Vajda. 81.4.997 (2005).
ANDERSON, JOHN M. On the grammatical status of names. 80.3.435–74 (2004).
ANDERSON, STEPHEN R. BN on LaPolla, with Huang, A grammar of Qiang: With annotated texts and glossary.
83.3.679–80 (2007).
ANDERSON, STEPHEN R. BN on Melnar, Caddo verb morphology. 83.3.681 (2007).
ANDERSON, STEPHEN R. BN on Nelson and Manninen (eds.), Generative approaches to Finnic and Saami
linguistics. 83.3.686–87 (2007).
ANDERSON, STEPHEN R. Doctor Dolittle’s delusion: Animals and the uniqueness of human language. Rev. by A.
Carstairs-McCarthy. 83.3.642–44 (2007).
ANDERSON, STEPHEN R. The logical structure of linguistic theory. 84.4.795–814 (2008).
ANDERSON, STEPHEN R. Rev. of Christiansen and Kirby (eds.), Language evolution. 82.4.894–98 (2006).
ANDERSON, STEPHEN R. Rev. of Harris (ed.), The indigenous languages of the Caucasus, vol. 1: The Kartvelian
languages; Hewitt (ed.), The indigenous languages of the Caucasus, vol. 2: The North West Caucasian
languages; Job (ed.), The indigenous languages of the Caucasus, vol. 3: The North East Caucasian languages,
part 1; and Smeets (ed.), The indigenous languages of the Caucasus, vol. 4: The North East Caucasian
languages, part 2. 81.4.993–96 (2005).
ANDERSON, STEPHEN R., and D. W. LIGHTFOOT. The language organ: Linguistics as cognitive physiology. RA by F.
J. Newmeyer. 79.3.583–99 (2003).
ANDERSSON, STAFFAN, and U. CUNNINGHAM-ANDERSSON. Growing up with two languages: A practical guide. BN
by C. van Kerckvoorde. 77.3.601 (2001).
ANDRESEN, JULIE TETEL. Rev. of Koerner, Toward a history of American linguistics. 86.1.226–28 (2010).
ANDREWS, DAVID R. Sociocultural perspectives on language change in diaspora. BN by I. M. Laversuch. 77.2.392–
93 (2001).
ANDREWS, EDNA. Rev. of Danesi, Second language teaching: A view from the right side of the brain. 83.2.430–31
(2007).
ANDREWS, J. RICHARD. Introduction to Classical Nahuatl. Rev. edn.; Workbook for introduction to Classical
Nahuatl. Rev. edn. BN by T. R. Wier. 81.4.997–98 (2005).
ANDREWS, LARRY. Linguistics for L2 teachers. BN by F. Rubio. 78.2.366 (2002).
ANDREWS, MOLLY, and M. BAMBERG (eds.) Considering counter-narratives: Narrating, resisting, making sense.
BN by Y. Laberge. 83.4.908–9 (2007).
ANDRONOV, MIKHAIL S. A comparative grammar of the Dravidian languages. BN by S. B. Steever. 82.4.936–37
(2006).
ANDROUTSOPOULOS, ION. Exploring time, tense and aspect in natural language database interfaces. BN by M.
Filiouchkina. 80.2.334–35 (2004).
ANDROUTSOPOULOS, JANNIS K., and A. GEORGAKOPOULOU (eds.) Discourse constructions of youth identities. BN
by L. Gao. 82.1.186 (2006).
Animacy and reference. (Studies in language companion series 46.) By M. Yamamoto. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.606
(2001).
Animacy versus weight as determinants of grammatical variation in English. By A. Rosenbach. 81.3.613–44 (2005).
Animal equality: Language and liberation. By J. Dunayer. Rev. by S. Mills. 78.3.581 (2002).
ANKERSTEIN, CARRIE ALLYN. BN on Clark (ed.), The proceedings of the thirtieth annual Child Language Research
Forum. 80.3.617 (2004).
ANKERSTEIN, CARRIE ALLYN. BN on Kinoshita and Lupker (eds.), Masked priming: The state of the art. 81.2.532–
33 (2005).
ANKERSTEIN, CARRIE ALLYN. BN on Pulvermüller, The neuroscience of language: On brain circuits of words and
serial order. 81.1.286 (2005).
ANKERSTEIN, CARRIE ALLYN. BN on Schmid, First language attrition, use and maintenance: The case of German
Jews in Anglophone countries. 80.3.635 (2004).
Annual workshop on formal approaches to Slavic linguistics. The Seattle meeting 1998. By K. Dziwirek, H. Coats,
and C. M. Vakareliyska. BN by A. Pereltsvaig. 77.1.197 (2001).
ANONBY, ERIK JOHN. A phonology of Southern Luri. BN by C. González. 83.3.665 (2007).
Another way to mark syntactic dependencies: The case for right-peripheral specifiers in sign languages. By C.
Cecchetto, C. Geraci, and S. Zucchi. 85.2.278–320 (2009).
ANSALDO, UMBERTO; S. MATTHEWS; and L. LIM (eds.) Deconstructing creole. Rev. by M. Sebba. 85.2.454–57
(2009).
7
Anthropological papers of the University of Alaska: The Dene-Yeniseian connection. Ed. by J. Kari and B. A. Potter.
Rev. by M. Dunn. 88.2.429–32 (2012).
Anthropology, history, and American Indians: Essays in honor of William Curtis Sturtevant. Ed. by W. L. Merrill
and I. Goddard. BN by L. Conathan. 82.1.211 (2006).
Antisymmetry and word order in serial constructions. By V. Carstens. 78.1.3–50 (2002).
Antología conmemorativa: Nueva Revista de Filología Hispánica. Cincuenta tomos. Vol. 1. Ed. by A. Rivas and Y.
Rodríguez. BN by N. I. Stolova. 83.1.228–29 (2007).
Antología conmemorativa: Nueva Revista de Filología Hispánica. Cincuenta tomos. Vol. 2. Ed. by A. Rivas and Y.
Rodríguez. BN by N. I. Stolova. 83.1.229 (2007).
ANTONSEN, ELMER H. Runes and Germanic linguistics. BN by M. Pierce. 80.3.613 (2004).
Antonymy: A corpus-based perspective. By S. Jones. BN by M. L. Murphy. 79.4.840–41 (2003).
ANTTILA, RAIMO. Rev. of Aikhenvald and Dixon (eds.), Areal diffusion and genetic inheritance: Problems in
comparative linguistics. 81.4.976–80 (2005).
AOUN, JOSEPH, and Y. A. LI. Essays on the representational and derivational nature of grammar: The diversity of
WH-constructions. Rev. by J. Ouhalla. 82.3.649–51 (2006).
Aperçus de morphologie du français [Insights into French morphology]. Ed. by B. Fradin, F. Kerleroux, and M.
Plénat. Rev. by L. Bauer. 86.2.444–48 (2010).
APOUSSIDOU, DIANA. BN on Weissenborn and Höhle (eds.), Approaches to bootstrapping: Phonological, lexical,
syntactic and neurophysiological aspects of early language acquisition, vols. 1 and 2. 81.4.1030 (2005).
Appeal regarding endangered languages, An. Letter to Language by M. Cahill. 80.1.1–2 (2004).
Applied linguistics in language education. By S. McDonough. BN by U. Römer. 81.2.542–43 (2005).
Applying English grammar: Functional and corpus approaches. Ed. by C. Coffin, A. Hewings, and K. O’Halloran.
BN by U. Römer. 83.3.670–71 (2007).
Applying priming methods to L2 learning, teaching and research: Insights from psycholinguistics. Ed. by P.
Trofimovich and K. McDonough. Rev. by R. Meuter. 88.3.675–78 (2012).
Applying sociolinguistics: Domains and face-to-face interaction. By D. Boxer. BN by B. Li. 79.4.831 (2003).
Appraising research in second language learning: A practical approach to critical analysis of quantitative research.
By G. K. Porte. BN by L. DeWaard Dykstra. 80.3.633 (2004).
Approaches to bootstrapping: Phonological, lexical, syntactic and neurophysiological aspects of early language
acquisition, vols. 1 and 2. Ed. by J. Weissenborn and B. Höhle. BN by D. Apoussidou. 81.4.1030 (2005).
Approaching dialogue: Talk, interaction and contexts in dialogical perspectives. By P. Linell. BN by M. Nevile.
77.3.621–22 (2001).
APRESJAN, JURI. Systematic lexicography. BN by M. L. Murphy. 79.3.643–44 (2003).
Aproximación a la gramática del discurso del español. By M. J. Serrano. BN by D. T. De Felice. 82.1.223–24
(2006).
Arabic language and national identity, The: A study in ideology. By Y. Suleiman. Rev. by D. B. Parkinson.
81.1.276–79 (2005).
Arabic language handbook. By M. C. Bateson. BN by S. Berbeco. 81.2.509 (2005).
Arabic rhetoric: A pragmatic analysis. By H. Abdul-Raof. Rev. by J. Dickins. 85.4.908–12 (2009).
Arabic stylistics: A coursebook. By H. Abdul-Raof. BN by A. S. Kaye. 80.1.166 (2004).
Arabic verb, The: Form and meaning in the vowel-lengthening patterns. By W. Danks. Rev. by M. Waltisberg.
88.3.634–36 (2012).
Arabismen im Deutschen: Lexikalische Transferenzen vom Arabischen ins Deutsche. By R. Tazi. BN by G. Rubio.
77.4.871 (2001).
ARANOVICH, RAÚL. Rev. of de Hoop and de Swart (eds.), Differential subject marking. 85.4.917–19 (2009).
ARANOVICH, RAÚL (ed.) Split auxiliary systems: A cross-linguistic perspective. Rev. by A. Zaenen. 85.3.682–87
(2009).
ARANOVICH, ROBERTO; M. C. BAKER; and L. A. GOLLUSCIO. Two types of syntactic noun incorporation: Noun
incorporation in Mapudungun and its typological implications. 81.1.138–76 (2005).
ARBIB, MICHAEL A. Rev. of Bickerton, Adam’s tongue: How humans made language, how language made humans.
86.2.431–35 (2010).
ARCHANGELI, DIANA. Rev. of McCarthy, A thematic guide to optimality theory. 82.4.924–27 (2006).
ARCHIBALD, JOHN (ed.) Second language acquisition and linguistic theory. BN by J. M. Lipski. 78.1.183–84 (2002).
ARCHIBALD, JOHN; W. O’GRADY; M. ARONOFF; and J. REES-MILLER. Contemporary linguistics: An introduction.
5th edn. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 83.3.687 (2007).
Architecture of language, The. By N. Chomsky. BN by C. Xie. 79.3.649 (2003).
Architectures and mechanisms for language processing. Ed. by M. W. Crocker, M. Pickering, and C. Clifton, Jr. BN
by S. Gahl. 77.3.615–16 (2001).
8
Are you a pisces? Fossils and historical linguistics. Letter to Language by E. P. Hamp. 84.4.684–85 (2008).
Areal and genetic factors in language classification and description: Africa south of the Sahara. Ed. by P. Zima. BN
by B. Wald. 82.2.464–65 (2006).
Areal diffusion and genetic inheritance: Problems in comparative linguistics. Ed. by A. Y. Aikhenvald and R. M.
W. Dixon. Rev. by R. Anttila. 81.4.976–80 (2005).
Argument realization. Ed. by M. Butt and T. H. King. BN by L. Kulikov. 79.4.832–33 (2003).
Argument realization. By B. Levin and M. R. Hovav. Rev. by A. Alexiadou. 84.3.649–51 (2008).
Argument structure in Hungarian. By I. Kenesei. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.4.841 (2003).
Argument-head distance and processing complexity: Explaining both locality and antilocality effects. By S. Vasishth
and R. L. Lewis. 82.4.767–94 (2006).
Arguments and case: Explaining Burzio’s generalization. Ed. by E. Reuland. BN by A. Pereltsvaig. 78.2.364 (2002).
ARIEL, MIRA. Defining pragmatics. Rev. by K. Allan. 88.2.413–16 (2012).
ARIEL, MIRA. Most. 80.4.658–706 (2004).
ARIEL, MIRA. ‘Most’—A correction (Letter to Language). 81.1.6 (2005).
ARIEL, MIRA. Pragmatics and grammar. Rev. by R. Carston. 87.3.625–28 (2011).
ARIEL, MIRA. Response to a review (Letter to Language). 88.3.465–66 (2012).
ARIEL, MIRA. Rev. of Goldberg, Constructions at work: The nature of generalizations in language. 84.3.632–36
(2008).
Aristotle’s theory of language and meaning. By D. K. W. Modrak. BN by A. Gianto. 79.3.661–62 (2003).
ARKA, I WAYAN. Balinese morphosyntax: A lexical-functional approach. BN by W. D. Davies. 82.4.937 (2006).
ARKADIEV, PETER M. RA on Corbett and Noonan (eds.), Case and grammatical relations: Studies in honor of
Bernard Comrie. 86.2.416–28 (2010).
Armeniaca: Comparative notes. By F. Kortlandt. BN by M. Pierce. 82.3.686–87 (2006).
ARMSTRONG, NIGEL. Social and stylistic variation in spoken French: A comparative approach. BN by G. E.
Saunders. 79.2.427–28 (2003).
ARMSTRONG, SUSAN; K. CHURCH; P. ISABELLE; S. MANZI; E. TZOUKERMANN; and D. YAROWSKY (eds.) Natural
language processing using very large corpora. BN by M. A. Covington. 77.3.612 (2001).
ARNAUDOVA, OLGA, and G. M. ALEXANDROVA (eds.) The minimalist parameter: Selected papers from the Open
Linguistics Forum, Ottawa, 21–23 March 1997. BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.4.825–26 (2002).
Aronoff and sociological words. Letter to Language by H. Riha. 84.1.1–2 (2008).
ARONOFF, MARK. In the beginning was the word. 83.4.803–30 (2007).
ARONOFF, MARK, and K. FUDEMAN. What is morphology? Rev. by G. Stump. 84.1.177–79 (2008).
ARONOFF, MARK, and I. MEIR. Rev. of Lieber and Štekauer (eds.), The Oxford handbook of compounding.
87.3.643–46 (2011).
ARONOFF, MARK, and I. MEIR. Rev. of Meier, Cormier, and Quinto-Pozos (eds.), Modality and structure in signed
and spoken languages. 81.3.742–45 (2005).
ARONOFF, MARK; I. MEIR; and W. SANDLER. The paradox of sign language morphology. 81.2.301–44 (2005).
ARONOFF, MARK; W. O’GRADY; J. ARCHIBALD; and J. REES-MILLER. Contemporary linguistics: An introduction.
ARONOFF, MARK, and J. REES-MILLER (eds.) The handbook of linguistics. Rev. by S. Steele. 78.1.177–79 (2002).
ARSENIJEVIĆ, BOBAN, and A. ALSINA. There is no third face of agreement (Discussion Note). 88.2.388–89 (2012).
ARSENIJEVIĆ, BOBAN, and A. ALSINA. The two faces of agreement (Discussion Note). 88.2.369–79 (2012).
Articulatory features for describing lexical distinctions. By P. Ladefoged. 83.1.161–80 (2007).
Artificial hearing, natural speech: Cochlear implants, speech production, and the expectations of a high-tech
society. By J. H. Lowenstein. Rev. by M. A. Svirsky. 87.1.215–18 (2011).
Artikel und Aspekt: Die grammatischen Muster von Definitheit. By E. Leiss. BN by R. McColl Millar. 78.1.186–87
(2002).
Artikulatorische und akustische Phonetik. By H. Reetz. BN by K. S. Chung. 81.3.785 (2005).
ASHAIE, SAMEER; A. COLLIER; and L. K. OBLER. Rev. of Dogil and Reiterer (eds.), Language talent and brain
activity. 87.1.192–96 (2011).
ASHBY, MICHAEL, and J. MAIDMENT. Introducing phonetic science. Rev. by J. H. Esling. 84.2.401–3 (2008).
ASHBY, WILLIAM J.; J. W. DU BOIS; and L. E. KUMPF (eds.) Preferred argument structure: Grammar as architecture
for function. Rev. by M. Haspelmath. 82.4.908–12 (2006).
ASKEDAL, JOHN OLE (trans. from German) De nordiske språk. 2nd edn. By K. Braunmüller. BN by R. McColl
Millar. 77.1.195–96 (2001).
ASL ‘syllables’ and language evolution: A response to Uriagereka. By A. Carstairs-McCarthy. 77.2.343–49 (2001).
ASP, ELISSA D., and J. DE VILLIERS. When language breaks down: Analysing discourse in clinical contexts. Rev. by
M. Kissine. 88.4.894–96 (2012).
9
Aspect and the categorization of states: The case of ser and estar in Spanish. By D. B. Roby. Rev. by J. GutiérrezRexach. 87.1.227–29 (2011).
Aspect in English: A ‘common sense’ view of the interplay between verbal and nominal referents. By K. Kabakčiev.
BN by A. Gianto. 79.1.221–22 (2003).
Aspect in Mandarin Chinese: A corpus-based study. By R. Xiao and T. McEnery. BN by E. J. Vajda. 83.3.693
(2007).
Aspectos del lenguaje afronegroide en Venezuela. By W. W. Megenney. BN by T. C. Frazer. 78.1.194–95 (2002).
Aspects of multilingualism in European language history. Ed. by K. Braunmüller and G. Ferraresi. BN by M. Pierce.
81.4.1001–2 (2005).
Aspects of plurality in Hoan. By C. Collins. 77.3.456–76 (2001).
Aspects of the grammar of Kukú. By K. B. Cohen. BN by M. Cahill. 80.2.340–41 (2004).
Aspectual grammar and past-time reference. By L. A. Michaelis. BN by K. Chirkova. 77.3.635–36 (2001).
Aspectual inquiries. Ed. by P. Kempchinsky and R. Slabakova. Rev. by H. de Swart. 83.4.892–95 (2007).
Ass camouflage construction, The: Masks as parasitic heads. By R. D. Levine. 86.2.265–301 (2010).
ASTON, GUY; S. BERNARDINI; and D. STEWART (eds.) Corpora and language learners. BN by M. Callies. 83.4.908
(2007).
Asymmetries in generalizing alternations to and from initial syllables. By M. Becker, A. Nevins, and J. Levine.
88.2.231–68 (2012).
At least et al.: The semantics of scalar modifiers. By B. Geurts and R. Nouwen. 83.3.533–59 (2007).
At war with words. Ed. by M. N. Dedaić and D. N. Nelson. BN by C. Xie. 82.2.452–53 (2006).
Athabaskan languages, The: Perspectives on a Native American language family. Ed. by T. B. Fernald and P. R.
Platero. BN by T. J. Curnow. 79.3.651–52 (2003).
ATKINSON, QUENTIN, and C. BOWERN. Computational phylogenetics and the internal structure of Pama-Nyungan.
88.4.817–45 (2012).
Atlas of languages, The: The origin and development of languages throughout the world. Rev. edn. Ed. by B.
Comrie, S. Matthews, and M. Polinsky. BN by P. T. Daniels. 81.2.517 (2005).
Atoms of language, The: The mind’s hidden rules of grammar. By M. C. Baker. BN by S. Banerji. 80.2.335–36
(2004).
AUER, ERLTRAUD; K. GRUBMÜLLER; B. SCHNELL; H.-J. STAHL; and R. PAWIS (eds.) Vocabularius ex quo: Überlieferungsgeschichtliche Ausgabe. BN by J. M. Jeep. 78.4.819 (2002).
AUER, PETER; E. COUPER-KUHLEN; and F. MÜLLER. Language in time: The rhythm and tempo of spoken interaction.
BN by B. Collins. 77.1.190–91 (2001).
AUER, PETER, and L. WEI (eds.) Handbook of multilingualism and multilingual communication. Rev. by S.
Romaine. 85.2.457–58 (2009).
AUGER, JULIE; J. C. CLEMENTS; and B. VANCE (eds.) Contemporary approaches to Romance linguistics: Selected
papers from the 33rd Linguistic Symposium on Romance Languages (LSRL), Bloomington, Indiana, April 2003.
BN by G. H. Toops. 83.2.452 (2007).
AURAN, CYRIL. BN on Barss (ed.), Anaphora: A reference guide. 82.1.188–89 (2006).
AUROUX, SYLVAIN (ed.) History of linguistics 1999. BN by J. Holeš. 80.4.874 (2004).
AUSTERLITZ, ROBERT, Obituary of. By D. Abondolo. 80.1.142–52 (2004).
AUSTIN, JENNIFER R.; S. ENGELBERG; and G. RAUH (eds.) Adverbials: The interplay between meaning, context, and
syntactic structure. BN by K. Hiietam. 83.3.665–66 (2007).
Australian languages: Classification and the comparative method. Ed. by C. Bowern and H. Koch. Rev. by B. J.
Blake. 82.2.423–25 (2006).
Austronesian and theoretical linguistics. Ed. by R. Mercado, E. Potsdam, and L. d. Travis. Rev. by P. Kroeger.
88.1.206–9 (2012).
Authority in language: Investigating Standard English. 3rd edn. By J. Milroy and L. Milroy. BN by G. T. Childs.
77.1.173–74 (2001).
Auxiliary verb constructions. By G. D. S. Anderson. Rev. by E. J. Vajda. 86.2.429–31 (2010).
Auxiliation: An enquiry into the nature of grammaticalization. By T. Kuteva. Rev. by O. C. M. Fischer. 80.2.320–24
(2004).
AVRUTIN, SERGEY. Development of the syntax-discourse interface. BN by L. Wagner. 78.2.350 (2002).
Aymara. By M. J. Hardman. BN by S. Wichmann. 80.3.623–24 (2004).
BAAYEN, R. HARALD, and M. ERNESTUS. Predicting the unpredictable: Interpreting neutralized segments in Dutch.
79.1.5–38 (2003).
BAAYEN, R. HARALD, and F. MOSCOSO DEL PRADO MARTÍN. Semantic density and past-tense formation in three
Germanic languages. 81.3.666–98 (2005).
BAAYEN, R. HARALD, and I. PLAG. Suffix ordering and morphological processing. 85.1.109–52 (2009).
10
BAAYEN, R. HARALD, and R. SCHREUDER (eds.) Morphological structure in language processing. Rev. by I. Plag.
83.1.196–99 (2007).
Bad news, good news: Conversational order in everyday talk and clinical settings. By D. W. Maynard. BN by T.
Jahn. 81.3.783 (2005).
BADAWI, ELSAID; M. G. CARTER; and A. GULLY. Modern written Arabic: A comprehensive grammar. BN by A. S.
Kaye. 82.1.186–87 (2006).
BÆKKEN, BJØRG. Word order in 17th century English: A study of the stabilisation of the XSV pattern. BN by N.
Nesselhauf. 81.4.998 (2005).
BAER, BRIAN JAMES, and G. S. KOBY (eds.) Beyond the ivory tower: Rethinking translation pedagogy. BN by S.
Wang. 82.3.669–70 (2006).
BAERMAN, MATTHEW. Directionality and (un)natural classes in syncretism. 80.4.807–27 (2004).
BAERMAN, MATTHEW. Paradigmatic chaos in Nuer. 88.3.467–94 (2012).
BAHAN, BENJAMIN; C. NEIDLE; J. KEGL; D. MACLAUGHLIN; and R. G. LEE. The syntax of American Sign Language:
Functional categories and hierarchical structure. Rev. by G. P. Berent. 77.4.839–42 (2001).
BAILEY, C.-J. N. Bichakjian revisited (Letter to Language). 80.3.378–80 (2004).
BAILEY, RICHARD W. Rev. of Lass (ed.), The Cambridge history of the English language, 1476–1776. 78.3.565–69
(2002).
BAILEY, RICHARD W. Rev. of Mugglestone, Talking proper: The rise of accent as social symbol. 2nd edn. 81.1.269–
71 (2005).
BAILYN, JOHN FREDERICK. Rev. of van Craenenbroeck (ed.), Alternatives to cartography. 87.3.665–71 (2011).
BAKER, MARK C. The atoms of language: The mind’s hidden rules of grammar. BN by S. Banerji. 80.2.335–36
(2004).
BAKER, MARK C. The syntax of agreement and concord. Rev. by S. Wechsler. 87.4.873–78 (2011).
BAKER, MARK C.; R. ARANOVICH; and L. A. GOLLUSCIO. Two types of syntactic noun incorporation: Noun
BAKER, MARK C., and N. VINOKUROVA. On agent nominalizations and why they are not like event nominalizations.
85.3.517–56 (2009).
BAKER, PHILIP, and J. EVERSLEY (eds.) Multilingual capital: The languages of London’s schoolchildren and their
relevance to economic, social and educational policies. BN by A. P. Grant. 78.4.814–15 (2002).
BAKER, RACHEL E.; R. DORAN; G. WARD; M. LARSON; and Y. MCNABB. A novel experimental paradigm for
distinguishing between what is said and what is implicated. 88.1.124–54 (2012).
BAKKER, PETER. Rev. of Field, Linguistic borrowing in bilingual contexts. 81.2.501–4 (2005).
BAKKER, PETER, and Y. MATRAS. Bibliography of modern Romani linguistics. BN by M. Sawaie. 82.2.451–52
(2006).
BAKKER, PETER, and Y. MATRAS (eds.) The mixed language debate: Theoretical and empirical advances. Rev. by D.
Winford. 85.1.223–28 (2009).
BALDI, PHILIP, and P. U. DINI (eds.) Studies in Baltic and Indo-European linguistics: In honor of William R.
Schmalstieg. BN by G. H. Toops. 83.2.452–53 (2007).
BALDWIN, TIMOTHY. BN on Dehé, Particle verbs in English: Syntax, information structure and intonation. 82.3.676
(2006).
Balinese morphosyntax: A lexical-functional approach. By I W. Arka. BN by W. D. Davies. 82.4.937 (2006).
BALL, MARTIN J., and J. FIFE (eds.) The Celtic languages. BN by D. Ntelitheos. 81.1.280–81 (2005).
BALLARD, KIM. The frameworks of English: Introducing language structures. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.1.214–15
(2003).
BALTIN, MARK. The nonunity of VP-preposing. 82.4.734–66 (2006).
BAMBERG, MICHAEL (ed.) Narrative: State of the art. Rev. by K. Nelson. 85.3.687–90 (2009).
BAMBERG, MICHAEL, and M. ANDREWS (eds.) Considering counter-narratives: Narrating, resisting, making sense.
BN by Y. Laberge. 83.4.908–9 (2007).
BAMMESBERGER, ALFRED. Rev. of Klein (ed.), The collected writings of Warren Cowgill. 85.1.220–23 (2009).
BANERJI, SHARBANI. BN on Baker, The atoms of language: The mind’s hidden rules of grammar. 80.2.335–36
(2004).
BANERJI, SHARBANI. BN on Breul, Focus structure in generative grammar: An integrated syntactic, semantic and
intonational approach. 83.4.910 (2007).
BANERJI, SHARBANI. BN on Herburger, What counts: Focus and quantification. 81.3.778–79 (2005).
BANERJI, SHARBANI. BN on Lahiri, Questions and answers in embedded contexts. 80.1.180–81 (2004).
BANERJI, SHARBANI. BN on Landman, Events and plurality: The Jerusalem lectures. 81.3.781–82 (2005).
BANERJI, SHARBANI. BN on Landman, Indefinites and the type of sets. 82.4.954–55 (2006).
BANERJI, SHARBANI. BN on McGregor, Verb classification in Australian languages. 80.1.183 (2004).
11
BANERJI, SHARBANI. BN on Simons, Issues in the semantics and pragmatics of disjunction. 81.4.1020–21 (2005).
BANERJI, SHARBANI. BN on Winter, Flexibility principles in Boolean semantics: The interpretation of coordination,
plurality, and scope in natural language. 80.2.332 (2004).
BANGURA, ABDUL KARIN, and M. C. MUO. United States Congress and bilingual education. BN by E. Battistella.
79.4.828 (2003).
BANJADE, GOMA; B. BICKEL; M. GAENSZLE; E. LIEVEN; N. P. PAUDYAL; I. P. RAI; M. RAI; N. K. RAI; and S. STOLL.
Free prefix ordering in Chintang. 83.1.43–73 (2007).
BANKSIRA, DEGIF PETROS. Sound mutations: The morphophonology of Chaha. BN by E. Buckley. 80.2.336 (2004).
BAO, ZHIMING. Rev. of Siemund (ed.), Linguistic universals and language variation. 88.2.445–48 (2012).
BAO, ZHIMING. The structure of tone. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.1.186–87 (2001).
BAO, ZHIMING. A usage-based approach to substratum transfer: The case of four unproductive features in Singapore
English. 86.4.792–820 (2010).
BAPTISTA, MARLYSE. Rev. of Kouwenberg and Singler (eds.), The handbook of pidgin and creole studies. 87.4.918–
22 (2011).
BAPTISTA, MARLYSE. The syntax of Cape Verdean Creole: The Sotavento varieties. BN by D. E. Walicek. 80.4.875
(2004).
BAPTISTA, MARLYSE, and J. GUÉRON (eds.) Noun phrases in creole languages: A multi-faceted approach. Rev. by E.
Bobyleva and E. O. Aboh. 87.1.172–78 (2011).
BAR, TALI. Conditional sentences in contemporary Hebrew: Structure, meaning, and usage of tenses. BN by A. S.
Kaye. 81.3.769 (2005).
BARBIERS, SJEF; A. ALEXIADOU; E. ANAGNOSTOPOULOU; and H.-M. GAERTNER (eds.) Dimensions of movement:
BARBIERS, SJEF; F. BEUKEMA; and W. VAN DER WURFF (eds.) Modality and its interaction with the verbal system.
BN by J. Gutiérrez-Rexach. 79.4.828–29 (2003).
BARBOSA, PILAR; D. FOX; P. HAGSTROM; M. MCGINNIS; and D. PESETSKY (eds.) Is the best good enough?
Optimality and competition in syntax. Rev. by D. T. Langendoen. 77.4.842–44 (2001).
BARBOUR, STEPHEN, and C. CARMICHAEL (eds.) Language and nationalism in Europe. BN by A. Eminov. 79.1.215–
16 (2003).
BARCELONA, ANTONIO (ed.) Metaphor and metonymy at the crossroads: A cognitive approach. BN by C. Xie.
79.3.644–45 (2003).
BARÐDAL, JÓHANNA. BN on Bauer, Morphological productivity. 79.3.646 (2003).
BARÐDAL, JÓHANNA. Rev. of Östman and Fried (eds.), Construction grammars: Cognitive grounding and
theoretical extensions. 84.2.422–25 (2008).
BARÐDAL, JÓHANNA, and T. EYTHÓRSSON. Oblique subjects: A common Germanic inheritance. 81.4.824–81 (2005).
Bardi grubs and frog cakes: South Australian words. By D. Jauncey. BN by J. Simpson. 82.4.952–53 (2006).
BARDOVI-HARLIG, KATHLEEN. Tense and aspect in second language acquisition: Form, meaning and use. BN by A.
Pereltsvaig. 79.1.216 (2003).
BARDOVI-HARLIG, KATHLEEN; S. GASS; S. SIELOFF MAGNAN; and J. WALZ (eds.) Pedagogical norms for second and
foreign language learning and teaching. BN by M. d. P. García Mayo. 79.4.802 (2003).
Bare grammar: Lectures on linguistic invariants. By E. L. Keenan and E. P. Stabler. Rev. by R. T. Oehrle.
88.3.652–57 (2012).
BARKER, CHRIS, and P. JACOBSON (eds.) Direct compositionality. Rev. by M. L. Jönsson. 87.1.178–81 (2011).
BARLOW, MICHAEL, and S. KEMMER (eds.) Usage-based models of language. BN by J.-C. Verstraete. 80.4.875–76
(2004).
BARNARD, D. BRENT. BN on McDonough and Shaw, Materials and methods in ELT: A teacher’s guide. 2nd edn.
82.1.209–10 (2006).
BARON, BETTINA, and H. KOTTHOFF (eds.) Gender in interaction: Perspectives on femininity and masculinity in
ethnography and discourse. BN by I. Piller. 82.1.187–88 (2006).
BARON, IRÈNE; M. HERSLUND; and F. SØRENSEN (eds.) Dimensions of possession. BN by L. M. Dobrin. 79.4.829–30
(2003).
BARON, NAOMI S. Rev. of Crystal, Txtng: The gr8 db8. 85.4.914–16 (2009).
BARRETT, RUSTY. BN on Bonfiglio, Race and the rise of Standard American. 81.2.510 (2005).
BARRIE, MICHAEL. BN on Butt and King (eds.), Nominals: Inside and out. 82.1.190–91 (2006).
BARRON, ANNE. Acquisition in interlanguage pragmatics: Learning how to do things with words in a study abroad
context. BN by M. Callies. 81.1.281 (2005).
BARSHI, IMMANUEL, and D. L. PAYNE (eds.) External possession. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.624–25 (2001).
BARSS, ANDREW (ed.) Anaphora: A reference guide. BN by C. Auran. 82.1.188–89 (2006).
12
BARTENS, ANGELA. A contrastive grammar Islander—Carribbean Standard English—Spanish. BN by M. Forbes
and S. Kouwenberg. 81.3.769–70 (2005).
BARTENS, ANGELA. Ideophones and sound symbolism in Atlantic creoles. BN by G. Frankenfield. 82.3.670 (2006).
BASBØLL, HANS. Rev. of Kawaguchi, Minegishi, and Durand (eds.), Corpus analysis and variation in linguistics.
87.1.210–12 (2011).
BASBØLL, HANS; N. GRØNNUM; and F. GREGERSEN (eds.) Sound structure in language. By J. Rischel. Rev. by K. J.
Kohler. 86.2.458–62 (2010).
Basic linguistic theory. Vol. 1: Methodology. Vol. 2: Grammatical topics. By R. M. W. Dixon. Rev. by C. Genetti.
87.4.899–904 (2011).
BAT-EL, OUTI. True truncation in colloquial Hebrew imperatives. 78.4.651–83 (2002).
BATES, ELIZABETH; P. LI; L. H. TAN; and O. J. L. TZENG (eds.) The handbook of East Asian psycholinguistics. Vol.
1: Chinese. Rev. by N. Tsujimura. 85.2.480–84 (2009).
BATESON, MARY CATHERINE. Arabic language handbook. BN by S. Berbeco. 81.2.509 (2005).
BATTELL, JACKIE, and H. K. J. VAN DER LELY. WH-movement in children with grammatical SLI: A test of the RDDR
hypothesis. 79.1.153–81 (2003).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Aitchison, Language change: Progress or decay? 3rd edn. 80.1.166–67 (2004).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Bangura and Muo, United States Congress and bilingual education. 79.4.828 (2003).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Baugh, Beyond Ebonics: Linguistic pride and racial prejudice. 78.2.372 (2002).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Bhatia, Advertising in rural India: Language, marketing communication, and consumerism. 78.4.793–94 (2002).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Biber, Johansson, Leech, Conrad, and Finegan, Longman grammar of spoken and
written English. 77.3.631–32 (2001).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Crystal, Language and the internet: A linguist looks at discourse on the internet.
79.2.432 (2003).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Dueñas González with Melis (eds.), Language ideologies: Critical perspectives on the
Official English Movement. Vol. 1: Education and the social implications of official language. Vol. 2: History,
theory, and policy. 79.4.798–800 (2003).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Hinrichs, The C. H. van Schooneveld collection in Leiden University library.
78.2.373–74 (2002).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Hughes, A history of English words. 77.3.632–33 (2001).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Jay, Why we curse: A neuro-psycho-social theory of speech. 77.3.633–34 (2001).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Jones, Strange talk: The politics of literature in Gilded Age America. 77.2.402–3
(2001).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Landau, Dictionaries: The art and craft of lexicography. 2nd edn. 79.2.443 (2003).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Lieberson, A matter of taste: How names, fashions and culture change. 78.2.350–52
(2002).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on McLaughlin, The language of magazines. 78.4.794–95 (2002).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Mugglestone (ed.), Lexicography and the OED: Pioneers in the untrodden forest.
79.2.446–47 (2003).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Niedzielski and Preston, Folk linguistics. 77.2.402 (2001).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on O’Connor, Speaking of crime: Narratives of prisoners. 78.2.374 (2002).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Sakiyama (ed.), Lectures on endangered languages: 2—From Kyoto conference 2000;
and Miyaoka and Endo (eds.), Languages of the North Pacific Rim. 78.2.372–73 (2002).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Sorensen, The grammar of empire in eighteenth-century British writing. 80.1.191
(2004).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Spears (ed.), Race and ideology: Language, symbolism, and popular culture. 77.2.404
(2001).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Turner, Cognitive dimensions of social science. 79.3.673 (2003).
BATTISTELLA, EDWIN. BN on Wright (ed.), The development of Standard English, 1300–1800: Theories, descriptions, conflicts. 80.2.332–33 (2004).
BATTYE, ADRIAN; M.-A. HINTZE; and P. ROWLETT. The French language today: A linguistic introduction. 2nd edn.
BN by G. E. Saunders. 79.3.645–46 (2003).
BAUER, LAURIE. Introducing linguistic morphology. 2nd edn. BN by A. S. Kaye. 81.2.509–10 (2005).
BAUER, LAURIE. Morphological productivity. BN by J. Barðdal. 79.3.646 (2003).
BAUER, LAURIE. Rev. of Booij, The morphology of Dutch. 79.3.626–28 (2003).
BAUER, LAURIE. Rev. of Fradin, Kerleroux, and Plénat (eds.), Aperçus de morphologie du français [Insights into
French morphology]. 86.2.444–48 (2010).
BAUER, LAURIE, and J. HAY. Phoneme inventory size and population size (Short Report). 83.2.388–400 (2007).
13
BAUER, MATT. BN on Walsh, A short introduction to X-bar syntax and transformations. 2nd edn. 77.4.863 (2001).
BAUER, WINIFRED. Rev. of Harlow, Māori: A linguistic introduction. 85.2.473–76 (2009).
BAUGH, JOHN. Beyond Ebonics: Linguistic pride and racial prejudice. BN by E. Battistella. 78.2.372 (2002). —also
BN by Z. Salzmann. 80.4.876–77 (2004).
BAUGH, JOHN. Rev. of Bucholtz, White kids: Language, race, and styles of youth identity. 88.2.416–19 (2012).
BAUNAZ, LENA. The grammar of French quantification. Rev. by H. de Swart. 87.4.878–81 (2011).
BAXTER, SCOTT J. BN on Gross, Harmon, and Reidy, Communicating science: The scientific article from the 17th
century to the present. 81.2.527–28 (2005).
BAYER, JOSEF. RA on Dayal and Mahajan (eds.), Clause structure in South Asian languages. 84.3.597–612 (2008).
BAYLEY, ROBERT. Rev. of Tagliamonte, Analysing sociolinguistic variation. 84.4.900–903 (2008).
BAYLEY, ROBERT, and C. LUCAS (eds.) Sociolinguistic variation: Theories, methods, and applications. Rev. by R.
Cameron. 85.3.690–93 (2009).
BAYRAKTAROGLU, ARIN, and M. SIFIANOU (eds.) Linguistic politeness across boundaries: The case of Greek and
Turkish. BN by C. Kakava. 80.2.336–37 (2004).
BEAL, JOAN C. English pronunciation in the eighteenth century: Thomas Spence’s Grand Repository of the English
Language. BN by R. McColl Millar. 78.2.344–45 (2002).
BEAUDOIN-LIETZ, CHRISTA; S. ROSE; and D. NURSE. A glossary of terms for Bantu verbal categories, with special
emphasis on tense and aspect. BN by J. F. Maho. 81.3.786–87 (2005).
BEAVER, DAVID; B. Z. CLARK; E. FLEMMING; T. F. JAEGER; and M. WOLTERS. When semantics meets phonetics:
Acoustical studies of second-occurrence focus. 83.2.245–76 (2007).
BEAVERS, JOHN. The structure of lexical meaning: Why semantics really matters. 86.4.821–64 (2010).
BECK, DAVID. BN on MacKay, A grammar of Misantla Totonac. 77.1.172 (2001).
BECK, DAVID. Rev. of Haspelmath, Understanding morphology. 81.1.254–57 (2005).
BECKER, MICHAEL; N. KETREZ; and A. NEVINS. The surfeit of the stimulus: Analytic biases filter lexical statistics in
Turkish laryngeal alternations. 87.1.84–125 (2011).
BECKER, MICHAEL; A. NEVINS; and J. LEVINE. Asymmetries in generalizing alternations to and from initial
syllables. 88.2.231–68 (2012).
BECKER, SANDRA CRISTINA. BN on Contini-Morava, Kirsner, and Rodríguez-Bachiller (eds.), Cognitive and
communicative approaches to linguistic analysis. 83.4.912–13 (2007).
BECKER, SANDRA CRISTINA. BN on Cruse, Meaning in language: An introduction to semantics and pragmatics.
82.4.939–40 (2006).
BECKER, SANDRA CRISTINA. BN on Millikan, Varieties of meaning: The 2002 Jean Nicod lecturers. 83.4.919–20
(2007).
BECKMAN, MARY E. Rev. of Gussenhoven, The phonology of tone and intonation. 84.3.641–43 (2008).
BECKWITH, MILES C. Rev. of Devine and Stephens, Discontinuous syntax: Hyperbaton in Greek. 78.2.319–22
(2002).
Becoming a translator: An introduction to the theory and practice of translation. 2nd edn. By D. Robinson. BN by
A. S. Kaye. 82.1.219 (2006).
BEDDOR, PATRICE SPEETER. A coarticulatory path to sound change. 85.4.785–821 (2009).
BEDDOR, PATRICE SPEETER; M.-J. SOLÉ; and M. OHALA (eds.) Experimental approaches to phonology. Rev. by M.
Huffman. 85.4.950–53 (2009).
BEECHING, KATE. Gender, politeness and pragmatic particles in French. BN by B. Li. 80.4.877 (2004).
Beginning Creek (Mvskoke emponvkv). By P. Innes, L. Alexander, and B. Tilkens. BN by E. J. Vajda. 82.4.951–52
(2006).
BEHRENS, DIETLINDE, and S. BRAINARD. A grammar of Yakan. BN by C. González. 83.3.668 (2007).
BEHRENS, LEILA, and H.-J. SASSE. The microstructure of lexicon-grammar interaction: A study of ‘gold’ in English
and Arabic. BN by A. S. Kaye. 82.3.670–71 (2006).
BEHRENS, SUSAN J., and J. A. PARKER (eds.) Language in the real world: An introduction to linguistics. Rev. by A.
H. C. Hudley. 88.1.180–83 (2012).
BÉJOINT, HENRI. Modern lexicography: An introduction. BN by Z. Salzmann. 78.2.391–92 (2002).
BELL, ALLAN, and K. KUIPER (eds.) New Zealand English. BN by S. Wagner. 78.2.369–70 (2002).
BELLETTI, ADRIANA (ed.) Structures and beyond: The cartography of syntactic structures, vol. 3. Rev. by G.
Grewendorf. 84.1.179–82 (2008).
BELLWOOD, PETER, and C. RENFREW (eds.) Examining the farming/language dispersal hypothesis. RA by M. Ross.
82.3.628–48 (2006).
BENDER, EMILY M. Rev. of Huddleston and Pullum, A student’s introduction to English grammar. 84.3.643–46
(2008).
14
BENDJABALLAH, SABRINA; W. U. DRESSLER; O. E. PFEIFFER; and M. D. VOEIKOVA (eds.) Morphology 2000:
Selected papers from the 9th morphology meeting, Vienna, 24–28 February 2000. BN by K. Fudeman.
79.3.646–47 (2003).
Benefactives and malefactives: Typological perspectives and case studies. Ed. by F. Zúñiga and S. Kittilä. Rev. by J.
Newman. 87.3.671–74 (2011).
BENMAMOUN, ELABBAS. Perspectives on Arabic Linguistics XIL. BN by A. S. Kaye. 77.4.848–49 (2001).
BENMAMOUN, ELABBAS, and D. B. PARKINSON (eds.) Perspectives on Arabic linguistics XIII–XIV. BN by A.
Nevins. 80.1.185–86 (2004).
BENNETT, DAVID J. BN on Simpson, On the discourse of satire. 83.2.466–67 (2007).
BENNETT, PAUL. Semantics: An introduction to non-lexical aspects of meaning. BN by M. L. Murphy. 81.3.770–71
(2005).
BENOR, SARAH BUNIN, and R. LEVY. The chicken or the egg? A probabilistic analysis of English binomials.
82.2.233–78 (2006).
BENTLEY, DELIA. Rev. of D’Alessandro, Ledgeway, and Roberts (eds.), Syntactic variation: The dialects of Italy.
87.3.634–37 (2011).
BENTLEY, DELIA, and J. C. SMITH (eds.) Historical linguistics 1995. Vol. 1: General issues and non-Germanic
languages. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.625–26 (2001).
BERBECO, STEVEN. BN on Bateson, Arabic language handbook. 81.2.509 (2005).
BERBECO, STEVEN. BN on Martín Butragueño (ed.), Cambio lingüístico: Métodos y problemas. 83.2.464–65 (2007).
BERENGUER SÁNCHEZ, JOSÉ ANTONIO. Estudio sobre las partículas indoeuropeas con base consonántica y laringal.
BN by J. F. Eska. 79.3.647–48 (2003).
BERENT, GERALD P. Rev. of Neidle, Kegl, MacLaughlin, Bahan, and Lee, The syntax of American Sign Language:
Functional categories and hierarchical structure. 77.4.839–42 (2001).
BERENT, IRIS. Rev. of Marcus, The algebraic mind: Integrating connectionism and cognitive science. 78.3.569–71
(2002).
BERGEN, BENJAMIN K. The psychological reality of phonaesthemes. 80.2.290–311 (2004).
BERGMANN, ANOUSCHKA; K. C. HALL; and S. M. ROSS (eds.) Language files: Materials for an introduction to
language and linguistics. 10th edn. Rev. by K. Hazen. 85.2.458–63 (2009).
BERGS, ALEXANDER. BN on Fanego, López-Couzo, and Pérez-Guerra (eds.), English historical syntax and morphology: Selected papers from 11 ICEHL, Santiago de Compostela, 7–11 September 2000, vol. 1. 80.1.172–73
(2004).
BERGS, ALEXANDER. BN on Fanego, Méndez-Naya, and Seoane (eds.), Sounds, words, texts and change: Selected
papers from 11 ICEHL, Santiago de Compostela, 7–11 September 2000, vol. 2. 80.1.173–74 (2004).
BERGS, ALEXANDER. BN on Fitzmaurice, The familiar letter in Early Modern English: A pragmatic approach.
80.1.174–75 (2004).
BERGS, ALEXANDER. BN on McClure, Doric: The dialect of North-East Scotland. 80.1.182–83 (2004).
BERGS, ALEXANDER. BN on Rohdenburg and Mondorf (eds.), Determinants of grammatical variation in English.
81.1.288–89 (2005).
BERGS, ALEXANDER, and G. DIEWALD (eds.) Constructions and language change. Rev. by G. Trousdale. 87.2.390–
93 (2011).
BERK, LYNN M. English syntax: From word to discourse. BN by F. Bramlett. 77.3.608–9 (2001).
BERNARDINI, SILVIA; G. ASTON; and D. STEWART (eds.) Corpora and language learners. BN by M. Callies.
83.4.908 (2007).
BERNSTEIN RATNER, NAN, and E. C. HEALEY (eds.) Stuttering research and practice: Bridging the gap. BN by I. M.
Laversuch. 77.2.392 (2001).
BERNSTEIN RATNER, NAN, and L. MENN (eds.) Methods for studying language production. BN by Z. Salzmann.
78.1.199–200 (2002).
BERROTH, DANIELA. Altersbedingter Mundartgebrauch: Wandel und Kontinuität in einem mittelschwäbischen
Dialekt. BN by R. Felty. 80.3.614 (2004).
BERTOLO, STEFANO (ed.) Language acquisition and learnability. BN by L. DeWaard Dykstra. 79.4.792 (2003).
BESCH, WERNER; A. BETTEN; O. REICHMANN; and S. SONDEREGGER (eds.) Sprachgeschichte: Ein Handbuch zur
Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und ihrer Erforschung. Vol. 2. 2nd edn. BN by J. M. Jeep. 78.2.360 (2002).
BESCH, WERNER; A. BETTEN; O. REICHMANN; and S. SONDEREGGER (eds.) Sprachgeschichte: Ein Handbuch zur
Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und ihrer Erforschung, vols. 3 and 4. 2nd edn. BN by J. M. Jeep. 81.4.999–
1000 (2005).
BESNIER, NIKO. Rev. of Makihara and Schieffelin (eds.), Consequences of contact: Language ideologies and
sociocultural transformations in Pacific societies. 86.1.234–37 (2010).
BESNIER, NIKO. Rev. of Wilce, Language and emotion. 87.2.433–35 (2011).
15
BEST, CATHERINE T.; L. GOLDSTEIN; and D. H. WHALEN (eds.) Laboratory phonology 8. Rev. by J. Padgett.
86.4.957–60 (2010).
Betoi. By R. Zamponi. BN by D. T. De Felice. 83.3.694–95 (2007).
BETTEN, ANNE; W. BESCH; O. REICHMANN; and S. SONDEREGGER (eds.) Sprachgeschichte: Ein Handbuch zur
Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und ihrer Erforschung, vol. 2. 2nd edn. BN by J. M. Jeep. 78.2.360 (2002).
BETTEN, ANNE; W. BESCH; O. REICHMANN; and S. SONDEREGGER (eds.) Sprachgeschichte: Ein Handbuch zur
1000 (2005).
Between grammar and lexicon. Ed. by E. Contini-Morava and Y. Tobin. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.1.210–11 (2002).
BEUKEMA, FRITS; S. BARBIERS; and W. VAN DER WURFF (eds.) Modality and its interaction with the verbal system.
BN by J. Gutiérrez-Rexach. 79.4.828–29 (2003).
BEUKEMA, FRITS, and M. DEN DIKKEN (eds.) Clitic phenomena in European languages. BN by A. R. Luís.
81.1.281–82 (2005).
BEX, TONY, and R. J. WATTS (eds.) Standard English: The widening debate. BN by E. G. Winkler. 77.1.201 (2001).
Beyond Ebonics: Linguistic pride and racial prejudice. By J. Baugh. BN by E. Battistella. 78.2.372 (2002). —also
BN by Z. Salzmann. 80.4.876–77 (2004).
Beyond grammar: An experience-based theory of language. By R. Bod. BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.4.787–88
(2002).
Beyond rigidity: The unfinished semantic agenda of naming and necessity. By S. Soames. Rev. by T. Wasow.
79.4.786–88 (2003).
Beyond the ivory tower: Rethinking translation pedagogy. Ed. by B. J. Baer and G. S. Koby. BN by S. Wang.
82.3.669–70 (2006).
BEYSSADE, CLAIRE; R. BOK-BENNEMA; F. DRIJKONINGEN; and P. MONACHESI (eds.) Romance languages and
linguistic theory 2000: Selected papers from ‘Going Romance’ 2000, Utrecht, 30 November–2 December. BN
by E. Casielles-Suárez. 80.1.167–68 (2004).
BEYSSADE, CLAIRE, and C. DOBROVIE-SORIN. Définir les indéfinis. BN by E. Mathieu. 83.3.673–74 (2007).
BEZUIDENHOUT, ANNE. Rev. of Searle, Consciousness and language. 82.4.930–34 (2006).
BHASKARARAO, PERI, and K. V. SUBBARAO (eds.) Non-nominative subjects. BN by H. Narrog. 83.2.453–54 (2007).
BHAT, D. N. S. Sound change. BN by M. Picard. 79.2.428–29 (2003).
BHATIA, TEJ K. Advertising in rural India: Language, marketing communication, and consumerism. BN by E.
Battistella. 78.4.793–94 (2002).
BHATIA, VIJAY K. Worlds of written discourse: A genre-based view. BN by U. Römer. 83.3.666 (2007).
BHATT, RAKESH MOHAN. BN on Kaplan (ed.), The Oxford handbook of applied linguistics. 81.2.531–32 (2005).
BHATT, RAKESH MOHAN. Verb movement and the syntax of Kashmiri. BN by D. Bury. 77.3.634–35 (2001).
BIBER, DOUGLAS; U. CONNOR; and T. A. UPTON. Discourse on the move: Using corpus analysis to describe
discourse structure. Rev. by J. M. Swales. 85.3.694–96 (2009).
BIBER, DOUGLAS; S. JOHANSSON; G. LEECH; S. CONRAD; and E. FINEGAN. Longman grammar of spoken and written
English. BN by E. Battistella. 77.3.631–32 (2001).
BIBER, DOUGLAS; R. REPPEN; and S. M. FITZMAURICE (eds.) Using corpora to explore linguistic variation. Rev. by
M. Kytö. 82.2.438–42 (2006).
BIBERAUER, THERESA; A. HOLMBERG; I. ROBERTS; and M. SHEEHAN. Parametric variation: Null subjects in
minimalist theory. Rev. by B. Citko. 87.4.881–84 (2011).
Bibliography of modern Romani linguistics. By P. Bakker and Y. Matras. BN by M. Sawaie. 82.2.451–52 (2006).
Bibliography on language endangerment. By T. Tsunoda. BN by G. Holton. 81.2.546 (2005).
BICHAKJIAN, BERNARD H. Language in a Darwinian perspective. RA by F. J. Newmeyer. 79.3.583–99 (2003).
BICHAKJIAN, BERNARD H. On evolution in language (Letter to Language). 80.1.2–3 (2004).
Bichakjian revisited. Letter to Language by C.-J. N. Bailey. 80.3.378–80 (2004).
BICK, PAUL B. BN on Cragg, Faiths in their pronouns: Websites of identity. 81.2.518–19 (2005).
BICKEL, BALTHASAR. Referential density in discourse and syntactic typology. 79.4.708–36 (2003).
BICKEL, BALTHASAR; G. BANJADE; M. GAENSZLE; E. LIEVEN; N. P. PAUDYAL; I. P. RAI; M. RAI; N. K. RAI; and S.
STOLL. Free prefix ordering in Chintang. 83.1.43–73 (2007).
BICKERTON, DEREK. Adam’s tongue: How humans made language, how language made humans. Rev. by M. A.
Arbib. 86.2.431–35 (2010).
BICKERTON, DEREK. On Siegel on the bioprogram (Letter to Language). 82.2.230–32 (2006).
BICKERTON, DEREK. Reconsidering Creole exceptionalism (Discussion Note). 80.4.828–33 (2004).
BICKERTON, DEREK. Rev. of Burling, The talking ape: How language evolved. 84.2.404–6 (2008).
BICKERTON, DEREK, and W. H. CALVIN. Lingua ex machina: Reconciling Darwin and Chomsky with the human
brain. Rev. by R. Jackendoff. 77.3.569–73 (2001).
16
Bilingual: Life and reality. By F. Grosjean. Rev. by B. Z. Pearson. 87.2.396–98 (2011).
Bilingual couples talk: The discursive construction of hybridity. By I. Piller. Rev. by M. Clyne. 80.3.605–8 (2004).
Bilingual speech, a typology of code-mixing. By P. Muysken. Rev. by C. Myers-Scotton. 78.2.330–33 (2002).
Bilingualism and the Latin language. By J. N. Adams. BN by J. F. Eska. 80.4.872 (2004).
Bilingualism in ancient society: Language contact and the written word. Ed. by J. N. Adams, M. Janse, and S.
Swain. BN by J. F. Eska. 80.4.872–73 (2004).
Bilingualism reader, The. Ed. by L. Wei. BN by S. M. Burt. 78.4.806–7 (2002).
Bio-linguistics: The Santa Barbara lectures. By T. Givón. Rev. by E. Maslova. 81.1.245–47 (2005).
Biolinguistic enterprise, The: New perspectives on the evolution and nature of the human language faculty. Ed. by
A. M. Di Sciullo and C. Boeckx. Rev. by P. Pietroski. 88.3.637–40 (2012).
BIRD, STEVEN, and G. SIMONS. Seven dimensions of portability for language documentation and description.
79.3.557–82 (2003).
BIRNER, BETTY J. Rev. of Smith, Modes of discourse: The local structure of texts. 83.4.904–7 (2007).
BIRNER, BETTY J.; J. P. KAPLAN; and G. WARD. Functional compositionality and the interaction of discourse
constraints. 83.2.317–43 (2007).
BIRNER, BETTY J.; G. WARD; L. R. HORN; B. ABBOTT; P. JACOBSON; and J. M. SADOCK. Obituary of Ellen F. Prince.
87.4.866–72 (2011).
Birth of the mind, The: How a tiny number of genes creates the complexities of human thought. By G. Marcus. Rev.
by W. K. Wilkins. 82.4.921–24 (2006).
Birthday reception for the LSA, A. Letter to Language by E. P. Hamp. 80.4.645–46 (2004).
BJORVAND, HARALD, and F. O. LINDEMAN. Våre Arveord: Etymologisk Ordbok. BN by M. Pierce. 80.4.877–78
(2004).
BLACKINGS, MAIRI, and N. FABB. A grammar of Ma’di. BN by R. Watson. 81.4.1000 (2005).
BLACKWELL, SARAH E. Implicatures in discourse: The case of Spanish NP anaphora. BN by A. Dufter. 80.4.878–79
(2004).
Blackwell companion to syntax, The. Ed. by M. Everaert and H. van Riemsdijk, with R. Goedemans and B.
Hollebrandse. Rev. by L. Haegeman. 85.1.190–97 (2009).
BLAHO, SYLVIA, and C. RICE (eds.) Modeling ungrammaticality in optimality theory. Rev. by L. J. Downing.
87.2.423–26 (2011).
BLAIR, DAVID, and P. COLLINS (eds.) English in Australia. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.1.216–17 (2003).
BLAKE, BARRY J. All about language. Rev. by J. R. Hurford. 85.4.912–13 (2009).
BLAKE, BARRY J. Case. 2nd edn. BN by D. Golumbia. 79.4.830–31 (2003).
BLAKE, BARRY J. Rev. of Bowern and Koch (eds.), Australian languages: Classification and the comparative
method. 82.2.423–25 (2006).
BLAKE, BARRY J., and K. BURRIDGE (eds.) Historical linguistics 2001: Selected papers from the 15th International
Conference on Historical Linguistics, Melbourne, 13–17 August 2001. BN by A. Byrd. 82.3.671–72 (2006).
BLAKE, BARRY J., and R. M. W. DIXON (eds.) The handbook of Australian languages. Vol. 5: Grammatical sketches
of Bunuba, Ndjébbana, and Kugu Nganhcara. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.3.650–51 (2003).
BLAKE, SUSAN; K. SHAHIN; and E.-S. KIM (eds.) The proceedings of the seventeenth West Coast Conference on
Formal Linguistics. BN by L. Alonso-Ovalle. 77.2.418–19 (2001).
BLAKEMORE, DIANE. Relevance and linguistic meaning: The semantics and pragmatics of discourse markers. Rev.
by L. Schourup. 80.4.840–43 (2004).
Blank slate, The: The modern denial of human nature. By S. Pinker. Rev. by F. Keil. 80.4.859–62 (2004).
BLANK, ANDREAS, and P. KOCH (eds.) Historical semantics and cognition. Rev. by M. E. Winters. 78.4.780–83
(2002).
BLEVINS, JAMES P. Stems and paradigms. 79.4.737–67 (2003).
BLEVINS, JULIETTE. Rev. of Kügler, Féry, and van de Vijver (eds.), Variation and gradience in phonetics and
phonology. 87.1.212–15 (2011).
BLOCK, DAVID. The social turn in second language acquisition. BN by L. DeWaard Dykstra. 83.4.909–10 (2007).
BLOMMAERT, JAN. The sociolinguistics of globalization. Rev. by A. Pennycook. 87.4.884–87 (2011).
BLOMMAERT, JAN; J. VERSCHUEREN; J.-O. ÖSTMAN; and C. BULCAEN (eds.) Handbook of pragmatics. 2001
installment. BN by L. DeWaard Dykstra. 83.4.924–25 (2007).
BLOMMAERT, JAN; J. VERSCHUEREN; J.-O. ÖSTMAN; and C. BULCAEN (comps.) Handbook of pragmatics. 2002
installment. BN by R. D’Alessandro. 82.3.698–99. (2006).
BLONDEAU, HÉLÈNE, and G. SANKOFF. Language change across the lifespan: /r/ in Montreal French. 83.3.560–88
(2007).
BLOOM, PAUL. How children learn the meanings of words. Rev. by M. Maratsos. 81.2.495–98 (2005).
17
Blooming English: Observations on the roots, cultivation and hybrids of the English language. By K. Burridge. BN
by M. Pierce. 83.3.669 (2007).
BLOOR, MERIEL, and T. BLOOR. The functional analysis of English: A Hallidayan approach. 2nd edn. BN by N. R.
Carter. 83.3.666–67 (2007).
BLOOR, THOMAS, and M. BLOOR. The functional analysis of English: A Hallidayan approach. 2nd edn. BN by N. R.
Carter. 83.3.666–67 (2007).
BLOT, RICHARD K. (ed.) Language and social identity. BN by L. Gao. 83.2.454–55 (2007).
BLOT, RICHARD K., and J. COLLINS. Literacy and literacies: Texts, power and identity. BN by P. Unseth. 81.4.1002
(2005).
BLUMENFELD, LEV. BN on Morani, Introduzione alla linguistica latina. 80.3.630–31 (2004).
BLUM-KULKA, SHOSHANA. Dinner talk: Cultural patterns of sociability and socialization in family discourse. BN
by J. Brody. 78.3.598 (2002).
BLYTHE, RICHARD, and W. CROFT. S-curves and the mechanisms of propagation in language change. 88.2.269–304
(2012).
BOAS, HANS C. A constructional approach to resultatives. BN by T. R. Wier. 83.3.667–68 (2007).
BOAS, HANS C. Determining the productivity of resultatives: A reply to Goldberg and Jackendoff (Discussion Note).
81.2.448–64 (2005).
BOASE-BEIER, JEAN, and K. LODGE. The German language: A linguistic introduction. BN by J. M. Jeep. 80.2.337–
38 (2004).
BOBALJIK, JONATHAN DAVID. BN on van Geenhoven, Semantic incorporation and indefinite descriptions: Semantic
and syntactic aspects of noun incorporation in West Greenlandic. 78.1.190–91 (2002).
BOBYLEVA, EKATERINA, and E. O. ABOH. Rev. of Baptista and Guéron (eds.), Noun phrases in creole languages: A
multi-faceted approach. 87.1.172–78 (2011).
BOCK, KATHRYN; S. BUTTERFIELD; A. CUTLER; J. C. CUTTING; K. M. EBERHARD; and K. R. HUMPHREYS. Number
agreement in British and American English: Disagreeing to agree collectively. 82.1.64–113 (2006).
BOD, RENS. Beyond grammar: An experience-based theory of language. BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.4.787–
88 (2002).
BODOMO, ADAMS. The structure of Dagaare. BN by B. Wald. 77.4.858 (2001).
BODROGLIGETI, ANDRÁS J. E. An academic reference grammar of Modern Literary Uzbek. BN by S. Georg.
82.4.938 (2006).
BOECKX, CEDRIC. Linguistic minimalism: Origins, concepts, methods, and aims. Rev. by N. Fukui. 84.2.395–400
(2008).
BOECKX, CEDRIC. Linguistic minimalism: Origins, concepts, methods, and aims. Rev. by F. J. Newmeyer. 84.2.387–
95 (2008).
BOECKX, CEDRIC. Rev. of Hendrick (ed.), Minimalist syntax. 81.1.257–59 (2005).
BOECKX, CEDRIC. Rev. of Nunes, Linearization of chains and sideward movement. 83.4.895–99 (2007).
BOECKX, CEDRIC, and A. M. DI SCIULLO (eds.) The biolinguistic enterprise: New perspectives on the evolution and
nature of the human language faculty. Rev. by P. Pietroski. 88.3.637–40 (2012).
BOHNEMEYER, JÜRGEN. The grammar of time reference in Yukatek Maya. BN by J. Tonhauser. 81.4.1000–1001
(2005).
BOHNEMEYER, JÜRGEN; N. J. ENFIELD; J. ESSEGBEY; I. IBARRETXE-ANTUÑANO; S. KITA; F. LÜPKE; and F. K.
AMEKA. Principles of event segmentation in language: The case of motion events. 83.3.495–532 (2007).
BOK-BENNEMA, REINEKE; C. BEYSSADE; F. DRIJKONINGEN; and P. MONACHESI (eds.) Romance languages and
BOK-BENNEMA, REINEKE; B. HOLLEBRANDSE; B. KAMPERS-MANHE; and P. SLEEMAN (eds.) Romance languages
and linguistic theory 2002: Selected papers from ‘Going Romance’, Groningen, 28–30 November 2002. BN by
N. I. Stolova. 83.1.216–17 (2007).
BOLKESTEIN, A. MACHTELT, and M. HANNAY (eds.) Functional grammar and verbal interaction. BN by A. J.
Koontz-Garboden. 77.2.391–92 (2001).
BOLTON, KINGSLEY. Chinese Englishes: A sociolinguistic history. BN by L. Gao. 83.2.455 (2007).
BOND, Z. S. BN on Poulisse, Slips of the tongue: Speech errors in first and second language production. 77.3.634
(2001).
BONET, EULÀLIA. Rev. of McCarthy, Doing optimality theory: Applying theory to data. 85.4.942–44 (2009).
BONFANTE, GIULIANO, and L. BONFANTE. The Etruscan language: An introduction. Rev. edn. BN by R.
D’Alessandro. 80.4.879 (2004).
BONFANTE, LARISSA, and G. BONFANTE. The Etruscan language: An introduction. Rev. edn. BN by R.
D’Alessandro. 80.4.879 (2004).
18
BONFIGLIO, THOMAS PAUL. Race and the rise of Standard American. BN by R. Barrett. 81.2.510 (2005).
BONNER, CAROLYN. BN on Aitchison and Lewis (eds.), New media language. 83.1.215–16 (2007).
BOOIJ, GEERT. Construction morphology. Rev. by J. Hoeksema. 88.1.183–85 (2012).
BOOIJ, GEERT. The morphology of Dutch. Rev. by L. Bauer. 79.3.626–28 (2003).
BOOIJ, GEERT, and J. VAN MARLE (eds.) Yearbook of morphology 1999. BN by E. J. Vajda. 81.2.511 (2005).
BOOIJ, GEERT, and J. VAN MARLE (eds.) Yearbook of morphology 2003. BN by A. S. Kaye. 81.2.511–12 (2005).
BORER, HAGIT. Structuring sense, vol. 1: In name only; and Structuring sense, vol. 2: The normal course of events.
RA by C. Potts. 84.2.343–69 (2008).
BÖRJARS, KERSTI. Feature distribution in Swedish noun phrases. BN by A. Pereltsvaig. 78.2.346–47 (2002).
BORNKESSEL-SCHLESEWSKY, INA, and M. SCHLESEWSKY. Processing syntax and morphology: A neurocognitive
perspective. Rev. by C. Clifton, Jr. 86.4.943–45 (2010).
BORSLEY, ROBERT D. Rev. of Culicover, Natural language syntax. 86.4.945–48 (2010).
BORSLEY, ROBERT D. Rev. of Postal, Skeptical linguistic essays. 82.2.442–46 (2006).
BORSLEY, ROBERT D., and A. PRZEPIÓRKOWSKI (eds.) Slavic in head-driven phrase structure grammar. BN by N.
Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.2.348 (2002).
BOSCH, PETER, and R. VAN DER SANDT (eds.) Focus: Linguistic, cognitive, and computational perspectives. BN by
A. Capone. 78.4.795–96 (2002).
BOŠKOVIĆ, ŽELJKO. On the nature of the syntax-phonology interface: Cliticization and related phenomena. Rev. by
T. H. King. 80.4.843–46 (2004).
BOŠKOVIĆ, ŽELJKO. Rev. of Cheng and Corver (eds.), WH-movement: Moving on. 85.2.463–68 (2009).
BOTHA, RUDOLF P. Unravelling the evolution of language. BN by Z. Salzmann. 82.4.938–39 (2006).
BOUCHARD, DENIS. Adjectives, number and interfaces: Why languages vary. Rev. by E. Cowper. 82.4.884–87
(2006).
BOUCHER, PAUL (ed.) Many morphologies. BN by K. Fudeman. 79.4.792–93 (2003).
BOUILLON, PIERRETTE, and F. BUSA (eds.) The language of word meaning. BN by M. L. Murphy. 82.3.672–73
(2006).
BOUILLON, PIERRETTE; M. RAYNER; D. CARTER; V. DIGALAKIS; and M. WIREN (eds.) The spoken language translator. BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.2.367–68 (2002).
BOULIMA, JAMILA. Negotiated interaction in target language classroom discourse. BN by R. W. Hallett. 80.3.614–
15 (2004).
Boundaries of morphology and syntax. Ed. by L. Mereu. BN by X. Villalba. 78.4.791–92 (2002).
BOVINGDON, RODERICK. The Maltese language of Australia: Maltraljan. BN by M. Sawaie. 80.3.615–16 (2004).
BOWERMAN, MELISSA, and S. C. LEVINSON (eds.) Language acquisition and conceptual development. BN by J.-C.
Verstraete. 81.2.512–13 (2005).
BOWERN, CLAIRE. BN on Breen (comp.), Introductory dictionary of Western Arrernte. 80.1.168 (2004).
BOWERN, CLAIRE. BN on Faarlund (ed.), Grammatical relations and change. 80.1.172 (2004).
BOWERN, CLAIRE. BN on Haacke, The tonology of Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara). 78.1.201–2 (2002).
BOWERN, CLAIRE. BN on Kenstowicz (ed.), Ken Hale: A life in language. 80.1.179–80 (2004).
BOWERN, CLAIRE. BN on Lewis, Turkish grammar. 2nd edn. 80.1.182 (2004).
BOWERN, CLAIRE. BN on Senft (ed.), Systems of nominal classification. BN by C. Bowern. 78.4.808 (2002).
BOWERN, CLAIRE. BN on Terrill, A grammar of Lavukaleve. 83.1.232 (2007).
BOWERN, CLAIRE. BN on Wilson, Coverbs and complex predicates in Wagiman. 77.1.189–90 (2001).
BOWERN, CLAIRE. BN on Zeshan, Sign language in Indo-Pakistan: A description of a signed language. 78.4.807–8
(2002).
BOWERN, CLAIRE. Fieldwork and the IRB: A snapshot (Short Report). 86.4.897–905 (2010).
BOWERN, CLAIRE. Linguistic fieldwork: A practical guide. Rev. by A. Terrill. 86.2.435–38 (2010).
BOWERN, CLAIRE. Rev. of Campbell and Poser, Language classification: History and method. 86.3.706–9 (2010).
BOWERN, CLAIRE, and Q. ATKINSON. Computational phylogenetics and the internal structure of Pama-Nyungan.
88.4.817–45 (2012).
BOWERN, CLAIRE, and H. KOCH (eds.) Australian languages: Classification and the comparative method. Rev. by B.
J. Blake. 82.2.423–25 (2006).
BOWERN, CLAIRE, and V. LOTRIDGE (eds.) Ndebele. BN by M. Cahill. 80.2.338 (2004).
BOXER, DIANA. Applying sociolinguistics: Domains and face-to-face interaction. BN by B. Li. 79.4.831 (2003).
BOYD, JEREMY K., and A. E. GOLDBERG. Learning what NOT to say: The role of statistical preemption and
categorization in a-adjective production. 87.1.55–83 (2011).
BOYE, KASPER, and P. HARDER. A usage-based theory of grammatical status and grammaticalization. 88.1.1–44
(2012).
BOYE, KASPER, and J. VAN DER AUWERA. Rev. of Aikhenvald, Evidentiality. 84.1.170–73 (2008).
19
BRADLEY, DAVID. Rev. of Harrison, Rood, and Dwyer (eds.), Lessons from documented endangered languages.
87.2.402–6 (2011).
BRADLEY, DAVID, and M. BRADLEY (eds.) Language endangerment and language maintenance. RA by L. A.
Grenoble and L. J. Whaley. 81.4.965–74 (2005).
BRADLEY, MAYA, and D. BRADLEY (eds.) Language endangerment and language maintenance. RA by L. A.
Grenoble and L. J. Whaley. 81.4.965–74 (2005).
BRAIDI, SUSAN M. The acquisition of second language syntax. BN by G. Thurgood. 77.1.197–98 (2001).
BRAINARD, SHERRI, and D. BEHRENS. A grammar of Yakan. BN by C. González. 83.3.668 (2007).
BRAMLETT, FRANK. BN on Berk, English syntax: From word to discourse. 77.3.608–9 (2001).
BRAMMER, CHARLOTTE. BN on Chilton, Analysing political discourse: Theory and practice. 82.3.674–75 (2006).
BRAMMER, CHARLOTTE. BN on Connor and Upton (eds.), Discourse in the professions: Perspectives from corpus
linguistics. 83.4.912 (2007).
BRAMMER, CHARLOTTE. BN on Thomas, Wareing, Singh, Peccei, Thornborrow, and Jones, Language, society and
power: An introduction. 2nd edn. 82.3.697–98 (2006).
BRANDNER, ELLEN, and H. ZINSMEISTER (eds.) New perspectives on case theory. BN by S. Evtyukhin. 82.3.673
(2006).
BRANDT, SILKE; E. LIEVEN; and M. TOMASELLO. Development of word order in German complement-clause
constructions: Effects of input frequencies, lexical items, and discourse function. 86.3.583–610 (2010).
BRANDT, SØREN. Modal verbs in Danish. BN by M. Pierce. 78.1.196–97 (2002).
BRANIGAN, PHIL. Provocative syntax. Rev. by M. T. Putnam. 87.4.887–90 (2011).
BRANNER, DAVID PRAGER. Problems in comparative Chinese dialectology: The classification of Miin and Hakka.
BN by K. Chirkova. 77.3.637 (2001).
BRAUN, MARIA; I. PLAG; G. KUNTER; and S. LAPPE. The role of semantics, argument structure, and lexicalization in
compound stress assignment in English. 84.4.760–94 (2008).
BRAUNMÜLLER, KURT. De nordiske språk. 2nd edn. Trans. from German by J. O. Askedal. BN by R. McColl Millar.
77.1.195–96 (2001).
BRAUNMÜLLER, KURT, and G. FERRARESI (eds.) Aspects of multilingualism in European language history. BN by
M. Pierce. 81.4.1001–2 (2005).
Brazilian Portuguese and the null subject parameter. Ed. by M. A. Kato and E. V. Negrão. BN by K. K. Grohmann.
79.4.807–8 (2003).
BRDAR, MARIO, and R. BRDAR-SZABÓ. BN on Ruiz de Mendoza Ibáñez, Introducción a la teoría cognitiva de la
metonimia. 80.4.881–82 (2004).
BRDAR-SZABÓ, RITA, and M. BRDAR. BN on Ruiz de Mendoza Ibáñez, Introducción a la teoría cognitiva de la
metonimia. 80.4.881–82 (2004).
BREBAN, TINE. Rev. of Traugott and Trousdale (eds.), Gradience, gradualness and grammaticalization. 87.3.662–65
(2011).
BREEN, GAVAN (comp.) Introductory dictionary of Western Arrernte. BN by C. Bowern. 80.1.168 (2004).
BREND, RUTH M. Obituary of Kenneth L. Pike. 77.3.562–66 (2001).
BRENDEMOEN, BERNT; E. LANZA; and E. RYEN (eds.) Language encounters across time and space: Studies in
language contact. BN by G. H. Toops. 77.1.198–99 (2001).
BRENTARI, DIANE. Rev. of Padden and Humphries, Inside Deaf culture. 84.3.655–58 (2008).
BRENTARI, DIANE (ed.) Sign languages. Rev. by D. J. Napoli. 87.4.890–94 (2011).
BRESNAN, JOAN, and M. FORD. Predicting syntax: Processing dative constructions in American and Australian
varieties of English. 86.1.168–213 (2010).
BREUL, CARSTEN. Focus structure in generative grammar: An integrated syntactic, semantic and intonational
approach. BN by S. Banerji. 83.4.910 (2007).
BREUL, CARSTEN, and E. GÖBBEL (eds.) Comparative and contrastive studies of information structure. Rev. by V.
Molnár. 87.4.894–97 (2011).
BRICKER, VICTORIA; E. P. YAH; and O. D. DE PO’OT. A dictionary of the Maya language as spoken in Hocabá,
Yucatán. BN by V. Haser. 77.2.389 (2001).
Bridging and relevance. By T. Matsui. BN by C. Inchaurralde. 78.2.383–84 (2002).
BRIGHT, WILLIAM OLIVER. BN on Laury, McMenamin, Okamoto, Samiian, and Subbarao (eds.), Perspectives in
linguistics: Papers in honor of P. J. Mistry. 83.3.680–81 (2007).
BRIGHT, WILLIAM OLIVER. BN on Eatough, Central Hill Nisenan texts with grammatical sketch. 77.4.863–64
(2001).
BRIGHT, WILLIAM OLIVER. Native American placenames of the United States. Rev. by S. Embleton. 84.4.877–80
(2008).
BRIGHT, WILLIAM OLIVER. Obituary of Murray B. Emeneau. 82.2.411–22 (2006).
20
BRIGHT, WILLIAM OLIVER. Rev. of Chamoreau, Purépecha de Jarácuaro, Michoacán. 84.2.406–7 (2008).
BRIGHT, WILLIAM OLIVER, Obituary of. By J. Hill. 83.3.628–41 (2007).
BRINTON, LAUREL J. The comment clause in English: Syntactic origins and pragmatic development. Rev. by A. H.
Jucker. 86.1.214–15 (2010).
BRINTON, LAUREL J. (ed.) Historical linguistics 1999. BN by M. Picard. 79.2.428–29 (2003).
BRINTON, LAUREL J. Rev. of Minkova and Stockwell (eds.), Studies in the history of the English language: A
millennial perspective. 80.3.601–5 (2004).
BRINTON, LAUREL J. The structure of modern English: A linguistic introduction. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.3.603–4
(2002).
BRINTON, LAUREL J., and M. AKIMOTO (eds.) Colloquial and idiomatic aspects of composite predicates in the
history of English. BN by K. S. Chung. 78.1.204–5 (2002).
BRINTON, LAUREL J., and E. C. TRAUGOTT. Lexicalization and language change. Rev. by M. Norde. 85.1.184–86
(2009).
BRITAIN, DAVID, and J. CHESHIRE (eds.) Social dialectology: In honour of Peter Trudgill. BN by M. J. Gordon.
82.3.673–74 (2006).
British component of the International Corpus of English (ICE-GB), The, Release 2. Ed. by B. Aarts and S. Wallis.
Rev. by M. Davies. 85.2.443–45 (2009).
BROCCIAS, CRISTIANO. The English change network: Forcing changes into schemas. BN by R. Chen. 81.3.771
(2005).
BRODY, JILL. BN on Blum-Kulka, Dinner talk: Cultural patterns of sociability and socialization in family discourse.
78.3.598 (2002).
BRODY, JILL. BN on Darnell, And along came Boas: Continuity and revolution in Americanist anthropology.
78.4.795 (2002).
BRODY, JILL. BN on Kurzon, Discourse of silence. 78.3.598–99 (2002).
BROE, MICHAEL B., and J. B. PIERREHUMBERT (eds.) Papers in laboratory phonology V: Acquisition and the lexicon. BN by T. L. Face. 78.2.358 (2002).
BROEDER, PETER, and J. MURRE (eds.) Models of language acquisition: Inductive and deductive approaches. BN by
S. A. Myers. 79.2.430 (2003). —also BN by D. E. Walicek. 81.2.513–14 (2005).
BRONKHORST, JOHANNES. Tradition and argument in classical Indian linguistics: The Bahiraṅga-paribhāṣā in the
Paribhāṣenduśekhara. BN by L. Kulikov. 83.2.456 (2007).
BROSELOW, ELLEN. Rev. of Kager, Pater, and Zonneveld, Constraints in phonological acquisition. 8.214–20 (2009).
BROSELOW, ELLEN, and H. OUALI (eds.) Perspectives on Arabic linguistics: Papers from the annual symposia on
Arabic linguistics, vol. XXII–XXIII: College Park, Maryland, 2008 and Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 2009. Rev. by J.
C. E. Watson. 88.4.896–99 (2012).
BROSZIEWSKI, ULF. Syntactic derivations: A nontransformational view. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.4.832 (2003).
Brothers and sisters learn to write, The: Popular literacies in childhood and school cultures. By A. H. Dyson. BN
by L. Chen. 80.4.882–83 (2004).
BROWN, DUNSTAN; N. EVANS; and G. G. CORBETT. The semantics of gender in Mayali: Partially parallel systems
and formal implementation. 78.1.111–55 (2002).
BROWN, LEA, and M. S. DRYER. The verbs for ‘and’ in Walman, a Torricelli language of Papua New Guinea.
84.3.528–65 (2008).
BROWN, R. A. BN on Kess and Miyamoto, The Japanese mental lexicon: Psycholinguistic studies of kana and kanji
processing. 78.2.352–53 (2002).
BROWN, R. A. BN on Kunnan (ed.), Validation in language assessment. 77.2.419–20 (2001).
BROWNE, E. WAYLES; E. DORNISH; N. KONDRASHOVA; and D. ZEC (eds.) Formal approaches to Slavic linguistics 4:
The Cornell Meeting. Rev. by A. Caink. 77.3.592–94 (2001).
BRUENING, BENJAMIN. Language-particular syntactic rules and constraints: English locative inversion and dosupport. 86.1.43–84 (2010).
BRUFLAT, ALAN S. BN on László, Cognition and representation in literature: The psychology of literary narratives.
79.4.810 (2003).
BRUNSTAD, ENDRE; H. SANDØY; J. E. HAGEN; and K. TENFJORD (eds.) Den fleirspråklege utfordringa [The
multilingual challenge]. BN by M. Kilarski. 83.3.691 (2007).
BRUSTAD, KRISTEN. The syntax of spoken Arabic: A comparative study of Moroccan, Egyptian, Syrian, and Kuwaiti
dialects. BN by J. McWhorter. 80.2.338–39 (2004).
BTOOSH, MOUSA A. BN on Cannon and Kaye, The Persian contributions to the English language: An historical
dictionary. 79.4.835–36 (2003).
BTOOSH, MOUSA A. BN on Gelber, Speaking back: The free speech versus hate speech debate. 79.4.803 (2003).
BUBENIK, VIT. Rev. of Hickey (ed.), The handbook of language contact. 87.4.915–18 (2011).
21
BUBENIK, VIT, and J. HEWSON. From case to adposition: The development of configurational syntax in IndoEuropean languages. Rev. by D. Disterheft. 86.3.726–27 (2010).
BUBENIK, VIT, and J. HEWSON. Tense and aspect in Indo-European languages: Theory, typology, diachrony. BN by
B. Wald. 77.4.860–61 (2001).
BUBLITZ, WOLFRAM; U. LENK; and E. VENTOLA (eds.) Coherence in spoken and written discourse. BN by D. O.
Jackson. 78.1.209 (2002).
BUCHOLTZ, MARY. Rev. of Schiffrin, Tannen, and Hamilton (eds.), The handbook of discourse analysis. 80.4.862–
65 (2004).
BUCHOLTZ, MARY. White kids: Language, race, and styles of youth identity. Rev. by J. Baugh. 88.2.416–19 (2012).
BUCHOLTZ, MARY; A. C. LIANG; and L. A. SUTTON (eds.) Reinventing identities: The gendered self in discourse. BN
by N. Watanabe. 77.1.188 (2001).
BUCKLEY, EUGENE. BN on Banksira, Sound mutations: The morphophonology of Chaha. 80.2.336 (2004).
BUCKLEY, EUGENE. Rev. of Durand and Laks (eds.), Phonetics, phonology, and cognition. 82.3.653–57 (2006).
Building natural language generation systems. By E. Reiter and R. Dale. BN by M. A. Covington. 77.3.611–12
(2001).
BULCAEN, CHRIS; J. VERSCHUEREN; J.-O. ÖSTMAN; and J. BLOMMAERT (eds.) Handbook of pragmatics. 2001
BULCAEN, CHRIS; J. VERSCHUEREN; J.-O. ÖSTMAN; and J. BLOMMAERT (comps.) Handbook of pragmatics. 2002
installment. BN by R. D’Alessandro. 82.3.698–99 (2006).
Bŭlgarski dialekten atlas. Obobštavašt tom: Fonetika, akcentologija, leksika. By I. Kočev. BN by V. A. Friedman.
80.3.626–27 (2004).
BULLOCK, BARBARA E., and A. J. TORIBIO (eds.) The Cambridge handbook of linguistic code-switching. Rev. by M.
Deuchar. 86.3.702–5 (2010).
BUNT, HARRY; J. CARROLL; and G. SATTA (eds.) New developments in parsing technology. BN by N. S. Dash.
83.2.456–57 (2007).
BURENHULT, NICLAS, and S. C. LEVINSON. Semplates: A new concept in lexical semantics? (Short Report).
85.1.153–74 (2009).
BURGER, HARALD, and E. GLASER (eds.) Germanica selecta: Ausgewählte Schriften zur germanischen und
deutschen Philologie zum 75. Geburtstag des Autors. By S. Sonderegger. BN by J. M. Jeep. 80.1.190–91
(2004).
BURKE, PETER. Languages and communities in Early Modern Europe. BN by M. Oja. 83.3.668–69 (2007).
BURKHARDT, PETRA. BN on Härtl and Tappe (eds.), Mediating between concepts and grammar. 82.4.949 (2006).
BURLEY, LYNN. BN on Saeed, Semantics. 2nd edn. 80.3.634–35 (2004).
BURLING, ROBBINS. The language of the Modhupur Mandi (Garo), vol. 1: Grammar. BN by G. D. S. Anderson.
82.1.189 (2006).
BURLING, ROBBINS. Learning a field language. 2nd edn. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.852–53 (2001).
BURLING, ROBBINS. The talking ape: How language evolved. Rev. by D. Bickerton. 84.2.404–6 (2008).
BURLING, ROBBINS. Rev. of Radick, The simian tongue: The long debate about animal language. 86.1.244–47
(2010).
BURNHAM, DENIS; S. LUKSANEEYANAWIN; C. DAVIS; and M. LAFOURCADE (eds.) Interdisciplinary approaches to
language processing. BN by J. Gandour. 78.2.359 (2002).
BURRIDGE, KATE. Blooming English: Observations on the roots, cultivation and hybrids of the English language.
BN by M. Pierce. 83.3.669 (2007).
BURRIDGE, KATE, and B. J. BLAKE (eds.) Historical linguistics 2001: Selected papers from the 15th International
Conference on Historical Linguistics, Melbourne, 13–17 August 2001. BN by A. Byrd. 82.3.671–72 (2006).
BURRIDGE, KATE; B. KORTMANN; R. MESTHRIE; E. W. SCHNEIDER; and C. UPTON (eds.) A handbook of varieties of
English. Rev. by T. Odlin. 84.1.193–96 (2008).
BURT, SUSAN MEREDITH. BN on Spencer-Oatey (ed.), Culturally speaking: Managing rapport through talk across
cultures. 78.2.353–54 (2002).
BURT, SUSAN MEREDITH. BN on Wei (ed.), The bilingualism reader. 78.4.806–7 (2002).
BURT, SUSAN MEREDITH. Rev. of Wheeler (ed.), Language alive in the classroom. 77.2.379–81 (2001).
BURT, SUSAN MEREDITH. Rev. of Wheeler (ed.), The workings of language: From prescriptions to perspectives.
77.2.379–81 (2001).
BURTON-ROBERTS, NOEL; P. CARR; and G. DOCHERTY (eds.) Phonological knowledge: Conceptual and empirical
issues. Rev. by M. Maxwell. 78.4.766–69 (2002).
BURY, DIRK. BN on Bhatt, Verb movement and the syntax of Kashmiri. 77.3.634–35 (2001).
BUSA, FEDERICA, and P. BOUILLON (eds.) The language of word meaning. BN by M. L. Murphy. 82.3.672–73
(2006).
22
BUSSE, ULRICH. Linguistic variation in the Shakespeare corpus: Morpho-syntactic variability of second person
pronouns. BN by J. Rudanko. 82.1.189–90 (2006).
BUSSMANN, HADUMOD, and M. HELLINGER (eds.) Gender across languages: The linguistic representation of women
and men. Vol. 2. BN by C. Xie. 79.4.804 (2003).
BUSUIOC, MONICA MIHAELA. Munca şi Răsplata ei: Secolele XVII–XVIII. Studiu de terminologie. BN by S.
Stoenescu. 80.2.339–40 (2004).
BUTLER, CHRISTOPHER S. Structure and function: A guide to three major structural-functional theories. Part 1:
Approaches to the simplex clause. Part 2: From clause to discourse and beyond. Rev. by A. Siewierska.
81.3.737–40 (2005).
BUTRAGUEÑO, PEDRO MARTÍN, and E. HERRERA Z. (eds.) La tonía: Dimensiones fonéticas y fonológicas. BN by C.
González. 82.4.950 (2006).
BUTT, MIRIAM. Theories of case. Rev. by H. de Hoop. 84.3.620–21 (2008).
BUTT, MIRIAM, and T. H. KING (eds.) Argument realization. BN by L. Kulikov. 79.4.832–33 (2003).
BUTT, MIRIAM, and T. H. KING (eds.) Nominals: Inside and out. BN by M. Barrie. 82.1.190–91 (2006).
BUTTERFIELD, SALLY; K. BOCK; A. CUTLER; J. C. CUTTING; K. M. EBERHARD; and K. R. HUMPHREYS. Number
BUTTERS, RONALD R. Rev. of Finegan and Rickford (eds.), Language in the USA: Themes for the twenty-first
century. 83.4.883–86 (2007).
BYBEE, JOAN. From usage to grammar: The mind’s response to repetition. 82.4.711–33 (2006).
BYBEE, JOAN. Language, usage and cognition. RA by H. Diessel. 87.4.830–44 (2011).
BYBEE, JOAN. Phonology and language use. BN by M. Krug. 79.4.793–94 (2003).
BYBEE, JOAN, and D. EDDINGTON. A usage-based approach to Spanish verbs of ‘becoming’. 82.2.323–55 (2006).
BYBEE, JOAN, and P. HOPPER (eds.) Frequency and the emergence of linguistic structure. Rev. by J.-C. Verstraete.
81.2.498–501 (2005).
BYBEE, JOAN, and M. NOONAN (eds.) Complex sentences in grammar and discourse: Essays in honor of Sandra A.
Thompson. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.4.833–34 (2003).
BYLUND, EMANUEL. Rev. of Schmid, Language attrition. 88.4.923–26 (2012).
BYRD, ANDREW MILES. BN on Blake and Burridge (eds.), Historical linguistics 2001: Selected papers from the 15th
International Conference on Historical Linguistics, Melbourne, 13–17 August 2001. 82.3.671–72 (2006).
BYRD, ANDREW MILES. BN on Clackson and Olsen (eds.), Indo-European word formation: Proceedings of the
conference held at the University of Copenhagen, October 20–22, 2000. 83.1.217 (2007).
BYRD, ANDREW MILES. BN on Laugesen, Convict words: Language in early colonial Australia. 81.3.782 (2005).
BYRD, ANDREW MILES. BN on Vanséveren, «Prodige à voir» Recherches comparatives sur l’origine casuelle de
l’infinitif en grec ancien. 79.4.823 (2003).
BYRD, DANI, and T. H. MINTZ. Discovering speech, words, and mind. Rev. by J. F. Werker. 88.1.185–88 (2012).
C. H. van Schooneveld collection in Leiden University library, The. By J. P. Hinrichs. BN by E. Battistella.
78.2.373–74 (2002).
CABLE, SETH. The grammar of Q: Q-particles, WH-movement, and pied-piping. Rev. by S. Chung. 88.1.188–90
(2012).
CABREDO HOFHERR, PATRICIA, and O. MATUSHANSKY (eds.) Adjectives: Formal analyses in syntax and semantics.
Rev. by N. Corver. 88.1.191–93 (2012).
CABRERA-ABREU, MERCEDES. A phonological model for intonation without low tone. BN by A. Pham. 80.1.168
(2004).
Caddo verb morphology. By L. R. Melnar. BN by S. R. Anderson. 83.3.681 (2007).
CAFFAREL, ALICE; J. R. MARTIN; and C. M. I. M. MATTHIASSEN (eds.) Language typology: A functional perspective.
BN by G. H. Toops. 83.3.669–70 (2007).
CAFFI, CLAUDIA. La mitigazione: Un approccio pragmatica alla communicazione nei contesti terapeutici. BN by A.
Capone. 80.4.879–80 (2004).
CAHILL, MICHAEL. An appeal regarding endangered languages (Letter to Language). 80.1.1–2 (2004).
CAHILL, MICHAEL. BN on Bowern and Lotridge (eds.), Ndebele. 80.2.338 (2004).
CAHILL, MICHAEL. BN on Cohen, Aspects of the grammar of Kukú. 80.2.340–41 (2004).
CAHILL, MICHAEL. BN on Kari, Ogbronuagum (The Bukuma language). 80.2.348–49 (2004).
CAHILL, MICHAEL. BN on van de Weijer, van Heuven, and van der Hulst (eds.), The phonological spectrum. Vol. 1:
Segmental structure. Vol. 2: Suprasegmental structure. 81.4.1028–30 (2005).
CAHILL, MICHAEL. BN on Zhang, The effects of duration and sonority on contour tone distribution: A typological
survey and formal analysis. 80.4.905–6 (2004).
CAHILL, MICHAEL. A plea to presenters (Letter to Language). 83.2.244 (2007).
23
CAINK, ANDREW. Rev. of Browne, Dornish, Kondrashova, and Zec (eds.), Formal approaches to Slavic linguistics
4: The Cornell Meeting. 77.3.592–94 (2001).
CAINK, ANDREW. Rev. of Lindseth and Franks (eds.), Formal approaches to Slavic linguistics 5: The Indiana
Meeting. 77.3.592–94 (2001).
CAINK, ANDREW. Rev. of Toman (ed.), Formal approaches to Slavic linguistics 3: The College Park Meeting.
77.3.592–94 (2001).
CAIRNS, CHARLES, and E. RAIMY. Contemporary views on architecture and representation in phonology. Rev. by S.
Duanmu. 86.2.455–58 (2010).
CAIRNS, HELEN SMITH. Psycholinguistics: An introduction. BN by C. van Kerckvoorde. 77.3.601 (2001).
CALABRESE, ANDREA. Markedness and economy in a derivational model of phonology. Rev. by K. Rice. 84.3.622–
26 (2008).
CALABRESE, ANDREA, and W. L. WETZELS (eds.) Loan phonology. Rev. by J. Durand. 87.3.629–31 (2011).
CALHOUN, SASHA. The centrality of metrical structure in signaling information structure: A probabilistic
perspective. 86.1.1–42 (2010).
CALLIES, MARCUS. BN on Aston, Bernardini, and Stewart (eds.), Corpora and language learners. 83.4.908 (2007).
CALLIES, MARCUS. BN on Barron, Acquisition in interlanguage pragmatics: Learning how to do things with words
in a study abroad context. 81.1.281 (2005).
CALLIES, MARCUS. BN on Chen, English inversion: A ground-before-figure construction. 81.3.773–74 (2005).
CALLIES, MARCUS. BN on Cuyckens, Dirven, and Taylor (eds.), Cognitive approaches to lexical semantics.
82.1.194–95 (2006).
CALLIES, MARCUS. BN on Dimroth and Starren (eds.), Information structure and the dynamics of language
acquisition. 82.3.677–78 (2006).
CALLIES, MARCUS. BN on Jaszczolt and Turner (eds.), Meaning through language contrast. 81.2.529–30 (2005).
CALLIES, MARCUS. BN on Mitchell and Myles, Second language learning theories. 2nd edn. 83.3.682–83 (2007).
CALLIES, MARCUS. BN on Plag, Word-formation in English. 82.1.215–16 (2006).
CALVIN, WILLIAM H., and D. BICKERTON. Lingua ex machina: Reconciling Darwin and Chomsky with the human
brain. Rev. by R. Jackendoff. 77.3.569–73 (2001).
CAMACHO, JOSÉ. The structure of coordination: Conjunction and agreement phenomena in Spanish and other
languages. Rev. by G. Goodall. 82.4.887–90 (2006).
CAMARGO, ELIANE. Léxico bilingüe: Aparai-português/português-aparai. BN by J. T. Farquharson. 81.2.514
(2005).
Cambio lingüístico: Métodos y problemas. Ed. by P. Martín Butragueño. BN by S. Berbeco. 83.2.464–65 (2007).
Cambridge companion to Chomsky, The. Ed. by J. McGilvray. RA by R. A. Chametzky. 84.4.845–55 (2008).
Cambridge encyclopedia of the world’s ancient languages, The. Ed. by R. D. Woodard. Rev. by B. W. Fortson IV.
84.2.442–48 (2008).
Cambridge grammar of the English language, The. By R. Huddleston and G. K. Pullum. RA by P. W. Culicover.
80.1.127–41 (2004).
Cambridge guide to English usage, The. By P. Peters. BN by A. S. Kaye. 82.3.692–93 (2006).
Cambridge handbook of linguistic code-switching, The. Ed. by B. E. Bullock and A. J. Toribio. Rev. by M. Deuchar.
86.3.702–5 (2010).
Cambridge handbook of phonology, The. Ed. by P. de Lacy. Rev. by M. Kenstowicz. 86.1.216–19 (2010).
Cambridge history of the English language, 1476–1776, The. Ed. by R. Lass. Rev. by R. W. Bailey. 78.3.565–69
(2002).
CAMERON, DEBORAH. Rev. of Coupland (ed.), The handbook of language and globalization. 87.3.631–34 (2011).
CAMERON, DEBORAH, and D. KULICK. Language and sexuality. BN by A. D. Sims. 81.3.771–72 (2005).
CAMERON, RICHARD. Rev. of Bayley and Lucas (eds.), Sociolinguistic variation: Theories, methods, and
applications. 85.3.690–93 (2009).
CAMERON, RICHARD; R. NÚÑEZ-CEDEÑO; and L. LÓPEZ (eds.) A Romance perspective on language knowledge and
use. BN by N. I. Stolova. 82.3.691 (2006).
CAMPBELL, GEORGE L. (comp.) Compendium of the world’s languages, vol. 1: Abaza to Kurdish; vol. 2: Ladakhi to
Zuni. 2nd edn. Rev. by E. J. Vajda. 78.2.339–42 (2002).
CAMPBELL, LYLE, and V. GRONDONA. Rev. of Gordon (ed.), Ethnologue: Languages of the world. 15th edn.
84.3.636–41 (2008).
CAMPBELL, LYLE, and W. POSER. Language classification: History and method. Rev. by C. Bowern. 86.3.706–9
(2010).
CAMPS, JOAQUIM, and C. WILTSHIRE (eds.) Romance syntax, semantics and L2 acquisition. BN by J. GutiérrezRexach. 79.4.834–35 (2003).
24
CANEPARI, LUCIANO. Manuale di fonetica. Fonetica naturale: Articolatoria, uditiva e funzionale. 2nd edn. BN by R.
D’Alessandro. 83.4.910–11 (2007).
CANNON, GARLAND, and A. S. KAYE. The Persian contributions to the English language: An historical dictionary.
BN by M. A. Btoosh. 79.4.835–36 (2003).
Canonical typology, suppletion, and possible words. By G. G. Corbett. 83.1.8–42 (2007).
CANTONE, KATJA F. Code-switching in bilingual children. Rev. by T. Satterfield. 85.3.697–700 (2009).
CAPLAN, DAVID N. Rev. of Ingram, Neurolinguistics: An introduction to spoken language processing and its
disorders. 85.3.724–27 (2009).
CAPONE, ALESSANDRO. BN on Ambrosini, Introduzione alla glottologia Indoeuropea. 79.2.426–27 (2003).
CAPONE, ALESSANDRO. BN on Bosch and van der Sandt (eds.), Focus: Linguistic, cognitive, and computational
perspectives. 78.4.795–96 (2002).
CAPONE, ALESSANDRO. BN on Caffi, La mitigazione: Un approccio pragmatica alla communicazione nei contesti
terapeutici. 80.4.879–80 (2004).
CAPONE, ALESSANDRO. BN on Kahrs, Indian semantic analysis: The nirvacana tradition. 80.4.894–95 (2004).
CAPONE, ALESSANDRO. BN on Kenesei and Harnish (eds.), Perspectives on semantics, pragmatics and discourse: A
festschrift for Ferenc Kiefer. 79.2.442 (2003).
CAPONE, ALESSANDRO. Dilemmas and excogitations: An essay on modality, clitics and discourse. BN by M.
Carretero. 79.2.430–31 (2003).
CAPONE, ALESSANDRO. Modal adverbs and discourse: Two essays. BN by G. van Ostaeyen. 81.2.514–15 (2005).
CAPONE, ALESSANDRO. Rev. of Levinson, Presumptive meanings. 77.3.578–80 (2001).
CARD, LORIN. BN on Hervey and Higgins, Thinking French translation: A course in translation method: French to
English. 2nd edn. 82.1.199–200 (2006).
CARD, LORIN. BN on Rubel and Rosman (eds.), Translating cultures: Perspectives on translation and anthropology.
81.3.787 (2005).
CARD, LORIN. BN on Starobinski, Action and reaction: The life and adventures of a couple. Trans. by S. Hawkes
with J. Fort. 81.2.545 (2005).
CARDONA, GEORGE, and D. K. JAIN (eds.) The Indo-Aryan languages. Rev. by J. Peterson. 82.4.891–94 (2006).
CARLSON, GREGORY N. The Editor’s Report. 86.2.476–78 (2010).
CARLSON, MATTHEW T., and C. GERFEN. Productivity is the key: Morphophonology and the riddle of alternating
diphthongs in Spanish. 87.3.510–38 (2011).
CARMICHAEL, CATHIE, and S. BARBOUR (eds.) Language and nationalism in Europe. BN by A. Eminov. 79.1.215–
16 (2003).
CARNIE, ANDREW. A fitting tribute (Letter to Language). 80.1.1 (2004).
CARNIE, ANDREW. Rev. of Kayne, Movement and silence. 84.2.411–15 (2008).
CARNIE, ANDREW. Rev. of Landau, The locative syntax of experiencers. 87.2.409–11 (2011).
CARNIE, ANDREW. Syntax: A generative introduction. Rev. by M. Speas. 79.3.628–31 (2003).
CARNIE, ANDREW; H. HARLEY; and S. A. DOOLEY (eds.) Verb first: On the syntax of verb-initial languages. Rev. by
M. Tallerman. 84.1.182–86 (2008).
CARNIE, ANDREW; H. HARLEY; and M. WILLIE (eds.) Formal approaches to function in grammar: In honor of Eloise
Jelinek. BN by F. J. Newmeyer. 80.3.616–17 (2004).
CARR, PHILIP. English phonetics and phonology: An introduction. BN by M. Picard. 77.3.603–4 (2001).
CARR, PHILIP; N. BURTON-ROBERTS; and G. DOCHERTY (eds.) Phonological knowledge: Conceptual and empirical
issues. Rev. by M. Maxwell. 78.4.766–69 (2002).
CARRETERO, MARTA. BN on Capone, Dilemmas and excogitations: An essay on modality, clitics and discourse.
79.2.430–31 (2003).
CARRETERO, MARTA. BN on Papafragou, Modality: Issues in the semantics-pragmatics interface. 79.2.448 (2003).
CARROLL, JOHN; H. BUNT; and G. SATTA (eds.) New developments in parsing technology. BN by N. S. Dash.
83.2.456–57 (2007).
CARROLL, SUSANNE E. Input and evidence: The raw material of second language acquisition. BN by L. DeWaard
Dykstra. 79.4.794–95 (2003).
CARSTAIRS-MCCARTHY, ANDREW. ASL ‘syllables’ and language evolution: A response to Uriagereka. 77.2.343–49
(2001).
CARSTAIRS-MCCARTHY, ANDREW. The origins of complex language: An inquiry into the evolutionary beginnings of
sentences, syllables, and truth. Rev. by J. Uriagereka. 77.2.368–73 (2001).
CARSTAIRS-MCCARTHY, ANDREW. Rev. of Anderson, Doctor Dolittle’s delusion: Animals and the uniqueness of
human language. 83.3.642–44 (2007).
25
CARSTAIRS-MCCARTHY, ANDREW. Rev. of Miestamo, Sinnemäki, and Karlsson (eds.), Language complexity:
Typology, contact, change. 85.2.484–87 (2009).
CARSTENS, VICKI. Antisymmetry and word order in serial constructions. 78.1.3–50 (2002).
CARSTON, ROBYN. Rev. of Ariel, Pragmatics and grammar. 87.3.625–28 (2011).
CARTER, DAVID; M. RAYNER; P. BOUILLON; V. DIGALAKIS; and M. WIREN (eds.) The spoken language translator.
BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.2.367–68 (2002).
CARTER, M. G.; E. BADAWI; and A. GULLY. Modern written Arabic: A comprehensive grammar. BN by A. S. Kaye.
82.1.186–87 (2006).
CARTER, NATALIE RAUN. BN on Bloor and Bloor, The functional analysis of English: A Hallidayan approach. 2nd
edn. 83.3.666–67 (2007).
CARTER, RONALD. Vocabulary: Applied linguistic perspectives. 2nd edn. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.851 (2001).
Cartesian linguistics: A chapter in the history of rationalist thought. 2nd edn. By N. Chomsky. Ed. by J. McGilvray.
BN by J. S. Falk. 81.3.774–75 (2005).
CASAD, EUGENE H., and J. M. DEDRICK. Sonora Yaqui language structures. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.630 (2001).
CASAD, EUGENE H., and G. B. PALMER (eds.) Cognitive linguistics and non-Indo-European languages. BN by C.
Wegener. 81.3.772–73 (2005).
Case. 2nd edn. By B. J. Blake. BN by D. Golumbia. 79.4.830–31 (2003).
Case and grammatical relations: Studies in honor of Bernard Comrie. Ed. by G. G. Corbett and M. Noonan. RA by
P. M. Arkadiev. 86.2.416–28 (2010).
Case, valency and transitivity. Ed. by L. Kulikov, A. Malchukov, and P. de Swart. Rev. by Y. Lander and V.
Plungian. 86.3.728–31 (2010).
Cases and thematic roles: Ergative, accusative and active. By B. Primus. BN by G. H. Toops. 77.4.855–56 (2001).
CASIELLES-SUÁREZ, EUGENIA. BN on Beyssade, Bok-Bennema, Drijkoningen, and Monachesi (eds.), Romance
languages and linguistic theory 2000: Selected papers from ‘Going Romance’ 2000, Utrecht, 30 November–2
December. 80.1.167–68 (2004).
Catalan clitic system, The: A diachronic perspective on its syntax and phonology. By S. Fischer. BN by A. Werle.
81.2.523–24 (2005).
Categories of grammar, The: French lui and le. By A. Huffman. BN by X. Villalba. 78.4.792–93 (2002).
Categorization in the history of English. Ed. by C. J. Kay and J. J. Smith. BN by A. M. Saidat. 83.4.916–17 (2007).
CATFORD, J. C. A practical introduction to phonetics. 2nd edn. Rev. by A. S. Abramson. 79.3.631–34 (2003).
CATHEY, JAMES E. Old Saxon. BN by J. F. Eska. 79.4.836 (2003).
Caught between norms: The English pronunciation of Dutch learners. By M. van der Haagen. BN by C. van
Kerckvoorde. 77.2.423 (2001).
Causing actions. By P. M. Pietroski. BN by G. H. Toops. 79.3.664–65 (2003).
CAVOTO, FABRICE (ed.) The linguist’s linguist: A collection of papers in honour of Alexis Manaster Ramer. BN by
P. T. Daniels. 80.1.169 (2004).
CECCHETTO, CARLO; C. GERACI; and S. ZUCCHI. Another way to mark syntactic dependencies: The case for rightperipheral specifiers in sign languages. 85.2.278–320 (2009).
Celtic languages, The. Ed. by M. J. Ball and J. Fife. BN by D. Ntelitheos. 81.1.280–81 (2005).
Celtica, vol. 24: In memory of Brian Ó. Cuív. Ed. by M. McKenna and F. Kelly. BN by D. Stifter. 81.4.1015–16
(2005).
CENOZ, JASONE. Rev. of Sanz and Leow (eds.), Implicit and explicit language learning: Conditions, processes, and
knowledge in SLA and bilingualism. 88.2.442–45 (2012).
CENOZ, JASONE, and F. GENESEE (eds.) Trends in bilingual acquisition. BN by B. Li. 79.4.836–37 (2003).
Central Hill Nisenan texts with grammatical sketch. By A. Eatough. BN by W. Bright. 77.4.863–64 (2001).
Central Tagbanwa: A Philippine language on the brink of extinction. By R. A. Scebold. BN by P. W. Davis.
83.4.922–23 (2007).
Centrality of metrical structure in signaling information structure, The: A probabilistic perspective. By S. Calhoun.
86.1.1–42 (2010).
ČERMÁK, JAN; A. KLÉGR; P. ŠALDOVÁ; M. MALÁ; and L. DUŠKOVÁ (trans.) Dictionary of the Prague School of
linguistics. Ed. by L. Dušková. BN by J. Holeš. 81.2.521–22 (2005).
CERMÁKOVÁ, ANNA; M. A. K. HALLIDAY; W. TEUBERT; and C. YALLOP. Lexicology and corpus linguistics: An
introduction. BN by N. S. Dash. 83.2.460 (2007).
CERRÓN-PALOMINO, RODOLFO. Rev. of Adelaar, with Muysken, The languages of the Andes. 83.2.422–25 (2007).
CHAFE, WALLACE. The importance of not being earnest: The feeling behind laughter and humor. Rev. by N. R.
Norrick. 85.1.187–90 (2009).
CHAFE, WALLACE. An important date (Letter to Language). 80.2.202 (2004).
26
CHAMBERLAIN, CHARLENE; J. P. MORFORD; and R. I. MAYBERRY (eds.) Language acquisition by eye. BN by Z. M.
Jeries. 77.4.872 (2001).
CHAMBERS, J. K. Sociolinguistic theory: Linguistic variation and its social significance. 2nd edn. BN by M.
Sloboda. 80.1.169–70 (2004).
CHAMBERS, J. K.; P. TRUDGILL; and N. SCHILLING-ESTES (eds.) The handbook of language variation and change.
Rev. by J. A. Walker. 80.3.591–94 (2004).
CHAMETZKY, ROBERT A. RA on McGilvray (ed.), The Cambridge companion to Chomsky. 84.4.845–55 (2008).
CHAMOREAU, CLAUDINE. Purépecha de Jarácuaro, Michoacán. Rev. by W. Bright. 84.2.406–7 (2008).
CHANG, FRANKLIN; B. AMBRIDGE; J. M. PINE; and C. F. ROWLAND. The roles of verb semantics, entrenchment, and
Change in contemporary English: A grammatical study. By G. Leech, M. Hundt, C. Mair, and N. Smith. Rev. by A.
Curzan. 88.1.202–6 (2012).
CHAPELLE, CAROL A. English language learning and technology. BN by C. M. L. Ho. 82.1.191 (2006).
CHAPMAN, DON. BN on Štekauer, English word-formation: A history of research (1960–1995). 79.3.670 (2003).
CHAVES, RUI PEDRO. Rev. of Postal, Edge-based clausal syntax: A study of (mostly) English object structure.
88.2.439–42 (2012).
CHECA-GARCÍA, IRENE. BN on Haiman, Talk is cheap: Sarcasm, alienation and the evolution of language. 79.4.839
(2003).
CHECA-GARCÍA, IRENE. BN on Kövecses, Metaphor: A practical introduction. 79.4.809–10 (2003).
Checking theory and grammatical functions in universal grammar. By H. Ura. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc.
78.2.355–56 (2002).
CHEEK, ADRIANNE; K. CORMIER; A. REPP; and R. P. MEIER. Prelinguistic gesture predicts mastery and error in the
production of early signs. 77.2.292–323 (2001).
CHELLIAH, SHOBHANA L., and W. J. DE REUSE. Handbook of descriptive linguistic fieldwork. Rev. by A. M. Dwyer.
88.4.899–904 (2012).
CHEN, LIANG. BN on Davidson, Inquiries into truth and interpretation. 2nd edn. 80.2.342 (2004).
CHEN, LIANG. BN on Dyson, The brothers and sisters learn to write: Popular literacies in childhood and school
cultures. 80.4.882–83 (2004).
CHEN, LIANG. BN on Fava (ed.), Clinical linguistics: Theory and application in speech pathology and therapy.
80.4.885–86 (2004).
CHEN, LIANG. BN on Goodwin (ed.), Conversation and brain damage. 81.2.526–27 (2005).
CHEN, LIANG. BN on Kecskes, Situation-bound utterances in L1 and L2. 80.4.895–96 (2004).
CHEN, LIANG. BN on Lai, Studies on cross-linguistic transfer patterning and prosodic typology: Cantonese,
Japanese, English. 81.3.781 (2005).
CHEN, LIANG. BN on Salaberry and Shirai (eds.), The L2 acquisition of tense-aspect morphology. 80.2.356–57
(2004).
CHEN, LIANG. BN on Shapiro (ed.), The Peirce seminar papers: Essays in semiotic analysis, vol. 5. 81.1.290 (2005).
CHEN, LIANG. BN on van Hout, Hulk, Kuiken, and Towell (eds.), The lexicon-syntax interface in second language
acquisition. 82.2.462 (2006).
CHEN, MATTHEW Y. Tone sandhi: Patterns across Chinese dialects. Rev. by K. Chirkova. 78.4.765–66 (2002).
CHEN, PING. Modern Chinese: History and sociolinguistics. BN by K. S. Chung. 78.1.203–4 (2002).
CHEN, RONG. BN on Broccias, The English change network: Forcing changes into schemas. 81.3.771 (2005).
CHEN, RONG. BN on Facchinetti, Krug, and Palmer (eds.), Modality in contemporary English. 82.1.197 (2006).
CHEN, RONG. BN on Tyler and Evans, The semantics of English prepositions: Spatial scenes, embodied meanings,
and cognition. 81.4.1026–27 (2005).
CHEN, RONG. English inversion: A ground-before-figure construction. BN by M. Callies. 81.3.773–74 (2005).
CHEN, ZHONGMIN. Studies on dialects in the Shanghai area: Their phonological systems and historical
developments. BN by P. S. Ding. 82.4.939 (2006).
CHENG, LISA LAI-SHEN, and N. CORVER (eds.) WH-movement: Moving on. Rev. by Ž. Bošković. 85.2.463–68
(2009).
CHENG, LISA LAI-SHEN, and R. SYBESMA (eds.) The first Glot International state-of-the-article book: The latest in
linguistics. BN by E. Mathieu. 79.3.648–49 (2003).
CHENG, LISA LAI-SHEN, and R. SYBESMA (eds.) The second Glot International state-of-the-article book: The latest in
linguistics. BN by E. McDonald. 81.2.515 (2005).
CHEON, MI-AE. Zur Konzeption eines phraseologischen Wörterbuchs für den Fremdsprachler: Am Beispiel
Deutsch-Koreanisch. (Lexicographica, series major, 89.) BN by D. Aichele. 77.2.387 (2001).
CHERNOV, GHELLY V. Inference and anticipation in simultaneous interpreting: A probability prediction model. BN
by M. Padilla Cruz. 83.4.911–12 (2007).
27
CHESHIRE, JENNY. Rev. of Eckert and Rickford (eds.), Style and sociolinguistic variation. 83.2.432–35 (2007).
CHESHIRE, JENNY, and D. BRITAIN (eds.) Social dialectology: In honour of Peter Trudgill. BN by M. J. Gordon.
82.3.673–74 (2006).
Chicken or the egg, The? A probabilistic analysis of English binomials. By S. B. Benor and R. Levy. 82.2.233–78
(2006).
Child language. By J. S. Peccei. BN by C. van Kerckvoorde. 77.3.630–31 (2001).
Child language: Acquisition and development. By M. Saxton. Rev. by C. McKee. 87.3.655–58 (2011).
Child language: The parametric approach. By W. Snyder. Rev. by J. Grinstead. 86.1.252–56 (2010).
Child language acquisition: Contrasting theoretical approaches. By B. Ambridge and E. V. M. Lieven. Rev. by B.
Estigarribia. 88.2.410–12 (2012).
CHILDS, G. TUCKER. BN on Doneux, Histoire de la linguistique africaine des précurseurs aux années 70. 82.3.678–
79 (2006).
CHILDS, G. TUCKER. BN on Hyman and Kisseberth (eds.), Theoretical aspects of Bantu tone. 77.1.172–73 (2001).
CHILDS, G. TUCKER. BN on Migge, Creole formation as language contact: The case of the Suriname creoles.
82.3.689 (2006).
CHILDS, G. TUCKER. BN on Milroy and Milroy, Authority in language: Investigating Standard English. 3rd edn.
77.1.173–74 (2001).
CHILDS, G. TUCKER. An introduction to African languages. Rev. by D. Nurse. 83.1.199–202 (2007).
CHILTON, PAUL A. Analysing political discourse: Theory and practice. BN by C. Brammer. 82.3.674–75 (2006).
CHILTON, PAUL A.; M. V. ILYIN; and J. L. MEY (eds.) Political discourse in transition in Europe 1989–1991. Rev. by
A. Eminov. 78.3.571–73 (2002).
CHILTON, PAUL A., and C. SCHÄFFNER (eds.) Politics as text and talk: Analytic approaches to political discourse.
BN by C. Rowe. 81.2.515–16 (2005).
Chinese: A comprehensive grammar. By P.-C. Yip and D. Rimmington. BN by E. J. Vajda. 82.2.464 (2006).
Chinese Englishes: A sociolinguistic history. By K. Bolton. BN by L. Gao. 83.2.455 (2007).
CHIRIKBA, VIACHESLAV A. Abkhaz. BN by T. R. Wier. 81.2.516–17 (2005).
CHIRKOVA, KATIA. BN on Branner, Problems in comparative Chinese dialectology: The classification of Miin and
Hakka. 77.3.637 (2001).
CHIRKOVA, KATIA. BN on Fernald, Predicates and temporal arguments. 77.3.635 (2001).
CHIRKOVA, KATIA. BN on Hanfling, Philosophy and ordinary language: The bent and genius of our tongue.
78.1.202–3 (2002).
CHIRKOVA, KATIA. BN on Hansen (ed.), World knowledge and natural language analysis. 78.1.191–92 (2002).
CHIRKOVA, KATIA. BN on Ludlow, Semantics, tense, and time: An essay in the metaphysics of natural language.
77.3.636–37 (2001).
CHIRKOVA, KATIA. BN on Meinunger, Syntactic aspects of topic and comment. 79.2.445–46 (2003).
CHIRKOVA, KATIA. BN on Michaelis, Aspectual grammar and past-time reference. 77.3.635–36 (2001).
CHIRKOVA, KATIA. BN on Ting and Sun (eds.), Han-Zangyu tonyuanci yanjiu, vol. 1: Han-Zangyu yanjiu de lishi
huigu [Cognate words in Sino-Tibetan languages, vol. 1: Historical outlook on Sino-Tibetan research]. 83.2.471
(2007).
CHIRKOVA, KATIA. BN on Ting and Sun (eds.), Han-Zangyu tonyuanci yanjiu, vol. 2: Han-Zang, Miao-Yao
tongyuanci zhuanti yanjiu [Cognate words in Sino-Tibetan languages, vol. 2: Cognate words in Sino-Tibetan
and Miao-Yao]. 83.2.471–72 (2007).
CHIRKOVA, KATIA. BN on Ting and Sun (eds.), Han-Zangyu tonyuanci yanjiu, vol. 3: Han-Zangyu yanjiu de
fangfalun tansuo [Cognate words in Sino-Tibetan languages, vol. 3: Methodological issues in Sino-Tibetan
research]. 83.2.472 (2007).
CHIRKOVA, KATIA. Rev. of Chen, Tone sandhi: Patterns across Chinese dialects. 78.4.765–66 (2002).
CHIRKOVA, KATIA. Rev. of Packard, The morphology of Chinese: A linguistic and cognitive approach. 78.3.586–88
(2002).
CHO, MI-HUI, and K. DE JONG. Loanword phonology and perceptual mapping: Comparing two corpora of Korean
contact with English. 88.2.341–68 (2012).
CHO, TAEHONG. The effects of prosody on articulation in English. BN by A. Miller. 83.2.457–58 (2007).
CHOCANO, GEMA. Narrow syntax and phonological form. Rev. by S. Karimi. 85.3.700–703 (2009).
CHOI, HYE-WON. Optimizing structure in context: Scrambling and information structure. BN by A. Pereltsvaig.
77.1.202–3 (2001).
Chomsky: Ideas and ideals. By N. Smith. Rev. by G. Milsark. 77.3.599–600 (2001).
CHOMSKY, NOAM. The architecture of language. BN by C. Xie. 79.3.649 (2003).
CHOMSKY, NOAM. Cartesian linguistics: A chapter in the history of rationalist thought. 2nd edn. Ed. by J.
McGilvray. BN by J. S. Falk. 81.3.774–75 (2005).
28
CHOMSKY, NOAM. New horizons in the study of language and mind. Rev. by D. T. Langendoen. 77.3.583–85
(2001).
CHOMSKY, NOAM. On nature and language. RA by F. J. Newmeyer. 79.3.583–99 (2003).
Chomskyan (r)evolutions. Ed. by D. A. Kibbee. Rev. by J. Goldsmith. 88.2.432–36 (2012).
CHRISTIAN, DONNA; C. T. ADGER; and O. TAYLOR (eds.) Making the connection: Language and academic
CHRISTIANSEN, MORTEN H., and S. KIRBY (eds.) Language evolution. Rev. by S. R. Anderson. 82.4.894–98 (2006).
CHRISTOPHERSEN, PAUL. A linguist’s credo. BN by A. S. Kaye. 77.3.616–17 (2001).
CHUN, DOROTHY M. Discourse intonation in L2: From theory and research to practice. BN by T. L. Face. 79.4.795
(2003).
CHUNG, KAREN STEFFEN. BN on Brinton and Akimoto (eds.), Colloquial and idiomatic aspects of composite predicates in the history of English. 78.1.204–5 (2002).
CHUNG, KAREN STEFFEN. BN on Chen, Modern Chinese: History and sociolinguistics. 78.1.203–4 (2002).
CHUNG, KAREN STEFFEN. BN on Cohen, Think generic! The meaning and use of generic sentences. 78.1.203 (2002).
CHUNG, KAREN STEFFEN. BN on Gao, The physical foundation of the patterning of physical action verbs: A study of
Chinese verbs. 79.4.800–801 (2003).
CHUNG, KAREN STEFFEN. BN on Henley, Writing Panare: Portrait of a linguist on fieldwork (video). 82.1.199
(2006).
CHUNG, KAREN STEFFEN. BN on Neufeld, A dictionary of Plautdietsch rhyming words. 81.1.284–85 (2005).
CHUNG, KAREN STEFFEN. BN on Reetz, Artikulatorische und akustische Phonetik. 81.3.785 (2005).
CHUNG, SANDRA. Rev. of Cable, The grammar of Q: Q-particles, WH-movement, and pied-piping. 88.1.188–90
(2012).
CHUNG, SANDRA, and W. A. LADUSAW. Restriction and saturation. Rev. by L. Matthewson. 83.2.425–29 (2007).
CHURCH, KENNETH; S. ARMSTRONG; P. ISABELLE; S. MANZI; E. TZOUKERMANN; and D. YAROWSKY (eds.) Natural
CHVANY, CATHERINE V. Rev. of Falk, Women, language and linguistics: Three American stories from the first half
of the twentieth century. 77.2.350–53 (2001).
CIENKI, ALAN. Rev. of Langacker, Cognitive grammar: A basic introduction. 86.1.229–31 (2010).
CINQUE, GUGLIELMO (ed.) Functional structure in DP and IP: The cartography of syntactic structures, vol. 1. Rev.
by J.-Y. Pollock. 82.2.426–28 (2006).
CINQUE, GUGLIELMO. The syntax of adjectives: A comparative study. Rev. by M. Stavrou. 88.2.419–23 (2012).
CINQUE, GUGLIELMO; J. KOSTER; J.-Y. POLLOCK; L. RIZZI; and R. ZANUTTINI (eds.) Paths towards universal
grammar: Studies in honor of Richard S. Kayne. BN by D. K. Nylander. 77.2.394–95 (2001).
CINQUE, GUGLIELMO, and G. SALVI (eds.) Current studies in Italian syntax: Essays offered to Lorenzo Renzi. BN by
R. D’Alessandro. 80.4.880 (2004).
Circum-Baltic languages. Vol. 1: Past and present. Vol. 2: Grammar and typology. Ed. by Ö. Dahl and M.
Koptjevskaja-Tamm. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.2.432–33 (2003).
CISCEL, MATTHEW. BN on Gass and Mackey, Stimulated recall methodology in second language research.
77.4.864–65 (2001).
CISCEL, MATTHEW. BN on Werkzeug Sprache: Sprachpolitik, Sprachfähigkeit, Sprache und Macht. 78.1.205 (2002).
CITKO, BARBARA. Rev. of Biberauer, Holmberg, Roberts, and Sheehan, Parametric variation: Null subjects in
minimalist theory. 87.4.881–84 (2011).
CLACKSON, JAMES, and B. A. OLSEN (eds.) Indo-European word formation: Proceedings of the conference held at
the University of Copenhagen, October 20–22, 2000. BN by A. Byrd. 83.1.217 (2007).
CLAHSEN, HARALD; S. EISENBEISS; M. HADLER; and I. SONNENSTUHL. The mental representation of inflected words:
An experimental study of adjectives and verbs in German. 77.3.510–43 (2001).
CLANCY, STEVEN J. Rev. of Gries, Statistics for linguistics with R: A practical introduction. 88.2.426–29 (2012).
CLARK, ALEXANDER; C. FOX; and S. LAPPIN (eds.) The handbook of computational linguistics and natural language
processing. Rev. by G. Hirst. 87.4.897–99 (2011).
CLARK, BRADY ZACK. On stochastic grammar (Discussion Note). 81.1.207–17 (2005).
CLARK, BRADY ZACK; D. BEAVER; E. FLEMMING; T. F. JAEGER; and M. WOLTERS. When semantics meets phonetics:
CLARK, EVE V. First language acquisition. Rev. by C. Stoel-Gammon. 82.3.651–53 (2006).
CLARK, EVE V. (ed.) The proceedings of the thirtieth annual Child Language Research Forum. BN by C. A.
Ankerstein. 80.3.617 (2004).
CLARK, ROBIN. Rev. of Yang, Knowledge and learning in natural language. 82.2.446–49 (2006).
CLARKE, DAVID D.; B. NERLICH; Z. TODD; and V. HERMAN (eds.) Polysemy: Flexible patterns of meaning in mind
and language. BN by H. Narrog. 81.4.1017–18 (2005).
29
Classification of strong verbs in Norwegian with special reference to the Oslo dialect, The: A study in inflectional
morphology. By H.-O. Enger. BN by R. McColl Millar. 78.1.189 (2002).
Classifiers: A typology of noun categorization devices. By A. Y. Aikhenvald. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.1.213 (2003).
Clausal structure of Spanish, The: A comparative study. By F. Ordóñez. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 78.2.379–80
(2002).
Clause structure in South Asian languages. Ed. by V. Dayal and A. Mahajan. 84.3.597–612 (2008).
Clauses without ‘that’: The case for bare sentential complementation in English. By C. Doherty. BN by K. K.
Grohmann. 78.4.816–17 (2002).
CLAYMAN, STEVEN, and J. HERITAGE. The news interview: Journalists and public figures on the air. BN by D.
Deterding. 80.2.340 (2004).
Clefts and their relatives. By M. Reeve. Rev. by M. den Dikken. 88.4.918–23 (2012).
CLEMENTS, J. CLANCY. Rev. of Rickford and Romaine (eds.), Creole genesis, attitudes and discourse. 79.1.210–12
(2003).
CLEMENTS, J. CLANCY; J. AUGER; and B. VANCE (eds.) Contemporary approaches to Romance linguistics: Selected
BN by G. H. Toops. 83.2.452 (2007).
CLIFT, REBECCA. Meaning in interaction: The case of actually. 77.2.245–91 (2001).
CLIFTON, CHARLES, JR. Rev. of Bornkessel-Schlesewsky and Schlesewsky, Processing syntax and morphology: A
neurocognitive perspective. 86.4.943–45 (2010).
CLIFTON, CHARLES, JR.; M. W. CROCKER; and M. PICKERING (eds.) Architectures and mechanisms for language
processing. BN by S. Gahl. 77.3.615–16 (2001).
CLIFTON, CHARLES, JR., and L. FRAZIER. Quantifiers undone: Reversing predictable speech errors in comprehension
(Short Report). 87.1.158–71 (2011).
Clinical linguistics: Theory and application in speech pathology and therapy. Ed. by E. Fava. BN by L. Chen.
80.4.885–86 (2004).
Clitic phenomena in European languages. Ed. by F. Beukema and M. den Dikken. BN by A. R. Luís. 81.1.281–82
(2005).
Clitics in Greek: A minimalist account of proclisis and enclisis. By M. Mavrogiorgos. Rev. by A. Terzi. 88.4.908–
10 (2012).
Clitics in phonology, morphology, and syntax. Ed. by B. Gerlach and J. Grijzenhout. BN by J. F. Eska. 79.3.653–54
(2003).
Clitics in the languages of Europe. Ed. by H. van Riemsdijk. BN by J. F. Eska. 78.1.193 (2002).
CLOUTIER, ROBERT ALLEN. BN on Deumert and Vandenbussche (eds.), Germanic standardizations: Past to present.
82.1.195 (2006).
CLYNE, MICHAEL. Dynamics of language contact: English and immigrant languages. RA by D. Winford. 83.2.401–
21 (2007).
CLYNE, MICHAEL. Rev. of Piller, Bilingual couples talk: The discursive construction of hybridity. 80.3.605–8
(2004).
Coarticulation: Theory, data and technology. Ed. by W. J. Hardcastle and N. Hewlett. BN by J. R. Elliott. 77.2.420–
21 (2001).
Coarticulatory path to sound change, A. By P. S. Beddor. 85.4.785–821 (2009).
COATES, JENNIFER. Men talk: Stories in the making of masculinity. Rev. by S. McConnell-Ginet. 80.2.318–20
(2004).
COATES, JENNIFER, and J. THORNBORROW (eds.) The sociolinguistics of narrative. Rev. by B. Johnstone. 84.3.663–
66 (2008).
COATES, RICHARD. Properhood. 82.2.356–82 (2006).
COATES, RICHARD. Rev. of Filppula, Klemola, and Paulasto, English and Celtic in contact. 86.2.441–44 (2010).
COATES, RICHARD. Word structure. BN by M. J. Elson. 77.3.614–15 (2001).
COATS, HERBERT; K. DZIWIREK; and C. M. VAKARELIYSKA. Annual workshop on formal approaches to Slavic
linguistics: The Seattle meeting 1998. BN by A. Pereltsvaig. 77.1.197 (2001).
Code-switching in bilingual children. By K. F. Cantone. Rev. by T. Satterfield. 85.3.697–700 (2009).
Coding the hypothetical: A comparative typology of Russian and Macedonian conditionals. By J. F. Hacking. BN by
E. J. Vajda. 78.3.590–91 (2002).
COENE, MARTINE, and Y. D’HULST (eds.) From NP to DP. Vol. 1: The syntax and semantics of noun phrases. Vol. 2:
The expression of possession in noun phrases. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 82.1.191–93 (2006).
COETZEE, ANDRIES W. Grammaticality and ungrammaticality in phonology. 84.2.218–57 (2008).
COFFIN, CAROLINE; A. HEWINGS; and K. O’HALLORAN (eds.) Applying English grammar: Functional and corpus
approaches. BN by U. Römer. 83.3.670–71 (2007).
30
Cognition and representation in literature: The psychology of literary narratives. By J. László. BN by A. S. Bruflat.
79.4.810 (2003).
Cognitive and communicative approaches to linguistic analysis. Ed. by E. Contini-Morava, R. S. Kirsner, and B.
Rodríguez-Bachiller. BN by S. C. Becker. 83.4.912–13 (2007).
Cognitive and linguistic factors affecting subject/object asymmetry: An eye-tracking study of prenominal relative
clauses in Korean. By N. Kwon, Y. Lee, P. C. Gordon, R. Kluender, and M. Polinsky. 86.3.546–82 (2010).
Cognitive approach to the verb, A: Morphological and constructional perspectives. Ed. by H. G. Simonsen and R.
T. Endresen. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 80.2.357–58 (2004).
Cognitive approaches to lexical semantics. Ed. by H. Cuyckens, R. Dirven, and J. R. Taylor. BN by M. Callies.
82.1.194–95 (2006).
Cognitive constraints and island effects. By P. Hofmeister and I. A. Sag. 86.2.366–415 (2010).
Cognitive dimensions of social science. By M. Turner. BN by E. Battistella. 79.3.673 (2003).
Cognitive exploration of language and linguistics. Ed. by R. Dirven and M. Verspoor. BN by V. Haser. 77.1.174
(2001).
Cognitive foundations of grammar. By B. Heine. BN by P. S. Ding. 78.1.192–93 (2002).
Cognitive grammar: A basic introduction. By R. W. Langacker. Rev. by A. Cienki. 86.1.229–31 (2010).
Cognitive linguistics. By W. Croft and D. A. Cruse. Rev. by L. A. Michaelis. 82.4.898–902 (2006).
Cognitive linguistics: Foundations, scope, and methodology. Ed. by T. Janssen and G. Redeker. BN by A. Głaz.
78.1.206–7 (2002).
Cognitive linguistics: An introduction. By D. Lee. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 80.2.351 (2004).
Cognitive linguistics and non-Indo-European languages. Ed. by E. H. Casad and G. B. Palmer. BN by C. Wegener.
81.3.772–73 (2005).
Cognitive models in language and thought: Ideology, metaphor and meanings. Ed. by R. Dirven, R. Frank, and M.
Pütz. BN by C. Xie. 82.2.453 (2006).
Cognitive poetics: An introduction. By P. Stockwell. BN by D. Herman. 82.3.696 (2006).
Cognitive poetics in practice. Ed. by J. Gavins and G. Steen. BN by D. Herman. 82.3.680–81 (2006).
COHEN, ARIEL. Think generic! The meaning and use of generic sentences. BN by K. S. Chung. 78.1.203 (2002).
COHEN, KEVIN BRETONNEL. Aspects of the grammar of Kukú. BN by M. Cahill. 80.2.340–41 (2004).
COHEN, KEVIN BRETONNEL. BN on Jackson and Moulinier, Natural language processing for online applications:
Text retrieval, extraction and categorization. 80.1.178 (2004).
COHEN, KEVIN BRETONNEL. BN on Whitley, Spanish/English contrasts: A course in Spanish linguistics. 2nd edn.
80.2.360 (2004).
COHEN, KEVIN BRETONNEL, and A. DOLBEY. BN on Manning and Schütze, Foundations of statistical natural language processing. 78.3.599 (2002).
Coherence in spoken and written discourse. Ed. by W. Bublitz, U. Lenk, and E. Ventola. BN by D. O. Jackson.
78.1.209 (2002).
COHN, ABIGAIL C. Rev. of Mielke, The emergence of distinctive features. 87.3.647–49 (2011).
COLE, PETER; T. MCKINNON; and G. HERMON. Object agreement and ‘pro-drop’ in Kerinci Malay. 87.4.715–50
(2011).
COLE, PETER, and M. SON. An event-based account of -kan constructions in Standard Indonesian. 84.1.120–60
(2008).
COLEMAN, JULIE. A history of cant and slang dictionaries, vol. 1: 1567–1785. BN by J. T. Farquharson. 83.3.671
(2007).
COLEMAN, JULIE, and C. J. KAY (eds.) Lexicology, semantics and lexicography. BN by N. S. Dash. 80.2.341–42
(2004).
Collected works of Edward Sapir, III, The: Culture. Ed. by R. Darnell, J. T. Irvine, and R. Handler. Rev. by J.
Stanlaw. 77.3.587–90 (2001).
Collected writings of Warren Cowgill, The. Ed. by J. S. Klein. Rev. by A. Bammesberger. 85.1.220–23 (2009).
COLLIER, ARDEN; S. ASHAIE; and L. K. OBLER. Rev. of Dogil and Reiterer (eds.), Language talent and brain
activity. 87.1.192–96 (2011).
COLLINS, BELINDA. BN on Auer, Couper-Kuhlen, and Müller, Language in time: The rhythm and tempo of spoken
interaction. 77.1.190–91 (2001).
COLLINS, BELINDA. BN on Stevens, Acoustic phonetics. 77.1.190 (2001).
COLLINS, CHRIS. Aspects of plurality in ‡ Hoan. 77.3.456–76 (2001).
COLLINS, CHRIS; S. MOODY; and P. M. POSTAL. An AAE camouflage construction. 84.1.29–68 (2008).
COLLINS, DANIEL E. Reanimated voices: Speech reporting in a historical-pragmatic perspective. BN by C. Xie.
79.1.217–18 (2003).
31
COLLINS, JAMES, and R. BLOT. Literacy and literacies: Texts, power and identity. BN by P. Unseth. 81.4.1002
(2005).
COLLINS, PETER, and D. BLAIR (eds.) English in Australia. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.1.216–17 (2003).
COLLINS, WESLEY M. International Year of Languages, Peruvian style (Letter to Language). 84.2.216–17 (2008).
COLLISCHONN, GISELA. BN on Jessen, Phonetics and phonology of tense and lax obstruents in German. 78.2.375–
76 (2002).
Colloquial and idiomatic aspects of composite predicates in the history of English. Ed. by L. J. Brinton and M.
Akimoto. BN by K. S. Chung. 78.1.204–5 (2002).
Color naming and the shape of color space. Short Report by T. Regier, P. Kay, and N. Khetarpal. 85.4.884–92
(2009).
Comment clause in English, The: Syntactic origins and pragmatic development. By L. J. Brinton. Rev. by A. H.
Jucker. 86.1.214–15 (2010).
Comments on Plag et al. Letter to Language by E. L. Epstein. 85.1.1–2 (2009).
Communicating science: The scientific article from the 17th century to the present. By A. G. Gross, J. E. Harmon,
and M. Reidy. BN by S. J. Baxter. 81.2.527–28 (2005).
Companion to linguistic anthropology, A. Ed. by A. Duranti. BN by J. T. Farquharson. 83.4.914–15 (2007).
Comparative and contrastive studies of information structure. Ed. by C. Breul and E. Göbbel. Rev. by V. Molnár.
87.4.894–97 (2011).
Comparative concepts and descriptive categories in crosslinguistic studies. Discussion Note by M. Haspelmath.
86.3.663–87 (2010).
Comparative Dravidian linguistics: Current perspectives. By B. Krishnamurti. Rev. by A. Vovin. 79.3.638–39
(2003).
Comparative grammar of the Dravidian languages, A. By M. S. Andronov. BN by S. B. Steever. 82.4.936–37
(2006).
Comparative historical dialectology: Italo-Romance clues to Ibero-Romance sound change. By T. D. Cravens. Rev.
by R. Wright. 79.4.775–77 (2003).
Comparative syntax of Balkan languages. Ed. by M. L. Rivero and A. Ralli. Rev. by C. Rudin. 79.2.423–25 (2003).
Compendium of the world’s languages, vol. 1: Abaza to Kurdish; vol. 2: Ladakhi to Zuni. 2nd edn. Comp. by G. L.
Campbell. Rev. by E. J. Vajda. 78.2.339–42 (2002).
Compensatory lengthening: Phonetics, phonology, diachrony. By D. Kavitskaya. BN by A. S. Kaye. 80.3.626
(2004).
Competition in syntax. Ed. by G. Müller and W. Sternefeld. BN by B. Wald. 79.4.841–42 (2003).
Complex predicates: Verbal complexes, resultative constructions, and particle verbs in German. By S. Müller. Rev.
by K. de Kuthy. 84.4.888–92 (2008).
Complex sentences in grammar and discourse: Essays in honor of Sandra A. Thompson. Ed. by J. Bybee and M.
Noonan. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.4.833–34 (2003).
Complex words in English. By V. Adams. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.4.799–800 (2002).
Compositionality in formal semantics: Selected papers. By B. H. Partee. Rev. by A. Szabolcsi. 82.1.182–85 (2006).
Comprehensive French grammar, A. 5th edn. By G. Price. BN by G. H. Toops. 80.2.355 (2004).
Computational approaches to morphology and syntax. By B. Roark and R. Sproat. Rev. by M. Dickinson and S.
Kübler. 86.3.744–48 (2010).
Computational linguistics and beyond: Perspectives at the beginning of the 21st century. Ed. by C.-R. Huang and
W. Lenders. BN by S.-Y. Liang. 83.4.915–16 (2007).
Computational phylogenetics and the internal structure of Pama-Nyungan. By C. Bowern and Q. Atkinson.
88.4.817–45 (2012).
Computational theory of writing systems, A. By R. Sproat. BN by T. Miyamoto. 79.4.822–23 (2003).
Computers and translation: A translator’s guide. Ed. by H. Somers. BN by S. Wang. 81.2.544–45 (2005).
COMRIE, BERNARD, and G. G. CORBETT (eds.) The Slavonic languages. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.4.795–96 (2003).
COMRIE, BERNARD; S. MATTHEWS; and M. POLINSKY (eds.) The atlas of languages: The origin and development of
languages throughout the world. Rev. edn. BN by P. T. Daniels. 81.2.517 (2005).
CONATHAN, LISA. BN on Costa, The Miami-Illinois language. 82.1.193 (2006).
CONATHAN, LISA. BN on Merrill and Goddard (eds.), Anthropology, history, and American Indians: Essays in honor
of William Curtis Sturtevant. 82.1.211 (2006).
Concise dictionary of New Testament Greek, A. By W. C. Trenchard. BN by H. J. Enns. 81.4.1023–24 (2005).
Concise dictionary of Old Icelandic, A. By G. T. Zoëga. BN by P. Czarnecki. 83.3.695 (2007).
Conditional sentences in contemporary Hebrew: Structure, meaning, and usage of tenses. By T. Bar. BN by A. S.
Kaye. 81.3.769 (2005).
32
Conditionals and prediction: Time, knowledge, and causation in conditional constructions. By B. Dancygier. BN by
J.-C. Verstraete. 79.1.218–19 (2003).
Conditionals in context. By C. Gauker. Rev. by S. Larsson. 85.1.201–3 (2009).
Configurations of sentential complementation: Perspectives from Romance languages. By J. Rooryck. BN by K. K.
Grohmann. 78.4.815–16 (2002).
CONNOR, ULLA; D. BIBER; and T. A. UPTON. Discourse on the move: Using corpus analysis to describe discourse
structure. Rev. by J. M. Swales. 85.3.694–96 (2009).
CONNOR, ULLA, and T. A. UPTON (eds.) Discourse in the professions: Perspectives from corpus linguistics. BN by
C. Brammer. 83.4.912 (2007).
CONRAD, HEATHER K. BN on Nogales, Metaphorically speaking. 78.2.374–75 (2002).
CONRAD, SUSAN; D. BIBER; S. JOHANSSON; G. LEECH; and E. FINEGAN. Longman grammar of spoken and written
Consciousness and language. By J. Searle. Rev. by A. Bezuidenhout. 82.4.930–34 (2006).
Consequences of contact: Language ideologies and sociocultural transformations in Pacific societies. Ed. by M.
Makihara and B. B. Schieffelin. Rev. by N. Besnier. 86.1.234–37 (2010).
Considering counter-narratives: Narrating, resisting, making sense. Ed. by M. Bamberg and M. Andrews. BN by
Y. Laberge. 83.4.908–9 (2007).
Constraints in phonological acquisition. By R. Kager, J. Pater, and W. Zonneveld. Rev. by E. Broselow. 8.214–20
(2009).
Constructing a language: A usage-based theory of language acquisition. By M. Tomasello. Rev. by R. W.
Langacker. 81.3.748–50 (2005).
Constructing a lexicon of English verbs. By P. B. Farber and R. M. Usón. BN by B. Wald. 77.4.858–60 (2001).
Construction after construction and its theoretical challenges. By R. Jackendoff. 84.1.8–28 (2008).
Construction grammars: Cognitive grounding and theoretical extensions. Ed. by J.-O. Östman and M. Fried. Rev.
by J. Barðdal. 84.2.422–25 (2008).
Construction morphology. By G. Booij. Rev. by J. Hoeksema. 88.1.183–85 (2012).
Constructional approach to resultatives, A. By H. C. Boas. BN by T. R. Wier. 83.3.667–68 (2007).
Constructions and language change. Ed. by A. Bergs and G. Diewald. Rev. by G. Trousdale. 87.2.390–93 (2011).
Constructions at work: The nature of generalizations in language. By A. E. Goldberg. Rev. by M. Ariel. 84.3.632–
36 (2008).
Contact Englishes of the eastern Caribbean. Ed. by M. Aceto and J. P. Williams. BN by D. E. Walicek. 81.3.766
(2005).
Contemporary approaches to Romance linguistics: Selected papers from the 33rd Linguistic Symposium on
Romance Languages (LSRL), Bloomington, Indiana, April 2003. Ed. by J. Auger, J. C. Clements, and B. Vance.
BN by G. H. Toops. 83.2.452 (2007).
Contemporary linguistics: An introduction. 5th edn. By W. O’Grady, J. Archibald, M. Aronoff, and J. Rees-Miller.
BN by K. K. Grohmann. 83.3.687 (2007).
Contemporary views on architecture and representation in phonology. By E. Raimy and C. Cairns. Rev. by S.
Duanmu. 86.2.455–58 (2010).
Context as other minds: The pragmatics of sociality, cognition and communication. By T. Givón. Rev. by E.
Itkonen. 84.3.628–32 (2008).
Contexts in translating. By E. A. Nida. BN by M. Pasquale. 80.3.632 (2004).
Continental backgrounds of English and its insular development until 1154, The. By H. F. Nielsen. BN by H. Waltz.
77.1.199–200 (2001).
CONTINI-MORAVA, ELLEN; R. S. KIRSNER; and B. RODRÍGUEZ-BACHILLER (eds.) Cognitive and communicative
approaches to linguistic analysis. BN by S. C. Becker. 83.4.912–13 (2007).
CONTINI-MORAVA, ELLEN, and Y. TOBIN (eds.) Between grammar and lexicon. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.1.210–11
(2002).
CONTI-RAMSDEN, GINA, and M. PÉREZ-PEREIRA. Language development and social interaction in blind children.
BN by E. Schleef. 78.3.589 (2002).
Contrast: Adversative and concessive expressions on sentence and text level. By E. Rudolph. BN by B. Wald.
79.3.665–66 (2003).
Contrastive focus vs. discourse-new: Evidence from phonetic prominence in English. By J. Katz and E. Selkirk.
87.4.771–816 (2011).
Contrastive grammar Islander—Carribbean Standard English—Spanish, A. By A. Bartens. BN by M. Forbes and S.
Kouwenberg. 81.3.769–70 (2005).
Contrastive hierarchy in phonology, The. By B. E. Dresher. Rev. by D. Odden. 88.3.644–47 (2012).
33
Control in grammar and pragmatics: A cross-linguistic study. By R. Růžička. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.628–29
(2001).
Convergent evidence for categorial change in French: From subject clitic to agreement marker. By J. Culbertson.
86.1.85–132 (2010).
Conversation and brain damage. Ed. by C. Goodwin. BN by L. Chen. 81.2.526–27 (2005).
Conversational strategies in Akan: Prosodic features and discourse categories. By S. G. Obeng. BN by E. J. Vajda.
77.4.856–57 (2001).
Convict words: Language in early colonial Australia. By A. Laugesen. BN by A. M. Byrd. 81.3.782 (2005).
COOK, EUNG-DO. A grammar of Dëne Sųłiné (Chipewyan). BN by Y. A. Lander. 83.4.913–14 (2007).
COOK, VIVIAN. The English writing system. BN by P. T. Daniels. 82.3.675 (2006).
COOK, VIVIAN. Rev. of Kroll and de Groot (eds.), Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches.
84.1.196–99 (2008).
COOPER, ROBERT L. Rev. of Fishman and García (eds.), Handbook of language and ethnic identity: Disciplinary and
regional perspectives, vol. 1. 2nd edn. 87.3.637–40 (2011).
Coordinate grammar. By D. T. Langendoen. 84.4.691–709 (2008).
COPELAND, JAMES E.; D. G. LOCKWOOD; and P. H. FRIES (eds.) Functional approaches to language, culture, and
cognition: Papers in honor of Sydney M. Lamb. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.1.209–10 (2002).
Copulas: Universals in the categorization of the lexicon. By R. Pustet. Rev. by C. Goddard. 83.2.446–49 (2007).
CORBETT, GREVILLE G. Agreement. Rev. by J. T. Faarlund. 85.3.703–6 (2009).
CORBETT, GREVILLE G. Canonical typology, suppletion, and possible words. 83.1.8–42 (2007).
CORBETT, GREVILLE G. Number. Rev. by A. Ortmann and C. Steins. 78.3.573–76 (2002).
CORBETT, GREVILLE G., and B. COMRIE (eds.) The Slavonic languages. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.4.795–96 (2003).
CORBETT, GREVILLE G.; N. EVANS; and D. BROWN. The semantics of gender in Mayali: Partially parallel systems
CORBETT, GREVILLE G., and M. NOONAN (eds.) Case and grammatical relations: Studies in honor of Bernard
Comrie. RA by P. M. Arkadiev. 86.2.416–28 (2010).
CORDELLA, MARISA. The dynamic consultation: A discourse analytical study of doctor-patient communication. BN
by R. W. Peters. 83.4.914 (2007).
Core syntax: A minimalist approach. By D. Adger. Rev. by A. Alexiadou. 81.4.975–76 (2005).
CORMIER, KEARSY; A. CHEEK; A. REPP; and R. P. MEIER. Prelinguistic gesture predicts mastery and error in the
CORMIER, KEARSY; R. P. MEIER; and D. QUINTO-POZOS (eds.) Modality and structure in signed and spoken
languages. Rev. by M. Aronoff and I. Meir. 81.3.742–45 (2005).
CORMIER, MONIQUE C.; J. DELISLE; and H. LEE-JAHNKE (eds.) Terminologie de la traduction. BN by G. E.
Saunders. 77.2.411–12 (2001).
CORNIPS, LEONIE, and J. DOETJES (eds.) Linguistics in the Netherlands 2004. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 83.3.671–72
(2007).
Corpora and language learners. Ed. by G. Aston, S. Bernardini, and D. Stewart. BN by M. Callies. 83.4.908 (2007).
Corpus analysis and variation in linguistics. Ed. by Y. Kawaguchi, M. Minegishi, and J. Durand. Rev. by H.
Basbøll. 87.1.210–12 (2011).
Corpus approaches to grammaticalization in English. Ed. by H. Lindquist and C. Mair. BN by U. Römer. 82.4.956
(2006).
Corpus linguistics at work. By E. Tognini-Bonelli. BN by M. L. Murphy. 80.2.359 (2004).
Corpus presenter: Software for language analysis with a manual and A corpus of Irish English as sample data. By
R. Hickey. BN by J. A. Glenn. 82.3.681–82 (2006).
Corpus-based approaches to sentence structures. Ed. by T. Takagaki, S. Zaima, Y. Tsuruga, F. Moreno-Fernández,
and Y. Kawaguchi. Rev. by M. Rissanen. 85.1.237–40 (2009).
Correction to Greenberg obituary. By W. Croft. 78.3.560–64 (2002).
CORVER, NORBERT. Rev. of Cabredo Hofherr and Matushansky (eds.), Adjectives: Formal analyses in syntax and
semantics. 88.1.191–93 (2012).
CORVER, NORBERT, and L. L.-S. CHENG (eds.) WH-movement: Moving on. Rev. by Ž. Bošković. 85.2.463–68
(2009).
COSTA, DAVID J. The Miami-Illinois language. BN by L. Conathan. 82.1.193 (2006).
COSTA, JOÃO (ed.) Portuguese syntax: New comparative studies. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.2.431–32 (2003).
COSTA, JOÃO. Word order variation: A constraint-based approach. BN by J. M. Lipski. 78.1.180–81 (2002).
COULMAS, FLORIAN. Writing systems: An introduction to their linguistic analysis. BN by P. Unseth. 81.2.518
(2005).
34
COUPÉ, CHRISTOPHE; F. PELLEGRINO; and E. MARSICO. A cross-language perspective on speech information rate.
87.3.539–58 (2011).
COUPER-KUHLEN, ELIZABETH. Rev. of Schegloff, Sequence organization in interaction: A primer in conversation
analysis, vol. 1. 86.1.249–52 (2010).
COUPER-KUHLEN, ELIZABETH; P. AUER; and F. MÜLLER. Language in time: The rhythm and tempo of spoken
interaction. BN by B. Collins. 77.1.190–91 (2001).
COUPER-KUHLEN, ELIZABETH, and M. SELTING (eds.) Studies in interactional linguistics. BN by B. Li. 79.4.820–21
(2003).
COUPLAND, NIKOLAS (ed.) The handbook of language and globalization. Rev. by D. Cameron. 87.3.631–34 (2011).
COUPLAND, NIKOLAS; A. JAWORSKI; and D. GALASIŃSKI (eds.) Metalanguage: Social and ideological perspectives.
BN by D. E. Walicek. 83.3.677 (2007).
Course in phonology, A. By I. Roca and W. Johnson. BN by J. Steele. 78.3.589–90 (2002).
Course of actualization, The. By H. De Smet. 88.3.601–33 (2012).
COVENEY, AIDAN; M.-A. HINTZE; and C. SANDERS (eds.) Variation et francophonie: Mélanges édités par Aidan
Coveney, Marie-Anne Hintze et Carol Sanders en hommage à Gertrud Aub-Buscher. BN by B. B. FonsecaGreber. 83.3.672–73 (2007).
Coverbs and complex predicates in Wagiman. By S. Wilson. BN by C. Bowern. 77.1.189–90 (2001).
COVINGTON, MICHAEL A. BN on Armstrong, Church, Isabelle, Manzi, Tzoukermann, and Yarowsky (eds.), Natural
language processing using very large corpora. 77.3.612 (2001).
COVINGTON, MICHAEL A. BN on Hausser, Foundations of computational linguistics: Man-machine communication
in natural language. 77.3.613 (2001).
COVINGTON, MICHAEL A. BN on Koerner, Linguistic historiography: Projects and prospects. 77.3.609–10 (2001).
COVINGTON, MICHAEL A. BN on Kornai (ed.), Extended finite state models of language. 77.3.610 (2001).
COVINGTON, MICHAEL A. BN on Levine and Green (eds.), Studies in contemporary phrase structure grammar.
77.3.610 (2001).
COVINGTON, MICHAEL A. BN on Link, Algebraic semantics in language and philosophy. 77.3.610–11 (2001).
COVINGTON, MICHAEL A. BN on Martín-Vide (ed.), Issues in mathematical linguistics: Workshop on Mathematical
Linguistics, State College, PA, April 1998. 77.3.612–13 (2001).
COVINGTON, MICHAEL A. BN on Martín-Vide (ed.), Mathematical and computational analysis of natural language:
Selected papers from the 2nd International Conference on Mathematical Linguistics, Tarragona, 2–4 May
1996. 77.3.612–13 (2001).
COVINGTON, MICHAEL A. BN on Reiter and Dale, Building natural language generation systems. 77.3.611–12
(2001).
COWGILL, WARREN, The collected writings of. Ed. by J. S. Klein. Rev. by A. Bammesberger. 85.1.220–23 (2009).
COWIE, A. P. English dictionaries for foreign learners: A history. BN by D. R. McCreary. 77.4.866–67 (2001).
COWPER, ELIZABETH. The geometry of interpretable features: Infl in English and Spanish. 81.1.10–46 (2005).
COWPER, ELIZABETH. Rev. of Bouchard, Adjectives, number and interfaces: Why languages vary. 82.4.884–87
(2006).
COX, RICHARD A. V. The Gaelic place-names of Carloway, Isle of Lewis: Their structure and significance. BN by J.
F. Eska. 80.3.617–18 (2004).
Cracking the codes: The Rosetta stone and decipherment. By R. Parkinson. BN by C. Shelvador. 77.1.182–83
(2001).
CRAGG, KENNETH. Faiths in their pronouns: Websites of identity. BN by P. B. Bick. 81.2.518–19 (2005).
CRAM, DAVID; A. LINN; and E. NOWAK (eds.) History of linguistics 1996: Selected papers from the Seventh
International Conference on the History of the Language Sciences (ICHOLS VII) Oxford, 12–17 September
1996; Vol. 1: Traditions in linguistics worldwide; Vol. 2: From classical to contemporary linguistics. BN by M.
Oja. 77.3.601–2 (2001).
CRAVENS, THOMAS D. Comparative historical dialectology: Italo-Romance clues to Ibero-Romance sound change.
Rev. by R. Wright. 79.4.775–77 (2003).
Creating language crimes: How law enforcement uses (and misuses) language. By R. W. Shuy. Rev. by R. A.
Leonard. 84.4.897–900 (2008).
Credit where credit is due. Letter to Language by A. Y. Aikhenvald. 80.2.201 (2004).
CREISSELS, DENIS. Rev. of Zúñiga, Deixis and alignment: Inverse systems in indigenous languages of the Americas.
85.2.492–96 (2009).
Creole discourse: Exploring prestige formation and change across Caribbean English-lexicon creoles. By S.
Mühleisen. BN by J. T. Farquharson. 83.3.685 (2007).
Creole formation as language contact: The case of the Suriname creoles. By B. Migge. BN by G. T. Childs.
82.3.689 (2006).
35
Creole genesis, attitudes and discourse. Ed. by J. R. Rickford and S. Romaine. Rev. by J. C. Clements. 79.1.210–12
(2003).
Creolization and contact. Ed. by N. Smith and T. Veenstra. BN by D. E. Walicek. 80.1.189–90 (2004).
Creolization and linguistic change. Ed. by D. Adone and I. Plag. BN by D. K. Nylander. 77.2.395–96 (2001).
CRESTI, DIANA; T. SATTERFIELD; and C. TORTORA (eds.) Current issues in Romance languages. BN by T. L. Face.
79.4.820 (2003).
CREVELS, MILY; S. VAN DE KERKE; S. MEIRA; and H. VAN DER VOORT (eds.) Current studies on South American
languages. BN by I. Ortega-Santos. 81.4.1002–3 (2005).
CRISMA, PAOLA, and G. LONGOBARDI (eds.) Historical syntax and linguistic theory. Rev. by D. Lightfoot. 86.3.709–
12 (2010).
CROCKER, MATTHEW W.; M. PICKERING; and C. CLIFTON, JR. (eds.) Architectures and mechanisms for language
CROFT, WILLIAM. Correction to Greenberg obituary. 78.3.560–64 (2002).
CROFT, WILLIAM. Obituary of Joseph Harold Greenberg. 77.4.815–30 (2001).
CROFT, WILLIAM. Typology and universals. 2nd edn. BN by M. Sloboda. 81.2.519–20 (2005).
CROFT, WILLIAM, and R. BLYTHE. S-curves and the mechanisms of propagation in language change. 88.2.269–304
(2012).
CROFT, WILLIAM, and D. A. CRUSE. Cognitive linguistics. Rev. by L. A. Michaelis. 82.4.898–902 (2006).
CRONIN, MICHAEL. Translation and globalization. BN by Z. Salzmann. 82.1.193–94 (2006).
CROSBIE, ELENA V., and S. SMYTH. Rus’: A comprehensive course in Russian. BN by D. Aichele. 82.2.461 (2006).
CROSS, IAN; P. REBUSCHAT; M. ROHRMEIER; and J. A. HAWKINS (eds.) Language and music as cognitive systems.
Rev. by D. Temperley. 88.3.666–69 (2012).
Crossing boundaries. Ed. by I. Kenesei. BN by C. Rudin. 78.1.198–99 (2002).
Cross-disciplinary issues in compounding. Ed. by S. Scalise and I. Vogel. Rev. by W. Zonneveld. 87.3.658–61
(2011).
Cross-language perspective on speech information rate, A. By F. Pellegrino, C. Coupé, and E. Marsico. 87.3.539–58
(2011).
Cross-linguistic perspectives on language processing. Ed. by M. de Vincenzi and V. Lombardo. BN by I. Alvarez.
78.1.201 (2002).
Cross-linguistic semantics of tense, aspect, and modality. Ed. by L. Hogeweg, H. de Hoop, and A. Malchukov. Rev.
by H. Zeevat. 87.1.203–7 (2011).
CROWHURST, MEGAN J., and L. D. MICHAEL. Iterative footing and prominence-driven stress in Nanti (Kampa).
81.1.47–95 (2005).
CROWTHER, JONATHAN; P. NIHALNI; R. K. TONGUE; and P. HOSALI. Indian and British English: A handbook of
usage and pronunciation. 2nd edn. BN by N. S. Dash. 83.2.465 (2007).
CRUSE, D. ALAN. Meaning in language: An introduction to semantics and pragmatics. BN by S. C. Becker.
82.4.939–40 (2006).
CRUSE, D. ALAN. Meaning in language: An introduction to semantics and pragmatics. BN by H. Ji. 78.1.180
(2002).
CRUSE, D. ALAN, and W. CROFT. Cognitive linguistics. Rev. by L. A. Michaelis. 82.4.898–902 (2006).
CRUSE, D. ALAN; F. HUNDSNURSCHER; M. JOB; and P. R. LUTZEIER (eds.) Lexikologie/Lexicology: Ein
internationales Handbuch zur Natur und Struktur von Wörtern und Wortschätzen. Vol. 1. BN by J. M. Jeep.
79.4.796–97 (2003).
CRUTCHFIELD, ROGER S. English vocabulary quick reference: A comprehensive dictionary arranged by word roots.
BN by L. Oliver. 79.4.797 (2003).
CRUTTENDEN, ALAN (ed.) Gimson’s pronunciation of English. 6th edn. BN by P. Lintunen. 78.4.821 (2002).
CRYSTAL, DAVID. A dictionary of linguistics and phonetics. 5th edn. BN by M. Picard. 80.1.170 (2004).
CRYSTAL, DAVID. English as a global language. 2nd edn. BN by E. G. Winkler. 81.4.1003–4 (2005).
CRYSTAL, DAVID. A glossary of Netspeak and Textspeak. BN by A. S. Kaye. 83.2.458 (2007).
CRYSTAL, DAVID. Language and the internet: A linguist looks at discourse on the internet. BN by E. Battistella.
79.2.432 (2003).
CRYSTAL, DAVID. Language death. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.854–55 (2001).
CRYSTAL, DAVID. Txtng: The gr8 db8. Rev. by N. S. Baron. 85.4.914–16 (2009).
CRYSTAL, DAVID. What do we do with an International Year of Languages? (Letter to Language). 84.2.215–16
(2008).
CSER, ANDRÁS. The typology and modelling of obstruent lenition and fortition processes. BN by C. González.
82.4.940–41 (2006).
CSERNICSKÓ, ISTVÁN. A magyar nyelv Ukrajnában (Kárpátalján). BN by A. Fenyvesi. 78.1.194 (2002).
36
CUBBERLEY, PAUL. Russian: A linguistic introduction. BN by G. H. Toops. 81.2.520 (2005).
Cubeo grammar. By N. L. Morse and M. B. Maxwell. BN by T. J. Curnow. 78.2.376–77 (2002).
CULBERTSON, JENNIFER. Convergent evidence for categorial change in French: From subject clitic to agreement
marker. 86.1.85–132 (2010).
CULICOVER, PETER W. Natural language syntax. Rev. by R. D. Borsley. 86.4.945–48 (2010).
CULICOVER, PETER W. RA on Huddleston and Pullum, The Cambridge grammar of the English language. 80.1.127–
41 (2004).
CULICOVER, PETER W. Syntactic nuts: Hard cases, syntactic theory, and language acquisition. BN by A.
Pereltsvaig. 77.2.404–5 (2001).
CULICOVER, PETER W., and R. JACKENDOFF. Same-except: A domain-general cognitive relation and how language
expresses it. 88.2.305–40 (2012).
CULICOVER, PETER W., and R. JACKENDOFF. The semantic basis of control in English. 79.3.517–56 (2003).
CULLER, JONATHAN. Rev. of Harris, Saussure and his interpreters. 2nd edn. 82.4.915–18 (2006).
Cultural, psychological and typological issues in cognitive linguistics. Ed. by M. K. Hiraga, C. Sinha, and S.
Wilcox. BN by V. Haser. 77.3.617–18 (2001).
Culturally speaking: Managing rapport through talk across cultures. Ed. by H. Spencer-Oatey. BN by S. M. Burt.
78.2.353–54 (2002).
Culture in communication: Analyses of intercultural situations. Ed. by A. di Luzio, S. Günthner, and F. Orletti. BN
by A. S. Kaye. 79.3.649–50 (2003).
CUMMINS, CHRIS. Rev. of Meibauer and Steinbach (eds.), Experimental pragmatics/semantics. 88.3.660–63 (2012).
CUNNINGHAM-ANDERSSON, UNA, and S. ANDERSSON. Growing up with two languages: A practical guide. BN by C.
van Kerckvoorde. 77.3.601 (2001).
CURAT, HERVÉ. Les déterminants dans la référence nominale et les conditions de leur absence. BN by H.
Perdicoyianni-Paléologou. 77.1.196–97 (2001).
Curiosity in early Modern Europe word histories. By N. Kenny. BN by R. McColl Millar. 78.2.343 (2002).
CURL, TRACI S., and Z. FRAJZYNGIER (eds.) Reciprocals: Forms and functions. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.627–28
(2001).
CURNOW, TIMOTHY JOWAN. BN on Fernald and Platero (eds.), The Athabaskan languages: Perspectives on a Native
American language family. 79.3.651–52 (2003).
CURNOW, TIMOTHY JOWAN. BN on Floyd, The structure of evidential categories in Wanka Quechua. 78.3.600
(2002).
CURNOW, TIMOTHY JOWAN. BN on Güldemann and von Roncador (eds.), Reported discourse: A meeting ground for
different linguistic domains. 81.3.776–77 (2005).
CURNOW, TIMOTHY JOWAN. BN on Hardman, Jaqaru. 80.4.891–92 (2004).
CURNOW, TIMOTHY JOWAN. BN on Morse and Maxwell, Cubeo grammar. 78.2.376–77 (2002).
CURNOW, TIMOTHY JOWAN. BN on Mortensen, A reference grammar of the Northern Embera languages. 78.2.376
(2002).
CURNOW, TIMOTHY JOWAN. BN on Mushin, Evidentiality and epistemological stance: Narrative retelling. 79.3.663
(2003).
Current issues in generative grammar: Papers from the 10th Colloquium on Generative Grammar, Universidad de
Alcalá, April 12–14 2000. Ed. by M. Leonetti, O. Fernández Soriano, and V. Escandell Vidal. BN by I. OrtegaSantos. 81.4.1012–13 (2005).
Current issues in Romance languages. Ed. by T. Satterfield, C. Tortora, and D. Cresti. BN by T. L. Face. 79.4.820
(2003).
Current studies in Italian syntax: Essays offered to Lorenzo Renzi. Ed. by G. Cinque and G. Salvi. BN by R.
D’Alessandro. 80.4.880 (2004).
Current studies on South American languages. Ed. by M. Crevels, S. van de Kerke, S. Meira, and H. van der Voort.
BN by I. Ortega-Santos. 81.4.1002–3 (2005).
Current trends in Caucasian, East European and Inner Asian linguistics: Papers in honor of Howard I. Aronson.
Ed. by D. A. Holiskey and K. Tuite. BN by T. R. Wier. 82.3.682–83 (2006).
CURZAN, ANNE. Gender shifts in the history of English. Rev. by T. Nevalainen. 83.4.880–83 (2007).
CURZAN, ANNE. Rev. of Leech, Hundt, Mair, and Smith, Change in contemporary English: A grammatical study.
88.1.202–6 (2012).
CUTLER, ANNE; K. BOCK; S. BUTTERFIELD; J. C. CUTTING; K. M. EBERHARD; and K. R. HUMPHREYS. Number
CUTTING, J. COOPER; K. BOCK; S. BUTTERFIELD; A. CUTLER; K. M. EBERHARD; and K. R. HUMPHREYS. Number
37
CUYCKENS, HUBERT; R. DIRVEN; and J. R. TAYLOR (eds.) Cognitive approaches to lexical semantics. BN by M.
Callies. 82.1.194–95 (2006).
CUYCKENS, HUBERT, and D. GEERAERTS (eds.) The Oxford handbook of cognitive linguistics. Rev. by E.
Dąbrowska. 85.3.721–24 (2009).
CUYCKENS, HUBERT, and B. ZAWADA (eds.) Polysemy in cognitive linguistics. BN by A. Głaz. 78.4.813 (2002).
Cyclical change. Ed. by E. van Gelderen. Rev. by A. Jäger. 87.2.430–33 (2011).
CYRUS, LEA. BN on Mauranen and Kujamäki (eds.), Translation universals: Do they exist? 82.3.688–89 (2006).
CYRUS, LEA. BN on Nakamura, Inoue, and Tabata (eds.), English corpora under Japanese eyes. 83.4.920–21
(2007).
CYRUS, LEA. BN on Storm, A handbook of Japanese grammar. 83.4.924 (2007).
CYSOUW, MICHAEL. The paradigmatic structure of person marking. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 81.3.775 (2005).
CYSOUW, MICHAEL, and D. FORKER. Reconstruction of morphosyntactic function: Nonspatial usage of spatial case
marking in Tsezic. 85.3.588–617 (2009).
CZARNECKI, PRZEMYSŁAW. BN on Prince and Smolensky, Optimality theory: Constraint interaction in generative
grammar. 83.3.690–91 (2007).
CZARNECKI, PRZEMYSŁAW. BN on Zoëga, A concise dictionary of Old Icelandic. 83.3.695 (2007).
CZARNIAWSKA, BARBARA, and P. GAGLIARDI (eds.) Narratives we organize by. BN by M. Shappeck. 83.1.218
(2007).
D’ALESSANDRO, ROBERTA. BN on Bonfante and Bonfante, The Etruscan language: An introduction. Rev. edn.
80.4.879 (2004).
D’ALESSANDRO, ROBERTA. BN on Canepari, Manuale di fonetica. Fonetica naturale: Articolatoria, uditiva e
funzionale. 2nd edn. 83.4.910–11 (2007).
D’ALESSANDRO, ROBERTA. BN on Cinque and Salvi (eds.), Current studies in Italian syntax: Essays offered to
Lorenzo Renzi. 80.4.880 (2004).
D’ALESSANDRO, ROBERTA. BN on Jokić and Smith (eds.), Time, tense, and reference. 82.3.686 (2006).
D’ALESSANDRO, ROBERTA. BN on la Fauci and Mirto, Fare: Elementi di sintassi. 82.1.205 (2006).
D’ALESSANDRO, ROBERTA. BN on Quer, Schroten, Scorretti, Sleeman, and Verheugd (eds.), Romance languages
and linguistic theory 2001: Selected papers from ‘Going Romance’, Amsterdam, 6–8 December 2001.
82.1.217–18 (2006).
D’ALESSANDRO, ROBERTA. BN on van Bergen, Pronouns and word order in Old English, with particular reference
to the indefinite pronoun man. 81.4.1028 (2005).
D’ALESSANDRO, ROBERTA. BN on Verschueren, Östman, Blommaert, and Bulcaen (comps.), Handbook of
pragmatics. 2002 installment. 82.3.698–99 (2006).
D’ALESSANDRO, ROBERTA; S. FISCHER; and G. H. HRAFNBJARGARSON (eds.) Agreement restrictions. Rev. by M.
Rezac. 86.4.948–53 (2010).
D’ALESSANDRO, ROBERTA; A. LEDGEWAY; and I. ROBERTS (eds.) Syntactic variation: The dialects of Italy. Rev. by
D. Bentley. 87.3.634–37 (2011).
D’ANDRADE, ERNESTO, and M. H. MATEUS. The phonology of Portuguese. BN by P. S. Ding. 82.4.958 (2006).
D’ANDRADE, ERNESTO, and M. H. MATEUS. The phonology of Portuguese. BN by M. J. Elson. 78.4.811–12 (2002).
D’ARCY, ALEXANDRA, and S. A. TAGLIAMONTE. Peaks beyond phonology: Adolescence, incrementation, and
language change. 85.1.58–108 (2009).
D’HULST, YVES, and M. COENE (eds.) From NP to DP. Vol. 1: The syntax and semantics of noun phrases. Vol. 2:
The expression of possession in noun phrases. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 82.1.191–93 (2006).
D’HULST, YVES; J. ROORYCK; and J. SCHROTEN (eds.) Romance languages and linguistic theory 1999. BN by J.
Holeš. 80.2.343–44 (2004).
DABROWSKA, EWA. Language, mind and brain: Some psychological and neurological constraints on theories of
grammar. Rev. by H. Diessel. 84.1.186–89 (2008).
DĄBROWSKA, EWA. Rev. of Geeraerts and Cuyckens (eds.), The Oxford handbook of cognitive linguistics. 85.3.721–
24 (2009).
DAHL, ÖSTEN. Rev. of Kurzon and Adler (eds.), Adpositions: Pragmatic, semantic and syntactic perspectives.
86.2.448–50 (2010).
DAHL, ÖSTEN (ed.) Tense and aspect in the languages of Europe. Rev. by A. Gianto. 79.1.202–4 (2003).
DAHL, ÖSTEN, and M. KOPTJEVSKAJA-TAMM (eds.) Circum-Baltic languages. Vol. 1: Past and present. Vol. 2:
Grammar and typology. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.2.432–33 (2003).
DAHROJ, FAWAZ A. BN on Frank, The pen commandments: A guide for the beginning writer. 83.4.915 (2007).
DAILEY-O’CAIN, JENNIFER. BN on Dauses, Einführung in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft. 77.3.613 (2001).
DAILEY-O’CAIN, JENNIFER. BN on Miller and Weinert, Spontaneous spoken language: Syntax and discourse.
77.3.613–14 (2001).
38
DALBY, DAVID. The linguasphere register of the world’s languages and speech communities. BN by E. J. Vajda.
77.3.606–8 (2001).
DALE, ROBERT, and E. REITER. Building natural language generation systems. BN by M. A. Covington. 77.3.611–
12 (2001).
DALEY, KAREN ANN. Vietnamese classifiers in narrative texts. BN by G. Thurgood. 77.1.198 (2001).
DALRYMPLE, MARY. Rev. of Wechsler and Zlatić, The many faces of agreement. 83.2.449–51 (2007).
DALRYMPLE, MARY, and I. NIKOLAEVA. Syntax of natural and accidental coordination: Evidence from agreement.
82.4.824–49 (2006).
DAM, RIEN A. C.; J. MIEDEMA; and C. ODÉ (eds.) Perspectives on the Bird’s Head of Irian Jaya, Indonesia:
Proceedings of the Conference Leiden, 13–17 October 1997. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.2.416 (2001).
DANAHER, DAVID S. The semantics and discourse function of habitual-iterative verbs in contemporary Czech. BN
by Z. Salzmann. 81.2.520–21 (2005).
DANCYGIER, BARBARA. Conditionals and prediction: Time, knowledge, and causation in conditional constructions.
BN by J.-C. Verstraete. 79.1.218–19 (2003).
DANCYGIER, BARBARA. Rev. of Verstraete, Rethinking the coordinate-subordinate dichotomy: Interpersonal
grammar and the analysis of adverbial clauses in English. 87.1.239–42 (2011).
DANESI, MARCEL. Second language teaching: A view from the right side of the brain. Rev. by E. Andrews.
83.2.430–31 (2007).
DANESI, MARCEL, and T. A. SEBEOK. The forms of meaning: Modeling systems theory and semiotic analysis. BN by
L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 78.4.808–9 (2002).
DANESI, MARCEL, and A. VALDMAN. Obituary of Thomas A. Sebeok. 80.2.312–17 (2004).
DANIELS, PETER T. BN on Cavoto (ed.), The linguist’s linguist: A collection of papers in honour of Alexis Manaster
Ramer. 80.1.169 (2004).
DANIELS, PETER T. BN on Comrie, Matthews, and Polinsky (eds.), The atlas of languages: The origin and
development of languages throughout the world. Rev. edn. 81.2.517 (2005).
DANIELS, PETER T. BN on Cook, The English writing system. 82.3.675 (2006).
DANIELS, PETER T. BN on del Saz-Orozco, A dictionary of the world’s languages: With tables of language families.
80.4.882 (2004).
DANIELS, PETER T. BN on Greenberg, Indo-European and its closest relatives: The Eurasiatic language family. Vol.
1: Grammar. Vol. 2: Lexicon. 80.4.889–90 (2004).
DANIELS, PETER T. BN on Lentin and Lonnet (eds.), Mélanges David Cohen: Études sur le langage, les langues, les
dialectes, les littératures, offertes par ses élèves, ses collègues, ses amis; présentés à l’occasion de son quatrevingtième anniversaire. 83.1.221–22 (2007).
DANIELS, PETER T. BN on Levin, Semitic and Indo-European. Vol. 2: Comparative morphology, syntax, and
phonetics. 81.2.536–37 (2005).
DANIELS, PETER T. BN on Nida, Fascinated by languages. 82.1.212–13 (2006).
DANIELS, PETER T. BN on Rogers, Writing systems: A linguistic approach. 82.3.693–94 (2006).
DANIELS, PETER T. BN on Sims-Williams (ed.), Indo-Iranian languages and peoples. 80.3.637–38 (2004).
DANIELS, PETER T. BN on Thackston, Introduction to Syriac: An elementary grammar with readings from Syriac
literature. 80.3.638–39 (2004).
DANIELS, PETER T. BN on Zwartjes and Hovdhaugen (eds.), Missionary linguistics/Lingüística misionera: Selected
papers from the first International Conference on Missionary Linguistics, Oslo, 13–16 March 2003. 83.1.236
(2007).
DANIELS, PETER T. More on names, rather on A name (Letter to Language). 84.4.684 (2008).
DANILIUC, LAURA, and R. DANILIUC. BN on Akmajian, Demers, Farmer, and Harnish, Linguistics: An introduction
to language and communication. 5th edn. 80.2.333–34 (2004).
DANILIUC, LAURA, and R. DANILIUC. BN on Dworkin and Wanner (eds.), New approaches to old problems: Issues
in Romance historical linguistics. 78.4.809–10 (2002).
DANILIUC, LAURA, and R. DANILIUC. BN on Gambier and Gottlieb (eds.), (Multi) media translation: Concepts,
practices, and research. 80.2.345–46 (2004).
DANILIUC, LAURA, and R. DANILIUC. BN on Gibbs, Intentions in the experience of meaning. 78.2.354 (2002).
DANILIUC, LAURA, and R. DANILIUC. BN on Graffi, 200 years of syntax: A critical survey. 78.4.810 (2002).
DANILIUC, LAURA, and R. DANILIUC. BN on Grundy, Doing pragmatics. 2nd edn. 79.1.220–21 (2003).
DANILIUC, LAURA, and R. DANILIUC. BN on Kayne, Parameters and universals. 78.4.810–11 (2002).
DANILIUC, LAURA, and R. DANILIUC. BN on Keefe, Theories of vagueness. 80.2.349–50 (2004).
DANILIUC, LAURA, and R. DANILIUC. BN on Laurent, Past participles from Latin to Romance. 78.2.354–55 (2002).
DANILIUC, LAURA, and R. DANILIUC. BN on Lee, Cognitive linguistics: An introduction. 80.2.351 (2004).
39
DANILIUC, LAURA, and R. DANILIUC. BN on Sebeok and Danesi, The forms of meaning: Modeling systems theory
and semiotic analysis. 78.4.808–9 (2002).
DANILIUC, LAURA, and R. DANILIUC. BN on Simonsen and Endresen (eds.), A cognitive approach to the verb:
Morphological and constructional perspectives. 80.2.357–58 (2004).
DANILIUC, LAURA, and R. DANILIUC. BN on Ura, Checking theory and grammatical functions in universal grammar.
78.2.355–56 (2002).
DANILIUC, RADU, and L. DANILIUC. BN on Akmajian, Demers, Farmer, and Harnish, Linguistics: An introduction to
language and communication. 5th edn. 80.2.333–34 (2004).
DANILIUC, RADU, and L. DANILIUC. BN on Dworkin and Wanner (eds.), New approaches to old problems: Issues in
Romance historical linguistics. 78.4.809–10 (2002).
DANILIUC, RADU, and L. DANILIUC. BN on Gambier and Gottlieb (eds.), (Multi) media translation: Concepts,
practices, and research. 80.2.345–46 (2004).
DANILIUC, RADU, and L. DANILIUC. BN on Gibbs, Intentions in the experience of meaning. 78.2.354 (2002).
DANILIUC, RADU, and L. DANILIUC. BN on Graffi, 200 years of syntax: A critical survey. 78.4.810 (2002).
DANILIUC, RADU, and L. DANILIUC. BN on Grundy, Doing pragmatics. 2nd edn. 79.1.220–21 (2003).
DANILIUC, RADU, and L. DANILIUC. BN on Kayne, Parameters and universals. 78.4.810–11 (2002).
DANILIUC, RADU, and L. DANILIUC. BN on Keefe, Theories of vagueness. 80.2.349–50 (2004).
DANILIUC, RADU, and L. DANILIUC. BN on Laurent, Past participles from Latin to Romance. 78.2.354–55 (2002).
DANILIUC, RADU, and L. DANILIUC. BN on Lee, Cognitive linguistics: An introduction. 80.2.351 (2004).
DANILIUC, RADU, and L. DANILIUC. BN on Sebeok and Danesi, The forms of meaning: Modeling systems theory
and semiotic analysis. 78.4.808–9 (2002).
DANILIUC, RADU, and L. DANILIUC. BN on Simonsen and Endresen (eds.), A cognitive approach to the verb:
Morphological and constructional perspectives. 80.2.357–58 (2004).
DANILIUC, RADU, and L. DANILIUC. BN on Ura, Checking theory and grammatical functions in universal grammar.
78.2.355–56 (2002).
DANKS, WARWICK. The Arabic verb: Form and meaning in the vowel-lengthening patterns. Rev. by M. Waltisberg.
88.3.634–36 (2012).
DANNENBERG, CLARE J. Rev. of Preston (ed.), Handbook of perceptual dialectology: Volume 1. 77.2.382–83 (2001).
DARNELL, REGNA. And along came Boas: Continuity and revolution in Americanist anthropology. BN by J. Brody.
78.4.795 (2002).
DARNELL, REGNA. Invisible genealogies: A history of Americanist anthropology. Rev. by J. Stanlaw. 78.4.778–80
(2002).
DARNELL, REGNA. Rev. of Leavitt, Linguistic relativities: Language diversity and modern thought. 88.4.905–7
(2012).
DARNELL, REGNA; J. T. IRVINE; and R. HANDLER (eds.) The collected works of Edward Sapir, III: Culture. Rev. by
J. Stanlaw. 77.3.587–90 (2001).
DARNELL, REGNA, and L. P. VALENTINE (eds.) Theorizing the Americanist tradition. Rev. by J. Stanlaw. 77.1.156–
58 (2001).
DASCAL, MARCELO, and E. WEIGAND (eds.) Negotiation and power in dialogic interaction. BN by B. Li. 79.4.825
(2003).
DASH, NILADRI SEKHAR. BN on Bunt, Carroll, and Satta (eds.), New developments in parsing technology. 83.2.456–
57 (2007).
DASH, NILADRI SEKHAR. BN on Coleman and Kay (eds.), Lexicology, semantics and lexicography. 80.2.341–42
(2004).
DASH, NILADRI SEKHAR. BN on Ghadessy, Henry, and Roseberry (eds.), Small corpus studies and ELT: Theory and
practice. 80.2.346 (2004).
DASH, NILADRI SEKHAR. BN on Halliday, Teubert, Yallop, and Cermáková (eds.), Lexicology and corpus
linguistics: An introduction. 83.2.460 (2007).
DASH, NILADRI SEKHAR. BN on Nihalni, Tongue, Hosali, and Crowther, Indian and British English: A handbook of
usage and pronunciation. 2nd edn. 83.2.465 (2007).
DASHER, RICHARD B., and E. C. TRAUGOTT. Regularity in semantic change. BN by M. Pierce. 83.1.232–33 (2007).
Data is data and model is model: You don’t discard the data that doesn’t fit your model! Discussion Note by R.
Laury and T. Ono. 81.1.218–25 (2005).
DAUSES, AUGUST. Einführung in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft. BN by J. Dailey-O’Cain. 77.3.613 (2001).
DAVIDSE, KRISTIN, and B. LAMIROY (eds.) The nominative & accusative and their counterparts. BN by W. Schulze.
80.3.618–19 (2004).
DAVIDSON, CHRIS; B. MOHAN; and C. LEUNG (eds.) English as a second language in the mainstream: Teaching,
learning and identity. BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.2.368–69 (2002).
40
DAVIDSON, DONALD. Essays on actions and events. 2nd edn. BN by X. He. 83.1.218–19 (2007).
DAVIDSON, DONALD. Inquiries into truth and interpretation. 2nd edn. BN by L. Chen. 80.2.342 (2004).
DAVIDSON, DONALD. Subjective, intersubjective, objective. BN by X. He. 83.1.218–19 (2007).
DAVIES, ALAN, and C. ELDER (eds.) The handbook of applied linguistics. Rev. by B. Spolsky. 83.1.202–4 (2007).
DAVIES, ANNA MORPURGO. Obituary of Henry Max Hoenigswald. 84.4.856–73 (2008).
DAVIES, MARK. Rev. of Aarts and Wallis (eds.), The British component of the International Corpus of English (ICEGB), Release 2; Aarts and Wallis (eds.), Diachronic Corpus of Present-Day Spoken English (DCPSE); and
Wallis (ed.), The International Corpus of English Corpus Utility Program (ICECUP), version 3.1. 85.2.443–45
(2009).
DAVIES, WILLIAM D. BN on Arka, Balinese morphosyntax: A lexical-functional approach. 82.4.937 (2006).
DAVIES, WILLIAM D. Madurese prolepsis and its implications for a typology of raising. 81.3.645–65 (2005).
DAVIES, WILLIAM D., and S. DUBINSKY. The grammar of raising and control: A course in syntactic argumentation.
Rev. by I. Toivonen. 84.4.880–82 (2008).
DAVIES, WILLIAM D., and S. DUBINSKY (eds.) Objects and other subjects: Grammatical functions, functional
categories, and configurationality. Rev. by J. Moore. 85.2.468–73 (2009).
DAVIS, CHRIS; D. BURNHAM; S. LUKSANEEYANAWIN; and M. LAFOURCADE (eds.) Interdisciplinary approaches to
DAVIS, KAREN. A grammar of the Hoava language, Western Solomons. BN by S. Robinson. 82.4.941 (2006).
DAVIS, KATHRYN A., and T. HUEBNER (eds.) Sociopolitical perspectives on language policy and planning in the
USA. BN by I. M. Laversuch. 77.3.619–20 (2001).
DAVIS, PHILIP W. BN on Enrico, Haida syntax. 82.1.196–97 (2006).
DAVIS, PHILIP W. BN on Scebold, Central Tagbanwa: A Philippine language on the brink of extinction. 83.4.922–
23 (2007).
DAVIS, STUART. BN on Amara, Politics and sociolinguistic reflexes: Palestinian border villages. 77.2.387–88
(2001).
DAWSON, HOPE C. BN on Hume and Johnson (eds.), The role of speech perception in phonology. 82.1.200–201
(2006).
DAWSON, HOPE C. Regarding obituaries (Letter to Language). 81.2.300 (2005).
DAWSON, HOPE C., and B. D. JOSEPH. The Ohio State University and Columbus and the foundations of the
Linguistic Society of America (The Editor’s Department). 80.4.851–57 (2004).
DAYAL, VENEETA, and A. MAHAJAN (eds.) Clause structure in South Asian languages. RA by J. Bayer. 84.3.597–
612 (2008).
DE BOER, BART. The origins of vowel systems. BN by A. C. L. Yu. 80.4.880–81 (2004).
DE BOYSSON-BARDIES, BÉNÉDICTE. How language comes to children: From birth to two years. Trans. by M. B.
DeBoise. Rev. by J. Musolino. 77.3.585–87 (2001).
DE FELICE, DUSTIN T. BN on Serrano, Aproximación a la gramática del discurso del español. 82.1.223–24 (2006).
DE FELICE, DUSTIN T. BN on Utrera Cejudo, Access Spanish: A first language course. 83.3.691–92 (2007).
DE FELICE, DUSTIN T. BN on Zamponi, Betoi. 83.3.694–95 (2007).
DE FINA, ANNA. Identity in narrative: A study of immigrant discourse. BN by S. Utakis. 81.4.1004 (2005).
DE GROOT, ANNETTE M. B., and J. F. KROLL (eds.) Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches. Rev. by
V. Cook. 84.1.196–99 (2008).
DE HOOP, HELEN. Rev. of Butt, Theories of case. 84.3.620–21 (2008).
DE HOOP, HELEN, and P. DE SWART (eds.) Differential subject marking. Rev. by R. Aranovich. 85.4.917–19 (2009).
DE HOOP, HELEN; L. HOGEWEG; and A. MALCHUKOV (eds.) Cross-linguistic semantics of tense, aspect, and
modality. Rev. by H. Zeevat. 87.1.203–7 (2011).
DE JONG, KENNETH, and M-H. CHO. Loanword phonology and perceptual mapping: Comparing two corpora of
Korean contact with English. 88.2.341–68 (2012).
DE KUTHY, KORDULA. Rev. of Müller, Complex predicates: Verbal complexes, resultative constructions, and
particle verbs in German. 84.4.888–92 (2008).
DE LACY, PAUL (ed.) The Cambridge handbook of phonology. Rev. by M. Kenstowicz. 86.1.216–19 (2010).
DE LEEUW VAN WEENEN, ANDREA. A grammar of Möðruvallabók. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.626–27 (2001).
DE MULDER, WALTER; S. VOGELEER; and I. DEPRAETERE (eds.) Tense and aspect: The contextual processing of
semantic indeterminacy. BN by T. L. Holm. 78.2.382–83 (2002).
DE PO’OT, OFELIA DZUL; V. BRICKER; and E. P. YAH. A dictionary of the Maya language as spoken in Hocabá,
DE REUSE, WILLEM J., and S. L. CHELLIAH. Handbook of descriptive linguistic fieldwork. Rev. by A. M. Dwyer.
88.4.899–904 (2012).
41
Logic, language and information. Vol. 2. BN by A.
Pietarinen. 77.2.396–97 (2001).
DE RUITER, J. P.; H. MITTERER; and N. J. ENFIELD. Projecting the end of a speaker’s turn: A cognitive cornerstone of
conversation. 82.3.515–35 (2006).
DE SMET, HENDRIK. The course of actualization. 88.3.601–33 (2012).
DE STADLER, LEON, and C. EYRICH (eds.) Issues in cognitive linguistics: 1993 proceedings of the International
Cognitive Linguistics Conference. BN by B. Li. 79.2.434–35 (2003).
DE SWART, HENRIËTTE. Expression and interpretation of negation: An OT typology. RA by J. van der Auwera.
87.4.845–65 (2011).
DE SWART, HENRIËTTE. Rev. of Baunaz, The grammar of French quantification. 87.4.878–81 (2011).
DE SWART, HENRIËTTE. Rev. of Kempchinsky and Slabakova (eds.), Aspectual inquiries. 83.4.892–95 (2007).
DE SWART, PETER, and H. DE HOOP (eds.) Differential subject marking. Rev. by R. Aranovich. 85.4.917–19 (2009).
DE SWART, PETER; L. KULIKOV; and A. MALCHUKOV (eds.) Case, valency and transitivity. Rev. by Y. Lander and V.
Plungian. 86.3.728–31 (2010).
DE VILLIERS, JESSICA, and E. D. ASP. When language breaks down: Analysing discourse in clinical contexts. Rev.
by M. Kissine. 88.4.894–96 (2012).
DE VINCENZI, MARCIA, and V. LOMBARDO (eds.) Cross-linguistic perspectives on language processing. BN by I.
Alvarez. 78.1.201 (2002).
Deaf around the world: The impact of language. Ed. by G. Mathur and D. J. Napoli. Rev. by R. P. Meier. 88.2.436–
39 (2012).
DEAL, AMY ROSE. Modals without scales. 87.3.559–85 (2011).
DEBOISE, MALCOLM B. (trans.) How language comes to children: From birth to two years. By B. de BoyssonBardies. Rev. by J. Musolino. 77.3.585–87 (2001).
Declarative and procedural determinants of second languages. By M. Paradis. Rev. by D. W. Green. 86.3.735–38
(2010).
Deconstructing creole. Ed. by U. Ansaldo, S. Matthews, and L. Lim. Rev. by M. Sebba. 85.2.454–57 (2009).
Deconstructing the English passive. By A. Wanner. Rev. by B. Mondorf. 88.2.452–57 (2012).
DÉCSY, GYULA. The linguistic identity of Europe, vols. 1–2. BN by Z. Salzmann. 78.4.803–4 (2002).
DEDAIĆ, MIRJANA N., and D. N. NELSON (eds.) At war with words. BN by C. Xie. 82.2.452–53 (2006).
DEDRICK, JOHN M., and E. H. CASAD. Sonora Yaqui language structures. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.630 (2001).
Defining crosslinguistic categories: The case of nominal tense (Reply to Nordlinger and Sadler). Discussion Note by
J. Tonhauser. 84.2.332–42 (2008).
Defining pragmatics. By M. Ariel. Rev. by K. Allan. 88.2.413–16 (2012).
Définir les indéfinis. By C. Dobrovie-Sorin and C. Beyssade. BN by E. Mathieu. 83.3.673–74 (2007).
Definite descriptions: A reader. Ed. by G. Ostertag. BN by L. Alonso-Ovalle. 78.2.370–71 (2002).
Definiteness. By C. Lyons. Rev. by I. W. Yoo. 78.4.783–86 (2002).
Defying Maliseet language death: Emergent vitalities of language, culture, & identity in Eastern Canada. By B. C.
Perley. Rev. by L. R. Graham. 88.4.914–17 (2012).
DEGRAFF, MICHEL. Against Creole exceptionalism (Discussion Note). 79.2.391–410 (2003).
DEGRAFF, MICHEL. Against Creole exceptionalism (redux) (Discussion Note). 80.4.834–39 (2004).
DEGRAFF, MICHEL (ed.) Language creation and language change: Creolization, diachrony, and development. Rev.
by M. Aceto. 77.2.376–78 (2001).
Degrammaticalization. By M. Norde. Rev. by P. Ramat. 86.4.979–82 (2010).
Degrees of explicitness: Information structure and the packaging of Bulgarian subjects and objects. By J. Leafgren.
BN by D. L. Dyer. 80.2.350–51 (2004).
Degrees of restructuring in creole languages. Ed. by I. Neumann-Holzschuh and E. W. Schneider. BN by A. P.
Grant. 79.2.447–48 (2003).
DEHÉ, NICOLE. Particle verbs in English: Syntax, information structure and intonation. BN by T. Baldwin. 82.3.676
(2006).
DEHÉ, NICOLE. Rev. of Erteschik-Shir and Rochman (eds.), The sound patterns of syntax. 88.1.197–99 (2012).
DEHÉ, NICOLE; R. JACKENDOFF; A. MCINTYRE; and S. URBAN (eds.) Verb-particle explorations. BN by N. Rojina.
80.2.342–43 (2004).
DEHGHANI, YAVAR. Persian. BN by A. S. Kaye. 80.1.170–71 (2004).
Deictic conceptualisation of space, time and person. Ed. by F. Lenz. BN by C. Wegener. 81.4.1012 (2005).
Deixis and alignment: Inverse systems in indigenous languages of the Americas. By F. Zúñiga. Rev. by D. Creissels.
85.2.492–96 (2009).
Deixis and information packaging in Russian discourse. By L. A. Grenoble. BN by A. Pereltsvaig. 77.1.177–78
(2001).
DE RIJKE, MAARTEN; L. S. MOSS; and J. GINZBURG (eds.)
42
DEKKERS, JOOST; F. VAN DER LEEUW; and J. VAN DE WEIJER (eds.) Optimality Theory: Phonology, syntax, and
acquisition. BN by M. Pierce. 78.4.824–25 (2002).
DEL SAZ-OROZCO, CARLOS. A dictionary of the world’s languages: With tables of language families. BN by P. T.
Daniels. 80.4.882 (2004).
DELISLE, JEAN; H. LEE-JAHNKE; and M. C. CORMIER (eds.) Terminologie de la traduction. BN by G. E. Saunders.
77.2.411–12 (2001).
DELL, FRANÇOIS, and M. ELMEDLAOUI. Poetic meter and musical form in Tashlhiyt Berber songs. Rev. by J. Halle.
87.1.181–89 (2011).
DEMENKO, GRAZYNA. Analiza cech suprasegmentalnych języka polskiego na potrzeby technologii mowy. BN by E.
Thurgood. 78.4.826–27 (2002).
DEMERS, RICHARD A.; A. AKMAJIAN; A. K. FARMER; and R. M. HARNISH. Linguistics: An introduction to language
DEMILLER, ANNA L. Linguistics: A guide to the reference literature. 2nd edn. BN by A. S. Kaye. 77.4.847 (2001).
Democracy in contemporary Egyptian political discourse. By M. D. Dunne. BN by M. Sawaie. 82.2.453–54 (2006).
Demonstratives: Form, function, and grammaticalization. By H. Diessel. BN by J. F. Eska. 77.4.871–72 (2001).
Demonstratives in space and interaction: Data from Lao speakers and implications for semantic analysis. By N. J.
ENFIELD. 79.1.82–117 (2003).
DEMPWOLFF, OTTO. Induktiver Aufbau des Urbantu. Ed. and rearranged by L. Gerhardt and J. Roux. BN by A. P.
Grant. 77.3.637–38 (2001).
DEMSKE, ULRIKE. Merkmale und Relationen: Diachrone Studien zur Nominalphrase des Deutschen. BN by A.
Rosenbach. 78.2.365–66 (2002).
DEMUTH, KATHERINE; ‘M. MACHOBANE; and F. MOLOI. Learning how to license null noun-class prefixes in Sesotho.
85.4.864–83 (2009).
DEMUTH, KATHERINE; ‘M. MACHOBANE; F. MOLOI; and C. ODATO. Learning animacy hierarchy effects in Sesotho
double object applicatives. 81.2.421–47 (2005).
DEN DIKKEN, MARCEL. Relators and linkers: The syntax of predication, predicate inversion, and copulas. Rev. by
A. Rouveret. 85.3.706–10 (2009).
DEN DIKKEN, MARCEL. Rev. of Anagnostopoulou, The syntax of ditransitives: Evidence from clitics. 81.4.980–84
(2005).
DEN DIKKEN, MARCEL. Rev. of Reeve, Clefts and their relatives. 88.4.918–23 (2012).
DEN DIKKEN, MARCEL, and F. BEUKEMA (eds.) Clitic phenomena in European languages. BN by A. R. Luís.
81.1.281–82 (2005).
DEN DIKKEN, MARCEL, and A. LIPTÁK. Rev. of É. Kiss, The syntax of Hungarian. 79.4.777–81 (2003).
DENISON, DAVID; B. AARTS; E. KEIZER; and G. POPOVA (eds.) Fuzzy grammar: A reader. BN by K. K. Grohmann.
82.4.935–36 (2006).
DENISON, DAVID, and R. HOGG (eds.) A history of the English language. RA by D. Minkova. 85.4.893–907 (2009).
DENOBLE, RICK. BN on Gentner, Holyoak, and Kokinov (eds.), The analogical mind: Perspectives from cognitive
science. 82.2.456–57 (2006).
DENWOOD, PHILIP. Tibetan. BN by G. Rubio. 77.4.868–69 (2001).
Departing from Frege: Essays in the philosophy of language. By R. M. Sainsbury. BN by X. He. 83.1.229–30
(2007).
DEPRAETERE, ILSE; S. VOGELEER; and W. DE MULDER (eds.) Tense and aspect: The contextual processing of
DÉPREZ, VIVIANE; R. K. LARSON; and H. YAMAKIDO (eds.) The evolution of human language: Biolinguistic
perspectives. Rev. by J.-L. Dessalles. 87.2.411–14 (2011).
DERBYSHIRE, DESMOND C., and G. K. PULLUM (eds.) Handbook of Amazonian languages. Vol. 4. Rev. by E. J.
Vajda. 77.2.360–63 (2001).
Derivation of VO and OV, The. Ed. by P. Svenonius. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.3.670–71 (2003).
Derivational residue in phonological optimality theory, The. Ed. by B. Hermans and M. van Oostendorp. BN by A.
J. Koontz-Garboden. 77.2.410–11 (2001).
Derivations: Exploring the dynamics of syntax. By J. Uriagereka. BN by P. Panagiotidis. 81.4.1027–28 (2005).
Desano grammar. By M. Miller. BN by S. Wichmann. 78.4.804–5 (2002).
Describing and modeling variation in grammar. Ed. by A. Dufter, J. Fleischer, and G. Seiler. Rev. by R. Vogel.
88.1.194–96 (2012).
Descriptive adequacy of Early Modern English grammars. By U. Dons. BN by M. Oja. 83.3.674 (2007).
DESHPANDE, MADHAV M., and P. E. HOOK (eds.) Indian linguistic studies: Festschrift in honor of George Cardona.
Rev. by B. D. Joseph. 82.4.902–4 (2006).
43
Deskriptive Grammatik und allgemeiner Sprachvergleich. Ed. by D. Zaefferer. BN by D. Aichele. 77.2.401–2
(2001).
DESPORTES, YVON (ed.) Zur Geschichte der Nominalgruppe im älteren Deutsch: Festschrift für Paul Valentin:
Akten des Pariser Kolloquiums März 1999. BN by J. M. Jeep. 79.2.434 (2003).
DESSALLES, JEAN-LOUIS. Rev. of Larson, Déprez, and Yamakido (eds.), The evolution of human language:
Biolinguistic perspectives. 87.2.411–14 (2011).
DESSALLES, JEAN-LOUIS. Why we talk: The evolutionary origins of language. Rev. by J. L. Locke. 85.3.710–13
(2009).
Detecting the late stages of syntactic change: The loss of V-to-T in Faroese. By C. Heycock, A. Sorace, Z. S.
Hansen, F. Wilson, and S. Vikner. 88.3.558–600 (2012).
DETERDING, DAVID. BN on Clayman and Heritage, The news interview: Journalists and public figures on the air.
80.2.340 (2004).
DETERDING, DAVID. BN on Gramley and Pätzold, A survey of Modern English. 2nd edn. 82.4.947 (2006).
DETERDING, DAVID. BN on Teschner and Whitley, Pronouncing English: A stress-based approach with CD-ROM.
83.2.468–69 (2007).
DETERDING, DAVID. BN on Thumboo (ed.), The three circles of English: Language specialists talk about the
English language. 82.1.224–25 (2006).
Déterminants dans la référence nominale et les conditions de leur absence, Les. By H. Curat. BN by H.
Perdicoyianni-Paléologou. 77.1.196–97 (2001).
Determinants of grammatical variation in English. Ed. by G. Rohdenburg and B. Mondorf. BN by A. Bergs.
81.1.288–89 (2005).
Determining the productivity of resultatives: A reply to Goldberg and Jackendoff. Discussion Note by H. C. Boas.
81.2.448–64 (2005).
DEUCHAR, MARGARET. Rev. of Bullock and Toribio (eds.), The Cambridge handbook of linguistic code-switching.
86.3.702–5 (2010).
DEUMERT, ANA. Language standardization and language change: The dynamics of Cape Dutch. BN by M. Pierce.
82.3.676–77 (2006).
DEUMERT, ANA, and W. VANDENBUSSCHE (eds.) Germanic standardizations: Past to present. BN by R. A. Cloutier.
82.1.195 (2006).
DEUMERT, ANDREA; R. MESTHRIE; J. SWANN; and W. L. LEAP. Introducing sociolinguisics. BN by Z. Salzmann.
77.4.851–52 (2001).
Deutsche Grammatik—Thema in Variationen: Festschrift für Hans-Werner Eroms zum 60. Geburtstag. Ed. by K.
Donhauser and L. M. Eichinger. BN by J. M. Jeep. 77.1.193–94 (2001).
Development in prosodic systems. Ed. by P. Fikkert and H. Jacobs. BN by C. Rice. 81.2.522–23 (2005).
Development of African American English, The. By W. Wolfram and E. R. Thomas. RA by T. L. Weldon. 81.2.478–
94 (2005).
Development of gender classifications: Modeling the historical change from Latin to French. By M. Polinsky and E.
Van Everbroeck. 79.2.356–90 (2003).
Development of language, The. 5th edn. Ed. by J. B. Gleason. BN by J. Holeš. 80.2.347 (2004).
Development of language, The: Acquisition, change, and evolution. By D. Lightfoot. BN by J. F. Eska. 78.4.812–13
(2002).
Development of second language grammars, The: A generative approach. Ed. by E. C. Klein and G. Martohardjono.
BN by M. J. Washburn. 77.2.400–401 (2001).
Development of Standard English, 1300–1800, The: Theories, descriptions, conflicts. Ed. by L. Wright. BN by E.
Battistella. 80.2.332–33 (2004).
Development of the syntax-discourse interface. By S. Avrutin. BN by L. Wagner. 78.2.350 (2002).
Development of word order in German complement-clause constructions: Effects of input frequencies, lexical items,
and discourse function. By S. Brandt, E. Lieven, and M. Tomasello. 86.3.583–610 (2010).
DEVINE, A. M., and L. D. STEPHENS. Discontinuous syntax: Hyperbaton in Greek. Rev. by M. C. Beckwith.
78.2.319–22 (2002).
DEVITT, MICHAEL, and K. STERELNY. Language and reality: An introduction to the philosophy of language. 2nd
edn. BN by L. Alonso-Ovalle. 77.1.188–89 (2001).
DEWAARD DYKSTRA, LISA. BN on Bertolo (ed.), Language acquisition and learnability. 79.4.792 (2003).
DEWAARD DYKSTRA, LISA. BN on Block, The social turn in second language acquisition. 83.4.909–10 (2007).
DEWAARD DYKSTRA, LISA. BN on Carroll, Input and evidence: The raw material of second language acquisition.
79.4.794–95 (2003).
DEWAARD DYKSTRA, LISA. BN on Glazunova, Rush to Russian. 80.3.621–22 (2004).
44
DEWAARD DYKSTRA, LISA. BN on Porte, Appraising research in second language learning: A practical approach
to critical analysis of quantitative research. 80.3.633 (2004).
DEWAARD DYKSTRA, LISA. BN on Verschueren, Östman, Blommaert, and Bulcaen (eds.), Handbook of pragmatics.
2001 installment. 83.4.924–25 (2007).
DEWAELE, JEAN-MARC; L. WEI; and A. HOUSEN (eds.) Opportunities and challenges of bilingualism. BN by M.
Sloboda. 80.4.903–4 (2004).
DEXTER, MIRIAM ROBBINS; K. JONES-BLEY; M. E. HULD; and A. D. VOLPE (eds.) Proceedings of the tenth annual
UCLA Indo-European conference. Los Angeles, May 21–23, 1998. BN by M. Pierce. 77.1.181 (2001).
DI LUZIO, ALDO; S. GÜNTHNER; and F. ORLETTI (eds.) Culture in communication: Analyses of intercultural
situations. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.3.649–50 (2003).
DI SCIULLO, ANNA MARIA, and C. BOECKX (eds.) The biolinguistic enterprise: New perspectives on the evolution
and nature of the human language faculty. Rev. by P. Pietroski. 88.3.637–40 (2012).
Diachronic clues to synchronic grammar. Ed. by E. Fuß and C. Trips. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 83.3.675 (2007).
Diachronic Corpus of Present-Day Spoken English (DCPSE). Ed. by B. Aarts and S. Wallis. Rev. by M. Davies.
85.2.443–45 (2009).
Diachronic prototype semantics: A contribution to historical lexicology. By D. Geeraerts. BN by K. A. McElhanon.
78.2.388–89 (2002).
Diachronic studies of English complementation patterns: Eighteenth century evidence in tracing the development of
verbs and adjectives selecting prepositions and complement clauses. By J. Rudanko. BN by C. Mills. 78.1.195–
96 (2002).
Diachronic syntax: Models and mechanisms. Ed. by S. Pintzuk, G. Tsoulas, and A. Warner. BN by E. van Gelderen.
78.4.791 (2002).
Dialectology meets typology: Dialect grammar from a cross-linguistic perspective. Ed. by B. Kortmann. BN by R.
Albon. 82.4.953 (2006).
Dialects of England, The. 2nd edn. By P. Trudgill. BN by S. Wagner. 77.2.417 (2001).
Diccionario Tzeltal de Bachajón Chiapas. Ed. by M. Slocum, F. L. Gerdel, and M. C. Aguilar. BN by S. Robinson.
79.3.668–69 (2003).
DICKER, SUSAN. Languages in America: A pluralist view. 2nd edn. BN by I. M. Laversuch. 82.1.195–96 (2006).
DICKEY, ELEANOR. Latin forms of address: From Plautus to Apuleius. BN by P. A. Miller. 81.2.521 (2005).
DICKEY, STEPHEN M. Parameters of Slavic aspect. BN by E. J. Vajda. 78.3.592–93 (2002).
DICKINS, JAMES. Rev. of Abdul-Raof, Arabic rhetoric: A pragmatic analysis. 85.4.908–12 (2009).
DICKINSON, MARKUS, and S. KÜBLER. Rev. of Roark and Sproat, Computational approaches to morphology and
syntax. 86.3.744–48 (2010).
Di’csyonaary X:tèe’n Dìi’zh Sah Sann Lu’uc—San Lucas Quiaviní Zapotec dictionary. Ed. by P. Munro and F. H.
Lopez (with Olivia V. Méndez, Rodrigo Garcia, and Michael R. Galant). BN by V. Haser. 77.2.390 (2001).
Dictionaries: The art and craft of lexicography. 2nd edn. By S. I. Landau. BN by E. Battistella. 79.2.443 (2003).
Dictionary of Creek/Muskogee, with notes on the Florida and Oklahoma Seminole dialects of Creek, A. By J. Martin
and M. McKane Mauldin. BN by E. J. Vajda. 78.3.595–96 (2002).
Dictionary of European anglicisms, A. Ed. by M. Görlach. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.3.654–55 (2003).
Dictionary of linguistics and phonetics, A. 5th edn. By D. Crystal. BN by M. Picard. 80.1.170 (2004).
Dictionary of Louisiana Creole. Ed. by A. Valdman, T. A. Klingler, M. Marshall, and K. Rottet. BN by J. M. Lipski.
78.1.181–82 (2002).
Dictionary of Plautdietsch rhyming words, A. By E. Neufeld. BN by K. S. Chung. 81.1.284–85 (2005).
Dictionary of the Maya language as spoken in Hocabá, Yucatán, A. By V. Bricker, E. P. Yah, and O. D. de Po’ot.
BN by V. Haser. 77.2.389 (2001).
Dictionary of the Prague School of linguistics. Ed. by L. Dušková. Trans. by A. Klégr, P. Šaldová, M. Malá, J.
Čermák, and L. Dušková. BN by J. Holeš. 81.2.521–22 (2005).
Dictionary of the world’s languages, A: With tables of language families. By C. del Saz-Orozco. BN by P. T.
Daniels. 80.4.882 (2004).
DIESSEL, HOLGER. Demonstratives: Form, function, and grammaticalization. BN by J. F. Eska. 77.4.871–72 (2001).
DIESSEL, HOLGER. The ordering distribution of main and adverbial clauses: A typological study. 77.3.433–55
(2001).
DIESSEL, HOLGER. RA on Bybee, Language, usage and cognition. 87.4.830–44 (2011).
DIESSEL, HOLGER. Rev. of Dabrowska, Language, mind and brain: Some psychological and neurological
constraints on theories of grammar. 84.1.186–89 (2008).
DIESSEL, HOLGER, and M. TOMASELLO. A new look at the acquisition of relative clauses. 81.4.882–906 (2005).
DIEWALD, GABRIELE, and A. BERGS (eds.) Constructions and language change. Rev. by G. Trousdale. 87.2.390–93
(2011).
45
DIEWALD, GABRIELE, and I. WISCHER (eds.) New reflections on grammaticalization. Rev. by J. F. Eska. 79.4.788–
91 (2003).
Different games, different rules: Why Americans and Japanese misunderstand each other. By H. Yamada. BN by C.
Nilep. 80.4.905 (2004).
Differential function marking, case, and information structure: Evidence from Korean. By S.-N. Kwon and A. ZribiHertz. 84.2.258–99 (2008).
Differential subject marking. Ed. by H. de Hoop and P. de Swart. Rev. by R. Aranovich. 85.4.917–19 (2009).
DIGALAKIS, VASSILIS; M. RAYNER; D. CARTER; P. BOUILLON; and M. WIREN (eds.) The spoken language translator.
Dilemmas and excogitations: An essay on modality, clitics and discourse. By A. Capone. BN by M. Carretero.
79.2.430–31 (2003).
DILLER, ANTHONY V. N.; J. A. EDMONDSON; and Y. LUO (eds.) The Tai-Kadai languages. Rev. by D. B. Solnit.
86.3.712–16 (2010).
Dimensions of movement: From features to remnants. Ed. by A. Alexiadou, E. Anagnostopoulou, S. Barbiers, and
H.-M. Gaertner. BN by P. Jabłońska. 80.2.334 (2004).
Dimensions of possession. Ed. by I. Baron, M. Herslund, and F. Sørensen. BN by L. M. Dobrin. 79.4.829–30 (2003).
DIMITROVA-VULCHANOVA, MILA, and L. HELLAN (eds.) Topics in South Slavic syntax and semantics. BN by C.
Rudin. 78.1.197–98 (2002).
DIMMENDAAL, GERRIT J. Historical linguistics and the comparative study of African languages. Rev. by L. M.
Hyman and F. Lionnet. 88.3.640–44 (2012).
DIMMENDAAL, GERRIT J., and M. LAST (eds) Surmic languages and culture. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.1.185 (2001).
DIMROTH, CHRISTINE, and M. STARREN (eds.) Information structure and the dynamics of language acquisition. BN
by M. Callies. 82.3.677–78 (2006).
DING, PICUS S. BN on Chen, Studies on dialects in the Shanghai area: Their phonological systems and historical
developments. 82.4.939 (2006).
DING, PICUS S. BN on Heine, Cognitive foundations of grammar. 78.1.192–93 (2002).
DING, PICUS S. BN on Kanno (ed.), The acquisition of Japanese as a second language. 78.1.192 (2002).
DING, PICUS S. BN on Mateus and d’Andrade, The phonology of Portuguese. 82.4.958 (2006).
DING, PICUS S. BN on Perkins and Howard (eds.), New directions in language development and disorders. 78.2.356
(2002).
DING, PICUS S. BN on Vigário, The prosodic word in European Portuguese. 82.4.961–62 (2006).
DINI, PIETRO U., and P. BALDI (eds.) Studies in Baltic and Indo-European linguistics: In honor of William R.
Schmalstieg. BN by G. H. Toops. 83.2.452–53 (2007).
Dinner talk: Cultural patterns of sociability and socialization in family discourse. By S. Blum-Kulka. BN by J.
Brody. 78.3.598 (2002).
DINNSEN, DANIEL A., and J. A. GIERUT (eds.) Optimality theory, phonological acquisition and disorders. Rev. by
A.-M. Tessier. 86.3.716–20 (2010).
DION, NATHALIE, and S. POPLACK. Prescription vs. praxis: The evolution of future temporal reference in French.
85.3.557–87 (2009).
Direct compositionality. Ed. by C. Barker and P. Jacobson. Rev. by M. L. Jönsson. 87.1.178–81 (2011).
Directionality and (un)natural classes in syncretism. By M. Baerman. 80.4.807–27 (2004).
DIRVEN, RENÉ; H. CUYCKENS; and J. R. TAYLOR (eds.) Cognitive approaches to lexical semantics. BN by M.
Callies. 82.1.194–95 (2006).
DIRVEN, RENÉ; R. FRANK; and M. PÜTZ (eds.) Cognitive models in language and thought: Ideology, metaphor and
meanings. BN by C. Xie. 82.2.453 (2006).
DIRVEN, RENÉ, and S. NIEMEIER (eds.) Evidence for linguistic relativity. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.853 (2001).
DIRVEN, RENÉ, and R. PÖRINGS (eds.) Metaphor and metonymy in comparison and contrast. BN by C. Xie. 80.2.344
(2004).
DIRVEN, RENÉ, and M. VERSPOOR (eds.) Cognitive exploration of language and linguistics. BN by V. Haser.
77.1.174 (2001).
Discontinuous syntax: Hyperbaton in Greek. By A. M. Devine and L. D. Stephens. Rev. by M. C. Beckwith.
78.2.319–22 (2002).
Discourse across languages and cultures. Ed. by C. L. Moder and A. Martinovic-Zic. BN by J. Riepe. 83.3.683
(2007).
Discourse analysis. By B. Johnstone. BN by Y. Elhindi. 82.1.201 (2006).
Discourse analysis: An introduction. 2nd edn. By A. Georgakopoulou and D. Goutsos. BN by C. E. Johnson.
83.3.675–76 (2007).
46
Discourse and technology: Multimodal discourse analysis. Ed. by P. LeVine and R. Scollon. BN by S. Wang.
83.1.222–23 (2007).
Discourse constructions of youth identities. Ed. by J. K. Androutsopoulos and A. Georgakopoulou. BN by L. Gao.
82.1.186 (2006).
Discourse in the professions: Perspectives from corpus linguistics. Ed. by U. Connor and T. A. Upton. BN by C.
Brammer. 83.4.912 (2007).
Discourse intonation in L2: From theory and research to practice. By D. M. Chun. BN by T. L. Face. 79.4.795
(2003).
Discourse of silence. By D. Kurzon. BN by J. Brody. 78.3.598–99 (2002).
Discourse on the move: Using corpus analysis to describe discourse structure. By D. Biber, U. Connor, and T. A.
Upton. Rev. by J. M. Swales. 85.3.694–96 (2009).
Discourse patterns in spoken and written corpora. Ed. by K. Aijmer and A.-B. Stenström. BN by U. Römer.
82.4.936 (2006).
Discourses in place: Language in the material world. By R. Scollon and S. W. Scollon. BN by M. Sloboda.
82.2.460–61 (2006).
Discovering speech, words, and mind. By D. Byrd and T. H. Mintz. Rev. by J. F. Werker. 88.1.185–88 (2012).
Discovering syntax: Clause structures of English, German and Romance. By J. E. Emonds. Rev. by J. Ouhalla.
85.3.716–19 (2009).
DISTERHEFT, DOROTHY. Rev. of Hewson and Bubenik, From case to adposition: The development of
configurational syntax in Indo-European languages. 86.3.726–27 (2010).
Distributed reduplication. By J. Frampton. Rev. by J. D. Haugen. 86.4.953–57 (2010).
DIXON, R. M. W. Basic linguistic theory. Vol. 1: Methodology. Vol. 2: Grammatical topics. Rev. by C. Genetti.
87.4.899–904 (2011).
DIXON, R. M. W., and A. Y. AIKHENVALD (eds.) Adjective classes: A cross-linguistic typology. Rev. by A. Spencer.
84.2.407–9 (2008).
DIXON, R. M. W., and A. Y. AIKHENVALD (eds.) The Amazonian languages. Rev. by D. L. Payne. 77.3.594–98
(2001).
DIXON, R. M. W., and A. Y. AIKHENVALD (eds.) Areal diffusion and genetic inheritance: Problems in comparative
linguistics. Rev. by R. Anttila. 81.4.976–80 (2005).
DIXON, R. M. W., and A. Y. AIKHENVALD (eds.) The semantics of clause linking: A cross-linguistic typology. Rev.
by L. Johanson. 87.1.189–92 (2011).
DIXON, R. M. W., and A. Y. AIKHENVALD (eds.) Serial verb constructions: A cross-linguistic typology. Rev. by N. J.
Enfield. 85.2.445–51 (2009).
DIXON, R. M. W., and A. Y. AIKHENVALD (eds.) Studies in evidentiality. BN by A. Gianto. 80.4.873 (2004).
DIXON, R. M. W., and A. Y. AIKHENVALD (eds.) Word: A cross-linguistic typology. BN by C. Rice. 82.4.941–42
(2006).
DIXON, R. M. W.; A. Y. AIKHENVALD; and M. ONISHI (eds.) Non-canonical marking of subjects and objects. BN by
E. J. Vajda. 79.2.426 (2003).
DIXON, R. M. W., and B. J. BLAKE (eds.) The handbook of Australian languages. Vol. 5: Grammatical sketches of
Bunuba, Ndjébbana, and Kugu Nganhcara. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.3.650–51 (2003).
Dizionario delle parole russe che s’incontrano in italiano. By G. M. Nicolai. BN by G. H. Toops. 81.4.1018–19
(2005).
DOBRIN, LISE M. BN on Baron, Herslund, and Sørensen (eds.), Dimensions of possession. 79.4.829–30 (2003).
DOBRIN, LISE M. From linguistic elicitation to eliciting the linguist: Lessons in community empowerment from
Melanesia (Discussion Note). 84.2.300–24 (2008).
DOBRIN, LISE M. Introduction (SIL International and the disciplinary culture of linguistics). 85.3.618–19 (2009).
DOBRIN, LISE M., and J. GOOD. Practical language development: Whose mission? (SIL International and the
disciplinary culture of linguistics). 85.3.619–29 (2009).
DOBROVIE-SORIN, CARMEN, and C. BEYSSADE. Définir les indéfinis. BN by E. Mathieu. 83.3.673–74 (2007).
DOBROVIE-SORIN, CARMEN, and I. GIURGEA. Pronominal possessors and Feature Uniqueness. 87.1.126–57 (2011).
DOCHERTY, GERARD J.; N. BURTON-ROBERTS; and P. CARR (eds.) Phonological knowledge: Conceptual and empirical issues. Rev. by M. Maxwell. 78.4.766–69 (2002).
DOCHERTY, GERARD J., and P. FOULKES (eds.) Urban voices: Accent studies in the British Isles. Rev. by J. L.
Kallen. 77.4.833–35 (2001).
DOCHERTY, GERARD J.; P. FOULKES; and D. WATT. Phonological variation in child-directed speech. 81.1.177–206
(2005).
Doctor Dolittle’s delusion: Animals and the uniqueness of human language. By S. R. Anderson. Rev. by A.
47
DOETJES, JENNY, and L. CORNIPS (eds.) Linguistics in the Netherlands 2004. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 83.3.671–72
(2007).
DOGIL, GRZEGORZ, and S. M. REITERER (eds.) Language talent and brain activity. Rev. by A. Collier, S. Ashaie, and
L. K. Obler. 87.1.192–96 (2011).
DOHERTY, CATHAL. Clauses without ‘that’: The case for bare sentential complementation in English. BN by K. K.
Grohmann. 78.4.816–17 (2002).
Doing optimality theory: Applying theory to data. By J. J. McCarthy. Rev. by E. Bonet. 85.4.942–44 (2009).
Doing pragmatics. 2nd edn. By P. Grundy. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 79.1.220–21 (2003).
DOLBEY, ANDREW, and K. B. COHEN. BN on Manning and Schütze, Foundations of statistical natural language
processing. 78.3.599 (2002).
DOLEZAL, FREDRIC THOMAS, and D. R. MCCREARY. Pedagogical lexicography today: A critical bibliography on
learners’ dictionaries with special emphasis on language learners and dictionary users. Rev. by Y. Tono.
77.4.835–37 (2001).
DOLLERUP, CAY. Tales and translation: The Grimm tales from pan-Germanic narratives to shared international
fairytales. BN by T. L. Holm. 77.4.865 (2001).
DOLLERUP, CAY (ed.) Worlds of words: A tribute to Arne Zettersten. BN by M. Kilarski. 82.4.942–43 (2006).
Domain minimization in English verb-particle constructions. By B. Lohse, J. A. Hawkins, and T. Wasow. 80.2.238–
61 (2004).
DOMBROWSKY-HAHN, KLAUDIA. Phénomènes de contact entre les langues Minyanka et Bambara (Sud du Mali).
BN by A. Harrison. 79.4.837–38 (2003).
DONALDSON, BRUCE. Dutch: A comprehensive grammar. BN by J. Merchant. 77.1.194–95 (2001).
DONEUX, JEAN LEONCE. Histoire de la linguistique africaine des précurseurs aux années 70. BN by G. T. Childs.
82.3.678–79 (2006).
DONHAUSER, KARIN, and L. M. EICHINGER (eds.) Deutsche Grammatik—Thema in Variationen: Festschrift für
Hans-Werner Eroms zum 60. Geburtstag. BN by J. M. Jeep. 77.1.193–94 (2001).
DONOHUE, MARK. Negative grammatical functions in Skou (Short Report). 82.2.383–98 (2006).
DONOHUE, MARK; S. MUSGRAVE; B. WHITING; and S. WICHMANN. Typological feature analysis models linguistic
geography (Discussion Note). 87.2.369–83 (2011).
DONOHUE, MARK, and S. WICHMANN (eds.) The typology of semantic alignment. Rev. by Å. Næss. 85.3.713–16
(2009).
DONS, UTE. Descriptive adequacy of Early Modern English grammars. BN by M. Oja. 83.3.674 (2007).
DOOLEY, SHEILA ANN; A. CARNIE; and H. HARLEY (eds.) Verb first: On the syntax of verb-initial languages. Rev. by
M. Tallerman. 84.1.182–86 (2008).
DORAN, RYAN; G. WARD; M. LARSON; Y. MCNABB; and R. E. BAKER. A novel experimental paradigm for
DORIAN, NANCY C. Investigating variation: The effects of social organization and social setting. Rev. by W.
Wolfram. 87.4.904–8 (2011).
Doric: The dialect of North-East Scotland. By J. D. McClure. BN by A. Bergs. 80.1.182–83 (2004).
DORNISH, EWA; E. W. BROWNE; N. KONDRASHOVA; and D. ZEC (eds.) Formal approaches to Slavic linguistics 4:
DORON, EDIT; M. R. HOVAV; and I. SICHEL (eds.) Lexical semantics, syntax, and event structure. Rev. by L.
Levinson. 87.2.420–23 (2011).
DOUGHTY, CATHERINE J., and M. H. LONG (eds.) The handbook of second language acquisition. Rev. by F. Eckman.
83.3.644–47 (2007).
DOWNING, ANGELA, and P. LOCKE. A university course in English grammar. BN by A. S. Kaye. 80.3.619–20
(2004).
DOWNING, LAURA J. Rev. of Rice and Blaho (eds.), Modeling ungrammaticality in optimality theory. 87.2.423–26
(2011).
DOWNING, LAURA J.; T. A. HALL; and R. RAFFELSIEFEN (eds.) Paradigms in phonological theory. Rev. by C. Rice.
82.4.905–8 (2006).
DOWNING, PAMELA A. Rev. of Ford, Fox, and Thompson (eds.), The language of turn and sequence. 80.4.850–52
(2004).
DOYLE, BRIAN. BN on Schneider, So they understand: Cultural issues in oral history. 80.3.636–37 (2004).
Dravidian languages, The. By B. Krishnamurti. BN by F. C. Southworth. 81.2.534–35 (2005).
Dread talk: The language of Rastafari. 2nd edn. By V. Pollard. BN by E. G. Winkler. 78.3.597–98 (2002).
DRESHER, B. ELAN. The contrastive hierarchy in phonology. Rev. by D. Odden. 88.3.644–47 (2012).
48
DRESSLER, WOLFGANG U.; S. BENDJABALLAH; O. E. PFEIFFER; and M. D. VOEIKOVA (eds.) Morphology 2000:
Selected papers from the 9th morphology meeting, Vienna, 24–28 February 2000. BN by K. Fudeman.
79.3.646–47 (2003).
DRESSLER, WOLFGANG U., and K. DZIUBALSKA-KOŁACZYK. Rev. of Shockey, Sound patterns of spoken English.
81.1.274–76 (2005).
DRESSLER, WOLFGANG U.; O. E. PFEIFFER; M. PÖCHTRAGER; and J. R. RENNISON (eds.) Morphological analysis in
comparison. BN by M. Maxwell. 79.4.797–98 (2003).
DRIJKONINGEN, FRANK; C. BEYSSADE; R. BOK-BENNEMA; and P. MONACHESI (eds.) Romance languages and
DRYER, MATTHEW S., and L. BROWN. The verbs for ‘and’ in Walman, a Torricelli language of Papua New Guinea.
84.3.528–65 (2008).
DU BOIS, JOHN W.; L. E. KUMPF; and W. J. ASHBY (eds.) Preferred argument structure: Grammar as architecture
for function. Rev. by M. Haspelmath. 82.4.908–12 (2006).
DUANMU, SAN. The phonology of Standard Chinese. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.2.435–36 (2003).
DUANMU, SAN. Rev. of Raimy and Cairns, Contemporary views on architecture and representation in phonology.
86.2.455–58 (2010).
DUBINSKY, STANLEY, and W. D. DAVIES. The grammar of raising and control: A course in syntactic argumentation.
Rev. by I. Toivonen. 84.4.880–82 (2008).
DUBINSKY, STANLEY, and W. D. DAVIES (eds.) Objects and other subjects: Grammatical functions, functional
categories, and configurationality. Rev. by J. Moore. 85.2.468–73 (2009).
DUBNOV, HELENA. A grammatical sketch of Somali. BN by M. Sawaie. 81.4.1004–5 (2005).
DUEÑAS GONZÁLEZ, ROSEANN, with I. MELIS (eds.) Language ideologies: Critical perspectives on the Official
English Movement. Vol. 1: Education and the social implications of official language. Vol. 2: History, theory,
and policy. BN by E. Battistella. 79.4.798–800 (2003).
DUFTER, ANDREAS. BN on Blackwell, Implicatures in discourse: The case of Spanish NP anaphora. 80.4.878–79
(2004).
DUFTER, ANDREAS. BN on Fradin, Nouvelles approches en morphologie. 82.2.456 (2006).
DUFTER, ANDREAS; J. FLEISCHER; and G. SEILER (eds.) Describing and modeling variation in grammar. Rev. by R.
Vogel. 88.1.194–96 (2012).
DUNAYER, JOAN. Animal equality: Language and liberation. Rev. by S. Mills. 78.3.581 (2002).
DUNN, MICHAEL. Rev. of Kari and Potter (eds.), Anthropological papers of the University of Alaska: The DeneYeniseian connection. 88.2.429–32 (2012).
DUNN, MICHAEL; S. C. LEVINSON; E. LINDSTRÖM; G. REESINK; and A. TERRILL. Structural phylogeny in historical
linguistics: Methodological explorations applied in Island Melanesia. 84.4.710–59 (2008).
DUNNE, MICHELE DUROCHER. Democracy in contemporary Egyptian political discourse. BN by M. Sawaie.
82.2.453–54 (2006).
DURAND, JACQUES. Rev. of Calabrese and Wetzels (eds.), Loan phonology. 87.3.629–31 (2011).
DURAND, JACQUES; Y. KAWAGUCHI; and M. MINEGISHI (eds.) Corpus analysis and variation in linguistics. Rev. by
H. Basbøll. 87.1.210–12 (2011).
DURAND, JACQUES, and B. LAKS (eds.) Phonetics, phonology, and cognition. Rev. by E. Buckley. 82.3.653–57
(2006).
DURANTI, ALESSANDRO (ed.) A companion to linguistic anthropology. BN by J. T. Farquharson. 83.4.914–15
(2007).
DURANTI, ALESSANDRO (ed.) Linguistic anthropology: A reader. BN by Z. Salzmann. 78.2.366–67 (2002).
DURGUNOGLU, AYDIN YÜCESAN, and L. VERHOEVEN (eds.) Literacy development in a multilingual context: Crosscultural perspectives. BN by A. J. Toribio. 77.2.413–14 (2001).
DUŠKOVÁ, LIBUŠE (ed.) Dictionary of the Prague School of linguistics. Trans. by A. Klégr, P. Šaldová, M. Malá, J.
Čermák, and L. Dušková. BN by J. Holeš. 81.2.521–22 (2005).
DUŠKOVÁ, LIBUŠE; A. KLÉGR; P. ŠALDOVÁ; M. MALÁ; and J. ČERMÁK (trans.) Dictionary of the Prague School of
DUSZAK, ANNA (ed.) Us and others: Social identities across languages, discourses and cultures. BN by D.
Golumbia. 82.2.454–55 (2006).
Dutch: A comprehensive grammar. By B. Donaldson. BN by J. Merchant. 77.1.194–95 (2001).
Dutch: A reference grammar of Dutch with exercises and key. By C. Fehringer. BN by C. van Kerckvoorde.
77.2.422–23 (2001).
Dutch orthography: A systematic investigation of the spelling of Dutch words. By A. M. Nunn. BN by C. van
Kerckvoorde. 77.2.423–24 (2001).
49
DUTTON, THOMAS E.; P. MÜHLHÄUSLER; and S. ROMAINE. Tok Pisin texts: From the beginning to the present. BN
by S. Robinson. 82.2.458–59 (2006).
Dvandvas, blocking, and the associative: The bumpy ride from phrase to word. By P. Kiparsky. 86.2.302–31 (2010).
DWORKIN, STEVEN N. Obituary of Yakov Malkiel. 80.1.153–62 (2004).
DWORKIN, STEVEN N., and D. WANNER (eds.) New approaches to old problems: Issues in Romance historical linguistics. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 78.4.809–10 (2002).
DWYER, ARIENNE M. Rev. of Chelliah and de Reuse, Handbook of descriptive linguistic fieldwork. 88.4.899–904
(2012).
DWYER, ARIENNE M.; K. D. HARRISON; and D. S. ROOD (eds.) Lessons from documented endangered languages.
Rev. by D. Bradley. 87.2.402–6 (2011).
DYER, DONALD L. BN on Leafgren, Degrees of explicitness: Information structure and the packaging of Bulgarian
subjects and objects. 80.2.350–51 (2004).
Dying words: Endangered languages and what they have to tell us. By N. Evans. Rev. by W. F. Hanks. 86.2.438–41
(2010).
Dynamic antisymmetry. By A. Moro. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.3.662–63 (2003).
Dynamic consultation, The: A discourse analytical study of doctor-patient communication. By M. Cordella. BN by
R. W. Peters. 83.4.914 (2007).
Dynamics of language contact: English and immigrant languages. By M. Clyne. RA by D. Winford. 83.2.401–21
(2007).
Dynamics of New Englishes, The: From identity construction to dialect birth. By E. W. Schneider. 79.2.233–81
(2003).
DYSON, ANNE HAAS. The brothers and sisters learn to write: Popular literacies in childhood and school cultures.
BN by L. Chen. 80.4.882–83 (2004).
DZIUBALSKA-KOŁACZYK, KATARZYNA, and W. U. DRESSLER. Rev. of Shockey, Sound patterns of spoken English.
81.1.274–76 (2005).
DZIUGIS, MARY ANN. BN on Montrul, The acquisition of Spanish: Morphosyntactic development in monolingual
and bilingual L1 acquisition and adult L2 acquisition. 83.3.683–84 (2007).
DZIWIREK, KATARZYNA; H. COATS; and C. M. VAKARELIYSKA. Annual workshop on formal approaches to Slavic
linguistics: The Seattle meeting 1998. BN by A. Pereltsvaig. 77.1.197 (2001).
É. KISS, KATALIN. The syntax of Hungarian. Rev. by M. den Dikken and A. Lipták. 79.4.777–81 (2003).
É. KISS, KATALIN, and H. VAN RIEMSDIJK (eds.) Verb clusters: A study of Hungarian, German and Dutch. Rev. by
H. Haider. 83.3.647–51 (2007).
Earliest English, The: An introduction to Old English language. By C. McCully and S. Hilles. BN by M. Keijzer.
82.4.958–59 (2006).
Early runic language of Scandinavia, The: Studies in Germanic dialect geography. By H. F. Nielsen. BN by M.
Pierce. 78.4.823–24 (2002).
EATOUGH, ANDREW. Central Hill Nisenan texts with grammatical sketch. BN by W. Bright. 77.4.863–64 (2001).
EBERHARD, KATHLEEN M.; K. BOCK; S. BUTTERFIELD; A. CUTLER; J. C. CUTTING; and K. R. HUMPHREYS. Number
ECKARDT, REGINE. Rev. of McNally and Kennedy (eds.), Adjectives and adverbs: Syntax, semantics, and discourse.
86.2.450–52 (2010).
ECKARDT, REGINE; K. VON HEUSINGER; and C. SCHWARZE (eds.) Words in time: Diachronic semantics from
different points of view. Rev. by D. Geeraerts. 84.3.626–28 (2008).
ECKERT, PENELOPE. Linguistic variation as social practice: The linguistic construction of identity in Belten High.
Rev. by N. Schilling-Estes. 77.3.575–77 (2001).
ECKERT, PENELOPE, and S. MCCONNELL-GINET. Language and gender. Rev. by J. Holmes. 80.4.846–49 (2004).
ECKERT, PENELOPE, and J. R. RICKFORD (eds.) Style and sociolinguistic variation. Rev. by J. Cheshire. 83.2.432–35
(2007).
ECKMAN, FRED. Rev. of Doughty and Long (eds.), The handbook of second language acquisition. 83.3.644–47
(2007).
Ecology of language evolution, The. By S. S. Mufwene. Rev. by P. Mühlhäusler. 81.1.265–68 (2005).
Économie des changements phonétiques: Traité de phonologie diachronique. By A. Martinet. Rev. by C. W.
Kreidler. 84.1.199–201 (2008).
Economy and semantic interpretation. By D. Fox. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 78.2.380 (2002).
EDDINGTON, DAVID. Spanish phonology and morphology: Experimental and quantitative perspectives. Rev. by J. I.
Hualde. 83.2.435–38 (2007).
EDDINGTON, DAVID, and J. BYBEE. A usage-based approach to Spanish verbs of ‘becoming’. 82.2.323–55 (2006).
50
Edge-based clausal syntax: A study of (mostly) English object structure. By P. M. Postal. Rev. by R. P. Chaves.
88.2.439–42 (2012).
Edgerton’s Law: The phantom evidence. By A. Sihler. Rev. by J. S. Klein. 84.2.438–39 (2008).
Editor’s Department, The: Annual Report. By B. D. Joseph. 79.2.449–54 (2003).
Editor’s Department, The: Bidding farewell to book notices. By B. D. Joseph. 83.4.703–6 (2007).
Editor’s Department, The: Editing, prescriptivism, and free speech. By B. D. Joseph. 79.1.1–4 (2003).
Editor’s Department, The: Editorial highs and lows: Some reflections. By B. D. Joseph. 84.2.471–73 (2008).
Editor’s Department, The: The editorial process once again: Behind the scenes in the Language office. By B. D.
Joseph. 82.3.482–85 (2006).
Editor’s Department, The: Endgame: The final stages of the review process and some reflections at year’s end. By
B. D. Joseph. 78.4.615–18 (2002).
Editor’s Department, The: The finality of decisions: Revisiting editorial review (and some general lessons). By B.
D. Joseph. 81.4.795–98 (2005).
Editor’s Department, The: A first take on the editorial and production process. By B. D. Joseph. 78.2.217–20 (2002).
Editor’s Department, The: Fulfilling a promise. By B. D. Joseph. 80.4.651 (2004).
Editor’s Department, The: Greetings, or, getting to know me. By B. D. Joseph. 78.1.1–2 (2002).
Editor’s Department, The: Language and practicality. By B. D. Joseph. 82.4.709–10 (2006).
Editor’s Department, The: Language in the 21st century: An assessment and a reply. By B. D. Joseph. 82.1.5–8
(2006).
Editor’s Department, The: Last scene of all … . By B. D. Joseph. 84.4.686–90 (2008).
Editor’s Department, The: Looking ahead, looking back—past, present, and future. By B. D. Joseph. 79.4.679–81
(2003).
Editor’s Department, The: More on the editorial and production process. By B. D. Joseph. 78.3.401–3 (2002).
Editor’s Department, The: On change in Language and change in language. By B. D. Joseph. 80.3.381–83 (2004).
Editor’s Department, The: On making a mark and making marks. By B. D. Joseph. 84.1.3–7 (2008).
Editor’s Department, The: Paying tribute. By B. D. Joseph. 83.1.5–7 (2007).
Editor’s Department, The: Recognizing a Language great. By B. D. Joseph. 83.3.493–94 (2007).
Editor’s Department, The: Reviewing our contents. By B. D. Joseph. 79.3.461–63 (2003).
Editor’s Department, The: A styled farewell and a new era: The purpose, history, and future of the Language style
sheet. By B. D. Joseph. 81.3.564–67 (2005).
Editor’s Department, The: Thoughts on transitions: From diachrony to dicladia. By B. D. Joseph. 81.1.7–9 (2005).
Editor’s Department, The: With all due respect … . By B. D. Joseph. 80.1.4–6 (2004).
Editor’s Report, The. By G. N. Carlson. 86.2.476–78 (2010).
Editor’s Report, The. By B. D. Joseph. 85.2.497–511 (2009).
EDMONDSON, JEROLD A.; A. V. N. DILLER; and Y. LUO (eds.) The Tai-Kadai languages. Rev. by D. B. Solnit.
86.3.712–16 (2010).
EDWARDS, VIV. Multilingualism in the English-speaking world. BN by J. Milambiling. 83.2.458–59 (2007).
EERDMANS, SUSAN L.; C. L. PREVIGNANO; and P. J. THIBAULT (eds.) Language and interaction: Discussions with
John J. Gumperz. BN by C. Xie. 80.4.883–84 (2004).
Effects of acquisition rate on emergent structure in phonological development. By M. A. Redford and R.
Miikkulainen. 83.4.737–69 (2007).
Effects of duration and sonority on contour tone distribution, The: A typological survey and formal analysis. By J.
Zhang. BN by M. Cahill. 80.4.905–6 (2004).
Effects of prosody on articulation in English, The. By T. Cho. BN by A. Miller. 83.2.457–58 (2007).
Effects of word position and stress on onset cluster production: Evidence from typical development, specific
language impairment, and dyslexia. By C. R. Marshall and H. K. J. van der Lely. 85.1.39–57 (2009).
Efficiency and complexity in grammars. By J. A. Hawkins. Rev. by J. Aitchison. 84.2.410–11 (2008).
EGLI, HANS. Paiwan-Wörterbuch: Paiwan–Deutsch, Deutsch–Paiwan. BN by M. Ross. 80.4.884 (2004).
EGLI, URS, and K. VON HEUSINGER (eds.) Reference and anaphoric relations. BN by I. García. 77.2.422 (2001).
EICHINGER, LUDWIG M., and K. DONHAUSER (eds.) Deutsche Grammatik—Thema in Variationen: Festschrift für
Hans-Werner Eroms zum 60. Geburtstag. BN by J. M. Jeep. 77.1.193–94 (2001).
51
Einführung in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft. By A. Dauses. BN by J. Dailey-O’Cain. 77.3.613 (2001).
EISENBEISS, SONJA; H. CLAHSEN; M. HADLER; and I. SONNENSTUHL. The mental representation of inflected words:
ELDER, CATHERINE, and A. DAVIES (eds.) The handbook of applied linguistics. Rev. by B. Spolsky. 83.1.202–4
(2007).
ELHINDI, YOUSIF. BN on Hawkins, Second language syntax: A generative introduction. 79.3.657–58 (2003).
ELHINDI, YOUSIF. BN on Johnstone, Discourse analysis. 82.1.201 (2006).
ELLIOTT, JENNIFER R. BN on Hardcastle and Hewlett (eds.), Coarticulation: Theory, data and technology. 77.2.420–
21 (2001).
Ellipsis and reference tracking in Japanese. By S. Nariyama. BN by H. Narrog. 81.4.1017 (2005).
ELLIS, ROD. Learning a second language through interaction. BN by M. Picard. 77.4.850–51 (2001).
ELMEDLAOUI, MOHAMED, and F. DELL. Poetic meter and musical form in Tashlhiyt Berber songs. Rev. by J. Halle.
87.1.181–89 (2011).
ELŠÍK, VIKTOR, and Y. MATRAS (eds.) Grammatical relations in Romani: The noun phrase. BN by A. P. Grant.
79.2.436–37 (2003).
ELSON, MARK J. BN on Coates, Word structure. 77.3.614–15 (2001).
ELSON, MARK J. BN on Friedman, Macedonian. 80.2.344–45 (2004).
ELSON, MARK J. BN on Greenberg, A historical phonology of the Slovene language. 78.4.796–97 (2002).
ELSON, MARK J. BN on Haverling, On Sco-verbs, prefixes and semantic functions: A study in the development of
prefixed and unprefixed verbs from Early to Late Latin. 78.2.356–57 (2002).
ELSON, MARK J. BN on Hutchinson and Lloyd, Portuguese: An essential grammar. 2nd edn. 82.3.684–85 (2006).
ELSON, MARK J. BN on Kraska-Szlenk, The phonology of stress in Polish. 81.3.780 (2005).
ELSON, MARK J. BN on Kristoffersen, The phonology of Norwegian. 80.3.628–29 (2004).
ELSON, MARK J. BN on Mateus and D’Andrade, The phonology of Portuguese. 78.4.811–12 (2002).
ELSON, MARK J. BN on McShane, An innovative methodology for learning Polish inflection. 83.4.919 (2007).
ELSON, MARK J. BN on Nagle and Sanders (eds.), English in the southern United States. 81.1.284 (2005).
ELSON, MARK J. BN on Siptár and Törkenczy, The phonology of Hungarian. 79.3.668 (2003).
EMBLETON, SHEILA. Rev. of Bright, Native American placenames of the United States. 84.4.877–80 (2008).
EMBLETON, SHEILA; J. E. JOSEPH; and H.-J. NIEDEREHE (eds.) The emergence of the modern language sciences:
Studies on the transition from historical-comparative to structural linguistics in honor of E. F. K. Koerner. Rev.
by J. S. Falk. 77.4.831–33 (2001).
EMENEAU, MURRAY B., Obituary of. By W. Bright. 82.2.411–22 (2006).
Emergence of distinctive features, The. By J. Mielke. Rev. by A. C. Cohn. 87.3.647–49 (2011).
Emergence of order in syntax, The. By J. Fortuny. Rev. by M. T. Putnam. 86.1.223–26 (2010).
Emergence of pidgin and creole languages, The. By J. Siegel. Rev. by B. Migge. 85.4.947–50 (2009).
Emergence of the modern language sciences, The: Studies on the transition from historical-comparative to
structural linguistics in honor of E. F. K. Koerner. Ed. by S. Embleton, J. E. Joseph, and H.-J. Niederehe. Rev.
by J. S. Falk. 77.4.831–33 (2001).
Emergence of the speech capacity, The. By D. K. Oller. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.3.604–5 (2001).
EMINOV, ALI. BN on Barbour and Carmichael (eds.), Language and nationalism in Europe. 79.1.215–16 (2003).
EMINOV, ALI. BN on Skutnabb-Kangas, Genocide in education—or worldwide diversity and human rights.
77.2.421–22 (2001).
EMINOV, ALI. Rev. of Chilton, Ilyin, and Mey (eds.), Political discourse in transition in Europe 1989–1991.
78.3.571–73 (2002).
EMINOV, ALI. Rev. of Lewis, The Turkish language reform: A catastrophic success. 77.2.384–86 (2001).
EMMONS, KIMBERLY. BN on Roberts, Talking about treatment: Recommendations for breast cancer adjuvant
therapy. 77.1.201–2 (2001).
EMMOREY, KAREN, and H. LANE (eds.) The signs of language revisited: An anthology to honor Ursula Bellugi and
Edward Klima. Rev. by C. McKee. 77.4.845–46 (2001).
EMONDS, JOSEPH E. Discovering syntax: Clause structures of English, German and Romance. Rev. by J. Ouhalla.
85.3.716–19 (2009).
EMONDS, JOSEPH E. Lexicon and grammar: The English syntacticon. Rev. by R. Hudson. 79.4.781–83 (2003).
Emotion in dialogic interaction: Advances in the complex. Ed. by E. Weigand. BN by F. Yus. 82.4.962 (2006).
Emotions across languages and cultures: Diversity and universals. By A. Wierzbicka. BN by A. Gianto. 77.2.408–9
(2001).
En otras palabras: Perfeccionamiento del español por medio de la traducción. By P. V. Lunn and E. J. Lunsford.
BN by T. L. Face. 81.2.538 (2005).
Encyclopedia of the languages of Europe. Ed. by G. Price. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.2.415–16 (2001).
52
Encyklopedický slovník češtiny. Ed. by P. Karlík, M. Nekula, and J. Pleskalová. BN by Z. Salzmann. 80.2.349
(2004).
End result(ative), The. Discussion Note by A. E. Goldberg and R. Jackendoff. 81.2.474–77 (2005).
Endangered language families. Short Report by D. H. Whalen and G. F. Simons. 88.1.155–73 (2012).
Endangered languages and literacy. Ed. by N. Ostler and B. Rudes. BN by Z. Salzmann. 78.4.802 (2002).
Endangered languages of Austronesia. Ed. by M. Florey. Rev. by G. Holton. 87.1.198–201 (2011).
ENDO, FUBITO, and O. MIYAOKA (eds.) Languages of the North Pacific Rim. BN by E. Battistella. 78.2.372–73
(2002).
Endoclitics and the origins of Udi morphosyntax. By A. C. Harris. Rev. by P. S. LeSourd and P. D. Kroeber.
82.2.431–35 (2006).
ENDRESEN, ROLF THEIL, and H. G. SIMONSEN (eds.) A cognitive approach to the verb: Morphological and
constructional perspectives. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 80.2.357–58 (2004).
ENDRISS, CORNELIA. Quantificational topics: A scopal treatment of exceptional wide scope phenomena. Rev. by L.
Martí. 87.4.908–11 (2011).
ENFIELD, NICHOLAS J. The anatomy of meaning: Speech, gesture, and composite utterances. Rev. by P. Kockelman.
87.1.196–97 (2011).
ENFIELD, NICHOLAS J. Demonstratives in space and interaction: Data from Lao speakers and implications for
semantic analysis. 79.1.82–117 (2003).
ENFIELD, NICHOLAS J. (ed.) Ethnosyntax: Explorations in grammar and culture. BN by A. Gianto. 80.1.171–72
(2004).
ENFIELD, NICHOLAS J. Linguistic epidemiology: Semantics and grammar of language contact in mainland Southeast
Asia. BN by M. Ross. 80.4.884–85 (2004).
ENFIELD, NICHOLAS J. Rev. of Aikhenvald and Dixon (eds.), Serial verb constructions: A cross-linguistic typology.
85.2.445–51 (2009).
ENFIELD, NICHOLAS J.; J. BOHNEMEYER; J. ESSEGBEY; I. IBARRETXE-ANTUÑANO; S. KITA; F. LÜPKE; and F. K.
ENFIELD, NICHOLAS J.; J. P. DE RUITER; and H. MITTERER. Projecting the end of a speaker’s turn: A cognitive
cornerstone of conversation. 82.3.515–35 (2006).
ENGELBERG, STEFAN; J. R. AUSTIN; and G. RAUH (eds.) Adverbials: The interplay between meaning, context, and
ENGER, HANS-OLAV. The classification of strong verbs in Norwegian with special reference to the Oslo dialect: A
study in inflectional morphology. BN by R. McColl Millar. 78.1.189 (2002).
ENGERER, VOLKMAR. The loss of German in Upper Silesia after 1945. BN by R. Felty. 80.3.620 (2004).
ENGLEBRETSON, ROBERT. Rev. of Payne, Exploring language structure: A student’s guide. 84.3.658–61 (2008).
ENGLEBRETSON, ROBERT. Searching for structure: The problem of complementation in colloquial Indonesian
conversation. BN by A. Gianto. 82.3.679 (2006).
English: One language, different cultures. Ed. by E. Ronowicz and C. Yallop. BN by I. M. Laversuch. 77.3.620–21
(2001).
English and Celtic in contact. By M. Filppula, J. Klemola, and H. Paulasto. Rev. by R. Coates. 86.2.441–44 (2010).
English as a global language. 2nd edn. By D. Crystal. BN by E. G. Winkler. 81.4.1003–4 (2005).
English as a second language in the mainstream: Teaching, learning and identity. Ed. by B. Mohan, C. Leung, and
C. Davidson. BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.2.368–69 (2002).
English change network, The: Forcing changes into schemas. By C. Broccias. BN by R. Chen. 81.3.771 (2005).
English corpora under Japanese eyes. Ed. by J. Nakamura, N. Inoue, and T. Tabata. BN by L. Cyrus. 83.4.920–21
(2007).
English corpus linguistics: An introduction. By C. F. Meyer. BN by D. Aichele. 80.3.640 (2004).
English dictionaries for foreign learners: A history. By A. P. Cowie. BN by D. R. McCreary. 77.4.866–67 (2001).
English filler-gap constructions. By I. A. Sag. 86.3.486–545 (2010).
English historical syntax and morphology: Selected papers from 11 ICEHL, Santiago de Compostela, 7–11
September 2000, vol. 1. Ed. by T. Fanego, M. J. López-Couzo, and J. Pérez-Guerra. BN by A. Bergs. 80.1.172–
73 (2004).
English history of African American English, The. Ed. by S. Poplack. BN by J. M. Lipski. 78.1.185–86 (2002).
English in Australia. Ed. by D. Blair and P. Collins. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.1.216–17 (2003).
English in Europe. Ed. by M. Görlach. Rev. by E. W. Schneider. 80.3.598–601 (2004).
English in nineteenth-century England: An introduction. By M. Görlach. BN by J. A. Walker. 77.3.608 (2001).
English in the Middle Ages. By T. W. Machan. Rev. by D. Matthews. 82.3.659–62 (2006).
English in the southern United States. Ed. by S. J. Nagle and S. L. Sanders. BN by M. J. Elson. 81.1.284 (2005).
English inversion: A ground-before-figure construction. By R. Chen. BN by M. Callies. 81.3.773–74 (2005).
53
English language learning and technology. By C. A. Chapelle. BN by C. M. L. Ho. 82.1.191 (2006).
English phonetics and phonology: An introduction. By P. Carr. BN by M. Picard. 77.3.603–4 (2001).
English prepositions explained. By S. Lindstromberg. BN by S. Johnson. 78.2.384–85 (2002).
English pronunciation in the eighteenth century: Thomas Spence’s Grand Repository of the English Language. By J.
C. Beal. BN by R. McColl Millar. 78.2.344–45 (2002).
English resultative as a family of constructions, The. By A. E. Goldberg and R. Jackendoff. 80.3.532–68 (2004).
English sentence analysis. By M. Verspoor and K. Sauter. BN by C. Inchaurralde. 78.2.383 (2002).
English subjectless tagged sentences. By P. Kay. 78.3.453–81 (2002).
English syntax: From word to discourse. By L. M. Berk. BN by F. Bramlett. 77.3.608–9 (2001).
English transcription course. By M. L. G. Lecumberri and J. A. Maidment. BN by P. Lintunen. 78.2.386 (2002).
English verb-preposition constructions: Constituency and order. By P. Farrell. 81.1.96–137 (2005).
English vocabulary quick reference: A comprehensive dictionary arranged by word roots. By R. S. Crutchfield. BN
by L. Oliver. 79.4.797 (2003).
English word-formation: A history of research (1960–1995). By P. Štekauer. BN by D. Chapman. 79.3.670 (2003).
English words abroad. By M. Görlach. BN by R. Albon. 82.1.198–99 (2006).
English writing system, The. By V. Cook. BN by P. T. Daniels. 82.3.675 (2006).
Enhancement and overlap in the speech chain. By S. J. Keyser and K. N. Stevens. 82.1.33–63 (2006).
ENNS, HEATHER J. BN on Melis, La préposition en français. 82.1.210–11 (2006).
ENNS, HEATHER J. BN on Trenchard, A concise dictionary of New Testament Greek. 81.4.1023–24 (2005).
Énonciation médiatisée, L’. Ed. by Z. Guentchéva. BN by V. A. Friedman. 78.4.797–98 (2002).
ENRICO, JOHN. Haida syntax. BN by P. W. Davis. 82.1.196–97 (2006).
ENSINK, TITUS, and C. SAUER (eds.) Framing and perspectivising in discourse. BN by A. Głaz. 81.3.775–76 (2005).
Epistemic modality, language, and conceptualization: A cognitive-pragmatic perspective. By J. Nuyts. BN by A.
Gianto. 79.1.223 (2003).
EPPS, PATIENCE. Rev. of van Gijn, Haude, and Muysken (eds.), Subordination in South American languages.
88.4.926–29 (2012).
EPPS, PATIENCE, and H. LADLEY. Syntax, souls, or speakers? On SIL and community language development (SIL
International and the disciplinary culture of linguistics). 85.3.640–46 (2009).
EPSTEIN, EDMUND L. Comments on Plag et al. (Letter to Language). 85.1.1–2 (2009).
EPSTEIN, SAMUEL DAVID, and N. HORNSTEIN. ‘The future of language’ (Science) (Letter to Language). 81.1.3–5
(2005).
EPSTEIN, SAMUEL DAVID, and N. HORNSTEIN (eds.) Working minimalism. BN by A. Pereltsvaig. 77.3.603 (2001).
Equatives and deferred reference. By G. Ward. 80.2.262–89 (2004).
ERICKSON, BLAIN. BN on Sandness, The evolution of the Japanese past and perfective suffixes. 78.2.357–58 (2002).
ERKER, DANIEL, and G. R. GUY. The role of lexical frequency in syntactic variability: Variable subject personal
pronoun expression in Spanish. 88.3.526–57 (2012).
ERNESTUS, MIRJAM, and R. H. BAAYEN. Predicting the unpredictable: Interpreting neutralized segments in Dutch.
79.1.5–38 (2003).
ERNST, THOMAS. The syntax of adjuncts. Rev. by E. Potsdam. 80.3.594–98 (2004).
ERRINGTON, J. JOSEPH. Shifting languages: Interaction and identity in Javanese Indonesia. BN by E. Schleef.
78.2.392–93 (2002).
ERTESCHIK-SHIR, NOMI. Information structure: The syntax-discourse interface. Rev. by M. L. Zubizarreta.
85.4.919–23 (2009).
ERTESCHIK-SHIR, NOMI, and L. ROCHMAN (eds.) The sound patterns of syntax. Rev. by N. Dehé. 88.1.197–99
(2012).
Erzya prosody. By I. Lehiste, N. Aasmäe, E. Meister, K. Pajusalu, P. Teras, and T.-R. Viitso. BN by D. Stifter.
82.4.955 (2006).
ESCANDELL VIDAL, VICTORIA; M. LEONETTI; and O. FERNÁNDEZ SORIANO (eds.) Current issues in generative
grammar: Papers from the 10th Colloquium on Generative Grammar, Universidad de Alcalá, April 12–14
2000. BN by I. Ortega-Santos. 81.4.1012–13 (2005).
ESCH, EDITH, and M. C. JONES (eds.) Language change: The interplay of internal, external and extra-linguistic
factors. BN by M. Picard. 80.1.178–79 (2004).
ESKA, JOSEPH F. BN on Adams, Bilingualism and the Latin language. 80.4.872 (2004).
ESKA, JOSEPH F. BN on Adams, Janse, and Swain (eds.), Bilingualism in ancient society: Language contact and the
written word. 80.4.872–73 (2004).
ESKA, JOSEPH F. BN on Ambrosini, Strutture e documenti di lingue indo-europee occidentali 1: Il latino; Le lingue
celtiche. 82.3.669 (2006).
54
ESKA, JOSEPH F. BN on Berenguer Sánchez, Estudio sobre las partículas indoeuropeas con base consonántica y
laringal. 79.3.647–48 (2003).
ESKA, JOSEPH F. BN on Cathey, Old Saxon. 79.4.836 (2003).
ESKA, JOSEPH F. BN on Cox, The Gaelic place-names of Carloway, Isle of Lewis: Their structure and significance.
80.3.617–18 (2004).
ESKA, JOSEPH F. BN on Diessel, Demonstratives: Form, function, and grammaticalization. 77.4.871–72 (2001).
ESKA, JOSEPH F. BN on Gerlach and Grijzenhout (eds.), Clitics in phonology, morphology, and syntax. 79.3.653–54
(2003).
ESKA, JOSEPH F. BN on Heinecke, Temporal deixis in Welsh and Breton. 77.1.192 (2001).
ESKA, JOSEPH F. BN on Hickey, A source book for Irish English. 79.4.839–40 (2003).
ESKA, JOSEPH F. BN on Jones, The Welsh answering system. 77.1.192–93 (2001).
ESKA, JOSEPH F. BN on Lightfoot, The development of language: Acquisition, change, and evolution. 78.4.812–13
(2002).
ESKA, JOSEPH F. BN on Müller, Agents in Early Welsh and Early Irish. 78.4.812 (2002).
ESKA, JOSEPH F. BN on van Riemsdijk (ed.), Clitics in the languages of Europe. 78.1.193 (2002).
ESKA, JOSEPH F. BN on Willis, Syntactic change in Welsh: A study of the loss of verb-second. 77.1.191–92 (2001).
ESKA, JOSEPH F. Rev. of Wischer and Diewald (eds.), New reflections on grammaticalization. 79.4.788–91 (2003).
ESKA, JOSEPH F., and D. RINGE. Recent work in computational linguistic phylogeny (Discussion Note). 80.3.569–82
(2004).
ESLING, JOHN H. Rev. of Ashby and Maidment, Introducing phonetic science. 84.2.401–3 (2008).
Essays in the history of linguistics. By E. F. K. Koerner. BN by M. Pierce. 83.1.221 (2007).
Essays on actions and events. 2nd edn. By D. Davidson. BN by X. He. 83.1.218–19 (2007).
Essays on the representational and derivational nature of grammar: The diversity of WH-constructions. By J. Aoun
and Y. A. Li. Rev. by J. Ouhalla. 82.3.649–51 (2006).
ESSEGBEY, JAMES; J. BOHNEMEYER; N. J. ENFIELD; I. IBARRETXE-ANTUÑANO; S. KITA; F. LÜPKE; and F. K. AMEKA.
Essentials of Early English. By J. J. Smith. BN by J. Skaffari. 77.2.412–13 (2001).
Establishment of Modern Chinese grammar, The: The formation of the resultative construction and its effects. By Y.
Shi. BN by L. Zhang. 80.3.637 (2004).
ESTIGARRIBIA, BRUNO. Rev. of Ambridge and Lieven, Child language acquisition: Contrasting theoretical
approaches. 88.2.410–12 (2012).
Estudio sobre las partículas indoeuropeas con base consonántica y laringal. By J. A. Berenguer Sánchez. BN by J.
F. Eska. 79.3.647–48 (2003).
Ethiopic documents: Argobba grammar and dictionary. By W. Leslau. BN by G. Rubio. 77.4.869–70 (2001).
Ethnography of communication, The: An introduction. 3rd edn. By M. Saville-Troike. BN by B. Li. 80.4.901 (2004).
Ethnologue: Languages of the world. 15th edn. Ed. by R. G. Gordon, Jr. Rev. by L. Campbell and V. Grondona.
84.3.636–41 (2008).
Ethnologue and nomenclature. Letter to Language by M. P. Lewis. 81.2.299–300 (2005).
Ethnosyntax: Explorations in grammar and culture. Ed. by N. J. Enfield. BN by A. Gianto. 80.1.171–72 (2004).
Etruscan language, The: An introduction. Rev. edn. By G. Bonfante and L. Bonfante. BN by R. D’Alessandro.
80.4.879 (2004).
EVANS, NICHOLAS. Dying words: Endangered languages and what they have to tell us. Rev. by W. F. Hanks.
86.2.438–41 (2010).
EVANS, NICHOLAS; D. BROWN; and G. G. CORBETT. The semantics of gender in Mayali: Partially parallel systems
EVANS, VYVYAN. How words mean: Lexical concepts, cognitive models, and meaning construction. Rev. by G. L.
Murphy. 87.2.393–96 (2011).
EVANS, VYVYAN. The structure of time: Language, meaning and temporal cognition. Rev. by B. Nerlich. 82.2.429–
31 (2006).
EVANS, VYVYAN, and A. TYLER. Reconsidering prepositional polysemy networks: The case of over. 77.4.724–65
(2001).
EVANS, VYVYAN, and A. TYLER. The semantics of English prepositions: Spatial scenes, embodied meanings, and
cognition. BN by R. Chen. 81.4.1026–27 (2005).
Event-based account of -kan constructions in Standard Indonesian, An. By M. Son and P. Cole. 84.1.120–60 (2008).
Event structure account of English resultatives, An. By M. R. Hovav and B. Levin. 77.4.766–97 (2001).
Event structure of perception verbs, The. By N. Gisborne. Rev. by J. R. Taylor. 88.1.200–202 (2012).
Events and plurality: The Jerusalem lectures. By F. Landman. BN by S. Banerji. 81.3.781–82 (2005).
55
Events as grammatical objects: The converging perspectives of lexical semantics and syntax. Ed. by C. Tenny and J.
Pustejovsky. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.3.671–72 (2003).
Events, phrases, and questions. By R. Truswell. Rev. by B. Gehrke. 88.2.448–52 (2012).
EVERAERT, MARTIN; A. ARTEMIS; and E. ANAGNOSTOPOULOU (eds.) The unaccusativity puzzle: Explorations of the
syntax-lexicon interface. Rev. by W. Abraham. 84.1.173–76 (2008).
EVERAERT, MARTIN, and H. VAN RIEMSDIJK, with R. GOEDEMANS and B. HOLLEBRANDSE (eds.) The Blackwell
companion to syntax. Rev. by L. Haegeman. 85.1.190–97 (2009).
EVERETT, DANIEL L. Pirahã culture and grammar: A response to some criticisms. 85.2.405–42 (2009).
EVERETT, DANIEL L. Response to Nevins et al. (Letter to Language). 85.4.753 (2009).
EVERETT, DANIEL L. Rev. of McDonough, The Navajo sound system. 83.1.211–14 (2007).
EVERETT, DANIEL L. Why there are no clitics: An alternative perspective on pronominal allomorphy. Rev. by J. A.
Nevis. 77.1.162–66 (2001).
EVERSLEY, JOHN, and P. BAKER (eds.) Multilingual capital: The languages of London’s schoolchildren and their
relevance to economic, social and educational policies. BN by A. P. Grant. 78.4.814–15 (2002).
Everyday talk: Building and reflecting identities. By K. Tracy. BN by L. Gao. 80.2.359–60 (2004).
Evidence and argumentation: A reply to Everett (2009). Discussion Note by A. Nevins, D. Pesetsky, and C.
Rodrigues. 85.3.671–81 (2009).
Evidence for linguistic relativity. Ed. by S. Niemeier and R. Dirven. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.853 (2001).
Evidence for phonological constraints on nuclear accent placement. Discussion Note by J. German, J. Pierrehumbert, and S. Kaufmann. 82.1.151–68 (2006).
Evidentiality. By A. Y. Aikhenvald. Rev. by J. van der Auwera and K. Boye. 84.1.170–73 (2008).
Evidentiality and double tense in Matses. By D. W. Fleck. 83.3.589–614 (2007).
Evidentiality and epistemological stance: Narrative retelling. By I. Mushin. BN by T. J. Curnow. 79.3.663 (2003).
Evidentials: Turkic, Iranian and neighbouring languages. Ed. by L. Johanson and B. Utas. BN by E. J. Vajda.
79.2.440–41 (2003).
Evolution of human language, The: Biolinguistic perspectives. Ed. by R. K. Larson, V. Déprez, and H. Yamakido.
Rev. by J.-L. Dessalles. 87.2.411–14 (2011).
Evolution of language out of pre-language, The. Ed. by T. Givón and B. F. Malle. BN by D. Golumbia. 82.2.457–58
(2006).
Evolution of the Japanese past and perfective suffixes, The. By K. E. Sandness. BN by B. Erickson. 78.2.357–58
(2002).
Evolutionary game theory and typology: A case study. By G. Jäger. 83.1.74–109 (2007).
Evolving identities: The English language in Singapore and Malaysia. Ed. by V. B. Y. Ooi. BN by J. S.-Y. Park.
79.4.815–16 (2003).
EVTYUKHIN, SERGEY. BN on Brandner and Zinsmeister (eds.), New perspectives on case theory. 82.3.673 (2006).
EWEN, COLIN J., and H. VAN DER HULST. The phonological structure of words: An introduction. Rev. by G. L.
Piggott. 82.3.657–59 (2006).
Examining the farming/language dispersal hypothesis. Ed. by P. Bellwood and C. Renfrew. RA by M. Ross.
82.3.628–48 (2006).
Exclamative clauses: At the syntax-semantics interface. By R. Zanuttini and P. Portner. 79.1.39–81 (2003).
Existential faithfulness: A study of reduplicative TETU, feature movement, and dissimilation. By C. Struijke. BN by
A. C. L. Yu. 82.1.224 (2006).
Experience, evidence, & sense: The hidden cultural legacy of English. By A. Wierzbicka. Rev. by E. C. Traugott.
88.3.681–84 (2012).
Experimental approaches to phonology. Ed. by M.-J. Solé, P. S. Beddor, and M. Ohala. Rev. by M. Huffman.
85.4.950–53 (2009).
Experimental pragmatics/semantics. Ed. by J. Meibauer and M. Steinbach. Rev. by C. Cummins. 88.3.660–63
(2012).
Explaining final obstruent voicing in Lezgian: Phonetics and history. By A. C. L. Yu. 80.1.73–97 (2004).
Explaining language structure through system interaction. By Z. Frajzyngier and E. Shay. BN by S. Luraghi.
82.1.197–98 (2006).
Explorations in linguistic relativity. Ed. by M. Pütz and M. H. Verspoor. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.853–54 (2001).
Exploring a ‘pragmatic ambiguity’ of negation. By A. Pitts. 87.2.346–68 (2011).
Exploring language structure: A student’s guide. By T. E. Payne. Rev. by R. Englebretson. 84.3.658–61 (2008).
Exploring media discourse. By M. Macdonald. BN by S. Wang. 81.2.538–39 (2005).
Exploring the Spanish language. By C. Pountain. BN by A. S. Kaye. 82.1.217 (2006).
Exploring time, tense and aspect in natural language database interfaces. By I. Androutsopoulos. BN by M.
Filiouchkina. 80.2.334–35 (2004).
56
Expression and interpretation of negation: An OT typology. By H. de Swart. RA by J. van der Auwera. 87.4.845–65
(2011).
Extended finite state models of language. Ed. by A. Kornai. BN by M. A. Covington. 77.3.610 (2001).
Extension of dependency beyond the sentence, The. By M. Mithun. 84.1.69–119 (2008).
Extent of the literal, The: Metaphor, polysemy and theories of concepts. By M. Rakova. BN by S. Skoufaki.
83.1.227–28 (2007).
External possession. Ed. by D. L. Payne and I. Barshi. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.624–25 (2001).
External sandhi in a second language: The phonetics and phonology of obstruent nasalization in Korean-accented
English. By E. Zsiga. 87.2.289–345 (2011).
Extremely common eloquence: Constructing Scottish identity through narrative. By R. K. S. Macaulay. BN by D.
Herman. 83.4.917–18 (2007).
EYRICH, CHRISTOPH, and L. DE STADLER (eds.) Issues in cognitive linguistics: 1993 proceedings of the International
Cognitive Linguistics Conference. BN by B. Li. 79.2.434–35 (2003).
EYTHÓRSSON, THÓRHALLUR (ed.) Grammatical change and linguistic theory: The Rosendal papers. Rev. by M.
Loporcaro. 86.1.219–23 (2010).
EYTHÓRSSON, THÓRHALLUR, and J. BARÐDAL. Oblique subjects: A common Germanic inheritance. 81.4.824–81
(2005).
FAARLUND, JAN TERJE (ed.) Grammatical relations and change. BN by C. Bowern. 80.1.172 (2004).
FAARLUND, JAN TERJE. Rev. of Corbett, Agreement. 85.3.703–6 (2009).
FAARLUND, JAN TERJE. Rev. of Fischer, Norde, and Perridon (eds.), Up and down the cline: The nature of
grammaticalization. 83.1.204–8 (2007).
FAARLUND, JAN TERJE. Rev. of Sampson, Gil, and Trudgill (eds.), Language complexity as an evolving variable.
86.3.748–52 (2010).
FAARLUND, JAN TERJE; S. LIE; and K. I. VANNEBO. Norsk referanse-grammatik. BN by R. McColl Millar. 78.2.343–
44 (2002).
FABB, NIGEL. Language and literary structure: The linguistic analysis of form in verse and narrative. RA by K.
Hanson. 84.2.370–86 (2008).
FABB, NIGEL, and M. BLACKINGS. A grammar of Ma’di. BN by R. Watson. 81.4.1000 (2005).
FABB, NIGEL, and M. HALLE. Meter in poetry: A new theory. Rev. by P. Kiparsky. 85.4.923–30 (2009).
FABRICIUS-HANSEN, CATHRINE; E. LANG; and C. MAIENBORN (eds.) Modifying adjuncts. BN by J. L. González
Escribano. 81.2.535–36 (2005).
FACCHINETTI, ROBERTA; M. KRUG; and F. PALMER (eds.) Modality in contemporary English. BN by R. Chen.
82.1.197 (2006).
FACE, TIMOTHY L. BN on Broe and Pierrehumbert (eds.), Papers in laboratory phonology V: Acquisition and the
lexicon. 78.2.358 (2002).
FACE, TIMOTHY L. BN on Chun, Discourse intonation in L2: From theory and research to practice. 79.4.795
(2003).
FACE, TIMOTHY L. BN on Lunn and Lunsford, En otras palabras: Perfeccionamiento del español por medio de la
traducción. 81.2.538 (2005).
FACE, TIMOTHY L. BN on Satterfield, Tortora, and Cresti (eds.), Current issues in Romance languages. 79.4.820
(2003).
FACE, TIMOTHY L. (ed.) Laboratory approaches to Spanish phonology. BN by A. Navarette. 83.3.674–75 (2007).
Facing facts. By S. Neale. BN by J. Gutiérrez-Rexach. 79.4.813–14 (2003).
Faithfulness ranking projected from a perceptibility scale, A: The case of [+voice] in Japanese. By S. Kawahara.
82.3.536–74 (2006).
Faiths in their pronouns: Websites of identity. By K. Cragg. BN by P. B. Bick. 81.2.518–19 (2005).
FALK, JULIA S. BN on Chomsky, Cartesian linguistics: A chapter in the history of rationalist thought. 2nd edn. Ed.
by J. McGilvray. 81.3.774–75 (2005).
FALK, JULIA S. On Bloomfield’s early role (Letter to Language). 78.4.614 (2002).
FALK, JULIA S. Rev. of Embleton, Joseph, and Niederehe (eds.), The emergence of the modern language sciences:
Studies on the transition from historical-comparative to structural linguistics in honor of E. F. K. Koerner.
77.4.831–33 (2001).
FALK, JULIA S. Rev. of Matthews, A short history of structural linguistics. 79.1.204–7 (2003).
FALK, JULIA S. What’s in a name? Plenty! (Letter to Language). 84.3.469 (2008).
FALK, JULIA S. Women, language and linguistics: Three American stories from the first half of the twentieth century.
Rev. by C. V. Chvany. 77.2.350–53 (2001).
FALK, YEHUDA N. Lexical-functional grammar: An introduction to parallel constraint-based syntax. BN by M.
Miller. 79.4.800 (2003).
57
Familiar letter in Early Modern English, The: A pragmatic approach. By S. M. Fitzmaurice. BN by A. Bergs.
80.1.174–75 (2004).
FANEGO, TERESA; M. J. LÓPEZ-COUZO; and J. PÉREZ-GUERRA (eds.) English historical syntax and morphology:
Selected papers from 11 ICEHL, Santiago de Compostela, 7–11 September 2000, vol. 1. BN by A. Bergs.
80.1.172–73 (2004).
FANEGO, TERESA; B. MÉNDEZ-NAYA; and E. SEOANE (eds.) Sounds, words, texts and change: Selected papers from
11 ICEHL, Santiago de Compostela, 7–11 September 2000, vol. 2. BN by A. Bergs. 80.1.173–74 (2004).
FANSELOW, GISBERT; A. STEPANOV; and R. VOGEL (eds.) Minimality effects in syntax. BN by D. Ntelitheos.
83.4.923–24 (2007).
FANSELOW, GISBERT, and T. WESKOTT. On the informativity of different measures of linguistic acceptability.
87.2.249–73 (2011).
FANT, GUNNAR. Speech acoustics and phonetics: Selected writings. Rev. by P. Ladefoged. 83.1.189–91 (2007).
FARBER, PAMELA B., and R. M. USÓN. Constructing a lexicon of English verbs. BN by B. Wald. 77.4.858–60
(2001).
Fare: Elementi di sintassi. By N. la Fauci and I. Mirto. BN by R. D’Alessandro. 82.1.205 (2006).
FARGHALY, ALI (ed.) Handbook for language engineers. BN by S. Robinson. 82.3.679–80 (2006).
FARMER, ANN K.; A. AKMAJIAN; R. A. DEMERS; and R. M. HARNISH. Linguistics: An introduction to language and
communication. 5th edn. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 80.2.333–34 (2004).
FARQUHARSON, JOSEPH T. BN on Camargo, Léxico bilingüe: Aparai-português/português-aparai. 81.2.514 (2005).
FARQUHARSON, JOSEPH T. BN on Coleman, A history of cant and slang dictionaries, vol. 1: 1567–1785. 83.3.671
(2007).
FARQUHARSON, JOSEPH T. BN on Duranti (ed.), A companion to linguistic anthropology. 83.4.914–15 (2007).
FARQUHARSON, JOSEPH T. BN on Mühleisen, Creole discourse: Exploring prestige formation and change across
Caribbean English-lexicon creoles. 83.3.685 (2007).
FARQUHARSON, JOSEPH T. BN on Penny, A history of the Spanish language. 2nd edn. 81.1.285–86 (2005).
FARRELL, PATRICK. English verb-preposition constructions: Constituency and order. 81.1.96–137 (2005).
FARRELL, PATRICK. Rev. of Sag and Wasow, Syntactic theory: A formal introduction. 77.1.158–62 (2001).
Fascinated by languages. By E. A. Nida. BN by P. T. Daniels. 82.1.212–13 (2006).
FASOLD, RALPH W. Rev. of Poplack and Tagliamonte, African American English in the diaspora. 81.2.504–8
(2005).
FASOLD, RALPH W.; J. K. PEYTON; P. GRIFFIN; and W. WOLFRAM (eds.) Language in action: New studies of
language in society: Essays in honor of Roger W. Shuy. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.855 (2001).
FAVA, ELISABETTA (ed.) Clinical linguistics: Theory and application in speech pathology and therapy. BN by L.
Chen. 80.4.885–86 (2004).
Feature classes in phonology. By J. Padgett. 78.1.81–110 (2002).
Feature distribution in Swedish noun phrases. By K. Börjars. BN by A. Pereltsvaig. 78.2.346–47 (2002).
Features and interfaces in Romance: Essays in honor of Heles Contreras. Ed. by J. Herschensohn, E. Mallén, and
K. Zagona. BN by E. Mathieu. 79.3.658–59 (2003).
Features, categories and the syntax of A-positions: Cross-linguistic variation in the Germanic languages. By E.
Haeberli. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 81.3.777 (2005).
FEHRINGER, CAROL. Dutch: A reference grammar of Dutch with exercises and key. BN by C. van Kerckvoorde.
77.2.422–23 (2001).
FEIGENBAUM, SUSANNE, and D. KURZON (eds.) Prepositions in their syntactic, semantic and pragmatic context. BN
by Y. A. Lander. 80.4.886–87 (2004).
FELDSTEIN, RONALD, and S. FRANKS. Polish. BN by K. Langston. 80.3.620–21 (2004).
FELSER, CLAUDIA. Verbal complement clauses: A minimalist study of perception constructions. BN by J. GutiérrezRexach. 77.3.639–40 (2001).
FELTY, ROBERT. BN on Berroth, Altersbedingter Mundartgebrauch: Wandel und Kontinuität in einem mittelschwäbischen Dialekt. 80.3.614 (2004).
FELTY, ROBERT. BN on Engerer, The loss of German in Upper Silesia after 1945. 80.3.620 (2004).
FELTY, ROBERT. BN on Russ, Die Mundart von Bosco Gurin: Eine synchronische und diachronische Untersuchung.
82.1.220–21 (2006).
FENYVESI, ANNA. BN on Csernicskó, A magyar nyelv Ukrajnában (Kárpátalján); Göncz, A magyar nyelv
Jugoszláviában (Vajdaságban); and Lanstyák, A magyar nyelv Szlovákiában. 78.1.194 (2002).
FERNALD, THEODORE B. Predicates and temporal arguments. BN by K. Chirkova. 77.3.635 (2001).
FERNALD, THEODORE B., and P. R. PLATERO (eds.) The Athabaskan languages: Perspectives on a Native American
language family. BN by T. J. Curnow. 79.3.651–52 (2003).
58
FERNÁNDEZ SORIANO, OLGA; M. LEONETTI; and V. ESCANDELL VIDAL (eds.) Current issues in generative grammar:
Papers from the 10th Colloquium on Generative Grammar, Universidad de Alcalá, April 12–14 2000. BN by I.
Ortega-Santos. 81.4.1012–13 (2005).
FERRARESI, GISELLA, and K. BRAUNMÜLLER (eds.) Aspects of multilingualism in European language history. BN by
M. Pierce. 81.4.1001–2 (2005).
FERRARESI, GISELLA, and M. GOLDBACH (eds.) Principles of syntactic reconstruction. Rev. by J. S. Klein. 86.3.720–
26 (2010).
FÉRY, CAROLINE; F. KÜGLER; and R. VAN DE VIJVER (eds.) Variation and gradience in phonetics and phonology.
Rev. by J. Blevins. 87.1.212–15 (2011).
FÉRY, CAROLINE, and V. SAMEK-LODOVICI. Focus projection and prosodic prominence in nested foci (Discussion
Note). 82.1.131–50 (2006).
FÉRY, CAROLINE, and R. VAN DE VIJVER (eds.) The syllable in optimality theory. BN by C. Rice. 82.4.943–44
(2006).
FÉRY, CAROLINE, and M. ZIMMERMANN (eds.) Information structure: Theoretical, typological, and experimental
perspectives. Rev. by G. Jäger. 87.2.435–38 (2011).
FETZER, ANITA. Recontextualizing context: Grammaticality meets appropriateness. BN by F. Yus. 82.4.944 (2006).
FEUER, AVITAL. BN on Zwickl, Language attitudes, ethnic identity and dialect use across the Northern Ireland
border: Armagh and Monaghan. 83.3.695–96 (2007).
FIDLER, MASAKO U. Rev. of Takeuchi, The structure and history of Japanese: From Yamatokotoba to Nihongo.
77.2.366–68 (2001).
FIELD, FREDRIC W. Linguistic borrowing in bilingual contexts. Rev. by P. Bakker. 81.2.501–4 (2005).
Fieldwork and the IRB: A snapshot. Short Report by C. Bowern. 86.4.897–905 (2010).
FIFE, JAMES, and M. J. BALL (eds.) The Celtic languages. BN by D. Ntelitheos. 81.1.280–81 (2005).
Fighting over words: Language and civil law cases. By R. W. Shuy. Rev. by P. Gaines. 85.3.740–43 (2009).
FIKKERT, PAULA, and H. JACOBS (eds.) Development in prosodic systems. BN by C. Rice. 81.2.522–23 (2005).
FILIOUCHKINA, MARIA. BN on Androutsopoulos, Exploring time, tense and aspect in natural language database
interfaces. 80.2.334–35 (2004).
Filipino English and Taglish: Language switching from multiple perspectives. By R. M. Thompson. BN by E. Luna.
83.2.470–71 (2007).
FILLMORE, CHARLES J. Form and meaning in language, vol. 1: Papers on semantic roles. Rev. by T. Wasow.
82.1.169–71 (2006).
FILPPULA, MARKKU; J. KLEMOLA; and H. PAULASTO. English and Celtic in contact. Rev. by R. Coates. 86.2.441–44
(2010).
Final reaction to Jackendoff, A. Discussion Note by P. A. M. Seuren. 88.1.179 (2012).
FINEGAN, EDWARD; D. BIBER; S. JOHANSSON; G. LEECH; and S. CONRAD. Longman grammar of spoken and written
FINEGAN, EDWARD, and J. R. RICKFORD (eds.) Language in the USA: Themes for the twenty-first century. Rev. by R.
R. Butters. 83.4.883–86 (2007).
Finnic adpositions and cases in change. By R. Grünthal. BN by S. Skopeteas. 82.3.681 (2006).
FIORENTINO, GIULIANA (ed.) Romance objects: Transitivity in Romance languages. BN by G. H. Toops. 82.2.455–
56 (2006).
First Glot International state-of-the-article book, The: The latest in linguistics. Ed. by L. Cheng and R. Sybesma.
BN by E. Mathieu. 79.3.648–49 (2003).
First language acquisition. By E. V. Clark. Rev. by C. Stoel-Gammon. 82.3.651–53 (2006).
First language acquisition: The essential readings. Ed. by B. C. Lust and C. Foley. Rev. by S. Goldin-Meadow.
82.2.435–38 (2006).
First language attrition, use and maintenance: The case of German Jews in Anglophone countries. By M. S.
Schmid. BN by C. A. Ankerstein. 80.3.635 (2004).
FISCHER, OLGA C. M. In defense of Fónagy (Letter to Language). 80.2.201–2 (2004).
FISCHER, OLGA C. M. Rev. of Joseph and Janda (eds.), The handbook of historical linguistics. 85.1.206–11 (2009).
FISCHER, OLGA C. M. Rev. of Kuteva, Auxiliation: An enquiry into the nature of grammaticalization. 80.2.320–24
(2004).
FISCHER, OLGA C. M. Rev. of Mondorf, More support for more-support: The role of processing constraints on the
choice between synthetic and analytic comparative forms. 87.2.416–20 (2011).
FISCHER, OLGA C. M., and M. NÄNNY (eds.) Form miming meaning: Iconicity in language and literature. BN by T.
L. Holm. 78.2.381–82 (2002).
FISCHER, OLGA C. M., and M. NÄNNY (eds.) The motivated sign: Iconicity in language and literature 2. BN by T. L.
Holm. 79.2.437–38 (2003).
59
FISCHER, OLGA C.; M. NORDE; and H. PERRIDON (eds.) Up and down the cline: The nature of grammaticalization.
Rev. by J. T. Faarlund. 83.1.204–8 (2007).
FISCHER, OLGA C. M.; A. ROSENBACH; and D. STEIN (eds.) Pathways of change: Grammaticalization in English. BN
by A. Gianto. 79.1.219 (2003).
FISCHER, OLGA C. M.; A. VAN KEMENADE; W. KOOPMAN; and W. VAN DER WURFF (eds.) The syntax of early
English. Rev. by E. van Gelderen. 78.3.578–81 (2002).
FISCHER, SUSANN. The Catalan clitic system: A diachronic perspective on its syntax and phonology. BN by A.
Werle. 81.2.523–24 (2005).
FISCHER, SUSANN; R. D’ALESSANDRO; and G. H. HRAFNBJARGARSON (eds.) Agreement restrictions. Rev. by M.
Rezac. 86.4.948–53 (2010).
FISHMAN, JOSHUA A., and O. GARCÍA (eds.) Handbook of language and ethnic identity: Disciplinary and regional
perspectives, vol. 1. 2nd edn. Rev. by R. L. Cooper. 87.3.637–40 (2011).
FISKE, ROBERT HARTWELL (ed.) Vocabula bound. BN by A. S. Kaye. 83.2.459–60 (2007).
Fitting tribute, A. Letter to Language by A. Carnie. 80.1.1 (2004).
FITZMAURICE, SUSAN M. The familiar letter in Early Modern English: A pragmatic approach. BN by A. Bergs.
80.1.174–75 (2004).
FITZMAURICE, SUSAN M.; R. REPPEN; and D. BIBER (eds.) Using corpora to explore linguistic variation. Rev. by M.
Kytö. 82.2.438–42 (2006).
FITZMAURICE, SUSAN M., and I. TAAVITSAINEN (eds.) Methods in historical pragmatics. Rev. by S. Romaine.
85.3.719–20 (2009).
FITZPATRICK, EILEEN. The prosodic phrasing of clause-final prepositional phrases. 77.3.544–61 (2001).
Fixed expressions and idioms in English: A corpus-based approach. By R. Moon. Rev. by T. E. Nunnally.
78.1.172–77 (2002).
FLAUX, NELLY, and D. VAN DE VELDE. Les noms en français: Esquisse de classement. BN by J. Holeš. 79.4.838
(2003).
FLECK, DAVID W. Evidentiality and double tense in Matses. 83.3.589–614 (2007).
Fleirspråklege utfordringa, Den [The multilingual challenge]. Ed. by H. Sandøy, E. Brunstad, J. E. Hagen, and K.
Tenfjord. BN by M. Kilarski. 83.3.691 (2007).
FLEISCHER, JÜRG. Die Syntax von Pronominaladverbien in den Dialekten des Deutschen: Eine Untersuchung zu
Preposition Stranding und verwandten Phänomenen. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 82.4.944–45 (2006).
FLEISCHER, JÜRG; A. DUFTER; and G. SEILER (eds.) Describing and modeling variation in grammar. Rev. by R.
Vogel. 88.1.194–96 (2012).
FLEMMING, EDWARD; D. BEAVER; B. Z. CLARK; T. F. JAEGER; and M. WOLTERS. When semantics meets phonetics:
FLEMMING, EDWARD; K. JOHNSON; and R. WRIGHT. Response to Whalen et al. (Letter to Language). 80.4.646–49
(2004).
Flexibility principles in Boolean semantics: The interpretation of coordination, plurality, and scope in natural
language. By Y. Winter. BN by S. Banerji. 80.2.332 (2004).
FLORES-FERRÁN, NYDIA. Subject personal pronouns in Spanish narratives of Puerto Ricans in New York City: A
sociolinguistic perspective. BN by E. G. Winkler. 80.4.887 (2004).
FLOREY, MARGARET (ed.) Endangered languages of Austronesia. Rev. by G. Holton. 87.1.198–201 (2011).
FLOYD, RICK. The structure of evidential categories in Wanka Quechua. BN by T. J. Curnow. 78.3.600 (2002).
Focus: Linguistic, cognitive, and computational perspectives. Ed. by P. Bosch and R. van der Sandt. BN by A.
Capone. 78.4.795–96 (2002).
Focus projection and prosodic prominence in nested foci. Discussion Note by C. Féry and V. Samek-Lodovici.
82.1.131–50 (2006).
Focus structure in generative grammar: An integrated syntactic, semantic and intonational approach. By C. Breul.
BN by S. Banerji. 83.4.910 (2007).
FODOR, JERRY. The mind doesn’t work that way: The scope and limits of computational psychology. Rev. by R.
Jackendoff. 78.1.164–70 (2002).
FOLEY, CLAIRE, and B. C. LUST (eds.) First language acquisition: The essential readings. Rev. by S. GoldinMeadow. 82.2.435–38 (2006).
FOLEY, JOSEPH, and L. THOMPSON. Language learning: A lifelong process. BN by S. Wang. 81.4.1005 (2005).
FOLEY, WILLIAM A. Rev. of Moyse-Faurie and Sabel (eds.), Topics in Oceanic morphosyntax. 88.4.910–14 (2012).
Folk linguistics. By N. A. Niedzielski and D. R. Preston. BN by E. Battistella. 77.2.402 (2001).
FÓNAGY, IVAN. Languages within language: An evolutive approach. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.3.652 (2003).
60
Fonologische Atlas van de Nederlandse Dialecten. 2: De Westgermaanse korte vocalen in open syllable. 3: De
Westgermaanse lange vocalen en diftongen. By J. Goossens, J. Taeldeman, and G. Verleyen. BN by P. E.
Webber. 79.1.219–20 (2003).
FONSECA-GREBER, BONNIBETH B. BN on Coveney, Hintze, and Sanders (eds.), Variation et francophonie: Mélanges
édités par Aidan Coveney, Marie-Anne Hintze et Carol Sanders en hommage à Gertrud Aub-Buscher.
83.3.672–73 (2007).
FORBES, MARSHA, and S. KOUWENBERG. BN on Bartens, A contrastive grammar Islander—Carribbean Standard
English—Spanish. 81.3.769–70 (2005).
Force des choses ou l’épreuve ‘nilo-saharienne’, La. By R. Nicolaï. BN by B. Wald. 82.3.690–91 (2006).
FORD, CECILIA E.; B. A. FOX; and S. A. THOMPSON (eds.) The language of turn and sequence. Rev. by P. A.
Downing. 80.4.850–52 (2004).
FORD, MARILYN, and J. BRESNAN. Predicting syntax: Processing dative constructions in American and Australian
varieties of English. 86.1.168–213 (2010).
Forensic linguistics: An introduction to language, crime and the law. By J. Olsson. Rev. by P. Newman. 83.4.899–
901 (2007).
FORIS, DAVID PAUL. A grammar of Sochiapan Chinantec. BN by S. Wichmann. 78.4.805–6 (2002).
FORKER, DIANA, and M. CYSOUW. Reconstruction of morphosyntactic function: Nonspatial usage of spatial case
marking in Tsezic. 85.3.588–617 (2009).
Form and meaning in language, vol. 1: Papers on semantic roles. By C. J. Fillmore. Rev. by T. Wasow. 82.1.169–
71 (2006).
Form miming meaning: Iconicity in language and literature. Ed. by M. Nänny and O. Fischer. BN by T. L. Holm.
78.2.381–82 (2002).
Formal and empirical issues in optimality theoretic syntax. Ed. by P. Sells. BN by S. Robinson. 80.1.187–88 (2004).
Formal approaches to function in grammar: In honor of Eloise Jelinek. Ed. by A. Carnie, H. Harley, and M. Willie.
BN by F. J. Newmeyer. 80.3.616–17 (2004).
Formal approaches to Slavic linguistics 3: The College Park Meeting. Ed. by J. Toman. Rev. by A. Caink.
77.3.592–94 (2001).
Formal approaches to Slavic linguistics 4: The Cornell Meeting. Ed. by E. W. Browne, E. Dornish, N.
Kondrashova, and D. Zec. Rev. by A. Caink. 77.3.592–94 (2001).
Formal approaches to Slavic linguistics 5: The Indiana Meeting. Ed. by M. Lindseth and S. Franks. Rev. by A.
Caink. 77.3.592–94 (2001).
Formal grammars in linguistics and psycholinguistics, vol. 1: An introduction to the theory of formal languages and
automata. By W. J. M. Levelt. Rev. by A. K. Joshi. 87.2.414–16 (2011).
Formal semantics: The essential readings. Ed. by P. Portner and B. H. Partee. Rev. by P. Jacobson. 82.4.927–30
(2006).
Formal-functional analysis of language, A, with an application to Ibanag. By E. Verstraelen. BN by M. Ross.
83.2.475–76 (2007).
Forms of meaning, The: Modeling systems theory and semiotic analysis. By T. A. Sebeok and M. Danesi. BN by L.
Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 78.4.808–9 (2002).
Formulaic language and the lexicon. By A. Wray. Rev. by K. Kuiper. 80.4.868–71 (2004).
FORSTER, PETER. Reply to Eska and Ringe (Letter to Language). 81.1.2–3 (2005).
FORT, JEFF, and S. HAWKES (trans.) Action and reaction: The life and adventures of a couple. By J. Starobinski. BN
by L. Card. 81.2.545 (2005).
FORTESCUE, MICHAEL. Pattern and process: A Whiteheadian perspective on linguistics. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.3.653
(2003).
FORTSON, BENJAMIN W., IV. Indo-European language and culture: An introduction. Rev. by B. D. Joseph.
85.1.197–200 (2009).
FORTSON, BENJAMIN W., IV. Rev. of Miller, Latin suffixal derivatives in English and their Indo-European ancestry.
85.3.727–32 (2009).
FORTSON, BENJAMIN W., IV. Rev. of Woodard (ed.), The Cambridge encyclopedia of the world’s ancient languages.
84.2.442–48 (2008).
FORTUNY, JORDI. The emergence of order in syntax. Rev. by M. T. Putnam. 86.1.223–26 (2010).
Forty years of language change on Martha’s Vineyard. Short Report by J. Pope, M. Meyerhoff, and D. R. Ladd.
83.3.615–27 (2007).
FOSTER, JOHN. BN on Mazzon, A history of English negation. 83.4.918–19 (2007).
FOULKES, PAUL, and G. J. DOCHERTY (eds.) Urban voices: Accent studies in the British Isles. Rev. by J. L. Kallen.
77.4.833–35 (2001).
61
FOULKES, PAUL; G. DOCHERTY; and D. WATT. Phonological variation in child-directed speech. 81.1.177–206
(2005).
Foundations of computational linguistics: Man-machine communication in natural language. By R. Hausser. BN by
M. A. Covington. 77.3.613 (2001).
Foundations of statistical natural language processing. By C. D. Manning and H. Schütze. BN by K. B. Cohen and
A. Dolbey. 78.3.599 (2002).
FOUSE, GARY C. The languages of the former Soviet republics: Their history and development. BN by G. H. Toops.
78.1.199–200 (2002).
FOX, ANTHONY. Prosodic features and prosodic structure: The phonology of suprasegmentals. BN by L. Micciulla.
78.2.390 (2002).
FOX, ANTHONY. Prosodic features and prosodic structure: The phonology of suprasegmentals. BN by E. J. Vajda.
77.3.627 (2001).
FOX, BARBARA A.; C. E. FORD; and S. A. THOMPSON (eds.) The language of turn and sequence. Rev. by P. A.
Downing. 80.4.850–52 (2004).
FOX, CHRIS; A. CLARK; and S. LAPPIN (eds.) The handbook of computational linguistics and natural language
FOX, DANNY. Economy and semantic interpretation. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 78.2.380 (2002).
FOX, DANNY; P. BARBOSA; P. HAGSTROM; M. MCGINNIS; and D. PESETSKY (eds.) Is the best good enough?
FOX, ROBERT A. Rev. of Rietveld and van Hout, Statistics in language research: Analysis of variance. 86.3.741–44
(2010).
Fractal dimensions of discourse. Letter to Language by G. Youmans and P. Pfeifer. 81.2.297–99 (2005).
FRADIN, BERNARD. Nouvelles approches en morphologie. BN by A. Dufter. 82.2.456 (2006).
FRADIN, BERNARD; F. KERLEROUX; and M. PLÉNAT (eds.) Aperçus de morphologie du français [Insights into French
morphology]. Rev. by L. Bauer. 86.2.444–48 (2010).
FRAJZYNGIER, ZYGMUNT, and T. S. CURL (eds.) Reciprocals: Forms and functions. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.627–28
(2001).
FRAJZYNGIER, ZYGMUNT, and E. SHAY. Explaining language structure through system interaction. BN by S.
Luraghi. 82.1.197–98 (2006).
Frameworks of English, The: Introducing language structures. By K. Ballard. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.1.214–15
(2003).
Framing and perspectivising in discourse. Ed. by T. Ensink and C. Sauer. BN by A. Głaz. 81.3.775–76 (2005).
FRAMPTON, JOHN. Distributed reduplication. Rev. by J. D. Haugen. 86.4.953–57 (2010).
FRANCIS, GILL, and S. HUNSTON. Pattern grammar: A corpus-driven approach to the lexical grammar of English.
BN by D. Noël. 78.2.345–46 (2002).
FRANCO, JON; A. LANDA; and J. MARTÍN (eds.) Grammatical analyses in Basque and Romance linguistics: Papers in
honor of Mario Saltarelli. BN by L. Alonso-Ovalle. 77.2.407–8 (2001).
FRANK, ROBERT. Phrase structure composition and syntactic dependencies. Rev. by C. Heycock. 82.1.172–74
(2006).
FRANK, ROSLYN; R. DIRVEN; and M. PÜTZ (eds.) Cognitive models in language and thought: Ideology, metaphor
and meanings. BN by C. Xie. 82.2.453 (2006).
FRANK, STEVEN. The pen commandments: A guide for the beginning writer. BN by F. A. Dahroj. 83.4.915 (2007).
FRANKENFIELD, GLENN. BN on Bartens, Ideophones and sound symbolism in Atlantic creoles. 82.3.670 (2006).
FRANKLIN, SIMON. Writing, society and culture in early Rus, c. 950–1300. BN by G. H. Toops. 81.2.524 (2005).
FRANKS, STEVEN, and R. FELDSTEIN. Polish. BN by K. Langston. 80.3.620–21 (2004).
FRANKS, STEVEN, and T. H. KING. A handbook of Slavic clitics. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.629–30 (2001).
FRANKS, STEVEN, and M. LINDSETH (eds.) Formal approaches to Slavic linguistics 5: The Indiana Meeting. Rev. by
A. Caink. 77.3.592–94 (2001).
FRASCARELLI, MARA. The syntax-phonology interface in focus and topic constructions in Italian. BN by A.
Pereltsvaig. 78.1.196 (2002).
FRAZER, TIMOTHY C. BN on Megenney, Aspectos del lenguaje afronegroide en Venezuela. 78.1.194–95 (2002).
FRAZER, TIMOTHY C. Rev. of Johnstone, Qualitative methods in sociolinguistics. 77.3.567–68 (2001).
FRAZER, TIMOTHY C. Rev. of Lakoff, The language war. 77.3.580–83 (2001).
FRAZIER, LYN, and C. CLIFTON, JR. Quantifiers undone: Reversing predictable speech errors in comprehension
(Short Report). 87.1.158–71 (2011).
FREDSTED, ELIN. Analyser af dansk og tysk talesprog. BN by R. McColl Millar. 78.2.344 (2002).
Free prefix ordering in Chintang. By B. Bickel, G. Banjade, M. Gaenszle, E. Lieven, N. P. Paudyal, I. P. Rai, M.
Rai, N. K. Rai, and S. Stoll. 83.1.43–73 (2007).
62
Free to bound to free? Interactions between pragmatics and syntax in the development of Australian pronominal
systems. By I. Mushin and J. Simpson. 84.3.566–96 (2008).
FRELLESVIG, BJARKE. A history of the Japanese language. Rev. by J. M. Unger. 87.4.911–15 (2011).
French language in Canada, The. By J. Hewson. BN by J. Holeš. 80.1.176–77 (2004).
French language today, The: A linguistic introduction. 2nd edn. By A. Battye, M.-A. Hintze, and P. Rowlett. BN by
G. E. Saunders. 79.3.645–46 (2003).
Frequency and the emergence of linguistic structure. Ed. by J. Bybee and P. Hopper. Rev. by J.-C. Verstraete.
81.2.498–501 (2005).
FRIED, MIRJAM, and J.-O. ÖSTMAN (eds.) Construction grammars: Cognitive grounding and theoretical extensions.
Rev. by J. Barðdal. 84.2.422–25 (2008).
FRIEDMAN, VICTOR A. BN on Guentchéva (ed.), L’Énonciation médiatisée. 78.4.797–98 (2002).
FRIEDMAN, VICTOR A. BN on Kočev, Bŭlgarski dialekten atlas. Obobštavašt tom: Fonetika, akcentologija, leksika.
80.3.626–27 (2004).
FRIEDMAN, VICTOR A. Macedonian. BN by M. J. Elson. 80.2.344–45 (2004).
FRIEDMAN, VICTOR A. A Year-of-Languages initiative in Macedonia (Letter to Language). 84.3.470 (2008).
FRIES, PETER; D. G. LOCKWOOD; and J. E. COPELAND (eds.) Functional approaches to language, culture, and
FRISCH, STEFAN A., and B. A. ZAWAYDEH. The psychological reality of OCP-place in Arabic. 77.1.91–106 (2001).
FRITZ, GERD; A. H. JUCKER; and F. LEBSANFT (eds.) Historical dialogue analysis. BN by R. McColl Millar.
78.1.188–89 (2002).
From ancient Cham to modern dialects: Two thousand years of language contact and change. By G. Thurgood. BN
by E. J. Vajda. 80.2.358–59 (2004).
From case to adposition: The development of configurational syntax in Indo-European languages. By J. Hewson
and V. Bubenik. Rev. by D. Disterheft. 86.3.726–27 (2010).
From linguistic elicitation to eliciting the linguist: Lessons in community empowerment from Melanesia. Discussion
Note by L. M. Dobrin. 84.2.300–24 (2008).
From NP to DP. Vol. 1: The syntax and semantics of noun phrases. Vol. 2: The expression of possession in noun
phrases. Ed. by M. Coene and Y. D’hulst. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 82.1.191–93 (2006).
From OV to VO in Early Middle English. By C. Trips. BN by J. Skaffari. 81.4.1024 (2005).
From polysemy to semantic change: Towards a typology of lexical semantic associations. Ed. by M. Vanhove. Rev.
by J. Newman. 86.2.473–75 (2010).
From speech perception to morphology: Affix ordering revisited. By J. Hay. 78.3.527–55 (2002).
From usage to grammar: The mind’s response to repetition. By J. Bybee. 82.4.711–33 (2006).
From Whitney to Chomsky: Essays in the history of American linguistics. By J. E. Joseph. Rev. by D. Golumbia.
83.4.889–92 (2007).
FROMKIN, VICTORIA A., Obituary of. By P. Ladefoged. 79.4.768–71 (2003).
FROMKIN, VICTORIA A.; R. RODMAN; and N. HYAMS. An introduction to language. 7th edn. BN by A. Głaz.
80.1.175 (2004).
FUCHS, CATHERINE, and S. ROBERT (eds.) Language diversity and cognitive representations. BN by A. Głaz.
77.2.409–10 (2001).
FUDEMAN, KIRSTEN. BN on Bendjaballah, Dressler, Pfeiffer, and Voeikova (eds.), Morphology 2000: Selected
papers from the 9th morphology meeting, Vienna, 24–28 February 2000. 79.3.646–47 (2003).
FUDEMAN, KIRSTEN. BN on Boucher (ed.), Many morphologies. 79.4.792–93 (2003).
FUDEMAN, KIRSTEN. BN on Hindley, Langley, and Levy (eds.), Old French-English dictionary. 79.2.440 (2003).
FUDEMAN, KIRSTEN. BN on Singerman, Jewish translation history: A bibliography of bibliographies and studies.
81.2.543–44 (2005).
FUDEMAN, KIRSTEN, and M. ARONOFF. What is morphology? Rev. by G. Stump. 84.1.177–79 (2008).
FUKUI, NAOKI. Rev. of Boeckx, Linguistic minimalism: Origins, concepts, methods, and aims. 84.2.395–400 (2008).
FUKUSHIMA, KAZUHIKO. Lexical V-V compounds in Japanese: Lexicon vs. syntax. 81.3.568–612 (2005).
FULOP, SEAN A. Language and the LSA (Letter to Language). 86.3.485 (2010).
Functional analysis of English, The: A Hallidayan approach. 2nd edn. By T. Bloor and M. Bloor. BN by N. R.
Carter. 83.3.666–67 (2007).
Functional approaches to language, culture, and cognition: Papers in honor of Sydney M. Lamb. Ed. by D. G.
Lockwood, P. H. Fries, and J. E. Copeland. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.1.209–10 (2002).
Functional categories. By P. Muysken. Rev. by J. M. Meisel. 86.4.975–79 (2010).
Functional compositionality and the interaction of discourse constraints. By B. J. Birner, J. P. Kaplan, and G. Ward.
83.2.317–43 (2007).
63
Functional constraints in grammar: On the unergative-unaccusative distinction. By S. Kuno and K. Takami. Rev.
by H. Nakajima. 83.3.651–54 (2007).
Functional grammar and verbal interaction. Ed. by M. Hannay and A. M. Bolkestein. BN by A. J. KoontzGarboden. 77.2.391–92 (2001).
Functional structure in DP and IP: The cartography of syntactic structures, vol. 1. Ed. by G. Cinque. Rev. by J.-Y.
Pollock. 82.2.426–28 (2006).
Functional structure in nominals: Nominalization and ergativity. By A. Alexiadou. BN by K. K. Grohmann.
79.3.643 (2003).
Fundamental concepts in phonology: Sameness and difference. By K. Lodge. Rev. by T. A. Hall. 86.4.967–69
(2010).
Fundamentals of French syntax. By C. Gledhill. BN by I. Ortega-Santos. 82.4.946 (2006).
FUß, ERIC, and C. TRIPS (eds.) Diachronic clues to synchronic grammar. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 83.3.675 (2007).
‘Future of language, The’ (Science). Letter to Language by S. Epstein and N. Hornstein. 81.1.3–5 (2005).
Fuzzy grammar: A reader. Ed. by B. Aarts, D. Denison, E. Keizer, and G. Popova. BN by K. K. Grohmann.
82.4.935–36 (2006).
Gaelic-English dictionary, The/Am Faclair Gàidhlig-Beurla. By C. Mark. BN by D. Stifter. 81.2.539–40 (2005).
Gaelic place-names of Carloway, Isle of Lewis, The: Their structure and significance. By R. A. V. Cox. BN by J. F.
Eska. 80.3.617–18 (2004).
GAENSZLE, MARTIN; B. BICKEL; G. BANJADE; E. LIEVEN; N. P. PAUDYAL; I. P. RAI; M. RAI; N. K. RAI; and S. STOLL.
GAERTNER, HANS-MARTIN; A. ALEXIADOU; E. ANAGNOSTOPOULOU; and S. BARBIERS (eds.) Dimensions of
movement: From features to remnants. BN by P. Jabłońska. 80.2.334 (2004).
GAFOS, ADAMANTIOS I. Greenberg’s asymmetry in Arabic: A consequence of stems in paradigms. 79.2.317–55
(2003).
GAGLIARDI, PASQUALE, and B. CZARNIAWSKA (eds.) Narratives we organize by. BN by M. Shappeck. 83.1.218
(2007).
GAGNÉ, CHRISTINA L. Rev. of Štekauer, Meaning predictability in word formation. 84.3.661–63 (2008).
GAHL, SUSANNE. BN on Crocker, Pickering, and Clifton (eds.) Architectures and mechanisms for language
processing. 77.3.615–16 (2001).
GAHL, SUSANNE. BN on Garrod and Pickering (eds.), Language processing. 77.3.615 (2001).
GAHL, SUSANNE. BN on Hemforth and Konieczny (eds.), German sentence processing. 78.1.205–6 (2002).
GAHL, SUSANNE. BN on Schiller and Meyer (eds.), Phonetics and phonology in language comprehension and
production. 82.1.222 (2006).
GAHL, SUSANNE. Reviewing procedures (Letter to Language). 83.1.2 (2007).
GAHL, SUSANNE. Time and thyme are not homophones: The effect of lemma frequency on word durations in
spontaneous speech. 84.3.474–96 (2008).
GAHL, SUSANNE, and S. M. GARNSEY. Knowledge of grammar includes knowledge of syntactic probabilities
(Discussion Note). 82.2.405–10 (2006).
GAHL, SUSANNE, and S. M. GARNSEY. Knowledge of grammar, knowledge of usage: Syntactic probabilities affect
pronunciation variation. 80.4.748–75 (2004).
GAINES, PHILIP. Rev. of Shuy, Fighting over words: Language and civil law cases. 85.3.740–43 (2009).
GAINES, PHILIP. Rev. of Shuy, The language of defamation cases. 88.3.669–72 (2012).
GAIR, JAMES W. Obituary of Charles F. Hockett. 79.3.600–613 (2003).
GAIR, JAMES W. Rev. of Kachru, Kachru, and Sridhar (eds.), Language in South Asia. 87.2.406–9 (2011).
GAIR, JAMES W. Studies in South Asian linguistics: Sinhala and other South Asian languages. Ed. and selected by B.
C. Lust. BN by A. P. Grant. 77.3.639 (2001).
GAIR, JAMES W.; B. C. LUST; K. WALI; and K. V. SUBBARAO (eds.) Lexical anaphors and pronouns in selected
South Asian languages: A principled typology. BN by B. Rempt. 78.4.801–2 (2002).
GALANI, ALEXANDRA. BN on Hesse, Syntax of the Modern Greek verbal system: The use of the forms, particularly
in combination with tha and na. 82.4.950–51 (2006).
GALANI, ALEXANDRA. BN on Holton, Mackridge, and Philippaki-Warburton, Greek: An essential grammar of the
modern language. 82.3.683–84 (2006).
GALASIŃSKI, DARIUSZ; A. JAWORSKI; and N. COUPLAND (eds.) Metalanguage: Social and ideological perspectives.
BN by D. E. Walicek. 83.3.677 (2007).
GALLESE, VITTORIO, and M. I. STAMENOV (eds.) Mirror neurons and the evolution of brain and language. BN by
W. Schulze. 81.4.1021–22 (2005).
GALLMAN, PETER, and M. WRATIL (eds.) Null pronouns. Rev. by H. Rosenkvist. 88.4.930–33 (2012).
64
GAMBIER, YVES, and H. GOTTLIEB (eds.) (Multi) media translation: Concepts, practices, and research. BN by L.
GANDOUR, JACK. BN on Burnham, Luksaneeyanawin, Davis, and Lafourcade (eds.), Interdisciplinary approaches to
language processing. 78.2.359 (2002).
GAO, HONG. The physical foundation of the patterning of physical action verbs: A study of Chinese verbs. BN by K.
S. Chung. 79.4.800–801 (2003).
GAO, LIWEI. BN on Androutsopoulos and Georgakopoulou (eds.), Discourse constructions of youth identities.
82.1.186 (2006).
GAO, LIWEI. BN on Blot (ed.), Language and social identity. 83.2.454–55 (2007).
GAO, LIWEI. BN on Bolton, Chinese Englishes: A sociolinguistic history. 83.2.455 (2007).
GAO, LIWEI. BN on Melchers and Shaw, World Englishes: An introduction. 82.1.210 (2006).
GAO, LIWEI. BN on Tracy, Everyday talk: Building and reflecting identities. 80.2.359–60 (2004).
GARCÍA, IVÁN. BN on von Heusinger and Egli (eds.), Reference and anaphoric relations. 77.2.422 (2001).
GARCÍA, OFELIA, and J. A. FISHMAN (eds.) Handbook of language and ethnic identity: Disciplinary and regional
perspectives, vol. 1. 2nd edn. Rev. by R. L. Cooper. 87.3.637–40 (2011).
GARCÍA MAYO, MARÍA DEL PILAR. BN on Gass, Bardovi-Harlig, Sieloff Magnan, and Walz (eds.), Pedagogical
norms for second and foreign language learning and teaching. 79.4.802 (2003).
GARCÍA MURGA, FERNANDO. El significado: Una introducción a la semántica. BN by J. Meinschaefer. 81.2.524–25
(2005).
GARDNER, ROD. When listeners talk: Response tokens and listener stance. BN by B. Li. 79.4.801–2 (2003).
GARLAND, JENNIFER N. BN on Vine, Getting things done at work: The discourse of power in workplace interaction.
83.1.234 (2007).
GARNHAM, ALAN. Rev. of Seuren, Language from within. Vol. 1: Language in cognition. Vol. 2: The logic of
language. 87.2.426–30 (2011).
GARNSEY, SUSAN M., and S. GAHL. Knowledge of grammar includes knowledge of syntactic probabilities
(Discussion Note). 82.2.405–10 (2006).
GARNSEY, SUSAN M., and S. GAHL. Knowledge of grammar, knowledge of usage: Syntactic probabilities affect
pronunciation variation. 80.4.748–75 (2004).
GARRETT, EDWARD. BN on Watters, A grammar of Kham. 83.2.477 (2007).
GARROD, SIMON, and M. J. PICKERING (eds.) Language processing. BN by S. Gahl. 77.3.615 (2001).
GASS, SUSAN. Rev. of Tannen, You’re wearing that? Understanding mothers and daughters in conversation.
84.2.439–42 (2008).
GASS, SUSAN M.; K. BARDOVI-HARLIG; S. SIELOFF MAGNAN; and J. WALZ (eds.) Pedagogical norms for second and
GASS, SUSAN M., and A. MACKEY. Stimulated recall methodology in second language research. BN by M. Ciscel.
77.4.864–65 (2001).
GASS, SUSAN M., and L. SELINKER. Second language acquisition: An introductory course. 2nd edn. BN by B. Li.
79.2.438 (2003).
GAST, VOLKER. Rev. of van Gelderen, A history of English reflexive pronouns: Person, self, and interpretability.
78.3.583–85 (2002).
GAST, VOLKER, and J. VAN DER AUWERA. Scalar additive operators in the languages of Europe. 87.1.2–54 (2011).
GAUKER, CHRISTOPHER. Conditionals in context. Rev. by S. Larsson. 85.1.201–3 (2009).
GAUKER, CHRISTOPHER. Words without meaning. BN by X. He. 82.4.945–46 (2006).
GAVINS, JOANNA, and G. STEEN (eds.) Cognitive poetics in practice. BN by D. Herman. 82.3.680–81 (2006).
GEERAERTS, DIRK. Diachronic prototype semantics: A contribution to historical lexicology. BN by K. A.
McElhanon. 78.2.388–89 (2002).
GEERAERTS, DIRK. Rev. of Eckardt, von Heusinger, and Schwarze (eds.), Words in time: Diachronic semantics from
different points of view. 84.3.626–28 (2008).
GEERAERTS, DIRK, and H. CUYCKENS (eds.) The Oxford handbook of cognitive linguistics. Rev. by E. Dąbrowska.
85.3.721–24 (2009).
GEHRKE, BERIT. Rev. of Truswell, Events, phrases, and questions. 88.2.448–52 (2012).
GELBER, KATHARINE. Speaking back: The free speech versus hate speech debate. BN by M. A. Btoosh. 79.4.803
(2003).
Gender across languages: The linguistic representation of women and men. Vol. 2. Ed. by M. Hellinger and H.
Bussmann. BN by C. Xie. 79.4.804 (2003).
Gender and politeness. By S. Mills. BN by E. G. Winkler. 81.4.1016–17 (2005).
Gender identity and discourse analysis. Ed. by L. Litosseliti and J. Sunderland. BN by E. C. Ng. 80.2.352–53
(2004).
65
Gender in Indo-European. By R. Matasović. BN by E. J. Vajda. 82.4.957–58 (2006).
Gender in interaction: Perspectives on femininity and masculinity in ethnography and discourse. Ed. by B. Baron
and H. Kotthoff. BN by I. Piller. 82.1.187–88 (2006).
Gender, language and culture: A study of Japanese television interview discourse. By L. Tanaka. BN by R. Albon.
82.3.696–97 (2006).
Gender, politeness and pragmatic particles in French. By K. Beeching. BN by B. Li. 80.4.877 (2004).
Gender shifts in the history of English. By A. Curzan. Rev. by T. Nevalainen. 83.4.880–83 (2007).
Generative approaches to Finnic and Saami linguistics. Ed. by D. Nelson and S. Manninen. BN by S. R. Anderson.
83.3.686–87 (2007).
GENESEE, FRED, and J. CENOZ (eds.) Trends in bilingual acquisition. BN by B. Li. 79.4.836–37 (2003).
Genesis of syntactic complexity, The: Diachrony, ontogeny, neuro-cognition, evolution. By T. Givón. Rev. by B.
Heine. 85.4.930–33 (2009).
GENETTI, CAROL. Rev. of Dixon, Basic linguistic theory. Vol. 1: Methodology. Vol. 2: Grammatical topics.
87.4.899–904 (2011).
Genocide in education—or worldwide diversity and human rights. By T. Skutnabb-Kangas. BN by A. Eminov.
77.2.421–22 (2001).
GENSLER, ORIN D. Why should a demonstrative turn into a preposition? The evolution of Welsh predicative yn.
78.4.710–64 (2002).
GENTNER, DEDRE, and S. GOLDIN-MEADOW (eds.) Language in mind: Advances in the study of language and
thought. Rev. by M. Shatz. 82.1.174–76 (2006).
GENTNER, DEDRE; K. J. HOLYOAK; and B. N. KOKINOV (eds.) The analogical mind: Perspectives from cognitive
science. BN by R. DeNoble. 82.2.456–57 (2006).
Geometry of interpretable features, The: Infl in English and Spanish. By E. Cowper. 81.1.10–46 (2005).
GEORG, STEFAN. BN on Bodrogligeti, An academic reference grammar of Modern Literary Uzbek. 82.4.938 (2006).
GEORG, STEFAN. BN on Vajda, Ket prosodic phonology. 78.3.600–601 (2002).
GEORGAKOPOULOU, ALEXANDRA, and J. K. ANDROUTSOPOULOS (eds.) Discourse constructions of youth identities.
BN by L. Gao. 82.1.186 (2006).
GEORGAKOPOULOU, ALEXANDRA, and D. GOUTSOS. Discourse analysis: An introduction. 2nd edn. BN by C. E.
Johnson. 83.3.675–76 (2007).
GERACI, CARLO; C. CECCHETTO; and S. ZUCCHI. Another way to mark syntactic dependencies: The case for rightperipheral specifiers in sign languages. 85.2.278–320 (2009).
GERDEL, FLORENCE L.; M. SLOCUM; and M. C. AGUILAR (eds.) Diccionario Tzeltal de Bachajón Chiapas. BN by S.
Robinson. 79.3.668–69 (2003).
GERFEN, CHIP. Phonology and phonetics in Coatzospan Mixtec. BN by E. J. Vajda. 78.3.593–94 (2002).
GERFEN, CHIP, and M. T. CARLSON. Productivity is the key: Morphophonology and the riddle of alternating
diphthongs in Spanish. 87.3.510–38 (2011).
GERHARDT, LUDWIG, and J. ROUX (eds. and rearrange) Induktiver Aufbau des Urbantu. By O. Dempwolff. BN by A.
P. Grant. 77.3.637–38 (2001).
GERLACH, BIRGIT, and J. GRIJZENHOUT (eds.) Clitics in phonology, morphology, and syntax. BN by J. F. Eska.
79.3.653–54 (2003).
GERMAN, JAMES; J. PIERREHUMBERT; and S. KAUFMANN. Evidence for phonological constraints on nuclear accent
placement (Discussion Note). 82.1.151–68 (2006).
German language, The: A linguistic introduction. By J. Boase-Beier and K. Lodge. BN by J. M. Jeep. 80.2.337–38
(2004).
German perfect, The: Its semantic composition and its interactions with temporal adverbials. By R. Musan. BN by
L. Roels. 81.3.784 (2005).
German sentence processing. Ed. by B. Hemforth and L. Konieczny. BN by S. Gahl. 78.1.205–6 (2002).
Germanic languages, The. By W. Harbert. Rev. by E. König. 85.4.933–36 (2009).
Germanic standardizations: Past to present. Ed. by A. Deumert and W. Vandenbussche. BN by R. A. Cloutier.
82.1.195 (2006).
Germanica selecta: Ausgewählte Schriften zur germanischen und deutschen Philologie zum 75. Geburtstag des
Autors. By S. Sonderegger. Ed. by H. Burger and E. Glaser. BN by J. M. Jeep. 80.1.190–91 (2004).
Germanische Zahlwörter: Sprach- und kulturgeschichtliche Untersuchungen insbesondere zur Zahl 12. By G.
Schuppener. BN by E. R. Luján. 77.1.176–77 (2001).
GERNER, MATTHIAS. Predicate compounding in the Yi group: The continuum of grammaticalization. BN by J. R.
Pelkey. 81.2.525–26 (2005).
Getting things done at work: The discourse of power in workplace interaction. By B. Vine. BN by J. N. Garland.
83.1.234 (2007).
66
GETTY, MICHAEL. The metre of Beowulf: A constraint-based approach. Rev. by T. Riad. 80.4.852–55 (2004).
GEURTS, BART, and R. NOUWEN. At least et al.: The semantics of scalar modifiers. 83.3.533–59 (2007).
GHADESSY, MOHSEN (ed.) Text and context in functional linguistics. BN by D. O. Jackson. 78.1.208–9 (2002).
GHADESSY, MOHSEN; A. HENRY; and R. L. ROSEBERRY (eds.) Small corpus studies and ELT: Theory and practice.
BN by N. S. Dash. 80.2.346 (2004).
GHOMESHI, JILA. Rev. of Karimi, A minimalist approach to scrambling: Evidence from Persian. 84.3.646–48
(2008).
GIANNAKIDOU, ANASTASIA. Only, emotive factive verbs, and the dual nature of polarity dependency. 82.3.575–603
(2006).
GIANTO, AGUSTINUS. BN on Aikhenvald and Dixon (eds.), Studies in evidentiality. 80.4.873 (2004).
GIANTO, AGUSTINUS. BN on Enfield (ed.), Ethnosyntax: Explorations in grammar and culture. 80.1.171–72 (2004).
GIANTO, AGUSTINUS. BN on Englebretson, Searching for structure: The problem of complementation in colloquial
Indonesian conversation. 82.3.679 (2006).
GIANTO, AGUSTINUS. BN on Fischer, Rosenbach, and Stein (eds.), Pathways of change: Grammaticalization in
English. 79.1.219 (2003).
GIANTO, AGUSTINUS. BN on Hickey (ed.), Motives for language change. 80.4.893 (2004).
GIANTO, AGUSTINUS. BN on Kabakčiev, Aspect in English: A ‘common sense’ view of the interplay between verbal
and nominal referents. 79.1.221–22 (2003).
GIANTO, AGUSTINUS. BN on Koktova, Word-order based grammar. 77.2.409 (2001).
GIANTO, AGUSTINUS. BN on Modrak, Aristotle’s theory of language and meaning. 79.3.661–62 (2003).
GIANTO, AGUSTINUS. BN on Murphy, Semantic relations and the lexicon: Antonymy, synonymy, and other
paradigms. 82.3.689–90 (2006).
GIANTO, AGUSTINUS. BN on Nuyts, Epistemic modality, language, and conceptualization: A cognitive-pragmatic
perspective. 79.1.223 (2003).
GIANTO, AGUSTINUS. BN on Wierzbicka, Emotions across languages and cultures: Diversity and universals.
77.2.408–9 (2001).
GIANTO, AGUSTINUS. Rev. of Dahl (ed.), Tense and aspect in the languages of Europe. 79.1.202–4 (2003).
GIBBS, RAYMOND W., JR. Intentions in the experience of meaning. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 78.2.354
(2002).
GIBBS, RAYMOND W., JR., and G. J. STEEN (eds.) Metaphor in cognitive linguistics: Selected papers from the Fifth
International Cognitive Linguistics Conference, Amsterdam, July 1997. BN by K. A. McElhanon. 78.3.605–6
(2002).
GIBSON, EDWARD, and J. GRUBER. Measuring linguistic complexity independent of plausibility (Discussion Note).
80.3.583–90 (2004).
GIBSON, EDWARD, and G. SCONTRAS. A quantitative investigation of the imperative-and-declarative construction in
English (Short Report). 87.4.817–29 (2011).
GIEGERICH, HEINZ J. Lexical strata in English: Morphological causes, phonological effects. Rev. by C. McCully.
81.4.984–89 (2005).
GIERUT, JUDITH A., and D. A. DINNSEN (eds.) Optimality theory, phonological acquisition and disorders. Rev. by
A.-M. Tessier. 86.3.716–20 (2010).
GIFRA-ADROHER, PERE. BN on Sondrup and Nemoianu (eds.), Nonfictional romantic prose: Expanding borders.
83.1.231–32 (2007).
GIL, DAVID; G. SAMPSON; and P. TRUDGILL (eds.) Language complexity as an evolving variable. Rev. by J. T.
Faarlund. 86.3.748–52 (2010).
GILDEA, SPIKE (ed.) Reconstructing grammar: Comparative linguistics and grammaticalization. BN by E. J. Vajda.
78.3.594–95 (2002).
GILES, HOWARD (ed.) Law enforcement, communication and community. BN by G. M. Matoesian. 80.4.887–88
(2004).
Gimson’s pronunciation of English. 6th edn. Ed. by A. Cruttenden. BN by P. Lintunen. 78.4.821 (2002).
GINZBURG, JONATHAN; L. S. MOSS; and M. DE RIJKE (eds.) Logic, language and information. Vol. 2. BN by A.
Pietarinen. 77.2.396–97 (2001).
GINZBURG, JONATHAN, and I. SAG. Interrogative investigations: The form, meaning and use of English
interrogatives. Rev. by J. Nerbonne. 81.4.989–92 (2005).
GISBORNE, NIKOLAS. The event structure of perception verbs. Rev. by J. R. Taylor. 88.1.200–202 (2012).
GIURGEA, ION, and C. DOBROVIE-SORIN. Pronominal possessors and Feature Uniqueness. 87.1.126–57 (2011).
GIUSTI, GIULIANA. Rev. of Alexiadou, Haegeman, and Stavrou, Noun phrase in the generative perspective.
86.3.700–702 (2010).
GIVÓN, TALMY. Bio-linguistics: The Santa Barbara lectures. Rev. by E. Maslova. 81.1.245–47 (2005).
67
GIVÓN, TALMY. Context as other minds: The pragmatics of sociality, cognition and communication. Rev. by E.
Itkonen. 84.3.628–32 (2008).
GIVÓN, TALMY. The genesis of syntactic complexity: Diachrony, ontogeny, neuro-cognition, evolution. Rev. by B.
Heine. 85.4.930–33 (2009).
GIVÓN, TALMY. Syntax: An introduction. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.4.803–4 (2003).
GIVÓN, TALMY, and B. F. MALLE (eds.) The evolution of language out of pre-language. BN by D. Golumbia.
82.2.457–58 (2006).
GLASER, ELVIRA, and H. BURGER (eds.) Germanica selecta: Ausgewählte Schriften zur germanischen und deutschen
Philologie zum 75. Geburtstag des Autors. By S. Sonderegger. BN by J. M. Jeep. 80.1.190–91 (2004).
GŁAZ, ADAM. BN on Cuyckens and Zawada (eds.), Polysemy in cognitive linguistics. 78.4.813 (2002).
GŁAZ, ADAM. BN on Ensink and Sauer (eds.), Framing and perspectivising in discourse. 81.3.775–76 (2005).
GŁAZ, ADAM. BN on Fromkin, Rodman, and Hyams, An introduction to language. 7th edn. 80.1.175 (2004).
GŁAZ, ADAM. BN on Fuchs and Robert (eds.), Language diversity and cognitive representations. 77.2.409–10
(2001).
GŁAZ, ADAM. BN on Graumann and Kallmeyer (eds.), Perspective and perspectivation in discourse. 80.3.622–23
(2004).
GŁAZ, ADAM. BN on Janssen and Redeker (eds.), Cognitive linguistics: Foundations, scope, and methodology.
78.1.206–7 (2002).
GŁAZ, ADAM. BN on Jenkins, World Englishes: A resource book for students. 82.3.685–86 (2006).
GŁAZ, ADAM. BN on Joseph, Limiting the arbitrary: Linguistic naturalism and its opposites in Plato’s Cratylus and
modern theories of language. 78.3.601–2 (2002).
GŁAZ, ADAM. BN on Peeters (ed.), The lexicon-encyclopedia interface. 78.4.814 (2002).
GŁAZ, ADAM. BN on Pitkänen, The spatio-temporal setting in written narrative fiction: A study of interaction
between words, text and encyclopedic knowledge in the creation of textual meaning. 83.1.227 (2007).
GŁAZ, ADAM. BN on Scheibman, Point of view and grammar: Structural patterns of subjectivity in American
English conversation. 80.4.900 (2004).
GLAZUNOVA, OLGA I. Rush to Russian. BN by L. DeWaard Dykstra. 80.3.621–22 (2004).
GLEASON, JEAN BERKO (ed.) The development of language. 5th edn. BN by J. Holeš. 80.2.347 (2004).
GLEDHILL, CHRISTOPHER. Fundamentals of French syntax. BN by I. Ortega-Santos. 82.4.946 (2006).
GLENN, JONATHAN A. BN on Hickey, Corpus presenter: Software for language analysis with a manual and A
corpus of Irish English as sample data. 82.3.681–82 (2006).
GLENN, PHILIP. Laughter in interaction. BN by F. Yus. 82.4.946–47 (2006).
Glossary of Netspeak and Textspeak, A. By D. Crystal. BN by A. S. Kaye. 83.2.458 (2007).
Glossary of sociolinguistics, A. By P. Trudgill. BN by E. G. Winkler. 81.4.1025 (2005).
Glossary of terms for Bantu verbal categories, A, with special emphasis on tense and aspect. By S. Rose, C.
Beaudoin-Lietz, and D. Nurse. BN by J. F. Maho. 81.3.786–87 (2005).
GNANADESIKAN, AMALIA E. The writing revolution: Cuneiform to the internet. Rev. by J. T. Katz. 87.3.640–43
(2011).
GÖBBEL, EDWARD, and C. BREUL (eds.) Comparative and contrastive studies of information structure. Rev. by V.
Molnár. 87.4.894–97 (2011).
GODARD, DANIÈLE, and A. ABEILLÉ. The syntactic structure of French auxiliaries. 78.3.404–52 (2002).
GODDARD, ANGELA. The language of advertising: Written texts. 2nd edn. BN by J. Holeš. 80.4.888 (2004).
GODDARD, ANGELA, and L. M. PATTERSON. Language and gender. 5th edn. BN by E. G. Winkler. 78.4.806 (2002).
GODDARD, CLIFF. Rev. of Pustet, Copulas: Universals in the categorization of the lexicon. 83.2.446–49 (2007).
GODDARD, CLIFF. Rev. of Wiese, Numbers, language and the human mind. 84.3.672–75 (2008).
GODDARD, CLIFF, and A. WIERZBICKA (eds.) Meaning and universal grammar: Theory and empirical findings. Rev.
by G. van Driem. 80.1.163–65 (2004).
GODDARD, IVES (ed.) Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 17: Languages. Rev. by S. G. Thomason.
82.4.912–15 (2006).
GODDARD, IVES, and W. L. MERRILL (eds.) Anthropology, history, and American Indians: Essays in honor of
William Curtis Sturtevant. BN by L. Conathan. 82.1.211 (2006).
GOEDEMANS, ROB; M. EVERAERT; H. VAN RIEMSDIJK; and B. HOLLEBRANDSE (eds.) The Blackwell companion to
syntax. Rev. by L. Haegeman. 85.1.190–97 (2009).
GOLDBACH, MARIA, and G. FERRARESI (eds.) Principles of syntactic reconstruction. Rev. by J. S. Klein. 86.3.720–
26 (2010).
GOLDBERG, ADELE E. Constructions at work: The nature of generalizations in language. Rev. by M. Ariel.
84.3.632–36 (2008).
GOLDBERG, ADELE E. Rev. of Tomasello, Origins of human communication. 85.4.953–55 (2009).
68
GOLDBERG, ADELE E., and F. ACKERMAN. The pragmatics of obligatory adjuncts. 77.4.798–814 (2001).
GOLDBERG, ADELE E., and J. K. BOYD. Learning what NOT to say: The role of statistical preemption and
categorization in a-adjective production. 87.1.55–83 (2011).
GOLDBERG, ADELE E., and R. JACKENDOFF. The end result(ative) (Discussion Note). 81.2.474–77 (2005).
GOLDBERG, ADELE E., and R. JACKENDOFF. The English resultative as a family of constructions. 80.3.532–68
(2004).
GOLDIN-MEADOW, SUSAN. The resilience of language: What gesture creation in deaf children can tell us about how
all children learn language. BN by K. Pertsova. 81.2.526 (2005).
GOLDIN-MEADOW, SUSAN. Rev. of Lust and Foley (eds.), First language acquisition: The essential readings.
82.2.435–38 (2006).
GOLDIN-MEADOW, SUSAN, and D. GENTNER (eds.) Language in mind: Advances in the study of language and
thought. Rev. by M. Shatz. 82.1.174–76 (2006).
GOLDIN-MEADOW, SUSAN, and D. HUNSICKER. Hierarchical structure in a self-created communication system:
Building nominal constituents in homesign. 88.4.732–63 (2012).
GOLDSMITH, JOHN A. BN on Nevin and Johnson (eds.), The legacy of Zellig Harris: Language and information into
the 21st century, vol. 2: Mathematics and computability of language. 83.4.921 (2007).
GOLDSMITH, JOHN A. (ed.) Phonological theory: The essential readings. BN by M. Pierce. 77.3.624 (2001).
GOLDSMITH, JOHN A. RA on Nevin (ed.), The legacy of Zellig Harris: Language and information into the 21st
century, vol. 1: Philosophy of science, syntax and semantics. 81.3.719–36 (2005).
GOLDSMITH, JOHN A. Rev. of Hammond, Programming for linguists: Perl for language researchers. 80.4.857–59
(2004).
GOLDSMITH, JOHN A. Rev. of Kibbee (ed.), Chomskyan (r)evolutions. 88.2.432–36 (2012).
GOLDSMITH, JOHN A., and A. XANTHOS. Learning phonological categories. 85.1.4–38 (2009).
GOLDSTEIN, LOUIS; D. H. WHALEN; and C. T. BEST (eds.) Laboratory phonology 8. Rev. by J. Padgett. 86.4.957–60
(2010).
GOLLUSCIO, LUCÍA A.; M. C. BAKER; and R. ARANOVICH. Two types of syntactic noun incorporation: Noun
GOLSTON, CHRIS, and B. AGBAYANI. Phonological movement in Classical Greek. 86.1.133–67 (2010).
GOLUMBIA, DAVID. BN on Blake, Case. 2nd edn. 79.4.830–31 (2003).
GOLUMBIA, DAVID. BN on Duszak (ed.), Us and others: Social identities across languages, discourses and cultures.
82.2.454–55 (2006).
GOLUMBIA, DAVID. BN on Givón and Malle (eds.), The evolution of language out of pre-language. 82.2.457–58
(2006).
GOLUMBIA, DAVID. BN on Kelly, The mirror of grammar: Theology, philosophy and the Modistae. 82.2.458 (2006).
GOLUMBIA, DAVID. BN on Nichols (ed.), Actes du trente-deuxième Congrès des Algonquinistes. 79.4.814–15
(2003).
GOLUMBIA, DAVID. BN on Olawsky, Urarina texts. 82.2.459–60 (2006).
GOLUMBIA, DAVID. Rev. of Joseph, From Whitney to Chomsky: Essays in the history of American linguistics.
83.4.889–92 (2007).
GÖNCZ, LAJOS. A magyar nyelv Jugoszláviában (Vajdaságban). BN by A. Fenyvesi. 78.1.194 (2002).
GONZÁLEZ, CAROLINA. BN on Anonby, A phonology of Southern Luri. 83.3.665 (2007).
GONZÁLEZ, CAROLINA. BN on Brainard and Behrens, A grammar of Yakan. 83.3.668 (2007).
GONZÁLEZ, CAROLINA. BN on Cser, The typology and modelling of obstruent lenition and fortition processes.
82.4.940–41 (2006).
GONZÁLEZ, CAROLINA. BN on Hasler, Sonidos, fonemas, morfemas. 82.4.949–50 (2006).
GONZÁLEZ, CAROLINA. BN on Herrera Z. and Butragueño (eds.), La tonía: Dimensiones fonéticas y fonológicas.
82.4.950 (2006).
GONZÁLEZ, CAROLINA. BN on Messineo, Lengua toba (guaycurú): Aspectos gramaticales y discursivos. 83.3.681–
82 (2007).
GONZÁLEZ, CAROLINA. Rev. of Ladefoged, Vowels and consonants: An introduction to the sounds of language. 2nd
edn. 83.1.194–96 (2007).
GONZÁLEZ ESCRIBANO, JOSÉ LUIS. BN on Lang, Maienborn, and Fabricius-Hansen (eds.), Modifying adjuncts.
81.2.535–36 (2005).
GONZÁLEZ ESCRIBANO, JOSÉ LUIS. BN on Schwabe and Winkler (eds.), The interfaces: Deriving and interpreting
omitted structures. 82.1.222–23 (2006).
GOOD, JEFF, and L. M. DOBRIN. Practical language development: Whose mission? (SIL International and the
disciplinary culture of linguistics). 85.3.619–29 (2009).
69
GOODALL, GRANT. Rev. of Camacho, The structure of coordination: Conjunction and agreement phenomena in
Spanish and other languages. 82.4.887–90 (2006).
GOODLUCK, HELEN. The nominal analysis of children’s interpretations of adjunct PRO clauses. 77.3.494–509
(2001).
GOODWIN, CHARLES (ed.) Conversation and brain damage. BN by L. Chen. 81.2.526–27 (2005).
GOOSSENS, J.; J. TAELDEMAN; and G. VERLEYEN. Fonologische Atlas van de Nederlandse Dialecten. 2: De
Westgermaanse korte vocalen in open syllable. 3: De Westgermaanse lange vocalen en diftongen. BN by P. E.
Webber. 79.1.219–20 (2003).
GORDON, MATTHEW J. BN on Britain and Cheshire (eds.), Social dialectology: In honour of Peter Trudgill.
82.3.673–74 (2006).
GORDON, MATTHEW J. A phonetically driven account of syllable weight. 78.1.51–80 (2002).
GORDON, PETER C.; N. KWON; Y. LEE; R. KLUENDER, and M. POLINSKY. Cognitive and linguistic factors affecting
subject/object asymmetry: An eye-tracking study of prenominal relative clauses in Korean. 86.3.546–82 (2010).
GORDON, RAYMOND G., JR. (ed.) Ethnologue: Languages of the world. 15th edn. Rev. by L. Campbell and V.
Grondona. 84.3.636–41 (2008).
GORIA, CECILIA. Subject clitics in the Northern Italian dialects: A comparative study based on the minimalist
program and optimality theory. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 83.3.676–77 (2007).
GÖRLACH, MANFRED (ed.) A dictionary of European anglicisms. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.3.654–55 (2003).
GÖRLACH, MANFRED (ed.) English in Europe. Rev. by E. W. Schneider. 80.3.598–601 (2004).
GÖRLACH, MANFRED. English in nineteenth-century England: An introduction. BN by J. A. Walker. 77.3.608
(2001).
GÖRLACH, MANFRED. English words abroad. BN by R. Albon. 82.1.198–99 (2006).
GÖRLACH, MANFRED. Still more Englishes. BN by J. S.-Y. Park. 79.4.838–39 (2003).
GORLÉE, DINDA L., and J. IRONS (trans.) Signs in use: An introduction to semiotics. By J. D. Johansen and S. E.
Larsen. BN by J. Holeš. 80.2.348 (2004).
GOTTLIEB, HENRIK, and Y. GAMBIER (eds.) (Multi) media translation: Concepts, practices, and research. BN by L.
GOULD, DRUSILLA, and C. LOETHER. An introduction to the Shoshoni language. BN by T. Wier. 81.4.1006 (2005).
GOUSKOVA, MARIA. Omission in a review (Letter to Language). 86.3.485 (2010).
GOUSKOVA, MARIA. Rev. of Hayes, Introductory phonology. 85.4.937–39 (2009).
GOUTSOS, DIONYSIS, and A. GEORGAKOPOULOU. Discourse analysis: An introduction. 2nd edn. BN by C. E.
Johnson. 83.3.675–76 (2007).
GOUVARD, JEAN-MICHEL. La versification. BN by H. Perdicoyianni-Paléologou. 77.1.177 (2001).
Gradience, gradualness and grammaticalization. Ed. by E. C. Traugott and G. Trousdale. Rev. by T. Breban.
87.3.662–65 (2011).
GRAFFI, GEORGIO. 200 years of syntax: A critical survey. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 78.4.810 (2002).
GRAHAM, LAURA R. Rev. of Perley, Defying Maliseet language death: Emergent vitalities of language, culture, &
identity in Eastern Canada. 88.4.914–17 (2012).
Gramática do Kamaiurá, língua Tupí-Guaraní do Alto Xingu. By L. Seki. Rev. by A. Y. Aikhenvald. 78.2.316–19
(2002).
GRAMLEY, STEPHAN. The vocabulary of world English. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.3.655 (2003).
GRAMLEY, STEPHAN, and K.-M. PÄTZOLD. A survey of Modern English. 2nd edn. BN by D. Deterding. 82.4.947
(2006).
Grammaire de la possession, La. Ed. by J. Guéron and A. Zribi-Hertz. BN by R. McColl Millar. 78.1.211–12
(2002).
Grammar and usage: The discussion continues. Letter to Language by G. R. Guy. 83.1.2–4 (2007).
Grammar and usage: A response to Gregory R. Guy. Letter to Language by F. J. Newmeyer. 82.4.705–6 (2006).
Grammar and usage: A variationist response. Letter to Language by G. R. Guy. 81.3.561–63 (2005).
Grammar, gestures, and meaning in American Sign Language. By S. Liddell. Rev. by D. I. Slobin. 82.1.176–79
(2006).
Grammar is grammar and usage is usage. By F. J. Newmeyer. 79.4.682–707 (2003).
Grammar of accusative case in Kannada, The. By J. Lidz. 82.1.10–32 (2006).
Grammar of causation and interpersonal manipulation, The. Ed. by M. Shibatani. BN by M. Amberber. 80.1.188
(2004).
Grammar of Chingoni, A. By D. Ngonyani. BN by B. Wald. 83.1.226 (2007).
Grammar of Dëne Sųłiné (Chipewyan), A. By E.-D. Cook. BN by Y. A. Lander. 83.4.913–14 (2007).
Grammar of empire in eighteenth-century British writing, The. By J. Sorensen. BN by E. Battistella. 80.1.191
(2004).
70
Grammar of focus, The. Ed. by G. Rebuschi and L. Tuller. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.2.399–400 (2001).
Grammar of French quantification, The. By L. Baunaz. Rev. by H. de Swart. 87.4.878–81 (2011).
Grammar of genes, The: How the genetic code resembles the linguistic code. By Á. López-García. Rev. by W.
Raible. 84.4.885–88 (2008).
Grammar of Jingulu, A: An Aboriginal language of the Northern Territory. By R. Pensalfini. Rev. by J. Simpson.
84.2.425–28 (2008).
Grammar of Kalaallisut (West Greenlandic Inuttut), A. By J. M. Sadock. BN by T. R. Wier. 82.1.221–22 (2006).
Grammar of Kham, A. By D. E. Watters. BN by E. Garrett. 83.2.477 (2007).
Grammar of Kolyma Yukaghir, A. By E. Maslova. BN by W. Schulze. 81.4.1014–15 (2005).
Grammar of Koyraboro (Koroboro) Senni, A. By J. Heath. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.1.183–84 (2001).
Grammar of Kwaza, A. By H. van der Voort. BN by E. J. Vajda. 83.2.473–74 (2007).
Grammar of Lavukaleve, A. By A. Terrill. BN by C. Bowern. 83.1.232 (2007).
Grammar of Ma’di, A. By M. Blackings and N. Fabb. BN by R. Watson. 81.4.1000 (2005).
Grammar of Mangghuer, A: A Mongolic language of China’s Qinghai-Gansu Sprachbund. By K. W. Slater. BN by
E. J. Vajda. 82.4.959–60 (2006).
Grammar of Misantla Totonac, A. By C. J. MacKay. BN by D. Beck. 77.1.172 (2001).
Grammar of Möðruvallabók, A. By A. de Leeuw van Weenen. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.626–27 (2001).
Grammar of Q, The: Q-particles, WH-movement, and pied-piping. By S. Cable. Rev. by S. Chung. 88.1.188–90
(2012).
Grammar of Qiang, A: With annotated texts and glossary. By R. J. LaPolla, with C. Huang. BN by S. R. Anderson.
83.3.679–80 (2007).
Grammar of raising and control, The: A course in syntactic argumentation. By W. D. Davies and S. Dubinsky. Rev.
by I. Toivonen. 84.4.880–82 (2008).
Grammar of Semelai, A. By N. Kruspe. Rev. by A. Y. Aikhenvald. 84.2.415–16 (2008).
Grammar of Sochiapan Chinantec, A. By D. P. Foris. BN by S. Wichmann. 78.4.805–6 (2002).
Grammar of the Hoava language, Western Solomons, A. By K. Davis. BN by S. Robinson. 82.4.941 (2006).
Grammar of time reference in Yukatek Maya, The. By J. Bohnemeyer. BN by J. Tonhauser. 81.4.1000–1001 (2005).
Grammar of Yakan, A. By S. Brainard and D. Behrens. BN by C. González. 83.3.668 (2007).
Grammars leak: Modeling how phonotactic generalizations interact within the grammar. By A. Martin. 87.4.751–70
(2011).
Grammatical analyses in Basque and Romance linguistics: Papers in honor of Mario Saltarelli. Ed. by J. Franco, A.
Landa, and J. Martín. BN by L. Alonso-Ovalle. 77.2.407–8 (2001).
Grammatical change and linguistic theory: The Rosendal papers. Ed. by T. Eythórsson. Rev. by M. Loporcaro.
86.1.219–23 (2010).
Grammatical outline of Gùrdùŋ/Gùrùntùm, A. By A. Haruna. BN by B. Wald. 83.1.219–20 (2007).
Grammatical relations and change. Ed. by J. T. Faarlund. BN by C. Bowern. 80.1.172 (2004).
Grammatical relations in Romani: The noun phrase. Ed. by V. Elšík and Y. Matras. BN by A. P. Grant. 79.2.436–
37 (2003).
Grammatical sketch of Herero (Otjiherero), A. By W. J. G. Möhlig, L. Marten, and J. U. Kavari. BN by B. Wald.
83.1.224–25 (2007).
Grammatical sketch of Somali, A. By H. Dubnov. BN by M. Sawaie. 81.4.1004–5 (2005).
Grammaticality and ungrammaticality in phonology. By A. W. Coetzee. 84.2.218–57 (2008).
Grammaticalization. 2nd edn. By P. J. Hopper and E. C. Traugott. BN by O. Thomason. 81.4.1007–8 (2005).
GRANGER, SYLVAINE, and B. ALTENBERG (eds.) Lexis in contrast: Corpus-based approaches. BN by M. L. Murphy.
81.3.768–69 (2005).
GRANT, ANTHONY P. BN on Baker and Eversley (eds.), Multilingual capital: The languages of London’s schoolchildren and their relevance to economic, social and educational policies. 78.4.814–15 (2002).
GRANT, ANTHONY P. BN on Dempwolff, Induktiver Aufbau des Urbantu. Ed. and rearranged by L. Gerhardt and J.
Roux. 77.3.637–38 (2001).
GRANT, ANTHONY P. BN on Elšík and Matras (eds.), Grammatical relations in Romani: The noun phrase. 79.2.436–
37 (2003).
GRANT, ANTHONY P. BN on Gair, Studies in South Asian linguistics: Sinhala and other South Asian languages. Ed.
and selected by B. C. Lust. 77.3.639 (2001).
GRANT, ANTHONY P. BN on Himmelmann (ed.), Sourcebook on Tomini-Tolitoli languages: General information
and word lists. 79.2.439–40 (2003).
GRANT, ANTHONY P. BN on Neumann-Holzschuh and Schneider (eds.), Degrees of restructuring in creole languages. 79.2.447–48 (2003).
71
GRANT, ANTHONY P. BN on Tsitsipis, A linguistic anthropology of praxis and language shift: Arvanítika (Albanian)
and Greek in contact. 77.3.638–39 (2001).
GRANT, COLIN B. (ed.) Rethinking communicative interaction: New interdisciplinary horizons. BN by F. Yus.
82.4.947–48 (2006).
GRAUMANN, CARL F., and W. KALLMEYER (eds.) Perspective and perspectivation in discourse. BN by A. Głaz.
80.3.622–23 (2004).
Greek: A comprehensive grammar of the modern language. By D. Holton, P. Mackridge, and I. PhilippakiWarburton. BN by J. Merchant. 77.1.194–95 (2001).
Greek: An essential grammar of the modern language. By D. Holton, P. Mackridge, and I. Philippaki-Warburton.
BN by A. Galani. 82.3.683–84 (2006).
GREEN, DAVID W. Rev. of Paradis, Declarative and procedural determinants of second languages. 86.3.735–38
(2010).
GREEN, GEORGIA M. Rev. of Wasow, Postverbal behavior. 80.2.327–31 (2004).
GREEN, GEORGIA M., and R. D. LEVINE (eds.) Studies in contemporary phrase structure grammar. BN by M. A.
Covington. 77.3.610 (2001).
GREEN, LISA J. African American English: A linguistic introduction. BN by T. L. Weldon. 82.4.948 (2006).
GREEN, LISA J. Language and the African American child. Rev. by J. M. Terry. 88.2.423–25 (2012).
GREENBERG, JOSEPH HAROLD. Indo-European and its closest relatives: The Eurasiatic language family. Vol. 1:
Grammar. Vol. 2: Lexicon. BN by P. T. Daniels. 80.4.889–90 (2004).
GREENBERG, JOSEPH HAROLD, Obituary of. By W. Croft. 77.4.815–30 (2001).
GREENBERG, MARC L. A historical phonology of the Slovene language. BN by M. J. Elson. 78.4.796–97 (2002).
Greenberg’s asymmetry in Arabic: A consequence of stems in paradigms. By A. I. Gafos. 79.2.317–55 (2003).
GREGERSEN, FRANS; N. GRØNNUM; and H. BASBØLL (eds.) Sound structure in language. By J. Rischel. Rev. by K. J.
Kohler. 86.2.458–62 (2010).
GRENOBLE, LENORE A. Deixis and information packaging in Russian discourse. BN by A. Pereltsvaig. 77.1.177–78
(2001).
GRENOBLE, LENORE A., and L. J. WHALEY. RA on Bradley and Bradley (eds.), Language endangerment and
language maintenance; and Janse and Tol (eds.), Language death and language maintenance: Theoretical,
practical and descriptive approaches. 81.4.965–74 (2005).
GRENOBLE, LENORE A., and L. J. WHALEY. Saving languages: An introduction to language revitalization. Rev. by S.
Wichmann. 84.4.883–85 (2008).
GREWENDORF, GÜNTHER. Rev. of Belletti (ed.), Structures and beyond: The cartography of syntactic structures, vol.
3. 84.1.179–82 (2008).
GRIES, STEFAN TH. Statistics for linguistics with R: A practical introduction. Rev. by S. J. Clancy. 88.2.426–29
(2012).
GRIFFIN, PEG; J. K. PEYTON; W. WOLFRAM; and R. FASOLD (eds.) Language in action: New studies of language in
society: Essays in honor of Roger W. Shuy. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.855 (2001).
GRIJZENHOUT, JANET, and B. GERLACH (eds.) Clitics in phonology, morphology, and syntax. BN by J. F. Eska.
79.3.653–54 (2003).
GRIJZENHOUT, JANET, and B. KABAK (eds.) Phonological domains: Universals and deviations. Rev. by J.
Meinschaefer. 87.1.201–3 (2011).
GRIMSHAW, JANE; G. LEGENDRE; and S. VIKNER (eds.) Optimality-theoretic syntax. BN by K. K. Grohmann.
80.4.896 (2004).
GRINSTEAD, JOHN. Rev. of Snyder, Child language: The parametric approach. 86.1.252–56 (2010).
GRINSTEAD, JOHN. Subjects and interface delay in child Spanish and Catalan. 80.1.40–72 (2004).
GRODZINSKY, YOSEF; L. SHAPIRO; and D. SWINNEY (eds.) Language and the brain: Representation and processing.
BN by C. V. Novaes. 77.4.867–68 (2001).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Aarts, Denison, Keizer, and Popova (eds.), Fuzzy grammar: A reader. 82.4.935–
36 (2006).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Abraham and Zwart (eds.), Issues in formal German(ic) typology. 79.4.827–28
(2003).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Ackerman and Moore, Proto-properties and grammatical encoding: A correspondence theory of argument selection. 81.3.766–67 (2005).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Alexiadou, Functional structure in nominals: Nominalization and ergativity.
79.3.643 (2003).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Brosziewski, Syntactic derivations: A nontransformational view. 79.4.832
(2003).
72
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Coene and D’hulst (eds.), From NP to DP. Vol. 1: The syntax and semantics of
noun phrases. Vol. 2: The expression of possession in noun phrases. 82.1.191–93 (2006).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Cornips and Doetjes (eds.), Linguistics in the Netherlands 2004. 83.3.671–72
(2007).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Costa (ed.), Portuguese syntax: New comparative studies. 79.2.431–32 (2003).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Cysouw, The paradigmatic structure of person marking. 81.3.775 (2005).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Doherty, Clauses without ‘that’: The case for bare sentential complementation
in English. 78.4.816–17 (2002).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Fleischer, Die Syntax von Pronominaladverbien in den Dialekten des
Deutschen: Eine Untersuchung zu Preposition Stranding und verwandten Phänomenen. 82.4.944–45 (2006).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Fox, Economy and semantic interpretation. 78.2.380 (2002).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Fuß and Trips (eds.), Diachronic clues to synchronic grammar. 83.3.675 (2007).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Goria, Subject clitics in the Northern Italian dialects: A comparative study
based on the minimalist program and optimality theory. 83.3.676–77 (2007).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Haeberli, Features, categories and the syntax of A-positions: Cross-linguistic
variation in the Germanic languages. 81.3.777 (2005).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Han, The structure and interpretation of imperatives: Mood and force in
universal grammar. 78.4.817–18 (2002).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Hartmann, Right node raising and gapping: Interface conditions on prosodic
deletion. 79.3.656–57 (2003).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Hulk and Pollock (eds.), Subject inversion in Romance and the theory of
universal grammar. 79.4.805–6 (2003).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Johnson and Lappin, Local constraints vs. economy. 78.2.380–81 (2002).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Josefsson, Minimal words in a minimal syntax: Word formation in Swedish.
78.4.816 (2002).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Kato and Negrão (eds.), Brazilian Portuguese and the null subject parameter.
79.4.807–8 (2003).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Kenesei, Argument structure in Hungarian. 79.4.841 (2003).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Kidwai, XP-adjunction in universal grammar: Scrambling and binding in
Hindi-Urdu. 81.2.532 (2005).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Lebeaux, Language acquisition and the form of the grammar. 79.4.810–11
(2003).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Legendre, Grimshaw, and Vikner (eds.), Optimality-theoretic syntax. 80.4.896
(2004).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Lutz, Müller, and von Stechow (eds.), Wh-scope marking. 78.2.377–78 (2002).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Matras and Reershemius, Low German (East Frisian dialect). 81.3.782–83
(2005).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Moro, Dynamic antisymmetry. 79.3.662–63 (2003).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on O’Grady, Archibald, Aronoff, and Rees-Miller, Contemporary linguistics: An
introduction. 5th edn. 83.3.687 (2007).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Ordóñez, The clausal structure of Spanish: A comparative study. 78.2.379–80
(2002).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Pica and Rooryck (eds.), Linguistic variation yearbook 2001. 82.1.214–15
(2006).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Pica and Rooryck (eds.), Linguistic variation yearbook, vol. 3 (2003). 83.3.689–
90 (2007).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Powers and Hamann (eds.), The acquisition of scrambling and cliticization.
78.4.818–19 (2002).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Puskás, Word order in Hungarian: The syntax of A’-positions. 78.2.378–79
(2002).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Rooryck, Configurations of sentential complementation: Perspectives from
Romance languages. 78.4.815–16 (2002).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Schaeffer, The acquisition of direct object scrambling and clitic placement:
Syntax and pragmatics. 81.1.289–90 (2005).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Simpson, Wh-movement and the theory of feature-checking. 79.3.667–68
(2003).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Svenonius (ed.), The derivation of VO and OV. 79.3.670–71 (2003).
73
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Tenny and Pustejovsky (eds.), Events as grammatical objects: The converging
perspectives of lexical semantics and syntax. 79.3.671–72 (2003).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Tsujioka, The syntax of possession in Japanese. 81.4.1025–26 (2005).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. BN on Vendryes, Language: A linguistic introduction to history. 83.1.233–34 (2007).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. Prolific domains: On the anti-locality of movement dependencies. BN by A.
Pereltsvaig. 81.4.1006–7 (2005).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. Rev. of Hale and Keyser, Prolegomenon to a theory of argument structure. 81.1.248–
51 (2005).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. Rev. of Martin, Michaels, and Uriagereka (eds.), Step by step. 78.1.161–64 (2002).
GROHMANN, KLEANTHES K. Rev. of Thornton and Wexler, Principle B, VP ellipsis, and interpretation in child
grammar. 78.2.322–24 (2002).
GRONDONA, VERÓNICA, and L. CAMPBELL. Rev. of Gordon (ed.), Ethnologue: Languages of the world. 15th edn.
84.3.636–41 (2008).
GRØNNUM, NINA; F. GREGERSEN; and H. BASBØLL (eds.) Sound structure in language. By J. Rischel. Rev. by K. J.
Kohler. 86.2.458–62 (2010).
GROSJEAN, FRANÇOIS. Bilingual: Life and reality. Rev. by B. Z. Pearson. 87.2.396–98 (2011).
GROSS, ALLAN G.; J. E. HARMON; and M. REIDY. Communicating science: The scientific article from the 17th
century to the present. BN by S. J. Baxter. 81.2.527–28 (2005).
Growing up with two languages: A practical guide. By U. Cunningham-Andersson and S. Andersson. BN by C. van
Kerckvoorde. 77.3.601 (2001).
GRUBER, JEFF, and E. GIBSON. Measuring linguistic complexity independent of plausibility (Discussion Note).
80.3.583–90 (2004).
GRUBMÜLLER, KLAUS; B. SCHNELL; H.-J. STAHL; E. AUER; and R. PAWIS (eds.) Vocabularius ex quo: Überlieferungsgeschichtliche Ausgabe. BN by J. M. Jeep. 78.4.819 (2002).
GRÜNTHAL, RIHO. Finnic adpositions and cases in change. BN by S. Skopeteas. 82.3.681 (2006).
Grundfragen der Umlautphonemisierung: Eine strukturelle Analyse des nordgermanischen i/j Umlauts unter
Berücksichtigung der älteren Runeninschriften. By M. Schulte. BN by M. Pierce. 77.3.604 (2001).
GRUNDY, PETER. Doing pragmatics. 2nd edn. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 79.1.220–21 (2003).
GUASTI, MARIA TERESA. Language acquisition: The growth of grammar. Rev. by A. Radford. 80.4.855–57 (2004).
GÜLDEMANN, TOM, and M. VON RONCADOR (eds.) Reported discourse: A meeting ground for different linguistic
domains. BN by T. J. Curnow. 81.3.776–77 (2005).
GUENTCHÉVA, ZLATKA (ed.) L’Énonciation médiatisée. BN by V. A. Friedman. 78.4.797–98 (2002).
GUÉRON, JACQUELINE, and M. BAPTISTA (eds.) Noun phrases in creole languages: A multi-faceted approach. Rev.
by E. Bobyleva and E. O. Aboh. 87.1.172–78 (2011).
GÜNTHNER, SUSANNE; A. DI LUZIO; and F. ORLETTI (eds.) Culture in communication: Analyses of intercultural
GUÉRON, JACQUELINE, and J. LECARME (eds.) The syntax of time. Rev. by M. Julien. 83.1.208–11 (2007).
GUÉRON, JACQUELINE, and A. ZRIBI-HERTZ (eds.) La grammaire de la possession. BN by R. McColl Millar.
78.1.211–12 (2002).
GUI, MING CHAO. Kunming Chinese. BN by L. A. Hall-Lew. 80.4.890–91 (2004).
GUI, MING CHAO. Yunnanese and Kunming Chinese: A study of the language communities, the phonological
systems, and the phonological developments. BN by L. A. Hall-Lew. 80.4.891 (2004).
GUILLAUME, GUSTAVE. Rethinking structuralism: The posthumous publications of Gustave Guillaume (1883–1960).
RA by J. Hewson. 84.4.820–44 (2008).
GULLY, ADRIAN; E. BADAWI; and M. G. CARTER. Modern written Arabic: A comprehensive grammar. BN by A. S.
Kaye. 82.1.186–87 (2006).
GUSSENHOVEN, CARLOS. The phonology of tone and intonation. Rev. by M. E. Beckman. 84.3.641–43 (2008).
GUSSENHOVEN, CARLOS. Response to Beckman’s review (Letter to Language). 85.1.2–3 (2009).
GUSSENHOVEN, CARLOS, and N. WARNER (eds.) Laboratory phonology 7. BN by E. Herrera Z. 80.1.175–76 (2004).
GUTIÉRREZ-REXACH, JAVIER. BN on Barbiers, Beukema, and van der Wurff (eds.), Modality and its interaction with
the verbal system. 79.4.828–29 (2003).
GUTIÉRREZ-REXACH, JAVIER. BN on Camps and Wiltshire (eds.), Romance syntax, semantics and L2 acquisition.
79.4.834–35 (2003).
GUTIÉRREZ-REXACH, JAVIER. BN on Felser, Verbal complement clauses: A minimalist study of perception
constructions. 77.3.639–40 (2001).
GUTIÉRREZ-REXACH, JAVIER. BN on Krahmer, Presupposition and anaphora. 78.1.207–8 (2002).
GUTIÉRREZ-REXACH, JAVIER. BN on Neale, Facing facts. 79.4.813–14 (2003).
74
GUTIÉRREZ-REXACH, JAVIER. BN on Panagiotidis, Pronouns, clitics and empty nouns: ‘Pronominality’ and
licensing in syntax. 79.4.843 (2003).
GUTIÉRREZ-REXACH, JAVIER. BN on Preyer and Peter (eds.), Logical form and language. 79.4.819 (2003).
GUTIÉRREZ-REXACH, JAVIER. BN on Rohrbacher, Morphology-driven syntax: A theory of V to I raising and prodrop. 78.1.207 (2002).
GUTIÉRREZ-REXACH, JAVIER. Rev. of Roby, Aspect and the categorization of states: The case of ser and estar in
Spanish. 87.1.227–29 (2011).
GUY, GREGORY R. Grammar and usage: The discussion continues (Letter to Language). 83.1.2–4 (2007).
GUY, GREGORY R. Grammar and usage: A variationist response (Letter to Language). 81.3.561–63 (2005).
GUY, GREGORY R., and D. ERKER. The role of lexical frequency in syntactic variability: Variable subject personal
pronoun expression in Spanish. 88.3.526–57 (2012).
HAACKE, WILFRED H. G. The tonology of Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara). BN by C. Bowern. 78.1.201–2 (2002).
HABEL, CHRISTOPHER, and T. PECHMANN (eds.) Multidisciplinary approaches to language production. BN by R. K.
Mishra. 83.3.688–89 (2007).
HABERMAS, JÜRGEN. On the pragmatics of social interaction: Preliminary studies in the theory of communicative
action. BN by J. B. Jackson. 78.2.384 (2002).
Habitat of Australia’s Aboriginal languages, The: Past, present and future. Ed. by G. Leitner and I. G. Malcolm.
Rev. by C. Yallop. 86.1.232–34 (2010).
HACHENBURGER, PETRA, and P. JACKSON. Topics, questions, keywords: A handbook for students of German. BN by
G. H. Toops. 78.4.790–91 (2002).
HACKING, JANE F. Coding the hypothetical: A comparative typology of Russian and Macedonian conditionals. BN
by E. J. Vajda. 78.3.590–91 (2002).
HACQUARD, VALENTINE. Rev. of Portner, Modality. 86.3.739–41 (2010).
HADLER, MEIKE; H. CLAHSEN; S. EISENBEISS; and I. SONNENSTUHL. The mental representation of inflected words:
HAEBERLI, ERIC. Features, categories and the syntax of A-positions: Cross-linguistic variation in the Germanic
languages. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 81.3.777 (2005).
HAEGEMAN, LILIANE. Rev. of Everaert and van Riemsdijk, with Goedemans and Hollebrandse (eds.), The Blackwell
companion to syntax. 85.1.190–97 (2009).
HAEGEMAN, LILIANE; A. ALEXIADOU; and M. STAVROU. Noun phrase in the generative perspective. Rev. by G.
Giusti. 86.3.700–702 (2010).
HAGÈGE, CLAUDE. Halte à la mort des langues. BN by G. H. Toops. 79.1.221 (2003).
HAGEN, JON ERIK; H. SANDØY; E. BRUNSTAD; and K. TENFJORD (eds.) Den fleirspråklege utfordringa [The
HAGIWARA, ROBERT. BN on Thomas, An acoustic analysis of vowel variation in New World English. 80.4.903
(2004).
HAGSTROM, PAUL; P. BARBOSA; D. FOX; M. MCGINNIS; and D. PESETSKY (eds.) Is the best good enough? Optimality
and competition in syntax. Rev. by D. T. Langendoen. 77.4.842–44 (2001).
Haida syntax. By J. Enrico. BN by P. W. Davis. 82.1.196–97 (2006).
HAIDER, HUBERT. Rev. of É. Kiss and van Riemsdijk (eds.), Verb clusters: A study of Hungarian, German and
Dutch. 83.3.647–51 (2007).
HAIMAN, JOHN. Talk is cheap: Sarcasm, alienation and the evolution of language. BN by I. Checa-García. 79.4.839
(2003).
HAJEK, JOHN. BN on Wright (ed.), Language, democracy and devolution in Catalonia. 78.2.359–60 (2002).
HAJIČOVÁ, EVA; T. HOSKOVEC; O. LEŠKA; P. SGALL; and Z. SKOUMALOVÁ (eds.) Prague Linguistic Circle papers.
Travaux du cercle linguistique de Prague, new series, vol. 3. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.1.181–82 (2001).
HAJIČOVÁ, EVA; P. SGALL; J. HANA; and T. HOSKOVEC (eds.) Prague Linguistic Circle papers. Travaux du cercle
linguistique de Prague, new series, vol. 4. BN by Z. Salzmann. 80.3.623 (2004).
HÅKANSSON, GISELA; G. JOSEFSSON; and C. PLATZACK (eds.) The acquisition of Swedish grammar. BN by M.
Kilarski. 83.3.678–79 (2007).
HALE, KENNETH LOCKE, Obituary of. By S. J. Keyser. 79.2.411–22 (2003).
HALE, KENNETH LOCKE, and S. J. KEYSER. Prolegomenon to a theory of argument structure. Rev. by K. K.
Grohmann. 81.1.248–51 (2005).
HALE, MARK. Historical linguistics: Theory and method. Rev. by H. C. Melchert. 85.1.203–6 (2009).
HALL, JOAN KELLY, and L. S. VERPLAETSE (eds.) Second and foreign language learning through classroom
interaction. BN by F. Rubio. 78.3.607–8 (2002).
HALL, KATHLEEN CURRIE; A. BERGMANN; and S. M. ROSS (eds.) Language files: Materials for an introduction to
75
HALL, T. ALAN. Phonologie: Eine Einführung. BN by M. Pierce. 78.2.364–65 (2002).
HALL, T. ALAN. Rev. of Lodge, Fundamental concepts in phonology: Sameness and difference. 86.4.967–69 (2010).
HALL, T. ALAN. Rev. of Topintzi, Onsets: Suprasegmental and prosodic behaviour. 88.3.673–75 (2012).
HALL, T. ALAN; L. J. DOWNING; and R. RAFFELSIEFEN (eds.) Paradigms in phonological theory. Rev. by C. Rice.
82.4.905–8 (2006).
HALLE, JOHN. Rev. of Dell and Elmedlaoui, Poetic meter and musical form in Tashlhiyt Berber songs. 87.1.181–89
(2011).
HALLE, MORRIS, and N. FABB. Meter in poetry: A new theory. Rev. by P. Kiparsky. 85.4.923–30 (2009).
HALLETT, RICHARD W. BN on Allerton, Skandera, and Tschichold (eds.), Perspectives on English as a world
language. 80.4.873–74 (2004).
HALLETT, RICHARD W. BN on Boulima, Negotiated interaction in target language classroom discourse. 80.3.614–
15 (2004).
HALLETT, RICHARD W. BN on Maurais and Morris (eds.), Languages in a globalising world. 81.2.541–42 (2005).
HALLIDAY, M. A. K.; W. TEUBERT; C. YALLOP; and A. CERMÁKOVÁ. Lexicology and corpus linguistics: An
HALL-LEW, LAUREN A. BN on Gui, Kunming Chinese. 80.4.890–91 (2004).
HALL-LEW, LAUREN A. BN on Gui, Yunnanese and Kunming Chinese: A study of the language communities, the
phonological systems, and the phonological developments. 80.4.891 (2004).
HALLMAN, PETER. NP-interpretation and the structure of predicates. 80.4.707–47 (2004).
Halte à la mort des langues. By C. Hagège. BN by G. H. Toops. 79.1.221 (2003).
HAMANN, CORNELIA, and S. POWERS (eds.) The acquisition of scrambling and cliticization. BN by K. K. Grohmann.
78.4.818–19 (2002).
HAMILTON, HEIDI E.; D. SCHIFFRIN; and D. TANNEN (eds.) The handbook of discourse analysis. Rev. by M.
Bucholtz. 80.4.862–65 (2004).
HAMMOND, MICHAEL. The phonology of English: A prosodic optimality-theoretic approach. BN by A. R. Luis.
77.3.621 (2001).
HAMMOND, MICHAEL. Programming for linguists: Java™ technology for language researchers. Rev. by C.
Manning. 81.3.740–42 (2005).
HAMMOND, MICHAEL. Programming for linguists: Perl for language researchers. Rev. by J. Goldsmith. 80.4.857–
59 (2004).
HAMMOND, ROBERT M. The sounds of Spanish: Analysis and application. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.4.800–801 (2002).
HAMP, ERIC P. Are you a pisces? Fossils and historical linguistics (Letter to Language). 84.4.684–85 (2008).
HAMP, ERIC P. A birthday reception for the LSA (Letter to Language). 80.4.645–46 (2004).
HAN, CHUNG-HYE. The structure and interpretation of imperatives: Mood and force in universal grammar. BN by
K. K. Grohmann. 78.4.817–18 (2002).
HAN, CHUNG-HYE, and D. R. STOROSHENKO. Semantic binding of long-distance anaphor caki in Korean. 88.4.764–
90 (2012).
HANA, JIŘÍ; E. HAJIČOVÁ; P. SGALL; and T. HOSKOVEC (eds.) Prague Linguistic Circle papers. Travaux du cercle
Handbook for language engineers. Ed. by A. Farghaly. BN by S. Robinson. 82.3.679–80 (2006).
Handbook of Amazonian languages. Vol. 4. Ed. by D. C. Derbyshire and G. K. Pullum. Rev. by E. J. Vajda.
77.2.360–63 (2001).
Handbook of applied linguistics, The. Ed. by A. Davies and C. Elder. Rev. by B. Spolsky. 83.1.202–4 (2007).
Handbook of Australian languages, The. Vol. 5: Grammatical sketches of Bunuba, Ndjébbana, and Kugu
Nganhcara. Ed. by R. M. W. Dixon and B. J. Blake. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.3.650–51 (2003).
Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches. Ed. by J. F. Kroll and A. M. B. de Groot. Rev. by V. Cook.
84.1.196–99 (2008).
Handbook of computational linguistics and natural language processing, The. Ed. by A. Clark, C. Fox, and S.
Lappin. Rev. by G. Hirst. 87.4.897–99 (2011).
Handbook of descriptive linguistic fieldwork. By S. L. Chelliah and W. J. de Reuse. Rev. by A. M. Dwyer.
88.4.899–904 (2012).
Handbook of discourse analysis, The. Ed. by D. Schiffrin, D. Tannen, and H. E. Hamilton. Rev. by M. Bucholtz.
80.4.862–65 (2004).
Handbook of East Asian psycholinguistics, The. Vol. 1: Chinese. Ed. by P. Li, L. H. Tan, E. Bates, and O. J. L.
Tzeng. Rev. by N. Tsujimura. 85.2.480–84 (2009).
Handbook of East Asian psycholinguistics, The. Vol. 2: Japanese. Ed. by M. Nakayama, R. Mazuka, and Y. Shirai.
Rev. by N. Tsujimura. 85.2.480–84 (2009).
76
Handbook of English linguistics, The. Ed. by B. Aarts and A. McMahon. Rev. by E. C. Traugott. 84.4.874–77
(2008).
Handbook of historical linguistics, The. Ed. by B. D. Joseph and R. D. Janda. Rev. by O. Fischer. 85.1.206–11
(2009).
Handbook of Japanese grammar, A. By H. Storm. BN by L. Cyrus. 83.4.924 (2007).
Handbook of language and ethnic identity: Disciplinary and regional perspectives, vol. 1. 2nd edn. Ed. by J. A.
Fishman and O. García. Rev. by R. L. Cooper. 87.3.637–40 (2011).
Handbook of language and globalization, The. Ed. by N. Coupland. Rev. by D. Cameron. 87.3.631–34 (2011).
Handbook of language contact, The. Ed. by R. Hickey. Rev. by V. Bubenik. 87.4.915–18 (2011).
Handbook of language variation and change, The. Ed. by J. K. Chambers, P. Trudgill, and N. Schilling-Estes. Rev.
by J. A. Walker. 80.3.591–94 (2004).
Handbook of linguistics, The. Ed. by M. Aronoff and J. Rees-Miller. Rev. by S. Steele. 78.1.177–79 (2002).
Handbook of multilingualism and multilingual communication. Ed. by P. Auer and L. Wei. Rev. by S. Romaine.
85.2.457–58 (2009).
Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 17: Languages. Ed. by I. Goddard. Rev. by S. G. Thomason. 82.4.912–
15 (2006).
Handbook of perceptual dialectology: Volume 1. Ed. by D. R. Preston. Rev. by C. J. Dannenberg. 77.2.382–83
(2001).
Handbook of pidgin and creole studies, The. Ed. by S. Kouwenberg and J. V. Singler. Rev. by M. Baptista.
87.4.918–22 (2011).
Handbook of pragmatics. 2001 installment. Ed. by J. Verschueren, J.-O. Östman, J. Blommaert, and C. Bulcaen. BN
by L. DeWaard Dykstra. 83.4.924–25 (2007).
Handbook of pragmatics. 2002 installment. Comp. by J. Verschueren, J.-A. Östman, J. Blommaert, and C. Bulcaen.
BN by R. D’Alessandro. 82.3.698–99 (2006).
Handbook of second language acquisition, The. Ed. by C. J. Doughty and M. H. Long. Rev. by F. Eckman.
83.3.644–47 (2007).
Handbook of Slavic clitics, A. By S. Franks and T. H. King. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.629–30 (2001).
Handbook of varieties of English, A. Ed. by B. Kortmann, K. Burridge, R. Mesthrie, E. W. Schneider, and C. Upton.
Rev. by T. Odlin. 84.1.193–96 (2008).
HANDLER, RICHARD; R. DARNELL; and J. T. IRVINE (eds.) The collected works of Edward Sapir, III: Culture. Rev. by
J. Stanlaw. 77.3.587–90 (2001).
HANDMAN, COURTNEY. Language ideologies, endangered-language linguistics, and Christianization (SIL
HANFLING, OSWALD. Philosophy and ordinary language: The bent and genius of our tongue. BN by K. Chirkova.
78.1.202–3 (2002).
HANKAMER, JORGE; A. ALEXIADOU; T. MCFADDEN; J. NUGER; and F. SCHÄFER (eds.) Advances in comparative
HANKS, WILLIAM F. Rev. of Evans, Dying words: Endangered languages and what they have to tell us. 86.2.438–41
(2010).
HANNAS, WILLIAM C. The writing on the wall: How Asian orthography curbs creativity. Rev. by R. Sproat.
81.1.251–54 (2005).
HANNAY, MIKE, and A. M. BOLKESTEIN (eds.) Functional grammar and verbal interaction. BN by A. J. KoontzGarboden. 77.2.391–92 (2001).
HANSEN, ERIK W. The synchronic fallacy. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.4.800 (2002).
HANSEN, LYNNE (ed.) Second language attrition in Japanese contexts. BN by D. O. Jackson. 77.3.641–42 (2001).
HANSEN, STEFFEN LEO (ed.) World knowledge and natural language analysis. BN by K. Chirkova. 78.1.191–92
(2002).
HANSEN, ZAKARIS SVABO; C. HEYCOCK; A. SORACE; F. WILSON; and S. VIKNER. Detecting the late stages of
syntactic change: The loss of V-to-T in Faroese. 88.3.558–600 (2012).
HANSON, KRISTIN. RA on Fabb, Language and literary structure: The linguistic analysis of form in verse and
narrative. 84.2.370–86 (2008).
Han-Zangyu tonyuanci yanjiu, vol. 1: Han-Zangyu yanjiu de lishi huigu [Cognate words in Sino-Tibetan languages,
vol. 1: Historical outlook on Sino-Tibetan research]. Ed. by P.-H. Ting and H. Sun. BN by K. Chirkova.
83.2.471 (2007).
Han-Zangyu tonyuanci yanjiu, vol. 2: Han-Zang, Miao-Yao tongyuanci zhuanti yanjiu [Cognate words in SinoTibetan languages, vol. 2: Cognate words in Sino-Tibetan and Miao-Yao]. Ed. by P.-H. Ting and H. Sun. BN by
K. Chirkova. 83.2.471–72 (2007).
77
Han-Zangyu tonyuanci yanjiu, vol. 3: Han-Zangyu yanjiu de fangfalun tansuo [Cognate words in Sino-Tibetan
languages, vol. 3: Methodological issues in Sino-Tibetan research]. Ed. by P.-H. Ting and H. Sun. BN by K.
Chirkova. 83.2.472 (2007).
HARBERT, WAYNE. The Germanic languages. Rev. by E. König. 85.4.933–36 (2009).
HARBERT, WAYNE, with S. MCCONNELL-GINET, A. MILLER, and J. WHITMAN (eds.) Language and poverty. RA by
S. S. Mufwene. 86.4.910–32 (2010).
HARDCASTLE, WILLIAM J., and N. HEWLETT (eds.) Coarticulation: Theory, data and technology. BN by J. R. Elliott.
77.2.420–21 (2001).
HARDER, PETER, and K. BOYE. A usage-based theory of grammatical status and grammaticalization. 88.1.1–44
(2012).
HARDMAN, M. J. Aymara. BN by S. Wichmann. 80.3.623–24 (2004).
HARDMAN, M. J. Jaqaru. BN by T. J. Curnow. 80.4.891–92 (2004).
HARLEY, HEIDI; A. CARNIE; and S. A. DOOLEY (eds.) Verb first: On the syntax of verb-initial languages. Rev. by M.
Tallerman. 84.1.182–86 (2008).
HARLEY, HEIDI; A. CARNIE; and M. WILLIE (eds.) Formal approaches to function in grammar: In honor of Eloise
Jelinek. BN by F. J. Newmeyer. 80.3.616–17 (2004).
HARLEY, HEIDI, and E. RITTER. Person and number in pronouns: A feature-geometric analysis. 78.3.482–526
(2002).
HARLOW, RAY. Māori: A linguistic introduction. Rev. by W. Bauer. 85.2.473–76 (2009).
HARMON, JOSEPH E.; A. G. GROSS; and M. REIDY. Communicating science: The scientific article from the 17th
HARNISH, ROBERT M.; A. AKMAJIAN; R. A. DEMERS; and A. K. FARMER. Linguistics: An introduction to language
HARNISH, ROBERT M., and I. KENESEI (eds.) Perspectives on semantics, pragmatics and discourse: A festschrift for
Ferenc Kiefer. BN by A. Capone. 79.2.442 (2003).
HARRIS, ALICE C. Endoclitics and the origins of Udi morphosyntax. Rev. by P. S. LeSourd and P. D. Kroeber.
82.2.431–35 (2006).
HARRIS, ALICE C. (ed.) The indigenous languages of the Caucasus, vol. 1: The Kartvelian languages. Rev. by S. R.
Anderson. 81.4.993–96 (2005).
HARRIS, ALICE C. Revisiting anaphoric islands. 82.1.114–30 (2006).
HARRIS, ALICE C., and A. G. SAMUEL. Perception of exuberant exponence in Batsbi: Functional or incidental?
87.3.447–69 (2011).
HARRIS, ROXY, and B. RAMPTON (eds.) The language, ethnicity and race reader. BN by Z. Salzmann. 81.3.777–78
(2005).
HARRIS, ROY (ed.) The language myth in Western culture. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.3.655–56 (2003).
HARRIS, ROY. Saussure and his interpreters. 2nd edn. Rev. by J. Culler. 82.4.915–18 (2006).
HARRISON, ANNETTE. BN on Dombrowsky-Hahn, Phénomènes de contact entre les langues Minyanka et Bambara
(Sud du Mali). 79.4.837–38 (2003).
HARRISON, ANNETTE. BN on Oakes, Language and national identity: Comparing France and Sweden. 80.4.899
(2004).
HARRISON, K. DAVID. When languages die: The extinction of the world’s languages and the erosion of human
knowledge. Rev. by A. Nevins and A. R. Singerman. 87.2.398–402 (2011).
HARRISON, K. DAVID, and G. D. S. ANDERSON. Tuvan dictionary. BN by E. J. Vajda. 81.4.997 (2005).
HARRISON, K. DAVID; D. S. ROOD; and A. DWYER (eds.) Lessons from documented endangered languages. Rev. by
D. Bradley. 87.2.402–6 (2011).
HÄRTL, HOLDEN, and H. TAPPE (eds.) Mediating between concepts and grammar. BN by P. Burkhardt. 82.4.949
(2006).
HARTMANN, KATHARINA. Right node raising and gapping: Interface conditions on prosodic deletion. BN by K. K.
Grohmann. 3.656–57 (2003).
HARUNA, ANDREW. A grammatical outline of Gùrdùŋ/Gùrùntùm. BN by B. Wald. 83.1.219–20 (2007).
HASER, VERENA. BN on Bricker, Yah, and de Po’ot, A dictionary of the Maya language as spoken in Hocabá,
Yucatán. 77.2.389 (2001).
HASER, VERENA. BN on Dirven and Verspoor (eds.), Cognitive exploration of language and linguistics. 77.1.174
(2001).
HASER, VERENA. BN on Hiraga, Sinha, and Wilcox (eds.), Cultural, psychological and typological issues in
cognitive linguistics. 77.3.617–18 (2001).
HASER, VERENA. BN on Lycan (ed.), Mind and cognition: An anthology. 2nd edn. 77.2.389–90 (2001).
78
HASER, VERENA. BN on Munro and Lopez (eds. with Méndez, Garcia, and Galant), Di’csyonaary X:tèe’n Dìi’zh Sah
Sann Lu’uc—San Lucas Quiaviní Zapotec dictionary. 77.2.390 (2001).
HASLER, JUAN A. Sonidos, fonemas, morfemas. BN by C. González. 82.4.949–50 (2006).
HASPELMATH, MARTIN. Comparative concepts and descriptive categories in crosslinguistic studies (Discussion
Note). 86.3.663–87 (2010).
HASPELMATH, MARTIN. The interplay between comparative concepts and descriptive categories (Reply to
Newmeyer) (Discussion Note). 86.3.696–99 (2010).
HASPELMATH, MARTIN. Length of review process (Letter to Language). 81.1.1 (2005).
HASPELMATH, MARTIN. More on the future of Language (Letter to Language). 82.3.480 (2006).
HASPELMATH, MARTIN. Names and bibliographic practice (Letter to Language). 84.4.683–84 (2008).
HASPELMATH, MARTIN. Rev. of Du Bois, Kumpf, and Ashby (eds.), Preferred argument structure: Grammar as
architecture for function. 82.4.908–12 (2006).
HASPELMATH, MARTIN. Rev. of Siewierska, Person. 84.1.206–9 (2008).
HASPELMATH, MARTIN. Understanding morphology. Rev. by D. Beck. 81.1.254–57 (2005).
HASPELMATH, MARTIN, and U. TADMOR (eds.) Loanwords in the world’s languages: A comparative handbook. Rev.
by Y. Matras. 88.3.647–52 (2012).
HASUND, INGRID KRISTINE; A.-B. STENSTRÖM; and G. ANDERSEN. Trends in teenage talk: Corpus compilation,
analysis and findings. BN by U. Römer. 80.4.900–901 (2004).
HAUDE, KATHARINA; R. VAN GIJN; and P. MUYSKEN (eds.) Subordination in South American languages. Rev. by P.
Epps. 88.4.926–29 (2012).
HAUGEN, JASON D. Rev. of Frampton, Distributed reduplication. 86.4.953–57 (2010).
HAUSSER, ROLAND. Foundations of computational linguistics: Man-machine communication in natural language.
BN by M. A. Covington. 77.3.613 (2001).
HAVAS, FERENC. The Marrism syndrome: Stalinism and linguistics. BN by E. Moravcsik. 80.3.624–25 (2004).
HAVERKATE, HENK. The syntax, semantics and pragmatics of Spanish mood. BN by S. A. Schwenter. 80.4.892
(2004).
HAVERLING, GERD. On Sco-verbs, prefixes and semantic functions: A study in the development of prefixed and
unprefixed verbs from Early to Late Latin. BN by M. J. Elson. 78.2.356–57 (2002).
HAWKES, SOPHIE, with J. FORT (trans.) Action and reaction: The life and adventures of a couple. By J. Starobinski.
BN by L. Card. 81.2.545 (2005).
HAWKINS, JOHN A. Efficiency and complexity in grammars. Rev. by J. Aitchison. 84.2.410–11 (2008).
HAWKINS, JOHN A.; B. LOHSE; and T. WASOW. Domain minimization in English verb-particle constructions.
80.2.238–61 (2004).
HAWKINS, JOHN A.; P. REBUSCHAT; M. ROHRMEIER; and I. CROSS (eds.) Language and music as cognitive systems.
HAWKINS, ROGER. Rev. of Smith, Tsimpli, Morgan, and Woll, The signs of a savant: Language against the odds.
88.1.218–21 (2012).
HAWKINS, ROGER. Rev. of White, Second language acquisition and universal grammar. 81.3.754–57 (2005).
HAWKINS, ROGER. Second language syntax: A generative introduction. BN by Y. Elhindi. 79.3.657–58 (2003).
HAY, JENNIFER. From speech perception to morphology: Affix ordering revisited. 78.3.527–55 (2002).
HAY, JENNIFER, and L. BAUER. Phoneme inventory size and population size (Short Report). 83.2.388–400 (2007).
HAY, JENNIFER, and A. SUDBURY. How rhoticity became /r/-sandhi. 81.4.799–823 (2005).
HAYES, BRUCE. Introductory phonology. Rev. by M. Gouskova. 85.4.937–39 (2009).
HAYES, BRUCE; R. KIRCHNER; and D. STERIADE (eds.) Phonetically based phonology. Rev. by J. L. Smith.
83.4.886–89 (2007).
HAYES, BRUCE; C. WILSON; and A. SHISKO. Maxent grammars for the metrics of Shakespeare and Milton. 88.4.691–
731 (2012).
HAYES, BRUCE; K. ZURAW; P. SIPTÁR; and Z. LONDE. Natural and unnatural constraints in Hungarian vowel
harmony. 85.4.822–63 (2009).
HAZEN, KIRK. Identity and language variation in a rural community. 78.2.240–57 (2002).
HAZEN, KIRK. Rev. of Bergmann, Hall, and Ross (eds.), Language files: Materials for an introduction to language
and linguistics. 10th edn. 85.2.458–63 (2009).
HE, XUELIN. BN on Davidson, Essays on actions and events. 2nd edn.; and Davidson, Subjective, intersubjective,
objective. 83.1.218–19 (2007).
HE, XUELIN. BN on Gauker, Words without meaning. 82.4.945–46 (2006).
HE, XUELIN. BN on Sainsbury, Departing from Frege: Essays in the philosophy of language. 83.1.229–30 (2007).
HEALEY, E. CHARLES, and N. BERNSTEIN RATNER (eds.) Stuttering research and practice: Bridging the gap. BN by
I. M. Laversuch. 77.2.392 (2001).
79
HEATH, JEFFREY. A grammar of Koyraboro (Koroboro) Senni. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.1.183–84 (2001).
Heidegger, language, and world-disclosure. By C. Lafont. BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.4.788 (2002).
HEIKKINEN, JANNE; J. NIEMI; and T. ODLIN (eds.) Language contact, variation, and change. BN by A. Moody.
79.4.842–43 (2003).
HEINE, BERND. Cognitive foundations of grammar. BN by P. S. Ding. 78.1.192–93 (2002).
HEINE, BERND. Rev. of Givón, The genesis of syntactic complexity: Diachrony, ontogeny, neuro-cognition,
evolution. 85.4.930–33 (2009).
HEINE, BERND. Rev. of Stassen, Predicative possession. 86.2.470–72 (2010).
HEINE, BERND, and T. KUTEVA. Language contact and grammatical change. Rev. by A. Y. Aikhenvald. 84.1.189–
93 (2008).
HEINECKE, JOHANNES. Temporal deixis in Welsh and Breton. BN by J. F. Eska. 77.1.192 (2001).
HELLAN, LARS, and M. DIMITROVA-VULCHANOVA (eds.) Topics in South Slavic syntax and semantics. BN by C.
Rudin. 78.1.197–98 (2002).
HELLINGER, MARLIS, and H. BUSSMANN (eds.) Gender across languages: The linguistic representation of women
and men. Vol. 2. BN by C. Xie. 79.4.804 (2003).
HEMFORTH, BARBARA, and L. KONIECZNY (eds.) German sentence processing. BN by S. Gahl. 78.1.205–6 (2002).
HENDRICK, RANDALL (ed.) Minimalist syntax. Rev. by C. Boeckx. 81.1.257–59 (2005).
HENDRICK, RANDALL. Tongan determiners and semantic composition. 81.4.907–26 (2005).
HENLEY, PAUL. Writing Panare: Portrait of a linguist on fieldwork (video). BN by K. S. Chung. 82.1.199 (2006).
HENRY, ALEX; M. GHADESSY; and R. L. ROSEBERRY (eds.) Small corpus studies and ELT: Theory and practice. BN
by N. S. Dash. 80.2.346 (2004).
HERBURGER, ELENA. Rev. of Penka, Negative indefinites. 88.3.663–66 (2012).
HERBURGER, ELENA. What counts: Focus and quantification. BN by S. Banerji. 81.3.778–79 (2005).
Heritability of language, The: A review and metaanalysis of twin, adoption, and linkage studies. By K. Stromswold.
77.4.647–723 (2001).
HERITAGE, JOHN, and S. CLAYMAN. The news interview: Journalists and public figures on the air. BN by D.
Deterding. 80.2.340 (2004).
HERMAN, DAVID. BN on Gavins and Steen (eds.), Cognitive poetics in practice. 82.3.680–81 (2006).
HERMAN, DAVID. BN on Macaulay, Extremely common eloquence: Constructing Scottish identity through narrative.
83.4.917–18 (2007).
HERMAN, DAVID. BN on Stockwell, Cognitive poetics: An introduction. 82.3.696 (2006).
HERMAN, DAVID (ed.) Narrative theory and the cognitive sciences. Rev. by E. Semino. 82.4.918–21 (2006).
HERMAN, VIMALA; B. NERLICH; Z. TODD; and D. D. CLARKE (eds.) Polysemy: Flexible patterns of meaning in mind
HERMANS, BEN, and M. VAN OOSTENDORP (eds.) The derivational residue in phonological optimality theory. BN by
A. J. Koontz-Garboden. 77.2.410–11 (2001).
HERMON, GABRIELLA; T. MCKINNON; and P. COLE. Object agreement and ‘pro-drop’ in Kerinci Malay. 87.4.715–50
(2011).
HERRERA Z., ESTHER. BN on Gussenhoven and Warner (eds.), Laboratory phonology 7. 80.1.175–76 (2004).
HERRERA Z., ESTHER, and P. M. BUTRAGUEÑO (eds.) La tonía: Dimensiones fonéticas y fonológicas. BN by C.
González. 82.4.950 (2006).
HERRITY, PETER. Slovene: A comprehensive grammar. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.2.438–39 (2003).
HERSCHENSOHN, JULIA. The second time around: Minimalism and L2 acquisition. BN by J. M. Lipski. 78.1.182–83
(2002).
HERSCHENSOHN, JULIA; E. MALLÉN; and K. ZAGONA (eds.) Features and interfaces in Romance: Essays in honor of
Heles Contreras. BN by E. Mathieu. 79.3.658–59 (2003).
HERSLUND, MICHAEL; I. BARON; and F. SØRENSEN (eds.) Dimensions of possession. BN by L. M. Dobrin. 79.4.829–
30 (2003).
HERVEY, SÁNDOR, and I. HIGGINS. Thinking French translation: A course in translation method: French to English.
2nd edn. BN by L. Card. 82.1.199–200 (2006).
HESSE, ROLF. Syntax of the Modern Greek verbal system: The use of the forms, particularly in combination with tha
and na. BN by A. Galani. 82.4.950–51 (2006).
Heteroclisis and paradigm linkage. By G. T. Stump. 82.2.279–322 (2006).
HEWINGS, ANN; C. COFFIN; and K. O’HALLORAN (eds.) Applying English grammar: Functional and corpus
HEWITT, B. GEORGE (ed.) The indigenous languages of the Caucasus, vol. 2: The North West Caucasian languages.
Rev. by S. R. Anderson. 81.4.993–96 (2005).
80
HEWLETT, NIGEL, and W. J. HARDCASTLE (eds.) Coarticulation: Theory, data and technology. BN by J. R. Elliott.
77.2.420–21 (2001).
HEWSON, JOHN. The French language in Canada. BN by J. Holeš. 80.1.176–77 (2004).
HEWSON, JOHN. RA on Guillaume, Rethinking structuralism: The posthumous publications of Gustave Guillaume
(1883–1960). 84.4.820–44 (2008).
HEWSON, JOHN, and V. BUBENIK. From case to adposition: The development of configurational syntax in IndoEuropean languages. Rev. by D. Disterheft. 86.3.726–27 (2010).
HEWSON, JOHN, and V. BUBENIK. Tense and aspect in Indo-European languages: Theory, typology, diachrony. BN
by B. Wald. 77.4.860–61 (2001).
HEYCOCK, CAROLINE. Rev. of Frank, Phrase structure composition and syntactic dependencies. 82.1.172–74
(2006).
HEYCOCK, CAROLINE; A. SORACE; Z. S. HANSEN; F. WILSON; and S. VIKNER. Detecting the late stages of syntactic
change: The loss of V-to-T in Faroese. 88.3.558–600 (2012).
HICKEY, RAYMOND. Corpus presenter: Software for language analysis with a manual and A corpus of Irish English
as sample data. BN by J. A. Glenn. 82.3.681–82 (2006).
HICKEY, RAYMOND (ed.) The handbook of language contact. Rev. by V. Bubenik. 87.4.915–18 (2011).
HICKEY, RAYMOND (ed.) Motives for language change. BN by A. Gianto. 80.4.893 (2004).
HICKEY, RAYMOND. A source book for Irish English. BN by J. F. Eska. 79.4.839–40 (2003).
Hidden generalizations: Phonological opacity in optimality theory. By J. J. McCarthy. Rev. by M. Krämer.
86.4.969–72 (2010).
Hierarchical structure in a self-created communication system: Building nominal constituents in homesign. By D.
Hunsicker and S. Goldin-Meadow. 88.4.732–63 (2012).
HIGGINBOTHAM, JAMES; F. PIANESI; and A. C. VARZI (eds.) Speaking of events. BN by L. Alonso-Ovalle. 78.2.371
(2002).
HIGGINS, IAN, and S. HERVEY. Thinking French translation: A course in translation method: French to English. 2nd
edn. BN by L. Card. 82.1.199–200 (2006).
Higher functional field, The: Evidence from Northern Italian dialects. By C. Poletto. BN by X. Villalba. 78.2.369
(2002).
HIIETAM, KATRIN. BN on Austin, Engelberg, and Rauh (eds.), Adverbials: The interplay between meaning, context,
and syntactic structure. 83.3.665–66 (2007).
HIIETAM, KATRIN. BN on Holmes and Hinchliffe, Swedish: A comprehensive grammar. 2nd edn. 83.2.461–62
(2007).
HIIETAM, KATRIN. BN on Thompson, Introducing functional grammar. 2nd edn. 83.2.469–70 (2007).
HILL, JANE. Obituary of William Oliver Bright. 83.3.628–41 (2007).
HILLES, SHARON, and C. MCCULLY. The earliest English: An introduction to Old English language. BN by M.
Keijzer. 82.4.958–59 (2006).
HILPERT, MARTIN. BN on Vogel, Swedish dimensional adjectives. 83.3.692–93 (2007).
HIMMELMANN, NIKOLAUS P. (ed.) Sourcebook on Tomini-Tolitoli languages: General information and word lists.
BN by A. P. Grant. 79.2.439–40 (2003).
HINCHLIFFE, IAN, and P. HOLMES. Swedish: A comprehensive grammar. 2nd edn. BN by K. Hiietam. 83.2.461–62
(2007).
HINDLEY, ALAN; F. W. LANGLEY; and B. J. LEVY (eds.) Old French-English dictionary. BN by K. Fudeman.
79.2.440 (2003).
HINRICHS, JAN PAUL. The C. H. van Schooneveld collection in Leiden University library. BN by E. Battistella.
78.2.373–74 (2002).
HINTON, LEANNE, with M. VERA and N. STEELE. How to keep your language alive: A commonsense approach to
one-on-one language learning. BN by E. C. Ng. 80.1.177–78 (2004).
HINTZE, MARIE-ANNE; A. BATTYE; and P. ROWLETT. The French language today: A linguistic introduction. 2nd
edn. BN by G. E. Saunders. 79.3.645–46 (2003).
HINTZE, MARIE-ANNE; A. COVENEY; and C. SANDERS (eds.) Variation et francophonie: Mélanges édités par Aidan
HIRAGA, MASAKO K.; C. SINHA; and S. WILCOX (eds.) Cultural, psychological and typological issues in cognitive
linguistics. BN by V. Haser. 77.3.617–18 (2001).
HIRST, GRAEME. Rev. of Clark, Fox, and Lappin (eds.), The handbook of computational linguistics and natural
language processing. 87.4.897–99 (2011).
Histoire de la linguistique africaine des précurseurs aux années 70. By J. L. Doneux. BN by G. T. Childs. 82.3.678–
79 (2006).
81
Historical corrective, A. Letter to Language by P. M. Postal. 82.2.229–30 (2006).
Historical dialogue analysis. Ed. by A. H. Jucker, G. Fritz, and F. Lebsanft. BN by R. McColl Millar. 78.1.188–89
(2002).
Historical evolution of earlier African American English, The: An empirical comparison of early sources. By A.
Kautzsch. RA by T. L. Weldon. 81.2.478–94 (2005).
Historical linguistics: Theory and method. By M. Hale. Rev. by H. C. Melchert. 85.1.203–6 (2009).
Historical linguistics 1995. Vol. 1: General issues and non-Germanic languages. Ed. by J. C. Smith and D. Bentley.
BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.625–26 (2001).
Historical linguistics 1999. Ed. by L. J. Brinton. BN by M. Picard. 79.2.428–29 (2003).
Historical linguistics 2001: Selected papers from the 15th International Conference on Historical Linguistics,
Melbourne, 13–17 August 2001. Ed. by B. J. Blake and K. Burridge. BN by A. Byrd. 82.3.671–72 (2006).
Historical linguistics and the comparative study of African languages. By G. J. Dimmendaal. Rev. by L. M. Hyman
and F. Lionnet. 88.3.640–44 (2012).
Historical phonology of the Slovene language, A. By M. L. Greenberg. BN by M. J. Elson. 78.4.796–97 (2002).
Historical semantics and cognition. Ed. by A. Blank and P. Koch. Rev. by M. E. Winters. 78.4.780–83 (2002).
Historical syntax and linguistic theory. Ed. by P. Crisma and G. Longobardi. Rev. by D. Lightfoot. 86.3.709–12
(2010).
History and perspectives of language study. Ed. by O. M. Tomić and M. Radovanović. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.4.819–
20 (2002).
History of Afro-Hispanic language, A: Five centuries, five continents. By J. Lipski. Rev. by R. Otheguy. 84.2.416–
18 (2008).
History of cant and slang dictionaries, A, vol. 1: 1567–1785. By J. Coleman. BN by J. T. Farquharson. 83.3.671
(2007).
History of English negation, A. By G. Mazzon. BN by J. Foster. 83.4.918–19 (2007).
History of English reflexive pronouns, A: Person, self, and interpretability. By E. van Gelderen. Rev. by V. Gast.
78.3.583–85 (2002).
History of English words, A. By G. Hughes. BN by E. Battistella. 77.3.632–33 (2001).
History of linguistics 1996: Selected papers from the Seventh International Conference on the History of the
Language Sciences (ICHOLS VII) Oxford, 12–17 September 1996; Vol. 1: Traditions in linguistics worldwide;
Vol. 2: From classical to contemporary linguistics. Ed. by D. Cram, A. Linn, and E. Nowak. BN by M. Oja.
77.3.601–2 (2001).
History of linguistics 1999. Ed. by S. Auroux. BN by J. Holeš. 80.4.874 (2004).
History of linguistics in Europe, The: From Plato to 1600. By V. Law. BN by M. Oja. 81.2.536 (2005).
History of Roget’s Thesaurus, A: Origins, development, and design. By W. Hüllen. BN by P. K. Nayar. 83.2.463
(2007).
History of the English language, A. Ed. by R. Hogg and D. Denison. RA by D. Minkova. 85.4.893–907 (2009).
History of the English language, A. By E. van Gelderen. RA by D. Minkova. 85.4.893–907 (2009).
History of the Japanese language, A. By B. Frellesvig. Rev. by J. M. Unger. 87.4.911–15 (2011).
History of the Spanish language, A. 2nd edn. By R. Penny. BN by J. T. Farquharson. 81.1.285–86 (2005).
HLADKÝ, JOSEF (ed.) Language and function: To the memory of Jan Firbas. BN by Z. Salzmann. 81.2.528 (2005).
HO, CAROLINE M. L. BN on Chapelle, English language learning and technology. 82.1.191 (2006).
HOCKETT, CHARLES F., Obituary of. By J. W. Gair. 79.3.600–613 (2003).
HODGE, CARLETON TAYLOR, Obituary of. By A. S. Kaye. 78.1.156–60 (2002).
HOEKSEMA, JACK. Rev. of Booij, Construction morphology. 88.1.183–85 (2012).
HOENIGSWALD, HENRY MAX, Obituary of. By A. M. Davies. 84.4.856–73 (2008).
HOFMEISTER, PHILIP, and I. A. SAG. Cognitive constraints and island effects. 86.2.366–415 (2010).
HOFMEISTER, PHILIP; L. STAUM CASASANTO; and I. A. SAG. How do individual cognitive differences relate to
acceptability judgments? A reply to Sprouse, Wagers, and Phillips (Discussion Note). 88.2.390–400 (2012).
HOFMEISTER, PHILIP; L. STAUM CASASANTO; and I. A. SAG. Misapplying working-memory tests: A reductio ad
absurdum (Discussion Note). 88.2.408–9 (2012).
HOGEWEG, LOTTE; H. DE HOOP; and A. MALCHUKOV (eds.) Cross-linguistic semantics of tense, aspect, and
HOGG, RICHARD, and D. DENISON (eds.) A history of the English language. RA by D. Minkova. 85.4.893–907
(2009).
HÖHLE, BARBARA, and J. WEISSENBORN (eds.) Approaches to bootstrapping: Phonological, lexical, syntactic and
neurophysiological aspects of early language acquisition, vols. 1 and 2. BN by D. Apoussidou. 81.4.1030
(2005).
HOLES, CLIVE. Modern Arabic: Structures, functions, and varieties. BN by M. Sawaie. 83.2.461 (2007).
82
HOLEŠ, JAN. BN on Auroux (ed.), History of linguistics 1999. 80.4.874 (2004).
HOLEŠ, JAN. BN on D’Hulst, Rooryck, and Schroten (eds.), Romance languages and linguistic theory 1999.
80.2.343–44 (2004).
HOLEŠ, JAN. BN on Dušková (ed.), Dictionary of the Prague School of linguistics. Trans. by A. Klégr, P. Šaldová,
M. Malá, J. Čermák, and L. Dušková. 81.2.521–22 (2005).
HOLEŠ, JAN. BN on Flaux and van de Velde, Les noms en français: Esquisse de classement. 79.4.838 (2003).
HOLEŠ, JAN. BN on Gleason (ed.), The development of language. 5th edn. 80.2.347 (2004).
HOLEŠ, JAN. BN on Goddard, The language of advertising: Written texts. 2nd edn. 80.4.888 (2004).
HOLEŠ, JAN. BN on Hewson, The French language in Canada. 80.1.176–77 (2004).
HOLEŠ, JAN. BN on Jackson, Lexicography: An introduction. 80.4.893–94 (2004).
HOLEŠ, JAN. BN on Johansen and Larsen, Signs in use: An introduction to semiotics. Trans. by D. L. Gorlée and J.
Irons. 80.2.348 (2004).
HOLEŠ, JAN. BN on Klingler, If I could turn my tongue like that: The Creole language of Pointe Coupee Parish,
Louisiana. 82.1.201–2 (2006).
HOLEŠ, JAN. BN on Libert, A priori artificial languages. 80.2.351–52 (2004).
HOLEŠ, JAN. BN on van Sterkenburg (ed.), A practical guide to lexicography. 82.1.225–26 (2006).
HOLISKEY, DEE ANN, and K. TUITE (eds.) Current trends in Caucasian, East European and Inner Asian linguistics:
Papers in honor of Howard I. Aronson. BN by T. R. Wier. 82.3.682–83 (2006).
HOLLEBRANDSE, BART; R. BOK-BENNEMA; B. KAMPERS-MANHE; and P. SLEEMAN (eds.) Romance languages and
linguistic theory 2002: Selected papers from ‘Going Romance’, Groningen, 28–30 November 2002. BN by N. I.
Stolova. 83.1.216–17 (2007).
HOLLEBRANDSE, BART; M. EVERAERT; H. VAN RIEMSDIJK; and R. GOEDEMANS (eds.) The Blackwell companion to
syntax. Rev. by L. Haegeman. 85.1.190–97 (2009).
HOLM, JOHN. An introduction to pidgins and creoles. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.2.362–63 (2002).
HOLM, JOHN. Languages in contact: The partial restructuring of vernaculars. BN by D. E. Walicek. 82.3.683
(2006).
HOLM, TAWNY L. BN on Dollerup, Tales and translation: The Grimm tales from pan-Germanic narratives to shared
international fairytales. 77.4.865 (2001).
HOLM, TAWNY L. BN on Fischer and Nänny (eds.), The motivated sign: Iconicity in language and literature 2.
79.2.437–38 (2003).
HOLM, TAWNY L. BN on Nänny and Fischer (eds.), Form miming meaning: Iconicity in language and literature.
78.2.381–82 (2002).
HOLM, TAWNY L. BN on Vogeleer, de Mulder, and Depraetere (eds.), Tense and aspect: The contextual processing
of semantic indeterminacy. 78.2.382–83 (2002).
HOLMBERG, ANDERS. Rev. of Miyagawa, Why agree? Why move? Unifying agreement-based and discourseconfigurational languages. 87.1.218–21 (2011).
HOLMBERG, ANDERS; T. BIBERAUER; I. ROBERTS; and M. SHEEHAN. Parametric variation: Null subjects in
HOLMES, JANET. Rev. of Eckert and McConnell-Ginet, Language and gender. 80.4.846–49 (2004).
HOLMES, PHILIP, and I. HINCHLIFFE. Swedish: A comprehensive grammar. 2nd edn. BN by K. Hiietam. 83.2.461–62
(2007).
HOLTON, DAVID; P. MACKRIDGE; and I. PHILIPPAKI-WARBURTON. Greek: A comprehensive grammar of the modern
language. BN by J. Merchant. 77.1.194–95 (2001).
HOLTON, DAVID; P. MACKRIDGE; and I. PHILIPPAKI-WARBURTON. Greek: An essential grammar of the modern
language. BN by A. Galani. 82.3.683–84 (2006).
HOLTON, GARY. BN on Palancar, The origin of agent markers. 83.1.226–27 (2007).
HOLTON, GARY. BN on Tsunoda, Bibliography on language endangerment. 81.2.546 (2005).
HOLTON, GARY. Rev. of Florey (ed.), Endangered languages of Austronesia. 87.1.198–201 (2011).
HOLTON, GARY. Tobelo. BN by L. Kulikov. 83.2.462–63 (2007).
HOLYOAK, KEITH J.; D. GENTNER; and B. N. KOKINOV (eds.) The analogical mind: Perspectives from cognitive
HONDO, JUNKO. BN on Ohta, Second language acquisition processes in the classroom: Learning Japanese. 79.4.815
(2003).
HONIG, MATTHEW. BN on Maat, Philosophical languages in the seventeenth century: Dalgarno, Wilkins, Leibniz.
83.4.917 (2007).
HOOK, PETER E., and M. M. DESHPANDE (eds.) Indian linguistic studies: Festschrift in honor of George Cardona.
Rev. by B. D. Joseph. 82.4.902–4 (2006).
83
HOPPER, PAUL J., and J. BYBEE (eds.) Frequency and the emergence of linguistic structure. Rev. by J.-C. Verstraete.
81.2.498–501 (2005).
HOPPER, PAUL J., and E. C. TRAUGOTT. Grammaticalization. 2nd edn. BN by O. Thomason. 81.4.1007–8 (2005).
HORN, LAURENCE R. A natural history of negation. Rev. edn. BN by M. L. Murphy. 82.3.684 (2006).
HORN, LAURENCE R.; G. WARD; B. J. BIRNER; B. ABBOTT; P. JACOBSON; and J. M. SADOCK. Obituary of Ellen F.
Prince. 87.4.866–72 (2011).
HORNSTEIN, NORBERT, and S. D. EPSTEIN. ‘The future of language’ (Science) (Letter to Language). 81.1.3–5 (2005).
HORNSTEIN, NORBERT, and S. D. EPSTEIN (eds.) Working minimalism. BN by A. Pereltsvaig. 77.3.603 (2001).
HORNSTEIN, NORBERT, and A. NEVINS. Rev. of Williams, Representation theory. 81.3.757–61 (2005).
HOSALI, PRIYA; P. NIHALNI; R. K. TONGUE; and J. CROWTHER. Indian and British English: A handbook of usage and
pronunciation. 2nd edn. BN by N. S. Dash. 83.2.465 (2007).
HOSKOVEC, TOMÁŠ; E. HAJIČOVÁ; O. LEŠKA; P. SGALL; and Z. SKOUMALOVÁ (eds.) Prague Linguistic Circle
papers. Travaux du cercle linguistique de Prague, new series, vol. 3. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.1.181–82 (2001).
HOSKOVEC, TOMÁŠ; E. HAJIČOVÁ; P. SGALL; and J. HANA (eds.) Prague Linguistic Circle papers. Travaux du cercle
HOUSEN, ALEX; L. WEI; and J.-M. DEWAELE (eds.) Opportunities and challenges of bilingualism. BN by M.
Sloboda. 80.4.903–4 (2004).
HOVAV, MALKA RAPPAPORT; E. DORON; and I. SICHEL (eds.) Lexical semantics, syntax, and event structure. Rev. by
L. Levinson. 87.2.420–23 (2011).
HOVAV, MALKA RAPPAPORT, and B. LEVIN. Argument realization. Rev. by A. Alexiadou. 84.3.649–51 (2008).
HOVAV, MALKA RAPPAPORT, and B. LEVIN. An event structure account of English resultatives. 77.4.766–97 (2001).
HOVDHAUGEN, EVEN, and O. ZWARTJES (eds.) Missionary linguistics/Lingüística misionera: Selected papers from
the first International Conference on Missionary Linguistics, Oslo, 13–16 March 2003. BN by P. T. Daniels.
83.1.236 (2007).
How children learn language. By W. O’Grady. Rev. by D. Ingram. 84.1.201–4 (2008).
How children learn the meanings of words. By P. Bloom. Rev. by M. Maratsos. 81.2.495–98 (2005).
How do individual cognitive differences relate to acceptability judgments? A reply to Sprouse, Wagers, and Phillips.
Discussion Note by P. Hofmeister, L. Staum Casasanto, and I. A. Sag. 88.2.390–400 (2012).
How language comes to children: From birth to two years. By B. de Boysson-Bardies. Trans. by M. B. DeBoise.
Rev. by J. Musolino. 77.3.585–87 (2001).
How new languages emerge. By D. Lightfoot. RA by D. G. Miller. 85.1.175–83 (2009).
How rhoticity became /r/-sandhi. By J. Hay and A. Sudbury. 81.4.799–823 (2005).
How the brain evolved language. By D. Loritz. BN by I. Pittman. 78.1.189–90 (2002).
How to keep your language alive: A commonsense approach to one-on-one language learning. By L. Hinton, with
M. Vera and N. Steele. BN by E. C. Ng. 80.1.177–78 (2004).
How words mean: Lexical concepts, cognitive models, and meaning construction. By V. Evans. Rev. by G. L.
Murphy. 87.2.393–96 (2011).
HOWARD, SARA, and M. PERKINS (eds.) New directions in language development and disorders. BN by P. S. Ding.
78.2.356 (2002).
HRAFNBJARGARSON, GUNNAR HRAFN; R. D’ALESSANDRO; and S. FISCHER (eds.) Agreement restrictions. Rev. by M.
Rezac. 86.4.948–53 (2010).
HRÓARSDÓTTIR, THORBJÖRG. Word order change in Icelandic: From OV to VO. BN by B. Wald. 79.4.805 (2003).
HUALDE, JOSÉ IGNACIO. Rev. of Eddington, Spanish phonology and morphology: Experimental and quantitative
perspectives. 83.2.435–38 (2007).
HUANG, CHENGLONG, and R. J. LAPOLLA. A grammar of Qiang: With annotated texts and glossary. BN by S. R.
Anderson. 83.3.679–80 (2007).
HUANG, CHU-REN, and W. LENDERS (eds.) Computational linguistics and beyond: Perspectives at the beginning of
the 21st century. BN by S.-Y. Liang. 83.4.915–16 (2007).
HUANG, YAN. Anaphora: A cross-linguistic study. Rev. by P. Siemund. 79.3.634–38 (2003).
HUDDLESTON, RODNEY, and G. K. PULLUM. The Cambridge grammar of the English language. RA by P. W.
Culicover. 80.1.127–41 (2004).
HUDDLESTON, RODNEY, and G. K. PULLUM. A student’s introduction to English grammar. Rev. by E. M. Bender.
84.3.643–46 (2008).
HUDLEY, ANNE H. CHARITY. Rev. of Behrens and Parker (eds.), Language in the real world: An introduction to
linguistics. 88.1.180–83 (2012).
HUDSON, RICHARD. Rev. of Emonds, Lexicon and grammar: The English syntacticon. 79.4.781–83 (2003).
HUDSON, RICHARD. Rev. of Ninio, Language and the learning curve: A new theory of syntactic development.
86.2.452–55 (2010).
84
HUDSON, RICHARD. Wanna revisited. 82.3.604–27 (2006).
HUEBNER, THOM, and K. A. DAVIS (eds.) Sociopolitical perspectives on language policy and planning in the USA.
BN by I. M. Laversuch. 77.3.619–20 (2001).
HUFFMAN, ALAN. The categories of grammar: French lui and le. BN by X. Villalba. 78.4.792–93 (2002).
HUFFMAN, MARIE. Rev. of Solé, Beddor, and Ohala (eds.), Experimental approaches to phonology. 85.4.950–53
(2009).
HUGHES, BADEN. BN on Junqua and van Noord (eds.), Robustness in language and speech technology. 80.4.894
(2004).
HUGHES, GEOFFREY. A history of English words. BN by E. Battistella. 77.3.632–33 (2001).
HULD, MARTIN E.; K. JONES-BLEY; A. D. VOLPE; and M. R. DEXTER (eds.) Proceedings of the tenth annual UCLA
Indo-European conference. Los Angeles, May 21–23, 1998. BN by M. Pierce. 77.1.181 (2001).
HULK, AAFKE C. J., and J.-Y. POLLOCK (eds.) Subject inversion in Romance and the theory of universal grammar.
BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.4.805–6 (2003).
HULK, AAFKE C. J.; R. VAN HOUT; F. KUIKEN; and R. J. TOWELL (eds.) The lexicon-syntax interface in second
language acquisition. BN by L. Chen. 82.2.462 (2006).
HÜLLEN, WERNER. A history of Roget’s Thesaurus: Origins, development, and design. BN by P. K. Nayar. 83.2.463
(2007).
Human language and our reptilian brain: The subcortical bases of speech, syntax and thought. By P. Lieberman.
Rev. by J. Aitchison. 77.4.837–39 (2001). —also rev. by M. Tomasello. 80.2.325–27 (2004).
HUME, ELIZABETH. The indeterminacy/attestation model of metathesis. 80.2.203–37 (2004).
HUME, ELIZABETH, and K. JOHNSON (eds.) The role of speech perception in phonology. BN by H. C. Dawson.
82.1.200–201 (2006).
HUMPHREYS, KARIN R.; K. BOCK; S. BUTTERFIELD; A. CUTLER; J. C. CUTTING; and K. M. EBERHARD. Number
HUMPHRIES, TOM, and C. PADDEN. Inside Deaf culture. Rev. by D. Brentari. 84.3.655–58 (2008).
HUNDSNURSCHER, FRANZ; D. A. CRUSE; M. JOB; and P. R. LUTZEIER (eds.) Lexikologie/Lexicology: Ein
79.4.796–97 (2003).
HUNDT, MARIANNE. New Zealand English grammar, fact or fiction? A corpus-based study in morphosyntactic
information. BN by J. A. Walker. 78.3.596 (2002).
HUNDT, MARIANNE; G. LEECH; C. MAIR; and N. SMITH. Change in contemporary English: A grammatical study.
Rev. by A. Curzan. 88.1.202–6 (2012).
HUNSICKER, DEA, and S. GOLDIN-MEADOW. Hierarchical structure in a self-created communication system:
Building nominal constituents in homesign. 88.4.732–63 (2012).
HUNSTON, SUSAN, and G. FRANCIS. Pattern grammar: A corpus-driven approach to the lexical grammar of English.
BN by D. Noël. 78.2.345–46 (2002).
HURFORD, JAMES R. The origins of meaning: Language in the light of evolution. Rev. by R. Kempson. 87.1.207–9
(2011).
HURFORD, JAMES R. Rev. of Blake, All about language. 85.4.912–13 (2009).
HUTCHINSON, AMÉLIA P., and J. LLOYD. Portuguese: An essential grammar. 2nd edn. BN by M. J. Elson. 82.3.684–
85 (2006).
HUTTON, CHRISTOPHER. Rev. of Myhill, Language, religion and national identity in Europe and the Middle East: A
historical study. 85.1.228–30 (2009).
HYAMS, NINA; V. FROMKIN; and R. RODMAN. An introduction to language. 7th edn. BN by A. Głaz. 80.1.175
(2004).
HYMAN, LARRY M., and C. W. KISSEBERTH (eds.) Theoretical aspects of Bantu tone. BN by G. T. Childs. 77.1.172–
73 (2001).
HYMAN, LARRY M., and F. LIONNET. Rev. of Dimmendaal, Historical linguistics and the comparative study of
African languages. 88.3.640–44 (2012).
HYMES, DELL HATHAWAY. Now I know only so far: Essays in ethnopoetics. BN by Z. Salzmann. 81.4.1008 (2005).
HYMES, DELL HATHAWAY, Obituary of. By M. Silverstein. 86.4.933–39 (2010).
Iambic issue, The: Iambs as a result of constraint interaction. By R. van de Vijver. BN by A. J. Koontz-Garboden.
77.2.390–91 (2001).
IBARRETXE-ANTUÑANO, IRAIDE; J. BOHNEMEYER; N. J. ENFIELD; J. ESSEGBEY; S. KITA; F. LÜPKE; and F. K. AMEKA.
IBARRONDO, ILARI ZUBIRI, and J. D. PATRICK. A student grammar of Euskara. BN by E. J. Vajda. 80.3.632–33
(2004).
Iconicity and metaphor: Constraints on metaphorical extension of iconic forms. By I. Meir. 86.4.865–96 (2010).
85
Identity and language variation in a rural community. By K. Hazen. 78.2.240–57 (2002).
Identity in narrative: A study of immigrant discourse. By A. de Fina. BN by S. Utakis. 81.4.1004 (2005).
Ideologies in action: Language politics on Corsica. By A. Jaffe. BN by R. McColl Millar. 78.1.186 (2002).
Ideophones. Ed. by F. K. E. Voeltz and C. Kilian-Hatz. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.4.823–24 (2003).
Ideophones and sound symbolism in Atlantic creoles. By A. Bartens. BN by G. Frankenfield. 82.3.670 (2006).
If I could turn my tongue like that: The Creole language of Pointe Coupee Parish, Louisiana. By T. A. Klingler. BN
by J. Holeš. 82.1.201–2 (2006).
IGLESIAS, ESTHER SANTAMARÍA. A Spanish grammar workbook. BN by A. S. Kaye. 80.2.347–48 (2004).
Ikalanga phonetics and phonology: A synchronic and diachronic study. By J. T. Mathangwane. BN by E. J. Vajda.
77.2.400 (2001).
ILANGOVAN, P. BN on Robinson (ed.), Individual differences and instructed language learning. 82.1.219–20 (2006).
ILYIN, MIKHAIL V.; P. CHILTON; and J. L. MEY (eds.) Political discourse in transition in Europe 1989–1991. Rev. by
A. Eminov. 78.3.571–73 (2002).
Image of language: Six essays on German attitudes to European languages from 1500 to 1800. By W. J. Jones. BN
by P. E. Webber. 77.1.200–201 (2001).
Implicatures in discourse: The case of Spanish NP anaphora. By S. E. Blackwell. BN by A. Dufter. 80.4.878–79
(2004).
Implicit and explicit language learning: Conditions, processes, and knowledge in SLA and bilingualism. Ed. by C.
Sanz and R. P. Leow. Rev. by J. Cenoz. 88.2.442–45 (2012).
Importance of not being earnest, The: The feeling behind laughter and humor. By W. Chafe. Rev. by N. R. Norrick.
85.1.187–90 (2009).
Important date, An. Letter to Language by W. Chafe. 80.2.202 (2004).
In defense of Fónagy. Letter to Language by O. C. M. Fischer. 80.2.201–2 (2004).
In the beginning was the word. By M. Aronoff. 83.4.803–30 (2007).
INCHAURRALDE, CARLOS. BN on Matsui, Bridging and relevance. 78.2.383–84 (2002).
INCHAURRALDE, CARLOS. BN on Verspoor and Sauter, English sentence analysis. 78.2.383 (2002).
Indefinites and the type of sets. By F. Landman. BN by S. Banerji. 82.4.954–55 (2006).
Indeterminacy/attestation model of metathesis, The. By E. Hume. 80.2.203–37 (2004).
Indian and British English: A handbook of usage and pronunciation. 2nd edn. By P. Nihalni, R. K. Tongue, P.
Hosali, and J. Crowther. BN by N. S. Dash. 83.2.465 (2007).
Indian linguistic studies: Festschrift in honor of George Cardona. Ed. by M. M. Deshpande and P. E. Hook. Rev. by
B. D. Joseph. 82.4.902–4 (2006).
Indian semantic analysis: The nirvacana tradition. By E. Kahrs. BN by A. Capone. 80.4.894–95 (2004).
Indigenous languages of Lowland South America. Ed. by H. van der Voort and S. van de Kerke. BN by E. J. Vajda.
78.3.591–92 (2002).
Indigenous languages of the Caucasus, The, vol. 1: The Kartvelian languages. Ed. by A. C. Harris. Rev. by S. R.
Anderson. 81.4.993–96 (2005).
Indigenous languages of the Caucasus, The, vol. 2: The North West Caucasian languages. Ed. by B. G. Hewitt. Rev.
by S. R. Anderson. 81.4.993–96 (2005).
Indigenous languages of the Caucasus, The, vol. 3: The North East Caucasian languages, part 1. Ed. by M. Job.
Indigenous languages of the Caucasus, The, vol. 4: The North East Caucasian languages, part 2. Ed. by R. Smeets.
Individual differences and instructed language learning. Ed. by P. Robinson. BN by P. Ilangovan. 82.1.219–20
(2006).
Indo-Aryan languages, The. Ed. by G. Cardona and D. K. Jain. Rev. by J. Peterson. 82.4.891–94 (2006).
Indo-European and its closest relatives: The Eurasiatic language family. Vol. 1: Grammar. Vol. 2: Lexicon. By J. H.
Greenberg. BN by P. T. Daniels. 80.4.889–90 (2004).
Indo-European language and culture: An introduction. By B. W. Fortson IV. Rev. by B. D. Joseph. 85.1.197–200
(2009).
Indo-European word formation: Proceedings of the conference held at the University of Copenhagen, October 20–
22, 2000. Ed. by J. Clackson and B. A. Olsen. BN by A. Byrd. 83.1.217 (2007).
Indo-Iranian languages and peoples. Ed. by N. Sims-Williams. BN by P. T. Daniels. 80.3.637–38 (2004).
Induktiver Aufbau des Urbantu. By O. Dempwolff. Ed. and rearranged by L. Gerhardt and J. Roux. BN by A. P.
Grant. 77.3.637–38 (2001).
Inference and anticipation in simultaneous interpreting: A probability prediction model. By G. V. Chernov. BN by
M. Padilla Cruz. 83.4.911–12 (2007).
Inflectional morphology: A theory of paradigm structure. By G. T. Stump. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.1.224–25 (2003).
86
Influential paper, An. Letter to Language by M. Vamarasi. 80.2.202 (2004).
Information structure: The syntax-discourse interface. By N. Erteschik-Shir. Rev. by M. L. Zubizarreta. 85.4.919–
23 (2009).
Information structure: Theoretical, typological, and experimental perspectives. Ed. by M. Zimmermann and C.
Féry. Rev. by G. Jäger. 87.2.435–38 (2011).
Information structure and the dynamics of language acquisition. Ed. by C. Dimroth and M. Starren. BN by M.
Callies. 82.3.677–78 (2006).
INGRAM, DAVID. Rev. of O’Grady, How children learn language. 84.1.201–4 (2008).
INGRAM, JOHN C. L. Neurolinguistics: An introduction to spoken language processing and its disorders. Rev. by D.
N. Caplan. 85.3.724–27 (2009).
Ingush a: The elusive Type 5 clitic? By D. A. Peterson. 77.1.144–55 (2001).
INKELAS, SHARON, and Y. ROSE. Positional neutralization: A case study from child language. 83.4.707–36 (2007).
INNES, PAMELA; L. ALEXANDER; and B. TILKENS. Beginning Creek (Mvskoke emponvkv). BN by E. J. Vajda.
82.4.951–52 (2006).
Innovative methodology for learning Polish inflection, An. By M. J. McShane. BN by M. J. Elson. 83.4.919 (2007).
INOUE, NAGAYUKI; J. NAKAMURA; and T. TABATA (eds.) English corpora under Japanese eyes. BN by L. Cyrus.
83.4.920–21 (2007).
Input and evidence: The raw material of second language acquisition. By S. E. Carroll. BN by L. DeWaard Dykstra.
79.4.794–95 (2003).
Inquiries into truth and interpretation. 2nd edn. By D. Davidson. BN by L. Chen. 80.2.342 (2004).
Inside Deaf culture. By C. Padden and T. Humphries. Rev. by D. Brentari. 84.3.655–58 (2008).
Intentions in the experience of meaning. By R. W. Gibbs, Jr. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 78.2.354 (2002).
Interdisciplinary approaches to language processing. Ed. by D. Burnham, S. Luksaneeyanawin, C. Davis, and M.
Lafourcade. BN by J. Gandour. 78.2.359 (2002).
Interfaces, The: Deriving and interpreting omitted structures. Ed. by K. Schwabe and S. Winkler. BN by J. L.
González Escribano. 82.1.222–23 (2006).
International Corpus of English Corpus Utility Program (ICECUP), The, version 3.1. Ed. by S. Wallis. Rev. by M.
Davies. 85.2.443–45 (2009).
International Year of Languages, Peruvian style. Letter to Language by W. M. Collins. 84.2.216–17 (2008).
Interplay between comparative concepts and descriptive categories, The (Reply to Newmeyer). Discussion Note by
M. Haspelmath. 86.3.696–99 (2010).
Interplay of internal and external factors in grammatical change, The: First-person plural pronouns in French. By R.
King, F. Martineau, and R. Mougeon. 87.3.470–509 (2011).
Interrogative constructions in signed languages: Crosslinguistic perspectives. By U. Zeshan. 80.1.7–39 (2004).
Interrogative investigations: The form, meaning and use of English interrogatives. By J. Ginzburg and I. Sag. Rev.
by J. Nerbonne. 81.4.989–92 (2005).
Intonational phonology of direct and indirect imperative sentence types in Seoul Korean, The. By H.-S. Yim. BN by
W. Jin. 83.3.693–94 (2007).
Intrinsic and extrinsic ordering. Letter to Language by T. W. Stewart. 79.3.460a (2003).
Introducción a la teoría cognitiva de la metonimia. By F. J. Ruiz de Mendoza Ibáñez. BN by R. Brdar-Szabó and M.
Brdar. 80.4.881–82 (2004).
Introducing functional grammar. 2nd edn. By G. Thompson. BN by K. Hiietam. 83.2.469–70 (2007).
Introducing linguistic morphology. 2nd edn. By L. Bauer. BN by A. S. Kaye. 81.2.509–10 (2005).
Introducing phonetic science. By M. Ashby and J. Maidment. Rev. by J. H. Esling. 84.2.401–3 (2008).
Introducing semantics. By N. Riemer. Rev. by B. Nerlich. 87.3.652–54 (2011).
Introducing sociolinguisics. By R. Mesthrie, J. Swann, A. Deumert, and W. L. Leap. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.851–
52 (2001).
Introduction (SIL International and the disciplinary culture of linguistics). By L. M. Dobrin. 85.3.618–19 (2009).
Introduction to African languages, An. By G. T. Childs. Rev. by D. Nurse. 83.1.199–202 (2007).
Introduction to African linguistics, An. By N. N. Mutaka, with P. N. Tamanji. BN by U. Seibert. 80.1.184–85
(2004).
Introduction to applied linguistics, An. Ed. by N. Schmitt. BN by N. P. Miller. 80.3.636 (2004).
Introduction to Classical Nahuatl. Rev. edn.; Workbook for introduction to Classical Nahuatl. Rev. edn. By J. R.
Andrews. BN by T. R. Wier. 81.4.997–98 (2005).
Introduction to English phonology, An. By A. McMahon. BN by C. Rice. 79.2.445 (2003).
Introduction to language, An. 7th edn. By V. Fromkin, R. Rodman, and N. Hyams. BN by A. Głaz. 80.1.175 (2004).
Introduction to pidgins and creoles, An. By J. Holm. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.2.362–63 (2002).
Introduction to sociolinguistics, An. 4th edn. By R. Wardhaugh. BN by Z. Salzmann. 79.4.824–25 (2003).
87
Introduction to syntax, An. By R. D. Van Valin, Jr. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.1.225 (2003).
Introduction to Syriac: An elementary grammar with readings from Syriac literature. By W. M. Thackston. BN by
P. T. Daniels. 80.3.638–39 (2004).
Introduction to the grammar of English, An: Syntactic arguments and socio-historical background. By E. van
Gelderen. BN by N. Rojina. 80.1.192–93 (2004).
Introduction to the Shoshoni language, An. By D. Gould and C. Loether. BN by T. Wier. 81.4.1006 (2005).
Introductory dictionary of Western Arrernte. Comp. by G. Breen. BN by C. Bowern. 80.1.168 (2004).
Introductory phonology. By B. Hayes. Rev. by M. Gouskova. 85.4.937–39 (2009).
Introduzione alla glottologia Indoeuropea. By R. Ambrosini. BN by A. Capone. 79.2.426–27 (2003).
Introduzione alla linguistica latina. By M. Morani. BN by L. Blumenfeld. 80.3.630–31 (2004).
Investigating variation: The effects of social organization and social setting. By N. C. Dorian. Rev. by W. Wolfram.
87.4.904–8 (2011).
Invisible genealogies: A history of Americanist anthropology. By R. Darnell. Rev. by J. Stanlaw. 78.4.778–80
(2002).
Iraqw-English dictionary. By M. Mous, M. Qorro, and R. Kiessling. BN by B. Wald. 83.1.225 (2007).
IRIGARAY, LUCE. To speak is never neutral. BN by C. Xie. 79.4.806–7 (2003).
IRONS, JOHN, and D. L. GORLÉE (trans.) Signs in use: An introduction to semiotics. By J. D. Johansen and S. E.
Larsen. BN by J. Holeš. 80.2.348 (2004).
IRVINE, JUDITH T.; R. DARNELL; and R. HANDLER (eds.) The collected works of Edward Sapir, III: Culture. Rev. by
J. Stanlaw. 77.3.587–90 (2001).
Is an icon iconic? Discussion Note by M. Shapiro. 84.4.815–19 (2008).
Is the best good enough? Optimality and competition in syntax. Ed. by P. Barbosa, D. Fox, P. Hagstrom, M.
McGinnis, and D. Pesetsky. Rev. by D. T. Langendoen. 77.4.842–44 (2001).
ISABELLE, PIERRE; S. ARMSTRONG; K. CHURCH; S. MANZI; E. TZOUKERMANN; and D. YAROWSKY (eds.) Natural
ISKAROUS, KHALIL; D. H. WHALEN; H. S. MAGEN; M. POUPLIER; and A. M. KANG. Vowel targets without a
hyperspace effect (Letter to Language). 80.3.377–78 (2004).
Islands of reliability for regular morphology: Evidence from Italian. By A. Albright. 78.4.684–709 (2002).
Issues in cognitive linguistics: 1993 proceedings of the International Cognitive Linguistics Conference. Ed. by L. de
Stadler and C. Eyrich. BN by B. Li. 79.2.434–35 (2003).
Issues in East Asian language acquisition. Ed. by M. Nakayama. Rev. by J. Whitman. 82.3.662–65 (2006).
Issues in formal German(ic) typology. Ed. by W. Abraham and C. J.-W. Zwart. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.4.827–
28 (2003).
Issues in mathematical linguistics: Workshop on Mathematical Linguistics, State College, PA, April 1998. Ed. by C.
Martín-Vide. BN by M. A. Covington. 77.3.612–13 (2001).
Issues in the semantics and pragmatics of disjunction. By M. Simons. BN by S. Banerji. 81.4.1020–21 (2005).
Issues of minority people. Ed. by F. Karttunen and J.-O. Östman. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.2.414 (2001).
Iterative footing and prominence-driven stress in Nanti (Kampa). By M. J. Crowhurst and L. D. Michael. 81.1.47–95
(2005).
ITKONEN, ESA. Rev. of Givón, Context as other minds: The pragmatics of sociality, cognition and communication.
84.3.628–32 (2008).
IWASAKI, SHOICHI. Japanese. BN by T. Miyamoto. 81.3.779–80 (2005).
JABŁOŃSKA, PATRYCJA. BN on Alexiadou, Anagnostopoulou, Barbiers, and Gaertner (eds.), Dimensions of
movement: From features to remnants. 80.2.334 (2004).
JACKENDOFF, RAY. Construction after construction and its theoretical challenges. 84.1.8–28 (2008).
JACKENDOFF, RAY. Response to Seuren (Discussion Note). 88.1.177–78 (2012).
JACKENDOFF, RAY. Rev. of Calvin and Bickerton, Lingua ex machina: Reconciling Darwin and Chomsky with the
human brain. 77.3.569–73 (2001).
JACKENDOFF, RAY. Rev. of Fodor, The mind doesn’t work that way: The scope and limits of computational
psychology. 78.1.164–70 (2002).
JACKENDOFF, RAY. What is the human language faculty? Two views (Discussion Note). 87.3.586–624 (2011).
JACKENDOFF, RAY, and P. W. CULICOVER. Same-except: A domain-general cognitive relation and how language
expresses it. 88.2.305–40 (2012).
JACKENDOFF, RAY, and P. W. CULICOVER. The semantic basis of control in English. 79.3.517–56 (2003).
JACKENDOFF, RAY; N. DEHÉ; A. MCINTYRE; and S. URBAN (eds.) Verb-particle explorations. BN by N. Rojina.
80.2.342–43 (2004).
JACKENDOFF, RAY, and A. E. GOLDBERG. The end result(ative) (Discussion Note). 81.2.474–77 (2005).
JACKENDOFF, RAY, and A. E. GOLDBERG. The English resultative as a family of constructions. 80.3.532–68 (2004).
88
JACKSON, DANIEL O. BN on Bublitz, Lenk, and Ventola (eds.), Coherence in spoken and written discourse. 78.1.209
(2002).
JACKSON, DANIEL O. BN on Ghadessy (ed.), Text and context in functional linguistics. 78.1.208–9 (2002).
JACKSON, DANIEL O. BN on Hansen (ed.), Second language attrition in Japanese contexts. 77.3.641–42 (2001).
JACKSON, DANIEL O. BN on Kontra, Phillipson, Skutnabb-Kangas, and Várady (eds.), Language: A right and a
resource: Approaching linguistic human rights. 77.3.640–41 (2001).
JACKSON, HOWARD. Lexicography: An introduction. BN by J. Holeš. 80.4.893–94 (2004).
JACKSON, JASON B. BN on Habermas, On the pragmatics of social interaction: Preliminary studies in the theory of
communicative action. 78.2.384 (2002).
JACKSON, PAUL, and P. HACHENBURGER. Topics, questions, keywords: A handbook for students of German. BN by
G. H. Toops. 78.4.790–91 (2002).
JACKSON, PETER, and I. MOULINIER. Natural language processing for online applications: Text retrieval, extraction
and categorization. BN by K. B. Cohen. 80.1.178 (2004).
JACOBS, HAIKE, and P. FIKKERT (eds.) Development in prosodic systems. BN by C. Rice. 81.2.522–23 (2005).
JACOBSON, PAULINE. Rev. of Portner and Partee (eds.), Formal semantics: The essential readings. 82.4.927–30
(2006).
JACOBSON, PAULINE, and C. BARKER (eds.) Direct compositionality. Rev. by M. L. Jönsson. 87.1.178–81 (2011).
JACOBSON, PAULINE; G. WARD; B. J. BIRNER; L. R. HORN; B. ABBOTT; and J. M. SADOCK. Obituary of Ellen F.
Prince. 87.4.866–72 (2011).
JAEGER, T. FLORIAN; D. BEAVER; B. Z. CLARK; E. FLEMMING; and M. WOLTERS. When semantics meets phonetics:
JAFFE, ALEXANDRA. Ideologies in action: Language politics on Corsica. BN by R. McColl Millar. 78.1.186 (2002).
JÄGER, AGNES. Rev. of van Gelderen (ed.), Cyclical change. 87.2.430–33 (2011).
JÄGER, ANDREAS. Typology of periphrastic ‘do’-constructions. Rev. by P. Muysken. 85.4.939–41 (2009).
JÄGER, GERHARD. Evolutionary game theory and typology: A case study. 83.1.74–109 (2007).
JÄGER, GERHARD. Rev. of Zimmermann and Féry (eds.), Information structure: Theoretical, typological, and
experimental perspectives. 87.2.435–38 (2011).
JAHN, TINA. BN on Maynard, Bad news, good news: Conversational order in everyday talk and clinical settings.
81.3.783 (2005).
JAIN, DHANESH K., and G. CARDONA (eds.) The Indo-Aryan languages. Rev. by J. Peterson. 82.4.891–94 (2006).
JANDA, RICHARD D., and B. D. JOSEPH (eds.) The handbook of historical linguistics. Rev. by O. Fischer. 85.1.206–
11 (2009).
JANSE, MARK; J. N. ADAMS; and S. SWAIN (eds.) Bilingualism in ancient society: Language contact and the written
word. BN by J. F. Eska. 80.4.872–73 (2004).
JANSE, MARK, and S. TOL (eds.) Language death and language maintenance: Theoretical, practical and descriptive
approaches. RA by L. A. Grenoble and L. J. Whaley. 81.4.965–74 (2005).
JANSON, TORE. Speak: A short history of languages. BN by Z. Salzmann. 79.4.807 (2003).
JANSSEN, THEO, and G. REDEKER (eds.) Cognitive linguistics: Foundations, scope, and methodology. BN by A.
Głaz. 78.1.206–7 (2002).
Japanese. By S. Iwasaki. BN by T. Miyamoto. 81.3.779–80 (2005).
Japanese mental lexicon, The: Psycholinguistic studies of kana and kanji processing. By J. F. Kess and T.
Miyamoto. BN by R. A. Brown. 78.2.352–53 (2002).
Jaqaru. By M. J. Hardman. BN by T. J. Curnow. 80.4.891–92 (2004).
JARVELLA, ROBERT J., and L. LUNDQUIST (eds.) Language, text and knowledge: Mental models of expert communication. BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.4.825 (2002).
JASZCZOLT, KATARZYNA M., and K. TURNER (eds.) Meaning through language contrast. BN by M. Callies.
81.2.529–30 (2005).
JAUNCEY, DOROTHY. Bardi grubs and frog cakes: South Australian words. BN by J. Simpson. 82.4.952–53 (2006).
Javanese grammar for students. Rev. edn. By S. Robson. BN by M. Ross. 81.4.1019 (2005).
JAWORSKI, ADAM; N. COUPLAND; and D. GALASIŃSKI (eds.) Metalanguage: Social and ideological perspectives.
BN by D. E. Walicek. 83.3.677 (2007).
JAY, TIMOTHY. Why we curse: A neuro-psycho-social theory of speech. BN by E. Battistella. 77.3.633–34 (2001).
JEEP, JOHN M. BN on Besch, Betten, Reichmann, and Sonderegger (eds.), Sprachgeschichte: Ein Handbuch zur
Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und ihrer Erforschung. Vol. 2. 2nd edn. 78.2.360 (2002). Vols. 3 and 4. 2nd
edn. 81.4.999–1000 (2005).
JEEP, JOHN M. BN on Boase-Beier and Lodge, The German language: A linguistic introduction. 80.2.337–38
(2004).
89
JEEP, JOHN M. BN on Cruse, Hundsnurscher, Job, and Lutzeier (eds.), Lexikologie/Lexicology: Ein internationales
Handbuch zur Natur und Struktur von Wörtern und Wortschätzen. Vol. 1. 79.4.796–97 (2003).
JEEP, JOHN M. BN on Desportes (ed.), Zur Geschichte der Nominalgruppe im älteren Deutsch: Festschrift für Paul
Valentin: Akten des Pariser Kolloquiums März 1999. 79.2.434 (2003).
JEEP, JOHN M. BN on Donhauser and Eichinger (eds.), Deutsche Grammatik—Thema in Variationen: Festschrift für
Hans-Werner Eroms zum 60. Geburtstag. 77.1.193–94 (2001).
JEEP, JOHN M. BN on Grubmüller, Schnell, Stahl, Auer, and Pawis (eds.), Vocabularius ex quo: Überlieferungsgeschichtliche Ausgabe. 78.4.819 (2002).
JEEP, JOHN M. BN on Sonderegger, Germanica selecta: Ausgewählte Schriften zur germanischen und deutschen
Philologie zum 75. Geburtstag des Autors. Ed. by H. Burger and E. Glaser. 80.1.190–91 (2004).
JEEP, JOHN M. BN on Stevenson, Language and German disunity: A sociolinguistic history of East and West
Germany, 1945–2000. 81.2.545–46 (2005).
JENDRASCHEK, GERD. La modalité épistémique en basque. BN by H. Narrog. 81.2.530–31 (2005).
JENKINS, JENNIFER. World Englishes: A resource book for students. BN by A. Głaz. 82.3.685–86 (2006).
JERIES, ZEINA MAALOUF. BN on Chamberlain, Morford, and Mayberry (eds.), Language acquisition by eye.
77.4.872 (2001).
JESSEN, MICHAEL. Phonetics and phonology of tense and lax obstruents in German. BN by G. Collischonn.
78.2.375–76 (2002).
Jewish translation history: A bibliography of bibliographies and studies. By R. Singerman. BN by K. Fudeman.
81.2.543–44 (2005).
JI, HUIMIN. BN on Cruse, Meaning in language: An introduction to semantics and pragmatics. 78.1.180 (2002).
JIN, WENHUA. BN on Yim, The intonational phonology of direct and indirect imperative sentence types in Seoul
Korean. 83.3.693–94 (2007).
JOB, MICHAEL (ed.) The indigenous languages of the Caucasus, vol. 3: The North East Caucasian languages, part 1.
JOB, MICHAEL; D. A. CRUSE; F. HUNDSNURSCHER; and P. R. LUTZEIER (eds.) Lexikologie/Lexicology: Ein
79.4.796–97 (2003).
JOHANSEN, JØRGEN DINES, and S. E. LARSEN. Signs in use: An introduction to semiotics. Trans. by D. L. Gorlée and
J. Irons. BN by J. Holeš. 80.2.348 (2004).
JOHANSON, LARS. Rev. of Dixon and Aikhenvald (eds.), The semantics of clause linking: A cross-linguistic
typology. 87.1.189–92 (2011).
JOHANSON, LARS, and B. UTAS (eds.) Evidentials: Turkic, Iranian and neighbouring languages. BN by E. J. Vajda.
79.2.440–41 (2003).
JOHANSSON, STIG. Rev. of Rohdenburg and Schlüter (eds.), One language, two grammars? Differences between
British and American English. 86.2.462–67 (2010).
JOHANSSON, STIG. Seeing through multilingual corpora: On the use of corpora in contrastive studies. Rev. by Å.
Viberg. 85.2.476–80 (2009).
JOHANSSON, STIG; D. BIBER; G. LEECH; S. CONRAD; and E. FINEGAN. Longman grammar of spoken and written
John Palsgrave as Renaissance linguist. By G. Stein. BN by M. Oja. 77.3.602–3 (2001).
JOHNSON, CARL E. BN on Georgakopoulou and Goutsos, Discourse analysis: An introduction. 2nd edn. 83.3.675–76
(2007).
JOHNSON, DAVID E., and S. LAPPIN. Local constraints vs. economy. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 78.2.380–81 (2002).
JOHNSON, KEITH. Acoustic and auditory phonetics. 2nd edn. BN by J. Tuomainen. 83.3.677–78 (2007).
JOHNSON, KEITH. Obituary of Ilse Lehiste. 87.2.384–89 (2011).
JOHNSON, KEITH. Rev. of Ladefoged, Phonetic data analysis: An introduction to fieldwork and instrumental
techniques. 83.1.191–94 (2007).
JOHNSON, KEITH; E. FLEMMING; and R. WRIGHT. Response to Whalen et al. (Letter to Language). 80.4.646–49
(2004).
JOHNSON, KEITH, and E. HUME (eds.) The role of speech perception in phonology. BN by H. C. Dawson. 82.1.200–
201 (2006).
JOHNSON, MARK, and G. LAKOFF. Philosophy in the flesh. Rev. by J. U. Neisser. 77.1.166–68 (2001).
JOHNSON, STACY. BN on Lindstromberg, English prepositions explained. 78.2.384–85 (2002).
JOHNSON, STEPHEN M., and B. E. NEVIN (eds.) The legacy of Zellig Harris: Language and information into the 21st
century, vol. 2: Mathematics and computability of language. BN by J. Goldsmith. 83.4.921 (2007).
JOHNSON, WYN, and I. ROCA. A course in phonology. BN by J. Steele. 78.3.589–90 (2002).
JOHNSON, WYN, and I. ROCA. A workbook in phonology. BN by M. Pierce. 77.3.624 (2001).
90
JOHNSON, YUKI. Modality and the Japanese language. BN by H. Narrog. 81.4.1008–9 (2005).
JOHNSTONE, BARBARA. Discourse analysis. BN by Y. Elhindi. 82.1.201 (2006).
JOHNSTONE, BARBARA. Qualitative methods in sociolinguistics. Rev. by T. C. Frazer. 77.3.567–68 (2001).
JOHNSTONE, BARBARA. Rev. of Thornborrow and Coates (eds.), The sociolinguistics of narrative. 84.3.663–66
(2008).
JOKIĆ, ALEKSANDAR, and Q. SMITH (eds.) Time, tense, and reference. BN by R. D’Alessandro. 82.3.686 (2006).
JONES, BOB MORRIS. The Welsh answering system. BN by J. F. Eska. 77.1.192–93 (2001).
JONES, GAVIN. Strange talk: The politics of literature in Gilded Age America. BN by E. Battistella. 77.2.402–3
(2001).
JONES, JASON; L. THOMAS; S. WAREING; I. SINGH; J. S. PECCEI; and J. THORNBORROW. Language, society and
power: An introduction. 2nd edn. BN by C. Brammer. 82.3.697–98 (2006).
JONES, MARI C., and E. ESCH (eds.) Language change: The interplay of internal, external and extra-linguistic
factors. BN by M. Picard. 80.1.178–79 (2004).
JONES, STEVEN. Antonymy: A corpus-based perspective. BN by M. L. Murphy. 79.4.840–41 (2003).
JONES, WILLIAM JERVIS. Image of language: Six essays on German attitudes to European languages from 1500 to
1800. BN by P. E. Webber. 77.1.200–201 (2001).
JONES-BLEY, KARLENE; M. E. HULD; A. D. VOLPE; and M. R. DEXTER (eds.) Proceedings of the tenth annual UCLA
Indo-European conference. Los Angeles, May 21–23, 1998. BN by M. Pierce. 77.1.181 (2001).
JONIDES, JOHN; B. LANDAU; J. SABINI; and E. L. NEWPORT (eds.) Perception, cognition, and language: Essays in
honor of Henry and Lila Gleitman. BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.4.788–89 (2002).
JÖNSSON, MARTIN L. Rev. of Barker and Jacobson (eds.), Direct compositionality. 87.1.178–81 (2011).
JOSEFSSON, GUNLÖG. Minimal words in a minimal syntax: Word formation in Swedish. BN by K. K. Grohmann.
78.4.816 (2002).
JOSEFSSON, GUNLÖG; C. PLATZACK; and G. HÅKANSSON (eds.) The acquisition of Swedish grammar. BN by M.
Kilarski. 83.3.678–79 (2007).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. BN on Mayrhofer, Die Personennamen in der Rgveda-Samhitā: Sicheres und Zweifelhaftes.
80.4.897–98 (2004).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: Annual Report. 79.2.449–54 (2003).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: Bidding farewell to book notices. 83.4.703–6 (2007).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: Editing, prescriptivism, and free speech. 79.1.1–4 (2003).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: Editorial highs and lows: Some reflections. 84.3.471–73 (2008).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: The editorial process once again: Behind the scenes in the Language
office. 82.2.482–85 (2006).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: Endgame: The final stages of the review process and some reflections
at year’s end. 78.4.615–18 (2002).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: The finality of decisions: Revisiting editorial review (and some general
lessons). 81.4.795–98 (2005).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: A first take on the editorial and production process. 78.2.217–20
(2002).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: Fulfilling a promise. 80.4.651 (2004).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: Greetings, or, getting to know me. 78.1.1–2 (2002).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: Language and practicality. 82.4.709–10 (2006).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: Language in the 21st century: An assessment and a reply. 82.1.5–8
(2006).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: Last scene of all … . 84.4.686–90 (2008).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: Looking ahead, looking back—past, present, and future. 79.4.679–81
(2003).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: More on the editorial and production process. 78.3.401–3 (2002).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: On change in Language and change in language. 80.3.381–83 (2004).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: On making a mark and making marks. 84.1.3–7 (2008).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: Paying tribute. 83.1.5–7 (2007).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: Recognizing a Language great. 83.3.493–94 (2007).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: Reviewing our contents. 79.3.461–63 (2003).
91
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: A styled farewell and a new era: The purpose, history, and future of the
Language style sheet. 81.2.564–67 (2005).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: Thoughts on transitions: From diachrony to dicladia. 81.1.7–9 (2005).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Department: With all due respect … . 80.1.4–6 (2004).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. The Editor’s Report. 85.2.497–511 (2009).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. Language and the LSA: A reappraisal (Discussion Note). 86.4.906–9 (2010).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. Rev. of Deshpande and Hook (eds.), Indian linguistic studies: Festschrift in honor of George
Cardona. 82.4.902–4 (2006).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D. Rev. of Fortson, Indo-European language and culture: An introduction. 85.1.197–200 (2009).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D., and H. C. DAWSON. The Ohio State University and Columbus and the foundations of the
Linguistic Society of America (The Editor’s Department). 80.4.651–57 (2004).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D., and R. D. JANDA (eds.) The handbook of historical linguistics. Rev. by O. Fischer. 85.1.206–11
(2009).
JOSEPH, BRIAN D.; C. G. PRESTON; and D. R. PRESTON (eds.) Language diversity in Michigan and Ohio: Towards
two state linguistic profiles. Rev. by J. C. Salmons. 85.1.211–14 (2009).
JOSEPH, JOHN E. From Whitney to Chomsky: Essays in the history of American linguistics. Rev. by D. Golumbia.
83.4.889–92 (2007).
JOSEPH, JOHN E. Limiting the arbitrary: Linguistic naturalism and its opposites in Plato’s Cratylus and modern
theories of language. BN by A. Głaz. 78.3.601–2 (2002).
JOSEPH, JOHN E.; S. EMBLETON; and H.-J. NIEDEREHE (eds.) The emergence of the modern language sciences:
by J. S. Falk. 77.4.831–33 (2001).
JOSHI, ARAVIND K. Rev. of Levelt, Formal grammars in linguistics and psycholinguistics, vol. 1: An introduction to
the theory of formal languages and automata. 87.2.414–16 (2011).
JUCKER, ANDREAS H. Rev. of Brinton, The comment clause in English: Syntactic origins and pragmatic
development. 86.1.214–15 (2010).
JUCKER, ANDREAS H.; G. FRITZ; and F. LEBSANFT (eds.) Historical dialogue analysis. BN by R. McColl Millar.
78.1.188–89 (2002).
JULIEN, MARIT. Rev. of Guéron and Lecarme (eds.), The syntax of time. 83.1.208–11 (2007).
JULIEN, MARIT. Syntactic heads and word formation. BN by P. Panagiotidis. 81.4.1009–10 (2005).
JUNQUA, JEAN-CLAUDE, and G. VAN NOORD (eds.) Robustness in language and speech technology. BN by B.
Hughes. 80.4.894 (2004).
JUSTICE, PAUL W. Relevant linguistics: An introduction to the structure and use of English for teachers. 2nd edn.
BN by C. M. van Kerckvoorde. 83.1.220 (2007).
JUSTUS, CAROL F., and E. C. POLOMÉ (eds.) Language change and typological variation: In honor of Winfred P.
Lehmann on the occasion of his 83rd birthday. Vol. 1: Language change and phonology. Vol. 2: Grammatical
universals and typology. BN by M. Pierce. 77.1.179–80 (2001).
KABAK, BARIŞ, and J. GRIJZENHOUT (eds.) Phonological domains: Universals and deviations. Rev. by J.
Meinschaefer. 87.1.201–3 (2011).
KABAKČIEV, KRASIMIR. Aspect in English: A ‘common sense’ view of the interplay between verbal and nominal
referents. BN by A. Gianto. 79.1.221–22 (2003).
KAC, MICHAEL B. The semantics and pragmatics of appearance (Discussion Note). 79.1.189–96 (2003).
KACHRU, BRAJ B. Obituary of Henry Kahane. 81.1.237–44 (2005).
KACHRU, BRAJ B.; Y. KACHRU; and S. N. SRIDHAR (eds.) Language in South Asia. Rev. by J. W. Gair. 87.2.406–9
(2011).
KACHRU, YAMUNA; B. B. KACHRU; and S. N. SRIDHAR (eds.) Language in South Asia. Rev. by J. W. Gair. 87.2.406–
9 (2011).
KAGER, RENÉ; J. PATER; and W. ZONNEVELD. Constraints in phonological acquisition. Rev. by E. Broselow. 8.214–
20 (2009).
KAGER, RENÉ; H. VAN DER HULST; and W. ZONNEVELD (eds.) The prosody-morphology interface. BN by M. Pierce.
77.1.179 (2001).
KAHANE, HENRY, Obituary of. By B. B. Kachru. 81.1.237–44 (2005).
KAHRS, EIVIND. Indian semantic analysis: The nirvacana tradition. BN by A. Capone. 80.4.894–95 (2004).
KAKAVA, CHRISTINA. BN on Bayraktaroglu and Sifianou (eds.), Linguistic politeness across boundaries: The case
of Greek and Turkish. 80.2.336–37 (2004).
KALLEN, JEFFREY L. Rev. of Foulkes and Docherty (eds.), Urban voices: Accent studies in the British Isles.
77.4.833–35 (2001).
92
KALLMEYER, WERNER, and C. F. GRAUMANN (eds.) Perspective and perspectivation in discourse. BN by A. Głaz.
80.3.622–23 (2004).
KAMPERS-MANHE, BRIGITTE; R. BOK-BENNEMA; B. HOLLEBRANDSE; and P. SLEEMAN (eds.) Romance languages
and linguistic theory 2002: Selected papers from ‘Going Romance’, Groningen, 28–30 November 2002. BN by
N. I. Stolova. 83.1.216–17 (2007).
KANG, A. MIN; D. H. WHALEN; H. S. MAGEN; M. POUPLIER; and K. ISKAROUS. Vowel targets without a hyperspace
effect (Letter to Language). 80.3.377–78 (2004).
KANNO, KAZUE (ed.) The acquisition of Japanese as a second language. BN by P. S. Ding. 78.1.192 (2002).
KAPATSINSKI, VSEVOLOD. Testing theories of linguistic constituency with configural learning: The case of the
English syllable. 85.2.248–77 (2009).
KAPLAN, AARON. Rev. of Walker, Vowel patterns in language. 88.3.678–81 (2012).
KAPLAN, GOLDA H. Use of aspect-tense verbal forms in Akkadian texts of the Hammurapi period (1792–1750 B.C.).
BN by M. Widell. 80.3.625–26 (2004).
KAPLAN, JEFFREY P.; B. J. BIRNER; and G. WARD. Functional compositionality and the interaction of discourse
constraints. 83.2.317–43 (2007).
KAPLAN, ROBERT (ed.) The Oxford handbook of applied linguistics. BN by R. M. Bhatt. 81.2.531–32 (2005).
KARI, ETHELBERT E. Ogbronuagum (The Bukuma language). BN by M. Cahill. 80.2.348–49 (2004).
KARI, JAMES, and B. A. POTTER (eds.) Anthropological papers of the University of Alaska: The Dene-Yeniseian
connection. Rev. by M. Dunn. 88.2.429–32 (2012).
KARIMI, SIMIN. A minimalist approach to scrambling: Evidence from Persian. Rev. by J. Ghomeshi. 84.3.646–48
(2008).
KARIMI, SIMIN. Rev. of Chocano, Narrow syntax and phonological form. 85.3.700–703 (2009).
KARLÍK, PETR; M. NEKULA; and J. PLESKALOVÁ (eds.) Encyklopedický slovník češtiny. BN by Z. Salzmann.
80.2.349 (2004).
KARLSSON, FRED; M. MIESTAMO; and K. SINNEMÄKI (eds.) Language complexity: Typology, contact, change. Rev.
by A. Carstairs-McCarthy. 85.2.484–87 (2009).
KARSTADT, ANGELA. Tracking Swedish-American English: A longitudinal study of linguistic variation and identity.
BN by M. Pierce. 81.4.1010 (2005).
KARTTUNEN, FRANCES, and J.-O. ÖSTMAN (eds.) Issues of minority people. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.2.414 (2001).
Kasus im Ik. By C. König. BN by G. D. S. Anderson. 82.1.203 (2006).
KATO, MARY AIZAWA, and E. V. NEGRÃO (eds.) Brazilian Portuguese and the null subject parameter. BN by K. K.
Grohmann. 79.4.807–8 (2003).
KATZ, JONAH, and E. SELKIRK. Contrastive focus vs. discourse-new: Evidence from phonetic prominence in English.
87.4.771–816 (2011).
KATZ, JOSHUA T. Rev. of Gnanadesikan, The writing revolution: Cuneiform to the internet. 87.3.640–43 (2011).
KATZ, JOSHUA T. Rev. of Wallace, The Sabellic languages of ancient Italy. 85.2.490–92 (2009).
KAUFMANN, STEFAN; J. GERMAN; and J. PIERREHUMBERT. Evidence for phonological constraints on nuclear accent
KAUTZSCH, ALEXANDER. The historical evolution of earlier African American English: An empirical comparison of
early sources. RA by T. L. Weldon. 81.2.478–94 (2005).
KAVARI, JEKURA U.; W. J. G. MÖHLIG; and L. MARTEN. A grammatical sketch of Herero (Otjiherero). BN by B.
Wald. 83.1.224–25 (2007).
KAVITSKAYA, DARYA. Compensatory lengthening: Phonetics, phonology, diachrony. BN by A. S. Kaye. 80.3.626
(2004).
KAWAGUCHI, YUJI; M. MINEGISHI; and J. DURAND (eds.) Corpus analysis and variation in linguistics. Rev. by H.
Basbøll. 87.1.210–12 (2011).
KAWAGUCHI, YUJI; T. TAKAGAKI; S. ZAIMA; Y. TSURUGA; and F. MORENO-FERNÁNDEZ (eds.) Corpus-based
approaches to sentence structures. Rev. by M. Rissanen. 85.1.237–40 (2009).
KAWAHARA, SHIGETO. A faithfulness ranking projected from a perceptibility scale: The case of [+voice] in
Japanese. 82.3.536–74 (2006).
KAY, CHRISTIAN J., and J. COLEMAN (eds.) Lexicology, semantics and lexicography. BN by N. S. Dash. 80.2.341–42
(2004).
KAY, CHRISTIAN J., and J. J. SMITH (eds.) Categorization in the history of English. BN by A. M. Saidat. 83.4.916–17
(2007).
KAY, PAUL. English subjectless tagged sentences. 78.3.453–81 (2002).
KAY, PAUL; T. REGIER; and N. KHETARPAL. Color naming and the shape of color space (Short Report). 85.4.884–92
(2009).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Abdul-Raof, Arabic stylistics: A coursebook. 80.1.166 (2004).
93
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Adams, Complex words in English. 78.4.799–800 (2002).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Aikhenvald, Classifiers: A typology of noun categorization devices. 79.1.213 (2003).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Alkalesi, Modern Iraqi Arabic: A textbook. 78.3.604–5 (2002).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Badawi, Carter, and Gully, Modern written Arabic: A comprehensive grammar. 82.1.186–87
(2006).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Ballard, The frameworks of English: Introducing language structures. 79.1.214–15 (2003).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Bar, Conditional sentences in contemporary Hebrew: Structure, meaning, and usage of
tenses. 81.3.769 (2005).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Bauer, Introducing linguistic morphology. 2nd edn. 81.2.509–10 (2005).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Behrens and Sasse, The microstructure of lexicon-grammar interaction: A study of ‘gold’ in
English and Arabic. 82.3.670–71 (2006).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Benmamoun, Perspectives on Arabic Linguistics XIL. 77.4.848–49 (2001).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Blair and Collins (eds.), English in Australia. 79.1.216–17 (2003).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Booij and van Marle (eds.), Yearbook of morphology 2003. 81.2.511–12 (2005).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Brinton, The structure of modern English: A linguistic introduction. 78.3.603–4 (2002).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Christophersen, A linguist’s credo. 77.3.616–17 (2001).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Contini-Morava and Tobin (eds.), Between grammar and lexicon. 78.1.210–11 (2002).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Crystal, A glossary of Netspeak and Textspeak. 83.2.458 (2007).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Dehghani, Persian. 80.1.170–71 (2004).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on DeMiller, Linguistics: A guide to the reference literature. 2nd edn. 77.4.847 (2001).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on di Luzio, Günthner, and Orletti (eds.), Culture in communication: Analyses of intercultural
situations. 79.3.649–50 (2003).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Downing and Locke, A university course in English grammar. 80.3.619–20 (2004).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Fiske (ed.), Vocabula bound. 83.2.459–60 (2007).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Fónagy, Languages within language: An evolutive approach. 79.3.652 (2003).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Görlach (ed.), A dictionary of European anglicisms. 79.3.654–55 (2003).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Gramley, The vocabulary of world English. 79.3.655 (2003).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Hammond, The sounds of Spanish: Analysis and application. 78.4.800–801 (2002).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Hansen, The synchronic fallacy. 78.4.800 (2002).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Harris (ed.), The language myth in Western culture. 79.3.655–56 (2003).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Holm, An introduction to pidgins and creoles. 78.2.362–63 (2002).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Iglesias, A Spanish grammar workbook. 80.2.347–48 (2004).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Kavitskaya, Compensatory lengthening: Phonetics, phonology, diachrony. 80.3.626 (2004).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Kreidler, The pronunciation of English: A course book. 2nd edn. 82.1.203–4 (2006).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Ladefoged, Vowels and consonants: An introduction to the sounds of languages. 78.2.361–
62 (2002).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Lecarme (ed.), Research in Afroasiatic grammar 2. 82.1.205–6 (2006).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Lockwood, Fries, and Copeland (eds.), Functional approaches to language, culture, and
cognition: Papers in honor of Sydney M. Lamb. 78.1.209–10 (2002).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Mansoor, Meraj, and Tahir (eds.), Language policy, planning, & practice: A South Asian
perspective. 82.1.207–8 (2006).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Mar-Molinero, The politics of language in the Spanish-speaking world. 78.3.602–3 (2002).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on McWhorter, The missing Spanish creoles. 79.1.222 (2003).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Mohammad, Word order, agreement and pronominalization in standard and Palestinian
Arabic. 77.3.642 (2001).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Newman and Ratliff (eds.), Linguistic fieldwork. 78.4.798–99 (2002).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Palmer and Occhi (eds.), Languages of sentiment: Cultural constructions of emotional
substrates. 78.2.361 (2002).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Peters, The Cambridge guide to English usage. 82.3.692–93 (2006).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Pountain, Exploring the Spanish language. 82.1.217 (2006).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Puckett, Seldom ask, never tell: Labor and discourse in Appalachia. 78.4.820–21 (2002).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Rahman, Language, education, and culture. 77.4.847–48 (2001).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Robinson, Becoming a translator: An introduction to the theory and practice of translation.
2nd edn. 82.1.219 (2006).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Salzmann, Language, culture and society: An introduction to linguistic anthropology. 3rd
edn. 82.3.694–95 (2006).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Schroeder, The Turkish nominal phrase in spoken discourse. 78.3.602 (2002).
94
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Shimron (ed.), Language processing and acquisition in languages of Semitic, root-based,
morphology. 81.1.290–91 (2005).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Singh, Pidgins and creoles. 78.3.605 (2002).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Tomić and Radovanović (eds.), History and perspectives of language study. 78.4.819–20
(2002).
KAYE, ALAN S. BN on Wierzbicka, What did Jesus mean? Explaining the Sermon on the Mount and the parables in
simple and universal human concepts. 79.1.226–27 (2003).
KAYE, ALAN S. A nomenclatural desideratum (Letter to Language). 81.1.1–2 (2005).
KAYE, ALAN S. Obituary of Carleton Taylor Hodge. 78.1.156–60 (2002).
KAYE, ALAN S. Obituary of Wolf Leslau. 83.4.870–75 (2007).
KAYE, ALAN S., and G. CANNON. The Persian contributions to the English language: An historical dictionary. BN
by M. A. Btoosh. 79.4.835–36 (2003).
KAYE, ALAN S., and M. TOSCO. Pidgin and creole languages: A basic introduction. BN by E. G. Winkler. 79.4.808–
9 (2003).
KAYNE, RICHARD S. Movement and silence. Rev. by A. Carnie. 84.2.411–15 (2008).
KAYNE, RICHARD S. Parameters and universals. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 78.4.810–11 (2002).
KEATING, ELIZABETH. Power sharing: Language, rank, gender, and social space in Pohnpei, Micronesia. BN by E.
J. Vajda. 77.1.185–86 (2001).
KECSKES, ISTVAN. Situation-bound utterances in L1 and L2. BN by L. Chen. 80.4.895–96 (2004).
KEEFE, ROSANNA. Theories of vagueness. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 80.2.349–50 (2004).
KEENAN, EDWARD L., and E. P. STABLER. Bare grammar: Lectures on linguistic invariants. Rev. by R. T. Oehrle.
88.3.652–57 (2012).
KEGL, JUDY; C. NEIDLE; D. MACLAUGHLIN; B. BAHAN; and R. G. LEE. The syntax of American Sign Language:
KEIJZER, MEREL. BN on McCully and Hilles, The earliest English: An introduction to Old English language.
82.4.958–59 (2006).
KEIL, FRANK. Rev. of Pinker, The blank slate: The modern denial of human nature. 80.4.859–62 (2004).
KEISER, STEVEN HARTMAN. BN on Mesthrie (ed.), Language in South Africa. 83.1.223–24 (2007).
KEIZER, EVELIEN; B. AARTS; D. DENISON; and G. POPOVA (eds.) Fuzzy grammar: A reader. BN by K. K. Grohmann.
82.4.935–36 (2006).
KELLER, FRANK, and T. ALEXOPOULOU. Locality, cyclicity, and resumption: At the interface between the grammar
and the human sentence processor. 83.1.110–60 (2007).
KELLY, FERGUS, and M. MCKENNA (eds.) Celtica, vol. 24: In memory of Brian Ó. Cuív. BN by D. Stifter.
81.4.1015–16 (2005).
KELLY, L. G. The mirror of grammar: Theology, philosophy and the Modistae. BN by D. Golumbia. 82.2.458
(2006).
Kemantney language, The: A sociolinguistic and grammatical study of language replacement. By Z. Leyew. BN by
G. D. S. Anderson. 82.1.206–7 (2006).
KEMBO-SURE and V. WEBB (eds.) African voices: An introduction to the languages and linguistics of Africa. Rev. by
H. F. W. Stahlke. 78.4.776–78 (2002).
KEMMER, SUZANNE, and M. BARLOW (eds.) Usage-based models of language. BN by J.-C. Verstraete. 80.4.875–76
(2004).
KEMPCHINSKY, PAULA, and R. SLABAKOVA (eds.) Aspectual inquiries. Rev. by H. de Swart. 83.4.892–95 (2007).
KEMPSON, RUTH. Rev. of Hurford, The origins of meaning: Language in the light of evolution. 87.1.207–9 (2011).
Ken Hale: A life in language. Ed. by M. Kenstowicz. BN by C. Bowern. 80.1.179–80 (2004).
KENESEI, ISTVÁN. Argument structure in Hungarian. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.4.841 (2003).
KENESEI, ISTVÁN (ed.) Crossing boundaries. BN by C. Rudin. 78.1.198–99 (2002).
KENESEI, ISTVÁN, and R. M. HARNISH (eds.) Perspectives on semantics, pragmatics and discourse: A festschrift for
Ferenc Kiefer. BN by A. Capone. 79.2.442 (2003).
KENNEDY, CHRISTOPHER, and L. MCNALLY (eds.) Adjectives and adverbs: Syntax, semantics, and discourse. Rev.
by R. Eckardt. 86.2.450–52 (2010).
KENNEDY, CHRISTOPHER, and L. MCNALLY. Scale structure, degree modification, and the semantics of gradable
predicates. 81.2.345–81 (2005).
KENNY, NEIL. Curiosity in early Modern Europe word histories. BN by R. McColl Millar. 78.2.343 (2002).
KENSTOWICZ, MICHAEL (ed.) Ken Hale: A life in language. BN by C. Bowern. 80.1.179–80 (2004).
KENSTOWICZ, MICHAEL. Rev. of de Lacy (ed.), The Cambridge handbook of phonology. 86.1.216–19 (2010).
KERLEROUX, FRANÇOISE; B. FRADIN; and M. PLÉNAT (eds.) Aperçus de morphologie du français [Insights into
French morphology]. Rev. by L. Bauer. 86.2.444–48 (2010).
95
KERSWILL, PAUL. Rev. of Trudgill, New-dialect formation: The inevitability of colonial Englishes. 83.3.657–61
(2007).
KESS, JOSEPH F., and T. MIYAMOTO. The Japanese mental lexicon: Psycholinguistic studies of kana and kanji
processing. BN by R. A. Brown. 78.2.352–53 (2002).
KESSLER, BRETT. The significance of word lists. BN by M. Widell. 79.2.441–43 (2003).
Ket prosodic phonology. By E. J. Vajda. BN by S. Georg. 78.3.600–601 (2002).
KETREZ, NIHAN; M. BECKER; and A. NEVINS. The surfeit of the stimulus: Analytic biases filter lexical statistics in
KEYSER, SAMUEL JAY. Obituary of Kenneth Locke Hale. 79.2.411–22 (2003).
KEYSER, SAMUEL JAY, and K. HALE. Prolegomenon to a theory of argument structure. Rev. by K. K. Grohmann.
81.1.248–51 (2005).
KEYSER, SAMUEL JAY, and K. N. STEVENS. Enhancement and overlap in the speech chain. 82.1.33–63 (2006).
KHETARPAL, NAVEEN; T. REGIER; and P. KAY. Color naming and the shape of color space (Short Report). 85.4.884–
92 (2009).
KIBBEE, DOUGLAS A. (ed.) Chomskyan (r)evolutions. Rev. by J. Goldsmith. 88.2.432–36 (2012).
KIDWAI, AYESHA. XP-adjunction in universal grammar: Scrambling and binding in Hindi-Urdu. BN by K. K.
Grohmann. 81.2.532 (2005).
KIESSLING, ROLAND; M. MOUS; and M. QORRO. Iraqw-English dictionary. BN by B. Wald. 83.1.225 (2007).
KIHM, ALAIN. Rev. of McWhorter, Linguistic simplicity and complexity: Why do languages undress? 88.3.657–60
(2012).
KILARSKI, MARCIN. BN on Dollerup (ed.), Worlds of words: A tribute to Arne Zettersten. 82.4.942–43 (2006).
KILARSKI, MARCIN. BN on Josefsson, Platzack, and Håkansson (eds.), The acquisition of Swedish grammar.
83.3.678–79 (2007).
KILARSKI, MARCIN. BN on Sandøy, Brunstad, Hagen, and Tenfjord (eds.), Den fleirspråklege utfordringa [The
multilingual challenge]. 83.3.691 (2007).
KILIAN-HATZ, CHRISTA, and F. K. E. VOELTZ (eds.) Ideophones. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.4.823–24 (2003).
KIM, EUN-SOOK; K. SHAHIN; and S. BLAKE (eds.) The proceedings of the seventeenth West Coast Conference on
KIM, RONALD I. Rev. of Peyrot, Variation and change in Tocharian B. 85.3.736–40 (2009).
Kinds, things, and stuff: Mass terms and generics. Ed. by F. J. Pelletier. Rev. by D. Nicolas. 87.3.650–52 (2011).
KING, BARBARA J. (ed.) The origins of language: What nonhuman primates can tell us. BN by Z. Salzmann.
81.1.282–83 (2005).
KING, GARETH. Modern Welsh: A comprehensive grammar. 2nd edn. BN by M. Miestamo. 81.2.532–33 (2005).
KING, ROBERT D., and J. C. SALMONS. Obituary of Winfred P. Lehmann. 84.3.613–19 (2008).
KING, RUTH; F. MARTINEAU; and R. MOUGEON. The interplay of internal and external factors in grammatical
change: First-person plural pronouns in French. 87.3.470–509 (2011).
KING, TRACY HOLLOWAY. Rev. of Bošković, On the nature of the syntax-phonology interface: Cliticization and
related phenomena. 80.4.843–46 (2004).
KING, TRACY HOLLOWAY, and M. BUTT (eds.) Argument realization. BN by L. Kulikov. 79.4.832–33 (2003).
KING, TRACY HOLLOWAY, and M. BUTT (eds.) Nominals: Inside and out. BN by M. Barrie. 82.1.190–91 (2006).
KING, TRACY HOLLOWAY, and S. FRANKS. A handbook of Slavic clitics. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.629–30 (2001).
KINKADE, M. DALE. Rev. of Kroeber, The Salish language family: Reconstructing syntax. 77.3.573–75 (2001).
KINOSHITA, SACHIKO, and S. J. LUPKER (eds.) Masked priming: The state of the art. BN by C. A. Ankerstein.
81.2.532–33 (2005).
KINSELLA, ANNA R. Language evolution and syntactic theory. Rev. by F. J. Newmeyer. 86.4.960–63 (2010).
KIPARSKY, PAUL. Dvandvas, blocking, and the associative: The bumpy ride from phrase to word. 86.2.302–31
(2010).
KIPARSKY, PAUL. Rev. of Fabb and Halle, Meter in poetry: A new theory. 85.4.923–30 (2009).
KIRBY, SIMON, and M. H. CHRISTIANSEN (eds.) Language evolution. Rev. by S. R. Anderson. 82.4.894–98 (2006).
KIRCHNER, ROBERT; B. HAYES; and D. STERIADE (eds.) Phonetically based phonology. Rev. by J. L. Smith.
83.4.886–89 (2007).
KIRK, JOHN M., and D. P. Ó BAOILL (eds.) Travellers and their language. BN by Z. Salzmann. 83.1.220–21 (2007).
KIRSNER, ROBERT S.; E. CONTINI-MORAVA; and B. RODRÍGUEZ-BACHILLER (eds.) Cognitive and communicative
KISSEBERTH, CHARLES W. Rev. of Yip, Tone. 83.3.662–64 (2007).
KISSEBERTH, CHARLES W., and L. M. HYMAN (eds.) Theoretical aspects of Bantu tone. BN by G. T. Childs.
77.1.172–73 (2001).
96
KISSINE, MIKHAIL. Rev. of Asp and de Villiers, When language breaks down: Analysing discourse in clinical
contexts. 88.4.894–96 (2012).
KITA, SOTARO; J. BOHNEMEYER; N. J. ENFIELD; J. ESSEGBEY; I. IBARRETXE-ANTUÑANO; F. LÜPKE; and F. K.
KITTILÄ, SEPPO, and F. ZÚÑIGA (eds.) Benefactives and malefactives: Typological perspectives and case studies.
Rev. by J. Newman. 87.3.671–74 (2011).
KLAMER, MARIAN. Semantically motivated lexical patterns: A study of Dutch and Kambera expressives. 78.2.258–
86 (2002).
KLAUSENBURGER, JURGEN. Rev. of Wanner, The power of analogy: An essay on historical linguistics. 86.1.256–59
(2010).
KLÉGR, ALEŠ; P. ŠALDOVÁ; M. MALÁ; J. ČERMÁK; and L. DUŠKOVÁ (trans.) Dictionary of the Prague School of
KLEIN, ELAINE C., and G. MARTOHARDJONO (eds.) The development of second language grammars: A generative
approach. BN by M. J. Washburn. 77.2.400–401 (2001).
KLEIN, HARRIET E. MANELIS. Rev. of Payne and Weber (eds.), Perspectives on grammar writing. 85.4.944–47
(2009).
KLEIN, JARED S. (ed.) The collected writings of Warren Cowgill. Rev. by A. Bammesberger. 85.1.220–23 (2009).
KLEIN, JARED S. Rev. of Ferraresi and Goldbach (eds.), Principles of syntactic reconstruction. 86.3.720–26 (2010).
KLEIN, JARED S. Rev. of Sihler, Edgerton’s Law: The phantom evidence. 84.2.438–39 (2008).
KLEMOLA, JUHANI; M. FILPPULA; and H. PAULASTO. English and Celtic in contact. Rev. by R. Coates. 86.2.441–44
(2010).
KLINGLER, THOMAS A. If I could turn my tongue like that: The Creole language of Pointe Coupee Parish,
Louisiana. BN by J. Holeš. 82.1.201–2 (2006).
KLINGLER, THOMAS A.; A. VALDMAN; M. MARSHALL; and K. ROTTET (eds.) Dictionary of Louisiana Creole. BN by
J. M. Lipski. 78.1.181–82 (2002).
KLINTBORG, STAFFAN. The transience of American Swedish. BN by I. M. Laversuch. 77.2.393–94 (2001).
KLOEKHORST, ALWIN. BN on Marangozis, A short grammar of Hieroglyphic Luwian. 83.1.223 (2007).
KLUENDER, ROBERT; N. KWON; Y. LEE; P. C. GORDON; and M. POLINSKY. Cognitive and linguistic factors affecting
KNAPE, SABRA. BN on Smith, Language, bananas & bonobos: Linguistic problems, puzzles and polemics.
79.4.821–22 (2003).
Knowledge and learning in natural language. By C. D. Yang. Rev. by R. Clark. 82.2.446–49 (2006).
Knowledge of grammar includes knowledge of syntactic probabilities. Discussion Note by S. Gahl and S. Garnsey.
82.2.405–10 (2006).
Knowledge of grammar, knowledge of usage: Syntactic probabilities affect pronunciation variation. By S. Gahl and
S. M. Garnsey. 80.4.748–75 (2004).
KOBY, GEOFFREY S., and B. J. BAER (eds.) Beyond the ivory tower: Rethinking translation pedagogy. BN by S.
Wang. 82.3.669–70 (2006).
KOČEV, IVAN. Bŭlgarski dialekten atlas. Obobštavašt tom: Fonetika, akcentologija, leksika. BN by V. A. Friedman.
80.3.626–27 (2004).
KOCH, HAROLD, and C. BOWERN (eds.) Australian languages: Classification and the comparative method. Rev. by
B. J. Blake. 82.2.423–25 (2006).
KOCH, PETER, and A. BLANK (eds.) Historical semantics and cognition. Rev. by M. E. Winters. 78.4.780–83 (2002).
KOCHETOV, ALEXEI. Production, perception, and emergent phonotactic patterns: A case of contrastive
palatalization. BN by K. Pertsova. 83.2.464 (2007).
KOCKELMAN, PAUL. Rev. of Enfield, The anatomy of meaning: Speech, gesture, and composite utterances.
87.1.196–97 (2011).
KOENIG, JEAN-PIERRE, and A. NISHIYAMA. What is a perfect state? 86.3.611–46 (2010).
KOERNER, E. F. K. Essays in the history of linguistics. BN by M. Pierce. 83.1.221 (2007).
KOERNER, E. F. K. Linguistic historiography: Projects and prospects. BN by M. A. Covington. 77.3.609–10 (2001).
KOERNER, E. F. K. Toward a history of American linguistics. Rev. by J. T. Andresen. 86.1.226–28 (2010).
KOHEN, ELLI, and D. KOHEN-GORDON. Ladino-English/English-Ladino concise encyclopedic dictionary. BN by J.
M. Lipski. 78.1.184–85 (2002).
KOHEN-GORDON, DAHLIA, and E. KOHEN. Ladino-English/English-Ladino concise encyclopedic dictionary. BN by
J. M. Lipski. 78.1.184–85 (2002).
KOHLER, KLAUS J. Rev. of Rischel, Sound structure in language. Ed. by N. Grønnum, F. Gregersen, and H. Basbøll.
86.2.458–62 (2010).
Koineization in Medieval Spanish. By D. N. Tuten. Rev. by P. Trudgill. 81.3.751–54 (2005).
97
KOKINOV, BOICHO N.; D. GENTNER; and K. J. HOLYOAK (eds.) The analogical mind: Perspectives from cognitive
KOKTOVA, EVA. Word-order based grammar. BN by A. Gianto. 77.2.409 (2001).
KOLLIAKOU, DIMITRA. Nominal constructions in Modern Greek: Implications for the architecture of grammar. BN
by D. Ntelitheos. 82.1.202–3 (2006).
KONDRASHOVA, NATASHA; E. W. BROWNE; E. DORNISH; and D. ZEC (eds.) Formal approaches to Slavic linguistics
4: The Cornell Meeting. Rev. by A. Caink. 77.3.592–94 (2001).
KONIECZNY, LARS, and B. HEMFORTH (eds.) German sentence processing. BN by S. Gahl. 78.1.205–6 (2002).
KÖNIG, CHRISTA. Kasus im Ik. BN by G. D. S. Anderson. 82.1.203 (2006).
KÖNIG, EKKEHARD. Rev. of Harbert, The Germanic languages. 85.4.933–36 (2009).
KÖNIG, EKKEHARD. Rev. of Nedjalkov (ed.), Reciprocal constructions. 86.1.237–41 (2010).
KONOPKA, RAFAL; C. UPTON; and W. A. KRETZSCHMAR, JR. The Oxford dictionary of pronunciation for current
English. BN by M. Picard. 80.1.192 (2004).
KONTRA, MIKLÓS; R. PHILLIPSON; T. SKUTNABB-KANGAS; and T. VÁRADY (eds.) Language: A right and a resource:
Approaching linguistic human rights. BN by D. O. Jackson. 77.3.640–41 (2001).
KOONTZ-GARBODEN, ANDREW J. BN on Hannay and Bolkestein (eds.), Functional grammar and verbal interaction.
77.2.391–92 (2001).
KOONTZ-GARBODEN, ANDREW J. BN on Hermans and van Oostendorp (eds.), The derivational residue in
phonological optimality theory. 77.2.410–11 (2001).
KOONTZ-GARBODEN, ANDREW J. BN on van de Vijver, The iambic issue: Iambs as a result of constraint interaction.
77.2.390–91 (2001).
KOOPMAN, HILDA, and A. SZABOLCSI. Verbal complexes. Rev. by U. Shlonsky. 78.2.333–34 (2002).
KOOPMAN, WILLEM; O. FISCHER; A. VAN KEMENADE; and W. VAN DER WURFF (eds.) The syntax of early English.
Rev. by E. van Gelderen. 78.3.578–81 (2002).
KOPTJEVSKAJA-TAMM, MARIA, and Ö. DAHL (eds.) Circum-Baltic languages. Vol. 1: Past and present. Vol. 2:
Grammar and typology. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.2.432–33 (2003).
Korean language, The. By I. Lee and S. R. Ramsey. BN by E. J. Vajda. 78.3.593 (2002).
Korean language, The. By H.-M. Sohn. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.1.184–85 (2001).
KORNAI, ANDRÁS (ed.) Extended finite state models of language. BN by M. A. Covington. 77.3.610 (2001).
KORTLANDT, FREDERIK. Armeniaca: Comparative notes. BN by M. Pierce. 82.3.686–87 (2006).
KORTMANN, BERND. BN on Taavitsainen, Melchers, and Pahta (eds.), Writing in nonstandard English. 78.2.385–86
(2002).
KORTMANN, BERND (ed.) Dialectology meets typology: Dialect grammar from a cross-linguistic perspective. BN by
R. Albon. 82.4.953 (2006).
KORTMANN, BERND; K. BURRIDGE; R. MESTHRIE; E. W. SCHNEIDER; and C. UPTON (eds.) A handbook of varieties of
KOSTER, JAN; G. CINQUE; J.-Y. POLLOCK; L. RIZZI; and R. ZANUTTINI (eds.) Paths towards universal grammar:
Studies in honor of Richard S. Kayne. BN by D. K. Nylander. 77.2.394–95 (2001).
KOTTHOFF, HELGA, and B. BARON (eds.) Gender in interaction: Perspectives on femininity and masculinity in
ethnography and discourse. BN by I. Piller. 82.1.187–88 (2006).
KOUWENBERG, SILVIA (ed.) Twice as meaningful: Reduplication in pidgins, creoles and other contact languages.
BN by J. McWhorter. 80.3.627–28 (2004).
KOUWENBERG, SILVIA, and M. FORBES. BN on Bartens, A contrastive grammar Islander—Carribbean Standard
English—Spanish. 81.3.769–70 (2005).
KOUWENBERG, SILVIA, and J. V. SINGLER (eds.) The handbook of pidgin and creole studies. Rev. by M. Baptista.
87.4.918–22 (2011).
KÖVECSES, ZOLTÁN. Metaphor: A practical introduction. BN by I. Checa-García. 79.4.809–10 (2003).
KRAEHENMANN, ASTRID. Quantity and prosodic asymmetries in Alemannic: Synchronic and diachronic
perspectives. BN by M. Pierce. 81.4.1010–11 (2005).
KRAHMER, EMIEL. Presupposition and anaphora. BN by J. Gutiérrez-Rexach. 78.1.207–8 (2002).
KRÄMER, MARTIN. Rev. of McCarthy, Hidden generalizations: Phonological opacity in optimality theory. 86.4.969–
72 (2010).
KRÄMER, MARTIN. Vowel harmony and correspondence theory. BN by A. Nevins. 81.4.1011–12 (2005).
KRASKA-SZLENK, IWONA. The phonology of stress in Polish. BN by M. J. Elson. 81.3.780 (2005).
KREIDLER, CHARLES W. The pronunciation of English: A course book. 2nd edn. BN by A. S. Kaye. 82.1.203–4
(2006).
KREIDLER, CHARLES W. Rev. of Martinet, Économie des changements phonétiques: Traité de phonologie
diachronique. 84.1.199–201 (2008).
98
KRESS, GUNTHER. Literacy in the new media age. BN by F. Yus. 82.4.953–54 (2006).
KRETZSCHMAR, WILLIAM A., JR.; C. UPTON; and R. KONOPKA. The Oxford dictionary of pronunciation for current
KRISHNAMURTI, BHADRIRAJU. Comparative Dravidian linguistics: Current perspectives. Rev. by A. Vovin.
79.3.638–39 (2003).
KRISHNAMURTI, BHADRIRAJU. The Dravidian languages. BN by F. C. Southworth. 81.2.534–35 (2005).
KRISTOFFERSEN, GJERT. The phonology of Norwegian. BN by M. J. Elson. 80.3.628–29 (2004).
KROEBER, PAUL D. The Salish language family: Reconstructing syntax. Rev. by M. D. Kinkade. 77.3.573–75
(2001).
KROEBER, PAUL D., and P. S. LESOURD. Rev. of Harris, Endoclitics and the origins of Udi morphosyntax. 82.2.431–
35 (2006).
KROEGER, PAUL. Rev. of Mercado, Potsdam, and Travis (eds.), Austronesian and theoretical linguistics. 88.1.206–9
(2012).
KROLL, JUDITH F., and A. M. B. DE GROOT (eds.) Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches. Rev. by
V. Cook. 84.1.196–99 (2008).
KROSKRITY, PAUL V. (ed.) Regimes of language: Ideologies, polities, and identities. BN by Z. Salzmann. 78.2.392
(2002).
KRUG, MANFRED. BN on Bybee, Phonology and language use. 79.4.793–94 (2003).
KRUG, MANFRED; R. FACCHINETTI; and F. PALMER (eds.) Modality in contemporary English. BN by R. Chen.
82.1.197 (2006).
KRUSPE, NICOLE. A grammar of Semelai. Rev. by A. Y. Aikhenvald. 84.2.415–16 (2008).
KÜBLER, SANDRA, and M. DICKINSON. Rev. of Roark and Sproat, Computational approaches to morphology and
syntax. 86.3.744–48 (2010).
KÜGLER, FRANK; C. FÉRY; and R. VAN DE VIJVER (eds.) Variation and gradience in phonetics and phonology. Rev.
by J. Blevins. 87.1.212–15 (2011).
KÜHNLEIN, PETER; H. RIESER; and H. ZEEVAT (eds.) Perspectives on dialogue in the new millennium. BN by E.
McCready. 82.3.687–88 (2006).
KUIKEN, FOLKERT; R. VAN HOUT; A. HULK; and R. J. TOWELL (eds.) The lexicon-syntax interface in second
KUIPER, KOENRAAD. Rev. of Wray, Formulaic language and the lexicon. 80.4.868–71 (2004).
KUIPER, KOENRAAD, and A. BELL (eds.) New Zealand English. BN by S. Wagner. 78.2.369–70 (2002).
KUIPERS, AERT H. Salish etymological dictionary. BN by G. D. S. Anderson. 82.1.204–5 (2006).
KUJAMÄKI, PEKKA, and A. MAURANEN (eds.) Translation universals: Do they exist? BN by L. Cyrus. 82.3.688–89
(2006).
KULICK, DON, and D. CAMERON. Language and sexuality. BN by A. D. Sims. 81.3.771–72 (2005).
KULIKOV, LEONID. BN on Bronkhorst, Tradition and argument in classical Indian linguistics: The Bahiraṅgaparibhāṣā in the Paribhāṣenduśekhara. 83.2.456 (2007).
KULIKOV, LEONID. BN on Butt and King (eds.), Argument realization. 79.4.832–33 (2003).
KULIKOV, LEONID. BN on Holton, Tobelo. 83.2.462–63 (2007).
KULIKOV, LEONID. BN on Singh (ed.), The yearbook of South Asian languages and linguistics 2002. 83.2.467–68
(2007).
KULIKOV, LEONID; A. MALCHUKOV; and P. DE SWART (eds.) Case, valency and transitivity. Rev. by Y. Lander and
V. Plungian. 86.3.728–31 (2010).
KULIKOV, LEONID, and H. VATER (eds.) Typology of verbal categories: Papers presented to Vladimir Nedjalkov on
the occasion of his 70th birthday. BN by L. J. Whaley. 77.2.417–18 (2001).
KUMPF, LORRAINE E.; J. W. DU BOIS; and W. J. ASHBY (eds.) Preferred argument structure: Grammar as
architecture for function. Rev. by M. Haspelmath. 82.4.908–12 (2006).
Kunming Chinese. By M. C. Gui. BN by L. A. Hall-Lew. 80.4.890–91 (2004).
KUNNAN, ANTONY JOHN (ed.) Validation in language assessment. BN by R. A. Brown. 77.2.419–20 (2001).
KUNO, SUSUMU, and K. TAKAMI. Functional constraints in grammar: On the unergative-unaccusative distinction.
Rev. by H. Nakajima. 83.3.651–54 (2007).
KUNO, SUSUMU; K. TAKAMI; and Y. WU. Response to Aoun and Li. 77.1.134–43 (2001).
KUNTER, GERO; I. PLAG; S. LAPPE; and M. BRAUN. The role of semantics, argument structure, and lexicalization in
KURZON, DENNIS. Discourse of silence. BN by J. Brody. 78.3.598–99 (2002).
KURZON, DENNIS, and S. ADLER (eds.) Adpositions: Pragmatic, semantic and syntactic perspectives. Rev. by Ö.
Dahl. 86.2.448–50 (2010).
99
KURZON, DENNIS, and S. FEIGENBAUM (eds.) Prepositions in their syntactic, semantic and pragmatic context. BN by
Y. A. Lander. 80.4.886–87 (2004).
KUTEVA, TANIA. Auxiliation: An enquiry into the nature of grammaticalization. Rev. by O. C. M. Fischer. 80.2.320–
24 (2004).
KUTEVA, TANIA, and B. HEINE. Language contact and grammatical change. Rev. by A. Y. Aikhenvald. 84.1.189–93
(2008).
KWON, NAYOUNG; Y. LEE; P. C. GORDON; R. KLUENDER; and M. POLINSKY. Cognitive and linguistic factors
affecting subject/object asymmetry: An eye-tracking study of prenominal relative clauses in Korean. 86.3.546–
82 (2010).
KWON, SONG-NIM, and A. ZRIBI-HERTZ. Differential function marking, case, and information structure: Evidence
from Korean. 84.2.258–99 (2008).
KYTÖ, MERJA. Rev. of Reppen, Fitzmaurice, and Biber (eds.), Using corpora to explore linguistic variation.
82.2.438–42 (2006).
L2 acquisition of tense-aspect morphology, The. Ed. by R. Salaberry and Y. Shirai. BN by L. Chen. 80.2.356–57
(2004).
LA FAUCI, NUNZIO, and I. MIRTO. Fare: Elementi di sintassi. BN by R. D’Alessandro. 82.1.205 (2006).
LABERGE, YVES. BN on Bamberg and Andrews (eds.), Considering counter-narratives: Narrating, resisting, making
sense. 83.4.908–9 (2007).
Laboratory approaches to Spanish phonology. Ed. by T. L. Face. BN by A. Navarette. 83.3.674–75 (2007).
Laboratory phonology 7. Ed. by C. Gussenhoven and N. Warner. BN by E. Herrera Z. 80.1.175–76 (2004).
Laboratory phonology 8. Ed. by L. Goldstein, D. H. Whalen, and C. T. Best. Rev. by J. Padgett. 86.4.957–60
(2010).
LABOV, WILLIAM. Transmission and diffusion. 83.2.344–87 (2007).
LADD, D. ROBERT; J. POPE; and M. MEYERHOFF. Forty years of language change on Martha’s Vineyard (Short
Report). 83.3.615–27 (2007).
LADD, D. ROBERT; B. REMIJSEN; and C. A. MANYANG. On the distinction between regular and irregular inflectional
morphology: Evidence from Dinka (Short Report). 85.3.659–70 (2009).
LADEFOGED, PETER. Articulatory features for describing lexical distinctions. 83.1.161–80 (2007).
LADEFOGED, PETER. Obituary of Victoria A. Fromkin. 79.4.768–71 (2003).
LADEFOGED, PETER. Phonetic data analysis: An introduction to fieldwork and instrumental techniques. Rev. by K.
Johnson. 83.1.191–94 (2007).
LADEFOGED, PETER. Rev. of Fant, Speech acoustics and phonetics: Selected writings. 83.1.189–91 (2007).
LADEFOGED, PETER. Vowels and consonants: An introduction to the sounds of languages. BN by A. S. Kaye.
78.2.361–62 (2002).
LADEFOGED, PETER. Vowels and consonants: An introduction to the sounds of language. 2nd edn. Rev. by C.
González. 83.1.194–96 (2007).
LADEFOGED, PETER, Obituary of. By I. Maddieson. 83.1.181–88 (2007).
Ladino-English/English-Ladino concise encyclopedic dictionary. By E. Kohen and D. Kohen-Gordon. BN by J. M.
Lipski. 78.1.184–85 (2002).
LADLEY, HERB, and P. EPPS. Syntax, souls, or speakers? On SIL and community language development (SIL
LADUSAW, WILLIAM A., and S. CHUNG. Restriction and saturation. Rev. by L. Matthewson. 83.2.425–29 (2007).
LAFOND, LARRY. BN on Thomas, Universal grammar in second language acquisition: A history. 82.4.961 (2006).
LAFONT, CHRISTINA. Heidegger, language, and world-disclosure. BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.4.788 (2002).
LAFOURCADE, MATHIEU; D. BURNHAM; S. LUKSANEEYANAWIN; and C. DAVIS (eds.) Interdisciplinary approaches to
LAHIRI, ADITI (ed.) Analogy, levelling, markedness: Principles of change in phonology and morphology. Rev. by J.
C. Salmons. 79.4.783–86 (2003).
LAHIRI, UTPAL. Questions and answers in embedded contexts. BN by S. Banerji. 80.1.180–81 (2004).
LAI, ESTHER YUK WAH. Studies on cross-linguistic transfer patterning and prosodic typology: Cantonese, Japanese,
English. BN by L. Chen. 81.3.781 (2005).
LAKOFF, GEORGE, and M. JOHNSON. Philosophy in the flesh. Rev. by J. U. Neisser. 77.1.166–68 (2001).
LAKOFF, GEORGE, and R. NÚÑEZ. Where mathematics comes from: How the embodied mind brings mathematics
into being. Rev. by D. T. Langendoen. 78.1.170–72 (2002).
LAKOFF, ROBIN. The language war. Rev. by T. C. Frazer. 77.3.580–83 (2001).
LAKOFF, ROBIN. Rev. of Aitchison, The word weavers: Newshounds and wordsmiths. 85.2.451–54 (2009).
LAKS, BERNARD, and J. DURAND (eds.) Phonetics, phonology, and cognition. Rev. by E. Buckley. 82.3.653–57
(2006).
100
LAMB, SYDNEY. Rev. of Minett and Wang (eds.), Language, evolution, and the brain. 86.4.973–75 (2010).
LAMIROY, BÉATRICE, and K. DAVIDSE (eds.) The nominative & accusative and their counterparts. BN by W.
Schulze. 80.3.618–19 (2004).
LANDA, ALAZNE; J. FRANCO; and J. MARTÍN (eds.) Grammatical analyses in Basque and Romance linguistics:
Papers in honor of Mario Saltarelli. BN by L. Alonso-Ovalle. 77.2.407–8 (2001).
LANDAU, BARBARA; J. SABINI; J. JONIDES; and E. L. NEWPORT (eds.) Perception, cognition, and language: Essays
in honor of Henry and Lila Gleitman. BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.4.788–89 (2002).
LANDAU, IDAN. The locative syntax of experiencers. Rev. by A. Carnie. 87.2.409–11 (2011).
LANDAU, SIDNEY I. Dictionaries: The art and craft of lexicography. 2nd edn. BN by E. Battistella. 79.2.443 (2003).
LANDER, YURY A. BN on Cook, A grammar of Dëne Sųłiné (Chipewyan). 83.4.913–14 (2007).
LANDER, YURY A. BN on Feigenbaum and Kurzon (eds.), Prepositions in their syntactic, semantic and pragmatic
context. 80.4.886–87 (2004).
LANDER, YURY A. BN on Simon and Wiese (eds.), Pronouns—Grammar and representation. 80.4.901–2 (2004).
LANDER, YURY A., and V. PLUNGIAN. Rev. of Kulikov, Malchukov, and de Swart (eds.), Case, valency and
transitivity. 86.3.728–31 (2010).
LANDMAN, FRED. Events and plurality: The Jerusalem lectures. BN by S. Banerji. 81.3.781–82 (2005).
LANDMAN, FRED. Indefinites and the type of sets. BN by S. Banerji. 82.4.954–55 (2006).
LANE, HARLAN, and K. EMMOREY (eds.) The signs of language revisited: An anthology to honor Ursula Bellugi and
Edward Klima. Rev. by C. McKee. 77.4.845–46 (2001).
LANEHART, SONJA L. (ed.) Sociocultural and historical contexts of African American English. BN by E. G. Winkler.
79.2.444 (2003).
LANG, EWALD; C. MAIENBORN; and C. FABRICIUS-HANSEN (eds.) Modifying adjuncts. BN by J. L. González
Escribano. 81.2.535–36 (2005).
LANGACKER, RONALD W. Cognitive grammar: A basic introduction. Rev. by A. Cienki. 86.1.229–31 (2010).
LANGACKER, RONALD W. Rev. of Tomasello, Constructing a language: A usage-based theory of language
acquisition. 81.3.748–50 (2005).
LANGENDOEN, D. TERENCE. Coordinate grammar. 84.4.691–709 (2008).
LANGENDOEN, D. TERENCE. Rev. of Barbosa, Fox, Hagstrom, McGinnis, and Pesetsky (eds.), Is the best good
enough? Optimality and competition in syntax. 77.4.842–44 (2001).
LANGENDOEN, D. TERENCE. Rev. of Chomsky, New horizons in the study of language and mind. 77.3.583–85
(2001).
LANGENDOEN, D. TERENCE. Rev. of Lakoff and Núñez, Where mathematics comes from: How the embodied mind
brings mathematics into being. 78.1.170–72 (2002).
LANGLEY, FREDERICK W.; A. HINDLEY; and B. J. LEVY (eds.) Old French-English dictionary. BN by K. Fudeman.
79.2.440 (2003).
LANGSTON, KEITH. BN on Feldstein and Franks, Polish. 80.3.620–21 (2004).
Language: A linguistic introduction to history. By J. Vendryes. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 83.1.233–34 (2007).
Language: A right and a resource: Approaching linguistic human rights. Ed. by M. Kontra, R. Phillipson, T.
Skutnabb-Kangas, and T. Várady. BN by D. O. Jackson. 77.3.640–41 (2001).
Language acquisition: The growth of grammar. By M. T. Guasti. Rev. by A. Radford. 80.4.855–57 (2004).
Language acquisition and conceptual development. Ed. by M. Bowerman and S. C. Levinson. BN by J.-C.
Verstraete. 81.2.512–13 (2005).
Language acquisition and learnability. Ed. by S. Bertolo. BN by L. DeWaard Dykstra. 79.4.792 (2003).
Language acquisition and the form of the grammar. By D. Lebeaux. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.4.810–11 (2003).
Language acquisition by eye. Ed. by C. Chamberlain, J. P. Morford, and R. I. Mayberry. BN by Z. M. Jeries.
77.4.872 (2001).
Language alive in the classroom. Ed. by R. S. Wheeler. Rev. by S. M. Burt. 77.2.379–81 (2001).
LANGUAGE AND COGNITION GROUP, THE; S. LEVINSON; and S. MEIRA. ‘Natural concepts’ in the spatial topological
domain—adpositional meanings in crosslinguistic perspective: An exercise in semantic typology. 79.3.485–516
(2003).
Language and dialect contact in Spanish in New York: Toward the formation of a speech community. By R.
Otheguy, A. C. Zentella, and D. Livert. 83.4.770–802 (2007).
Language and emotion. By J. M. Wilce. Rev. by N. Besnier. 87.2.433–35 (2011).
Language and function: To the memory of Jan Firbas. Ed. by J. Hladký. BN by Z. Salzmann. 81.2.528 (2005).
Language and gender. By P. Eckert and S. McConnell-Ginet. Rev. by J. Holmes. 80.4.846–49 (2004).
Language and gender. 5th edn. By A. Goddard and L. M. Patterson. BN by E. G. Winkler. 78.4.806 (2002).
Language and German disunity: A sociolinguistic history of East and West Germany, 1945–2000. By P. Stevenson.
BN by J. M. Jeep. 81.2.545–46 (2005).
101
Language and gesture. Ed. by D. McNeill. BN by J.-C. Verstraete. 79.3.661 (2003).
Language and interaction: Discussions with John J. Gumperz. Ed. by S. L. Eerdmans, C. L. Prevignano, and P. J.
Thibault. BN by C. Xie. 80.4.883–84 (2004).
Language and its functions: A historico-critical study of views concerning the functions of language from the prehumanistic philology of Orleans to the rationalistic philology of Bopp. By P. A. Verburg. BN by J.-C.
Verstraete. 79.1.225–26 (2003).
Language and literary structure: The linguistic analysis of form in verse and narrative. By N. Fabb. RA by K.
Hanson. 84.2.370–86 (2008).
Language and music as cognitive systems. Ed. by P. Rebuschat, M. Rohrmeier, J. A. Hawkins, and I. Cross. Rev. by
D. Temperley. 88.3.666–69 (2012).
Language and national identity: Comparing France and Sweden. By L. Oakes. BN by A. Harrison. 80.4.899 (2004).
Language and nationalism in Europe. Ed. by S. Barbour and C. Carmichael. BN by A. Eminov. 79.1.215–16
(2003).
Language and poverty. Ed. by W. Harbert, with S. McConnell-Ginet, A. Miller, and J. Whitman. RA by S. S.
Mufwene. 86.4.910–32 (2010).
Language and reality: An introduction to the philosophy of language. 2nd edn. By M. Devitt and K. Sterelny. BN by
L. Alonso-Ovalle. 77.1.188–89 (2001).
Language and sexuality. By D. Cameron and D. Kulick. BN by A. D. Sims. 81.3.771–72 (2005).
Language and social identity. Ed. by R. K. Blot. BN by L. Gao. 83.2.454–55 (2007).
Language and the African American child. By L. J. Green. Rev. by J. M. Terry. 88.2.423–25 (2012).
Language and the brain: Representation and processing. Ed. by Y. Grodzinsky, L. Shapiro, and D. Swinney. BN by
C. V. Novaes. 77.4.867–68 (2001).
Language and the internet: A linguist looks at discourse on the internet. By D. Crystal. BN by E. Battistella.
79.2.432 (2003).
Language and the learning curve: A new theory of syntactic development. By A. Ninio. Rev. by R. Hudson.
86.2.452–55 (2010).
Language and the lexicon: An introduction. By D. Singleton. BN by Z. Salzmann. 78.2.390–91 (2002).
Language and the LSA. Letter to Language by S. A. Fulop. 86.3.485 (2010).
Language and the LSA: A reappraisal. Discussion Note by B. D. Joseph. 86.4.906–9 (2010).
Language attitudes, ethnic identity and dialect use across the Northern Ireland border: Armagh and Monaghan. BN
by A. Feuer. 83.3.695–96 (2007).
Language attrition. By M. S. Schmid. Rev. by E. Bylund. 88.4.923–26 (2012).
Language, bananas & bonobos: Linguistic problems, puzzles and polemics. By N. Smith. BN by S. Knape.
79.4.821–22 (2003).
Language change: The interplay of internal, external and extra-linguistic factors. Ed. by M. C. Jones and E. Esch.
BN by M. Picard. 80.1.178–79 (2004).
Language change: Progress or decay? 3rd edn. By J. Aitchison. BN by E. Battistella. 80.1.166–67 (2004).
Language change across the lifespan: /r/ in Montreal French. By G. Sankoff and H. Blondeau. 83.3.560–88 (2007).
Language change and language contact in pidgins and creoles. Ed. by J. McWhorter. BN by J. A. Walker.
78.3.596–97 (2002).
Language change and typological variation: In honor of Winfred P. Lehmann on the occasion of his 83rd birthday.
Vol. 1: Language change and phonology. Vol. 2: Grammatical universals and typology. Ed. by E. C. Polomé
and C. F. Justus. BN by M. Pierce. 77.1.179–80 (2001).
Language change in East Asia. Ed. by T. E. McAuley. BN by D. E. Walicek. 79.3.659–60 (2003).
Language classification: History and method. By L. Campbell and W. Poser. Rev. by C. Bowern. 86.3.706–9
(2010).
Language complexity: Typology, contact, change. Ed. by M. Miestamo, K. Sinnemäki, and F. Karlsson. Rev. by A.
Language complexity as an evolving variable. Ed. by G. Sampson, D. Gil, and P. Trudgill. Rev. by J. T. Faarlund.
86.3.748–52 (2010).
Language contact: An introduction. By S. G. Thomason. BN by P. Unseth. 79.3.672–73 (2003).
Language contact and grammatical change. By B. Heine and T. Kuteva. Rev. by A. Y. Aikhenvald. 84.1.189–93
(2008).
Language contact in Amazonia. By A. Aikhenvald. RA by D. Winford. 83.2.401–21 (2007).
Language contact, variation, and change. Ed. by J. Niemi, T. Odlin, and J. Heikkinen. BN by A. Moody. 79.4.842–
43 (2003).
Language creation and language change: Creolization, diachrony, and development. Ed. by M. DeGraff. Rev. by
M. Aceto. 77.2.376–78 (2001).
102
Language, culture and society: An introduction to linguistic anthropology. 3rd edn. By Z. Salzmann. BN by A. S.
Kaye. 82.3.694–95 (2006).
Language death. By D. Crystal. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.854–55 (2001).
Language death and language maintenance: Theoretical, practical and descriptive approaches. Ed. by M. Janse and
S. Tol. RA by L. A. Grenoble and L. J. Whaley. 81.4.965–74 (2005).
Language, democracy and devolution in Catalonia. Ed. by S. Wright. BN by J. Hajek. 78.2.359–60 (2002).
Language development and social interaction in blind children. By M. Pérez-Pereira and G. Conti-Ramsden. BN by
E. Schleef. 78.3.589 (2002).
Language diversity and cognitive representations. Ed. by C. Fuchs and S. Robert. BN by A. Głaz. 77.2.409–10
(2001).
Language diversity in Michigan and Ohio: Towards two state linguistic profiles. Ed. by B. D. Joseph, C. G. Preston,
and D. R. Preston. Rev. by J. C. Salmons. 85.1.211–14 (2009).
Language, education, and culture. By T. Rahman. BN by A. S. Kaye. 77.4.847–48 (2001).
Language encounters across time and space: Studies in language contact. Ed. by B. Brendemoen, E. Lanza, and E.
Ryen. BN by G. H. Toops. 77.1.198–99 (2001).
Language endangerment and language maintenance. Ed. by D. Bradley and M. Bradley. RA by L. A. Grenoble and
L. J. Whaley. 81.4.965–74 (2005).
Language, ethnicity and race reader, The. Ed. by R. Harris and B. Rampton. BN by Z. Salzmann. 81.3.777–78
(2005).
Language evolution. Ed. by M. H. Christiansen and S. Kirby. Rev. by S. R. Anderson. 82.4.894–98 (2006).
Language evolution and syntactic theory. By A. R. Kinsella. Rev. by F. J. Newmeyer. 86.4.960–63 (2010).
Language, evolution, and the brain. Ed. by J. W. Minett and W. S.-Y. Wang. Rev. by S. Lamb. 86.4.973–75 (2010).
Language files: Materials for an introduction to language and linguistics. 10th edn. Ed. by A. Bergmann, K. C.
Hall, and S. M. Ross. Rev. by K. Hazen. 85.2.458–63 (2009).
Language from within. Vol. 1: Language in cognition. Vol. 2: The logic of language. By P. A. M. Seuren. Rev. by
A. Garnham. 87.2.426–30 (2011).
Language history: An introduction. By A. L. Sihler. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.605–6 (2001).
Language ideologies: Critical perspectives on the Official English Movement. Vol. 1: Education and the social
implications of official language. Vol. 2: History, theory, and policy. Ed. by R. Dueñas González with I. Melis.
BN by E. Battistella. 79.4.798–800 (2003).
Language ideologies, endangered-language linguistics, and Christianization (SIL International and the disciplinary
culture of linguistics). By C. Handman. 85.3.635–39 (2009).
Language, ideology and power: Language-learning among the Muslims of Pakistan and North India. By T.
Rahman. BN by M. Sawaie. 80.3.634 (2004).
Language in a Darwinian perspective. By B. H. Bichakjian. RA by F. J. Newmeyer. 79.3.583–99 (2003).
Language in action: New studies of language in society: Essays in honor of Roger W. Shuy. Ed. by J. K. Peyton, P.
Griffin, W. Wolfram, and R. Fasold. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.855 (2001).
Language in mind: Advances in the study of language and thought. Ed. by D. Gentner and S. Goldin-Meadow. Rev.
by M. Shatz. 82.1.174–76 (2006).
Language in South Africa. Ed. by R. Mesthrie. BN by S. H. Keiser. 83.1.223–24 (2007).
Language in South Asia. Ed. by B. B. Kachru, Y. Kachru, and S. N. Sridhar. Rev. by J. W. Gair. 87.2.406–9 (2011).
Language in the 21st century. Letter to Language by S. C. Levinson. 82.1.1–2 (2006).
Language in the real world: An introduction to linguistics. Ed. by S. J. Behrens and J. A. Parker. Rev. by A. H. C.
Hudley. 88.1.180–83 (2012).
Language in the twenty-first century: Selected papers of the millennial conferences of the Center for Research and
Documentation on World Language Problems, held at the University of Hartford and Yale University. Ed. by H.
Tonkin and T. Reagan. BN by J. Skaffari. 82.3.698 (2006).
Language in the USA: Themes for the twenty-first century. Ed. by E. Finegan and J. R. Rickford. Rev. by R. R.
Butters. 83.4.883–86 (2007).
Language in time: The rhythm and tempo of spoken interaction. By P. Auer, E. Couper-Kuhlen, and F. Müller. BN
by B. Collins. 77.1.190–91 (2001).
‘Language instinct’ debate, The. By G. Sampson. Rev. by J. H. McWhorter. 84.2.434–37 (2008).
Language learning: A lifelong process. By J. Foley and L. Thompson. BN by S. Wang. 81.4.1005 (2005).
Language matters: A guide to everyday questions about language. By D. J. Napoli. Rev. by G. Ward. 83.3.654–57
(2007).
Language, mind and brain: Some psychological and neurological constraints on theories of grammar. By E.
Dabrowska. Rev. by H. Diessel. 84.1.186–89 (2008).
Language myth in Western culture, The. Ed. by R. Harris. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.3.655–56 (2003).
103
Language of advertising, The: Written texts. 2nd edn. By A. Goddard. BN by J. Holeš. 80.4.888 (2004).
Language of comics, The. By M. Saraceni. BN by F. Yus. 81.1.289 (2005).
Language of defamation cases, The. By R. W. Shuy. Rev. by P. Gaines. 88.3.669–72 (2012).
Language of magazines, The. By L. McLaughlin. BN by E. Battistella. 78.4.794–95 (2002).
Language of the Modhupur Mandi (Garo), The, vol. 1: Grammar. By R. Burling. BN by G. D. S. Anderson.
82.1.189 (2006).
Language of turn and sequence, The. Ed. by C. E. Ford, B. A. Fox, and S. A. Thompson. Rev. by P. A. Downing.
80.4.850–52 (2004).
Language of word meaning, The. Ed. by P. Bouillon and F. Busa. BN by M. L. Murphy. 82.3.672–73 (2006).
Language organ, The: Linguistics as cognitive physiology. By S. R. Anderson and D. W. Lightfoot. RA by F. J.
Newmeyer. 79.3.583–99 (2003).
Language-particular syntactic rules and constraints: English locative inversion and do-support. By B. Bruening.
86.1.43–84 (2010).
Language policy, planning, & practice: A South Asian perspective. Ed. by S. Mansoor, S. Meraj, and A. Tahir. BN
by A. S. Kaye. 82.1.207–8 (2006).
Language, politics, and social interaction in an Inuit community. By D. Patrick. BN by F. White. 82.1.213–14
(2006).
Language, power and discourse in African American culture. By M. Morgan. BN by I. M. Laversuch. 80.4.898–99
(2004).
Language processing. Ed. by S. Garrod and M. J. Pickering. BN by S. Gahl. 77.3.615 (2001).
Language processing and acquisition in languages of Semitic, root-based, morphology. Ed. by J. Shimron. BN by
A. S. Kaye. 81.1.290–91 (2005).
Language, religion and national identity in Europe and the Middle East: A historical study. By J. Myhill. Rev. by C.
Hutton. 85.1.228–30 (2009).
Language, society and power: An introduction. By L. Thomas and S. Wareing. BN by I. M. Laversuch. 77.3.618
(2001).
Language, society and power: An introduction. 2nd edn. By L. Thomas, S. Wareing, I. Singh, J. S. Peccei, J.
Thornborrow, and J. Jones. BN by C. Brammer. 82.3.697–98 (2006).
Language standardization and language change: The dynamics of Cape Dutch. By A. Deumert. BN by M. Pierce.
82.3.676–77 (2006).
Language talent and brain activity. Ed. by G. Dogil and S. M. Reiterer. Rev. by A. Collier, S. Ashaie, and L. K.
Obler. 87.1.192–96 (2011).
Language, text and knowledge: Mental models of expert communication. Ed. by L. Lundquist and R. J. Jarvella. BN
by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.4.825 (2002).
Language typology: A functional perspective. Ed. by A. Caffarel, J. R. Martin, and C. M. I. M. Matthiassen. BN by
G. H. Toops. 83.3.669–70 (2007).
Language, usage and cognition. By J. Bybee. RA by H. Diessel. 87.4.830–44 (2011).
Language war, The. By R. Lakoff. Rev. by T. C. Frazer. 77.3.580–83 (2001).
Language-internal explanation: The distribution of Russian impersonals. By D. M. Perlmutter and J. Moore.
78.4.619–50 (2002).
Languages and communities in Early Modern Europe. By P. Burke. BN by M. Oja. 83.3.668–69 (2007).
Languages and prehistory of central Siberia. Ed. by E. J. Vajda. BN by H. Werner. 83.2.473 (2007).
Languages in a globalising world. Ed. by J. Maurais and M. A. Morris. BN by R. W. Hallett. 81.2.541–42 (2005).
Languages in America: A pluralist view. 2nd edn. By S. Dicker. BN by I. M. Laversuch. 82.1.195–96 (2006).
Languages in contact: The partial restructuring of vernaculars. By J. Holm. BN by D. E. Walicek. 82.3.683 (2006).
Languages in development. Ed. by H. Metslang and M. Rannut. BN by Z. Salzmann. 81.2.543 (2005).
Languages of native North America, The. By M. Mithun. Rev. by K. Rice. 77.2.356–60 (2001).
Languages of sentiment: Cultural constructions of emotional substrates. Ed. by G. B. Palmer and D. J. Occhi. BN
by A. S. Kaye. 78.2.361 (2002).
Languages of the Andes, The. By W. Adelaar, with P. Muysken. Rev. by R. Cerrón-Palomino. 83.2.422–25 (2007).
Languages of the former Soviet republics, The: Their history and development. By G. C. Fouse. BN by G. H. Toops.
78.1.199–200 (2002).
Languages of the North Pacific Rim. Ed. by O. Miyaoka and F. Endo. BN by E. Battistella. 78.2.372–73 (2002).
Languages within language: An evolutive approach. By I. Fónagy. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.3.652 (2003).
LANSTYÁK, ISTVÁN. A magyar nyelv Szlovákiában. BN by A. Fenyvesi. 78.1.194 (2002).
LANZA, ELIZABETH. Rev. of Myers-Scotton, Multiple voices: An introduction to bilingualism. 84.4.892–97 (2008).
LANZA, ELIZABETH; B. BRENDEMOEN; and E. RYEN (eds.) Language encounters across time and space: Studies in
104
LAPOLLA, RANDY J., with C. HUANG. A grammar of Qiang: With annotated texts and glossary. BN by S. R.
Anderson. 83.3.679–80 (2007).
LAPPE, SABINE; I. PLAG; G. KUNTER; and M. BRAUN. The role of semantics, argument structure, and lexicalization in
LAPPIN, SHALOM; A. CLARK; and C. FOX (eds.) The handbook of computational linguistics and natural language
LAPPIN, SHALOM, and D. E. JOHNSON. Local constraints vs. economy. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 78.2.380–81 (2002).
LARJAVAARA, MERI. Présence ou absence de l’objet: Limites du possible en français contemporain. BN by G. H.
Toops. 79.3.659 (2003).
LARSEN, SVEND ERIK, and J. D. JOHANSEN. Signs in use: An introduction to semiotics. Trans. by D. L. Gorlée and J.
Irons. BN by J. Holeš. 80.2.348 (2004).
LARSON, MEREDITH; R. DORAN; G. WARD; Y. MCNABB; and R. E. BAKER. A novel experimental paradigm for
LARSON, RICHARD K.; V. DÉPREZ; and H. YAMAKIDO (eds.) The evolution of human language: Biolinguistic
LARSSON, STAFFAN. Rev. of Gauker, Conditionals in context. 85.1.201–3 (2009).
Laryngeal cooccurrence restrictions. By M. R. MacEachern. BN by J. Zhang. 78.4.793 (2002).
LASNIK, HOWARD. Rev. of Merchant, The syntax of silence. 81.1.259–65 (2005).
LASS, ROGER (ed.) The Cambridge history of the English language, 1476–1776. Rev. by R. W. Bailey. 78.3.565–69
(2002).
LAST, MARCO, and G. J. DIMMENDAAL (eds.) Surmic languages and culture. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.1.185 (2001).
LÁSZLÓ, JÁNOS. Cognition and representation in literature: The psychology of literary narratives. BN by A. S.
Bruflat. 79.4.810 (2003).
Latin forms of address: From Plautus to Apuleius. By E. Dickey. BN by P. A. Miller. 81.2.521 (2005).
Latin suffixal derivatives in English and their Indo-European ancestry. By D. G. Miller. Rev. by B. W. Fortson IV.
85.3.727–32 (2009).
Latine loqui: Trends and directions in the crystallization of Classical Latin. By H. Rosén. Rev. by E. Pulgram.
77.2.353–56 (2001).
LAUGESEN, AMANDA. Convict words: Language in early colonial Australia. BN by A. M. Byrd. 81.3.782 (2005).
Laughter in interaction. By P. Glenn. BN by F. Yus. 82.4.946–47 (2006).
LAURENT, RICHARD. Past participles from Latin to Romance. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 78.2.354–55
(2002).
LAURY, RITVA; G. MCMENAMIN; S. OKAMOTO; V. SAMIIAN; and K. V. SUBBARAO (eds.) Perspectives in linguistics:
Papers in honor of P. J. Mistry. BN by W. Bright. 83.3.680–81 (2007).
LAURY, RITVA, and T. ONO. Data is data and model is model: You don’t discard the data that doesn’t fit your model!
(Discussion Note). 81.1.218–25 (2005).
LAVERSUCH, IMAN MAKEBA. BN on Adger, Christian, and Taylor (eds.), Making the connection: Language and
academic achievement among African American students. 77.4.849–50 (2001).
LAVERSUCH, IMAN MAKEBA. BN on Andrews, Sociocultural perspectives on language change in diaspora.
77.2.392–93 (2001).
LAVERSUCH, IMAN MAKEBA. BN on Bernstein Ratner and Healey (eds.), Stuttering research and practice: Bridging
the gap. 77.2.392 (2001).
LAVERSUCH, IMAN MAKEBA. BN on Dicker, Languages in America: A pluralist view. 2nd edn. 82.1.195–96 (2006).
LAVERSUCH, IMAN MAKEBA. BN on Huebner and Davis (eds.), Sociopolitical perspectives on language policy and
planning in the USA. 77.3.619–20 (2001).
LAVERSUCH, IMAN MAKEBA. BN on Klintborg, The transience of American Swedish. 77.2.393–94 (2001).
LAVERSUCH, IMAN MAKEBA. BN on Morgan, Language, power and discourse in African American culture.
80.4.898–99 (2004).
LAVERSUCH, IMAN MAKEBA. BN on Ronowicz and Yallop (eds.), English: One language, different cultures.
77.3.620–21 (2001).
LAVERSUCH, IMAN MAKEBA. BN on Štekauer, An onomasiological theory of English word-formation. 77.3.619
(2001).
LAVERSUCH, IMAN MAKEBA. BN on Thomas and Wareing, Language, society and power: An introduction. 77.3.618
(2001).
LAVERSUCH, IMAN MAKEBA. BN on Wilss, Translation and interpreting in the 20th century: Focus on German.
77.1.174–75 (2001).
LAW, VIVIEN. The history of linguistics in Europe: From Plato to 1600. BN by M. Oja. 81.2.536 (2005).
Law enforcement, communication and community. Ed. by H. Giles. BN by G. M. Matoesian. 80.4.887–88 (2004).
105
LAWLER, JOHN. Obituary of James D. McCawley. 79.3.614–25 (2003).
Layers in the determiner phrase. By R. Zamparelli. BN by A. Pereltsvaig. 78.2.363–64 (2002).
LEACOCK, CLAUDIA, and Y. RAVIN (eds.) Polysemy: Theoretical and computational approaches. BN by S.
Markantonatou. 82.1.218–19 (2006).
LEACOCK, CLAUDIA, and Y. RAVIN (eds.) Polysemy: Theoretical and computational approaches. Rev. by M. L.
Murphy. 79.1.207–10 (2003).
LEAFGREN, JOHN. Degrees of explicitness: Information structure and the packaging of Bulgarian subjects and
objects. BN by D. L. Dyer. 80.2.350–51 (2004).
LEAP, WILLIAM L.; R. MESTHRIE; J. SWANN; and A. DEUMERT. Introducing sociolinguisics. BN by Z. Salzmann.
77.4.851–52 (2001).
Learning a field language. 2nd edn. By R. Burling. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.852–53 (2001).
Learning a second language through interaction. By R. Ellis. BN by M. Picard. 77.4.850–51 (2001).
Learning animacy hierarchy effects in Sesotho double object applicatives. By K. Demuth, ‘M. Machobane, F.
Moloi, and C. Odato. 81.2.421–47 (2005).
Learning how to license null noun-class prefixes in Sesotho. By K. Demuth, ‘M. Machobane, and F. Moloi.
85.4.864–83 (2009).
Learning phonological categories. By J. Goldsmith and A. Xanthos. 85.1.4–38 (2009).
Learning through language in early childhood. By C. Painter. BN by D. E. Walicek. 79.3.663–64 (2003).
Learning what NOT to say: The role of statistical preemption and categorization in a-adjective production. By J. K.
Boyd and A. E. Goldberg. 87.1.55–83 (2011).
LEARY, ADAM P., and R. F. PORT. Against formal phonology. 81.4.927–64 (2005).
LEAVITT, JOHN. Linguistic relativities: Language diversity and modern thought. Rev. by R. Darnell. 88.4.905–7
(2012).
LEBEAUX, DAVID. Language acquisition and the form of the grammar. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.4.810–11
(2003).
LEBEN, WILL. Response to Joseph’s discussion note (Letter to Language). 87.1.1 (2011).
LEBSANFT, FRANZ; A. H. JUCKER; and G. FRITZ (eds.) Historical dialogue analysis. BN by R. McColl Millar.
78.1.188–89 (2002).
LECARME, JACQUELINE (ed.) Research in Afroasiatic grammar 2. BN by A. S. Kaye. 82.1.205–6 (2006).
LECARME, JACQUELINE, and J. GUÉRON (eds.) The syntax of time. Rev. by M. Julien. 83.1.208–11 (2007).
LECARME, JACQUELINE; J. LOWENSTAMM; and U. SHLONSKY (eds.) Research in Afroasiatic grammar. BN by A.
Nevins. 80.1.181–82 (2004).
LECHNER, WINFRIED. Rev. of Stroik, Locality in minimalist syntax. 87.1.234–39 (2011).
Lectures on endangered languages: 2—From Kyoto conference 2000. Ed. by O. Sakiyama. BN by E. Battistella.
78.2.372–73 (2002).
LECUMBERRI, M. LUISA GARCIA, and J. A. MAIDMENT. English transcription course. BN by P. Lintunen. 78.2.386
(2002).
LEDGEWAY, ADAM; R. D’ALESSANDRO; and I. ROBERTS (eds.) Syntactic variation: The dialects of Italy. Rev. by D.
Bentley. 87.3.634–37 (2011).
LEE, DAVID. Cognitive linguistics: An introduction. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 80.2.351 (2004).
LEE, IKSOP, and S. R. RAMSEY. The Korean language. BN by E. J. Vajda. 78.3.593 (2002).
LEE, ROBERT G.; C. NEIDLE; J. KEGL; D. MACLAUGHLIN; and B. BAHAN. The syntax of American Sign Language:
LEE, YOONHYOUNG; N. KWON; P. C. GORDON; R. KLUENDER; and M. POLINSKY. Cognitive and linguistic factors
affecting subject/object asymmetry: An eye-tracking study of prenominal relative clauses in Korean. 86.3.546–
82 (2010).
LEECH, GEOFFREY; D. BIBER; S. JOHANSSON; S. CONRAD; and E. FINEGAN. Longman grammar of spoken and written
LEECH, GEOFFREY; M. HUNDT; C. MAIR; and N. SMITH. Change in contemporary English: A grammatical study.
Rev. by A. Curzan. 88.1.202–6 (2012).
LEE-JAHNKE, HANNELORRE; J. DELISLE; and M. C. CORMIER (eds.) Terminologie de la traduction. BN by G. E.
Saunders. 77.2.411–12 (2001).
Legacy of Zellig Harris, The: Language and information into the 21st century, vol. 1: Philosophy of science, syntax
and semantics. Ed. by B. Nevin. RA by J. Goldsmith. 81.3.719–36 (2005).
Legacy of Zellig Harris, The: Language and information into the 21st century, vol. 2: Mathematics and
computability of language. Ed. by B. E. Nevin and S. M. Johnson. BN by J. Goldsmith. 83.4.921 (2007).
LEGATE, JULIE ANNE. Subjects in Acehnese and the nature of the passive. 88.3.495–525 (2012).
106
LEGENDRE, GÉRALDINE; J. GRIMSHAW; and S. VIKNER (eds.) Optimality-theoretic syntax. BN by K. K. Grohmann.
80.4.896 (2004).
LEHISTE, ILSE, Obituary of. By K. Johnson. 87.2.384–89 (2011).
LEHISTE, ILSE; N. AASMÄE; E. MEISTER; K. PAJUSALU; P. TERAS; and T.-R. VIITSO. Erzya prosody. BN by D. Stifter.
82.4.955 (2006).
LEHMANN, WINFRED P., Obituary of. By R. D. King and J. C. Salmons. 84.3.613–19 (2008).
LEHRER, ADRIENNE. Wine and conversation. 2nd edn. Rev. by D. L. Payne. 86.4.963–66 (2010).
LEISS, ELISABETH. Artikel und Aspekt: Die grammatischen Muster von Definitheit. BN by R. McColl Millar.
78.1.186–87 (2002).
LEITNER, GERHARD, and I. G. MALCOLM (eds.) The habitat of Australia’s Aboriginal languages: Past, present and
future. Rev. by C. Yallop. 86.1.232–34 (2010).
LENDERS, WINFRIED, and C.-R. HUANG (eds.) Computational linguistics and beyond: Perspectives at the beginning
of the 21st century. BN by S.-Y. Liang. 83.4.915–16 (2007).
Length of review process. Letter to Language by M. Haspelmath. 81.1.1 (2005).
Lengua toba (guaycurú): Aspectos gramaticales y discursivos. By C. Messineo. BN by C. González. 83.3.681–82
(2007).
LENK, UTA; W. BUBLITZ; and E. VENTOLA (eds.) Coherence in spoken and written discourse. BN by D. O. Jackson.
78.1.209 (2002).
LENNON, PAUL. Allusions in the press: An applied linguistic study. BN by Z. Salzmann. 82.4.955–56 (2006).
LENTIN, JÉRÔME, and A. LONNET (eds.) Mélanges David Cohen: Études sur le langage, les langues, les dialectes, les
littératures, offertes par ses élèves, ses collègues, ses amis; présentés à l’occasion de son quatre-vingtième
anniversaire. BN by P. T. Daniels. 83.1.221–22 (2007).
LENZ, CATHERINE A. BN on Richardson, African-American literacies. 81.1.286–87 (2005).
LENZ, FRIEDRICH (ed.) Deictic conceptualisation of space, time and person. BN by C. Wegener. 81.4.1012 (2005).
LEONARD, ROBERT A. Rev. of Shuy, Creating language crimes: How law enforcement uses (and misuses) language.
84.4.897–900 (2008).
LEONETTI, MANUEL; O. FERNÁNDEZ SORIANO; and V. ESCANDELL VIDAL (eds.) Current issues in generative
grammar: Papers from the 10th Colloquium on Generative Grammar, Universidad de Alcalá, April 12–14
2000. BN by I. Ortega-Santos. 81.4.1012–13 (2005).
LEOPOLD, JOAN (ed.) The Prix Volney: Contributions to comparative Indo-European, African, and Chinese linguistics: Max Müller and Steinthal, vol. 3. Rev. by M. Thomas. 78.2.335–39 (2002).
LEOPOLD, JOAN (ed.) The Prix Volney: Early nineteenth-century contributions to general and Amerindian
linguistics: Du Ponceau and Rafinesque, vol. 2. Rev. by M. Thomas. 78.2.335–39 (2002).
LEOPOLD, JOAN (ed.) The Prix Volney: Its history and significance for the development of linguistic research, vols.
1a and 1b. Rev. by M. Thomas. 78.2.335–39 (2002).
LEOW, RONALD P., and C. SANZ (eds.) Implicit and explicit language learning: Conditions, processes, and
knowledge in SLA and bilingualism. Rev. by J. Cenoz. 88.2.442–45 (2012).
LEŠKA, OLDŘICH; E. HAJIČOVÁ; T. HOSKOVEC; P. SGALL; and Z. SKOUMALOVÁ (eds.) Prague Linguistic Circle
LESLAU, WOLF. Ethiopic documents: Argobba grammar and dictionary. BN by G. Rubio. 77.4.869–70 (2001).
LESLAU, WOLF, Obituary of. By A. S. Kaye. 83.4.870–75 (2007).
LESOURD, PHILIP S. Problems for the pronominal argument hypothesis in Maliseet-Passamaquoddy. 82.2.486–514
(2006).
LESOURD, PHILIP S., and P. D. KROEBER. Rev. of Harris, Endoclitics and the origins of Udi morphosyntax.
82.2.431–35 (2006).
Lessons from documented endangered languages. Ed. by K. D. Harrison, D. S. Rood, and A. Dwyer. Rev. by D.
Bradley. 87.2.402–6 (2011).
LEUNG, CONSTANT; B. MOHAN; and C. DAVIDSON (eds.) English as a second language in the mainstream:
Teaching, learning and identity. BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.2.368–69 (2002).
LEVELT, WILLEM J. M. Formal grammars in linguistics and psycholinguistics, vol. 1: An introduction to the theory
of formal languages and automata. Rev. by A. K. Joshi. 87.2.414–16 (2011).
LEVIN, BETH, and M. R. HOVAV. Argument realization. Rev. by A. Alexiadou. 84.3.649–51 (2008).
LEVIN, BETH, and M. R. HOVAV. An event structure account of English resultatives. 77.4.766–97 (2001).
LEVIN, SAUL. Semitic and Indo-European. Vol. 2: Comparative morphology, syntax, and phonetics. BN by P. T.
Daniels. 81.2.536–37 (2005).
LEVINE, JONATHAN; M. BECKER; and A. NEVINS. Asymmetries in generalizing alternations to and from initial
syllables. 88.2.231–68 (2012).
107
LEVINE, PHILIP, and R. SCOLLON (eds.) Discourse and technology: Multimodal discourse analysis. BN by S. Wang.
83.1.222–23 (2007).
LEVINE, ROBERT D. The ass camouflage construction: Masks as parasitic heads. 86.2.265–301 (2010).
LEVINE, ROBERT D. Rev. of Uriagereka, Rhyme and reason: An introduction to minimalist syntax. 78.2.325–30
(2002).
LEVINE, ROBERT D., and G. M. GREEN (eds.) Studies in contemporary phrase structure grammar. BN by M. A.
Covington. 77.3.610 (2001).
LEVINSON, LISA. Rev. of Hovav, Doron, and Sichel (eds.), Lexical semantics, syntax, and event structure. 87.2.420–
23 (2011).
LEVINSON, STEPHEN C. Language in the 21st century (Letter to Language). 82.1.1–2 (2006).
LEVINSON, STEPHEN C. Presumptive meanings. Rev. by A. Capone. 77.3.578–80 (2001).
LEVINSON, STEPHEN C., and M. BOWERMAN (eds.) Language acquisition and conceptual development. BN by J.-C.
Verstraete. 81.2.512–13 (2005).
LEVINSON, STEPHEN C., and N. BURENHULT. Semplates: A new concept in lexical semantics? (Short Report).
85.1.153–74 (2009).
LEVINSON, STEPHEN C.; M. DUNN; E. LINDSTRÖM; G. REESINK; and A. TERRILL. Structural phylogeny in historical
LEVINSON, STEPHEN C.; S. MEIRA; and THE LANGUAGE AND COGNITION GROUP. ‘Natural concepts’ in the spatial
topological domain—adpositional meanings in crosslinguistic perspective: An exercise in semantic typology.
79.3.485–516 (2003).
LEVON, EREZ. Rev. of Rasinger, Quantitative research in linguistics: An introduction. 86.1.247–49 (2010).
LEVY, BRIAN J.; A. HINDLEY; and F. W. LANGLEY (eds.) Old French-English dictionary. BN by K. Fudeman.
79.2.440 (2003).
LEVY, ROGER, and S. B. BENOR. The chicken or the egg? A probabilistic analysis of English binomials. 82.2.233–78
(2006).
LEWIS, DIANA M., and J. AITCHISON (eds.) New media language. BN by C. Bonner. 83.1.215–16 (2007).
LEWIS, GEOFFREY. Turkish grammar. 2nd edn. BN by C. Bowern. 80.1.182 (2004).
LEWIS, GEOFFREY. The Turkish language reform: A catastrophic success. Rev. by A. Eminov. 77.2.384–86 (2001).
—also BN by M. Sawaie. 80.4.896–97 (2004).
LEWIS, RICHARD L., and S. VASISHTH. Argument-head distance and processing complexity: Explaining both locality
and antilocality effects. 82.3.767–94 (2006).
Lexical anaphors and pronouns in selected South Asian languages: A principled typology. Ed. by B. C. Lust, K.
Wali, J. W. Gair, and K. V. Subbarao. BN by B. Rempt. 78.4.801–2 (2002).
Lexical approach to Italian cliticization, A. By P. Monachesi. BN by A. R. Luís. 81.1.283 (2005).
Lexical exceptions in stress systems: Arguments from early language acquisition and adult speech perception. By S.
Peperkamp. 80.1.98–126 (2004).
Lexical phonology and the history of English. By A. McMahon. BN by M. Maxwell. 78.2.387–88 (2002).
Lexical semantics, syntax, and event structure. Ed. by M. R. Hovav, E. Doron, and I. Sichel. Rev. by L. Levinson.
87.2.420–23 (2011).
Lexical strata in English: Morphological causes, phonological effects. By H. J. Giegerich. Rev. by C. McCully.
81.4.984–89 (2005).
Lexical V-V compounds in Japanese: Lexicon vs. syntax. By K. Fukushima. 81.3.568–612 (2005).
Lexical-functional grammar: An introduction to parallel constraint-based syntax. By Y. N. Falk. BN by M. Miller.
79.4.800 (2003).
Lexicalization and language change. By L. J. Brinton and E. C. Traugott. Rev. by M. Norde. 85.1.184–86 (2009).
Léxico bilingüe: Aparai-português/português-aparai. By E. Camargo. BN by J. T. Farquharson. 81.2.514 (2005).
Lexicography: An introduction. By H. Jackson. BN by J. Holeš. 80.4.893–94 (2004).
Lexicography and the OED: Pioneers in the untrodden forest. Ed. by L. Mugglestone. BN by E. Battistella.
79.2.446–47 (2003).
Lexicology and corpus linguistics: An introduction. Ed. by M. A. K. Halliday, W. Teubert, C. Yallop, and A.
Cermáková. BN by N. S. Dash. 83.2.460 (2007).
Lexicology, semantics and lexicography. Ed. by J. Coleman and C. J. Kay. BN by N. S. Dash. 80.2.341–42 (2004).
Lexicon and grammar: The English syntacticon. By J. Emonds. Rev. by R. Hudson. 79.4.781–83 (2003).
Lexicon-encyclopedia interface, The. Ed. by B. Peeters. BN by A. Głaz. 78.4.814 (2002).
Lexicon-syntax interface in second language acquisition, The. Ed. by R. van Hout, A. Hulk, F. Kuiken, and R. J.
Towell. BN by L. Chen. 82.2.462 (2006).
Lexikologie/Lexicology: Ein internationales Handbuch zur Natur und Struktur von Wörtern und Wortschätzen. Vol.
1. Ed. by D. A. Cruse, F. Hundsnurscher, M. Job, and P. R. Lutzeier. BN by J. M. Jeep. 79.4.796–97 (2003).
108
Lexis in contrast: Corpus-based approaches. Ed. by B. Altenberg and S. Granger. BN by M. L. Murphy. 81.3.768–
69 (2005).
LEYEW, ZELEALEM. The Kemantney language: A sociolinguistic and grammatical study of language replacement.
BN by G. D. S. Anderson. 82.1.206–7 (2006).
LI, BINGYUN. BN on Beeching, Gender, politeness and pragmatic particles in French. 80.4.877 (2004).
LI, BINGYUN. BN on Boxer, Applying sociolinguistics: Domains and face-to-face interaction. 79.4.831 (2003).
LI, BINGYUN. BN on Cenoz and Genesee (eds.), Trends in bilingual acquisition. 79.4.836–37 (2003).
LI, BINGYUN. BN on de Stadler and Eyrich (eds.), Issues in cognitive linguistics: 1993 proceedings of the
International Cognitive Linguistics Conference. 79.2.434–35 (2003).
LI, BINGYUN. BN on Gardner, When listeners talk: Response tokens and listener stance. 79.4.801–2 (2003).
LI, BINGYUN. BN on Gass and Selinker, Second language acquisition: An introductory course. 2nd edn. 79.2.438
(2003).
LI, BINGYUN. BN on Luke and Pavlidou (eds.), Telephone calls: Unity and diversity in conversational structure
across languages and cultures. 80.3.629–30 (2004).
LI, BINGYUN. BN on Saville-Troike, The ethnography of communication: An introduction. 3rd edn. 80.4.901 (2004).
LI, BINGYUN. BN on Selting and Couper-Kuhlen (eds.), Studies in interactional linguistics. 79.4.820–21 (2003).
LI, BINGYUN. BN on Weigand and Dascal (eds.), Negotiation and power in dialogic interaction. 79.4.825 (2003).
LI, FENGXIANG, and G. THURGOOD. BN on Sun (ed.), New found minority languages in China series. 79.4.843–45
(2003).
LI, GERTRAUDE ROTH. Manchu: A textbook for reading documents. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.2.414–15 (2001).
LI, PING; L. H. TAN; E. BATES; and O. J. L. TZENG (eds.) The handbook of East Asian psycholinguistics. Vol. 1:
Chinese. Rev. by N. Tsujimura. 85.2.480–84 (2009).
LI, YEN-HUI AUDREY, and J. AOUN. Essays on the representational and derivational nature of grammar: The
diversity of WH-constructions. Rev. by J. Ouhalla. 82.3.649–51 (2006).
LIANG, A. C.; M. BUCHOLTZ; and L. A. SUTTON (eds.) Reinventing identities: The gendered self in discourse. BN by
N. Watanabe. 77.1.188 (2001).
LIANG, SZU-YEN. BN on Huang and Lenders (eds.), Computational linguistics and beyond: Perspectives at the
beginning of the 21st century. 83.4.915–16 (2007).
LIBERT, ALAN. A priori artificial languages. BN by J. Holeš. 80.2.351–52 (2004).
LIBERT, ALAN. Mixed artificial languages. BN by Z. Salzmann. 82.1.207 (2006).
LIDDELL, SCOTT. Grammar, gestures, and meaning in American Sign Language. Rev. by D. I. Slobin. 82.1.176–79
(2006).
LIDZ, JEFFREY. The grammar of accusative case in Kannada. 82.1.10–32 (2006).
LIDZ, JEFFREY, and J. VIAU. Selective learning in the acquisition of Kannada ditransitives. 87.4.679–714 (2011).
LIE, SVEN; J. T. FAARLUND; and K. I. VANNEBO. Norsk referanse-grammatik. BN by R. McColl Millar. 78.2.343–44
(2002).
LIEBER, ROCHELLE, and P. ŠTEKAUER (eds.) The Oxford handbook of compounding. Rev. by I. Meir and M.
Aronoff. 87.3.643–46 (2011).
LIEBERMAN, PHILIP. Human language and our reptilian brain: The subcortical bases of speech, syntax and thought.
Rev. by J. Aitchison. 77.4.837–39 (2001). —also rev. by M. Tomasello. 80.2.325–27 (2004).
LIEBERMAN, PHILIP. Rev. of Mithen, The singing Neanderthals: The origins of music, language, mind and body; and
Patel, Music, language, and the brain. 85.3.732–36 (2009).
LIEBERSON, STANLEY. A matter of taste: How names, fashions and culture change. BN by E. Battistella. 78.2.350–
52 (2002).
LIEVEN, ELENA V. M., and B. AMBRIDGE. Child language acquisition: Contrasting theoretical approaches. Rev. by
B. Estigarribia. 88.2.410–12 (2012).
LIEVEN, ELENA V. M.; B. BICKEL; G. BANJADE; M. GAENSZLE; N. P. PAUDYAL; I. P. RAI; M. RAI; N. K. RAI; and S.
LIEVEN, ELENA V. M.; S. BRANDT; and M. TOMASELLO. Development of word order in German complement-clause
LIGHTFOOT, DAVID W. The development of language: Acquisition, change, and evolution. BN by J. F. Eska.
78.4.812–13 (2002).
LIGHTFOOT, DAVID W. How new languages emerge. RA by D. G. Miller. 85.1.175–83 (2009).
LIGHTFOOT, DAVID W. Rev. of Crisma and Longobardi (eds.), Historical syntax and linguistic theory. 86.3.709–12
(2010).
LIGHTFOOT, DAVID W., and S. R. ANDERSON. The language organ: Linguistics as cognitive physiology. RA by F. J.
Newmeyer. 79.3.583–99 (2003).
109
LILLO-MARTIN, DIANE, and W. SANDLER. Sign languages and linguistic universals. Rev. by J. Quer. 86.2.467–69
(2010).
LIM, LISA; U. ANSALDO; and S. MATTHEWS (eds.) Deconstructing creole. Rev. by M. Sebba. 85.2.454–57 (2009).
Limitations on simultaneity in sign language. Short Report by D. J. Napoli and R. Sutton-Spence. 86.3.647–62
(2010).
Limiting the arbitrary: Linguistic naturalism and its opposites in Plato’s Cratylus and modern theories of language.
By J. E. Joseph. BN by A. Głaz. 78.3.601–2 (2002).
LINDEMAN, FREDRIK OTTO, and H. BJORVAND. Våre Arveord: Etymologisk Ordbok. BN by M. Pierce. 80.4.877–78
(2004).
LINDQUIST, HANS. BN on Aijmer and Altenberg (eds.), Advances in corpus linguistics: Papers from the 23rd
International Conference on English Language Research on Computerized Corpora (ICAME 23). 83.1.215
(2007).
LINDQUIST, HANS, and C. MAIR (eds.) Corpus approaches to grammaticalization in English. BN by U. Römer.
82.4.956 (2006).
LINDSETH, MARTIN, and S. FRANKS (eds.) Formal approaches to Slavic linguistics 5: The Indiana Meeting. Rev. by
A. Caink. 77.3.592–94 (2001).
LINDSTRÖM, EVA. BN on Senft (ed.), Referring to space: Studies in Austronesian and Papuan languages. 77.1.175–
76 (2001).
LINDSTRÖM, EVA; M. DUNN; S. C. LEVINSON; G. REESINK; and A. TERRILL. Structural phylogeny in historical
LINDSTROMBERG, SETH. English prepositions explained. BN by S. Johnson. 78.2.384–85 (2002).
Linearization of chains and sideward movement. By J. Nunes. Rev. by C. Boeckx. 83.4.895–99 (2007).
LINELL, PER. Approaching dialogue: Talk, interaction and contexts in dialogical perspectives. BN by M. Nevile.
77.3.621–22 (2001).
Lingua ex machina: Reconciling Darwin and Chomsky with the human brain. By W. H. Calvin and D. Bickerton.
Rev. by R. Jackendoff. 77.3.569–73 (2001).
Linguagem e cognição: A perspectiva da linguística cognitiva. Ed. by A. Soares da Silva. BN by H. Mello.
82.3.695–96 (2006).
Linguasphere register of the world’s languages and speech communities, The. By D. Dalby. BN by E. J. Vajda.
77.3.606–8 (2001).
Linguist on the witness stand, The: Forensic linguistics in American courts. By P. Tiersma and L. M. Solan.
78.2.221–39 (2002).
Linguist’s credo, A. By P. Christophersen. BN by A. S. Kaye. 77.3.616–17 (2001).
Linguist’s linguist, The: A collection of papers in honour of Alexis Manaster Ramer. Ed. by F. Cavoto. BN by P. T.
Daniels. 80.1.169 (2004).
Linguistic anthropology: A reader. Ed. by A. Duranti. BN by Z. Salzmann. 78.2.366–67 (2002).
Linguistic anthropology of praxis and language shift, A: Arvanítika (Albanian) and Greek in contact. By L. D.
Tsitsipis. BN by A. P. Grant. 77.3.638–39 (2001).
Linguistic borrowing in bilingual contexts. By F. W. Field. Rev. by P. Bakker. 81.2.501–4 (2005).
Linguistic epidemiology: Semantics and grammar of language contact in mainland Southeast Asia. By N. J. Enfield.
BN by M. Ross. 80.4.884–85 (2004).
Linguistic fieldwork. Ed. by P. Newman and M. Ratliff. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.4.798–99 (2002).
Linguistic fieldwork: A practical guide. By C. Bowern. Rev. by A. Terrill. 86.2.435–38 (2010).
Linguistic historiography: Projects and prospects. By E. F. K. Koerner. BN by M. A. Covington. 77.3.609–10
(2001).
Linguistic history of Arabic, A. By J. Owens. Rev. by K. Versteegh. 86.1.241–44 (2010).
Linguistic identity of Europe, The, vols. 1–2. By G. Décsy. BN by Z. Salzmann. 78.4.803–4 (2002).
Linguistic minimalism: Origins, concepts, methods, and aims. By C. Boeckx. Rev. by N. Fukui. 84.2.395–400
(2008).
Linguistic minimalism: Origins, concepts, methods, and aims. By C. Boeckx. Rev. by F. J. Newmeyer. 84.2.387–95
(2008).
Linguistic politeness across boundaries: The case of Greek and Turkish. Ed. by A. Bayraktaroglu and M. Sifianou.
BN by C. Kakava. 80.2.336–37 (2004).
Linguistic relativities: Language diversity and modern thought. By J. Leavitt. Rev. by R. Darnell. 88.4.905–7
(2012).
Linguistic simplicity and complexity: Why do languages undress? By J. H. McWhorter. Rev. by A. Kihm. 88.3.657–
60 (2012).
Linguistic universals and language variation. Ed. by P. Siemund. Rev. by Z. Bao. 88.2.445–48 (2012).
110
Linguistic variation as social practice: The linguistic construction of identity in Belten High. By P. Eckert. Rev. by
N. Schilling-Estes. 77.3.575–77 (2001).
Linguistic variation in the Shakespeare corpus: Morpho-syntactic variability of second person pronouns. By U.
Busse. BN by J. Rudanko. 82.1.189–90 (2006).
Linguistic variation yearbook 2001. Ed. by P. Pica and J. Rooryck. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 82.1.214–15 (2006).
Linguistic variation yearbook, vol. 2 (2002). Ed. by P. Pica and J. Rooryck. BN by P. Panagiotidis. 82.2.460 (2006).
Linguistic variation yearbook, vol. 3 (2003). Ed. by P. Pica and J. Rooryck. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 83.3.689–90
(2007).
Linguistica generale: Esercitazioni e autoverifica. By S. Luraghi and A. M. Thornton. BN by E. Moravcsik.
82.4.957 (2006).
Linguistics: A guide to the reference literature. 2nd edn. By A. L. DeMiller. BN by A. S. Kaye. 77.4.847 (2001).
Linguistics: An introduction to language and communication. 5th edn. By A. Akmajian, R. A. Demers, A. K.
Farmer, and R. M. Harnish. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 80.2.333–34 (2004).
Linguistics: A very short introduction. By P. H. Matthews. BN by U. Römer. 81.2.541 (2005).
Linguistics for L2 teachers. By L. Andrews. BN by F. Rubio. 78.2.366 (2002).
Linguistics in the Netherlands 2004. Ed. by L. Cornips and J. Doetjes. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 83.3.671–72 (2007).
Linguistics, language, and the real world: Discourse and beyond. Ed. by D. Tannen and J. E. Alatis. BN by C. Xie.
80.4.902–3 (2004).
Linguistics of eating and drinking, The. Ed. by J. Newman. Rev. by D. L. Payne. 86.4.963–66 (2010).
Linguistics of sitting, standing and lying, The. Ed. by J. Newman. BN by K. A. Smith. 80.3.631–32 (2004).
Linguistics today: Facing a greater challenge. Ed. by P. van Sterkenburg. BN by B. Lönneker. 83.2.475 (2007).
LINK, GODEHARD. Algebraic semantics in language and philosophy. BN by M. A. Covington. 77.3.610–11 (2001).
LINN, ANDREW R.; D. CRAM; and E. NOWAK (eds.) History of linguistics 1996: Selected papers from the Seventh
Oja. 77.3.601–2 (2001).
LINN, ANDREW R., and N. MCLELLAND (eds.) Standardization: Studies from the Germanic languages. BN by K. A.
Smith. 81.2.537–38 (2005).
LINTUNEN, PEKKA. BN on Cruttenden (ed.), Gimson’s pronunciation of English. 6th edn. 78.4.821 (2002).
LINTUNEN, PEKKA. BN on Lecumberri and Maidment, English transcription course. 78.2.386 (2002).
LIONNET, FLORIAN, and L. M. HYMAN. Rev. of Dimmendaal, Historical linguistics and the comparative study of
African languages. 88.3.640–44 (2012).
LIPSKI, JOHN M. BN on Archibald (ed.), Second language acquisition and linguistic theory. 78.1.183–84 (2002).
LIPSKI, JOHN M. BN on Costa, Word order variation: A constraint-based approach. 78.1.180–81 (2002).
LIPSKI, JOHN M. BN on Herschensohn, The second time around: Minimalism and L2 acquisition. 78.1.182–83
(2002).
LIPSKI, JOHN M. BN on Kohen and Kohen-Gordon, Ladino-English/English-Ladino concise encyclopedic dictionary. 78.1.184–85 (2002).
LIPSKI, JOHN M. BN on Poplack (ed.), The English history of African American English. 78.1.185–86 (2002).
LIPSKI, JOHN M. BN on Valdman, Klingler, Marshall, and Rottet (eds.), Dictionary of Louisiana Creole. 78.1.181–
82 (2002).
LIPSKI, JOHN. A history of Afro-Hispanic language: Five centuries, five continents. Rev. by R. Otheguy. 84.2.416–
18 (2008).
LIPTÁK, ANIKÓ, and M. DEN DIKKEN. Rev. of É. Kiss, The syntax of Hungarian. 79.4.777–81 (2003).
Literacy and literacies: Texts, power and identity. By J. Collins and R. Blot. BN by P. Unseth. 81.4.1002 (2005).
Literacy development in a multilingual context: Cross-cultural perspectives. Ed. by A. Y. Durgunoglu and L.
Verhoeven. BN by A. J. Toribio. 77.2.413–14 (2001).
Literacy in the new media age. By G. Kress. BN by F. Yus. 82.4.953–54 (2006).
LITOSSELITI, LIA, and J. SUNDERLAND (eds.) Gender identity and discourse analysis. BN by E. C. Ng. 80.2.352–53
(2004).
LIU, FENG-HSI. BN on Vannestål, Syntactic variation in English quantified noun phrases with all, whole, both and
half. 83.2.474–75 (2007).
LIVERT, DAVID; R. OTHEGUY; and A. C. ZENTELLA. Language and dialect contact in Spanish in New York: Toward
the formation of a speech community. 83.4.770–802 (2007).
LLOYD, JANET, and A. P. HUTCHINSON. Portuguese: An essential grammar. 2nd edn. BN by M. J. Elson. 82.3.684–
85 (2006).
Loan phonology. Ed. by A. Calabrese and W. L. Wetzels. Rev. by J. Durand. 87.3.629–31 (2011).
111
Loanword phonology and perceptual mapping: Comparing two corpora of Korean contact with English. By K. de
Jong and M-h. Cho. 88.2.341–68 (2012).
Loanwords in the world’s languages: A comparative handbook. Ed. by M. Haspelmath and U. Tadmor. Rev. by Y.
Matras. 88.3.647–52 (2012).
Local constraints vs. economy. By D. E. Johnson and S. Lappin. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 78.2.380–81 (2002).
LOCAL, JOHN; R. OGDEN; and R. TEMPLE (eds.) Phonetic interpretation: Papers in laboratory phonology 6. Rev. by
M.-J. Solé. 83.2.438–42 (2007).
Locality, cyclicity, and resumption: At the interface between the grammar and the human sentence processor. By T.
Alexopoulou and F. Keller. 83.1.110–60 (2007).
Locality in minimalist syntax. By T. S. Stroik. Rev. by W. Lechner. 87.1.234–39 (2011).
Locality in vowel harmony. By A. Nevins. Rev. by E. Raimy. 88.1.209–12 (2012).
Locative syntax of experiencers, The. By I. Landau. Rev. by A. Carnie. 87.2.409–11 (2011).
LOCKE, JOHN L. Rev. of Dessalles, Why we talk: The evolutionary origins of language. 85.3.710–13 (2009).
LOCKE, PHILIP, and A. DOWNING. A university course in English grammar. BN by A. S. Kaye. 80.3.619–20 (2004).
LOCKWOOD, DAVID G.; P. H. FRIES; and J. E. COPELAND (eds.) Functional approaches to language, culture, and
LODGE, KEN. Fundamental concepts in phonology: Sameness and difference. Rev. by T. A. Hall. 86.4.967–69
(2010).
LODGE, KEN, and J. BOASE-BEIER. The German language: A linguistic introduction. BN by J. M. Jeep. 80.2.337–38
(2004).
LODGE, R. ANTHONY. A sociolinguistic history of Parisian French. Rev. by J. Milroy. 84.2.419–22 (2008).
LOETHER, CHRISTOPHER, and D. GOULD. An introduction to the Shoshoni language. BN by T. Wier. 81.4.1006
(2005).
Logic, language and information. Vol. 2. Ed. by L. S. Moss, J. Ginzburg, and M. de Rijke. BN by A. Pietarinen.
77.2.396–97 (2001).
Logical form and language. Ed. by G. Preyer and G. Peter. BN by J. Gutiérrez-Rexach. 79.4.819 (2003).
Logical structure of linguistic theory, The. By S. R. Anderson. 84.4.795–814 (2008).
LOHSE, BARBARA; J. A. HAWKINS; and T. WASOW. Domain minimization in English verb-particle constructions.
80.2.238–61 (2004).
LOMBARDI, LINDA (ed.) Segmental phonology in optimality theory. BN by A. Nevins. 79.4.811–12 (2003).
LOMBARDO, VINCENZO, and M. DE VINCENZI (eds.) Cross-linguistic perspectives on language processing. BN by I.
Alvarez. 78.1.201 (2002).
LONDE, ZSUZSA; B. HAYES; K. ZURAW; and P. SIPTÁR. Natural and unnatural constraints in Hungarian vowel
harmony. 85.4.822–63 (2009).
LONG, MICHAEL H., and C. J. DOUGHTY (eds.) The handbook of second language acquisition. Rev. by F. Eckman.
83.3.644–47 (2007).
Longman grammar of spoken and written English. By D. Biber, S. Johansson, G. Leech, S. Conrad, and E. Finegan.
BN by E. Battistella. 77.3.631–32 (2001).
LONGOBARDI, GIUSEPPE, and P. CRISMA (eds.) Historical syntax and linguistic theory. Rev. by D. Lightfoot.
86.3.709–12 (2010).
LONGOBARDI, GIUSEPPE, and G. RIGON. Rev. of Roberts and Roussou, Syntactic change: A minimalist approach to
LÖNNEKER, BIRTE. BN on van Sterkenburg (ed.), Linguistics today: Facing a greater challenge. 83.2.475 (2007).
LONNET, ANTOINE, and J. LENTIN (eds.) Mélanges David Cohen: Études sur le langage, les langues, les dialectes,
les littératures, offertes par ses élèves, ses collègues, ses amis; présentés à l’occasion de son quatre-vingtième
anniversaire. BN by P. T. Daniels. 83.1.221–22 (2007).
LOPEZ, FELIPE H., and P. MUNRO (eds. with Olivia V. Méndez, Rodrigo Garcia, and Michael R. Galant).
Di’csyonaary X:tèe’n Dìi’zh Sah Sann Lu’uc—San Lucas Quiaviní Zapotec dictionary. BN by V. Haser.
77.2.390 (2001).
LÓPEZ, LUIS; R. NÚÑEZ-CEDEÑO; and R. CAMERON (eds.) A Romance perspective on language knowledge and use.
BN by N. I. Stolova. 82.3.691 (2006).
LÓPEZ-COUZO, MARÍA JOSÉ; T. FANEGO; and J. PÉREZ-GUERRA (eds.) English historical syntax and morphology:
80.1.172–73 (2004).
LÓPEZ-GARCÍA, ÁNGEL. The grammar of genes: How the genetic code resembles the linguistic code. Rev. by W.
Raible. 84.4.885–88 (2008).
LOPORCARO, MICHELE. Rev. of Eythórsson (ed.), Grammatical change and linguistic theory: The Rosendal papers.
86.1.219–23 (2010).
112
LORITZ, DONALD. How the brain evolved language. BN by I. Pittman. 78.1.189–90 (2002).
Loss of German in Upper Silesia after 1945, The. By V. Engerer. BN by R. Felty. 80.3.620 (2004).
LOTRIDGE, VICTORIA, and C. BOWERN (eds.) Ndebele. BN by M. Cahill. 80.2.338 (2004).
LOUDEN, MARK L. Obituary of William G. Moulton. 84.1.161–69 (2008).
Low German (East Frisian dialect). By Y. Matras and G. Reershemius. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 81.3.782–83
(2005).
LOWENSTAMM, JEAN; J. LECARME; and U. SHLONSKY (eds.) Research in Afroasiatic grammar. BN by A. Nevins.
80.1.181–82 (2004).
LOWENSTEIN, JOANNA HART. Artificial hearing, natural speech: Cochlear implants, speech production, and the
expectations of a high-tech society. Rev. by M. A. Svirsky. 87.1.215–18 (2011).
LUCAS, CEIL (ed.) The sociolinguistics of sign languages. BN by Z. Salzmann. 80.3.629 (2004).
LUCAS, CEIL, and R. BAYLEY (eds.) Sociolinguistic variation: Theories, methods, and applications. Rev. by R.
Cameron. 85.3.690–93 (2009).
LUDLOW, PETER. Semantics, tense, and time: An essay in the metaphysics of natural language. BN by K. Chirkova.
77.3.636–37 (2001).
LÜDELING, ANKE. On particle verbs and similar constructions in German. BN by G. H. Toops. 79.4.812–13 (2003).
LUO, YONGXIAN; A. V. N. DILLER; and J. A. EDMONDSON (eds.) The Tai-Kadai languages. Rev. by D. B. Solnit.
86.3.712–16 (2010).
LÜPKE, FRIEDERIKE; J. BOHNEMEYER; N. J. ENFIELD; J. ESSEGBEY; I. IBARRETXE-ANTUÑANO; S. KITA; and F. K.
LUÍS, ANA R. BN on Beukema and den Dikken (eds.), Clitic phenomena in European languages. 81.1.281–82
(2005).
LUIS, ANA R. BN on Hammond, The phonology of English: A prosodic optimality-theoretic approach. 77.3.621
(2001).
LUÍS, ANA R. BN on Monachesi, A lexical approach to Italian cliticization. 81.1.283 (2005).
LUJÁN, EUGENIO R. BN on Petit, *Sue en grec ancien: La famille du pronom réfléchi. 78.2.386–87 (2002).
LUJÁN, EUGENIO R. BN on Polomé (ed.), Miscellanea Indo-Europea. 77.4.865–66 (2001).
LUJÁN, EUGENIO R. BN on Schuppener, Germanische Zahlwörter: Sprach- und kulturgeschichtliche Untersuchungen insbesondere zur Zahl 12. 77.1.176–77 (2001).
LUKE, KANG KWONG, and T.-S. PAVLIDOU (eds.) Telephone calls: Unity and diversity in conversational structure
across languages and cultures. BN by B. Li. 80.3.629–30 (2004).
LUKSANEEYANAWIN, SUDAPORN; D. BURNHAM; C. DAVIS; and M. LAFOURCADE (eds.) Interdisciplinary approaches
to language processing. BN by J. Gandour. 78.2.359 (2002).
LUNA, EDMUNDO. BN on Thompson, Filipino English and Taglish: Language switching from multiple perspectives.
83.2.470–71 (2007).
LUNDQUIST, LITA, and R. J. JARVELLA (eds.) Language, text and knowledge: Mental models of expert communication. BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.4.825 (2002).
LUNN, PATRICIA V., and E. J. LUNSFORD. En otras palabras: Perfeccionamiento del español por medio de la
traducción. BN by T. L. Face. 81.2.538 (2005).
LUNSFORD, ERNEST J., and P. V. LUNN. En otras palabras: Perfeccionamiento del español por medio de la
traducción. BN by T. L. Face. 81.2.538 (2005).
LUPKER, STEPHEN J., and S. KINOSHITA (eds.) Masked priming: The state of the art. BN by C. A. Ankerstein.
81.2.532–33 (2005).
LURAGHI, SILVIA. BN on Frajzyngier and Shay, Explaining language structure through system interaction.
82.1.197–98 (2006).
LURAGHI, SILVIA. On the meaning of prepositions and cases: The expression of semantic roles in Ancient Greek. BN
by O. Thomason. 81.4.1013–14 (2005).
LURAGHI, SILVIA, and A. M. THORNTON. Linguistica generale: Esercitazioni e autoverifica. BN by E. Moravcsik.
82.4.957 (2006).
LUST, BARBARA C. (ed. and select) Studies in South Asian linguistics: Sinhala and other South Asian languages. By
J. W. Gair. BN by A. P. Grant. 77.3.639 (2001).
LUST, BARBARA C., and C. FOLEY (eds.) First language acquisition: The essential readings. Rev. by S. GoldinMeadow. 82.2.435–38 (2006).
LUST, BARBARA C.; K. WALI; J. W. GAIR; and K. V. SUBBARAO (eds.) Lexical anaphors and pronouns in selected
South Asian languages: A principled typology. BN by B. Rempt. 78.4.801–2 (2002).
LUTZ, ULI; G. MÜLLER; and A. VON STECHOW (eds.) Wh-scope marking. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 78.2.377–78
(2002).
113
LUTZEIER, PETER ROLF; D. A. CRUSE; F. HUNDSNURSCHER; and M. JOB (eds.) Lexikologie/Lexicology: Ein
79.4.796–97 (2003).
LYCAN, WILLIAM G. (ed.) Mind and cognition: An anthology. 2nd edn. BN by V. Haser. 77.2.389–90 (2001).
LYCAN, WILLIAM G. Philosophy of language: A contemporary introduction. BN by A. Pietarinen. 79.2.444–45
(2003).
LYONS, CHRISTOPHER. Definiteness. Rev. by I. W. Yoo. 78.4.783–86 (2002).
M. B. Emeneau—A remembrance. Letter to Language by J. L. Malone. 82.2.481 (2006).
M. B. Emeneau’s impact on linguistics and allied areas. Letter to Language by B. A. Sharada. 82.2.479–80 (2006).
MAAS, UTZ. A remembrance of darker days (Letter to Language). 81.4.793 (2005).
MAAT, JAAP. Philosophical languages in the seventeenth century: Dalgarno, Wilkins, Leibniz. BN by M. Honig.
83.4.917 (2007).
MACAULAY, RONALD K. S. Extremely common eloquence: Constructing Scottish identity through narrative. BN by
D. Herman. 83.4.917–18 (2007).
MACDONALD, MYRA. Exploring media discourse. BN by S. Wang. 81.2.538–39 (2005).
MACEACHERN, MARGARET R. Laryngeal cooccurrence restrictions. BN by J. Zhang. 78.4.793 (2002).
Macedonian. By V. A. Friedman. BN by M. J. Elson. 80.2.344–45 (2004).
MACHAN, TIM WILLIAM. English in the Middle Ages. Rev. by D. Matthews. 82.3.659–62 (2006).
MACHOBANE, ‘MALILLO; K. DEMUTH; and F. MOLOI. Learning how to license null noun-class prefixes in Sesotho.
85.4.864–83 (2009).
MACHOBANE, ‘MALILLO; K. DEMUTH; F. MOLOI; and C. ODATO. Learning animacy hierarchy effects in Sesotho
MACKAY, CAROLYN J. A grammar of Misantla Totonac. BN by by D. Beck. 77.1.172 (2001).
MACKENZIE, IAN, and W. VAN DER WURFF. Relic syntax in Middle English and Medieval Spanish: Parameter
interaction in language change. 88.4.846–76 (2012).
MACKEY, ALISON, and S. M. GASS. Stimulated recall methodology in second language research. BN by M. Ciscel.
77.4.864–65 (2001).
MACKRIDGE, PETER; D. HOLTON; and I. PHILIPPAKI-WARBURTON. Greek: A comprehensive grammar of the modern
MACKRIDGE, PETER; D. HOLTON; and I. PHILIPPAKI-WARBURTON. Greek: An essential grammar of the modern
MACLAUGHLIN, DAWN; C. NEIDLE; J. KEGL; B. BAHAN; and R. G. LEE. The syntax of American Sign Language:
MADDIESON, IAN. Obituary of Peter Ladefoged. 83.1.181–88 (2007).
Madurese prolepsis and its implications for a typology of raising. By W. D. Davies. 81.3.645–65 (2005).
MÆHLUM, BRIT. Mellom Skylla og Kharybdis: Forklaringsbegrepet i historisk språkvitenskap. BN by R. McColl
Millar. 78.1.187–88 (2002).
MAGEN, HARRIET S.; D. H. WHALEN; M. POUPLIER; A. M. KANG; and K. ISKAROUS. Vowel targets without a
Magyar nyelv Jugoszláviában (Vajdaságban), A. By L. Göncz. BN by A. Fenyvesi. 78.1.194 (2002).
Magyar nyelv Szlovákiában, A. By I. Lanstyák. BN by A. Fenyvesi. 78.1.194 (2002).
Magyar nyelv Ukrajnában (Kárpátalján), A. By I. Csernicskó. BN by A. Fenyvesi. 78.1.194 (2002).
MAHAJAN, ANOOP, and V. DAYAL (eds.) Clause structure in South Asian languages. RA by J. Bayer. 84.3.597–612
(2008).
MAHIEU, MARC-ANTOINE, and N. TERSIS (eds.) Variations on polysynthesis: The Eskaleut languages. Rev. by K.
Rice. 86.3.731–35 (2010).
MAHO, JOUNI FILIP. BN on Rose, Beaudoin-Lietz, and Nurse, A glossary of terms for Bantu verbal categories, with
special emphasis on tense and aspect. 81.3.786–87 (2005).
MAIDMENT, JOHN A., and M. ASHBY. Introducing phonetic science. Rev. by J. H. Esling. 84.2.401–3 (2008).
MAIDMENT, JOHN A., and M. L. G. LECUMBERRI. English transcription course. BN by P. Lintunen. 78.2.386 (2002).
MAIENBORN, CLAUDIA; E. LANG; and C. FABRICIUS-HANSEN (eds.) Modifying adjuncts. BN by J. L. González
Escribano. 81.2.535–36 (2005).
Maipure. By R. Zamponi. BN by E. J. Vajda. 82.4.963 (2006).
MAIR, CHRISTIAN; G. LEECH; M. HUNDT; and N. SMITH. Change in contemporary English: A grammatical study.
Rev. by A. Curzan. 88.1.202–6 (2012).
MAIR, CHRISTIAN, and H. LINDQUIST (eds.) Corpus approaches to grammaticalization in English. BN by U. Römer.
82.4.956 (2006).
114
MAKIHARA, MIKI, and B. B. SCHIEFFELIN (eds.) Consequences of contact: Language ideologies and sociocultural
transformations in Pacific societies. Rev. by N. Besnier. 86.1.234–37 (2010).
Making of a mixed language, The: The case of Ma’a/Mbugu. By M. Mous. BN by L. Miceli. 82.1.211–12 (2006).
Making the connection: Language and academic achievement among African American students. Ed. by C. T.
Adger, D. Christian, and O. Taylor. BN by I. M. Laversuch. 77.4.849–50 (2001).
MALÁ, MARKÉTA; A. KLÉGR; P. ŠALDOVÁ; J. ČERMÁK; and L. DUŠKOVÁ (trans.) Dictionary of the Prague School of
Malagasy backward object control. By E. Potsdam. 85.4.754–84 (2009).
MALCHUKOV, ANDREJ; L. HOGEWEG; and H. DE HOOP (eds.) Cross-linguistic semantics of tense, aspect, and
MALCHUKOV, ANDREJ; L. KULIKOV; and P. DE SWART (eds.) Case, valency and transitivity. Rev. by Y. Lander and
V. Plungian. 86.3.728–31 (2010).
MALCOLM, IAN G., and G. LEITNER (eds.) The habitat of Australia’s Aboriginal languages: Past, present and future.
Rev. by C. Yallop. 86.1.232–34 (2010).
MALKIEL, YAKOV, Obituary of. By S. N. Dworkin. 80.1.153–62 (2004).
MALLE, BERTRAM F., and T. GIVÓN (eds.) The evolution of language out of pre-language. BN by D. Golumbia.
82.2.457–58 (2006).
MALLÉN, ENRIQUE; J. HERSCHENSOHN; and K. ZAGONA (eds.) Features and interfaces in Romance: Essays in honor
of Heles Contreras. BN by E. Mathieu. 79.3.658–59 (2003).
MALONE, JOSEPH L. M. B. Emeneau—A remembrance (Letter to Language). 82.2.481 (2006).
Maltese language of Australia, The: Maltraljan. By R. Bovingdon. BN by M. Sawaie. 80.3.615–16 (2004).
Manchu: A textbook for reading documents. By G. R. Li. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.2.414–15 (2001).
MANNINEN, SATU, and D. NELSON (eds.) Generative approaches to Finnic and Saami linguistics. BN by S. R.
Anderson. 83.3.686–87 (2007).
MANNING, CHRISTOPHER D. Rev. of Hammond, Programming for linguists: Java™ technology for language
researchers. 81.3.740–42 (2005).
MANNING, CHRISTOPHER D., and H. SCHÜTZE. Foundations of statistical natural language processing. BN by K. B.
Cohen and A. Dolbey. 78.3.599 (2002).
MANSOOR, SABIHA; S. MERAJ; and A. TAHIR (eds.) Language policy, planning, & practice: A South Asian
perspective. BN by A. S. Kaye. 82.1.207–8 (2006).
Manual of linguistic field work and structure of Indian languages, A. By A. Abbi. BN by G. van Driem. 82.2.450
(2006).
Manuale di fonetica. Fonetica naturale: Articolatoria, uditiva e funzionale. 2nd edn. By L. Canepari. BN by R.
D’Alessandro. 83.4.910–11 (2007).
Many faces of agreement, The. By S. Wechsler and L. Zlatić. Rev. by M. Dalrymple. 83.2.449–51 (2007).
Many morphologies. Ed. by P. Boucher. BN by K. Fudeman. 79.4.792–93 (2003).
MANYANG, CAGUOR ADONG; D. R. LADD; and B. REMIJSEN. On the distinction between regular and irregular
inflectional morphology: Evidence from Dinka (Short Report). 85.3.659–70 (2009).
MANZI, SANDRA; S. ARMSTRONG; K. CHURCH; P. ISABELLE; E. TZOUKERMANN; and D. YAROWSKY (eds.) Natural
MANZINI, M. RITA. Rev. of Roberts, Agreement and head movement: Clitics, incorporation, and defective goals.
88.1.212–15 (2012).
Māori: A linguistic introduction. By R. Harlow. Rev. by W. Bauer. 85.2.473–76 (2009).
MARANGOZIS, JOHN. A short grammar of Hieroglyphic Luwian. BN by A. Kloekhorst. 83.1.223 (2007).
MARATSOS, MICHAEL. Rev. of Bloom, How children learn the meanings of words. 81.2.495–98 (2005).
MARCUS, GARY F. The algebraic mind: Integrating connectionism and cognitive science. Rev. by I. Berent.
78.3.569–71 (2002).
MARCUS, GARY F. The birth of the mind: How a tiny number of genes creates the complexities of human thought.
Rev. by W. K. Wilkins. 82.4.921–24 (2006).
MARK, COLIN. The Gaelic-English dictionary/Am Faclair Gàidhlig-Beurla. BN by D. Stifter. 81.2.539–40 (2005).
MARKANTONATOU, STELLA. BN on Ravin and Leacock (eds.), Polysemy: Theoretical and computational
approaches. 82.1.218–19 (2006).
Markedness and economy in a derivational model of phonology. By A. Calabrese. Rev. by K. Rice. 84.3.622–26
(2008).
MAR-MOLINERO, CLARE. The politics of language in the Spanish-speaking world. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.3.602–3
(2002).
Marrism syndrome, The: Stalinism and linguistics. By F. Havas. BN by E. Moravcsik. 80.3.624–25 (2004).
115
MARSHALL, CHLOE R., and H. K. J. VAN DER LELY. Effects of word position and stress on onset cluster production:
Evidence from typical development, specific language impairment, and dyslexia. 85.1.39–57 (2009).
MARSHALL, MARGARET; A. VALDMAN; T. A. KLINGLER; and K. ROTTET (eds.) Dictionary of Louisiana Creole. BN
by J. M. Lipski. 78.1.181–82 (2002).
MARSICO, EGIDIO; F. PELLEGRINO; and C. COUPÉ. A cross-language perspective on speech information rate.
87.3.539–58 (2011).
MARTEN, LUTZ; W. J. G. MÖHLIG; and J. U. KAVARI. A grammatical sketch of Herero (Otjiherero). BN by B. Wald.
83.1.224–25 (2007).
MARTÍ, LUISA. Rev. of Endriss, Quantificational topics: A scopal treatment of exceptional wide scope phenomena.
87.4.908–11 (2011).
MARTIN, ANDREW. Grammars leak: Modeling how phonotactic generalizations interact within the grammar.
87.4.751–70 (2011).
MARTIN, J. R.; A. CAFFAREL; and C. M. I. M. MATTHIASSEN (eds.) Language typology: A functional perspective. BN
by G. H. Toops. 83.3.669–70 (2007).
MARTIN, JACK, and M. MCKANE MAULDIN. A dictionary of Creek/Muskogee, with notes on the Florida and
Oklahoma Seminole dialects of Creek. BN by E. J. Vajda. 78.3.595 (2002).
MARTÍN, JUAN; J. FRANCO; and A. LANDA (eds.) Grammatical analyses in Basque and Romance linguistics: Papers
in honor of Mario Saltarelli. BN by L. Alonso-Ovalle. 77.2.407–8 (2001).
MARTIN, ROGER; D. MICHAELS; and J. URIAGEREKA (eds.) Step by step. Rev. by K. K. Grohmann. 78.1.161–64
(2002).
MARTÍN BUTRAGUEÑO, PEDRO (ed.) Cambio lingüístico: Métodos y problemas. BN by S. Berbeco. 83.2.464–65
(2007).
MARTINEAU, FRANCE; R. KING; and R. MOUGEON. The interplay of internal and external factors in grammatical
MARTINEAU, FRANCE, and R. MOUGEON. A sociolinguistic study of the origins of ne deletion in European and
Quebec French. 79.1.118–52 (2003).
MARTINET, ANDRÉ. Économie des changements phonétiques: Traité de phonologie diachronique. Rev. by C. W.
Kreidler. 84.1.199–201 (2008).
MARTINOVIC-ZIC, AIDA, and C. L. MODER (eds.) Discourse across languages and cultures. BN by J. Riepe.
83.3.683 (2007).
MARTÍN-VIDE, CARLOS (ed.) Issues in mathematical linguistics: Workshop on Mathematical Linguistics, State
College, PA, April 1998. BN by M. A. Covington. 77.3.612–13 (2001).
MARTÍN-VIDE, CARLOS (ed.) Mathematical and computational analysis of natural language: Selected papers from
the 2nd International Conference on Mathematical Linguistics, Tarragona, 2–4 May 1996. BN by M. A.
Covington. 77.3.612–13 (2001).
MARTOHARDJONO, GITA, and E. C. KLEIN (eds.) The development of second language grammars: A generative
approach. BN by M. J. Washburn. 77.2.400–401 (2001).
MASCARÓ, JOAN, and W. L. WETZELS. The typology of voicing and devoicing. 77.2.207–44 (2001).
Masked priming: The state of the art. Ed. by S. Kinoshita and S. J. Lupker. BN by C. A. Ankerstein. 81.2.532–33
(2005).
MASLOVA, ELENA. A grammar of Kolyma Yukaghir. BN by W. Schulze. 81.4.1014–15 (2005).
MASLOVA, ELENA. Rev. of Givón, Bio-linguistics: The Santa Barbara lectures. 81.1.245–47 (2005).
MASLOVA, ELENA. Tundra Yukaghir. BN by G. D. S. Anderson. 82.1.208–9 (2006).
MASLOVA, ELENA (ed.) Yukaghir texts. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.4.813 (2003).
MATASOVIĆ, RANKO. Gender in Indo-European. BN by E. J. Vajda. 82.4.957–58 (2006).
Materials and methods in ELT: A teacher’s guide. 2nd edn. By J. McDonough and C. Shaw. BN by D. B. Barnard.
82.1.209–10 (2006).
MATEUS, MARIA HELENA, and E. D’ANDRADE. The phonology of Portuguese. BN by P. S. Ding. 82.4.958 (2006).
MATEUS, MARIA HELENA, and E. D’ANDRADE. The phonology of Portuguese. BN by M. J. Elson. 78.4.811–12
(2002).
MATHANGWANE, JOYCE T. Ikalanga phonetics and phonology: A synchronic and diachronic study. BN by E. J.
Vajda. 77.2.400 (2001).
Mathematical and computational analysis of natural language: Selected papers from the 2nd International
Conference on Mathematical Linguistics, Tarragona, 2–4 May 1996. Ed. by C. Martín-Vide. BN by M. A.
Covington. 77.3.612–13 (2001).
MATHIEU, ERIC. BN on Cheng and Sybesma (eds.), The first Glot International state-of-the-article book: The latest
in linguistics. 79.3.648–49 (2003).
MATHIEU, ERIC. BN on Dobrovie-Sorin and Beyssade, Définir les indéfinis. 83.3.673–74 (2007).
116
MATHIEU, ERIC. BN on Herschensohn, Mallén, and Zagona (eds.), Features and interfaces in Romance: Essays in
honor of Heles Contreras. 79.3.658–59 (2003).
MATHIEU, ERIC. BN on Seuren, A view of language. 79.3.666–67 (2003).
MATHUR, GAURAV, and D. J. NAPOLI (eds.) Deaf around the world: The impact of language. Rev. by R. P. Meier.
88.2.436–39 (2012).
MATOESIAN, GREGORY M. BN on Giles (ed.), Law enforcement, communication and community. 80.4.887–88
(2004).
MATRAS, YARON. Rev. of Haspelmath and Tadmor (eds.), Loanwords in the world’s languages: A comparative
handbook. 88.3.647–52 (2012).
MATRAS, YARON. Romani: A linguistic introduction. BN by O. Thomason. 81.2.540–41 (2005).
MATRAS, YARON, and P. BAKKER. Bibliography of modern Romani linguistics. BN by M. Sawaie. 82.2.451–52
(2006).
MATRAS, YARON, and P. BAKKER (eds.) The mixed language debate: Theoretical and empirical advances. Rev. by
D. Winford. 85.1.223–28 (2009).
MATRAS, YARON, and V. ELŠÍK (eds.) Grammatical relations in Romani: The noun phrase. BN by A. P. Grant.
79.2.436–37 (2003).
MATRAS, YARON, and G. REERSHEMIUS. Low German (East Frisian dialect). BN by K. K. Grohmann. 81.3.782–83
(2005).
MATSUI, TOMOKO. Bridging and relevance. BN by C. Inchaurralde. 78.2.383–84 (2002).
Matter of taste, A: How names, fashions and culture change. By S. Lieberson. BN by E. Battistella. 78.2.350–52
(2002).
MATTHEWS, DAVID. Rev. of Machan, English in the Middle Ages. 82.3.659–62 (2006).
MATTHEWS, PETER H. Linguistics: A very short introduction. BN by U. Römer. 81.2.541 (2005).
MATTHEWS, PETER H. A short history of structural linguistics. Rev. by J. S. Falk. 79.1.204–7 (2003).
MATTHEWS, STEPHEN; U. ANSALDO; and L. LIM (eds.) Deconstructing creole. Rev. by M. Sebba. 85.2.454–57
(2009).
MATTHEWS, STEPHEN; B. COMRIE; and M. POLINSKY (eds.) The atlas of languages: The origin and development of
MATTHEWSON, LISA. Rev. of Chung and Ladusaw, Restriction and saturation. 83.2.425–29 (2007).
MATTHEWSON, LISA. Rev. of Roeper, The prism of grammar: How child language illuminates humanism. 86.4.982–
85 (2010).
MATTHIASSEN, CHRISTIAN M. I. M.; A. CAFFAREL; and J. R. MARTIN (eds.) Language typology: A functional
perspective. BN by G. H. Toops. 83.3.669–70 (2007).
MATUSHANSKY, ORA, and P. CABREDO HOFHERR (eds.) Adjectives: Formal analyses in syntax and semantics. Rev.
by N. Corver. 88.1.191–93 (2012).
MAURAIS, JACQUES, and M. A. MORRIS (eds.) Languages in a globalising world. BN by R. W. Hallett. 81.2.541–42
(2005).
MAURANEN, ANNA, and P. KUJAMÄKI (eds.) Translation universals: Do they exist? BN by L. Cyrus. 82.3.688–89
(2006).
MAVROGIORGOS, MARIOS. Clitics in Greek: A minimalist account of proclisis and enclisis. Rev. by A. Terzi.
88.4.908–10 (2012).
Maxent grammars for the metrics of Shakespeare and Milton. By B. Hayes, C. Wilson, and A. Shisko. 88.4.691–731
(2012).
MAXWELL, MICHAEL B. BN on Dressler, Pfeiffer, Pöchtrager, and Rennison (eds.), Morphological analysis in
comparison. 79.4.797–98 (2003).
MAXWELL, MICHAEL B. BN on McMahon, Lexical phonology and the history of English. 78.2.387–88 (2002).
MAXWELL, MICHAEL B. Rev. of Burton-Roberts, Carr, and Docherty (eds.), Phonological knowledge: Conceptual
and empirical issues. 78.4.766–69 (2002).
MAXWELL, MICHAEL B., and N. L. MORSE. Cubeo grammar. BN by T. J. Curnow. 78.2.376–77 (2002).
MAYBERRY, RACHEL I.; C. CHAMBERLAIN; and J. P. MORFORD (eds.) Language acquisition by eye. BN by Z. M.
Jeries. 77.4.872 (2001).
MAYNARD, DOUGLAS W. Bad news, good news: Conversational order in everyday talk and clinical settings. BN by
T. Jahn. 81.3.783 (2005).
MAYRHOFER, MANFRED. Die Personennamen in der Rgveda-Samhitā: Sicheres und Zweifelhaftes. BN by B. D.
Joseph. 80.4.897–98 (2004).
MAZZON, GABRIELLA. A history of English negation. BN by J. Foster. 83.4.918–19 (2007).
MAZUKA, REIKO; M. NAKAYAMA; and Y. SHIRAI (eds.) The handbook of East Asian psycholinguistics. Vol. 2:
Japanese. Rev. by N. Tsujimura. 85.2.480–84 (2009).
117
MCAULEY, T. E. (ed.) Language change in East Asia. BN by D. E. Walicek. 79.3.659–60 (2003).
MCCARTHY, JOHN J. Doing optimality theory: Applying theory to data. Rev. by E. Bonet. 85.4.942–44 (2009).
MCCARTHY, JOHN J. Hidden generalizations: Phonological opacity in optimality theory. Rev. by M. Krämer.
86.4.969–72 (2010).
MCCARTHY, JOHN J. Rev. of Watson, The phonology and morphology of Arabic. 80.4.865–67 (2004).
MCCARTHY, JOHN J. A thematic guide to optimality theory. Rev. by D. Archangeli. 82.4.924–27 (2006).
MCCARUS, ERNEST. Rev. of Ryding, A reference grammar of Modern Standard Arabic. 84.1.204–6 (2008).
MCCAWLEY, JAMES D., Obituary of. By J. Lawler. 79.3.614–25 (2003).
MCCLOY, DANIEL; S. MORAN; and R. WRIGHT. Revisiting population size vs. phoneme inventory size (Discussion
Note). 88.4.877–93 (2012).
MCCLURE, J. DERRICK. Doric: The dialect of North-East Scotland. BN by A. Bergs. 80.1.182–83 (2004).
MCCLURE, WILLIAM. Using Japanese: A guide to contemporary usage. BN by P. A. Watters. 81.4.1015 (2005).
MCCOLL MILLAR, ROBERT. BN on Beal, English pronunciation in the eighteenth century: Thomas Spence’s Grand
Repository of the English Language. 78.2.344–45 (2002).
MCCOLL MILLAR, ROBERT. BN on Braunmüller, De nordiske språk. 2nd edn. Trans. from German by J. O. Askedal.
77.1.195–96 (2001).
MCCOLL MILLAR, ROBERT. BN on Enger, The classification of strong verbs in Norwegian with special reference to
the Oslo dialect: A study in inflectional morphology. 78.1.189 (2002).
MCCOLL MILLAR, ROBERT. BN on Faarlund, Lie, and Vannebo, Norsk referanse-grammatik. 78.2.343–44 (2002).
MCCOLL MILLAR, ROBERT. BN on Fredsted, Analyser af dansk og tysk talesprog. 78.2.344 (2002).
MCCOLL MILLAR, ROBERT. BN on Guéron and Zribi-Hertz (eds.), La grammaire de la possession. 78.1.211–12
(2002).
MCCOLL MILLAR, ROBERT. BN on Jaffe, Ideologies in action: Language politics on Corsica. 78.1.186 (2002).
MCCOLL MILLAR, ROBERT. BN on Jucker, Fritz, and Lebsanft (eds.), Historical dialogue analysis. 78.1.188–89
(2002).
MCCOLL MILLAR, ROBERT. BN on Kenny, Curiosity in early Modern Europe word histories. 78.2.343 (2002).
MCCOLL MILLAR, ROBERT. BN on Leiss, Artikel und Aspekt: Die grammatischen Muster von Definitheit. 78.1.186–
87 (2002).
MCCOLL MILLAR, ROBERT. BN on Mæhlum, Mellom Skylla og Kharybdis: Forklaringsbegrepet i historisk språkvitenskap. 78.1.187–88 (2002).
MCCOLL MILLAR, ROBERT (rev.) Why do languages change? By R. L. Trask. Rev. by J. Aitchison. 88.1.221–24
(2012).
MCCONNELL-GINET, SALLY. Rev. of Coates, Men talk: Stories in the making of masculinity. 80.2.318–20 (2004).
MCCONNELL-GINET, SALLY. Words in the world: How and why meanings can matter. 84.3.497–527 (2008).
MCCONNELL-GINET, SALLY, and P. ECKERT. Language and gender. Rev. by J. Holmes. 80.4.846–49 (2004).
MCCONNELL-GINET, SALLY; W. HARBERT; A. MILLER; and J. WHITMAN (eds.) Language and poverty. RA by S. S.
Mufwene. 86.4.910–32 (2010).
MCCREADY, ERIC. BN on Kühnlein, Rieser, and Zeevat (eds.), Perspectives on dialogue in the new millennium.
82.3.687–88 (2006).
MCCREADY, ERIC. BN on Shudo, Presupposition and discourse functions of the Japanese particle mo. 81.1.291–92
(2005).
MCCREARY, DON R. BN on Cowie, English dictionaries for foreign learners: A history. 77.4.866–67 (2001).
MCCREARY, DON R. BN on Smead, Vocabulario vaquero/Cowboy talk: A dictionary of Spanish terms from the
American West. 82.4.960–61 (2006).
MCCREARY, DON R., and F. T. DOLEZAL. Pedagogical lexicography today: A critical bibliography on learners’
dictionaries with special emphasis on language learners and dictionary users. Rev. by Y. Tono. 77.4.835–37
(2001).
MCCULLY, CHRIS. Rev. of Giegerich, Lexical strata in English: Morphological causes, phonological effects.
81.4.984–89 (2005).
MCCULLY, CHRIS, and S. HILLES. The earliest English: An introduction to Old English language. BN by M. Keijzer.
82.4.958–59 (2006).
MCDONALD, EDWARD. BN on Cheng and Sybesma (eds.), The second Glot International state-of-the-article book:
The latest in linguistics. 81.2.515 (2005).
MCDONOUGH, JO, and C. SHAW. Materials and methods in ELT: A teacher’s guide. 2nd edn. BN by D. B. Barnard.
82.1.209–10 (2006).
MCDONOUGH, JOYCE. The Navajo sound system. Rev. by D. L. Everett. 83.1.211–14 (2007).
MCDONOUGH, KIM, and P. TROFIMOVICH (eds.) Applying priming methods to L2 learning, teaching and research:
Insights from psycholinguistics. Rev. by R. Meuter. 88.3.675–78 (2012).
118
MCDONOUGH, STEVEN. Applied linguistics in language education. BN by U. Römer. 81.2.542–43 (2005).
MCELHANON, KENNETH A. BN on Geeraerts, Diachronic prototype semantics: A contribution to historical lexicology. 78.2.388–89 (2002).
MCELHANON, KENNETH A. BN on Gibbs and Steen (eds.), Metaphor in cognitive linguistics: Selected papers from
the Fifth International Cognitive Linguistics Conference, Amsterdam, July 1997. 78.2.605–6 (2002).
MCELHANON, KENNETH A. BN on Panther and Radden (eds.), Metonymy in language and thought. 78.2.389–90
(2002).
MCELHANON, KENNETH A. BN on Peña Cervel, Topology and cognition: What image-schemas reveal about the
metaphorical language of emotions. 82.1.214 (2006).
MCENERY, TONY; A. WILSON; and P. RAYSON (eds.) A rainbow of corpora: Corpus linguistics and the languages of
the world. BN by H. Narrog. 80.4.904–5 (2004).
MCENERY, TONY, and R. XIAO. Aspect in Mandarin Chinese: A corpus-based study. BN by E. J. Vajda. 83.3.693
(2007).
MCFADDEN, THOMAS; A. ALEXIADOU; J. HANKAMER; J. NUGER; and F. SCHÄFER (eds.) Advances in comparative
MCGARRY, THERESA. BN on Prévost and Paradis (eds.), The acquisition of French in different contexts: Focus on
functional categories. 83.2.466 (2007).
MCGILVRAY, JAMES (ed.) The Cambridge companion to Chomsky. RA by R. A. Chametzky. 84.4.845–55 (2008).
MCGILVRAY, JAMES (ed.) Cartesian linguistics: A chapter in the history of rationalist thought. 2nd edn. By N.
Chomsky. BN by J. S. Falk. 81.3.774–75 (2005).
MCGINNIS, MARTHA. On markedness asymmetries in person and number (Discussion Note). 81.3.699–718 (2005).
MCGINNIS, MARTHA; P. BARBOSA; D. FOX; P. HAGSTROM; and D. PESETSKY (eds.) Is the best good enough?
MCGREGOR, WILLIAM B. Verb classification in Australian languages. BN by S. Banerji. 80.1.183 (2004).
MCHOMBO, SAM. The syntax of Chichewa. Rev. by K. Safir. 84.3.651–55 (2008).
MCILVENNY, PAUL (ed.) Talking gender and sexuality. BN by E. C. Ng. 80.2.352–53 (2004).
MCINTYRE, ANDREW; N. DEHÉ; R. JACKENDOFF; and S. URBAN (eds.) Verb-particle explorations. BN by N. Rojina.
80.2.342–43 (2004).
MCKANE MAULDIN, MARGARET, and J. MARTIN. A dictionary of Creek/Muskogee, with notes on the Florida and
Oklahoma Seminole dialects of Creek. BN by E. J. Vajda. 78.3.595–96 (2002).
MCKEAN, ERIN (ed.) Verbatim: From the bawdy to the sublime, the best writing on language for word lovers,
grammar mavens, and armchair linguists. BN by M. L. Murphy. 79.3.660–61 (2003).
MCKEE, CECILE. Rev. of Emmorey and Lane (eds.), The signs of language revisited: An anthology to honor Ursula
Bellugi and Edward Klima. 77.4.845–46 (2001).
MCKEE, CECILE. Rev. of Saxton, Child language: Acquisition and development. 87.3.655–58 (2011).
MCKENNA, MALACHY, and F. KELLY (eds.) Celtica, vol. 24: In memory of Brian Ó. Cuív. BN by D. Stifter.
81.4.1015–16 (2005).
MCKINNON, TIMOTHY; P. COLE; and G. HERMON. Object agreement and ‘pro-drop’ in Kerinci Malay. 87.4.715–50
(2011).
MCLAUGHLIN, LINDA. The language of magazines. BN by E. Battistella. 78.4.794–95 (2002).
MCLELLAND, NICOLA, and A. R. LINN (eds.) Standardization: Studies from the Germanic languages. BN by K. A.
Smith. 81.2.537–38 (2005).
MCMAHON, APRIL. An introduction to English phonology. BN by C. Rice. 79.2.445 (2003).
MCMAHON, APRIL. Lexical phonology and the history of English. BN by M. Maxwell. 78.2.387–88 (2002).
MCMAHON, APRIL, and B. AARTS (eds.) The handbook of English linguistics. Rev. by E. C. Traugott. 84.4.874–77
(2008).
MCMENAMIN, GERALD; R. LAURY; S. OKAMOTO; V. SAMIIAN; and K. V. SUBBARAO (eds.) Perspectives in
linguistics: Papers in honor of P. J. Mistry. BN by W. Bright. 83.3.680–81 (2007).
MCNABB, YARON; R. DORAN; G. WARD; M. LARSON; and R. E. BAKER. A novel experimental paradigm for
MCNALLY, LOUISE, and C. KENNEDY (eds.) Adjectives and adverbs: Syntax, semantics, and discourse. Rev. by R.
Eckardt. 86.2.450–52 (2010).
MCNALLY, LOUISE, and C. KENNEDY. Scale structure, degree modification, and the semantics of gradable
predicates. 81.2.345–81 (2005).
MCNEILL, DAVID (ed.) Language and gesture. BN by J.-C. Verstraete. 79.3.661 (2003).
MCSHANE, MARJORIE J. An innovative methodology for learning Polish inflection. BN by M. J. Elson. 83.4.919
(2007).
119
MCWHORTER, JOHN H. BN on Brustad, The syntax of spoken Arabic: A comparative study of Moroccan, Egyptian,
Syrian, and Kuwaiti dialects. 80.2.338–39 (2004).
MCWHORTER, JOHN H. BN on Kouwenberg (ed.), Twice as meaningful: Reduplication in pidgins, creoles and other
contact languages. 80.3.627–28 (2004).
MCWHORTER, JOHN H. (ed.) Language change and language contact in pidgins and creoles. BN by J. A. Walker.
78.3.596–97 (2002).
MCWHORTER, JOHN H. Linguistic simplicity and complexity: Why do languages undress? Rev. by A. Kihm.
88.3.657–60 (2012).
MCWHORTER, JOHN H. The missing Spanish creoles. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.1.222 (2003).
MCWHORTER, JOHN H. Rev. of Sampson, The ‘language instinct’ debate. 84.2.434–37 (2008).
Meaning and cognition: A multidisciplinary approach. Ed. by L. Albertazzi. BN by C. Xie. 79.1.213–14 (2003).
Meaning and universal grammar: Theory and empirical findings. Ed. by C. Goddard and A. Wierzbicka. Rev. by G.
van Driem. 80.1.163–65 (2004).
Meaning in interaction: The case of actually. By R. Clift. 77.2.245–91 (2001).
Meaning in language: An introduction to semantics and pragmatics. By D. A. Cruse. BN by S. C. Becker.
82.4.939–40 (2006).
Meaning in language: An introduction to semantics and pragmatics. By D. A. Cruse. BN by H. Ji. 78.1.180 (2002).
Meaning of everything, The: The story of the Oxford English Dictionary. By S. Winchester. BN by M. Pierce.
82.1.226 (2006).
Meaning predictability in word formation. By P. Štekauer. Rev. by C. L. Gagné. 84.3.661–63 (2008).
Meaning through language contrast. Ed. by K. M. Jaszczolt and K. Turner. BN by M. Callies. 81.2.529–30 (2005).
Measuring events. By G. V. Wyngaerd. 77.1.61–90 (2001).
Measuring linguistic complexity independent of plausibility. Discussion Note by J. Gruber and E. Gibson. 80.3.583–
90 (2004).
Mediating between concepts and grammar. Ed. by H. Härtl and H. Tappe. BN by P. Burkhardt. 82.4.949 (2006).
MEGENNEY, WILLIAM W. Aspectos del lenguaje afronegroide en Venezuela. BN by T. C. Frazer. 78.1.194–95
(2002).
MEIBAUER, JÖRG, and M. STEINBACH (eds.) Experimental pragmatics/semantics. Rev. by C. Cummins. 88.3.660–63
(2012).
MEIER, RICHARD P. Rev. of Mathur and Napoli (eds.), Deaf around the world: The impact of language. 88.2.436–39
(2012).
MEIER, RICHARD P.; A. CHEEK; K. CORMIER; and A. REPP. Prelinguistic gesture predicts mastery and error in the
MEIER, RICHARD P.; K. CORMIER; and D. QUINTO-POZOS (eds.) Modality and structure in signed and spoken
MEINSCHAEFER, JUDITH. BN on García Murga, El significado: Una introducción a la semántica. 81.2.524–25
(2005).
MEINSCHAEFER, JUDITH. Rev. of Grijzenhout and Kabak (eds.), Phonological domains: Universals and deviations.
87.1.201–3 (2011).
MEINUNGER, ANDRÉ. Syntactic aspects of topic and comment. BN by K. Chirkova. 79.2.445–46 (2003).
MEIR, IRIT. Iconicity and metaphor: Constraints on metaphorical extension of iconic forms. 86.4.865–96 (2010).
MEIR, IRIT, and M. ARONOFF. Rev. of Lieber and Štekauer (eds.), The Oxford handbook of compounding. 87.3.643–
46 (2011).
MEIR, IRIT, and M. ARONOFF. Rev. of Meier, Cormier, and Quinto-Pozos (eds.), Modality and structure in signed
and spoken languages. 81.3.742–45 (2005).
MEIR, IRIT; M. ARONOFF; and W. SANDLER. The paradox of sign language morphology. 81.2.301–44 (2005).
MEIRA, SÉRGIO; M. CREVELS; S. VAN DE KERKE; and H. VAN DER VOORT (eds.) Current studies on South American
MEIRA, SÉRGIO; S. LEVINSON; and THE LANGUAGE AND COGNITION GROUP. ‘Natural concepts’ in the spatial
topological domain—adpositional meanings in crosslinguistic perspective: An exercise in semantic typology.
79.3.485–516 (2003).
MEISEL, JÜRGEN M. Rev. of Muysken, Functional categories. 86.4.975–79 (2010).
MEISTER, EINAR; I. LEHISTE; N. AASMÄE; K. PAJUSALU; P. TERAS; and T.-R. VIITSO. Erzya prosody. BN by D.
Stifter. 82.4.955 (2006).
Mélanges David Cohen: Études sur le langage, les langues, les dialectes, les littératures, offertes par ses élèves, ses
collègues, ses amis; présentés à l’occasion de son quatre-vingtième anniversaire. Ed. by J. Lentin and A.
Lonnet. BN by P. T. Daniels. 83.1.221–22 (2007).
MELCHERS, GUNNEL, and P. SHAW. World Englishes: An introduction. BN by L. Gao. 82.1.210 (2006).
120
MELCHERS, GUNNEL; I. TAAVITSAINEN; and P. PAHTA (eds.) Writing in nonstandard English. BN by B. Kortmann.
78.2.385–86 (2002).
MELCHERT, H. CRAIG. Rev. of Hale, Historical linguistics: Theory and method. 85.1.203–6 (2009).
MELIS, ILDIKÓ, and R. DUEÑAS GONZÁLEZ (eds.) Language ideologies: Critical perspectives on the Official English
Movement. Vol. 1: Education and the social implications of official language. Vol. 2: History, theory, and
policy. BN by E. Battistella. 79.4.798–800 (2003).
MELIS, LUDO. La préposition en français. BN by H. J. Enns. 82.1.210–11 (2006).
MELLO, HELIANA. BN on Soares da Silva (ed.), Linguagem e cognição: A perspectiva da linguística cognitiva.
82.3.695–96 (2006).
Mellom Skylla og Kharybdis: Forklaringsbegrepet i historisk språkvitenskap. By B. Mæhlum. BN by R. McColl
Millar. 78.1.187 (2002).
MELNAR, LYNETTE R. Caddo verb morphology. BN by S. R. Anderson. 83.3.681 (2007).
Men talk: Stories in the making of masculinity. By J. Coates. Rev. by S. McConnell-Ginet. 80.2.318–20 (2004).
MÉNDEZ-NAYA, BELÉN; T. FANEGO; and E. SEOANE (eds.) Sounds, words, texts and change: Selected papers from
MENN, LISE, and N. BERNSTEIN RATNER (eds.) Methods for studying language production. BN by Z. Salzmann.
78.1.199 (2002).
Mental representation of inflected words, The: An experimental study of adjectives and verbs in German. By H.
Clahsen, S. Eisenbeiss, M. Hadler, and I. Sonnenstuhl. 77.3.510–43 (2001).
MERAJ, SHAHEEN; S. MANSOOR; and A. TAHIR (eds.) Language policy, planning, & practice: A South Asian
MERCADO, RAPHAEL; E. POTSDAM; and L. D. TRAVIS (eds.) Austronesian and theoretical linguistics. Rev. by P.
Kroeger. 88.1.206–9 (2012).
MERCHANT, JASON. BN on Donaldson, Dutch: A comprehensive grammar. 77.1.194–95 (2001).
MERCHANT, JASON. BN on Holton, Mackridge, and Philippaki-Warburton, Greek: A comprehensive grammar of the
modern language. 77.1.194–95 (2001).
MERCHANT, JASON. The syntax of silence. Rev. by H. Lasnik. 81.1.259–65 (2005).
MEREU, LUNELLA (ed.) Boundaries of morphology and syntax. BN by X. Villalba. 78.4.791–92 (2002).
Merkmale und Relationen: Diachrone Studien zur Nominalphrase des Deutschen. By U. Demske. BN by A.
Rosenbach. 78.2.365–66 (2002).
MERRILL, WILLIAM L., and I. GODDARD (eds.) Anthropology, history, and American Indians: Essays in honor of
William Curtis Sturtevant. BN by L. Conathan. 82.1.211 (2006).
MESSINEO, CRISTINA. Lengua toba (guaycurú): Aspectos gramaticales y discursivos. BN by C. González. 83.3.681–
82 (2007).
MESTHRIE, RAJEND (ed.) Language in South Africa. BN by S. H. Keiser. 83.1.223–24 (2007).
MESTHRIE, RAJEND; B. KORTMANN; K. BURRIDGE; E. W. SCHNEIDER; and C. UPTON (eds.) A handbook of varieties
of English. Rev. by T. Odlin. 84.1.193–96 (2008).
MESTHRIE, RAJEND; J. SWANN; A. DEUMERT; and W. L. LEAP. Introducing sociolinguisics. BN by Z. Salzmann.
77.4.851–52 (2001).
Metalanguage: Social and ideological perspectives. Ed. by A. Jaworski, N. Coupland, and D. Galasiński. BN by D.
E. Walicek. 83.3.677 (2007).
Metaphor: A practical introduction. By Z. Kövecses. BN by I. Checa-García. 79.4.809–10 (2003).
Metaphor and metonymy at the crossroads: A cognitive approach. Ed. by A. Barcelona. BN by C. Xie. 79.3.644–45
(2003).
Metaphor and metonymy in comparison and contrast. Ed. by R. Dirven and R. Pörings. BN by C. Xie. 80.2.344
(2004).
Metaphor in cognitive linguistics: Selected papers from the Fifth International Cognitive Linguistics Conference,
Amsterdam, July 1997. Ed. by R. W. Gibbs, Jr. and G. J. Steen. BN by K. A. McElhanon. 78.3.605–6 (2002).
Metaphor in context. By J. Stern. BN by A. D. Strand. 78.4.789–90 (2002).
Metaphorically speaking. By P. D. Nogales. BN by H. K. Conrad. 78.2.374–75 (2002).
Methods for studying language production. Ed. by L. Menn and N. Bernstein Ratner. BN by Z. Salzmann. 78.1.199
(2002).
Metonymy in language and thought. Ed. by K.-U. Panther and G. Radden. BN by K. A. McElhanon. 78.2.389–90
(2002).
Meter in poetry: A new theory. By N. Fabb and M. Halle. Rev. by P. Kiparsky. 85.4.923–30 (2009).
Methods in historical pragmatics. Ed. by S. M. Fitzmaurice and I. Taavitsainen. Rev. by S. Romaine. 85.3.719–20
(2009).
Metre of Beowulf, The: A constraint-based approach. By M. Getty. Rev. by T. Riad. 80.4.852–55 (2004).
121
METSLANG, HELLE, and M. RANNUT (eds.) Languages in development. BN by Z. Salzmann. 81.2.543 (2005).
MEUTER, RENATA. Rev. of Trofimovich and McDonough (eds.), Applying priming methods to L2 learning, teaching
and research: Insights from psycholinguistics. 88.3.675–78 (2012).
MEY, JACOB L. Pragmatics: An introduction. 2nd edn. BN by M. Shappeck. 80.1.183–84 (2004).
MEY, JACOB L. When voices clash: A study in literary pragmatics. (Trends in linguistics, studies and monographs
115.) BN by N. Watanabe. 77.1.187–88 (2001).
MEY, JACOB L.; P. CHILTON; and M. V. ILYIN (eds.) Political discourse in transition in Europe 1989–1991. Rev. by
A. Eminov. 78.3.571–73 (2002).
MEYER, ANTJE S., and N. O. SCHILLER (eds.) Phonetics and phonology in language comprehension and production.
BN by S. Gahl. 82.1.222 (2006).
MEYER, CHARLES F. English corpus linguistics: An introduction. BN by D. Aichele. 80.3.640 (2004).
MEYER, CHARLES F., and H. TAO. Response to Newmeyer’s ‘Grammar is grammar and usage is usage’ (Discussion
Note). 81.1.226–28 (2005).
MEYERHOFF, MIRIAM; J. POPE; and D. R. LADD. Forty years of language change on Martha’s Vineyard (Short
Report). 83.3.615–27 (2007).
Miami-Illinois language, The. By D. J. Costa. BN by L. Conathan. 82.1.193 (2006).
MICCIULLA, LINNEA. BN on Fox, Prosodic features and prosodic structure: The phonology of suprasegmentals.
78.2.390 (2002).
MICELI, LUISA. BN on Mous, The making of a mixed language: The case of Ma’a/Mbugu. 82.1.211–12 (2006).
MICHAEL, LEV D., and M. J. CROWHURST. Iterative footing and prominence-driven stress in Nanti (Kampa).
81.1.47–95 (2005).
MICHAELIS, LAURA A. Aspectual grammar and past-time reference. BN by K. Chirkova. 77.3.635–36 (2001).
MICHAELIS, LAURA A. Rev. of Croft and Cruse, Cognitive linguistics. 82.4.898–902 (2006).
MICHAELS, DAVID; R. MARTIN; and J. URIAGEREKA (eds.) Step by step. Rev. by K. K. Grohmann. 78.1.161–64
(2002).
Microstructure of lexicon-grammar interaction, The: A study of ‘gold’ in English and Arabic. By L. Behrens and H.J. Sasse. BN by A. S. Kaye. 82.3.670–71 (2006).
MIEDEMA, JELLE; C. ODÉ; and R. A. C. DAM (eds.) Perspectives on the Bird’s Head of Irian Jaya, Indonesia:
MIELKE, JEFF. The emergence of distinctive features. Rev. by A. C. Cohn. 87.3.647–49 (2011).
MIESTAMO, MATTI. BN on King, Modern Welsh: A comprehensive grammar. 2nd edn. 81.2.532–33 (2005).
MIESTAMO, MATTI; K. SINNEMÄKI; and F. KARLSSON (eds.) Language complexity: Typology, contact, change. Rev.
MIGGE, BETTINA. Creole formation as language contact: The case of the Suriname creoles. BN by G. T. Childs.
82.3.689 (2006).
MIGGE, BETTINA. Rev. of Siegel, The emergence of pidgin and creole languages. 85.4.947–50 (2009).
MIIKKULAINEN, RISTO, and M. A. REDFORD. Effects of acquisition rate on emergent structure in phonological
development. 83.4.737–69 (2007).
MILAMBILING, JOYCE. BN on Edwards, Multilingualism in the English-speaking world. 83.2.458–59 (2007).
MILLER, AMANDA. BN on Cho, The effects of prosody on articulation in English. 83.2.457–58 (2007).
MILLER, AMANDA; W. HARBERT; S. MCCONNELL-GINET; and J. WHITMAN (eds.) Language and poverty. RA by S.
S. Mufwene. 86.4.910–32 (2010).
MILLER, D. GARY. Latin suffixal derivatives in English and their Indo-European ancestry. Rev. by B. W. Fortson
IV. 85.3.727–32 (2009).
MILLER, D. GARY. Nonfinite structures in theory and change. Rev. by C. T. Schütze and D. Schueler. 83.2.443–45
(2007).
MILLER, D. GARY. RA on Lightfoot, How new languages emerge. 85.1.175–83 (2009).
MILLER, JIM, and R. WEINERT. Spontaneous spoken language: Syntax and discourse. BN by J. Dailey-O’Cain.
77.3.613–14 (2001).
MILLER, MARION. Desano grammar. BN by S. Wichmann. 78.4.804–5 (2002).
MILLER, MARK. BN on Falk, Lexical-functional grammar: An introduction to parallel constraint-based syntax.
79.4.800 (2003).
MILLER, NICHOLAS P. BN on Schmitt (ed.), An introduction to applied linguistics. 80.3.636 (2004).
MILLER, PAUL ALLEN. BN on Dickey, Latin forms of address: From Plautus to Apuleius. 81.2.521 (2005).
MILLIKAN, RUTH GARRETT. Varieties of meaning: The 2002 Jean Nicod lecturers. BN by S. C. Becker. 83.4.919–20
(2007).
122
MILLS, CARL. BN on Rudanko, Diachronic studies of English complementation patterns: Eighteenth century
evidence in tracing the development of verbs and adjectives selecting prepositions and complement clauses.
78.1.195–96 (2002).
MILLS, MARGARET H. (ed.) Slavic gender linguistics. Rev. by C. M. Vakareliyska. 77.2.363–65 (2001).
MILLS, SARA. Gender and politeness. BN by E. G. Winkler. 81.4.1016–17 (2005).
MILLS, SARA. Rev. of Dunayer, Animal equality: Language and liberation. 78.3.581–83 (2002).
MILROY, JAMES. Rev. of Lodge, A sociolinguistic history of Parisian French. 84.2.419–22 (2008).
MILROY, JAMES, and L. MILROY. Authority in language: Investigating Standard English. 3rd edn. BN by G. T.
Childs. 77.1.173–74 (2001).
MILROY, LESLEY, and J. MILROY. Authority in language: Investigating Standard English. 3rd edn. BN by G. T.
Childs. 77.1.173–74 (2001).
MILSARK, GARY. Rev. of Smith, Chomsky: Ideas and ideals. 77.3.599–600 (2001).
Mind and cognition: An anthology. 2nd edn. Ed. by W. Lycan. BN by V. Haser. 77.2.389–90 (2001).
Mind doesn’t work that way, The: The scope and limits of computational psychology. By J. Fodor. Rev. by R.
Jackendoff. 78.1.164–70 (2002).
MINEGISHI, MAKOTO; Y. KAWAGUCHI; and J. DURAND (eds.) Corpus analysis and variation in linguistics. Rev. by
H. Basbøll. 87.1.210–12 (2011).
MINETT, JAMES W., and W. S.-Y. WANG (eds.) Language, evolution, and the brain. Rev. by S. Lamb. 86.4.973–75
(2010).
Minimal answers: Ellipsis, syntax and discourse in the acquisition of European Portuguese. By A. L. Santos. Rev.
by R. Thornton. 87.1.229–34 (2011).
Minimal words in a minimal syntax: Word formation in Swedish. By G. Josefsson. BN by K. K. Grohmann.
78.4.816 (2002).
Minimalist approach to scrambling, A: Evidence from Persian. By S. Karimi. Rev. by J. Ghomeshi. 84.3.646–48
(2008).
Minimalist parameter, The: Selected papers from the Open Linguistics Forum, Ottawa, 21–23 March 1997. Ed. by
G. M. Alexandrova and O. Arnaudova. BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.4.825–26 (2002).
Minimalist syntax. Ed. by R. Hendrick. Rev. by C. Boeckx. 81.1.257–59 (2005).
Minimality effects in syntax. Ed. by A. Stepanov, G. Fanselow, and R. Vogel. BN by D. Ntelitheos. 83.4.923–24
(2007).
MINKOVA, DONKA. Alliteration and sound change in early English. Rev. by G. Russom. 81.3.745–48 (2005).
MINKOVA, DONKA. RA on van Gelderen, A history of the English language; Hogg and Denison (eds.), A history of
the English language; and Mugglestone (ed.), The Oxford history of English. 85.4.893–907 (2009).
MINKOVA, DONKA, and R. STOCKWELL (eds.) Studies in the history of the English language: A millennial
perspective. Rev. by L. J. Brinton. 80.3.601–5 (2004).
MINTZ, TOBEN H., and D. BYRD. Discovering speech, words, and mind. Rev. by J. F. Werker. 88.1.185–88 (2012).
Mirror neurons and the evolution of brain and language. Ed. by M. I. Stamenov and V. Gallese. BN by W. Schulze.
81.4.1021–22 (2005).
Mirror of grammar, The: Theology, philosophy and the Modistae. By L. G. Kelly. BN by D. Golumbia. 82.2.458
(2006).
MIRTO, IGNAZIO, and N. LA FAUCI. Fare: Elementi di sintassi. BN by R. D’Alessandro. 82.1.205 (2006).
Misapplying working-memory tests: A reductio ad absurdum. Discussion Note by P. Hofmeister, L. Staum
Casasanto, and I. A. Sag. 88.2.408–9 (2012).
Miscellanea Indo-Europea. Ed. by E. C. Polomé. BN by E. R. Luján. 77.4.865–66 (2001).
MISHRA, RAMESH KUMAR. BN on Pechmann and Habel (eds.), Multidisciplinary approaches to language
production. 83.3.688–89 (2007).
Missing Spanish creoles, The. By J. H. McWhorter. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.1.222 (2003).
Missionary linguistics/Lingüística misionera: Selected papers from the first International Conference on Missionary
Linguistics, Oslo, 13–16 March 2003. Ed. by O. Zwartjes and E. Hovdhaugen. BN by P. T. Daniels. 83.1.236
(2007).
MITCHELL, ROSAMOND, and F. MYLES. Second language learning theories. BN by M. Picard. 77.1.178–79 (2001).
MITCHELL, ROSAMOND, and F. MYLES. Second language learning theories. 2nd edn. BN by M. Callies. 83.3.682–83
(2007).
MITHEN, STEVEN. The singing Neanderthals: The origins of music, language, mind and body. Rev. by P. Lieberman.
85.3.732–36 (2009).
MITHUN, MARIANNE. The extension of dependency beyond the sentence. 84.1.69–119 (2008).
MITHUN, MARIANNE. The languages of native North America. Rev. by K. Rice. 77.2.356–60 (2001).
123
Mitigazione, La: Un approccio pragmatica alla communicazione nei contesti terapeutici. By C. Caffi. BN by A.
Capone. 80.4.879–80 (2004).
MITTERER, HOLGER; J. P. DE RUITER; and N. J. ENFIELD. Projecting the end of a speaker’s turn: A cognitive
cornerstone of conversation. 82.3.515–35 (2006).
Mixed artificial languages. By A. Libert. BN by Z. Salzmann. 82.1.207 (2006).
Mixed language debate, The: Theoretical and empirical advances. Ed. by Y. Matras and P. Bakker. Rev. by D.
Winford. 85.1.223–28 (2009).
MIYAGAWA, SHIGERU. Why agree? Why move? Unifying agreement-based and discourse-configurational
languages. Rev. by A. Holmberg. 87.1.218–21 (2011).
MIYAMOTO, TADAO. BN on Iwasaki, Japanese. 81.3.779–80 (2005).
MIYAMOTO, TADAO. BN on Sproat, A computational theory of writing systems. 79.4.822–23 (2003).
MIYAMOTO, TADAO, and J. F. KESS. The Japanese mental lexicon: Psycholinguistic studies of kana and kanji
processing. BN by R. A. Brown. 78.2.352–53 (2002).
MIYAOKA, OSAHITO, and F. ENDO (eds.) Languages of the North Pacific Rim. BN by E. Battistella. 78.2.372–73
(2002).
Modal adverbs and discourse: Two essays. By A. Capone. BN by G. van Ostaeyen. 81.2.514–15 (2005).
Modal verbs in Danish. By S. Brandt. BN by M. Pierce. 78.1.196–97 (2002).
Modalité épistémique en basque, La. By G. Jendraschek. BN by H. Narrog. 81.2.530–31 (2005).
Modality. By P. Portner. Rev. by V. Hacquard. 86.3.739–41 (2010).
Modality: Issues in the semantics-pragmatics interface. By A. Papafragou. BN by M. Carretero. 79.2.448 (2003).
Modality and its interaction with the verbal system. Ed. by S. Barbiers, F. Beukema, and W. van der Wurff. BN by
J. Gutiérrez-Rexach. 79.4.828–29 (2003).
Modality and structure in signed and spoken languages. Ed. by R. P. Meier, K. Cormier, and D. Quinto-Pozos. Rev.
by M. Aronoff and I. Meir. 81.3.742–45 (2005).
Modality and the Japanese language. By Y. Johnson. BN by H. Narrog. 81.4.1008–9 (2005).
Modality in contemporary English. Ed. by R. Facchinetti, M. Krug, and F. Palmer. BN by R. Chen. 82.1.197 (2006).
Modals without scales. By A. R. Deal. 87.3.559–85 (2011).
Modeling ungrammaticality in optimality theory. Ed. by C. Rice and S. Blaho. Rev. by L. J. Downing. 87.2.423–26
(2011).
Models of language acquisition: Inductive and deductive approaches. Ed. by P. Broeder and J. Murre. BN by S. A.
Myers. 79.2.430 (2003). —also BN by D. E. Walicek. 81.2.513–14 (2005).
MODER, CAROL LYNN, and A. MARTINOVIC-ZIC (eds.) Discourse across languages and cultures. BN by J. Riepe.
83.3.683 (2007).
Modern Arabic: Structures, functions, and varieties. By C. Holes. BN by M. Sawaie. 83.2.461 (2007).
Modern Chinese: History and sociolinguistics. By P. Chen. BN by K. S. Chung. 78.1.203–4 (2002).
Modern Iraqi Arabic: A textbook. By Y. M. Alkalesi. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.3.604–5 (2002).
Modern lexicography: An introduction. By H. Béjoint. BN by Z. Salzmann. 78.2.391–92 (2002).
Modern Welsh: A comprehensive grammar. 2nd edn. By G. King. BN by M. Miestamo. 81.2.532–33 (2005).
Modern written Arabic: A comprehensive grammar. By E. Badawi, M. G. Carter, and A. Gully. BN by A. S. Kaye.
82.1.186–87 (2006).
Modes of discourse: The local structure of texts. By C. S. Smith. Rev. by B. J. Birner. 83.4.904–7 (2007).
Modifying adjuncts. Ed. by E. Lang, C. Maienborn, and C. Fabricius-Hansen. BN by J. L. González Escribano.
81.2.535–36 (2005).
MODRAK, DEBORAH K. W. Aristotle’s theory of language and meaning. BN by A. Gianto. 79.3.661–62 (2003).
MOHAMMAD, MOHAMMAD A. Word order, agreement and pronominalization in standard and Palestinian Arabic.
BN by A. S. Kaye. 77.3.642 (2001).
MOHAN, BERNARD; C. LEUNG; and C. DAVIDSON (eds.) English as a second language in the mainstream: Teaching,
learning and identity. BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.2.368–69 (2002).
MÖHLIG, WILHELM J. G.; L. MARTEN; and J. U. KAVARI. A grammatical sketch of Herero (Otjiherero). BN by B.
Wald. 83.1.224–25 (2007).
MOLINIÉ, GEORGES. Sémiostylistique: L’effet de l’art. BN by H. Perdicoyianni-Paléologou. 77.2.405 (2001).
MOLNÁR, VALÉRIA. Rev. of Breul and Göbbel (eds.), Comparative and contrastive studies of information structure.
87.4.894–97 (2011).
MOLOI, FRANCINA; K. DEMUTH; and ‘M. MACHOBANE. Learning how to license null noun-class prefixes in Sesotho.
85.4.864–83 (2009).
MOLOI, FRANCINA; K. DEMUTH; ‘M. MACHOBANE; and C. ODATO. Learning animacy hierarchy effects in Sesotho
MONACHESI, PAOLA. A lexical approach to Italian cliticization. BN by A. R. Luís. 81.1.283 (2005).
124
MONACHESI, PAOLA; C. BEYSSADE; R. BOK-BENNEMA; and F. DRIJKONINGEN (eds.) Romance languages and
MONDORF, BRITTA. More support for more-support: The role of processing constraints on the choice between
synthetic and analytic comparative forms. Rev. by O. Fischer. 87.2.416–20 (2011).
MONDORF, BRITTA. Rev. of Wanner, Deconstructing the English passive. 88.2.452–57 (2012).
MONDORF, BRITTA, and G. ROHDENBURG (eds.) Determinants of grammatical variation in English. BN by A. Bergs.
81.1.288–89 (2005).
MONTRUL, SILVINA A. The acquisition of Spanish: Morphosyntactic development in monolingual and bilingual L1
acquisition and adult L2 acquisition. BN by M. A. Dziugis. 83.3.683–84 (2007).
Mood and modality. 2nd edn. By F. R. Palmer. BN by G. H. Toops. 79.4.816–17 (2003).
MOODY, ANDREW. BN on Niemi, Odlin, Heikkinen (eds.), Language contact, variation, and change. 79.4.842–43
(2003).
MOODY, SIMANIQUE; C. COLLINS; and P. M. POSTAL. An AAE camouflage construction. 84.1.29–68 (2008).
MOON, ROSUMUND. Fixed expressions and idioms in English: A corpus-based approach. Rev. by T. E. Nunnally.
78.1.172–77 (2002).
MOORE, JOHN. Rev. of Davies and Dubinsky (eds.), Objects and other subjects: Grammatical functions, functional
categories, and configurationality. 85.2.468–73 (2009).
MOORE, JOHN, and F. ACKERMAN. Proto-properties and grammatical encoding: A correspondence theory of argument selection. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 81.3.766–67 (2005).
MOORE, JOHN, and D. M. PERLMUTTER. Language-internal explanation: The distribution of Russian impersonals.
78.4.619–50 (2002).
MORAN, STEVEN; D. MCCLOY; and R. WRIGHT. Revisiting population size vs. phoneme inventory size (Discussion
Note). 88.4.877–93 (2012).
MORANI, MORENO. Introduzione alla linguistica latina. BN by L. Blumenfeld. 80.3.630–31 (2004).
MORAVCSIK, EDITH. BN on Havas, The Marrism syndrome: Stalinism and linguistics. 80.3.624–25 (2004).
MORAVCSIK, EDITH. BN on Luraghi and Thornton, Linguistica generale: Esercitazioni e autoverifica. 82.4.957
(2006).
More on names, rather on A name. Letter to Language by P. T. Daniels. 84.4.684 (2008).
More on the future of Language. Letter to Language by M. Haspelmath. 82.3.480 (2006).
More support for more-support: The role of processing constraints on the choice between synthetic and analytic
comparative forms. By B. Mondorf. Rev. by O. Fischer. 87.2.416–20 (2011).
MORENO-FERNÁNDEZ, FRANCISCO; T. TAKAGAKI; S. ZAIMA; Y. TSURUGA; and Y. KAWAGUCHI (eds.) Corpus-based
MORFORD, JILL P. Rev. of Szagun, Wie Sprache entsteht: Spracherwerb bei Kindern mit beeinträchtigtem und
normalem Hören. 82.1.179–82 (2006).
MORFORD, JILL P.; C. CHAMBERLAIN; and R. I. MAYBERRY (eds.) Language acquisition by eye. BN by Z. M. Jeries.
77.4.872 (2001).
MORGAN, GARY; N. SMITH; I. TSIMPLI; and B. WOLL. The signs of a savant: Language against the odds. Rev. by R.
Hawkins. 88.1.218–21 (2012).
MORGAN, MARCYLIENA. Language, power and discourse in African American culture. BN by I. M. Laversuch.
80.4.898–99 (2004).
MORI, JUNKO. Negotiating agreement and disagreement in Japanese: Connective expressions and turn construction.
BN by S. A. Schwenter. 78.2.349–50 (2002).
MORO, ANDREA. Dynamic antisymmetry. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.3.662–63 (2003).
Morphological analysis in comparison. Ed. by W. U. Dressler, O. E. Pfeiffer, M. Pöchtrager, and J. R. Rennison.
BN by M. Maxwell. 79.4.797–98 (2003).
Morphological productivity. By L. Bauer. BN by J. Barðdal. 79.3.646 (2003).
Morphological structure in language processing. Ed. by R. H. Baayen and R. Schreuder. Rev. by I. Plag. 83.1.196–
99 (2007).
Morphology 2000: Selected papers from the 9th morphology meeting, Vienna, 24–28 February 2000. Ed. by S.
Bendjaballah, W. U. Dressler, O. E. Pfeiffer, and M. D. Voeikova. BN by K. Fudeman. 79.3.646–47 (2003).
Morphology of Chinese, The: A linguistic and cognitive approach. By J. L. Packard. Rev. by K. Chirkova. 78.3.586–
88 (2002).
Morphology of Dutch, The. By G. Booij. Rev. by L. Bauer. 79.3.626–28 (2003).
Morphology-driven syntax: A theory of V to I raising and pro-drop. By B. Rohrbacher. BN by J. Gutiérrez-Rexach.
78.1.207 (2002).
125
MORRIS, MICHAEL A., and J. MAURAIS (eds.) Languages in a globalising world. BN by R. W. Hallett. 81.2.541–42
(2005).
MORSE, NANCY L., and M. B. MAXWELL. Cubeo grammar. BN by T. J. Curnow. 78.2.376–77 (2002).
MORTENSEN, CHARLES A. A reference grammar of the Northern Embera languages. BN by T. J. Curnow. 78.2.376
(2002).
MOSCOSO DEL PRADO MARTÍN, FERMÍN, and R. H. BAAYEN. Semantic density and past-tense formation in three
Germanic languages. 81.3.666–98 (2005).
MOSS, LAWRENCE S; J. GINZBURG; and M. DE RIJKE (eds.) Logic, language and information. Vol. 2. BN by A.
Pietarinen. 77.2.396–97 (2001).
MOSS, MICHAEL D. A reduced theory of theta-role and case assignment and binding. BN by M. Padayodi. 83.3.684–
85 (2007).
Most. By M. Ariel. 80.4.658–706 (2004).
‘Most’—A correction. Letter to Language by M. Ariel. 81.1.6 (2005).
Motivated sign, The: Iconicity in language and literature 2. Ed. by O. Fischer and M. Nänny. BN by T. L. Holm.
79.2.437–38 (2003).
Motives for language change. Ed. by R. Hickey. BN by A. Gianto. 80.4.893 (2004).
MOUGEON, RAYMOND; R. KING; and F. MARTINEAU. The interplay of internal and external factors in grammatical
MOUGEON, RAYMOND, and F. MARTINEAU. A sociolinguistic study of the origins of ne deletion in European and
Quebec French. 79.1.118–52 (2003).
MOULINIER, ISABELLE, and P. JACKSON. Natural language processing for online applications: Text retrieval,
extraction and categorization. BN by K. B. Cohen. 80.1.178 (2004).
MOULTON, WILLIAM G., Obituary of. By M. L. Louden. 84.1.161–69 (2008).
MOUS, MAARTEN. The making of a mixed language: The case of Ma’a/Mbugu. BN by L. Miceli. 82.1.211–12
(2006).
MOUS, MAARTEN; M. QORRO; and R. KIESSLING. Iraqw-English dictionary. BN by B. Wald. 83.1.225 (2007).
Movement and silence. By R. S. Kayne. Rev. by A. Carnie. 84.2.411–15 (2008).
Movement in language: Interactions and architectures. By N. Richards. Rev. by A. Watanabe. 80.3.608–12 (2004).
MOYSE-FAURIE, CLAIRE, and J. SABEL (eds.) Topics in Oceanic morphosyntax. Rev. by W. A. Foley. 88.4.910–14
(2012).
MUFWENE, SALIKOKO S. The ecology of language evolution. Rev. by P. Mühlhäusler. 81.1.265–68 (2005).
MUFWENE, SALIKOKO S. The role of mother-tongue schooling in eradicating poverty: A response to Language and
poverty, ed. by W. Harbert, with S. McConnell-Ginet, A. Miller, and J. Whitman (Review Article). 86.4.910–32
(2010).
MUGANE, JOHN M. A paradigmatic grammar of Gĩkũyũ. BN by B. Wald. 77.4.857 (2001).
MUGGLESTONE, LYNDA (ed.) Lexicography and the OED: Pioneers in the untrodden forest. BN by E. Battistella.
79.2.446–47 (2003).
MUGGLESTONE, LYNDA (ed.) The Oxford history of English. RA by D. Minkova. 85.4.893–907 (2009).
MUGGLESTONE, LYNDA. Talking proper: The rise of accent as social symbol. 2nd edn. Rev. by R. W. Bailey.
81.1.269–71 (2005).
MÜHLEISEN, SUSANNE. Creole discourse: Exploring prestige formation and change across Caribbean Englishlexicon creoles. BN by J. T. Farquharson. 83.3.685 (2007).
MÜHLHÄUSLER, PETER. Rev. of Mufwene, The ecology of language evolution. 81.1.265–68 (2005).
MÜHLHÄUSLER, PETER; T. E. DUTTON; and S. ROMAINE. Tok Pisin texts: From the beginning to the present. BN by
S. Robinson. 82.2.458–59 (2006).
MÜLLER, FRANK; P. AUER; and E. COUPER-KUHLEN. Language in time: The rhythm and tempo of spoken
interaction. BN by B. Collins. 77.1.190–91 (2001).
MÜLLER, GEREON, and W. STERNEFELD (eds.) Competition in syntax. BN by B. Wald. 79.4.841–42 (2003).
MÜLLER, GEREON; U. LUTZ; and A. VON STECHOW (eds.) Wh-scope marking. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 78.2.377–78
(2002).
MÜLLER, NICOLE. Agents in Early Welsh and Early Irish. BN by J. F. Eska. 78.4.812 (2002).
MÜLLER, STEFAN. Complex predicates: Verbal complexes, resultative constructions, and particle verbs in German.
Rev. by K. de Kuthy. 84.4.888–92 (2008).
MÜLLER, STEFAN. Phrasal or lexical constructions? (Discussion Note) 82.4.850–83 (2006).
(Multi) media translation: Concepts, practices, and research. Ed. by Y. Gambier and H. Gottlieb. BN by L.
Multidisciplinary approaches to language production. Ed. by T. Pechmann and C. Habel. BN by R. K. Mishra.
83.3.688–89 (2007).
126
Multilingual capital: The languages of London’s schoolchildren and their relevance to economic, social and educational policies. Ed. by P. Baker and J. Eversley. BN by A. P. Grant. 78.4.814–15 (2002).
Multilingualism in China: The politics of writing reforms for minority languages 1949–2002. By M. Zhou. Rev. by
J. M. Unger. 81.3.761–65 (2005).
Multilingualism in the English-speaking world. By V. Edwards. BN by J. Milambiling. 83.2.458–59 (2007).
Multiple voices: An introduction to bilingualism. By C. Myers-Scotton. Rev. by E. Lanza. 84.4.892–97 (2008).
Munca şi Răsplata ei: Secolele XVII–XVIII. Studiu de terminologie. By M. M. Busuioc. BN by S. Stoenescu.
80.2.339–40 (2004).
Mundart von Bosco Gurin, Die: Eine synchronische und diachronische Untersuchung. By C. V. J. Russ. BN by R.
Felty. 82.1.220–21 (2006).
MUNRO, PAMELA, and F. H. LOPEZ (eds. with Olivia V. Méndez, Rodrigo Garcia, and Michael R. Galant).
Di’csyonaary X:tèe’n Dìi’zh Sah Sann Lu’uc—San Lucas Quiaviní Zapotec dictionary. BN by V. Haser.
77.2.390 (2001).
MUO, MARTIN C., and A. K. BANGURA. United States Congress and bilingual education. BN by E. Battistella.
79.4.828 (2003).
MURDOCH, AMELIA C. National Museum of Language open for business (Letter to Language). 84.3.469–70 (2008).
MURPHY, GREGORY L. Rev. of Evans, How words mean: Lexical concepts, cognitive models, and meaning
construction. 87.2.393–96 (2011).
MURPHY, M. LYNNE. BN on Altenberg and Granger (eds.), Lexis in contrast: Corpus-based approaches. 81.3.768–
69 (2005).
MURPHY, M. LYNNE. BN on Apresjan, Systematic lexicography. 79.3.643–44 (2003).
MURPHY, M. LYNNE. BN on Bennett, Semantics: An introduction to non-lexical aspects of meaning. 81.3.770–71
(2005).
MURPHY, M. LYNNE. BN on Bouillon and Busa (eds.), The language of word meaning. 82.3.672–73 (2006).
MURPHY, M. LYNNE. BN on Horn, A natural history of negation. Rev. edn. 82.3.684 (2006).
MURPHY, M. LYNNE. BN on Jones, Antonymy: A corpus-based perspective. 79.4.840–41 (2003).
MURPHY, M. LYNNE. BN on McKean (ed.), Verbatim: From the bawdy to the sublime, the best writing on language
for word lovers, grammar mavens, and armchair linguists. 79.3.660–61 (2003).
MURPHY, M. LYNNE. BN on Tognini-Bonelli, Corpus linguistics at work. 80.2.359 (2004).
MURPHY, M. LYNNE. Rev. of Ravin and Leacock (eds.), Polysemy: Theoretical and computational approaches.
79.1.207–10 (2003).
MURPHY, M. LYNNE. Semantic relations and the lexicon: Antonymy, synonymy, and other paradigms. BN by A.
Gianto. 82.3.689–90 (2006).
MURRAY, ROBERT W. Rev. of Phillips, Word frequency and lexical diffusion. 85.2.487–90 (2009).
MURRE, JAAP, and P. BROEDER (eds.) Models of language acquisition: Inductive and deductive approaches. BN by
S. A. Myers. 79.2.430 (2003). —also BN by D. E. Walicek. 81.2.513–14 (2005).
MUSAN, RENATE. The German perfect: Its semantic composition and its interactions with temporal adverbials. BN
by L. Roels. 81.3.784 (2005).
MUSGRAVE, SIMON; M. DONOHUE; B. WHITING; and S. WICHMANN. Typological feature analysis models linguistic
MUSHIN, ILANA. Evidentiality and epistemological stance: Narrative retelling. BN by T. J. Curnow. 79.3.663
(2003).
MUSHIN, ILANA, and J. SIMPSON. Free to bound to free? Interactions between pragmatics and syntax in the
development of Australian pronominal systems. 84.3.566–96 (2008).
Music, language, and the brain. By A. Patel. Rev. by P. Lieberman. 85.3.732–36 (2009).
MUSOLINO, JULIEN. Rev. of de Boysson-Bardies, How language comes to children: From birth to two years. Trans.
by M. B. DeBoise. 77.3.585–87 (2001).
MUTAKA, NGESSIMO N., with P. N. TAMANJI. An introduction to African linguistics. BN by U. Seibert. 80.1.184–85
(2004).
MUYSKEN, PIETER. Bilingual speech, a typology of code-mixing. Rev. by C. Myers-Scotton. 78.2.330–33 (2002).
MUYSKEN, PIETER. Functional categories. Rev. by J. M. Meisel. 86.4.975–79 (2010).
MUYSKEN, PIETER. Rev. of Jäger, Typology of periphrastic ‘do’-constructions. 85.4.939–41 (2009).
MUYSKEN, PIETER. Rev. of Nicol (ed.), One mind, two languages: Bilingual language processing. 81.1.271–73
(2005).
MUYSKEN, PIETER, and W. ADELAAR. The languages of the Andes. Rev. by R. Cerrón-Palomino. 83.2.422–25
(2007).
MUYSKEN, PIETER; R. VAN GIJN; and K. HAUDE (eds.) Subordination in South American languages. Rev. by P. Epps.
88.4.926–29 (2012).
127
MYERS, SHARON A. BN on Broeder and Murre (eds.), Models of language acquisition: Inductive and deductive
approaches. 79.2.430 (2003).
MYERS-SCOTTON, CAROL. Multiple voices: An introduction to bilingualism. Rev. by E. Lanza. 84.4.892–97 (2008).
MYERS-SCOTTON, CAROL. Rev. of Muysken, Bilingual speech, a typology of code-mixing. 78.2.330–33 (2002).
MYHILL, JOHN. Language, religion and national identity in Europe and the Middle East: A historical study. Rev. by
C. Hutton. 85.1.228–30 (2009).
MYLES, FLORENCE, and R. MITCHELL. Second language learning theories. BN by M. Picard. 77.1.178–79 (2001).
MYLES, FLORENCE, and R. MITCHELL. Second language learning theories. 2nd edn. BN by M. Callies. 83.3.682–83
(2007).
NÆSS, ÅSHILD. Rev. of Donohue and Wichmann (eds.), The typology of semantic alignment. 85.3.713–16 (2009).
NAGATA, HIROSHI; D. D. STEINBERG; and D. P. ALINE. Psycholinguistics: Language, mind and world. 2nd edn. Rev.
NAGLE, STEPHEN J., and S. L. SANDERS (eds.) English in the southern United States. BN by M. J. Elson. 81.1.284
(2005).
NAGUSCHEWSKI, DIRK, and J. TRABANT (eds.) Was heiβt hier „fremd”? Studien zu Sprache und Fremdheit. BN by
E. Schleef. 77.2.406 (2001).
NAIR, RUKMINI BHAYA. Narrative gravity: Conversation, cognition, culture. BN by C. Xie. 80.2.353–54 (2004).
NAKAJIMA, HEIZO. Rev. of Kuno and Takami, Functional constraints in grammar: On the unergative-unaccusative
distinction. 83.3.651–54 (2007).
NAKAMURA, JUNSAKU; N. INOUE; and T. TABATA (eds.) English corpora under Japanese eyes. BN by L. Cyrus.
83.4.920–21 (2007).
NAKAYAMA, MINEHARU (ed.) Issues in East Asian language acquisition. Rev. by J. Whitman. 82.3.662–65 (2006).
NAKAYAMA, MINEHARU; R. MAZUKA; and Y. SHIRAI (eds.) The handbook of East Asian psycholinguistics. Vol. 2:
NAKHLEH, LUAY; D. RINGE; and T. WARNOW. Perfect phylogenetic networks: A new methodology for
reconstructing the evolutionary history of natural languages. 81.2.382–420 (2005).
Names and bibliographic practice. Letter to Language by M. Haspelmath. 84.4.683–84 (2008).
NÄNNY, MAX, and O. FISCHER (eds.) Form miming meaning: Iconicity in language and literature. BN by T. L.
Holm. 78.2.381–82 (2002).
NÄNNY, MAX, and O. FISCHER (eds.) The motivated sign: Iconicity in language and literature 2. BN by T. L. Holm.
79.2.437–38 (2003).
NAPOLI, DONNA JO. Language matters: A guide to everyday questions about language. Rev. by G. Ward. 83.3.654–
57 (2007).
NAPOLI, DONNA JO. Rev. of Brentari (ed.), Sign languages. 87.4.890–94 (2011).
NAPOLI, DONNA JO, and G. MATHUR (eds.) Deaf around the world: The impact of language. Rev. by R. P. Meier.
88.2.436–39 (2012).
NAPOLI, DONNA JO, and R. SUTTON-SPENCE. Limitations on simultaneity in sign language (Short Report). 86.3.647–
62 (2010).
NARIYAMA, SHIGEKO. Ellipsis and reference tracking in Japanese. BN by H. Narrog. 81.4.1017 (2005).
Narrative: State of the art. Ed. by M. Bamberg. Rev. by K. Nelson. 85.3.687–90 (2009).
Narrative gravity: Conversation, cognition, culture. By R. B. Nair. BN by C. Xie. 80.2.353–54 (2004).
Narrative theory and the cognitive sciences. Ed. by D. Herman. Rev. by E. Semino. 82.4.918–21 (2006).
Narratives we organize by. Ed. by B. Czarniawska and P. Gagliardi. BN by M. Shappeck. 83.1.218 (2007).
NARROG, HEIKO. BN on Bhaskararao and Subbarao (eds.), Non-nominative subjects. 83.2.453–54 (2007).
NARROG, HEIKO. BN on Jendraschek, La modalité épistémique en basque. 81.2.530–31 (2005).
NARROG, HEIKO. BN on Johnson, Modality and the Japanese language. 81.4.1008–9 (2005).
NARROG, HEIKO. BN on Nariyama, Ellipsis and reference tracking in Japanese. 81.4.1017 (2005).
NARROG, HEIKO. BN on Nerlich, Todd, Herman, and Clarke (eds.), Polysemy: Flexible patterns of meaning in mind
and language. 81.4.1017 (2005).
NARROG, HEIKO. BN on Wang, Die Relativkonstruktionen im Chinesischen: Eine diachrone Studie. 82.2.463–64
(2006).
NARROG, HEIKO. BN on Wilson, Rayson, and McEnery (eds.), A rainbow of corpora: Corpus linguistics and the
languages of the world. 80.4.904–5 (2004).
Narrow syntax and phonological form. By G. Chocano. Rev. by S. Karimi. 85.3.700–703 (2009).
Nasal vowel evolution in Romance. By R. Sampson. BN by D. C. Walker. 77.3.631 (2001).
National Museum of Language open for business. Letter to Language by A. C. Murdoch. 84.3.469–70 (2008).
Native American placenames of the United States. By W. Bright. Rev. by S. Embleton. 84.4.877–80 (2008).
128
Natural and unnatural constraints in Hungarian vowel harmony. By B. Hayes, K. Zuraw, P. Siptár, and Z. Londe.
85.4.822–63 (2009).
‘Natural concepts’ in the spatial topological domain—adpositional meanings in crosslinguistic perspective: An
exercise in semantic typology. By S. Levinson, S. Meira, and The Language and Cognition Group. 79.3.485–
516 (2003).
Natural history of negation, A. Rev. edn. By L. R. Horn. BN by M. L. Murphy. 82.3.684 (2006).
Natural language processing for online applications: Text retrieval, extraction and categorization. By P. Jackson
and I. Moulinier. BN by K. B. Cohen. 80.1.178 (2004).
Natural language processing using very large corpora. Ed. by S. Armstrong, K. Church, P. Isabelle, S. Manzi, E.
Tzoukermann, and D. Yarowsky. BN by M. A. Covington. 77.3.612 (2001).
Natural language syntax. By P. W. Culicover. Rev. by R. D. Borsley. 86.4.945–48 (2010).
Navajo sound system, The. By J. McDonough. Rev. by D. L. Everett. 83.1.211–14 (2007).
NAVARETTE, ALICIA. BN on Face (ed.), Laboratory approaches to Spanish phonology. 83.3.674–75 (2007).
NAYAR, PRAMOD K. BN on Hüllen, A history of Roget’s Thesaurus: Origins, development, and design. 83.2.463
(2007).
Ndebele. Ed. by C. Bowern and V. Lotridge. BN by M. Cahill. 80.2.338 (2004).
NEALE, STEPHEN. Facing facts. BN by J. Gutiérrez-Rexach. 79.4.813–14 (2003).
NEDJALKOV, VLADIMIR P. (ed.) Reciprocal constructions. Rev. by E. König. 86.1.237–41 (2010).
Negation in gapping. By S. Repp. Rev. by S. Tomioka. 87.1.221–24 (2011).
Negation in the history of English. Ed. by I. T.-B. van Ostade, G. Tottie, and W. van der Wurff. BN by B. Wald.
77.4.861–62 (2001).
Negative grammatical functions in Skou. Short Report by M. Donohue. 82.2.383–98 (2006).
Negative indefinites. By D. Penka. Rev. by E. Herburger. 88.3.663–66 (2012).
Negotiated interaction in target language classroom discourse. By J. Boulima. BN by R. W. Hallett. 80.3.614–15
(2004).
Negotiating agreement and disagreement in Japanese: Connective expressions and turn construction. By J. Mori.
BN by S. A. Schwenter. 78.2.349–50 (2002).
Negotiation and power in dialogic interaction. Ed. by E. Weigand and M. Dascal. BN by B. Li. 79.4.825 (2003).
NEGRÃO, ESMERALDA VAILATI, and M. A. KATO (eds.) Brazilian Portuguese and the null subject parameter. BN by
K. K. Grohmann. 79.4.807–8 (2003).
NEIDLE, CAROL; J. KEGL; D. MACLAUGHLIN; B. BAHAN, and R. G. LEE. The syntax of American Sign Language:
NEISSER, JOSEPH ULRIC. Rev. of Lakoff and Johnson, Philosophy in the flesh. 77.1.166–68 (2001).
NEKULA, MAREK; P. KARLÍK; and J. PLESKALOVÁ (eds.) Encyklopedický slovník češtiny. BN by Z. Salzmann.
80.2.349 (2004).
NELSON, DANIEL N., and M. N. DEDAIĆ (eds.) At war with words. BN by C. Xie. 82.2.452–53 (2006).
NELSON, DIANE, and S. MANNINEN (eds.) Generative approaches to Finnic and Saami linguistics. BN by S. R.
Anderson. 83.3.686–87 (2007).
NELSON, KATHERINE. Rev. of Bamberg (ed.), Narrative: State of the art. 85.3.687–90 (2009).
NEMOIANU, VIRGIL, and S. P. SONDRUP (eds.) Nonfictional romantic prose: Expanding borders. BN by P. GifraAdroher. 83.1.231–32 (2007).
NERBONNE, JOHN. Rev. of Ginzburg and Sag, Interrogative investigations: The form, meaning and use of English
interrogatives. 81.4.989–92 (2005).
NERLICH, BRIGITTE. Rev. of Evans, The structure of time: Language, meaning and temporal cognition. 82.2.429–31
(2006).
NERLICH, BRIGITTE. Rev. of Riemer, Introducing semantics. 87.3.652–54 (2011).
NERLICH, BRIGITTE; Z. TODD; V. HERMAN; and D. D. CLARKE (eds.) Polysemy: Flexible patterns of meaning in mind
NESSELHAUF, NADJA. BN on Bækken, Word order in 17th century English: A study of the stabilisation of the XSV
pattern. 81.4.998 (2005).
NEUFELD, ELDO. A dictionary of Plautdietsch rhyming words. BN by K. S. Chung. 81.1.284–85 (2005).
NEUMANN-HOLZSCHUH, INGRID, and E. W. SCHNEIDER (eds.) Degrees of restructuring in creole languages. BN by
A. P. Grant. 79.2.447–48 (2003).
Neurolinguistics: An introduction to spoken language processing and its disorders. By J. C. L. Ingram. Rev. by D.
N. Caplan. 85.3.724–27 (2009).
Neuroscience of language, The: On brain circuits of words and serial order. By F. Pulvermüller. BN by C.
Ankerstein. 81.1.286 (2005).
NEVALAINEN, TERTTU. Rev. of Curzan, Gender shifts in the history of English. 83.4.880–83 (2007).
129
NEVILE, MAURICE. BN on Linell, Approaching dialogue: Talk, interaction and contexts in dialogical perspectives.
77.3.621–22 (2001).
NEVILE, MAURICE. BN on Sarangi and Roberts (eds.), Talk, work and institutional order: Discourse in medical,
mediation and management settings. 77.3.622–23 (2001).
NEVIN, BRUCE E. (ed.) The legacy of Zellig Harris: Language and information into the 21st century, vol. 1:
Philosophy of science, syntax and semantics. RA by J. Goldsmith. 81.3.719–36 (2005).
NEVIN, BRUCE E., and S. M. JOHNSON (eds.) The legacy of Zellig Harris: Language and information into the 21st
century, vol. 2: Mathematics and computability of language. BN by J. Goldsmith. 83.4.921 (2007).
NEVINS, ANDREW. BN on Krämer, Vowel harmony and correspondence theory. 81.4.1011–12 (2005).
NEVINS, ANDREW. BN on Lecarme, Lowenstamm, and Shlonsky (eds.), Research in Afroasiatic grammar.
80.1.181–82 (2004).
NEVINS, ANDREW. BN on Lombardi (ed.), Segmental phonology in optimality theory. 79.4.811–12 (2003).
NEVINS, ANDREW. BN on Parkinson and Benmamoun (eds.), Perspectives on Arabic linguistics XIII–XIV. 80.1.185–
86 (2004).
NEVINS, ANDREW. BN on Shahin, Postvelar harmony. 83.1.230–31 (2007).
NEVINS, ANDREW. Locality in vowel harmony. Rev. by E. Raimy. 88.1.209–12 (2012).
NEVINS, ANDREW. Rev. of Raimy, The phonology and morphology of reduplication. 78.4.770–73 (2002).
NEVINS, ANDREW; M. BECKER; and N. KETREZ. The surfeit of the stimulus: Analytic biases filter lexical statistics in
NEVINS, ANDREW; M. BECKER; and J. LEVINE. Asymmetries in generalizing alternations to and from initial
syllables. 88.2.231–68 (2012).
NEVINS, ANDREW, and N. HORNSTEIN. Rev. of Williams, Representation theory. 81.3.757–61 (2005).
NEVINS, ANDREW; D. PESETSKY; and C. RODRIGUES. Evidence and argumentation: A reply to Everett (2009)
(Discussion Note). 85.3.671–81 (2009).
NEVINS, ANDREW; D. PESETSKY; and C. RODRIGUES. Pirahã exceptionality: A reassessment. 85.2.355–404 (2009).
NEVINS, ANDREW, and A. R. SINGERMAN. Rev. of Harrison, When languages die: The extinction of the world’s
languages and the erosion of human knowledge. 87.2.398–402 (2011).
NEVIS, JOEL A. Rev. of Everett, Why there are no clitics: An alternative perspective on pronominal allomorphy.
77.1.162–66 (2001).
New approaches to old problems: Issues in Romance historical linguistics. Ed. by S. N. Dworkin and D. Wanner.
BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 78.4.809–10 (2002).
New developments in parsing technology. Ed. by H. Bunt, J. Carroll, and G. Satta. BN by N. S. Dash. 83.2.456–57
(2007).
New directions in language development and disorders. Ed. by M. Perkins and S. Howard. BN by P. S. Ding.
78.2.356 (2002).
New found minority languages in China series. Ed. by H. Sun. BN by G. Thurgood and F. Li. 79.4.843–45 (2003).
New horizons in the study of language and mind. By N. Chomsky. Rev. by D. T. Langendoen. 77.3.583–85 (2001).
New look at the acquisition of relative clauses, A. By H. Diessel and M. Tomasello. 81.4.882–906 (2005).
New media language. Ed. by J. Aitchison and D. M. Lewis. BN by C. Bonner. 83.1.215–16 (2007).
New perspectives on case theory. Ed. by E. Brandner and H. Zinsmeister. BN by S. Evtyukhin. 82.3.673 (2006).
New reflections on grammaticalization. Ed. by I. Wischer and G. Diewald. Rev. by J. F. Eska. 79.4.788–91 (2003).
New Zealand English. Ed. by A. Bell and K. Kuiper. BN by S. Wagner. 78.2.369–70 (2002).
New Zealand English grammar, fact or fiction? A corpus-based study in morphosyntactic information. By M.
Hundt. BN by J. A. Walker. 78.3.596 (2002).
New-dialect formation: The inevitability of colonial Englishes. By P. Trudgill. Rev. by P. Kerswill. 83.3.657–61
(2007).
NEWMAN, JOHN (ed.) The linguistics of eating and drinking. Rev. by D. L. Payne. 86.4.963–66 (2010).
NEWMAN, JOHN (ed.) The linguistics of sitting, standing and lying. BN by K. A. Smith. 80.3.631–32 (2004).
NEWMAN, JOHN. Rev. of Vanhove (ed.), From polysemy to semantic change: Towards a typology of lexical semantic
associations. 86.2.473–75 (2010).
NEWMAN, JOHN. Rev. of Zúñiga and Kittilä (eds.), Benefactives and malefactives: Typological perspectives and
case studies. 87.3.671–74 (2011).
NEWMAN, PAUL. Rev. of J. Olsson, Forensic linguistics: An introduction to language, crime and the law. 83.4.899–
901 (2007).
NEWMAN, PAUL, and M. RATLIFF (eds.) Linguistic fieldwork. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.4.798–99 (2002).
NEWMEYER, FREDERICK J. BN on Carnie, Harley, and Willie (eds.), Formal approaches to function in grammar: In
honor of Eloise Jelinek. 80.3.616–17 (2004).
130
NEWMEYER, FREDERICK J. Grammar and usage: A response to Gregory R. Guy (Letter to Language). 82.4.705–6
(2006).
NEWMEYER, FREDERICK J. Grammar is grammar and usage is usage. 79.4.682–707 (2003).
NEWMEYER, FREDERICK J. On comparative concepts and descriptive categories: A reply to Haspelmath (Discussion
Note). 86.3.688–95 (2010).
NEWMEYER, FREDERICK J. On Gahl and Garnsey on grammar and usage (Discussion Note). 82.2.399–404 (2006).
NEWMEYER, FREDERICK J. RA on Chomsky, On nature and language; Anderson and Lightfoot, The language
organ: Linguistics as cognitive physiology; and Bichakjian, Language in a Darwinian perspective. 79.3.583–99
(2003).
NEWMEYER, FREDERICK J. A reply to the critiques of ‘Grammar is grammar and usage is usage’ (Discussion Note).
81.1.229–36 (2005).
NEWMEYER, FREDERICK J. Rev. of Boeckx, Linguistic minimalism: Origins, concepts, methods, and aims. 84.2.387–
95 (2008).
NEWMEYER, FREDERICK J. Rev. of Kinsella, Language evolution and syntactic theory. 86.4.960–63 (2010).
NEWPORT, ELISSA L.; B. LANDAU; J. SABINI; and J. JONIDES (eds.) Perception, cognition, and language: Essays in
News interview, The: Journalists and public figures on the air. By S. Clayman and J. Heritage. BN by D. Deterding.
80.2.340 (2004).
NG, EVE CHUEN. BN on Hinton, with Vera and Steele, How to keep your language alive: A commonsense approach
to one-on-one language learning. 80.1.177–78 (2004).
NG, EVE CHUEN. BN on Litosseliti and Sunderland (eds.), Gender identity and discourse analysis. 80.2.352–53
(2004).
NG, EVE CHUEN. BN on McIlvenny (ed.), Talking gender and sexuality. 80.2.352–53 (2004).
NG, EVE CHUEN. BN on Silberstein, War of words: Language, politics and 9/11. 80.1.188–89 (2004).
NGONYANI, DEO. A grammar of Chingoni. BN by B. Wald. 83.1.226 (2007).
NICHOLS, JOHN D. (ed.) Actes du trente-deuxième Congrès des Algonquinistes. BN by D. Golumbia. 79.4.814–15
(2003).
NICOL, JANET L. (ed.) One mind, two languages: Bilingual language processing. Rev. by P. Muysken. 81.1.271–73
(2005).
NICOLAI, GIORGIO MARIA. Dizionario delle parole russe che s’incontrano in italiano. BN by G. H. Toops.
81.4.1018–19 (2005).
NICOLAÏ, ROBERT. La force des choses ou l’épreuve ‘nilo-saharienne’. BN by B. Wald. 82.3.690–91 (2006).
NICOLAS, DAVID. Rev. of Pelletier (ed.), Kinds, things, and stuff: Mass terms and generics. 87.3.650–52 (2011).
NIDA, EUGENE A. Contexts in translating. BN by M. Pasquale. 80.3.632 (2004).
NIDA, EUGENE A. Fascinated by languages. BN by P. T. Daniels. 82.1.212–13 (2006).
NIEDEREHE, HANS-JOSEF; S. EMBLETON; and J. E. JOSEPH (eds.) The emergence of the modern language sciences:
by J. S. Falk. 77.4.831–33 (2001).
NIEDZIELSKI, NANCY A., and D. R. PRESTON. Folk linguistics. BN by E. Battistella. 77.2.402 (2001).
NIELSEN, HANS FREDE. The continental backgrounds of English and its insular development until 1154. BN by H.
Waltz. 77.1.199–200 (2001).
NIELSEN, HANS FREDE. The early runic language of Scandinavia: Studies in Germanic dialect geography. BN by M.
Pierce. 78.4.823–24 (2002).
NIEMEIER, SUSANNE, and R. DIRVEN (eds.) Evidence for linguistic relativity. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.853 (2001).
NIEMI, JUSSI; T. ODLIN; and J. HEIKKINEN (eds.) Language contact, variation, and change. BN by A. Moody.
79.4.842–43 (2003).
NIHALNI, PAROO; R. K. TONGUE; P. HOSALI; and J. CROWTHER. Indian and British English: A handbook of usage
and pronunciation. 2nd edn. BN by N. S. Dash. 83.2.465 (2007).
NIKOLAEVA, IRINA, and M. DALRYMPLE. Syntax of natural and accidental coordination: Evidence from agreement.
82.4.824–49 (2006).
NILEP, CHAD. BN on Yamada, Different games, different rules: Why Americans and Japanese misunderstand each
other. 80.4.905 (2004).
NINIO, ANAT. Language and the learning curve: A new theory of syntactic development. Rev. by R. Hudson.
86.2.452–55 (2010).
NIRENBURG, SERGEI; H. L. SOMERS; and Y. A. WILKS (eds.) Readings in machine translation. BN by S. Robinson.
81.3.784–85 (2005).
NISHIYAMA, ATSUKO, and J.-P. KOENIG. What is a perfect state? 86.3.611–46 (2010).
131
NOËL, DIRK. BN on Hunston and Francis, Pattern grammar: A corpus-driven approach to the lexical grammar of
English. 78.2.345–46 (2002).
NOËL, DIRK. BN on Partington, Patterns and meanings: Using corpora for English language research and teaching.
78.2.346 (2002).
NOGALES, PATTI D. Metaphorically speaking. BN by H. K. Conrad. 78.2.374–75 (2002).
Nomenclatural desideratum, A. Letter to Language by A. S. Kaye. 81.1.1–2 (2005).
Nominal analysis of children’s interpretations of adjunct PRO clauses, The. By H. Goodluck. 77.3.494–509 (2001).
Nominal constructions in Modern Greek: Implications for the architecture of grammar. By D. Kolliakou. BN by D.
Ntelitheos. 82.1.202–3 (2006).
Nominal tense? The meaning of Guaraní nominal temporal markers. By J. Tonhauser. 83.4.831–69 (2007).
Nominal tense in crosslinguistic perspective. By R. Nordlinger and L. Sadler. 80.4.776–806 (2004).
Nominals: Inside and out. Ed. by M. Butt and T. H. King. BN by M. Barrie. 82.1.190–91 (2006).
Nominative & accusative and their counterparts, The. Ed. by K. Davidse and B. Lamiroy. BN by W. Schulze.
80.3.618–19 (2004).
Noms en français, Les: Esquisse de classement. By N. Flaux and D. van de Velde. BN by J. Holeš. 79.4.838 (2003).
Non-canonical marking of subjects and objects. Ed. by A. Y. Aikhenvald, R. M. W. Dixon, and M. Onishi. BN by
E. J. Vajda. 79.2.426 (2003).
Nonfictional romantic prose: Expanding borders. Ed. by S. P. Sondrup and V. Nemoianu. BN by P. Gifra-Adroher.
83.1.231–32 (2007).
Nonfinite structures in theory and change. By D. G. Miller. Rev. by C. T. Schütze and D. Schueler. 83.2.443–45
(2007).
Non-nominative subjects. Ed. by P. Bhaskararao and K. V. Subbarao. BN by H. Narrog. 83.2.453–54 (2007).
Non-projecting words. By I. Toivonen. Rev. by P. Svenonius. 84.3.666–70 (2008).
Nonunity of VP-preposing, The. By M. Baltin. 82.4.734–66 (2006).
Nonverbal communication across disciplines. Vol. 1: Culture, sensory interaction, speech, conversation. Vol. 2:
Paralanguage, kinesics, silence, personal and environmental interaction. Vol. 3: Narrative literature, theater,
cinema, translation. By F. Poyatos. BN by C. Xie. 79.4.818–19 (2003).
NOONAN, MICHAEL, and J. BYBEE (eds.) Complex sentences in grammar and discourse: Essays in honor of Sandra
A. Thompson. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.4.833–34 (2003).
NOONAN, MICHAEL, and G. G. CORBETT (eds.) Case and grammatical relations: Studies in honor of Bernard
Comrie. RA by P. M. Arkadiev. 86.2.416–28 (2010).
NORDE, MURIEL. Degrammaticalization. Rev. by P. Ramat. 86.4.979–82 (2010).
NORDE, MURIEL. Rev. of Brinton and Traugott, Lexicalization and language change. 85.1.184–86 (2009).
NORDE, MURIEL; O. FISCHER; and H. PERRIDON (eds.) Up and down the cline: The nature of grammaticalization.
Nordiske språk, De. 2nd edn. By K. Braunmüller. Trans. from German by J. O. Askedal. BN by R. McColl Millar.
77.1.195–96 (2001).
NORDLINGER, RACHEL, and L. SADLER. Nominal tense in crosslinguistic perspective. 80.4.776–806 (2004).
NORDLINGER, RACHEL, and L. SADLER. When is a temporal marker not a tense? Reply to Tonhauser 2007
(Discussion Note). 84.2.325–31 (2008).
NORRICK, NEAL R. Rev. of Chafe, The importance of not being earnest: The feeling behind laughter and humor.
85.1.187–90 (2009).
Norsk referanse-grammatik. By J. T. Faarlund, S. Lie, and K. I. Vannebo. BN by R. McColl Millar. 78.2.343–44
(2002).
Noun phrase, The. By J. Rijkhoff. BN by D. Ntelitheos. 81.1.287–88 (2005).
Noun phrase in the generative perspective. By A. Alexiadou, L. Haegeman, and M. Stavrou. Rev. by G. Giusti.
86.3.700–702 (2010).
Noun phrase structure in the languages of Europe. Ed. by F. Plank. BN by D. Ntelitheos. 82.1.216–17 (2006).
Noun phrases in creole languages: A multi-faceted approach. Ed. by M. Baptista and J. Guéron. Rev. by E.
Bobyleva and E. O. Aboh. 87.1.172–78 (2011).
Nouvelles approches en morphologie. By B. Fradin. BN by A. Dufter. 82.2.456 (2006).
NOUWEN, RICK, and B. GEURTS. At least et al.: The semantics of scalar modifiers. 83.3.533–59 (2007).
NOVAES, CELSO V. BN on Grodzinsky, Shapiro, and Swinney (eds.), Language and the brain: Representation and
processing. 77.4.867–68 (2001).
Novel experimental paradigm for distinguishing between what is said and what is implicated, A. By R. Doran, G.
Ward, M. Larson, Y. McNabb, and R. E. Baker. 88.1.124–54 (2012).
Now I know only so far: Essays in ethnopoetics. By D. Hymes. BN by Z. Salzmann. 81.4.1008 (2005).
132
NOWAK, ELKE; D. CRAM; and A. LINN (eds.) History of linguistics 1996: Selected papers from the Seventh
Oja. 77.3.601–2 (2001).
NP-interpretation and the structure of predicates. By P. Hallman. 80.4.707–47 (2004).
NTELITHEOS, DIMITRIOS. BN on Ball and Fife (eds.), The Celtic languages. 81.1.280–81 (2005).
NTELITHEOS, DIMITRIOS. BN on Kolliakou, Nominal constructions in Modern Greek: Implications for the
architecture of grammar. 82.1.202–3 (2006).
NTELITHEOS, DIMITRIOS. BN on Ogawa, A unified theory of verbal and nominal projections. 80.2.354–55 (2004).
NTELITHEOS, DIMITRIOS. BN on Plank (ed.), Noun phrase structure in the languages of Europe. 82.1.216–17 (2006).
NTELITHEOS, DIMITRIOS. BN on Rijkhoff, The noun phrase. 81.1.287–88 (2005).
NTELITHEOS, DIMITRIOS. BN on Stepanov, Fanselow, and Vogel (eds.), Minimality effects in syntax. 83.4.923–24
(2007).
NUGER, JUSTIN; A. ALEXIADOU; J. HANKAMER; T. MCFADDEN; and F. SCHÄFER (eds.) Advances in comparative
Null pronouns. Ed. by M. Wratil and P. Gallman. Rev. by H. Rosenkvist. 88.4.930–33 (2012).
Number. By G. G. Corbett. Rev. by A. Ortmann and C. Steins. 78.3.573–76 (2002).
Number agreement in British and American English: Disagreeing to agree collectively. By K. Bock, S. Butterfield,
A. Cutler, J. C. Cutting, K. M. Eberhard, and K. R. Humphreys. 82.1.64–113 (2006).
Numbers, language and the human mind. By H. Wiese. Rev. by C. Goddard. 84.3.672–75 (2008).
NUNES, JAIRO. Linearization of chains and sideward movement. Rev. by C. Boeckx. 83.4.895–99 (2007).
NÚÑEZ, RAFAEL, and G. LAKOFF. Where mathematics comes from: How the embodied mind brings mathematics into
being. Rev. by D. T. Langendoen. 78.1.170–72 (2002).
NÚÑEZ-CEDEÑO, RAFAEL; L. LÓPEZ; and R. CAMERON (eds.) A Romance perspective on language knowledge and
use. BN by N. I. Stolova. 82.3.691 (2006).
NUNN, ANNEKE M. Dutch orthography: A systematic investigation of the spelling of Dutch words. BN by C. van
Kerckvoorde. 77.2.423–24 (2001).
NUNNALLY, THOMAS E. Rev. of Moon, Fixed expressions and idioms in English: A corpus-based approach.
78.1.172–77 (2002).
NURSE, DEREK. Rev. of Childs, An introduction to African languages. 83.1.199–202 (2007).
NURSE, DEREK; S. ROSE; and C. BEAUDOIN-LIETZ. A glossary of terms for Bantu verbal categories, with special
NUYTS, JAN. Epistemic modality, language, and conceptualization: A cognitive-pragmatic perspective. BN by A.
Gianto. 79.1.223 (2003).
NYLANDER, DUDLEY K. BN on Adone and Plag (eds.), Creolization and linguistic change. 77.2.395–96 (2001).
NYLANDER, DUDLEY K. BN on Cinque, Koster, Pollock, Rizzi, and Zanuttini (eds.), Paths towards universal
grammar: Studies in honor of Richard S. Kayne. 77.2.394–95 (2001).
Ó BAOILL, DÓNALL P., and J. M. KIRK (eds.) Travellers and their language. BN by Z. Salzmann. 83.1.220–21
(2007).
O’CONNOR, PATRICIA E. Speaking of crime: Narratives of prisoners. BN by E. Battistella. 78.2.374 (2002).
O’GRADY, WILLIAM. How children learn language. Rev. by D. Ingram. 84.1.201–4 (2008).
O’GRADY, WILLIAM; J. ARCHIBALD; M. ARONOFF; and J. REES-MILLER. Contemporary linguistics: An introduction.
O’HALLORAN, KIERAN; C. COFFIN; and A. HEWINGS (eds.) Applying English grammar: Functional and corpus
O’HERIN, BRIAN. Abaza applicatives. 77.3.477–93 (2001).
OAKES, LEIGH. Language and national identity: Comparing France and Sweden. BN by A. Harrison. 80.4.899
(2004).
OBENG, SAMUEL GYASI. Conversational strategies in Akan: Prosodic features and discourse categories. BN by E. J.
Vajda. 77.4.856–57 (2001).
Obituary: Carleton Taylor Hodge. By A. S. Kaye. 78.1.156–60 (2002).
Obituary: Charles F. Hockett. By J. W. Gair. 79.3.600–613 (2003).
Obituary: Dell Hathaway Hymes. By M. Silverstein. 86.4.933–39 (2010).
Obituary: Ellen F. Prince. By G. Ward, B. J. Birner, L. R. Horn, B. Abbott, P. Jacobson, and J. M. Sadock.
87.4.866–72 (2011).
Obituary: Henry Kahane. By B. B. Kachru. 81.1.237–44 (2005).
Obituary: Henry Max Hoenigswald. By A. M. Davies. 84.4.856–73 (2008).
Obituary: Ilse Lehiste. By K. Johnson. 87.2.384–89 (2011).
133
Obituary: James D. McCawley. By J. Lawler. 79.3.614–25 (2003).
Obituary: Joseph Harold Greenberg. By W. Croft. 77.4.815–30 (2001).
Obituary: Kenneth L. Pike. By R. M. Brend. 77.3.562–66 (2001).
Obituary: Kenneth Locke Hale. By S. J. Keyser. 79.2.411–22 (2003).
Obituary: Murray B. Emeneau. By W. Bright. 82.2.411–22 (2006).
Obituary: Peter Ladefoged. By I. Maddieson. 83.1.181–88 (2007).
Obituary: Robert Austerlitz. By D. Abondolo. 80.1.142–52 (2004).
Obituary: Thomas A. Sebeok. By M. Danesi and A. Valdman. 80.2.312–17 (2004).
Obituary: Victoria A. Fromkin. By P. Ladefoged. 79.4.768–71 (2003).
Obituary: William G. Moulton. By M. L. Louden. 84.1.161–69 (2008).
Obituary: William Oliver Bright. By J. Hill. 83.3.628–41 (2007).
Obituary: Winfred P. Lehmann. By R. D. King and J. C. Salmons. 84.3.613–19 (2008).
Obituary: Wolf Leslau. By A. S. Kaye. 83.4.870–75 (2007).
Obituary: Yakov Malkiel. By S. N. Dworkin. 80.1.153–62 (2004).
Object agreement and ‘pro-drop’ in Kerinci Malay. By T. McKinnon, P. Cole, and G. Hermon. 87.4.715–50 (2011).
Objects and other subjects: Grammatical functions, functional categories, and configurationality. Ed. by W. D.
Davies and S. Dubinsky. Rev. by J. Moore. 85.2.468–73 (2009).
Objektklitika im Bulgarischen. By V. Werkmann. BN by G. H. Toops. 82.3.699–700 (2006).
OBLER, LORAINE K.; A. COLLIER; and S. ASHAIE. Rev. of Dogil and Reiterer (eds.), Language talent and brain
activity. 87.1.192–96 (2011).
Oblique subjects: A common Germanic inheritance. By T. Eythórsson and J. Barðdal. 81.4.824–81 (2005).
OCCHI, DEBRA J., and G. B. PALMER (eds.) Languages of sentiment: Cultural constructions of emotional substrates.
BN by A. S. Kaye 78.2.361 (2002).
ODATO, CHRISTOPHER; K. DEMUTH; ‘M. MACHOBANE; and F. MOLOI. Learning animacy hierarchy effects in Sesotho
ODDEN, DAVID. Rev. of Dresher, The contrastive hierarchy in phonology. 88.3.644–47 (2012).
ODÉ, CECILIA; J. MIEDEMA; and R. A. C. DAM (eds.) Perspectives on the Bird’s Head of Irian Jaya, Indonesia:
ODLIN, TERENCE. Rev. of Kortmann, Burridge, Mesthrie, Schneider, and Upton (eds.), A handbook of varieties of
English. 84.1.193–96 (2008).
ODLIN, TERENCE; J. NIEMI; and J. HEIKKINEN (eds.) Language contact, variation, and change. BN by A. Moody.
79.4.842–43 (2003).
OEHRLE, RICHARD T. Rev. of Keenan and Stabler, Bare grammar: Lectures on linguistic invariants. 88.3.652–57
(2012).
OGAWA, YOSHIKI. The stage/individual distinction and (in)alienable possession. 77.1.1–25 (2001).
OGAWA, YOSHIKI. A unified theory of verbal and nominal projections. BN by D. Ntelitheos. 80.2.354–55 (2004).
Ogbronuagum (The Bukuma language). By E. E. Kari. BN by M. Cahill. 80.2.348–49 (2004).
OGDEN, RICHARD; J. LOCAL; and R. TEMPLE (eds.) Phonetic interpretation: Papers in laboratory phonology 6. Rev.
by M.-J. Solé. 83.2.438–42 (2007).
OH, EUNJEONG, and M. L. ZUBIZARRETA. On the syntactic composition of manner and motion. Rev. by K. Zagona.
85.3.744–47 (2009).
OHALA, MANJARI; M.-J. SOLÉ; and P. S. BEDDOR (eds.) Experimental approaches to phonology. Rev. by M.
Huffman. 85.4.950–53 (2009).
Ohio State University and Columbus and the foundations of the Linguistic Society of America, The (The Editor’s
Department). By B. D. Joseph and H. C. Dawson. 80.4.651–57 (2004).
OHTA, AMY SNYDER. Second language acquisition processes in the classroom: Learning Japanese. BN by J.
Hondo. 79.4.815 (2003).
OJA, MARKO. BN on Burke, Languages and communities in Early Modern Europe. 83.3.668–69 (2007).
OJA, MARKO. BN on Cram, Linn, and Nowak (eds.), History of linguistics 1996: Selected papers from the Seventh
1996; Vol. 1: Traditions in linguistics worldwide; Vol. 2: From classical to contemporary linguistics. 77.3.601–
2 (2001).
OJA, MARKO. BN on Dons, Descriptive adequacy of Early Modern English grammars. 83.3.674 (2007).
OJA, MARKO. BN on Law, The history of linguistics in Europe: From Plato to 1600. 81.2.536 (2005).
OJA, MARKO. BN on Stein, John Palsgrave as Renaissance linguist. 77.3.602–3 (2001).
OKAMOTO, SHIGEKO; R. LAURY; G. MCMENAMIN; V. SAMIIAN; and K. V. SUBBARAO (eds.) Perspectives in
OLAWSKY, KNUT J. Urarina texts. BN by D. Golumbia. 82.2.459–60 (2006).
134
Old French-English dictionary. Ed. by A. Hindley, F. W. Langley, and B. J. Levy. BN by K. Fudeman. 79.2.440
(2003).
Old Saxon. By J. E. Cathey. BN by J. F. Eska. 79.4.836 (2003).
OLIVER, LISI. BN on Crutchfield, English vocabulary quick reference: A comprehensive dictionary arranged by
word roots. 79.4.797 (2003).
OLLER, D. KIMBROUGH. The emergence of the speech capacity. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.3.604–5 (2001).
OLSEN, BIRGIT ANETTE, and J. CLACKSON (eds.) Indo-European word formation: Proceedings of the conference
held at the University of Copenhagen, October 20–22, 2000. BN by A. Byrd. 83.1.217 (2007).
OLSON, KENNETH S. SIL International: An emic view (SIL International and the disciplinary culture of linguistics).
85.3.646–52 (2009).
OLSSON, JOHN. Forensic linguistics: An introduction to language, crime and the law. Rev. by P. Newman.
83.4.899–901 (2007).
Omission in a review. Letter to Language by M. Gouskova. 86.3.485 (2010).
On agent nominalizations and why they are not like event nominalizations. By M. C. Baker and N. Vinokurova.
85.3.517–56 (2009).
On Bloomfield’s early role. Letter to Language by J. S. Falk. 78.4.614 (2002).
On comparative concepts and descriptive categories: A reply to Haspelmath. Discussion Note by F. J. Newmeyer.
86.3.688–95 (2010).
On evolution in language. Letter to Language by B. H. Bichakjian. 80.1.2–3 (2004).
On Gahl and Garnsey on grammar and usage. Discussion Note by F. J. Newmeyer. 82.2.399–404 (2006).
On markedness asymmetries in person and number. Discussion Note by M. McGinnis. 81.3.699–718 (2005).
On nature and language. By N. Chomsky. RA by F. J. Newmeyer. 79.3.583–99 (2003).
On particle verbs and similar constructions in German. By A. Lüdeling. BN by G. H. Toops. 79.4.812–13 (2003).
On Sco-verbs, prefixes and semantic functions: A study in the development of prefixed and unprefixed verbs from
Early to Late Latin. By G. Haverling. BN by M. J. Elson. 78.2.356–57 (2002).
On Siegel on the bioprogram. Letter to Language by D. Bickerton. 82.2.230–32 (2006).
On stochastic grammar. Discussion Note by B. Clark. 81.1.207–17 (2005).
On the discourse of satire. By P. Simpson. BN by D. J. Bennett. 83.2.466–67 (2007).
On the distinction between regular and irregular inflectional morphology: Evidence from Dinka. Short Report by D.
R. Ladd, B. Remijsen, and C. A. Manyang. 85.3.659–70 (2009).
On the grammatical status of names. By J. M. Anderson. 80.3.435–74 (2004).
On the informativity of different measures of linguistic acceptability. By T. Weskott and G. Fanselow. 87.2.249–73
(2011).
On the language bioprogram hypothesis. Letter to Language by J. Siegel. 82.1.2–4 (2006).
On the meaning of prepositions and cases: The expression of semantic roles in Ancient Greek. By S. Luraghi. BN by
O. Thomason. 81.4.1013–14 (2005).
On the nature of syntactic variation: Evidence from complex predicates and complex word-formation. By W.
Snyder. 77.2.324–42 (2001).
On the nature of the syntax-phonology interface: Cliticization and related phenomena. By Ž. Bošković. Rev. by T.
H. King. 80.4.843–46 (2004).
On the pragmatics of social interaction: Preliminary studies in the theory of communicative action. By J. Habermas.
BN by J. B. Jackson. 78.2.384 (2002).
On the syntactic composition of manner and motion. By M. L. Zubizarreta and E. Oh. Rev. by K. Zagona. 85.3.744–
47 (2009).
One language, two grammars? Differences between British and American English. Ed. by G. Rohdenburg and J.
Schlüter. Rev. by S. Johansson. 86.2.462–67 (2010).
One mind, two languages: Bilingual language processing. Ed. by J. L. Nicol. Rev. by P. Muysken. 81.1.271–73
(2005).
ONISHI, MASAYUKI; A. Y. AIKHENVALD; and R. M. W. DIXON (eds.) Non-canonical marking of subjects and objects.
BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.2.426 (2003).
Only, emotive factive verbs, and the dual nature of polarity dependency. By A. Giannakidou. 82.3.575–603 (2006).
ONO, TSUYOSHI, and R. LAURY. Data is data and model is model: You don’t discard the data that doesn’t fit your
model! (Discussion Note). 81.1.218–25 (2005).
Onomasiological theory of English word-formation, An. By P. Štekauer. BN by I. M. Laversuch. 77.3.619 (2001).
Onsets: Suprasegmental and prosodic behaviour. By N. Topintzi. Rev. by T. A. Hall. 88.3.673–75 (2012).
OOI, VINCENT B. Y. (ed.) Evolving identities: The English language in Singapore and Malaysia. BN by J. S.-Y.
Park. 79.4.815–16 (2003).
135
Opportunities and challenges of bilingualism. Ed. by L. Wei, J.-M. Dewaele, and A. Housen. BN by M. Sloboda.
80.4.903–4 (2004).
Optimality theory: Constraint interaction in generative grammar. By A. Prince and P. Smolensky. BN by P.
Czarnecki. 83.3.690–91 (2007).
Optimality Theory: Phonology, syntax, and acquisition. Ed. by J. Dekkers, F. van der Leeuw, and J. van de Weijer.
BN by M. Pierce. 78.4.824–25 (2002).
Optimality theory, phonological acquisition and disorders. Ed. by D. A. Dinnsen and J. A. Gierut. Rev. by A.-M.
Tessier. 86.3.716–20 (2010).
Optimality-theoretic syntax. Ed. by G. Legendre, J. Grimshaw, and S. Vikner. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 80.4.896
(2004).
Optimizing structure in context. Scrambling and information structure. By H.-W. Choi. BN by A. Pereltsvaig.
77.1.202–3 (2001).
Oratio obliqua, oratio recta: An essay on metarepresentation. By F. Recanati. BN by A. Pietarinen. 79.3.665
(2003).
Ordering distribution of main and adverbial clauses, The: A typological study. By H. Diessel. 77.3.433–55 (2001).
ORDÓÑEZ, FRANCISCO. The clausal structure of Spanish: A comparative study. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 78.2.379–
80 (2002).
ORERO, PILAR (ed.) Topics in audiovisual translation. BN by T. Shmiher. 83.3.687–88 (2007).
Origin of agent markers, The. By E. L. Palancar. BN by G. Holton. 83.1.226–27 (2007).
Origins of complex language, The: An inquiry into the evolutionary beginnings of sentences, syllables, and truth. By
A. Carstairs-McCarthy. Rev. by J. Uriagereka. 77.2.368–73 (2001).
Origins of human communication. By M. Tomasello. Rev. by A. E. Goldberg. 85.4.953–55 (2009).
Origins of language, The: What nonhuman primates can tell us. Ed. by B. J. King. BN by Z. Salzmann. 81.1.282–83
(2005).
Origins of meaning, The: Language in the light of evolution. By J. R. Hurford. Rev. by R. Kempson. 87.1.207–9
(2011).
Origins of vowel systems, The. By B. de Boer. BN by A. C. L. Yu. 80.4.880–81 (2004).
ORLETTI, FRANCA; A. DI LUZIO; and S. GÜNTHNER (eds.) Culture in communication: Analyses of intercultural
ORTEGA, LOURDES. Rev. of Siegel, Second dialect acquisition. 88.1.215–18 (2012).
ORTEGA-SANTOS, IVÁN. BN on Crevels, van de Kerke, Meira, and van der Voort (eds.), Current studies on South
American languages. 81.4.1002–3 (2005).
ORTEGA-SANTOS, IVÁN. BN on Gledhill, Fundamentals of French syntax. 82.4.946 (2006).
ORTEGA-SANTOS, IVÁN. BN on Leonetti, Fernández Soriano, and Escandell Vidal (eds.), Current issues in generative grammar: Papers from the 10th Colloquium on Generative Grammar, Universidad de Alcalá, April 12–14
2000. 81.4.1012–13 (2005).
ORTMANN, ALBERTO, and C. STEINS. Rev. of Corbett, Number. 78.3.573–76 (2002).
OSTERTAG, GARY (ed.) Definite descriptions: A reader. BN by L. Alonso-Ovalle. 78.2.370–71 (2002).
OSTLER, NICHOLAS, and B. RUDES (eds.) Endangered languages and literacy. BN by Z. Salzmann. 78.4.802 (2002).
ÖSTMAN, JAN-OLA, and M. FRIED (eds.) Construction grammars: Cognitive grounding and theoretical extensions.
Rev. by J. Barðdal. 84.2.422–25 (2008).
ÖSTMAN, JAN-OLA, and F. KARTTUNEN (eds.) Issues of minority people. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.2.414 (2001).
ÖSTMAN, JAN-OLA; J. VERSCHUEREN; J. BLOMMAERT; and C. BULCAEN (eds.) Handbook of pragmatics. 2001
ÖSTMAN, JAN-OLA; J. VERSCHUEREN; J. BLOMMAERT; and C. BULCAEN (comps.) Handbook of pragmatics. 2002
OTHEGUY, RICARDO. Rev. of Lipski, A history of Afro-Hispanic language: Five centuries, five continents. 84.2.416–
18 (2008).
OTHEGUY, RICARDO; A. C. ZENTELLA; and D. LIVERT. Language and dialect contact in Spanish in New York:
Toward the formation of a speech community. 83.4.770–802 (2007).
OUALI, HAMID, and E. BROSELOW (eds.) Perspectives on Arabic linguistics: Papers from the annual symposia on
Arabic linguistics, vol. XXII–XXIII: College Park, Maryland, 2008 and Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 2009. Rev. by J.
C. E. Watson. 88.4.896–99 (2012).
OUHALLA, JAMAL. Rev. of Aoun and Li, Essays on the representational and derivational nature of grammar: The
diversity of WH-constructions. 82.3.649–51 (2006).
OUHALLA, JAMAL. Rev. of Emonds, Discovering syntax: Clause structures of English, German and Romance.
85.3.716–19 (2009).
136
OVERSTREET, MARYANN. Whales, candlelight and stuff like that: General extenders in English discourse. BN by E.
Schleef. 78.2.349 (2002).
OWENS, JONATHAN. A linguistic history of Arabic. Rev. by K. Versteegh. 86.1.241–44 (2010).
Oxford dictionary of pronunciation for current English, The. By C. Upton, W. A. Kretzschmar, Jr., and R. Konopka.
BN by M. Picard. 80.1.192 (2004).
Oxford handbook of applied linguistics, The. Ed. by R. Kaplan. BN by R. M. Bhatt. 81.2.531–32 (2005).
Oxford handbook of cognitive linguistics, The. Ed. by D. Geeraerts and H. Cuyckens. Rev. by E. Dąbrowska.
85.3.721–24 (2009).
Oxford handbook of compounding, The. Ed. by R. Lieber and P. Štekauer. Rev. by I. Meir and M. Aronoff.
87.3.643–46 (2011).
Oxford history of English, The. Ed. by L. Mugglestone. RA by D. Minkova. 85.4.893–907 (2009).
PACKARD, JEROME L. The morphology of Chinese: A linguistic and cognitive approach. Rev. by K. Chirkova.
78.3.586–88 (2002).
PADAYODI, MAMALINANI. BN on Moss, A reduced theory of theta-role and case assignment and binding. 83.3.684–
85 (2007).
PADDEN, CAROL, and T. HUMPHRIES. Inside Deaf culture. Rev. by D. Brentari. 84.3.655–58 (2008).
PADGETT, JAYE. Feature classes in phonology. 78.1.81–110 (2002).
PADGETT, JAYE. Rev. of Goldstein, Whalen, and Best (eds.), Laboratory phonology 8. 86.4.957–60 (2010).
PADILLA CRUZ, MANUEL. BN on Chernov, Inference and anticipation in simultaneous interpreting: A probability
prediction model. 83.4.911–12 (2007).
PAHTA, PÄIVI; I. TAAVITSAINEN; and G. MELCHERS (eds.) Writing in nonstandard English. BN by B. Kortmann.
78.2.385–86 (2002).
PAINTER, CLARE. Learning through language in early childhood. BN by D. E. Walicek. 79.3.663–64 (2003).
Paiwan-Wörterbuch: Paiwan–Deutsch, Deutsch–Paiwan. By H. Egli. BN by M. Ross. 80.4.884 (2004).
PAJUSALU, KARL; I. LEHISTE; N. AASMÄE; E. MEISTER; P. TERAS; and T.-R. VIITSO. Erzya prosody. BN by D.
Stifter. 82.4.955 (2006).
PALANCAR, ENRIQUE L. The origin of agent markers. BN by G. Holton. 83.1.226–27 (2007).
PALMER, FRANK R. Mood and modality. 2nd edn. BN by G. H. Toops. 79.4.816–17 (2003).
PALMER, FRANK R.; R. FACCHINETTI; and M. KRUG (eds.) Modality in contemporary English. BN by R. Chen.
82.1.197 (2006).
PALMER, GARY B., and E. H. CASAD (eds.) Cognitive linguistics and non-Indo-European languages. BN by C.
Wegener. 81.3.772–73 (2005).
PALMER, GARY B., and D. J. OCCHI (eds.) Languages of sentiment: Cultural constructions of emotional substrates.
BN by A. S. Kaye 78.2.361 (2002).
PAN, YULING; S. WONG SCOLLON; and R. SCOLLON. Professional communication in international settings. BN by
M. Shappeck. 79.4.817–18 (2003).
PANAGIOTIDIS, PHOEVOS. BN on Julien, Syntactic heads and word formation. 81.4.1009–10 (2005).
PANAGIOTIDIS, PHOEVOS. BN on Pica and Rooryck (eds.), Linguistic variation yearbook, vol. 2 (2002). 82.2.460
(2006).
PANAGIOTIDIS, PHOEVOS. BN on Svenonius (ed.), Subjects, expletives, and the EPP. 81.4.1023 (2005).
PANAGIOTIDIS, PHOEVOS. BN on Uriagereka, Derivations: Exploring the dynamics of syntax. 81.4.1027–28 (2005).
PANAGIOTIDIS, PHOEVOS. Pronouns, clitics and empty nouns: ‘Pronominality’ and licensing in syntax. BN by J.
Gutiérrez-Rexach. 79.4.843 (2003).
PANDHARIPANDE, RAJESHWARI V. Sociolinguistic dimensions of Marathi: Multilingualism in central India. BN by
M. Shetty. 83.4.922 (2007).
Pannonian Slavic dialect of the Common Slavic proto-language, The: The view from Old Hungarian. By R. O.
Richards. BN by O. Thomason. 81.3.785–86 (2005).
PANTHER, KLAUS-UWE, and G. RADDEN (eds.) Metonymy in language and thought. BN by K. A. McElhanon.
78.2.389–90 (2002).
PAPAFRAGOU, ANNA. Modality: Issues in the semantics-pragmatics interface. BN by M. Carretero. 79.2.448 (2003).
Papers in laboratory phonology V: Acquisition and the lexicon. Ed. by M. B. Broe and J. B. Pierrehumbert. BN by
T. L. Face. 78.2.358 (2002).
Papers of the thirty-fourth Algonquian Conference. Ed. by H. C. Wolfart. BN by T. R. Wier. 83.1.234–35 (2007).
Paradigmatic chaos in Nuer. By M. Baerman. 88.3.467–94 (2012).
Paradigmatic grammar of Gĩkũyũ, A. By J. M. Mugane. BN by B. Wald. 77.4.857 (2001).
Paradigmatic structure of person marking, The. By M. Cysouw. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 81.3.775 (2005).
Paradigms in phonological theory. Ed. by L. J. Downing, T. A. Hall, and R. Raffelsiefen. Rev. by C. Rice.
82.4.905–8 (2006).
137
PARADIS, JOHANNE, and P. PRÉVOST (eds.) The acquisition of French in different contexts: Focus on functional
categories. BN by T. McGarry. 83.2.466 (2007).
PARADIS, MICHEL. Declarative and procedural determinants of second languages. Rev. by D. W. Green. 86.3.735–
38 (2010).
Paradox of sign language morphology, The. By M. Aronoff, I. Meir, and W. Sandler. 81.2.301–44 (2005).
Parameters and universals. By R. S. Kayne. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 78.4.810–11 (2002).
Parameters of Slavic aspect. By S. M. Dickey. BN by E. J. Vajda. 78.3.592–93 (2002).
Parametric variation: Null subjects in minimalist theory. By T. Biberauer, A. Holmberg, I. Roberts, and M.
Sheehan. Rev. by B. Citko. 87.4.881–84 (2011).
PARK, JOSEPH SUNG-YUL. BN on Görlach, Still more Englishes. 79.4.838–39 (2003).
PARK, JOSEPH SUNG-YUL. BN on Ooi (ed.), Evolving identities: The English language in Singapore and Malaysia.
79.4.815–16 (2003).
PARKER, JUDITH A., and S. J. BEHRENS (eds.) Language in the real world: An introduction to linguistics. Rev. by A.
H. C. Hudley. 88.1.180–83 (2012).
PARKINSON, DILWORTH B. Rev. of Suleiman, The Arabic language and national identity: A study in ideology.
81.1.276–79 (2005).
PARKINSON, DILWORTH B., and E. BENMAMOUN (eds.) Perspectives on Arabic linguistics XIII–XIV. BN by A.
Nevins. 80.1.185–86 (2004).
PARKINSON, RICHARD. Cracking the codes: The Rosetta stone and decipherment. BN by C. Shelvador. 77.1.182–83
(2001).
PARTEE, BARBARA H. Compositionality in formal semantics: Selected papers. Rev. by A. Szabolcsi. 82.1.182–85
(2006).
PARTEE, BARBARA H., and P. PORTNER (eds.) Formal semantics: The essential readings. Rev. by P. Jacobson.
82.4.927–30 (2006).
Particle verbs and local domains. By J. Zeller. BN by B. Wald. 79.4.826–27 (2003).
Particle verbs in English: Syntax, information structure and intonation. By N. Dehé. BN by T. Baldwin. 82.3.676
(2006).
PARTINGTON, ALAN. Patterns and meanings: Using corpora for English language research and teaching. BN by D.
Noël. 78.2.346 (2002).
PASQUALE, MICHAEL. BN on Nida, Contexts in translating. 80.3.632 (2004).
Past participles from Latin to Romance. By R. Laurent. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 78.2.354–55 (2002).
PATEL, ANIRUDDH. Music, language, and the brain. Rev. by P. Lieberman. 85.3.732–36 (2009).
PATER, JOE; R. KAGER; and W. ZONNEVELD. Constraints in phonological acquisition. Rev. by E. Broselow. 8.214–
20 (2009).
PATER, JOE; C. STAGER; and J. WERKER. The perceptual acquisition of phonological contrasts. 80.3.384–402 (2004).
Paths towards universal grammar: Studies in honor of Richard S. Kayne. Ed. by G. Cinque, J. Koster, J.-Y. Pollock,
L. Rizzi, and R. Zanuttini. BN by D. K. Nylander. 77.2.394–95 (2001).
Pathways of change: Grammaticalization in English. Ed. by O. Fischer, A. Rosenbach, and D. Stein. BN by A.
Gianto. 79.1.219 (2003).
PATRICK, DONNA. Language, politics, and social interaction in an Inuit community. BN by F. White. 82.1.213–14
(2006).
PATRICK, JON D., and I. Z. IBARRONDO. A student grammar of Euskara. BN by E. J. Vajda. 80.3.632–33 (2004).
PATRICK, PETER L. Urban Jamaican Creole: Variation in the mesolect. BN by E. G. Winkler. 77.2.406–7 (2001).
Pattern and process: A Whiteheadian perspective on linguistics. By M. Fortescue. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.3.653
(2003).
Pattern grammar: A corpus-driven approach to the lexical grammar of English. By S. Hunston and G. Francis. BN
by D. Noël. 78.2.345–46 (2002).
Patterns and meanings: Using corpora for English language research and teaching. By A. Partington. BN by D.
Noël. 78.2.346 (2002).
PATTERSON, LINDSEY MEAN, and A. GODDARD. Language and gender. 5th edn. BN by E. G. Winkler. 78.4.806
(2002).
PÄTZOLD, KURT-MICHAEL, and S. GRAMLEY. A survey of Modern English. 2nd edn. BN by D. Deterding. 82.4.947
(2006).
PAUDYAL, NETRA PRASAD; B. BICKEL; G. BANJADE; M. GAENSZLE; E. LIEVEN; I. P. RAI; M. RAI; N. K. RAI; and S.
PAULASTO, HELI; M. FILPPULA; and J. KLEMOLA. English and Celtic in contact. Rev. by R. Coates. 86.2.441–44
(2010).
138
PAVLIDOU, THEODOSSIA-SOULA, and K. K. LUKE (eds.) Telephone calls: Unity and diversity in conversational
structure across languages and cultures. BN by B. Li. 80.3.629–30 (2004).
PAWIS, REINHARD; K. GRUBMÜLLER; B. SCHNELL; H.-J. STAHL; and E. AUER (eds.) Vocabularius ex quo: Überlieferungsgeschichtliche Ausgabe. BN by J. M. Jeep. 78.4.819 (2002).
PAYNE, DORIS L. Rev. of Dixon and Aikhenvald (eds.), The Amazonian languages. 77.3.594–98 (2001).
PAYNE, DORIS L. Rev. of Lehrer, Wine and conversation. 2nd edn.; and Newman (ed.), The linguistics of eating and
drinking. 86.4.963–66 (2010).
PAYNE, DORIS L., and I. BARSHI (eds.) External possession. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.624–25 (2001).
PAYNE, THOMAS E. Exploring language structure: A student’s guide. Rev. by R. Englebretson. 84.3.658–61 (2008).
PAYNE, THOMAS E., and D. J. WEBER (eds.) Perspectives on grammar writing. Rev. by H. E. M. Klein. 85.4.944–47
(2009).
Peaks beyond phonology: Adolescence, incrementation, and language change. By S. A. Tagliamonte and A. D’Arcy.
85.1.58–108 (2009).
PEARSON, BARBARA ZURER. Rev. of Grosjean, Bilingual: Life and reality. 87.2.396–98 (2011).
PECCEI, JEAN STILWELL. Child language. BN by C. van Kerckvoorde. 77.3.630–31 (2001).
PECCEI, JEAN STILWELL. Pragmatics. BN by L. Alonso-Ovalle. 77.2.407 (2001).
PECCEI, JEAN STILWELL; L. THOMAS; S. WAREING; I. SINGH; J. THORNBORROW; and J. JONES. Language, society and
PECHMANN, THOMAS, and C. HABEL (eds.) Multidisciplinary approaches to language production. BN by R. K.
Mishra. 83.3.688–89 (2007).
Pedagogical lexicography today: A critical bibliography on learners’ dictionaries with special emphasis on
language learners and dictionary users. By F. T. Dolezal and D. R. McCreary. Rev. by Y. Tono. 77.4.835–37
(2001).
Pedagogical norms for second and foreign language learning and teaching. Ed. by S. Gass, K. Bardovi-Harlig, S.
Sieloff Magnan, and J. Walz. BN by M. d. P. García Mayo. 79.4.802 (2003).
PEETERS, BERT (ed.) The lexicon-encyclopedia interface. BN by A. Głaz. 78.4.814 (2002).
Peirce seminar papers, The: Essays in semiotic analysis. Vol. 4: Proceedings of the International Colloquium on
Language and Peircean Sign Theory, Duke University (June 19–21, 1997). Ed. by M. Shapiro. Rev. by H.
Andersen. 77.2.373–76 (2001).
Peirce seminar papers, The: Essays in semiotic analysis, vol. 5. Ed. by M. Shapiro. BN by L. Chen. 81.1.290
(2005).
PELKEY, JAMIN R. BN on Gerner, Predicate compounding in the Yi group: The continuum of grammaticalization.
81.2.525–26 (2005).
PELLEGRINO, FRANÇOIS; C. COUPÉ; and E. MARSICO. A cross-language perspective on speech information rate.
87.3.539–58 (2011).
PELLETIER, FRANCIS JEFFRY (ed.) Kinds, things, and stuff: Mass terms and generics. Rev. by D. Nicolas. 87.3.650–
52 (2011).
Pen commandments, The: A guide for the beginning writer. By S. Frank. BN by F. A. Dahroj. 83.4.915 (2007).
PEÑA CERVEL, M. SANDRA. Topology and cognition: What image-schemas reveal about the metaphorical language
of emotions. BN by K. McElhanon. 82.1.214 (2006).
PENKA, DORIS. Negative indefinites. Rev. by E. Herburger. 88.3.663–66 (2012).
PENNY, RALPH. A history of the Spanish language. 2nd edn. BN by J. T. Farquharson. 81.1.285–86 (2005).
PENNYCOOK, ALASTAIR. Rev. of Blommaert, The sociolinguistics of globalization. 87.4.884–87 (2011).
PENSALFINI, ROBERT. A grammar of Jingulu: An Aboriginal language of the Northern Territory. Rev. by J.
Simpson. 84.2.425–28 (2008).
PEPERKAMP, SHARON. Lexical exceptions in stress systems: Arguments from early language acquisition and adult
speech perception. 80.1.98–126 (2004).
Perception, cognition, and language: Essays in honor of Henry and Lila Gleitman. Ed. by B. Landau, J. Sabini, J.
Jonides, and E. L. Newport. BN by N. Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.4.788–89 (2002).
Perception of exuberant exponence in Batsbi: Functional or incidental? By A. C. Harris and A. G. Samuel.
87.3.447–69 (2011).
Perceptual acquisition of phonological contrasts, The. By J. Pater, C. Stager, and J. Werker. 80.3.384–402 (2004).
PERDICOYIANNI-PALÉOLOGOU, HÉLÈNE. BN on Curat, Les déterminants dans la référence nominale et les conditions
de leur absence. 77.1.196–97 (2001).
PERDICOYIANNI-PALÉOLOGOU, HÉLÈNE. BN on Gouvard, La versification. 77.1.177 (2001).
PERDICOYIANNI-PALÉOLOGOU, HÉLÈNE. BN on Molinié, Sémiostylistique: L’effet de l’art. 77.2.405 (2001).
PERELTSVAIG, ASYA. BN on Adger, Pintzuk, Plunkett, and Tsoulas (eds.), Specifiers: Minimalist approaches.
78.2.347–48 (2002).
139
PERELTSVAIG, ASYA. BN on Bardovi-Harlig, Tense and aspect in second language acquisition: Form, meaning and
use. 79.1.216 (2003).
PERELTSVAIG, ASYA. BN on Börjars, Feature distribution in Swedish noun phrases. 78.2.346–47 (2002).
PERELTSVAIG, ASYA. BN on Choi, Optimizing structure in context. Scrambling and information structure. 77.1.202–
3 (2001).
PERELTSVAIG, ASYA. BN on Culicover, Syntactic nuts: Hard cases, syntactic theory, and language acquisition.
77.2.404–5 (2001).
PERELTSVAIG, ASYA. BN on Dziwirek, Coats, and Vakareliyska, Annual workshop on formal approaches to Slavic
linguistics. The Seattle meeting 1998. 77.1.197 (2001).
PERELTSVAIG, ASYA. BN on Epstein and Hornstein (eds.), Working minimalism. 77.3.603 (2001).
PERELTSVAIG, ASYA. BN on Frascarelli, The syntax-phonology interface in focus and topic constructions in Italian.
78.1.196 (2002).
PERELTSVAIG, ASYA. BN on Grenoble, Deixis and information packaging in Russian discourse. 77.1.177–78 (2001).
PERELTSVAIG, ASYA. BN on Grohmann, Prolific domains: On the anti-locality of movement dependencies.
81.4.1006–7 (2005).
PERELTSVAIG, ASYA. BN on Reuland (ed.), Arguments and case: Explaining Burzio’s generalization. 78.2.364
(2002).
PERELTSVAIG, ASYA. BN on Zamparelli, Layers in the determiner phrase. 78.2.363–64 (2002).
PÉREZ-GUERRA, JAVIER; T. FANEGO; and M. J. LÓPEZ-COUZO (eds.) English historical syntax and morphology:
80.1.172–73 (2004).
PÉREZ-LEROUX, ANA TERESA, and Y. ROBERGE (eds.) Romance linguistics: Theory and acquisition. BN by N. I.
Stolova. 82.3.691–92 (2006).
PÉREZ-PEREIRA, MIGUEL, and G. CONTI-RAMSDEN. Language development and social interaction in blind children.
BN by E. Schleef. 78.3.589 (2002).
Perfect explorations. Ed. by A. Alexiadou, M. Rathert, and A. von Stechow. BN by E. Romanova. 81.3.767–68
(2005).
Perfect phylogenetic networks: A new methodology for reconstructing the evolutionary history of natural languages.
By L. Nakhleh, D. Ringe, and T. Warnow. 81.2.382–420 (2005).
PERKINS, MICHAEL, and S. HOWARD (eds.) New directions in language development and disorders. BN by P. S.
Ding. 78.2.356 (2002).
PERLEY, BERNARD C. Defying Maliseet language death: Emergent vitalities of language, culture, & identity in
Eastern Canada. Rev. by L. R. Graham. 88.4.914–17 (2012).
PERLMUTTER, DAVID M., and J. MOORE. Language-internal explanation: The distribution of Russian impersonals.
78.4.619–50 (2002).
PERRIDON, HARRY; O. FISCHER; and M. NORDE (eds.) Up and down the cline: The nature of grammaticalization.
Persian. By Y. Dehghani. BN by A. S. Kaye. 80.1.170–71 (2004).
Persian contributions to the English language, The: An historical dictionary. By G. Cannon and A. S. Kaye. BN by
M. A. Btoosh. 79.4.835–36 (2003).
Person. By A. Siewierska. Rev. by M. Haspelmath. 84.1.206–9 (2008).
Person and number in pronouns: A feature-geometric analysis. By H. Harley and E. Ritter. 78.3.482–526 (2002).
PERSON, KIRK R. BN on Smith (comp.), Sedang dictionary with English, Vietnamese, and French glossaries.
79.3.669–70 (2003).
Personennamen in der Rgveda-Samhitā, Die: Sicheres und Zweifelhaftes. By M. Mayrhofer. BN by B. D. Joseph.
80.4.897–98 (2004).
Perspective and perspectivation in discourse. Ed. by C. F. Graumann and W. Kallmeyer. BN by A. Głaz. 80.3.622–
23 (2004).
Perspectives in linguistics: Papers in honor of P. J. Mistry. Ed. by R. Laury, G. McMenamin, S. Okamoto, V.
Samiian, and K. V. Subbarao. BN by W. Bright. 83.3.680–81 (2007).
Perspectives on Arabic linguistics: Papers from the annual symposia on Arabic linguistics, vol. XXII–XXIII: College
Park, Maryland, 2008 and Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 2009. Ed. by E. Broselow and H. Ouali. Rev. by J. C. E.
Watson. 88.4.896–99 (2012).
Perspectives on Arabic linguistics XII. Ed. by E. Benmamoun. BN by A. S. Kaye. 77.4.848–49 (2001).
Perspectives on Arabic linguistics XIII–XIV. Ed. by D. B. Parkinson and E. Benmamoun. BN by A. Nevins.
80.1.185–86 (2004).
Perspectives on dialogue in the new millennium. Ed. by P. Kühnlein, H. Rieser, and H. Zeevat. BN by E. McCready.
82.3.687–88 (2006).
140
Perspectives on English as a world language. Ed. by D. J. Allerton, P. Skandera, and C. Tschichold. BN by R. W.
Hallett. 80.4.873–74 (2004).
Perspectives on grammar writing. Ed. by T. E. Payne and D. J. Weber. Rev. by H. E. M. Klein. 85.4.944–47 (2009).
Perspectives on semantics, pragmatics and discourse: A festschrift for Ferenc Kiefer. Ed. by I. Kenesei and R. M.
Harnish. BN by A. Capone. 79.2.442 (2003).
Perspectives on the Bird’s Head of Irian Jaya, Indonesia: Proceedings of the Conference Leiden, 13–17 October
1997. Ed. by J. Miedema, C. Odé, and R. A. C. Dam. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.2.416 (2001).
PERTSOVA, KATYA. BN on Goldin-Meadow, The resilience of language: What gesture creation in deaf children can
tell us about how all children learn language. 81.2.526 (2005).
PERTSOVA, KATYA. BN on Kochetov, Production, perception, and emergent phonotactic patterns: A case of
contrastive palatalization. 83.2.464 (2007).
PESETSKY, DAVID; P. BARBOSA; D. FOX; P. HAGSTROM; and M. MCGINNIS (eds.) Is the best good enough?
PESETSKY, DAVID; A. NEVINS; and C. RODRIGUES. Evidence and argumentation: A reply to Everett (2009)
(Discussion Note). 85.3.671–81 (2009).
PESETSKY, DAVID; A. NEVINS; and C. RODRIGUES. Pirahã exceptionality: A reassessment. 85.2.355–404 (2009).
PETER, GEORG, and G. PREYER (eds.) Logical form and language. BN by J. Gutiérrez-Rexach. 79.4.819 (2003).
PETERS, PAM. The Cambridge guide to English usage. BN by A. S. Kaye. 82.3.692–93 (2006).
PETERS, REBECCA WARNE. BN on Cordella, The dynamic consultation: A discourse analytical study of doctorpatient communication. 83.4.914 (2007).
PETERSON, DAVID A. Ingush a: The elusive Type 5 clitic? 77.1.144–55 (2001).
PETERSON, JOHN. Rev. of Cardona and Jain (eds.), The Indo-Aryan languages. 82.4.891–94 (2006).
PETIT, DANIEL. *Sue en grec ancien: La famille du pronom réfléchi. BN by E. R. Luján. 78.2.386–87 (2002).
PETRILLI, SUSAN (ed.) Translation translation. BN by Z. Salzmann. 82.3.693 (2006).
PEYROT, MICHAËL. Variation and change in Tocharian B. Rev. by R. I. Kim. 85.3.736–40 (2009).
PEYTON, JOY KREEFT; P. GRIFFIN; W. WOLFRAM; and R. FASOLD (eds.) Language in action: New studies of
language in society: Essays in honor of Roger W. Shuy. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.855 (2001).
PFEIFER, PETER, and G. YOUMANS. Fractal dimensions of discourse (Letter to Language). 81.2.297–99 (2005).
PFEIFFER, OSKAR E.; S. BENDJABALLAH; W. U. DRESSLER; and M. D. VOEIKOVA (eds.) Morphology 2000: Selected
papers from the 9th morphology meeting, Vienna, 24–28 February 2000. BN by K. Fudeman. 79.3.646–47
(2003).
PFEIFFER, OSKAR E.; W. U. DRESSLER; M. PÖCHTRAGER; and J. R. RENNISON (eds.) Morphological analysis in
PHAM, ANDREA. BN on Cabrera-Abreu, A phonological model for intonation without low tone. 80.1.168 (2004).
PHAM, ANDREA. BN on Restle and Zaefferer (eds.), Sounds and systems: Studies in structure and change: A
festschrift for Theo Vennemann. 80.1.186 (2004).
Phénomènes de contact entre les langues Minyanka et Bambara (Sud du Mali). By K. Dombrowsky-Hahn. BN by
A. Harrison. 79.4.837–38 (2003).
PHILIPPAKI-WARBURTON, IRENE; D. HOLTON; and P. MACKRIDGE. Greek: A comprehensive grammar of the modern
PHILIPPAKI-WARBURTON, IRENE; D. HOLTON; and P. MACKRIDGE. Greek: An essential grammar of the modern
PHILLIPS, BETTY S. Word frequency and lexical diffusion. Rev. by R. W. Murray. 85.2.487–90 (2009).
PHILLIPS, COLIN. Re: Language in the 21st century (Letter to Language). 82.4.706–8 (2006).
PHILLIPS, COLIN. The real-time status of island phenomena. 82.4.795–823 (2006).
PHILLIPS, COLIN; J. SPROUSE; and M. WAGERS. A test of the relation between working-memory capacity and
syntactic island effects. 88.1.82–123 (2012).
PHILLIPS, COLIN; J. SPROUSE; and M. WAGERS. Working-memory capacity and island effects: A reminder of the
issues and the facts (Discussion Note). 88.2.401–7 (2012).
PHILLIPSON, ROBERT; M. KONTRA; T. SKUTNABB-KANGAS; and T. VÁRADY (eds.) Language: A right and a
resource: Approaching linguistic human rights. BN by D. O. Jackson. 77.3.640–41 (2001).
Philosophical languages in the seventeenth century: Dalgarno, Wilkins, Leibniz. By J. Maat. BN by M. Honig.
83.4.917 (2007).
Philosophy and ordinary language: The bent and genius of our tongue. By O. Hanfling. BN by K. Chirkova.
78.1.202–3 (2002).
Philosophy in the flesh. By G. Lakoff and M. Johnson. Rev. by J. U. Neisser. 77.1.166–68 (2001).
Philosophy of language: A contemporary introduction. By W. G. Lycan. BN by A. Pietarinen. 79.2.444–45 (2003).
Phoneme inventory size and population size. Short Report by J. Hay and L. Bauer. 83.2.388–400 (2007).
141
Phonetic data analysis: An introduction to fieldwork and instrumental techniques. By P. Ladefoged. Rev. by K.
Johnson. 83.1.191–94 (2007).
Phonetic interpretation: Papers in laboratory phonology 6. Ed. by J. Local, R. Ogden, and R. Temple. Rev. by M.-J.
Solé. 83.2.438–42 (2007).
Phonetically based phonology. Ed. by B. Hayes, R. Kirchner, and D. Steriade. Rev. by J. L. Smith. 83.4.886–89
(2007).
Phonetically driven account of syllable weight, A. By M. Gordon. 78.1.51–80 (2002).
Phonetics and phonology in language comprehension and production. Ed. by N. O. Schiller and A. S. Meyer. BN by
S. Gahl. 82.1.222 (2006).
Phonetics and phonology of tense and lax obstruents in German. By M. Jessen. BN by G. Collischonn. 78.2.375–76
(2002).
Phonetics, phonology, and cognition. Ed. by J. Durand and B. Laks. Rev. by E. Buckley. 82.3.653–57 (2006).
Phonological domains: Universals and deviations. Ed. by J. Grijzenhout and B. Kabak. Rev. by J. Meinschaefer.
87.1.201–3 (2011).
Phonological knowledge: Conceptual and empirical issues. Ed. by N. Burton-Roberts, P. Carr, and G. Docherty.
Rev. by M. Maxwell. 78.4.766–69 (2002).
Phonological model for intonation without low tone, A. By M. Cabrera-Abreu. BN by A. Pham. 80.1.168 (2004).
Phonological movement in Classical Greek. By B. Agbayani and C. Golston. 86.1.133–67 (2010).
Phonological projection: A theory of feature content and prosodic structure. By M. van Oostendorp. BN by M.
Pierce. 77.3.623–24 (2001).
Phonological spectrum, The. Vol. 1: Segmental structure. Vol. 2: Suprasegmental structure. Ed. by J. van de Weijer,
V. J. van Heuven, and H. van der Hulst. BN by M. Cahill. 81.4.1028–30 (2005).
Phonological structure of words, The: An introduction. By C. J. Ewen and H. van der Hulst. Rev. by G. L. Piggott.
82.3.657–59 (2006).
Phonological theory: The essential readings. Ed. by J. A. Goldsmith. BN by M. Pierce. 77.3.624 (2001).
Phonological variation in child-directed speech. By P. Foulkes, G. Docherty, and D. Watt. 81.1.177–206 (2005).
Phonologie: Eine Einführung. By T. A. Hall. BN by M. Pierce. 78.2.364–65 (2002).
Phonology and language use. By J. Bybee. BN by M. Krug. 79.4.793–94 (2003).
Phonology and morphology of Arabic, The. By J. C. E. Watson. Rev. by J. J. McCarthy. 80.4.865–67 (2004).
Phonology and morphology of reduplication, The. By E. Raimy. Rev. by A. Nevins. 78.4.770–73 (2002).
Phonology and phonetics in Coatzospan Mixtec. By C. Gerfen. BN by E. J. Vajda. 78.3.593–94 (2002).
Phonology of English, The: A prosodic optimality-theoretic approach. By M. Hammond. BN by A. R. Luis.
77.3.621 (2001).
Phonology of German, The. By R. Wiese. BN by M. Pierce. 78.4.822 (2002).
Phonology of Hungarian, The. By P. Siptár and M. Törkenczy. BN by M. J. Elson. 79.3.668 (2003).
Phonology of Norwegian, The. By G. Kristoffersen. BN by M. J. Elson. 80.3.628–29 (2004).
Phonology of Portuguese, The. By M. H. Mateus and E. D’Andrade. BN by P. S. Ding. 82.4.958 (2006).
Phonology of Portuguese, The. By M. H. Mateus and E. D’Andrade. BN by M. J. Elson. 78.4.811–12 (2002).
Phonology of Southern Luri, A. By E. J. Anonby. BN by C. González. 83.3.665 (2007).
Phonology of Standard Chinese, The. By S. Duanmu. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.2.435–36 (2003).
Phonology of stress in Polish, The. By I. Kraska-Szlenk. BN by M. J. Elson. 81.3.780 (2005).
Phonology of tone and intonation, The. By C. Gussenhoven. Rev. by M. E. Beckman. 84.3.641–43 (2008).
Phrasal or lexical constructions? Discussion Note by S. Müller. 82.4.850–83 (2006).
Phrase structure composition and syntactic dependencies. By R. Frank. Rev. by C. Heycock. 82.1.172–74 (2006).
Physical foundation of the patterning of physical action verbs, The: A study of Chinese verbs. By H. Gao. BN by K.
S. Chung. 79.4.800–801 (2003).
PIANESI, FABIO; J. HIGGINBOTHAM; and A. C. VARZI (eds.) Speaking of events. BN by L. Alonso-Ovalle. 78.2.371
(2002).
PICA, PIERRE, and J. ROORYCK (eds.) Linguistic variation yearbook 2001. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 82.1.214–15
(2006).
PICA, PIERRE, and J. ROORYCK (eds.) Linguistic variation yearbook, vol. 2 (2002). BN by P. Panagiotidis. 82.2.460
(2006).
PICA, PIERRE, and J. ROORYCK (eds.) Linguistic variation yearbook, vol. 3 (2003). BN by K. K. Grohmann.
83.3.689–90 (2007).
PICARD, MARC. BN on Bhat, Sound change. 79.2.428–29 (2003).
PICARD, MARC. BN on Brinton (ed.), Historical linguistics 1999. 79.2.428–29 (2003).
PICARD, MARC. BN on Carr, English phonetics and phonology: An introduction. 77.3.603–4 (2001).
PICARD, MARC. BN on Crystal, A dictionary of linguistics and phonetics. 5th edn. 80.1.170 (2004).
142
PICARD, MARC. BN on Ellis, Learning a second language through interaction. 77.4.850–51 (2001).
PICARD, MARC. BN on Jones and Esch (eds.), Language change: The interplay of internal, external and extralinguistic factors. 80.1.178–79 (2004).
PICARD, MARC. BN on Mitchell and Myles, Second language learning theories. 77.1.178–79 (2001).
PICARD, MARC. BN on Upton, Kretzschmar, and Konopka, The Oxford dictionary of pronunciation for current
English. 80.1.192 (2004).
PICKERING, MARTIN J.; M. W. CROCKER; and C. CLIFTON, JR. (eds.) Architectures and mechanisms for language
PICKERING, MARTIN J., and S. GARROD (eds.) Language processing. BN by S. Gahl. 77.3.615 (2001).
Pidgin and creole languages: A basic introduction. By A. S. Kaye and M. Tosco. BN by E. G. Winkler. 79.4.808–9
(2003).
Pidgins and creoles. By I. Singh. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.3.605 (2002).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Antonsen, Runes and Germanic linguistics. 80.3.613 (2004).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Bjorvand and Lindeman, Våre Arveord: Etymologisk Ordbok. 80.4.877–78 (2004).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Brandt, Modal verbs in Danish. 78.1.196–97 (2002).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Braunmüller and Ferraresi (eds.), Aspects of multilingualism in European language history.
81.4.1001–2 (2005).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Burridge, Blooming English: Observations on the roots, cultivation and hybrids of the
English language. 83.3.669 (2007).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Dekkers, van der Leeuw, and van de Weijer (eds.), Optimality Theory: Phonology, syntax,
and acquisition. 78.4.824–25 (2002).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Deumert, Language standardization and language change: The dynamics of Cape Dutch.
82.3.676–77 (2006).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Goldsmith (ed.), Phonological theory: The essential readings. 77.3.624 (2001).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Hall, Phonologie: Eine Einführung. 78.2.364–65 (2002).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Jones-Bley, Huld, Volpe, and Dexter (eds.), Proceedings of the tenth annual UCLA IndoEuropean conference. Los Angeles, May 21–23, 1998. 77.1.181 (2001).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Kager, van der Hulst, and Zonneveld (eds.), The prosody-morphology interface. 77.1.179
(2001).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Karstadt, Tracking Swedish-American English: A longitudinal study of linguistic variation
and identity. 81.4.1010 (2005).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Koerner, Essays in the history of linguistics. 83.1.221 (2007).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Kortlandt, Armeniaca: Comparative notes. 82.3.686–87 (2006).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Kraehenmann, Quantity and prosodic asymmetries in Alemannic: Synchronic and diachronic
perspectives. 81.4.1010–11 (2005).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Nielsen, The early runic language of Scandinavia: Studies in Germanic dialect geography.
78.4.823–24 (2002).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Polomé and Justus (eds.), Language change and typological variation: In honor of Winfred
P. Lehmann on the occasion of his 83rd birthday. Vol. 1: Language change and phonology. Vol. 2: Grammatical
universals and typology. 77.1.179–80 (2001).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Rasmussen, Selected papers on Indo-European linguistics. With a section on comparative
Eskimo linguistics. 77.1.180–81 (2001).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Robinson, Whose German? The ach/ich alternation and related phenomena in ‘standard’
and ‘colloquial’. 78.4.822–23 (2002).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Roca and Johnson, A workbook in phonology. 77.3.624 (2001).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Schulte, Grundfragen der Umlautphonemisierung: Eine strukturelle Analyse des nordgermanischen i/j Umlauts unter Berücksichtigung der älteren Runeninschriften. 77.3.604 (2001).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Traugott and Dasher, Regularity in semantic change. 83.1.232–33 (2007).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on van Oostendorp, Phonological projection: A theory of feature content and prosodic structure.
77.3.623–24 (2001).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Wiese, The phonology of German. 78.4.822 (2002).
PIERCE, MARC. BN on Winchester, The meaning of everything: The story of the Oxford English Dictionary. 82.1.226
(2006).
PIERREHUMBERT, JANET B., and M. B. BROE (eds.) Papers in laboratory phonology V: Acquisition and the lexicon.
BN by T. L. Face. 78.2.358 (2002).
PIERREHUMBERT, JANET B.; J. GERMAN; and S. KAUFMANN. Evidence for phonological constraints on nuclear accent
PIETARINEN, AHTI. BN on Lycan, Philosophy of language: A contemporary introduction. 79.2.444–45 (2003).
143
PIETARINEN, AHTI. BN on Moss, Ginzburg, and de Rijke (eds.), Logic, language and information. Vol. 2. 77.2.396–
97 (2001).
PIETARINEN, AHTI. BN on Recanati, Oratio obliqua, oratio recta: An essay on metarepresentation. 79.3.665 (2003).
PIETROSKI, PAUL M. Causing actions. BN by G. H. Toops. 79.3.664–65 (2003).
PIETROSKI, PAUL M. Rev. of Di Sciullo and Boeckx (eds.), The biolinguistic enterprise: New perspectives on the
evolution and nature of the human language faculty. 88.3.637–40 (2012).
PIGGOTT, GLYNE L. Rev. of Ewen and van der Hulst, The phonological structure of words: An introduction.
82.3.657–59 (2006).
PIKE, KENNETH L. Obituary of. By R. M. Brend. 77.3.562–66 (2001).
PILLER, INGRID. Bilingual couples talk: The discursive construction of hybridity. Rev. by M. Clyne. 80.3.605–8
(2004).
PILLER, INGRID. BN on Baron and Kotthoff (eds.), Gender in interaction: Perspectives on femininity and masculinity
in ethnography and discourse. 82.1.187–88 (2006).
PINE, JULIAN M.; B. AMBRIDGE; C. F. ROWLAND; and F. CHANG. The roles of verb semantics, entrenchment, and
PINKER, STEVEN. The blank slate: The modern denial of human nature. Rev. by F. Keil. 80.4.859–62 (2004).
PINKER, STEVEN. Words and rules: The ingredients of language. Rev. by T. Wasow. 77.1.168–71 (2001).
PINTZUK, SUSAN; D. ADGER; B. PLUNKETT; and G. TSOULAS (eds.) Specifiers: Minimalist approaches. BN by A.
Pereltsvaig. 78.2.347–48 (2002).
PINTZUK, SUSAN; G. TSOULAS; and A. WARNER (eds.) Diachronic syntax: Models and mechanisms. BN by E. van
Gelderen. 78.4.791 (2002).
Pirahã culture and grammar: A response to some criticisms. By D. L. Everett. 85.2.405–42 (2009).
Pirahã exceptionality: A reassessment. By A. Nevins, D. Pesetsky, and C. Rodrigues. 85.2.355–404 (2009).
PITKÄNEN, KARI K. The spatio-temporal setting in written narrative fiction: A study of interaction between words,
text and encyclopedic knowledge in the creation of textual meaning. BN by A. Głaz. 83.1.227 (2007).
PITT, DAVID. Reply to Kac (Discussion Note). 79.1.197–201 (2003).
PITTMAN, IULIA. BN on Loritz, How the brain evolved language. 78.1.189–90 (2002).
PITTS, ALYSON. Exploring a ‘pragmatic ambiguity’ of negation. 87.2.346–68 (2011).
PLAG, INGO. BN on van der Hulst and Ritter (eds.), The syllable: Views and facts. 78.3.606–7 (2002).
PLAG, INGO. Rev. of Baayen and Schreuder (eds.), Morphological structure in language processing. 83.1.196–99
(2007).
PLAG, INGO. Word-formation in English. BN by M. Callies. 82.1.215–16 (2006).
PLAG, INGO, and D. ADONE (eds.) Creolization and linguistic change. BN by D. K. Nylander. 77.2.395–96 (2001).
PLAG, INGO, and H. BAAYEN. Suffix ordering and morphological processing. 85.1.109–52 (2009).
PLAG, INGO; G. KUNTER; S. LAPPE; and M. BRAUN. The role of semantics, argument structure, and lexicalization in
PLANK, FRANS (ed.) Noun phrase structure in the languages of Europe. BN by D. Ntelitheos. 82.1.216–17 (2006).
PLATERO, PAUL R., and T. B. FERNALD (eds.) The Athabaskan languages: Perspectives on a Native American
language family. BN by T. J. Curnow. 79.3.651–52 (2003).
PLATZACK, CHRISTER; G. JOSEFSSON; and G. HÅKANSSON (eds.) The acquisition of Swedish grammar. BN by M.
Kilarski. 83.3.678–79 (2007).
Plea to presenters, A. Letter to Language by M. Cahill. 83.2.244 (2007).
PLÉNAT, MARC; B. FRADIN; and F. KERLEROUX (eds.) Aperçus de morphologie du français [Insights into French
morphology]. Rev. by L. Bauer. 86.2.444–48 (2010).
PLESKALOVÁ, JANA; P. KARLÍK; and M. NEKULA (eds.) Encyklopedický slovník češtiny. BN by Z. Salzmann.
80.2.349 (2004).
PLUNGIAN, VLADIMIR, and Y. LANDER. Rev. of Kulikov, Malchukov, and de Swart (eds.), Case, valency and
transitivity. 86.3.728–31 (2010).
PLUNKETT, BERNADETTE; D. ADGER; S. PINTZUK; and G. TSOULAS (eds.) Specifiers: Minimalist approaches. BN by
A. Pereltsvaig. 78.2.347–48 (2002).
PÖCHTRAGER, MARKUS; W. U. DRESSLER; O. E. PFEIFFER; and J. R. RENNISON (eds.) Morphological analysis in
Poetic meter and musical form in Tashlhiyt Berber songs. By F. Dell and M. Elmedlaoui. Rev. by J. Halle.
87.1.181–89 (2011).
Point of view and grammar: Structural patterns of subjectivity in American English conversation. By J. Scheibman.
BN by A. Głaz. 80.4.900 (2004).
POLETTO, CECILIA. The higher functional field: Evidence from Northern Italian dialects. BN by X. Villalba.
78.2.369 (2002).
144
Policing the content of linguistic examples. Discussion Note by P. M. Postal. 79.1.182–88 (2003).
POLINSKY, MARIA; B. COMRIE; and S. MATTHEWS (eds.) The atlas of languages: The origin and development of
POLINSKY, MARIA; N. KWON; Y. LEE; P. C. GORDON; and R. KLUENDER. Cognitive and linguistic factors affecting
POLINSKY, MARIA, and E. VAN EVERBROECK. Development of gender classifications: Modeling the historical
change from Latin to French. 79.2.356–90 (2003).
Polish. By R. Feldstein and S. Franks. BN by K. Langston. 80.3.620–21 (2004).
Politeness. By R. J. Watts. Rev. by M. Sifianou. 82.3.665–68 (2006).
Political discourse in transition in Europe 1989–1991. Ed. by P. M. Chilton, M. V. Ilyin, and J. L. Mey. Rev. by A.
Eminov. 78.3.571–73 (2002).
Politics and sociolinguistic reflexes: Palestinian border villages. By M. H. Amara. BN by S. Davis. 77.2.387–88
(2001).
Politics as text and talk: Analytic approaches to political discourse. Ed. by P. A. Chilton and C. Schäffner. BN by
C. Rowe. 81.2.515–16 (2005).
Politics of language in the Spanish-speaking world, The. By C. Mar-Molinero. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.3.602–3
(2002).
POLLARD, VELMA. Dread talk: The language of Rastafari. 2nd edn. BN by E. G. Winkler. 78.3.597–98 (2002).
POLLOCK, JEAN-YVES. BN on Cinque (ed.), Functional structure in DP and IP: The cartography of syntactic structures, vol. 1. 82.2.426–28 (2006).
POLLOCK, JEAN-YVES; G. CINQUE; J. KOSTER; L. RIZZI; and R. ZANUTTINI (eds.) Paths towards universal grammar:
POLLOCK, JEAN-YVES, and A. C. J. HULK (eds.) Subject inversion in Romance and the theory of universal grammar.
BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.4.805–6 (2003).
POLOMÉ, EDGAR C. (ed.) Miscellanea Indo-Europea. BN by E. R. Luján. 77.4.865–66 (2001).
POLOMÉ, EDGAR C., and C. F. JUSTUS (eds.) Language change and typological variation: In honor of Winfred P.
Lehmann on the occasion of his 83rd birthday. Vol. 1: Language change and phonology. Vol. 2: Grammatical
universals and typology. BN by M. Pierce. 77.1.179–80 (2001).
Polysemy: Flexible patterns of meaning in mind and language. Ed. by B. Nerlich, Z. Todd, V. Herman, and D. D.
Clarke. BN by H. Narrog. 81.4.1017–18 (2005).
Polysemy: Theoretical and computational approaches. Ed. by Y. Ravin and C. Leacock. BN by S. Markantonatou.
82.1.218–19 (2006).
Polysemy: Theoretical and computational approaches. Ed. by Y. Ravin and C. Leacock. Rev. by M. L. Murphy.
79.1.207–10 (2003).
Polysemy in cognitive linguistics. Ed. by H. Cuyckens and B. Zawada. BN by A. Głaz. 78.4.813 (2002).
POPE, JENNIFER; M. MEYERHOFF; and D. R. LADD. Forty years of language change on Martha’s Vineyard (Short
Report). 83.3.615–27 (2007).
POPLACK, SHANA (ed.) The English history of African American English. BN by J. M. Lipski. 78.1.185–86 (2002).
POPLACK, SHANA, and N. DION. Prescription vs. praxis: The evolution of future temporal reference in French.
85.3.557–87 (2009).
POPLACK, SHANA, and S. TAGLIAMONTE. African American English in the diaspora. Rev. by R. W. Fasold.
81.2.504–8 (2005).
POPOVA, GERGANA; B. AARTS; D. DENISON; and E. KEIZER (eds.) Fuzzy grammar: A reader. BN by K. K.
Grohmann. 82.4.935–36 (2006).
PÖRINGS, RALF, and R. DIRVEN (eds.) Metaphor and metonymy in comparison and contrast. BN by C. Xie. 80.2.344
(2004).
PORT, ROBERT F., and A. P. LEARY. Against formal phonology. 81.4.927–64 (2005).
PORTE, GRAEME KEITH. Appraising research in second language learning: A practical approach to critical analysis
of quantitative research. BN by L. DeWaard Dykstra. 80.3.633 (2004).
PORTNER, PAUL. Modality. Rev. by V. Hacquard. 86.3.739–41 (2010).
PORTNER, PAUL, and B. H. PARTEE (eds.) Formal semantics: The essential readings. Rev. by P. Jacobson. 82.4.927–
30 (2006).
PORTNER, PAUL, and R. ZANUTTINI. Exclamative clauses: At the syntax-semantics interface. 79.1.39–81 (2003).
Portuguese: An essential grammar. 2nd edn. By A. P. Hutchinson and J. Lloyd. BN by M. J. Elson. 82.3.684–85
(2006).
Portuguese syntax: New comparative studies. Ed. by J. Costa. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.2.431–32 (2003).
POSER, WILLIAM, and L. CAMPBELL. Language classification: History and method. Rev. by C. Bowern. 86.3.706–9
(2010).
145
Positional neutralization: A case study from child language. By S. Inkelas and Y. Rose. 83.4.707–36 (2007).
POSTAL, PAUL M. Edge-based clausal syntax: A study of (mostly) English object structure. Rev. by R. P. Chaves.
88.2.439–42 (2012).
POSTAL, PAUL M. A historical corrective (Letter to Language). 82.2.229–30 (2006).
POSTAL, PAUL M. Policing the content of linguistic examples (Discussion Note). 79.1.182–88 (2003).
POSTAL, PAUL M. Skeptical linguistic essays. Rev. by R. D. Borsley. 82.2.442–46 (2006).
POSTAL, PAUL M.; C. COLLINS; and S. MOODY. An AAE camouflage construction. 84.1.29–68 (2008).
Postvelar harmony. By K. Shahin. BN by A. Nevins. 83.1.230–31 (2007).
Postverbal behavior. By T. Wasow. Rev. by G. M. Green. 80.2.327–31 (2004).
POTSDAM, ERIC. Malagasy backward object control. 85.4.754–84 (2009).
POTSDAM, ERIC. Rev. of Ernst, The syntax of adjuncts. 80.3.594–98 (2004).
POTSDAM, ERIC; R. MERCADO; and L. D. TRAVIS (eds.) Austronesian and theoretical linguistics. Rev. by P. Kroeger.
88.1.206–9 (2012).
POTTER, BEN A., and J. KARI (eds.) Anthropological papers of the University of Alaska: The Dene-Yeniseian
connection. Rev. by M. Dunn. 88.2.429–32 (2012).
POTTS, CHRISTOPHER. RA on Borer, Structuring sense, vol. 1: In name only; and Structuring sense, vol. 2: The
normal course of events. 84.2.343–69 (2008).
POULISSE, NANDA. Slips of the tongue: Speech errors in first and second language production. BN by Z. S. Bond.
77.3.634 (2001).
POUNTAIN, CHRISTOPHER. Exploring the Spanish language. BN by A. S. Kaye. 82.1.217 (2006).
POUPLIER, MARIANNE; D. H. WHALEN; H. S. MAGEN; A. M. KANG; and K. ISKAROUS. Vowel targets without a
Power of analogy, The: An essay on historical linguistics. By D. Wanner. Rev. by J. Klausenburger. 86.1.256–59
(2010).
Power sharing: Language, rank, gender, and social space in Pohnpei, Micronesia. By E. Keating. BN by E. J.
Vajda. 77.1.185–86 (2001).
POWERS, SUSAN, and C. HAMANN (eds.) The acquisition of scrambling and cliticization. BN by K. K. Grohmann.
78.4.818–19 (2002).
POYATOS, FERNANDO. Nonverbal communication across disciplines. Vol. 1: Culture, sensory interaction, speech,
conversation. Vol. 2: Paralanguage, kinesics, silence, personal and environmental interaction. Vol. 3:
Narrative literature, theater, cinema, translation. BN by C. Xie. 79.4.818–19 (2003).
Practical guide to lexicography, A. Ed. by P. van Sterkenburg. BN by J. Holeš. 82.1.225–26 (2006).
Practical introduction to phonetics, A. 2nd edn. By J. C. Catford. Rev. by A. S. Abramson. 79.3.631–34 (2003).
Practical language development: Whose mission? (SIL International and the disciplinary culture of linguistics). By
L. M. Dobrin and J. Good. 85.3.619–29 (2009).
Pragmatic markers and sociolinguistic variation: A relevance-theoretic approach to the language of adolescents.
By G. Andersen. BN by Z. Salzmann. 78.4.803 (2002).
Pragmatics. By J. S. Peccei. BN by L. Alonso-Ovalle. 77.2.407 (2001).
Pragmatics: An introduction. 2nd edn. By J. L. Mey. BN by M. Shappeck. 80.1.183–84 (2004).
Pragmatics and grammar. By M. Ariel. Rev. by R. Carston. 87.3.625–28 (2011).
Pragmatics of obligatory adjuncts, The. By A. E. Goldberg and F. Ackerman. 77.4.798–814 (2001).
Prague Linguistic Circle papers. Travaux du cercle linguistique de Prague, new series, vol. 3. Ed. by E. Hajičová,
T. Hoskovec, O. Leška, P. Sgall, and Z. Skoumalová. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.1.181–82 (2001).
Prague Linguistic Circle papers. Travaux du cercle linguistique de Prague, new series, vol. 4. Ed. by E. Hajičová,
P. Sgall, J. Hana, and T. Hoskovec. BN by Z. Salzmann. 80.3.623 (2004).
Predicate compounding in the Yi group: The continuum of grammaticalization. By M. Gerner. BN by J. R. Pelkey.
81.2.525–26 (2005).
Predicates and temporal arguments. By T. B. Fernald. BN by K. Chirkova. 77.3.635 (2001).
Predicative possession. By L. Stassen. Rev. by B. Heine. 86.2.470–72 (2010).
Predicting syntax: Processing dative constructions in American and Australian varieties of English. By J. Bresnan
and M. Ford. 86.1.168–213 (2010).
Predicting the unpredictable: Interpreting neutralized segments in Dutch. By M. Ernestus and R. H. Baayen. 79.1.5–
38 (2003).
Preferred argument structure: Grammar as architecture for function. Ed. by J. W. Du Bois, L. E. Kumpf, and W. J.
Ashby. Rev. by M. Haspelmath. 82.4.908–12 (2006).
Prelinguistic gesture predicts mastery and error in the production of early signs. By A. Cheek, K. Cormier, A. Repp,
and R. P. Meier. 77.2.292–323 (2001).
Préposition en français, La. By L. Melis. BN by H. J. Enns. 82.1.210–11 (2006).
146
Prepositions in their syntactic, semantic and pragmatic context. Ed. by S. Feigenbaum and D. Kurzon. BN by Y. A.
Lander. 80.4.886–87 (2004).
Prescription vs. praxis: The evolution of future temporal reference in French. By S. Poplack and N. Dion. 85.3.557–
87 (2009).
Présence ou absence de l’objet: Limites du possible en français contemporain. By M. Larjavaara. BN by G. H.
Toops. 79.3.659 (2003).
Present of the English future, The: Grammatical variation and collocations in discourse. By R. Torres Cacoullos and
J. A. Walker. 85.2.321–54 (2009).
PRESTON, CAROL G.; B. D. JOSEPH; and D. R. PRESTON (eds.) Language diversity in Michigan and Ohio: Towards
PRESTON, DENNIS R. (ed.) Handbook of perceptual dialectology: Volume 1. Rev. by C. J. Dannenberg. 77.2.382–83
(2001).
PRESTON, DENNIS R.; B. D. JOSEPH; and C. G. PRESTON (eds.) Language diversity in Michigan and Ohio: Towards
PRESTON, DENNIS R., and N. A. NIEDZIELSKI. Folk linguistics. BN by E. Battistella. 77.2.402 (2001).
Presumptive meanings. By S. C. Levinson. Rev. by A. Capone. 77.3.578–80 (2001).
Presupposition and anaphora. By E. Krahmer. BN by J. Gutiérrez-Rexach. 78.1.207–8 (2002).
Presupposition and discourse functions of the Japanese particle mo. By S. Shudo. BN by E. McCready. 81.1.291–
92 (2005).
PREVIGNANO, CARLO L.; S. L. EERDMANS; and P. J. THIBAULT (eds.) Language and interaction: Discussions with
PRÉVOST, PHILIPPE, and J. PARADIS (eds.) The acquisition of French in different contexts: Focus on functional
categories. BN by T. McGarry. 83.2.466 (2007).
PREYER, GERHARD, and G. PETER (eds.) Logical form and language. BN by J. Gutiérrez-Rexach. 79.4.819 (2003).
PRICE, GLANVILLE. A comprehensive French grammar. 5th edn. BN by G. H. Toops. 80.2.355 (2004).
PRICE, GLANVILLE (ed.) Encyclopedia of the languages of Europe. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.2.415–16 (2001).
PRIMUS, BEATRICE. Cases and thematic roles: Ergative, accusative and active. BN by G. H. Toops. 77.4.855–56
(2001).
PRINCE, ALAN, and P. SMOLENSKY. Optimality theory: Constraint interaction in generative grammar. BN by P.
Czarnecki. 83.3.690–91 (2007).
PRINCE, ELLEN F., Obituary of. By G. Ward, B. J. Birner, L. R. Horn, B. Abbott, P. Jacobson, and J. M. Sadock.
87.4.866–72 (2011).
Principle B, VP ellipsis, and interpretation in child grammar. By R. Thornton and K. Wexler. Rev. by K. K.
Grohmann. 78.2.322–24 (2002).
Principles of event segmentation in language: The case of motion events. By J. Bohnemeyer, N. J. Enfield, J.
Essegbey, I. Ibarretxe-Antuñano, S. Kita, F. Lüpke, and F. K. Ameka. 83.3.495–532 (2007).
Principles of syntactic reconstruction. Ed. by G. Ferraresi and M. Goldbach. Rev. by J. S. Klein. 86.3.720–26
(2010).
Prism of grammar, The: How child language illuminates humanism. By T. Roeper. Rev. by L. Matthewson.
86.4.982–85 (2010).
Prix Volney, The: Contributions to comparative Indo-European, African, and Chinese linguistics: Max Müller and
Steinthal, vol. 3. Ed. by J. Leopold. Rev. by M. Thomas. 78.2.335–39 (2002).
Prix Volney, The: Early nineteenth-century contributions to general and Amerindian linguistics: Du Ponceau and
Rafinesque, vol. 2. Ed. by J. Leopold. Rev. by M. Thomas. 78.2.335–39 (2002).
Prix Volney, The: Its history and significance for the development of linguistic research, vols. 1a and 1b. Ed. by J.
Leopold. Rev. by M. Thomas. 78.2.335–39 (2002).
Problems for the pronominal argument hypothesis in Maliseet-Passamaquoddy. By P. S. LeSourd. 82.3.486–514
(2006).
Problems in comparative Chinese dialectology: The classification of Miin and Hakka. By D. P. Branner. BN by K.
Chirkova. 77.3.637 (2001).
Proceedings of the seventeenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, The. Ed. by K. Shahin, S. Blake, and
E.-S. Kim. BN by L. Alonso-Ovalle. 77.2.418–19 (2001).
Proceedings of the tenth annual UCLA Indo-European conference. Los Angeles, May 21–23, 1998. Ed. by K. JonesBley, M. E. Huld, A. D. Volpe, and M. R. Dexter. BN by M. Pierce. 77.1.181 (2001).
Proceedings of the thirtieth annual Child Language Research Forum, The. Ed. by E. V. Clark. BN by C. A.
Ankerstein. 80.3.617 (2004).
Processing syntax and morphology: A neurocognitive perspective. By I. Bornkessel-Schlesewsky and M.
Schlesewsky. Rev. by C. Clifton, Jr. 86.4.943–45 (2010).
147
«Prodige à voir» Recherches comparatives sur l’origine casuelle de l’infinitif en grec ancien. By S. Vanséveren.
BN by A. M. Byrd. 79.4.823 (2003).
Production, perception, and emergent phonotactic patterns: A case of contrastive palatalization. By A. Kochetov.
BN by K. Pertsova. 83.2.464 (2007).
Productivity is the key: Morphophonology and the riddle of alternating diphthongs in Spanish. By M. T. Carlson and
C. Gerfen. 87.3.510–38 (2011).
Professional communication in international settings. By Y. Pan, S. Wong Scollon, and R. Scollon. BN by M.
Shappeck. 79.4.817–18 (2003).
Programming for linguists: Java™ technology for language researchers. By M. Hammond. Rev. by C. Manning.
81.3.740–42 (2005).
Programming for linguists: Perl for language researchers. By M. Hammond. Rev. by J. Goldsmith. 80.4.857–59
(2004).
Projecting the end of a speaker’s turn: A cognitive cornerstone of conversation. By J. P. de Ruiter, H. Mitterer, and
N. J. Enfield. 82.3.515–35 (2006).
Prolegomenon to a theory of argument structure. By K. Hale and S. J. Keyser. Rev. by K. K. Grohmann. 81.1.248–
51 (2005).
Prolific domains: On the anti-locality of movement dependencies. By K. K. Grohmann. BN by A. Pereltsvaig.
81.4.1006–7 (2005).
Pronominal possessors and Feature Uniqueness. By C. Dobrovie-Sorin and I. Giurgea. 87.1.126–57 (2011).
Pronouncing English: A stress-based approach with CD-ROM. By R. V. Teschner and M. S. Whitley. BN by D.
Deterding. 83.2.468–69 (2007).
Pronouns—Grammar and representation. Ed. by H. J. Simon and H. Wiese. BN by Y. A. Lander. 80.4.901–2
(2004).
Pronouns and word order in Old English, with particular reference to the indefinite pronoun man. By L. van
Bergen. BN by R. D’Alessandro. 81.4.1028 (2005).
Pronouns, clitics and empty nouns: ‘Pronominality’ and licensing in syntax. By P. Panagiotidis. BN by J. GutiérrezRexach. 79.4.843 (2003).
Pronunciation of English, The: A course book. 2nd edn. By C. W. Kreidler. BN by A. S. Kaye. 82.1.203–4 (2006).
Properhood. By R. Coates. 82.2.356–82 (2006).
Prosodic features and prosodic structure: The phonology of suprasegmentals. By A. Fox. BN by L. Micciulla.
78.2.390 (2002).
Prosodic features and prosodic structure: The phonology of suprasegmentals. By A. Fox. BN by E. J. Vajda.
77.3.627 (2001).
Prosodic phrasing of clause-final prepositional phrases, The. By E. Fitzpatrick. 77.3.544–61 (2001).
Prosodic word in European Portuguese, The. By M. Vigário. BN by P. S. Ding. 82.4.961–62 (2006).
Prosody-morphology interface, The. Ed. by R. Kager, H. van der Hulst, and W. Zonneveld. BN by M. Pierce.
77.1.179 (2001).
Proto-properties and grammatical encoding: A correspondence theory of argument selection. By F. Ackerman and
J. Moore. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 81.3.766–67 (2005).
Provocative syntax. By P. Branigan. Rev. by M. T. Putnam. 87.4.887–90 (2011).
PRZEPIÓRKOWSKI, ADAM, and R. D. BORSLEY (eds.) Slavic in head-driven phrase structure grammar. BN by N.
Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.2.348 (2002).
Psycholinguistics: An introduction. By H. S. Cairns. BN by C. van Kerckvoorde. 77.3.601 (2001).
Psycholinguistics: Language, mind and world. 2nd edn. By D. D. Steinberg, H. Nagata, and D. P. Aline. Rev. by N.
Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.4.773–75 (2002).
Psychological reality of OCP-place in Arabic, The. By S. A. Frisch and B. A. Zawaydeh. 77.1.91–106 (2001).
Psychological reality of phonaesthemes, The. By B. K. Bergen. 80.2.290–311 (2004).
PUCKETT, ANITA. Seldom ask, never tell: Labor and discourse in Appalachia. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.4.820–21
(2002).
PUTNAM, MICHAEL T. Rev. of Fortuny, The emergence of order in syntax. 86.1.223–26 (2010).
PÜTZ, MARTIN; R. DIRVEN; and R. FRANK (eds.) Cognitive models in language and thought: Ideology, metaphor and
meanings. BN by C. Xie. 82.2.453 (2006).
PÜTZ, MARTIN, and M. H. VERSPOOR (eds.) Explorations in linguistic relativity. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.853–54
(2001).
PULGRAM, ERNST. Rev. of Rosén, Latine loqui: Trends and directions in the crystallization of Classical Latin.
77.2.353–56 (2001).
PULLUM, GEOFFREY K. Response to Anderson (Letter to Language). 85.2.245–47 (2009).
148
PULLUM, GEOFFREY K., and D. C. DERBYSHIRE (eds.) Handbook of Amazonian languages. Vol. 4. Rev. by E. J.
Vajda. 77.2.360–63 (2001).
PULLUM, GEOFFREY K., and R. HUDDLESTON. The Cambridge grammar of the English language. RA by P. W.
Culicover. 80.1.127–41 (2004).
PULLUM, GEOFFREY K., and R. HUDDLESTON. A student’s introduction to English grammar. Rev. by E. M. Bender.
84.3.643–46 (2008).
PULVERMÜLLER, FRIEDEMANN. The neuroscience of language: On brain circuits of words and serial order. BN by
C. Ankerstein. 81.1.286 (2005).
Purépecha de Jarácuaro, Michoacán. By C. Chamoreau. Rev. by W. Bright. 84.2.406–7 (2008).
PUSKÁS, GENOVEVA. Word order in Hungarian: The syntax of A’-positions. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 78.2.378–79
(2002).
PUSTEJOVSKY, JAMES, and C. TENNY (eds.) Events as grammatical objects: The converging perspectives of lexical
semantics and syntax. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.3.671–72 (2003).
PUSTET, REGINA. Copulas: Universals in the categorization of the lexicon. Rev. by C. Goddard. 83.2.446–49 (2007).
PUTNAM, MICHAEL T. Rev. of Branigan, Provocative syntax. 87.4.887–90 (2011).
QORRO, MARTHA; M. MOUS; and R. KIESSLING. Iraqw-English dictionary. BN by B. Wald. 83.1.225 (2007).
Qualitative methods in sociolinguistics. By B. Johnstone. Rev. by T. C. Frazer. 77.3.567–68 (2001).
Quantificational topics: A scopal treatment of exceptional wide scope phenomena. By C. Endriss. Rev. by L. Martí.
87.4.908–11 (2011).
Quantifiers undone: Reversing predictable speech errors in comprehension. Short Report by L. Frazier and C.
Clifton, Jr. 87.1.158–71 (2011).
Quantitative investigation of the imperative-and-declarative construction in English, A. Short Report by G. Scontras
and E. Gibson. 87.4.817–29 (2011).
Quantitative research in linguistics: An introduction. By S. Rasinger. Rev. by E. Levon. 86.1.247–49 (2010).
Quantity and prosodic asymmetries in Alemannic: Synchronic and diachronic perspectives. By A. Kraehenmann.
BN by M. Pierce. 81.4.1010–11 (2005).
QUEEN, ROBIN. Turkish-German bilinguals and their intonation: Triangulating evidence about contact-induced
language change. 88.4.791–816 (2012).
QUER, JOSEP. Rev. of Sandler and Lillo-Martin, Sign languages and linguistic universals. 86.2.467–69 (2010).
QUER, JOSEP, and D. ADGER. The syntax and semantics of unselected embedded questions. 77.1.107–33 (2001).
QUER, JOSEP; J. SCHROTEN; M. SCORRETTI; P. SLEEMAN; and E. VERHEUGD (eds.) Romance languages and
linguistic theory 2001: Selected papers from ‘Going Romance’, Amsterdam, 6–8 December 2001. BN by R.
D’Alessandro. 82.1.217–18 (2006).
Questions and answers in embedded contexts. By U. Lahiri. BN by S. Banerji. 80.1.180–81 (2004).
QUINTO-POZOS, DAVID; R. P. MEIER; and K. CORMIER (eds.) Modality and structure in signed and spoken
Race and ideology: Language, symbolism, and popular culture. Ed. by A. K. Spears. BN by E. Battistella. 77.2.404
(2001).
Race and the rise of Standard American. By T. P. Bonfiglio. BN by R. Barrett. 81.2.510 (2005).
RADDEN, GÜNTER, and K.-U. PANTHER (eds.) Metonymy in language and thought. BN by K. A. McElhanon.
78.2.389–90 (2002).
RADFORD, ANDREW. Rev. of Guasti, Language acquisition: The growth of grammar. 80.4.855–57 (2004).
RADICK, GREGORY. The simian tongue: The long debate about animal language. Rev. by R. Burling. 86.1.244–47
(2010).
RADOVANOVIĆ, MILORAD, and O. M. TOMIĆ (eds.) History and perspectives of language study. BN by A. S. Kaye.
78.4.819–20 (2002).
RAFFELSIEFEN, RENATE; L. J. DOWNING; and T. A. HALL (eds.) Paradigms in phonological theory. Rev. by C. Rice.
82.4.905–8 (2006).
RAHMAN, TARIQ. Language, education, and culture. BN by A. S. Kaye. 77.4.847–48 (2001).
RAHMAN, TARIQ. Language, ideology and power: Language-learning among the Muslims of Pakistan and North
India. BN by M. Sawaie. 80.3.634 (2004).
RAI, ICHCHHA PURNA; B. BICKEL; G. BANJADE; M. GAENSZLE; E. LIEVEN; N. P. PAUDYAL; M. RAI; N. K. RAI; and S.
RAI, MANOJ; B. BICKEL; G. BANJADE; M. GAENSZLE; E. LIEVEN; N. P. PAUDYAL; I. P. RAI; N. K. RAI; and S. STOLL.
RAI, NOVEL KISHORE; B. BICKEL; G. BANJADE; M. GAENSZLE; E. LIEVEN; N. P. PAUDYAL; I. P. RAI; M. RAI; and S.
149
RAIBLE, WOLFGANG. Rev. of López-García, The grammar of genes: How the genetic code resembles the linguistic
code. 84.4.885–88 (2008).
RAIMY, ERIC. The phonology and morphology of reduplication. Rev. by A. Nevins. 78.4.770–73 (2002).
RAIMY, ERIC. Rev. of Nevins, Locality in vowel harmony. 88.1.209–12 (2012).
RAIMY, ERIC, and C. CAIRNS. Contemporary views on architecture and representation in phonology. Rev. by S.
Duanmu. 86.2.455–58 (2010).
Rainbow of corpora, A: Corpus linguistics and the languages of the world. Ed. by A. Wilson, P. Rayson, and T.
McEnery. BN by H. Narrog. 80.4.904–5 (2004).
RAKOVA, MARINA. The extent of the literal: Metaphor, polysemy and theories of concepts. BN by S. Skoufaki.
83.1.227–28 (2007).
RALLI, ANGELA, and M. L. RIVERO (eds.) Comparative syntax of Balkan languages. Rev. by C. Rudin. 79.2.423–25
(2003).
RAMAT, PAOLO. Rev. of Norde, Degrammaticalization. 86.4.979–82 (2010).
RAMPTON, BEN, and R. HARRIS (eds.) The language, ethnicity and race reader. BN by Z. Salzmann. 81.3.777–78
(2005).
RAMSEY, S. ROBERT, and I. LEE. The Korean language. BN by E. J. Vajda. 78.3.593 (2002).
RANNUT, MART, and H. METSLANG (eds.) Languages in development. BN by Z. Salzmann. 81.2.543 (2005).
RASINGER, SEBASTIAN. Quantitative research in linguistics: An introduction. Rev. by E. Levon. 86.1.247–49
(2010).
RASMUSSEN, JENS-ELMGÅRD. Selected papers on Indo-European linguistics. With a section on comparative Eskimo
linguistics. BN by M. Pierce. 77.1.180–81 (2001).
RATHERT, MONIKA; A. ALEXIADOU; and A. VON STECHOW (eds.) Perfect explorations. BN by E. Romanova.
81.3.767–68 (2005).
RATLIFF, MARTHA, and P. NEWMAN (eds.) Linguistic fieldwork. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.4.798–99 (2002).
RAUH, GISA; J. R. AUSTIN; and S. ENGELBERG (eds.) Adverbials: The interplay between meaning, context, and
RAVIN, YAEL, and C. LEACOCK (eds.) Polysemy: Theoretical and computational approaches. BN by S. Markantonatou. 82.1.218–19 (2006).
RAVIN, YAEL, and C. LEACOCK (eds.) Polysemy: Theoretical and computational approaches. Rev. by M. L.
Murphy. 79.1.207–10 (2003).
RAYNER, MANNY; D. CARTER; P. BOUILLON; V. DIGALAKIS; and M. WIREN (eds.) The spoken language translator.
RAYSON, PAUL; A. WILSON; and T. MCENERY (eds.) A rainbow of corpora: Corpus linguistics and the languages of
the world. BN by H. Narrog. 80.4.904–5 (2004).
Re: Language in the 21st century. Letter to Language by C. Phillips. 82.4.706–8 (2006).
Reaction to Jackendoff’s discussion note, A. Discussion Note by P. A. M. Seuren. 88.1.174–76 (2012).
Readings in machine translation. Ed. by S. Nirenburg, H. L. Somers, and Y. A. Wilks. BN by S. Robinson.
81.3.784–85 (2005).
REAGAN, TIMOTHY, and H. TONKIN (eds.) Language in the twenty-first century: Selected papers of the millennial
conferences of the Center for Research and Documentation on World Language Problems, held at the
University of Hartford and Yale University. BN by J. Skaffari. 82.3.698 (2006).
Real-time status of island phenomena, The. By C. Phillips. 82.4.795–823 (2006).
Reanimated voices: Speech reporting in a historical-pragmatic perspective. By D. E. Collins. BN by C. Xie.
79.1.217–18 (2003).
REBUSCHAT, PATRICK; M. ROHRMEIER; J. A. HAWKINS; and I. CROSS (eds.) Language and music as cognitive
systems. Rev. by D. Temperley. 88.3.666–69 (2012).
REBUSCHI, GEORGES, and L. TULLER (eds.) The grammar of focus. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.2.399–400 (2001).
RECANATI, FRANÇOIS. Oratio obliqua, oratio recta: An essay on metarepresentation. BN by A. Pietarinen. 79.3.665
(2003).
Recent work in computational linguistic phylogeny. Discussion Note by J. F. Eska and D. Ringe. 80.3.569–82
(2004).
Reciprocal constructions. Ed. by V. P. Nedjalkov. Rev. by E. König. 86.1.237–41 (2010).
Reciprocals: Forms and functions. Ed. by Z. Frajzyngier and T. S. Curl. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.627–28 (2001).
Reconsidering Creole exceptionalism. Discussion Note by D. Bickerton. 80.4.828–33 (2004).
Reconsidering prepositional polysemy networks: The case of over. By A. Tyler and V. Evans. 77.4.724–65 (2001).
Reconstructing grammar: Comparative linguistics and grammaticalization. Ed. by S. Gildea. BN by E. J. Vajda.
78.3.594–95 (2002).
150
Reconstruction of morphosyntactic function: Nonspatial usage of spatial case marking in Tsezic. By M. Cysouw and
D. Forker. 85.3.588–617 (2009).
Recontextualizing context: Grammaticality meets appropriateness. By A. Fetzer. BN by F. Yus. 82.4.944 (2006).
REDEKER, GISELA, and T. JANSSEN (eds.) Cognitive linguistics: Foundations, scope, and methodology. BN by A.
Głaz. 78.1.206–7 (2002).
REDFORD, MELISSA A., and R. MIIKKULAINEN. Effects of acquisition rate on emergent structure in phonological
development. 83.4.737–69 (2007).
Reduced theory of theta-role and case assignment and binding, A. By M. D. Moss. BN by M. Padayodi. 83.3.684–
85 (2007).
REERSHEMIUS, GERTRUD, and Y. MATRAS. Low German (East Frisian dialect). BN by K. K. Grohmann. 81.3.782–
83 (2005).
REESINK, GER; M. DUNN; S. C. LEVINSON; E. LINDSTRÖM; and A. TERRILL. Structural phylogeny in historical
REES-MILLER, JANIE, and M. ARONOFF (eds.) The handbook of linguistics. Rev. by S. Steele. 78.1.177–79 (2002).
REES-MILLER, JANIE; W. O’GRADY; J. ARCHIBALD; and M. ARONOFF. Contemporary linguistics: An introduction.
REETZ, HENNING. Artikulatorische und akustische Phonetik. BN by K. S. Chung. 81.3.785 (2005).
REEVE, MATTHEW. Clefts and their relatives. Rev. by M. den Dikken. 88.4.918–23 (2012).
Reexamining the development of African American English: Evidence from isolated communities. By W. Wolfram.
79.2.282–316 (2003).
Reference and anaphoric relations. Ed. by K. von Heusinger and U. Egli. BN by I. García. 77.2.422 (2001).
Reference grammar of Modern Standard Arabic, A. By K. C. Ryding. Rev. by E. McCarus. 84.1.204–6 (2008).
Reference grammar of spoken Tamil, A. By H. Schiffman. Rev. by S. B. Steever. 78.2.314–16 (2002).
Reference grammar of the Northern Embera languages, A. By C. A. Mortensen. BN by T. J. Curnow. 78.2.376
(2002).
Referential density in discourse and syntactic typology. By B. Bickel. 79.4.708–36 (2003).
Referring to space: Studies in Austronesian and Papuan languages. Ed. by G. Senft. BN by E. Lindström. 77.1.175–
76 (2001).
Regarding obituaries. Letter to Language by H. C. Dawson. 81.2.300 (2005).
REGIER, TERRY; P. KAY; and N. KHETARPAL. Color naming and the shape of color space (Short Report). 85.4.884–
92 (2009).
Regimes of language: Ideologies, polities, and identities. Ed. by P. V. Kroskrity. BN by Z. Salzmann. 78.2.392
(2002).
Regularity in semantic change. By E. C. Traugott and R. B. Dasher. BN by M. Pierce. 83.1.232–33 (2007).
REICHMANN, OSKAR; W. BESCH; A. BETTEN; and S. SONDEREGGER (eds.) Sprachgeschichte: Ein Handbuch zur
REICHMANN, OSKAR; W. BESCH; A. BETTEN; and S. SONDEREGGER (eds.) Sprachgeschichte: Ein Handbuch zur
1000 (2005).
REIDY, MICHAEL; A. G. GROSS; and J. E. HARMON. Communicating science: The scientific article from the 17th
Reinventing identities: The gendered self in discourse. Ed. by M. Bucholtz, A. C. Liang, and L. A. Sutton. BN by N.
Watanabe. 77.1.188 (2001).
REITER, EHUD, and R. DALE. Building natural language generation systems. BN by M. A. Covington. 77.3.611–12
(2001).
REITERER, SUSANNE MARIA, and G. DOGIL (eds.) Language talent and brain activity. Rev. by A. Collier, S. Ashaie,
and L. K. Obler. 87.1.192–96 (2011).
Relativkonstruktionen im Chinesischen, Die: Eine diachrone Studie. By J. Wang. BN by H. Narrog. 82.2.463–64
(2006).
Relators and linkers: The syntax of predication, predicate inversion, and copulas. By M. den Dikken. Rev. by A.
Rouveret. 85.3.706–10 (2009).
Relevance and linguistic meaning: The semantics and pragmatics of discourse markers. By D. Blakemore. Rev. by
L. Schourup. 80.4.840–43 (2004).
Relevant linguistics: An introduction to the structure and use of English for teachers. 2nd edn. By P. W. Justice. BN
by C. M. van Kerckvoorde. 83.1.220 (2007).
Relic syntax in Middle English and Medieval Spanish: Parameter interaction in language change. By I. Mackenzie
and W. van der Wurff. 88.4.846–76 (2012).
Remembrance of darker days, A. Letter to Language by U. Maas. 81.4.793 (2005).
151
REMIJSEN, BERT; D. R. LADD; and C. A. MANYANG. On the distinction between regular and irregular inflectional
morphology: Evidence from Dinka (Short Report). 85.3.659–70 (2009).
REMPT, BOUDEWIJN. BN on Lust, Wali, Gair, and Subbarao (eds.), Lexical anaphors and pronouns in selected South
Asian languages: A principled typology. 78.4.801–2 (2002).
RENFREW, COLIN, and P. BELLWOOD (eds.) Examining the farming/language dispersal hypothesis. RA by M. Ross.
82.3.628–48 (2006).
RENNISON, JOHN R.; W. U. DRESSLER; O. E. PFEIFFER; and M. PÖCHTRAGER (eds.) Morphological analysis in
Reply to Eska and Ringe. Letter to Language by P. Forster. 81.1.2–3 (2005).
Reply to Kac. Discussion Note by D. Pitt. 79.1.197–201 (2003).
Reply to Schiffman. By S. B. Steever. 78.3.559 (2002).
Reply to the critiques of ‘Grammar is grammar and usage is usage’, A. Discussion Note by F. J. Newmeyer.
81.1.229–36 (2005).
Reported discourse: A meeting ground for different linguistic domains. Ed. by T. Güldemann and M. von Roncador.
BN by T. J. Curnow. 81.3.776–77 (2005).
Reporting discourse, tense, and cognition. By T. I. Sakita. BN by C. Xie. 80.2.355–56 (2004).
REPP, ANN; A. CHEEK; K. CORMIER; and R. P. MEIER. Prelinguistic gesture predicts mastery and error in the
REPP, SOPHIE. Negation in gapping. Rev. by S. Tomioka. 87.1.221–24 (2011).
REPPEN, RANDI; S. M. FITZMAURICE; and D. BIBER (eds.) Using corpora to explore linguistic variation. Rev. by M.
Kytö. 82.2.438–42 (2006).
Representation theory. By E. Williams. Rev. by N. Hornstein and A. Nevins. 81.3.757–61 (2005).
Request for Proposals: eLanguage. 82.1.9 (2006).
Research in Afroasiatic grammar. Ed. by J. Lecarme, J. Lowenstamm, and U. Shlonsky. BN by A. Nevins.
80.1.181–82 (2004).
Research in Afroasiatic grammar 2. Ed. by J. Lecarme. BN by A. S. Kaye. 82.1.205–6 (2006).
Resilience of language, The: What gesture creation in deaf children can tell us about how all children learn
language. By S. Goldin-Meadow. BN by K. Pertsova. 81.2.526 (2005).
RESNIK, PHILIP. Rev. of Abeillé (ed.), Treebanks: Building and using parsed corpora. 83.4.876–80 (2007).
Response to a review. Letter to Language by M. Ariel. 88.3.465–66 (2012).
Response to a review. Letter to Language by G. Sampson. 86.4.757 (2010).
Response to a review. Letter to Language by L. Tanaka. 83.2.243–44 (2007).
Response to Anderson. Letter to Language by G. K. Pullum. 85.2.245–47 (2009).
Response to Aoun and Li. By S. Kuno, K. Takami, and Y. Wu. 77.1.134–43 (2001).
Response to Beckman’s review. Letter to Language by C. Gussenhoven. 85.1.2–3 (2009).
Response to Joseph’s discussion note. Letter to Language by W. Leben. 87.1.1 (2011).
Response to Nevins et al. Letter to Language by D. L. Everett. 85.4.753 (2009).
Response to Newmeyer’s ‘Grammar is grammar and usage is usage’. Discussion Note by C. F. Meyer and H. Tao.
81.1.226–28 (2005).
Response to Sanford B. Steever’s review of A reference grammar of spoken Tamil. By H. Schiffman. 78.3.556–58
(2002).
Response to Seuren. Discussion Note by R. Jackendoff. 88.1.177–78 (2012).
Response to Whalen et al. Letter to Language by K. Johnson, E. Flemming, and R. Wright. 80.4.646–49 (2004).
RESTLE, DAVID, and D. ZAEFFERER (eds.) Sounds and systems: Studies in structure and change: A festschrift for
Theo Vennemann. BN by A. Pham. 80.1.186 (2004).
Restriction and saturation. By S. Chung and W. A. Ladusaw. Rev. by L. Matthewson. 83.2.425–29 (2007).
Rethinking communicative interaction: New interdisciplinary horizons. Ed. by C. B. Grant. BN by F. Yus. 82.4.947–
48 (2006).
Rethinking structuralism: The posthumous publications of Gustave Guillaume (1883–1960). RA by J. Hewson.
84.4.820–44 (2008).
Rethinking the coordinate-subordinate dichotomy: Interpersonal grammar and the analysis of adverbial clauses in
English. By J.-C. Verstraete. Rev. by B. Dancygier. 87.1.239–42 (2011).
REULAND, ERIC (ed.) Arguments and case: Explaining Burzio’s generalization. BN by A. Pereltsvaig. 78.2.364
(2002).
REULAND, ERIC. Rev. of Safir, The syntax of anaphora. 85.1.231–37 (2009).
Reviewing procedures. Letter to Language by S. Gahl. 83.1.2 (2007).
Revisiting anaphoric islands. By A. C. Harris. 82.1.114–30 (2006).
152
Revisiting population size vs. phoneme inventory size. Discussion Note by S. Moran, D. McCloy, and R. Wright.
88.4.877–93 (2012).
REZAC, MILAN. Rev. of D’Alessandro, Fischer, and Hrafnbjargarson (eds.), Agreement restrictions. 86.4.948–53
(2010).
Rhyme and reason: An introduction to minimalist syntax. By J. Uriagereka. Rev. by R. D. Levine. 78.2.325–30
(2002).
RIAD, TOMAS. Rev. of Getty, The metre of Beowulf: A constraint-based approach. 80.4.852–55 (2004).
RICE, CURT. BN on Dixon and Aikhenvald (eds.), Word: A cross-linguistic typology. 82.4.941–42 (2006).
RICE, CURT. BN on Féry and van de Vijver (eds.), The syllable in optimality theory. 82.4.943–44 (2006).
RICE, CURT. BN on Fikkert and Jacobs (eds.), Development in prosodic systems. 81.2.522–23 (2005).
RICE, CURT. BN on McMahon, An introduction to English phonology. 79.2.445 (2003).
RICE, CURT. Rev. of Downing, Hall, and Raffelsiefen (eds.), Paradigms in phonological theory. 82.4.905–8 (2006).
RICE, CURT, and S. BLAHO (eds.) Modeling ungrammaticality in optimality theory. Rev. by L. J. Downing.
87.2.423–26 (2011).
RICE, KEREN. Rev. of Calabrese, Markedness and economy in a derivational model of phonology. 84.3.622–26
(2008).
RICE, KEREN. Rev. of Mahieu and Tersis (eds.), Variations on polysynthesis: The Eskaleut languages. 86.3.731–35
(2010).
RICE, KEREN. Rev. of Mithun, The languages of native North America. 77.2.356–60 (2001).
RICHARDS, NORVIN. Movement in language: Interactions and architectures. Rev. by A. Watanabe. 80.3.608–12
(2004).
RICHARDS, NORVIN. Uttering trees. Rev. by E. Torrego. 87.1.224–27 (2011).
RICHARDS, RONALD O. The Pannonian Slavic dialect of the Common Slavic proto-language: The view from Old
Hungarian. BN by O. Thomason. 81.3.785–86 (2005).
RICHARDSON, ELAINE. African-American literacies. BN by C. A. Lenz. 81.1.286–87 (2005).
RICKFORD, JOHN RUSSELL, and P. ECKERT (eds.) Style and sociolinguistic variation. Rev. by J. Cheshire. 83.2.432–
35 (2007).
RICKFORD, JOHN RUSSELL, and E. FINEGAN (eds.) Language in the USA: Themes for the twenty-first century. Rev.
by R. R. Butters. 83.4.883–86 (2007).
RICKFORD, JOHN RUSSELL, and R. J. RICKFORD. Spoken Soul: The story of Black English. Rev. by C. T. Adger.
77.3.590–91 (2001).
RICKFORD, JOHN RUSSELL, and S. ROMAINE (eds.) Creole genesis, attitudes and discourse. Rev. by J. C. Clements.
79.1.210–12 (2003).
RICKFORD, RUSSELL JOHN, and J. R. RICKFORD. Spoken Soul: The story of Black English. Rev. by C. T. Adger.
77.3.590–91 (2001).
RIEMER, NICK. Introducing semantics. Rev. by B. Nerlich. 87.3.652–54 (2011).
RIEPE, JILL. BN on Moder and Martinovic-Zic (eds.), Discourse across languages and cultures. 83.3.683 (2007).
RIESER, HANNES; P. KÜHNLEIN; and H. ZEEVAT (eds.) Perspectives on dialogue in the new millennium. BN by E.
McCready. 82.3.687–88 (2006).
RIETVELD, TONI, and R. VAN HOUT. Statistics in language research: Analysis of variance. Rev. by R. A. Fox.
86.3.741–44 (2010).
Right node raising and gapping: Interface conditions on prosodic deletion. By K. Hartmann. BN by K. K.
Grohmann. 79.3.656–57 (2003).
RIGON, GABRIELE, and G. LONGOBARDI. Rev. of Roberts and Roussou, Syntactic change: A minimalist approach to
RIHA, HELENA. Aronoff and sociological words (Letter to Language). 84.1.1–2 (2008).
RIJKHOFF, JAN. The noun phrase. BN by D. Ntelitheos. 81.1.287–88 (2005).
RIMMINGTON, DON, and P.-C. YIP. Chinese: A comprehensive grammar. BN by E. J. Vajda. 82.2.464 (2006).
RINGE, DON, and J. F. ESKA. Recent work in computational linguistic phylogeny (Discussion Note). 80.3.569–82
(2004).
RINGE, DON; L. NAKHLEH; and T. WARNOW. Perfect phylogenetic networks: A new methodology for reconstructing
the evolutionary history of natural languages. 81.2.382–420 (2005).
RISCHEL, JØRGEN. Sound structure in language. Ed. by N. Grønnum, F. Gregersen, and H. Basbøll. Rev. by K. J.
Kohler. 86.2.458–62 (2010).
RISSANEN, MATTI. Rev. of Takagaki, Zaima, Tsuruga, Moreno-Fernández, and Kawaguchi (eds.), Corpus-based
approaches to sentence structures. 85.1.237–40 (2009).
RITTER, ELIZABETH, and H. HARLEY. Person and number in pronouns: A feature-geometric analysis. 78.3.482–526
(2002).
153
RITTER, NANCY, and H. VAN DER HULST (eds.) The syllable: Views and facts. BN by I. Plag. 78.3.606–7 (2002).
RIVAS, ALEJANDRO, and Y. RODRÍGUEZ (eds.) Antología conmemorativa: Nueva Revista de Filología Hispánica.
Cincuenta tomos. Vol. 1. BN by N. I. Stolova. 83.1.228–29 (2007).
RIVAS, ALEJANDRO, and Y. RODRÍGUEZ (eds.) Antología conmemorativa: Nueva Revista de Filología Hispánica.
Cincuenta tomos. Vol. 2. BN by N. I. Stolova. 83.1.229 (2007).
RIVERO, MARÍA LUISA, and A. RALLI (eds.) Comparative syntax of Balkan languages. Rev. by C. Rudin. 79.2.423–
25 (2003).
RIZZI, LUIGI; G. CINQUE; J. KOSTER; J.-Y. POLLOCK; and R. ZANUTTINI (eds.) Paths towards universal grammar:
ROARK, BRIAN, and R. SPROAT. Computational approaches to morphology and syntax. Rev. by M. Dickinson and S.
Kübler. 86.3.744–48 (2010).
ROBERGE, YVES, and A. T. PÉREZ-LEROUX (eds.) Romance linguistics: Theory and acquisition. BN by N. I. Stolova.
82.3.691–92 (2006).
ROBERT, STÉPHANE, and C. FUCHS (eds.) Language diversity and cognitive representations. BN by A. Głaz.
77.2.409–10 (2001).
ROBERTS, CELIA, and S. SARANGI (eds.) Talk, work and institutional order: Discourse in medical, mediation and
management settings. BN by M. Nevile. 77.3.622–23 (2001).
ROBERTS, FELICIA D. Talking about treatment: Recommendations for breast cancer adjuvant therapy. BN by K.
Emmons. 77.1.201–2 (2001).
ROBERTS, IAN. Agreement and head movement: Clitics, incorporation, and defective goals. Rev. by M. R. Manzini.
88.1.212–15 (2012).
ROBERTS, IAN; T. BIBERAUER; A. HOLMBERG; and M. SHEEHAN. Parametric variation: Null subjects in minimalist
theory. Rev. by B. Citko. 87.4.881–84 (2011).
ROBERTS, IAN; R. D’ALESSANDRO; and A. LEDGEWAY (eds.) Syntactic variation: The dialects of Italy. Rev. by D.
Bentley. 87.3.634–37 (2011).
ROBERTS, IAN, and A. ROUSSOU. Syntactic change: A minimalist approach to grammaticalization. Rev. by G.
Longobardi and G. Rigon. 84.2.428–34 (2008).
ROBINSON, DOUGLAS. Becoming a translator: An introduction to the theory and practice of translation. 2nd edn.
BN by A. S. Kaye. 82.1.219 (2006).
ROBINSON, ORRIN W. Whose German? The ach/ich alternation and related phenomena in ‘standard’ and
‘colloquial’. BN by M. Pierce. 78.4.822–23 (2002).
ROBINSON, PETER (ed.) Individual differences and instructed language learning. BN by P. Ilangovan. 82.1.219–20
(2006).
ROBINSON, STUART. BN on Davis, A grammar of the Hoava language, Western Solomons. 82.4.941 (2006).
ROBINSON, STUART. BN on Farghaly (ed.), Handbook for language engineers. 82.3.679–80 (2006).
ROBINSON, STUART. BN on Mühlhäusler, Dutton, and Romaine, Tok Pisin texts: From the beginning to the present.
82.2.458–59 (2006).
ROBINSON, STUART. BN on Nirenburg, Somers, and Wilks (eds.), Readings in machine translation. 81.3.784–85
(2005).
ROBINSON, STUART. BN on Sells (ed.), Formal and empirical issues in optimality theoretic syntax. 80.1.187–88
(2004).
ROBINSON, STUART. BN on Slocum, Gerdel, and Aguilar (eds.), Diccionario Tzeltal de Bachajón Chiapas.
79.3.668–69 (2003).
ROBINSON, STUART. BN on Zagona, The syntax of Spanish. 79.4.825–26 (2003).
ROBSON, STUART. Javanese grammar for students. Rev. edn. BN by M. Ross. 81.4.1019 (2005).
Robustness in language and speech technology. Ed. by J.-C. Junqua and G. van Noord. BN by B. Hughes. 80.4.894
(2004).
ROBY, DAVID BRIAN. Aspect and the categorization of states: The case of ser and estar in Spanish. Rev. by J.
Gutiérrez-Rexach. 87.1.227–29 (2011).
ROCA, IGGY, and W. JOHNSON. A course in phonology. BN by J. Steele. 78.3.589–90 (2002).
ROCA, IGGY, and W. JOHNSON. A workbook in phonology. BN by M. Pierce. 77.3.624 (2001).
ROCHMAN, LISA, and N. ERTESCHIK-SHIR (eds.) The sound patterns of syntax. Rev. by N. Dehé. 88.1.197–99 (2012).
RODMAN, ROBERT; V. FROMKIN; and N. HYAMS. An introduction to language. 7th edn. BN by A. Głaz. 80.1.175
(2004).
RODRIGUES, CILENE; A. NEVINS; and D. PESETSKY. Evidence and argumentation: A reply to Everett (2009)
(Discussion Note). 85.3.671–81 (2009).
RODRIGUES, CILENE; A. NEVINS; and D. PESETSKY. Pirahã exceptionality: A reassessment. 85.2.355–404 (2009).
154
RODRÍGUEZ, YLIANA, and A. RIVAS (eds.) Antología conmemorativa: Nueva Revista de Filología Hispánica.
Cincuenta tomos. Vol. 1. BN by N. I. Stolova. 83.1.228–29 (2007).
RODRÍGUEZ, YLIANA, and A. RIVAS (eds.) Antología conmemorativa: Nueva Revista de Filología Hispánica.
Cincuenta tomos. Vol. 2. BN by N. I. Stolova. 83.1.229 (2007).
RODRÍGUEZ-BACHILLER, BETSY; E. CONTINI-MORAVA; and R. S. KIRSNER (eds.) Cognitive and communicative
ROELS, LINDE. BN on Musan, The German perfect: Its semantic composition and its interactions with temporal
adverbials. 81.3.784 (2005).
ROELS, LINDE. BN on Verhagen and van de Weijer (eds.), Usage-based approaches to Dutch: Lexicon, grammar,
discourse. 82.2.462–63 (2006).
ROELS, LINDE. BN on Zwart and Abraham (eds.), Studies in comparative Germanic syntax: Proceedings from the
15th Workshop on Comparative Germanic Syntax. 80.4.906–7 (2004).
ROEPER, TOM. The prism of grammar: How child language illuminates humanism. Rev. by L. Matthewson.
86.4.982–85 (2010).
ROGERS, HENRY. Writing systems: A linguistic approach. BN by P. T. Daniels. 82.3.693–94 (2006).
ROHDENBURG, GÜNTER, and B. MONDORF (eds.) Determinants of grammatical variation in English. BN by A.
Bergs. 81.1.288–89 (2005).
ROHDENBURG, GÜNTER, and J. SCHLÜTER (eds.) One language, two grammars? Differences between British and
American English. Rev. by S. Johansson. 86.2.462–67 (2010).
ROHRBACHER, BERNHARD. Morphology-driven syntax: A theory of V to I raising and pro-drop. BN by J. GutiérrezRexach. 78.1.207 (2002).
ROHRMEIER, MARTIN; P. REBUSCHAT; J. A. HAWKINS; and I. CROSS (eds.) Language and music as cognitive systems.
ROJINA, NINA. BN on Dehé, Jackendoff, McIntyre, and Urban (eds.), Verb-particle explorations. 80.2.342–43
(2004).
ROJINA, NINA. BN on van Gelderen, An introduction to the grammar of English: Syntactic arguments and sociohistorical background. 80.1.192–93 (2004).
Role of lexical frequency in syntactic variability, The: Variable subject personal pronoun expression in Spanish. By
D. Erker and G. R. Guy. 88.3.526–57 (2012).
Role of mother-tongue schooling in eradicating poverty, The: A response to Language and poverty, ed. by W.
Harbert, with S. McConnell-Ginet, A. Miller, and J. Whitman. RA by S. S. Mufwene. 86.4.910–32 (2010).
Role of phonetic knowledge in phonological patterning, The: Corpus and survey evidence from Tagalog infixation.
By K. Zuraw. 83.2.277–316 (2007).
Role of semantics, argument structure, and lexicalization in compound stress assignment in English, The. By I. Plag,
G. Kunter, S. Lappe, and M. Braun. 84.4.760–94 (2008).
Role of speech perception in phonology, The. Ed. by E. Hume and K. Johnson. BN by H. C. Dawson. 82.1.200–201
(2006).
Roles of verb semantics, entrenchment, and morphophonology in the retreat from dative argument-structure
overgeneralization errors, The. By B. Ambridge, J. M. Pine, C. F. Rowland, and F. Chang. 88.1.45–81 (2012).
ROMAINE, SUZANNE. Rev. of Auer and Wei (eds.), Handbook of multilingualism and multilingual communication.
85.2.457–58 (2009).
ROMAINE, SUZANNE. Rev. of Fitzmaurice and Taavitsainen (eds.), Methods in historical pragmatics. 85.3.719–20
(2009).
ROMAINE, SUZANNE; P. MÜHLHÄUSLER; and T. E. DUTTON. Tok Pisin texts: From the beginning to the present. BN
by S. Robinson. 82.2.458–59 (2006).
ROMAINE, SUZANNE, and J. R. RICKFORD (eds.) Creole genesis, attitudes and discourse. Rev. by J. C. Clements.
79.1.210–12 (2003).
Romance languages and linguistic theory 1999. Ed. by Y. D’Hulst, J. Rooryck, and J. Schroten. BN by J. Holeš.
80.2.343–44 (2004).
Romance languages and linguistic theory 2000: Selected papers from ‘Going Romance’ 2000, Utrecht, 30
November–2 December. Ed. by C. Beyssade, R. Bok-Bennema, F. Drijkoningen, and P. Monachesi. BN by E.
Casielles-Suárez. 80.1.167–68 (2004).
Romance languages and linguistic theory 2001: Selected papers from ‘Going Romance’, Amsterdam, 6–8 December
2001. Ed. by J. Quer, J. Schroten, M. Scorretti, P. Sleeman, and E. Verheugd. BN by R. D’Alessandro.
82.1.217–18 (2006).
Romance languages and linguistic theory 2002: Selected papers from ‘Going Romance’, Groningen, 28–30
November 2002. Ed. by R. Bok-Bennema, B. Hollebrandse, B. Kampers-Manhe, and P. Sleeman. BN by N. I.
Stolova. 83.1.216–17 (2007).
155
Romance linguistics: Theory and acquisition. Ed. by A. T. Pérez-Leroux and Y. Roberge. BN by N. I. Stolova.
82.3.691–92 (2006).
Romance objects: Transitivity in Romance languages. Ed. by G. Fiorentino. BN by G. H. Toops. 82.2.455–56
(2006).
Romance perspective on language knowledge and use, A. Ed. by R. Núñez-Cedeño, L. López, and R. Cameron. BN
by N. I. Stolova. 82.3.691 (2006).
Romance syntax, semantics and L2 acquisition. Ed. by J. Camps and C. Wiltshire. BN by J. Gutiérrez-Rexach.
79.4.834–35 (2003).
Romani: A linguistic introduction. By Y. Matras. BN by O. Thomason. 81.2.540–41 (2005).
ROMANOVA, EUGENIA. BN on Alexiadou, Rathert, and von Stechow (eds.), Perfect explorations. 81.3.767–68
(2005).
RÖMER, UTE. BN on Aijmer and Stenström (eds.), Discourse patterns in spoken and written corpora. 82.4.936
(2006).
RÖMER, UTE. BN on Bhatia, Worlds of written discourse: A genre-based view. 83.3.666 (2007).
RÖMER, UTE. BN on Coffin, Hewings, and O’Halloran (eds.), Applying English grammar: Functional and corpus
approaches. 83.3.670–71 (2007).
RÖMER, UTE. BN on Lindquist and Mair (eds.), Corpus approaches to grammaticalization in English. 82.4.956
(2006).
RÖMER, UTE. BN on Matthews, Linguistics: A very short introduction. 81.2.541 (2005).
RÖMER, UTE. BN on McDonough, Applied linguistics in language education. 81.2.542–43 (2005).
RÖMER, UTE. BN on Stenström, Andersen, and Hasund, Trends in teenage talk: Corpus compilation, analysis and
findings. 80.4.900–901 (2004).
RONOWICZ, EDDIE, and C. YALLOP (eds.) English: One language, different cultures. BN by I. M. Laversuch.
77.3.620–21 (2001).
ROOD, DAVID S.; K. D. HARRISON; and A. DWYER (eds.) Lessons from documented endangered languages. Rev. by
D. Bradley. 87.2.402–6 (2011).
ROORYCK, JOHAN. Configurations of sentential complementation: Perspectives from Romance languages. BN by K.
K. Grohmann. 78.4.815–16 (2002).
ROORYCK, JOHAN; Y. D’HULST; and J. SCHROTEN (eds.) Romance languages and linguistic theory 1999. BN by J.
Holeš. 80.2.343–44 (2004).
ROORYCK, JOHAN, and P. PICA (eds.) Linguistic variation yearbook 2001. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 82.1.214–15
(2006).
ROORYCK, JOHAN, and P. PICA (eds.) Linguistic variation yearbook, vol. 2 (2002). BN by P. Panagiotidis. 82.2.460
(2006).
ROORYCK, JOHAN, and P. PICA (eds.) Linguistic variation yearbook, vol. 3 (2003). BN by K. K. Grohmann.
83.3.689–90 (2007).
Roots of Old Chinese, The. By L. Sagart. BN by G. Rubio. 77.4.870 (2001).
ROSE, SARAH; C. BEAUDOIN-LIETZ; and D. NURSE. A glossary of terms for Bantu verbal categories, with special
ROSE, SHARON, and R. WALKER. A typology of consonant agreement as correspondence. 80.3.475–531 (2004).
ROSE, YVAN, and S. INKELAS. Positional neutralization: A case study from child language. 83.4.707–36 (2007).
ROSEBERRY, ROBERT L.; M. GHADESSY; and A. HENRY (eds.) Small corpus studies and ELT: Theory and practice.
BN by N. S. Dash. 80.2.346 (2004).
ROSÉN, HANNAH. Latine loqui: Trends and directions in the crystallization of Classical Latin. Rev. by E. Pulgram.
77.2.353–56 (2001).
ROSENBACH, ANETTE. Animacy versus weight as determinants of grammatical variation in English. 81.3.613–44
(2005).
ROSENBACH, ANETTE. BN on Demske, Merkmale und Relationen: Diachrone Studien zur Nominalphrase des
Deutschen. 78.2.365–66 (2002).
ROSENBACH, ANETTE; O. FISCHER; and D. STEIN (eds.) Pathways of change: Grammaticalization in English. BN by
A. Gianto. 79.1.219 (2003).
ROSENKVIST, HENRIK. Rev. of Wratil and Gallman (eds.), Null pronouns. 88.4.930–33 (2012).
ROSMAN, ABRAHAM, and P. G. RUBEL (eds.) Translating cultures: Perspectives on translation and anthropology.
BN by L. Card. 81.3.787 (2005).
ROSS, MALCOLM. BN on Egli, Paiwan-Wörterbuch: Paiwan–Deutsch, Deutsch–Paiwan. 80.4.884 (2004).
ROSS, MALCOLM. BN on Enfield, Linguistic epidemiology: Semantics and grammar of language contact in
mainland Southeast Asia. 80.4.884–85 (2004).
ROSS, MALCOLM. BN on Robson, Javanese grammar for students. Rev. edn. 81.4.1019 (2005).
156
ROSS, MALCOLM. BN on Verstraelen, A formal-functional analysis of language, with an application to Ibanag.
83.2.475–76 (2007).
ROSS, MALCOLM. RA on Bellwood and Renfrew (eds.), Examining the farming/language dispersal hypothesis.
82.3.628–48 (2006).
ROSS, SHARON MIRIAM; A. BERGMANN; and K. C. HALL (eds.) Language files: Materials for an introduction to
ROTTET, KEVIN; A. VALDMAN; T. A. KLINGLER; and M. MARSHALL (eds.) Dictionary of Louisiana Creole. BN by J.
M. Lipski. 78.1.181–82 (2002).
ROUSSOU, ANNA, and I. ROBERTS. Syntactic change: A minimalist approach to grammaticalization. Rev. by G.
ROUVERET, ALAIN. Rev. of den Dikken, Relators and linkers: The syntax of predication, predicate inversion, and
copulas. 85.3.706–10 (2009).
ROUX, JUSTUS, and L. GERHARDT (eds. and rearrange) Induktiver Aufbau des Urbantu. By O. Dempwolff. BN by A.
P. Grant. 77.3.637–38 (2001).
ROWE, CHARLEY. BN on Chilton and Schäffner (eds.), Politics as text and talk: Analytic approaches to political
discourse. 81.2.515–16 (2005).
ROWLAND, CAROLINE F.; B. AMBRIDGE; J. M. PINE; and F. CHANG. The roles of verb semantics, entrenchment, and
ROWLETT, PAUL; A. BATTYE; and M.-A. HINTZE. The French language today: A linguistic introduction. 2nd edn.
BN by G. E. Saunders. 79.3.645–46 (2003).
RUBACH, JERZY, and G. E. BOOIJ. Allomorphy in optimality theory: Polish iotation. 77.1.26–60 (2001).
RUBEL, PAULA G., and A. ROSMAN (eds.) Translating cultures: Perspectives on translation and anthropology. BN
by L. Card. 81.3.787 (2005).
RUBIO, FERNANDO. BN on Andrews, Linguistics for L2 teachers. 78.2.366 (2002).
RUBIO, FERNANDO. BN on Hall and Verplaetse (eds.), Second and foreign language learning through classroom
interaction. 78.3.607–8 (2002).
RUBIO, GONZALO. BN on Denwood, Tibetan. 77.4.868–69 (2001).
RUBIO, GONZALO. BN on Leslau, Ethiopic documents: Argobba grammar and dictionary. 77.4.869–70 (2001).
RUBIO, GONZALO. BN on Saeed, Somali. 77.4.868 (2001).
RUBIO, GONZALO. BN on Sagart, The roots of Old Chinese. 77.4.870 (2001).
RUBIO, GONZALO. BN on Tazi, Arabismen im Deutschen: Lexikalische Transferenzen vom Arabischen ins Deutsche.
77.4.871 (2001).
RUDANKO, JUHANI. BN on Busse, Linguistic variation in the Shakespeare corpus: Morpho-syntactic variability of
second person pronouns. 82.1.189–90 (2006).
RUDANKO, JUHANI. Diachronic studies of English complementation patterns: Eighteenth century evidence in tracing
the development of verbs and adjectives selecting prepositions and complement clauses. BN by C. Mills.
78.1.195–96 (2002).
RUDES, BLAIR, and N. OSTLER (eds.) Endangered languages and literacy. BN by Z. Salzmann. 78.4.802 (2002).
RUDIN, CATHERINE. BN on Dimitrova-Vulchanova and Hellan (eds.), Topics in South Slavic syntax and semantics.
78.1.197–98 (2002).
RUDIN, CATHERINE. BN on Kenesei (ed.), Crossing boundaries. 78.1.198–99 (2002).
RUDIN, CATHERINE. Rev. of Rivero and Ralli (eds.), Comparative syntax of Balkan languages. 79.2.423–25 (2003).
RUDOLPH, ELISABETH. Contrast: Adversative and concessive expressions on sentence and text level. BN by B.
Wald. 79.3.665–66 (2003).
RUIZ DE MENDOZA IBÁÑEZ, FRANCISCO JOSÉ. Introducción a la teoría cognitiva de la metonimia. BN by R. BrdarSzabó and M. Brdar. 80.4.881–82 (2004).
Runes and Germanic linguistics. By E. H. Antonsen. BN by M. Pierce. 80.3.613 (2004).
Rus’: A comprehensive course in Russian. By S. Smyth and E. V. Crosbie. BN by D. Aichele. 82.2.461 (2006).
Rush to Russian. By O. I. Glazunova. BN by L. DeWaard Dykstra. 80.3.621–22 (2004).
RUSS, CHARLES V. J. Die Mundart von Bosco Gurin: Eine synchronische und diachronische Untersuchung. BN by
R. Felty. 82.1.220–21 (2006).
RUSSELL, PAUL (ed.) Yr Hen Iaith: Studies in Early Welsh. BN by D. Stifter. 81.4.1019–20 (2005).
Russian: A linguistic introduction. By P. Cubberley. BN by G. H. Toops. 81.2.520 (2005).
Russian language today, The. By L. Ryazanova-Clarke and T. Wade. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.2.397–98 (2001).
RUSSOM, GEOFFREY. Rev. of Minkova, Alliteration and sound change in early English. 81.3.745–48 (2005).
RŮŽIČKA, RUDOLF. Control in grammar and pragmatics: A cross-linguistic study. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.628–29
(2001).
RYAN, KEVIN M. Variable affix order: Grammar and learning. 86.4.758–91 (2010).
157
RYAZANOVA-CLARKE, LARISSA, and T. WADE. The Russian language today. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.2.397–98
(2001).
RYDING, KARIN C. A reference grammar of Modern Standard Arabic. Rev. by E. McCarus. 84.1.204–6 (2008).
RYEN, ELSE; B. BRENDEMOEN; and E. LANZA (eds.) Language encounters across time and space: Studies in
S-curves and the mechanisms of propagation in language change. By R. Blythe and W. Croft. 88.2.269–304 (2012).
SABEL, JOACHIM, and C. MOYSE-FAURIE (eds.) Topics in Oceanic morphosyntax. Rev. by W. A. Foley. 88.4.910–14
(2012).
Sabellic languages of ancient Italy, The. By R. E. Wallace. Rev. by J. T. Katz. 85.2.490–92 (2009).
SABINI, JOHN; B. LANDAU; J. JONIDES; and E. L. NEWPORT (eds.) Perception, cognition, and language: Essays in
SADLER, LOUISA, and R. NORDLINGER. Nominal tense in crosslinguistic perspective. 80.4.776–806 (2004).
SADLER, LOUISA, and R. NORDLINGER. When is a temporal marker not a tense? Reply to Tonhauser 2007
(Discussion Note). 84.2.325–31 (2008).
SADOCK, JERROLD M. A grammar of Kalaallisut (West Greenlandic Inuttut). BN by T. R. Wier. 82.1.221–22 (2006).
SADOCK, JERROLD M.; G. WARD; B. J. BIRNER; L. R. HORN; B. ABBOTT; and P. JACOBSON. Obituary of Ellen F.
Prince. 87.4.866–72 (2011).
SAEED, JOHN I. Semantics. 2nd edn. BN by L. Burley. 80.3.634–35 (2004).
SAEED, JOHN I. Somali. BN by G. Rubio. 77.4.868 (2001).
SAFIR, KEN. Rev. of Mchombo, The syntax of Chichewa. 84.3.651–55 (2008).
SAFIR, KEN. The syntax of anaphora. Rev. by E. Reuland. 85.1.231–37 (2009).
SAFIR, KEN. The syntax of (in)dependence. Rev. by U. Sauerland. 83.4.901–4 (2007).
SAG, IVAN A. English filler-gap constructions. 86.3.486–545 (2010).
SAG, IVAN A., and J. GINZBURG. Interrogative investigations: The form, meaning and use of English interrogatives.
Rev. by J. Nerbonne. 81.4.989–92 (2005).
SAG, IVAN A., and P. HOFMEISTER. Cognitive constraints and island effects. 86.2.366–415 (2010).
SAG, IVAN A.; P. HOFMEISTER; and L. STAUM CASASANTO. How do individual cognitive differences relate to
SAG, IVAN A.; P. HOFMEISTER; and L. STAUM CASASANTO. Misapplying working-memory tests: A reductio ad
SAG, IVAN A., and T. WASOW. Syntactic theory: A formal introduction. Rev. by P. Farrell. 77.1.158–62 (2001).
SAGART, LAURENT. The roots of Old Chinese. BN by G. Rubio. 77.4.870 (2001).
SAIDAT, AHMAD M. BN on Kay and Smith (eds.), Categorization in the history of English. 83.4.916–17 (2007).
SAINSBURY, R. M. Departing from Frege: Essays in the philosophy of language. BN by X. He. 83.1.229–30 (2007).
SAKITA, TOMOKO I. Reporting discourse, tense, and cognition. BN by C. Xie. 80.2.355–56 (2004).
SAKIYAMA, OSAMU (ed.) Lectures on endangered languages: 2—From Kyoto conference 2000. BN by E.
Battistella. 78.2.372–73 (2002).
SALABERRY, RAFAEL, and Y. SHIRAI (eds.) The L2 acquisition of tense-aspect morphology. BN by L. Chen.
80.2.356–57 (2004).
ŠALDOVÁ, PAVLÍNA; A. KLÉGR; M. MALÁ; J. ČERMÁK; and L. DUŠKOVÁ (trans.) Dictionary of the Prague School of
Salish etymological dictionary. By A. H. Kuipers. BN by G. D. S. Anderson. 82.1.204–5 (2006).
Salish language family, The: Reconstructing syntax. By P. D. Kroeber. Rev. by M. D. Kinkade. 77.3.573–75 (2001).
SALMONS, JOSEPH C. Rev. of Joseph, Preston, and Preston (eds.), Language diversity in Michigan and Ohio:
Towards two state linguistic profiles. 85.1.211–14 (2009).
SALMONS, JOSEPH C. Rev. of Lahiri (ed.), Analogy, levelling, markedness: Principles of change in phonology and
morphology. 79.4.783–86 (2003).
SALMONS, JOSEPH C., and R. D. KING. Obituary of Winfred P. Lehmann. 84.3.613–19 (2008).
SALVI, GIAMPAOLO, and G. CINQUE (eds.) Current studies in Italian syntax: Essays offered to Lorenzo Renzi. BN by
R. D’Alessandro. 80.4.880 (2004).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Andersen, Pragmatic markers and sociolinguistic variation: A relevance-theoretic
approach to the language of adolescents. 78.4.803 (2002).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Baugh, Beyond Ebonics: Linguistic pride and racial prejudice. 80.4.876–77 (2004).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Béjoint, Modern lexicography: An introduction. 78.2.391–92 (2002).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Botha, Unravelling the evolution of language. 82.4.938–39 (2006).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Burling, Learning a field language. 2nd edn. 77.4.852–53 (2001).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Carter, Vocabulary: Applied linguistic perspectives. 2nd edn. 77.4.851 (2001).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Cronin, Translation and globalization. 82.1.193–94 (2006).
158
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Crystal, Language death. 77.4.854–55 (2001).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Danaher, The semantics and discourse function of habitual-iterative verbs in contemporary Czech. 81.2.520–21 (2005).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Décsy, The linguistic identity of Europe, vols. 1–2. 78.4.803–4 (2002).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Duranti (ed.), Linguistic anthropology: A reader. 78.2.366–67 (2002).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Hajičová, Hoskovec, Leška, Sgall, and Skoumalová (eds.), Prague Linguistic Circle
papers. Travaux du cercle linguistique de Prague, new series, vol. 3. 77.1.181–82 (2001).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Hajičová, Sgall, Hana, and Hoskovec (eds.), Prague Linguistic Circle papers. Travaux
du cercle linguistique de Prague, new series, vol. 4. 80.3.623 (2004).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Harris and Rampton (eds.), Language, ethnicity and race reader, The. 81.3.777–78
(2005).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Hladký (ed.), Language and function: To the memory of Jan Firbas. 81.2.528 (2005).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Hymes, Now I know only so far: Essays in ethnopoetics. 81.4.1008 (2005).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Janson, Speak: A short history of languages. 79.4.807 (2003).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Karlík, Nekula, and Pleskalová (eds.), Encyklopedický slovník češtiny. 80.2.349 (2004).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on King (ed.), The origins of language: What nonhuman primates can tell us. 81.1.282–83
(2005).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Kirk and Ó Baoill (eds.), Travellers and their language. 83.1.220–21 (2007).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Kroskrity (ed.), Regimes of language: Ideologies, polities, and identities. 78.2.392
(2002).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Lennon, Allusions in the press: An applied linguistic study. 82.4.955–56 (2006).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Libert, Mixed artificial languages. 82.1.207 (2006).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Lucas (ed.), The sociolinguistics of sign languages. 80.3.629 (2004).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Menn and Bernstein Ratner (eds.), Methods for studying language production.
78.1.199 (2002).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Mesthrie, Swann, Deumert, and Leap, Introducing sociolinguisics. 77.4.851–52 (2001).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Metslang and Rannut (eds.), Languages in development. 81.2.543 (2005).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Niemeier and Dirven (eds.), Evidence for linguistic relativity. 77.4.853 (2001).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Oller, The emergence of the speech capacity. 77.3.604–5 (2001).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Ostler and Rudes (eds.), Endangered languages and literacy. 78.4.802 (2002).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Petrilli (ed.), Translation translation. 82.3.693 (2006).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Peyton, Griffin, Wolfram, and Fasold (eds.), Language in action: New studies of
language in society: Essays in honor of Roger W. Shuy. 77.4.855 (2001).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Pütz and Verspoor (eds.), Explorations in linguistic relativity. 77.4.853–54 (2001).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Singleton, Language and the lexicon: An introduction. 78.2.390–91 (2002).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Wardhaugh, An introduction to sociolinguistics. 4th edn. 79.4.824–25 (2003).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. BN on Wray (ed.), The transition to language. 80.3.639–40 (2004).
SALZMANN, ZDENEK. Language, culture and society: An introduction to linguistic anthropology. 3rd edn. BN by A.
S. Kaye. 82.3.694–95 (2006).
Same-except: A domain-general cognitive relation and how language expresses it. By P. W. Culicover and R.
Jackendoff. 88.2.305–40 (2012).
SAMEK-LODOVICI, VIERI, and C. FÉRY. Focus projection and prosodic prominence in nested foci (Discussion Note).
82.1.131–50 (2006).
SAMIIAN, VIDA; R. LAURY; G. MCMENAMIN; S. OKAMOTO; and K. V. SUBBARAO (eds.) Perspectives in linguistics:
Papers in honor of P. J. Mistry. BN by W. Bright. 83.3.680–81 (2007).
SAMPSON, GEOFFREY. The ‘language instinct’ debate. Rev. by J. H. McWhorter. 84.2.434–37 (2008).
SAMPSON, GEOFFREY. Response to a review (Letter to Language). 86.4.757 (2010).
SAMPSON, GEOFFREY; D. GIL; and P. TRUDGILL (eds.) Language complexity as an evolving variable. Rev. by J. T.
Faarlund. 86.3.748–52 (2010).
SAMPSON, RODNEY. Nasal vowel evolution in Romance. BN by D. C. Walker. 77.3.631 (2001).
SAMUEL, ARTHUR G., and A. C. HARRIS. Perception of exuberant exponence in Batsbi: Functional or incidental?
87.3.447–69 (2011).
SANDERS, CAROL; A. COVENEY; and M.-A. HINTZE (eds.) Variation et francophonie: Mélanges édités par Aidan
SANDERS, SARA L., and S. J. NAGLE (eds.) English in the southern United States. BN by M. J. Elson. 81.1.284
(2005).
SANDLER, WENDY; M. ARONOFF; and I. MEIR. The paradox of sign language morphology. 81.2.301–44 (2005).
159
SANDLER, WENDY, and D. LILLO-MARTIN. Sign languages and linguistic universals. Rev. by J. Quer. 86.2.467–69
(2010).
SANDNESS, KAREN E. The evolution of the Japanese past and perfective suffixes. BN by B. Erickson. 78.2.357–58
(2002).
SANDØY, HELGE; E. BRUNSTAD; J. E. HAGEN; and K. TENFJORD (eds.) Den fleirspråklege utfordringa [The
SANKOFF, GILLIAN, and H. BLONDEAU. Language change across the lifespan: /r/ in Montreal French. 83.3.560–88
(2007).
SANTOS, ANA LÚCIA. Minimal answers: Ellipsis, syntax and discourse in the acquisition of European Portuguese.
Rev. by R. Thornton. 87.1.229–34 (2011).
SANZ, CRISTINA, and R. P. LEOW (eds.) Implicit and explicit language learning: Conditions, processes, and
knowledge in SLA and bilingualism. Rev. by J. Cenoz. 88.2.442–45 (2012).
SAPIR, EDWARD, The collected works of, III: Culture. Ed. by R. Darnell, J. T. Irvine, and R. Handler. Rev. by J.
Stanlaw. 77.3.587–90 (2001).
SARACENI, MARIO. The language of comics. BN by F. Yus. 81.1.289 (2005).
SARANGI, SRIKANT, and C. ROBERTS (eds.) Talk, work and institutional order: Discourse in medical, mediation and
management settings. BN by M. Nevile. 77.3.622–23 (2001).
SASSE, HANS-JÜRGEN, and L. BEHRENS. The microstructure of lexicon-grammar interaction: A study of ‘gold’ in
English and Arabic. BN by A. S. Kaye. 82.3.670–71 (2006).
SATTA, GIORGIO; H. BUNT; and J. CARROLL (eds.) New developments in parsing technology. BN by N. S. Dash.
83.2.456–57 (2007).
SATTERFIELD, TERESA. Rev. of Cantone, Code-switching in bilingual children. 85.3.697–700 (2009).
SATTERFIELD, TERESA; C. TORTORA; and D. CRESTI (eds.) Current issues in Romance languages. BN by T. L. Face.
79.4.820 (2003).
SAUER, CHRISTOPH, and T. ENSINK (eds.) Framing and perspectivising in discourse. BN by A. Głaz. 81.3.775–76
(2005).
SAUERLAND, ULI. Rev. of Safir, The syntax of (in)dependence. 83.4.901–4 (2007).
SAUNDERS, GLADYS E. BN on Armstrong, Social and stylistic variation in spoken French: A comparative approach.
79.2.427–28 (2003).
SAUNDERS, GLADYS E. BN on Battye, Hintze, and Rowlett, The French language today: A linguistic introduction.
2nd edn. 79.3.645–46 (2003).
SAUNDERS, GLADYS E. BN on Delisle, Lee-Jahnke, and Cormier (eds.), Terminologie de la traduction. 77.2.411–12
(2001).
Saussure and his interpreters. 2nd edn. By R. Harris. Rev. by J. Culler. 82.4.915–18 (2006).
SAUTER, KIM, and M. VERSPOOR. English sentence analysis. BN by C. Inchaurralde. 78.2.383 (2002).
SAVILLE-TROIKE, MURIEL. The ethnography of communication: An introduction. 3rd edn. BN by B. Li. 80.4.901
(2004).
Saving languages: An introduction to language revitalization. By L. A. Grenoble and L. J. Whaley. Rev. by S.
Wichmann. 84.4.883–85 (2008).
SAWAIE, MOHAMMED. BN on Bakker and Matras, Bibliography of modern Romani linguistics. 82.2.451–52 (2006).
SAWAIE, MOHAMMED. BN on Bovingdon, The Maltese language of Australia: Maltraljan. 80.3.615–16 (2004).
SAWAIE, MOHAMMED. BN on Dubnov, A grammatical sketch of Somali. 81.4.1004–5 (2005).
SAWAIE, MOHAMMED. BN on Dunne, Democracy in contemporary Egyptian political discourse. 82.2.453–54
(2006).
SAWAIE, MOHAMMED. BN on Holes, Modern Arabic: Structures, functions, and varieties. 83.2.461 (2007).
SAWAIE, MOHAMMED. BN on Lewis, The Turkish language reform: A catastrophic success. 80.4.896–97 (2004).
SAWAIE, MOHAMMED. BN on Rahman, Language, ideology and power: Language-learning among the Muslims of
Pakistan and North India. 80.3.634 (2004).
SAXTON, MATTHEW. Child language: Acquisition and development. Rev. by C. McKee. 87.3.655–58 (2011).
Scalar additive operators in the languages of Europe. By V. Gast and J. van der Auwera. 87.1.2–54 (2011).
Scale structure, degree modification, and the semantics of gradable predicates. By C. Kennedy and L. McNally.
81.2.345–81 (2005).
SCALISE, SERGIO, and I. VOGEL (eds.) Cross-disciplinary issues in compounding. Rev. by W. Zonneveld. 87.3.658–
61 (2011).
SCEBOLD, ROBERT A. Central Tagbanwa: A Philippine language on the brink of extinction. BN by P. W. Davis.
83.4.922–23 (2007).
SCHAARSCHMIDT, GUNTER. Upper Sorbian. BN by G. H. Toops. 80.1.186–87 (2004).
160
SCHAEFFER, JEANNETTE C. The acquisition of direct object scrambling and clitic placement: Syntax and pragmatics.
BN by K. K. Grohmann. 81.1.289–90 (2005).
SCHÄFER, FLORIAN; A. ALEXIADOU; J. HANKAMER; T. MCFADDEN; and J. NUGER (eds.) Advances in comparative
SCHÄFFNER, CHRISTINA, and P. A. CHILTON (eds.) Politics as text and talk: Analytic approaches to political
discourse. BN by C. Rowe. 81.2.515–16 (2005).
SCHEGLOFF, EMANUEL A. Sequence organization in interaction: A primer in conversation analysis, vol. 1. Rev. by
E. Couper-Kuhlen. 86.1.249–52 (2010).
SCHEIBMAN, JOANNE. Point of view and grammar: Structural patterns of subjectivity in American English
conversation. BN by A. Głaz. 80.4.900 (2004).
SCHIEFFELIN, BAMBI B., and M. MAKIHARA (eds.) Consequences of contact: Language ideologies and sociocultural
transformations in Pacific societies. Rev. by N. Besnier. 86.1.234–37 (2010).
SCHIFFMAN, HAROLD. A reference grammar of spoken Tamil. Rev. by S. B. Steever. 78.2.314–16 (2002).
SCHIFFMAN, HAROLD. Response to Sanford B. Steever’s review of A reference grammar of spoken Tamil. 78.3.556–
58 (2002).
SCHIFFRIN, DEBORAH; D. TANNEN; and H. E. HAMILTON (eds.) The handbook of discourse analysis. Rev. by M.
Bucholtz. 80.4.862–65 (2004).
SCHILLER, NIELS O., and A. S. MEYER (eds.) Phonetics and phonology in language comprehension and production.
BN by S. Gahl. 82.1.222 (2006).
SCHILLING-ESTES, NATALIE. Rev. of Eckert, Linguistic variation as social practice: The linguistic construction of
identity in Belten High. 77.3.575–77 (2001).
SCHILLING-ESTES, NATALIE; J. K. CHAMBERS; and P. TRUDGILL (eds.) The handbook of language variation and
change. Rev. by J. A. Walker. 80.3.591–94 (2004).
SCHLEEF, ERIK. BN on Errington, Shifting languages: Interaction and identity in Javanese Indonesia. 78.2.392–93
(2002).
SCHLEEF, ERIK. BN on Naguschewski and Trabant (eds.), Was heiβt hier „fremd”? Studien zu Sprache und
Fremdheit. 77.2.406 (2001).
SCHLEEF, ERIK. BN on Overstreet, Whales, candlelight and stuff like that: General extenders in English discourse.
78.2.349 (2002).
SCHLEEF, ERIK. BN on Pérez-Pereira and Conti-Ramsden, Language development and social interaction in blind
children. 78.3.589 (2002).
SCHLESEWSKY, MATTHIAS, and I. BORNKESSEL-SCHLESEWSKY. Processing syntax and morphology: A
neurocognitive perspective. Rev. by C. Clifton, Jr. 86.4.943–45 (2010).
SCHLÜTER, JULIA, and G. ROHDENBURG (eds.) One language, two grammars? Differences between British and
American English. Rev. by S. Johansson. 86.2.462–67 (2010).
SCHMID, MONIKA S. First language attrition, use and maintenance: The case of German Jews in Anglophone
countries. BN by C. A. Ankerstein. 80.3.635 (2004).
SCHMID, MONIKA S. Language attrition. Rev. by E. Bylund. 88.4.923–26 (2012).
SCHMITT, NORBERT (ed.) An introduction to applied linguistics. BN by N. P. Miller. 80.3.636 (2004).
SCHNEIDER, EDGAR W. The dynamics of New Englishes: From identity construction to dialect birth. 79.2.233–81
(2003).
SCHNEIDER, EDGAR W. Rev. of Görlach (ed.), English in Europe. 80.3.598–601 (2004).
SCHNEIDER, EDGAR W.; B. KORTMANN; K. BURRIDGE; R. MESTHRIE; and C. UPTON (eds.) A handbook of varieties of
SCHNEIDER, EDGAR W., and I. NEUMANN-HOLZSCHUH (eds.) Degrees of restructuring in creole languages. BN by
A. P. Grant. 79.2.447–48 (2003).
SCHNEIDER, WILLIAM. So they understand: Cultural issues in oral history. BN by B. Doyle. 80.3.636–37 (2004).
SCHNELL, BERNHARD; K. GRUBMÜLLER; H.-J. STAHL; E. AUER; and R. PAWIS (eds.) Vocabularius ex quo: Überlieferungsgeschichtliche Ausgabe. BN by J. M. Jeep. 78.4.819 (2002).
SCHOURUP, LAWRENCE. Rev. of Blakemore, Relevance and linguistic meaning: The semantics and pragmatics of
discourse markers. 80.4.840–43 (2004).
SCHREUDER, ROBERT, and R. H. BAAYEN (eds.) Morphological structure in language processing. Rev. by I. Plag.
83.1.196–99 (2007).
SCHROEDER, CHRISTOPH. The Turkish nominal phrase in spoken discourse. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.3.602 (2002).
SCHROTEN, JAN; Y. D’HULST; and J. ROORYCK (eds.) Romance languages and linguistic theory 1999. BN by J.
Holeš. 80.2.343–44 (2004).
161
SCHROTEN, JAN; J. QUER; M. SCORRETTI; P. SLEEMAN; and E. VERHEUGD (eds.) Romance languages and linguistic
theory 2001: Selected papers from ‘Going Romance’, Amsterdam, 6–8 December 2001. BN by R.
D’Alessandro. 82.1.217–18 (2006).
SCHUELER, DAVID, and C. T. SCHÜTZE. Rev. of Miller, Nonfinite structures in theory and change. 83.2.443–45
(2007).
SCHÜTZE, CARSON T., and D. SCHUELER. Rev. of Miller, Nonfinite structures in theory and change. 83.2.443–45
(2007).
SCHÜTZE, HINRICH, and C. D. MANNING. Foundations of statistical natural language processing. BN by K. B.
Cohen and A. Dolbey. 78.3.599 (2002).
SCHULTE, MICHAEL. Grundfragen der Umlautphonemisierung: Eine strukturelle Analyse des nordgermanischen i/j
Umlauts unter Berücksichtigung der älteren Runeninschriften. BN by M. Pierce. 77.3.604 (2001).
SCHULZE, WOLFGANG. BN on Davidse and Lamiroy (eds.), The nominative & accusative and their counterparts.
80.3.618–19 (2004).
SCHULZE, WOLFGANG. BN on Maslova, A grammar of Kolyma Yukaghir. 81.4.1014–15 (2005).
SCHULZE, WOLFGANG. BN on Stamenov and Gallese (eds.), Mirror neurons and the evolution of brain and
language. 81.4.1021–22 (2005).
SCHUPPENER, GEORG. Germanische Zahlwörter: Sprach- und kulturgeschichtliche Untersuchungen insbesondere
zur Zahl 12. BN by E. R. Luján. 77.1.176–77 (2001).
SCHWABE, KERSTIN, and S. WINKLER (eds.) The interfaces: Deriving and interpreting omitted structures. BN by J.
L. González Escribano. 82.1.222–23 (2006).
SCHWARZE, CHRISTOPH; R. ECKARDT; and K. VON HEUSINGER (eds.) Words in time: Diachronic semantics from
different points of view. Rev. by D. Geeraerts. 84.3.626–28 (2008).
SCHWENTER, SCOTT A. BN on Haverkate, The syntax, semantics and pragmatics of Spanish mood. 80.4.892 (2004).
SCHWENTER, SCOTT A. BN on Mori, Negotiating agreement and disagreement in Japanese: Connective expressions
and turn construction. 78.2.349–50 (2002).
SCIARINI-GOURIANOVA, NATALIE. BN on Alexandrova and Arnaudova (eds.), The minimalist parameter: Selected
papers from the Open Linguistics Forum, Ottawa, 21–23 March 1997. 78.4.825–26 (2002).
SCIARINI-GOURIANOVA, NATALIE. BN on Bod, Beyond grammar: An experience-based theory of language.
78.4.787–88 (2002).
SCIARINI-GOURIANOVA, NATALIE. BN on Borsley and Przepiórkowski (eds.), Slavic in head-driven phrase structure
grammar. 78.2.348 (2002).
SCIARINI-GOURIANOVA, NATALIE. BN on Lafont, Heidegger, language, and world-disclosure. 78.4.788 (2002).
SCIARINI-GOURIANOVA, NATALIE. BN on Landau, Sabini, Jonides, and Newport (eds.), Perception, cognition, and
language: Essays in honor of Henry and Lila Gleitman. 78.4.788–89 (2002).
SCIARINI-GOURIANOVA, NATALIE. BN on Lundquist and Jarvella (eds.), Language, text and knowledge: Mental
models of expert communication. 78.4.825 (2002).
SCIARINI-GOURIANOVA, NATALIE. BN on Mohan, Leung, and Davidson (eds.), English as a second language in the
mainstream: Teaching, learning and identity. 78.2.368–69 (2002).
SCIARINI-GOURIANOVA, NATALIE. BN on Rayner, Carter, Bouillon, Digalakis, and Wiren (eds.), The spoken language translator. 78.2.367–68 (2002).
SCIARINI-GOURIANOVA, NATALIE. Rev. of Steinberg, Nagata, and Aline, Psycholinguistics: Language, mind and
world. 2nd edn. 78.4.773–75 (2002).
SCOLLON, RON, and P. LEVINE (eds.) Discourse and technology: Multimodal discourse analysis. BN by S. Wang.
83.1.222–23 (2007).
SCOLLON, RON; Y. PAN; and S. W. SCOLLON. Professional communication in international settings. BN by M.
Shappeck. 79.4.817–18 (2003).
SCOLLON, RON, and S. W. SCOLLON. Discourses in place: Language in the material world. BN by M. Sloboda.
82.2.460–61 (2006).
SCOLLON, SUZANNE WONG; Y. PAN; and R. SCOLLON. Professional communication in international settings. BN by
M. Shappeck. 79.4.817–18 (2003).
SCOLLON, SUZANNE WONG, and R. SCOLLON. Discourses in place: Language in the material world. BN by M.
Sloboda. 82.2.460–61 (2006).
SCONTRAS, GREGORY, and E. GIBSON. A quantitative investigation of the imperative-and-declarative construction in
English (Short Report). 87.4.817–29 (2011).
SCORRETTI, MAURO; J. QUER; J. SCHROTEN; P. SLEEMAN; and E. VERHEUGD (eds.) Romance languages and
D’Alessandro. 82.1.217–18 (2006).
162
Searching for structure: The problem of complementation in colloquial Indonesian conversation. By R.
Englebretson. BN by A. Gianto. 82.3.679 (2006).
SEARLE, JOHN. Consciousness and language. Rev. by A. Bezuidenhout. 82.4.930–34 (2006).
SEBBA, MARK. Rev. of Ansaldo, Matthews, and Lim (eds.), Deconstructing creole. 85.2.454–57 (2009).
SEBEOK, THOMAS A., and M. DANESI. The forms of meaning: Modeling systems theory and semiotic analysis. BN
by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 78.4.808–9 (2002).
SEBEOK, THOMAS A., Obituary of. By M. Danesi and A. Valdman. 80.2.312–17 (2004).
Second and foreign language learning through classroom interaction. Ed. by J. K. Hall and L. S. Verplaetse. BN by
F. Rubio. 78.3.607–8 (2002).
Second dialect acquisition. By J. Siegel. Rev. by L. Ortega. 88.1.215–18 (2012).
Second Glot International state-of-the-article book, The: The latest in linguistics. Ed. by L. Cheng and R. Sybesma.
BN by E. McDonald. 81.2.515 (2005).
Second language acquisition: An introductory course. 2nd edn. By S. M. Gass and L. Selinker. BN by B. Li.
79.2.438 (2003).
Second language acquisition and linguistic theory. Ed. by J. Archibald. BN by J. M. Lipski. 78.1.183–84 (2002).
Second language acquisition and universal grammar. By L. White. Rev. by R. Hawkins. 81.3.754–57 (2005).
Second language acquisition processes in the classroom: Learning Japanese. By A. S. Ohta. BN by J. Hondo.
79.4.815 (2003).
Second language attrition in Japanese contexts. Ed. by L. Hansen. BN by D. O. Jackson. 77.3.641–42 (2001).
Second language learning theories. By R. Mitchell and F. Myles. BN by M. Picard. 77.1.178–79 (2001).
Second language learning theories. 2nd edn. By R. Mitchell and F. Myles. BN by M. Callies. 83.3.682–83 (2007).
Second language syntax: A generative introduction. By R. Hawkins. BN by Y. Elhindi. 79.3.657–58 (2003).
Second language teaching: A view from the right side of the brain. By M. Danesi. Rev. by E. Andrews. 83.2.430–31
(2007).
Second time around, The: Minimalism and L2 acquisition. By J. Herschensohn. BN by J. M. Lipski. 78.1.182–83
(2002).
Sedang dictionary with English, Vietnamese, and French glossaries. Comp. by K. D. Smith. BN by K. R. Person.
79.3.669–70 (2003).
Seeing through multilingual corpora: On the use of corpora in contrastive studies. By S. Johansson. Rev. by Å.
Viberg. 85.2.476–80 (2009).
Segmental phonology in optimality theory. Ed. by L. Lombardi. BN by A. Nevins. 79.4.811–12 (2003).
SEIBERT, UWE. BN on Mutaka, with Tamanji, An introduction to African linguistics. 80.1.184–85 (2004).
SEILER, GUIDO; A. DUFTER; and J. FLEISCHER (eds.) Describing and modeling variation in grammar. Rev. by R.
Vogel. 88.1.194–96 (2012).
SEKI, LUCY. Gramática do Kamaiurá, língua Tupí-Guaraní do Alto Xingu. Rev. by A. Y. Aikhenvald. 78.2.316–19
(2002).
Seldom ask, never tell: Labor and discourse in Appalachia. By A. Puckett. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.4.820–21 (2002).
Selected papers on Indo-European linguistics. With a section on comparative Eskimo linguistics. By J.-E.
Rasmussen. BN by M. Pierce. 77.1.180–81 (2001).
Selective learning in the acquisition of Kannada ditransitives. By J. Viau and J. Lidz. 87.4.679–714 (2011).
SELINKER, LARRY, and S. M. GASS. Second language acquisition: An introductory course. 2nd edn. BN by B. Li.
79.2.438 (2003).
SELKIRK, ELISABETH, and J. KATZ. Contrastive focus vs. discourse-new: Evidence from phonetic prominence in
English. 87.4.771–816 (2011).
SELLS, PETER (ed.) Formal and empirical issues in optimality theoretic syntax. BN by S. Robinson. 80.1.187–88
(2004).
SELTING, MARGARET, and E. COUPER-KUHLEN (eds.) Studies in interactional linguistics. BN by B. Li. 79.4.820–21
(2003).
Semantic basis of control in English, The. By R. Jackendoff and P. W. Culicover. 79.3.517–56 (2003).
Semantic binding of long-distance anaphor caki in Korean. By C-h. Han and D. R. Storoshenko. 88.4.764–90
(2012).
Semantic density and past-tense formation in three Germanic languages. By R. H. Baayen and F. Moscoso del Prado
Martín. 81.3.666–98 (2005).
Semantic incorporation and indefinite descriptions: Semantic and syntactic aspects of noun incorporation in West
Greenlandic. By V. van Geenhoven. BN by J. D. Bobaljik. 78.1.190–91 (2002).
Semantic relations and the lexicon: Antonymy, synonymy, and other paradigms. By M. L. Murphy. BN by A.
Gianto. 82.3.689–90 (2006).
163
Semantically motivated lexical patterns: A study of Dutch and Kambera expressives. By M. Klamer. 78.2.258–86
(2002).
Semantics. 2nd edn. By J. I. Saeed. BN by L. Burley. 80.3.634–35 (2004).
Semantics: An introduction to non-lexical aspects of meaning. By P. Bennett. BN by M. L. Murphy. 81.3.770–71
(2005).
Semantics and discourse function of habitual-iterative verbs in contemporary Czech, The. By D. S. Danaher. BN by
Z. Salzmann. 81.2.520–21 (2005).
Semantics and pragmatics of appearance, The. Discussion Note by M. B. Kac. 79.1.189–96 (2003).
Semantics and pragmatics of English verbal dependent coordination. By N. Whitman. 80.3.403–34 (2004).
Semantics of clause linking, The: A cross-linguistic typology. Ed. by R. M. W. Dixon and A. Y. Aikhenvald. Rev. by
L. Johanson. 87.1.189–92 (2011).
Semantics of English prepositions, The: Spatial scenes, embodied meanings, and cognition. By A. Tyler and V.
Evans. BN by R. Chen. 81.4.1026–27 (2005).
Semantics of gender in Mayali, The: Partially parallel systems and formal implementation. By N. Evans, D. Brown,
and G. G. Corbett. 78.1.111–55 (2002).
Semantics, tense, and time: An essay in the metaphysics of natural language. By P. Ludlow. BN by K. Chirkova.
77.3.636–37 (2001).
SEMINO, ELENA. Rev. of Herman (ed.), Narrative theory and the cognitive sciences. 82.4.918–21 (2006).
Sémiostylistique: L’effet de l’art. By G. Molinié. BN by H. Perdicoyianni-Paléologou. 77.2.405 (2001).
Semitic and Indo-European. Vol. 2: Comparative morphology, syntax, and phonetics. By S. Levin. BN by P. T.
Daniels. 81.2.536–37 (2005).
Semplates: A new concept in lexical semantics? Short Report by S. C. Levinson and N. Burenhult. 85.1.153–74
(2009).
SENFT, GUNTER (ed.) Referring to space: Studies in Austronesian and Papuan languages. BN by E. Lindström.
77.1.175–76 (2001).
SENFT, GUNTER (ed.) Systems of nominal classification. BN by C. Bowern. 78.4.808 (2002).
SEOANE, ELENA; T. FANEGO; and B. MÉNDEZ-NAYA (eds.) Sounds, words, texts and change: Selected papers from
Sequence organization in interaction: A primer in conversation analysis, vol. 1. By E. A. Schegloff. Rev. by E.
Couper-Kuhlen. 86.1.249–52 (2010).
Serial verb constructions: A cross-linguistic typology. Ed. by A. Y. Aikhenvald and R. M. W. Dixon. Rev. by N. J.
Enfield. 85.2.445–51 (2009).
SERRANO, MARÍA JOSÉ. Aproximación a la gramática del discurso del español. BN by D. T. De Felice. 82.1.223–24
(2006).
SEUREN, PIETER A. M. A final reaction to Jackendoff (Discussion Note). 88.1.179 (2012).
SEUREN, PIETER A. M. Language from within. Vol. 1: Language in cognition. Vol. 2: The logic of language. Rev. by
A. Garnham. 87.2.426–30 (2011).
SEUREN, PIETER A. M. A reaction to Jackendoff’s discussion note (Discussion Note). 88.1.174–76 (2012).
SEUREN, PIETER A. M. A view of language. BN by E. Mathieu. 79.3.666–67 (2003).
Seven dimensions of portability for language documentation and description. By S. Bird and G. Simons. 79.3.557–
82 (2003).
SGALL, PETR; E. HAJIČOVÁ; J. HANA; and T. HOSKOVEC (eds.) Prague Linguistic Circle papers. Travaux du cercle
SGALL, PETR; E. HAJIČOVÁ; T. HOSKOVEC; O. LEŠKA; and Z. SKOUMALOVÁ (eds.) Prague Linguistic Circle papers.
Travaux du cercle linguistique de Prague, new series, vol. 3. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.1.181–82 (2001).
SHAHIN, KIMARY. Postvelar harmony. BN by A. Nevins. 83.1.230–31 (2007).
SHAHIN, KIMARY; S. BLAKE; and E.-S. KIM (eds.) The proceedings of the seventeenth West Coast Conference on
SHAPIRO, LEW; Y. GRODZINSKY; and D. SWINNEY (eds.) Language and the brain: Representation and processing.
BN by C. V. Novaes. 77.4.867–68 (2001).
SHAPIRO, MICHAEL. Is an icon iconic? (Discussion Note). 84.4.815–19 (2008).
SHAPIRO, MICHAEL (ed.) The Peirce seminar papers: Essays in semiotic analysis. Vol. 4: Proceedings of the
International Colloquium on Language and Peircean Sign Theory, Duke University (June 19–21, 1997). Rev.
by H. Andersen. 77.2.373–76 (2001).
SHAPIRO, MICHAEL (ed.) The Peirce seminar papers: Essays in semiotic analysis, vol. 5. BN by L. Chen. 81.1.290
(2005).
SHAPPECK, MARCO. BN on Czarniawska and Gagliardi (eds.), Narratives we organize by. 83.1.218 (2007).
SHAPPECK, MARCO. BN on Mey, Pragmatics: An introduction. 2nd edn. 80.1.183–84 (2004).
164
SHAPPECK, MARCO. BN on Pan, Scollon, and Scollon, Professional communication in international settings.
79.4.817–18 (2003).
SHARADA, B. A. M. B. Emeneau’s impact on linguistics and allied areas (Letter to Language). 82.3.479–80 (2006).
SHATZ, MARILYN. Rev. of Gentner and Goldin-Meadow (eds.), Language in mind: Advances in the study of
language and thought. 82.1.174–76 (2006).
SHAW, CHRISTOPHER, and J. MCDONOUGH. Materials and methods in ELT: A teacher’s guide. 2nd edn. BN by D. B.
Barnard. 82.1.209–10 (2006).
SHAW, PHILIP, and G. MELCHERS. World Englishes: An introduction. BN by L. Gao. 82.1.210 (2006).
SHAY, ERIN, and Z. FRAJZYNGIER. Explaining language structure through system interaction. BN by S. Luraghi.
82.1.197–98 (2006).
SHEEHAN, MICHELLE; T. BIBERAUER; A. HOLMBERG; and I. ROBERTS. Parametric variation: Null subjects in
SHELVADOR, CROSLEY. BN on Parkinson, Cracking the codes: The Rosetta stone and decipherment. 77.1.182–83
(2001).
SHETTY, MALAVIKA. BN on Pandharipande, Sociolinguistic dimensions of Marathi: Multilingualism in central
India. 83.4.922 (2007).
SHI, YUZHI. The establishment of Modern Chinese grammar: The formation of the resultative construction and its
effects. BN by L. Zhang. 80.3.637 (2004).
SHIBATANI, MASAYOSHI (ed.) The grammar of causation and interpersonal manipulation. BN by M. Amberber.
80.1.188 (2004).
Shifting languages: Interaction and identity in Javanese Indonesia. By J. J. Errington. BN by E. Schleef. 78.2.392–
93 (2002).
SHIMRON, JOSEPH (ed.) Language processing and acquisition in languages of Semitic, root-based, morphology. BN
by A. S. Kaye. 81.1.290–91 (2005).
SHIRAI, YASUHIRO; M. NAKAYAMA; and R. MAZUKA (eds.) The handbook of East Asian psycholinguistics. Vol. 2:
SHIRAI, YASUHIRO, and R. SALABERRY (eds.) The L2 acquisition of tense-aspect morphology. BN by L. Chen.
80.2.356–57 (2004).
SHISKO, ANNE; B. HAYES; and C. WILSON. Maxent grammars for the metrics of Shakespeare and Milton. 88.4.691–
731 (2012).
SHLONSKY, UR. Rev. of Koopman and Szabolcsi, Verbal complexes. 78.2.333–35 (2002).
SHLONSKY, UR; J. LECARME; and J. LOWENSTAMM (eds.) Research in Afroasiatic grammar. BN by A. Nevins.
80.1.181–82 (2004).
SHMIHER, TARAS. BN on Alves (ed.), Triangulating translation: Perspectives in process oriented research.
82.2.450–51 (2006).
SHMIHER, TARAS. BN on Orero (ed.), Topics in audiovisual translation. 83.3.687–88 (2007).
SHOCKEY, LINDA. Sound patterns of spoken English. Rev. by W. U. Dressler and K. Dziubalska-Kołaczyk.
81.1.274–76 (2005).
Short grammar of Hieroglyphic Luwian, A. By J. Marangozis. BN by A. Kloekhorst. 83.1.223 (2007).
Short history of structural linguistics, A. By P. Matthews. Rev. by J. S. Falk. 79.1.204–7 (2003).
Short introduction to X-bar syntax and transformations, A. 2nd edn. By T. Walsh. BN by M. Bauer. 77.4.863
(2001).
SHUDO, SACHIKO. Presupposition and discourse functions of the Japanese particle mo. BN by E. McCready.
81.1.291–92 (2005).
SHUY, ROGER W. Creating language crimes: How law enforcement uses (and misuses) language. Rev. by R. A.
Leonard. 84.4.897–900 (2008).
SHUY, ROGER W. Fighting over words: Language and civil law cases. Rev. by P. Gaines. 85.3.740–43 (2009).
SHUY, ROGER W. The language of defamation cases. Rev. by P. Gaines. 88.3.669–72 (2012).
SICHEL, IVY; M. R. HOVAV; and E. DORON (eds.) Lexical semantics, syntax, and event structure. Rev. by L.
Levinson. 87.2.420–23 (2011).
SIEGEL, JEFF. The emergence of pidgin and creole languages. Rev. by B. Migge. 85.4.947–50 (2009).
SIEGEL, JEFF. On the language bioprogram hypothesis (Letter to Language). 82.1.2–4 (2006).
SIEGEL, JEFF. Second dialect acquisition. Rev. by L. Ortega. 88.1.215–18 (2012).
SIELOFF MAGNAN, SALLY; S. GASS; K. BARDOVI-HARLIG; and J. WALZ (eds.) Pedagogical norms for second and
SIEMUND, PETER (ed.) Linguistic universals and language variation. Rev. by Z. Bao. 88.2.445–48 (2012).
SIEMUND, PETER. Rev. of Huang, Anaphora: A cross-linguistic study. 79.3.634–38 (2003).
SIEWIERSKA, ANNA. Person. Rev. by M. Haspelmath. 84.1.206–9 (2008).
165
SIEWIERSKA, ANNA. Rev. of Butler, Structure and function: A guide to three major structural-functional theories.
Part 1: Approaches to the simplex clause. Part 2: From clause to discourse and beyond. 81.3.737–40 (2005).
SIFIANOU, MARIA. Rev. of Watts, Politeness. 82.3.665–68 (2006).
SIFIANOU, MARIA, and A. BAYRAKTAROGLU (eds.) Linguistic politeness across boundaries: The case of Greek and
Turkish. BN by C. Kakava. 80.2.336–37 (2004).
Sign language in Indo-Pakistan: A description of a signed language. By U. Zeshan. BN by C. Bowern. 78.4.807–8
(2002).
Sign languages. Ed. by D. Brentari. Rev. by D. J. Napoli. 87.4.890–94 (2011).
Sign languages and linguistic universals. By W. Sandler and D. Lillo-Martin. Rev. by J. Quer. 86.2.467–69 (2010).
Significado, El: Una introducción a la semántica. By F. García Murga. BN by J. Meinschaefer. 81.2.524–25 (2005).
Significance of word lists, The. By B. Kessler. BN by M. Widell. 79.2.441–43 (2003).
Signs in use: An introduction to semiotics. By J. D. Johansen and S. E. Larsen. Trans. by D. L. Gorlée and J. Irons.
BN by J. Holeš. 80.2.348 (2004).
Signs of a savant, The: Language against the odds. By N. Smith, I. Tsimpli, G. Morgan, and B. Woll. Rev. by R.
Hawkins. 88.1.218–21 (2012).
Signs of language revisited, The: An anthology to honor Ursula Bellugi and Edward Klima. Ed. by K. Emmorey and
H. Lane. Rev. by C. McKee. 77.4.845–46 (2001).
SIHLER, ANDREW L. Edgerton’s Law: The phantom evidence. Rev. by J. S. Klein. 84.2.438–39 (2008).
SIHLER, ANDREW L. Language history: An introduction. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.605–6 (2001).
SIL International: An emic view (SIL International and the disciplinary culture of linguistics). By K. S. Olson.
85.3.646–52 (2009).
SIL International and the disciplinary culture of linguistics. By L. M. Dobrin; L. M. Dobrin and J. Good; W. L.
Svelmoe; C. Handman; P. Epps and H. Ladley; and K. S. Olson. 85.3.618–58 (2009).
SILBERSTEIN, SANDRA. War of words: Language, politics and 9/11. BN by E. C. Ng. 80.1.188–89 (2004).
SILVA-CORVALÁN, CARMEN. Sociolingüística y pragmática del español. BN by E. G. Winkler. 79.1.223–24 (2003).
SILVERSTEIN, MICHAEL. Obituary of Dell Hathaway Hymes. 86.4.933–39 (2010).
Simian tongue, The: The long debate about animal language. By G. Radick. Rev. by R. Burling. 86.1.244–47
(2010).
SIMON, HORST J., and H. WIESE (eds.) Pronouns—Grammar and representation. BN by Y. A. Lander. 80.4.901–2
(2004).
SIMONS, GARY F., and S. BIRD. Seven dimensions of portability for language documentation and description.
79.3.557–82 (2003).
SIMONS, GARY F., and D. H. WHALEN. Endangered language families (Short Report). 88.1.155–73 (2012).
SIMONS, MANDY. Issues in the semantics and pragmatics of disjunction. BN by S. Banerji. 81.4.1020–21 (2005).
SIMONSEN, HANNE GRAM, and R. T. ENDRESEN (eds.) A cognitive approach to the verb: Morphological and
constructional perspectives. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 80.2.357–58 (2004).
SIMPSON, ANDREW. Wh-movement and the theory of feature-checking. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.3.667–68 (2003).
SIMPSON, ANDREW, and Z. WU. Agreement, shells, and focus. 78.2.287–313 (2002).
SIMPSON, JANE. BN on Jauncey, Bardi grubs and frog cakes: South Australian words. 82.4.952–53 (2006).
SIMPSON, JANE. Rev. of Pensalfini, A grammar of Jingulu: An Aboriginal language of the Northern Territory.
84.2.425–28 (2008).
SIMPSON, JANE, and I. MUSHIN. Free to bound to free? Interactions between pragmatics and syntax in the
development of Australian pronominal systems. 84.3.566–96 (2008).
SIMPSON, PAUL. On the discourse of satire. BN by D. J. Bennett. 83.2.466–67 (2007).
SIMS, ANDREA D. BN on Cameron and Kulick, Language and sexuality. 81.3.771–72 (2005).
SIMS-WILLIAMS, NICHOLAS (ed.) Indo-Iranian languages and peoples. BN by P. T. Daniels. 80.3.637–38 (2004).
SINGERMAN, ADAM ROTH, and A. NEVINS. Rev. of Harrison, When languages die: The extinction of the world’s
languages and the erosion of human knowledge. 87.2.398–402 (2011).
SINGERMAN, ROBERT. Jewish translation history: A bibliography of bibliographies and studies. BN by K. Fudeman.
81.2.543–44 (2005).
SINGH, ISHTLA. Pidgins and creoles. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.3.605 (2002).
SINGH, ISHTLA; L. THOMAS; S. WAREING; J. S. PECCEI; J. THORNBORROW; and J. JONES. Language, society and
SINGH, RAJENDRA (ed.) The yearbook of South Asian languages and linguistics 2002. BN by L. Kulikov. 83.2.467–
68 (2007).
Singing Neanderthals, The: The origins of music, language, mind and body. By S. Mithen. Rev. by P. Lieberman.
85.3.732–36 (2009).
166
SINGLER, JOHN VICTOR, and S. KOUWENBERG (eds.) The handbook of pidgin and creole studies. Rev. by M.
Baptista. 87.4.918–22 (2011).
SINGLETON, DAVID. Language and the lexicon: An introduction. BN by Z. Salzmann. 78.2.390–91 (2002).
SINHA, CHRIS; M. K. HIRAGA; and S. WILCOX (eds.) Cultural, psychological and typological issues in cognitive
SINNEMÄKI, KAIUS; M. MIESTAMO; and F. KARLSSON (eds.) Language complexity: Typology, contact, change. Rev.
SIPTÁR, PÉTER, B. HAYES; K. ZURAW; and Z. LONDE. Natural and unnatural constraints in Hungarian vowel
harmony. 85.4.822–63 (2009).
SIPTÁR, PÉTAR, and M. TÖRKENCZY. The phonology of Hungarian. BN by M. J. Elson. 79.3.668 (2003).
Situation-bound utterances in L1 and L2. By I. Kecskes. BN by L. Chen. 80.4.895–96 (2004).
SKAFFARI, JANNE. BN on Smith, Essentials of Early English. 77.2.412–13 (2001).
SKAFFARI, JANNE. BN on Tonkin and Reagan (eds.), Language in the twenty-first century: Selected papers of the
millennial conferences of the Center for Research and Documentation on World Language Problems, held at
the University of Hartford and Yale University. 82.3.698 (2006).
SKAFFARI, JANNE. BN on Trips, From OV to VO in Early Middle English. 81.4.1024 (2005).
SKANDERA, PAUL; D. J. ALLERTON; and C. TSCHICHOLD (eds.) Perspectives on English as a world language. BN by
R. W. Hallett. 80.4.873–74 (2004).
Skeptical linguistic essays. By P. M. Postal. Rev. by R. D. Borsley. 82.2.442–46 (2006).
SKOPETEAS, STAVROS. BN on Grünthal, Finnic adpositions and cases in change. 82.3.681 (2006).
SKOUFAKI, SOPHIA. BN on Rakova, The extent of the literal: Metaphor, polysemy and theories of concepts.
83.1.227–28 (2007).
SKOUMALOVÁ, ZDENA; E. HAJIČOVÁ; T. HOSKOVEC; O. LEŠKA; and P. SGALL (eds.) Prague Linguistic Circle
SKUTNABB-KANGAS, TOVE. Genocide in education—or worldwide diversity and human rights. BN by A. Eminov.
77.2.421–22 (2001).
SKUTNABB-KANGAS, TOVE; M. KONTRA; R. PHILLIPSON; and T. VÁRADY (eds.) Language: A right and a resource:
SLABAKOVA, ROUMYANA, and P. KEMPCHINSKY (eds.) Aspectual inquiries. Rev. by H. de Swart. 83.4.892–95
(2007).
SLATER, KEITH W. A grammar of Mangghuer: A Mongolic language of China’s Qinghai-Gansu Sprachbund. BN by
E. J. Vajda. 82.4.959–60 (2006).
Slavic gender linguistics. Ed. by M. H. Mills. Rev. by C. M. Vakareliyska. 77.2.363–65 (2001).
Slavic in head-driven phrase structure grammar. Ed. by R. D. Borsley and A. Przepiórkowski. BN by N. SciariniGourianova. 78.2.348 (2002).
Slavonic languages, The. Ed. by B. Comrie and G. G. Corbett. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.4.795–96 (2003).
SLEEMAN, PETRA; R. BOK-BENNEMA; B. HOLLEBRANDSE; and B. KAMPERS-MANHE (eds.) Romance languages and
linguistic theory 2002: Selected papers from ‘Going Romance’, Groningen, 28–30 November 2002. BN by N. I.
Stolova. 83.1.216–17 (2007).
SLEEMAN, PETRA; J. QUER; J. SCHROTEN; M. SCORRETTI; and E. VERHEUGD (eds.) Romance languages and
D’Alessandro. 82.1.217–18 (2006).
Slips of the tongue: Speech errors in first and second language production. By N. Poulisse. BN by Z. S. Bond.
77.3.634 (2001).
SLOBIN, DAN I. Rev. of Liddell, Grammar, gestures, and meaning in American Sign Language. 82.1.176–79 (2006).
SLOBODA, MARIAN. BN on Chambers, Sociolinguistic theory: Linguistic variation and its social significance. 2nd
edn. 80.1.169–70 (2004).
SLOBODA, MARIAN. BN on Croft, Typology and universals. 2nd edn. 81.2.519–20 (2005).
SLOBODA, MARIAN. BN on Scollon and Scollon, Discourses in place: Language in the material world. 82.2.460–61
(2006).
SLOBODA, MARIAN. BN on Wei, Dewaele, and Housen (eds.), Opportunities and challenges of bilingualism.
80.4.903–4 (2004).
SLOCUM, MARIANNE; F. L. GERDEL; and M. C. AGUILAR (eds.) Diccionario Tzeltal de Bachajón Chiapas. BN by S.
Robinson. 79.3.668–69 (2003).
Slovene: A comprehensive grammar. By P. Herrity. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.2.438–39 (2003).
Small corpus studies and ELT: Theory and practice. Ed. by M. Ghadessy, A. Henry, and R. L. Roseberry. BN by N.
S. Dash. 80.2.346 (2004).
167
SMEAD, ROBERT N. Vocabulario vaquero/Cowboy talk: A dictionary of Spanish terms from the American West. BN
by D. R. McCreary. 82.4.960–61 (2006).
SMEETS, RIEKS (ed.) The indigenous languages of the Caucasus, vol. 4: The North East Caucasian languages, part
2. Rev. by S. R. Anderson. 81.4.993–96 (2005).
SMITH, CARLOTA S. Modes of discourse: The local structure of texts. Rev. by B. J. Birner. 83.4.904–7 (2007).
SMITH, JENNIFER L. Rev. of Hayes, Kirchner, and Steriade (eds.), Phonetically based phonology. 83.4.886–89
(2007).
SMITH, JEREMY J. Essentials of Early English. BN by J. Skaffari. 77.2.412–13 (2001).
SMITH, JEREMY J., and C. J. KAY (eds.) Categorization in the history of English. BN by A. M. Saidat. 83.4.916–17
(2007).
SMITH, JOHN CHARLES, and D. BENTLEY (eds.) Historical linguistics 1995. Vol. 1: General issues and nonGermanic languages. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.625–26 (2001).
SMITH, K. AARON. BN on Linn and McLelland (eds.), Standardization: Studies from the Germanic languages.
81.2.537–38 (2005).
SMITH, K. AARON. BN on Newman (ed.), The linguistics of sitting, standing and lying. 80.3.631–32 (2004).
SMITH, KENNETH D. (comp.) Sedang dictionary with English, Vietnamese, and French glossaries. BN by K. R.
Person. 79.3.669–70 (2003).
SMITH, NEIL. Chomsky: Ideas and ideals. Rev. by G. Milsark. 77.3.599–600 (2001).
SMITH, NEIL. Language, bananas & bonobos: Linguistic problems, puzzles and polemics. BN by S. Knape.
79.4.821–22 (2003).
SMITH, NEIL; I. TSIMPLI; G. MORGAN; and B. WOLL. The signs of a savant: Language against the odds. Rev. by R.
Hawkins. 88.1.218–21 (2012).
SMITH, NICHOLAS; G. LEECH; M. HUNDT; and C. MAIR. Change in contemporary English: A grammatical study.
Rev. by A. Curzan. 88.1.202–6 (2012).
SMITH, NORVAL, and T. VEENSTRA (eds.) Creolization and contact. BN by D. E. Walicek. 80.1.189–90 (2004).
SMITH, QUENTIN, and A. JOKIĆ (eds.) Time, tense, and reference. BN by R. D’Alessandro. 82.3.686 (2006).
SMOLENSKY, PAUL, and A. PRINCE. Optimality theory: Constraint interaction in generative grammar. BN by P.
Czarnecki. 83.3.690–91 (2007).
SMYTH, SARAH, and E. V. CROSBIE. Rus’: A comprehensive course in Russian. BN by D. Aichele. 82.2.461 (2006).
SNYDER, WILLIAM. Child language: The parametric approach. Rev. by J. Grinstead. 86.1.252–56 (2010).
SNYDER, WILLIAM. On the nature of syntactic variation: Evidence from complex predicates and complex wordformation. 77.2.24–42 (2001).
So they understand: Cultural issues in oral history. By W. Schneider. BN by B. Doyle. 80.3.636–37 (2004).
SOAMES, SCOTT. Beyond rigidity: The unfinished semantic agenda of naming and necessity. Rev. by T. Wasow.
79.4.786–88 (2003).
SOARES DA SILVA, AUGUSTO (ed.) Linguagem e cognição: A perspectiva da linguística cognitiva. BN by H. Mello.
82.3.695–96 (2006).
Social and stylistic variation in spoken French: A comparative approach. By N. Armstrong. BN by G. E. Saunders.
79.2.427–28 (2003).
Social dialectology: In honour of Peter Trudgill. Ed. by D. Britain and J. Cheshire. BN by M. J. Gordon. 82.3.673–
74 (2006).
Social turn in second language acquisition, The. By D. Block. BN by L. DeWaard Dykstra. 83.4.909–10 (2007).
Sociocultural and historical contexts of African American English. Ed. by S. L. Lanehart. BN by E. G. Winkler.
79.2.444 (2003).
Sociocultural perspectives on language change in diaspora. By D. R. Andrews. BN by I. M. Laversuch. 77.2.392–
93 (2001).
Sociolingüística y pragmática del español. By C. Silva-Corvalán. BN by E. G. Winkler. 79.1.223–24 (2003).
Sociolinguistic dimensions of Marathi: Multilingualism in central India. By R. V. Pandharipande. BN by M. Shetty.
83.4.922 (2007).
Sociolinguistic history of Parisian French, A. By R. A. Lodge. Rev. by J. Milroy. 84.2.419–22 (2008).
Sociolinguistic study of the origins of ne deletion in European and Quebec French, A. By F. Martineau and R.
Mougeon. 79.1.118–52 (2003).
Sociolinguistic theory: Linguistic variation and its social significance. 2nd edn. By J. K. Chambers. BN by M.
Sloboda. 80.1.169–70 (2004).
Sociolinguistic variation: Theories, methods, and applications. Ed. by R. Bayley and C. Lucas. Rev. by R. Cameron.
85.3.690–93 (2009).
Sociolinguistics of globalization, The. By J. Blommaert. Rev. by A. Pennycook. 87.4.884–87 (2011).
Sociolinguistics of narrative, The. Ed. by J. Thornborrow and J. Coates. Rev. by B. Johnstone. 84.3.663–66 (2008).
168
Sociolinguistics of sign languages, The. Ed. by C. Lucas. BN by Z. Salzmann. 80.3.629 (2004).
Sociopolitical perspectives on language policy and planning in the USA. Ed. by T. Huebner and K. A. Davis. BN by
I. M. Laversuch. 77.3.619–20 (2001).
SOHN, HO-MIN. The Korean language. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.1.184–85 (2001).
SOLAN, LAWRENCE M., and P. TIERSMA. The linguist on the witness stand: Forensic linguistics in American courts.
78.2.221–39 (2002).
SOLÉ, MARIA-JOSEP. Rev. of Local, Ogden, and Temple (eds.), Phonetic interpretation: Papers in laboratory
phonology 6. 83.2.438–42 (2007).
SOLÉ, MARIA-JOSEP; P. S. BEDDOR; and M. OHALA (eds.) Experimental approaches to phonology. Rev. by M.
Huffman. 85.4.950–53 (2009).
SOLNIT, DAVID B. Rev. of Diller, Edmondson, and Luo (eds.), The Tai-Kadai languages. 86.3.712–16 (2010).
Somali. By J. Saeed. BN by G. Rubio. 77.4.868 (2001).
SOMERS, HAROLD L. (ed.) Computers and translation: A translator’s guide. BN by S. Wang. 81.2.544–45 (2005).
SOMERS, HAROLD L.; S. NIRENBURG; and Y. A. WILKS (eds.) Readings in machine translation. BN by S. Robinson.
81.3.784–85 (2005).
SON, MINJEONG, and P. COLE. An event-based account of -kan constructions in Standard Indonesian. 84.1.120–60
(2008).
SONDEREGGER, STEFAN. Germanica selecta: Ausgewählte Schriften zur germanischen und deutschen Philologie
zum 75. Geburtstag des Autors. Ed. by H. Burger and E. Glaser. BN by J. M. Jeep. 80.1.190–91 (2004).
SONDEREGGER, STEFAN; W. BESCH; A. BETTEN; and O. REICHMANN (eds.) Sprachgeschichte: Ein Handbuch zur
SONDEREGGER, STEFAN; W. BESCH; A. BETTEN; and O. REICHMANN (eds.) Sprachgeschichte: Ein Handbuch zur
1000 (2005).
SONDRUP, STEVEN P., and V. NEMOIANU (eds.) Nonfictional romantic prose: Expanding borders. BN by P. GifraAdroher. 83.1.231–32 (2007).
Sonidos, fonemas, morfemas. By J. A. Hasler. BN by C. González. 82.4.949–50 (2006).
SONNENSTUHL, INGRID; H. CLAHSEN; S. EISENBEISS; and M. HADLER. The mental representation of inflected words:
Sonora Yaqui language structures. By J. M. Dedrick and E. H. Casad. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.3.630 (2001).
SORACE, ANTONELLA; C. HEYCOCK; Z. S. HANSEN; F. WILSON; and S. VIKNER. Detecting the late stages of syntactic
SØRENSEN, FINN; I. BARON; and M. HERSLUND (eds.) Dimensions of possession. BN by L. M. Dobrin. 79.4.829–30
(2003).
SORENSEN, JANET. The grammar of empire in eighteenth-century British writing. BN by E. Battistella. 80.1.191
(2004).
Sound change. By D. N. S. Bhat. BN by M. Picard. 79.2.428–29 (2003).
Sound mutations: The morphophonology of Chaha. By D. P. Banksira. BN by E. Buckley. 80.2.336 (2004).
Sound patterns of spoken English. By L. Shockey. Rev. by W. U. Dressler and K. Dziubalska-Kołaczyk. 81.1.274–
76 (2005).
Sound patterns of syntax, The. Ed. by N. Erteschik-Shir and L. Rochman. Rev. by N. Dehé. 88.1.197–99 (2012).
Sound structure in language. By J. Rischel. Ed. by N. Grønnum, F. Gregersen, and H. Basbøll. Rev. by K. J. Kohler.
86.2.458–62 (2010).
Sounds and systems: Studies in structure and change: A festschrift for Theo Vennemann. Ed. by D. Restle and D.
Zaefferer. BN by A. Pham. 80.1.186 (2004).
Sounds of Spanish: Analysis and application, The. By R. M. Hammond. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.4.800–801 (2002).
Sounds, words, texts and change: Selected papers from 11 ICEHL, Santiago de Compostela, 7–11 September 2000,
vol. 2. Ed. by T. Fanego, B. Méndez-Naya, and E. Seoane. BN by A. Bergs. 80.1.173–74 (2004).
Source book for Irish English, A. By R. Hickey. BN by J. F. Eska. 79.4.839–40 (2003).
Sourcebook on Tomini-Tolitoli languages: General information and word lists. Ed. by N. P. Himmelmann. BN by
A. P. Grant. 79.2.439–40 (2003).
SOUTHWORTH, FRANKLIN C. BN on Krishnamurti, The Dravidian languages. 81.2.534–35 (2005).
Spanish grammar workbook, A. By E. S. Iglesias. BN by A. S. Kaye. 80.2.347–48 (2004).
Spanish phonology and morphology: Experimental and quantitative perspectives. By D. Eddington. Rev. by J. I.
Hualde. 83.2.435–38 (2007).
Spanish/English contrasts: A course in Spanish linguistics. 2nd edn. By M. S. Whitley. BN by K. B. Cohen.
80.2.360 (2004).
169
Spatio-temporal setting in written narrative fiction, The: A study of interaction between words, text and
encyclopedic knowledge in the creation of textual meaning. By K. K. Pitkänen. BN by A. Głaz. 83.1.227
(2007).
Speak: A short history of languages. By T. Janson. BN by Z. Salzmann. 79.4.807 (2003).
Speaking back: The free speech versus hate speech debate. By K. Gelber. BN by M. A. Btoosh. 79.4.803 (2003).
Speaking of crime: Narratives of prisoners. By P. E. O’Connor. BN by E. Battistella. 78.2.374 (2002).
Speaking of events. Ed. by J. Higginbotham, F. Pianesi, and A. C. Varzi. BN by L. Alonso-Ovalle. 78.2.371 (2002).
SPEARS, ARTHUR K. (ed.) Race and ideology: Language, symbolism, and popular culture. BN by E. Battistella.
77.2.404 (2001).
SPEAS, MARGARET. Rev. of Carnie, Syntax: A generative introduction. 79.3.628–31 (2003).
Specifiers: Minimalist approaches. Ed. by D. Adger, S. Pintzuk, B. Plunkett, and G. Tsoulas. BN by A. Pereltsvaig.
78.2.347–48 (2002).
Speech acoustics and phonetics: Selected writings. By G. Fant. Rev. by P. Ladefoged. 83.1.189–91 (2007).
SPENCER, ANDREW. Rev. of Dixon and Aikhenvald (eds.), Adjective classes: A cross-linguistic typology. 84.2.407–9
(2008).
SPENCER-OATEY, HELEN (ed.) Culturally speaking: Managing rapport through talk across cultures. BN by S. M.
Burt. 78.2.353–54 (2002).
Split auxiliary systems: A cross-linguistic perspective. Ed. by R. Aranovich. Rev. by A. Zaenen. 85.3.682–87
(2009).
Spoken language translator, The. Ed. by M. Rayner, D. Carter, P. Bouillon, V. Digalakis, and M. Wiren. BN by N.
Sciarini-Gourianova. 78.2.367–68 (2002).
Spoken Soul: The story of Black English. By J. R. Rickford and R. J. Rickford. Rev. by C. T. Adger. 77.3.590–91
(2001).
SPOLSKY, BERNARD. Rev. of Davies and Elder (eds.), The handbook of applied linguistics. 83.1.202–4 (2007).
Spontaneous spoken language: Syntax and discourse. By J. Miller and R. Weinert. BN by J. Dailey-O’Cain.
77.3.613–14 (2001).
Sprachgeschichte: Ein Handbuch zur Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und ihrer Erforschung, vol. 2. 2nd edn. Ed.
by W. Besch, A. Betten, O. Reichmann, and S. Sonderegger. BN by J. M. Jeep. 78.2.360 (2002).
Sprachgeschichte: Ein Handbuch zur Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und ihrer Erforschung, vols. 3 and 4. 2nd
edn. Ed. by W. Besch, A. Betten, O. Reichmann, and S. Sonderegger. BN by J. M. Jeep. 81.4.999–1000 (2005).
SPROAT, RICHARD. A computational theory of writing systems. BN by T. Miyamoto. 79.4.822–23 (2003).
SPROAT, RICHARD. Rev. of Hannas, The writing on the wall: How Asian orthography curbs creativity. 81.1.251–54
(2005).
SPROAT, RICHARD, and B. ROARK. Computational approaches to morphology and syntax. Rev. by M. Dickinson and
S. Kübler. 86.3.744–48 (2010).
SPROUSE, JON. A test of the cognitive assumptions of magnitude estimation: Commutativity does not hold for
acceptability judgments. 87.2.274–88 (2011).
SPROUSE, JON; M. WAGERS; and C. PHILLIPS. A test of the relation between working-memory capacity and syntactic
island effects. 88.1.82–123 (2012).
SPROUSE, JON; M. WAGERS; and C. PHILLIPS. Working-memory capacity and island effects: A reminder of the issues
and the facts (Discussion Note). 88.2.401–7 (2012).
SRIDHAR, S. N.; B. B. KACHRU; and Y. KACHRU (eds.) Language in South Asia. Rev. by J. W. Gair. 87.2.406–9
(2011).
STABLER, EDWARD P., and E. L. KEENAN. Bare grammar: Lectures on linguistic invariants. Rev. by R. T. Oehrle.
88.3.652–57 (2012).
Stage/individual distinction and (in)alienable possession, The. By Y. Ogawa. 77.1.1–25 (2001).
STAGER, CHRISTINE; J. PATER; and J. WERKER. The perceptual acquisition of phonological contrasts. 80.3.384–402
(2004).
STAHL, HANS-JÜRGEN; K. GRUBMÜLLER; B. SCHNELL; E. AUER; and R. PAWIS (eds.) Vocabularius ex quo: Überlieferungsgeschichtliche Ausgabe. BN by J. M. Jeep. 78.4.819 (2002).
STAHLKE, HERBERT F. W. Rev. of Webb and Kembo-Sure (eds.), African voices: An introduction to the languages
and linguistics of Africa. 78.4.776–78 (2002).
STAMENOV, MAXIM I., and V. GALLESE (eds.) Mirror neurons and the evolution of brain and language. BN by W.
Schulze. 81.4.1021–22 (2005).
Standard English: The widening debate. Ed. by T. Bex and R. J. Watts. BN by E. G. Winkler. 77.1.201 (2001).
Standardization: Studies from the Germanic languages. Ed. by A. R. Linn and N. McLelland. BN by K. A. Smith.
81.2.537–38 (2005).
170
STANLAW, JAMES. Rev. of Darnell, Invisible genealogies: A history of Americanist anthropology. 78.4.778–80
(2002).
STANLAW, JAMES. Rev. of Darnell, Irvine, and Handler (eds.), The collected works of Edward Sapir, III: Culture.
77.3.587–90 (2001).
STANLAW, JAMES. Rev. of Valentine and Darnell (eds.), Theorizing the Americanist tradition. 77.1.156–58 (2001).
STAROBINSKI, JEAN. Action and reaction: The life and adventures of a couple. Trans. by S. Hawkes with J. Fort. BN
by L. Card. 81.2.545 (2005).
STARREN, MARIANNE, and C. DIMROTH (eds.) Information structure and the dynamics of language acquisition. BN
by M. Callies. 82.3.677–78 (2006).
STASSEN, LEON. Predicative possession. Rev. by B. Heine. 86.2.470–72 (2010).
Statistics for linguistics with R: A practical introduction. By S. Th. Gries. Rev. by S. J. Clancy. 88.2.426–29 (2012).
Statistics in language research: Analysis of variance. By T. Rietveld and R. van Hout. Rev. by R. A. Fox. 86.3.741–
44 (2010).
STAUM CASASANTO, LAURA; P. HOFMEISTER; and I. A. SAG. How do individual cognitive differences relate to
STAUM CASASANTO, LAURA; P. HOFMEISTER; and I. A. SAG. Misapplying working-memory tests: A reductio ad
STAVROU, MELITA. Rev. of Cinque, The syntax of adjectives: A comparative study. 88.2.419–23 (2012).
STAVROU, MELITA; A. ALEXIADOU; and L. HAEGEMAN. Noun phrase in the generative perspective. Rev. by G.
Giusti. 86.3.700–702 (2010).
STEELE, JEFFREY. BN on Roca and Johnson, A course in phonology. 78.3.589–90 (2002).
STEELE, NANCY; L. HINTON; and M. VERA. How to keep your language alive: A commonsense approach to one-onone language learning. BN by E. C. Ng. 80.1.177–78 (2004).
STEELE, SUSAN. Rev. of Aronoff and Rees-Miller (eds.), The handbook of linguistics. 78.1.177–79 (2002).
STEEN, GERARD J., and J. GAVINS (eds.) Cognitive poetics in practice. BN by D. Herman. 82.3.680–81 (2006).
STEEN, GERARD J., and R. W. GIBBS, JR. (eds.) Metaphor in cognitive linguistics: Selected papers from the Fifth
International Cognitive Linguistics Conference, Amsterdam, July 1997. BN by K. A. McElhanon. 78.3.605–6
(2002).
STEEVER, SANFORD B. BN on Andronov, A comparative grammar of the Dravidian languages. 82.4.936–37 (2006).
STEEVER, SANFORD B. Reply to Schiffman. 78.3.559 (2002).
STEEVER, SANFORD B. Rev. of Schiffman, A reference grammar of spoken Tamil. 78.2.314–16 (2002).
STEIN, DIETER; O. FISCHER; and A. ROSENBACH (eds.) Pathways of change: Grammaticalization in English. BN by
A. Gianto. 79.1.219 (2003).
STEIN, GABRIELE. John Palsgrave as Renaissance linguist. BN by M. Oja. 77.3.602–3 (2001).
STEINBACH, MARKUS, and J. MEIBAUER (eds.) Experimental pragmatics/semantics. Rev. by C. Cummins. 88.3.660–
63 (2012).
STEINBERG, DANNY D.; H. NAGATA; and D. P. ALINE. Psycholinguistics: Language, mind and world. 2nd edn. Rev.
STEINS, CARSTEN, and A. ORTMANN. Rev. of Corbett, Number. 78.3.573–76 (2002).
ŠTEKAUER, PAVOL. English word-formation: A history of research (1960–1995). BN by D. Chapman. 79.3.670
(2003).
ŠTEKAUER, PAVOL. Meaning predictability in word formation. Rev. by C. L. Gagné. 84.3.661–63 (2008).
ŠTEKAUER, PAVOL. An onomasiological theory of English word-formation. BN by I. M. Laversuch. 77.3.619 (2001).
ŠTEKAUER, PAVOL, and R. LIEBER (eds.) The Oxford handbook of compounding. Rev. by I. Meir and M. Aronoff.
87.3.643–46 (2011).
Stems and paradigms. By J. P. Blevins. 79.4.737–67 (2003).
STENSTRÖM, ANNA-BRITA, and K. AIJMER (eds.) Discourse patterns in spoken and written corpora. BN by U.
Römer. 82.4.936 (2006).
STENSTRÖM, ANNA-BRITA; G. ANDERSEN; and I. K. HASUND. Trends in teenage talk: Corpus compilation, analysis
and findings. BN by U. Römer. 80.4.900–901 (2004).
Step by step. Ed. by R. Martin, D. Michaels, and J. Uriagereka. Rev. by K. K. Grohmann. 78.1.161–64 (2002).
STEPANOV, ARTHUR; G. FANSELOW; and R. VOGEL (eds.) Minimality effects in syntax. BN by D. Ntelitheos.
83.4.923–24 (2007).
STEPHENS, LAURENCE D., and A. M. DEVINE. Discontinuous syntax: Hyperbaton in Greek. Rev. by M. C. Beckwith.
78.2.319–22 (2002).
STERELNY, KIM, and M. DEVITT. Language and reality: An introduction to the philosophy of language. 2nd edn. BN
by L. Alonso-Ovalle. 77.1.188–89 (2001).
171
STERIADE, DONCA; B. HAYES; and R. KIRCHNER (eds.) Phonetically based phonology. Rev. by J. L. Smith.
83.4.886–89 (2007).
STERN, JOSEF. Metaphor in context. BN by A. D. Strand. 78.4.789–90 (2002).
STERNEFELD, WOLFGANG, and G. MÜLLER (eds.) Competition in syntax. BN by B. Wald. 79.4.841–42 (2003).
STEVENS, KENNETH NOBLE. Acoustic phonetics. BN by B. Collins. 77.1.190 (2001).
STEVENS, KENNETH NOBLE, and S. J. KEYSER. Enhancement and overlap in the speech chain. 82.1.33–63 (2006).
STEVENSON, MARK. Word sense disambiguation: The case for combinations of knowledge sources. BN by C.
Tschichold. 81.4.1022–23 (2005).
STEVENSON, PATRICK. Language and German disunity: A sociolinguistic history of East and West Germany, 1945–
2000. BN by J. M. Jeep. 81.2.545–46 (2005).
STEWART, DOMINIC; G. ASTON; and S. BERNARDINI (eds.) Corpora and language learners. BN by M. Callies.
83.4.908 (2007).
STEWART, THOMAS W. Intrinsic and extrinsic ordering (Letter to Language). 79.3.460a (2003).
STIFTER, DAVID. BN on Lehiste, Aasmäe, Meister, Pajusalu, Teras, and Viitso, Erzya prosody. 82.4.955 (2006).
STIFTER, DAVID. BN on Mark, The Gaelic-English dictionary/Am Faclair Gàidhlig-Beurla. 81.2.539–40 (2005).
STIFTER, DAVID. BN on McKenna and Kelly (eds.), Celtica, vol. 24: In memory of Brian Ó. Cuív. 81.4.1015–16
(2005).
STIFTER, DAVID. BN on Russell (ed.), Yr Hen Iaith: Studies in Early Welsh. 81.4.1019–20 (2005).
Still more Englishes. By M. Görlach. BN by J. S.-Y. Park. 79.4.838–39 (2003).
Stimulated recall methodology in second language research. By S. M. Gass and A. Mackey. BN by M. Ciscel.
77.4.864–65 (2001).
STOCKWELL, PETER. Cognitive poetics: An introduction. BN by D. Herman. 82.3.696 (2006).
STOCKWELL, ROBERT, and D. MINKOVA (eds.) Studies in the history of the English language: A millennial
perspective. Rev. by L. J. Brinton. 80.3.601–5 (2004).
STOEL-GAMMON, CAROL. Rev. of Clark, First language acquisition. 82.3.651–53 (2006).
STOENESCU, STEFAN. BN on Busuioc, Munca şi Răsplata ei: Secolele XVII–XVIII. Studiu de terminologie.
80.2.339–40 (2004).
STOLL, SABINE; B. BICKEL; G. BANJADE; M. GAENSZLE; E. LIEVEN; N. P. PAUDYAL; I. P. RAI; M. RAI; and N. K. RAI.
STOLOVA, NATALYA I. BN on Bok-Bennema, Hollebrandse, Kampers-Manhe, and Sleeman (eds.), Romance
languages and linguistic theory 2002: Selected papers from ‘Going Romance’, Groningen, 28–30 November
2002. 83.1.216–17 (2007).
STOLOVA, NATALYA I. BN on Núñez-Cedeño, López, and Cameron (eds.), A Romance perspective on language
knowledge and use. 82.3.691 (2006).
STOLOVA, NATALYA I. BN on Pérez-Leroux and Roberge (eds.), Romance linguistics: Theory and acquisition.
82.3.691–92 (2006).
STOLOVA, NATALYA I. BN on Rivas and Rodríguez (eds.), Antología conmemorativa: Nueva Revista de Filología
Hispánica. Cincuenta tomos. Vol. 1. 83.1.228–29 (2007).
STOLOVA, NATALYA I. BN on Rivas and Rodríguez (eds.), Antología conmemorativa: Nueva Revista de Filología
Hispánica. Cincuenta tomos. Vol. 2. 83.1.229 (2007).
STORM, HIROKO. A handbook of Japanese grammar. BN by L. Cyrus. 83.4.924 (2007).
STOROSHENKO, DENNIS RYAN, and C-H. HAN. Semantic binding of long-distance anaphor caki in Korean. 88.4.764–
90 (2012).
STRAND, AMY DUNHAM. BN on Stern, Metaphor in context. 78.4.789–90 (2002).
Strange talk: The politics of literature in Gilded Age America. By G. Jones. BN by E. Battistella. 77.2.402–3 (2001).
STROIK, THOMAS S. Locality in minimalist syntax. Rev. by W. Lechner. 87.1.234–39 (2011).
STROMSWOLD, KARIN. The heritability of language: A review and metaanalysis of twin, adoption, and linkage
studies. 77.4.647–723 (2001).
Structural phylogeny in historical linguistics: Methodological explorations applied in Island Melanesia. By M.
Dunn, S. C. Levinson, E. Lindström, G. Reesink, and A. Terrill. 84.4.710–59 (2008).
Structure and function: A guide to three major structural-functional theories. Part 1: Approaches to the simplex
clause. Part 2: From clause to discourse and beyond. By C. S. Butler. Rev. by A. Siewierska. 81.3.737–40
(2005).
Structure and history of Japanese, The: From Yamatokotoba to Nihongo. By L. Takeuchi. Rev. by M. U. Fidler.
77.2.366–68 (2001).
Structure and interpretation of imperatives, The: Mood and force in universal grammar. By C. Han. BN by K. K.
Grohmann. 78.4.817–18 (2002).
172
Structure of coordination, The: Conjunction and agreement phenomena in Spanish and other languages. By J.
Camacho. Rev. by G. Goodall. 82.4.887–90 (2006).
Structure of Dagaare, The. By A. Bodomo. BN by B. Wald. 77.4.858 (2001).
Structure of evidential categories in Wanka Quechua, The. By R. Floyd. BN by T. J. Curnow. 78.3.600 (2002).
Structure of lexical meaning, The: Why semantics really matters. By J. Beavers. 86.4.821–64 (2010).
Structure of modern English, The: A linguistic introduction. By L. J. Brinton. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.3.603–4 (2002).
Structure of time, The: Language, meaning and temporal cognition. By V. Evans. Rev. by B. Nerlich. 82.2.429–31
(2006).
Structure of tone, The. By Z. Bao. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.1.186–87 (2001).
Structures and beyond: The cartography of syntactic structures, vol. 3. Ed. by A. Belletti. Rev. by G. Grewendorf.
84.1.179–82 (2008).
Structuring sense, vol. 1: In name only. By H. Borer. RA by C. Potts. 84.2.343–69 (2008).
Structuring sense, vol. 2: The normal course of events. By H. Borer. RA by C. Potts. 84.2.343–69 (2008).
STRUIJKE, CARO. Existential faithfulness: A study of reduplicative TETU, feature movement, and dissimilation. BN
by A. C. L. Yu. 82.1.224 (2006).
Strutture e documenti di lingue indo-europee occidentali 1: Il latino; Le lingue celtiche. By R. Ambrosini. BN by J.
F. Eska. 82.3.669 (2006).
Student grammar of Euskara, A. By J. D. Patrick and I. Z. Ibarrondo. BN by E. J. Vajda. 80.3.632–33 (2004).
Student’s introduction to English grammar, A. By R. Huddleston and G. K. Pullum. Rev. by E. M. Bender.
84.3.643–46 (2008).
Studies in Baltic and Indo-European linguistics: In honor of William R. Schmalstieg. Ed. by P. Baldi and P. U. Dini.
BN by G. H. Toops. 83.2.452–53 (2007).
Studies in Caucasian linguistics: Selected papers of the Eighth Caucasian Colloquium. Ed. by H. van den Berg. BN
by E. J. Vajda. 77.2.398–99 (2001).
Studies in comparative Germanic syntax: Proceedings from the 15th Workshop on Comparative Germanic Syntax.
Ed. by C. J.-W. Zwart and W. Abraham. BN by L. Roels. 80.4.906–7 (2004).
Studies in contemporary phrase structure grammar. Ed. by R. D. Levine and G. M. Green. BN by M. A. Covington.
77.3.610 (2001).
Studies in evidentiality. Ed. by A. Y. Aikhenvald and R. M. W. Dixon. BN by A. Gianto. 80.4.873 (2004).
Studies in interactional linguistics. Ed. by M. Selting and E. Couper-Kuhlen. BN by B. Li. 79.4.820–21 (2003).
Studies in South Asian linguistics: Sinhala and other South Asian languages. By J. W. Gair. Ed. and selected by B.
C. Lust. BN by A. P. Grant. 77.3.639 (2001).
Studies in the history of the English language: A millennial perspective. Ed. by D. Minkova and R. Stockwell. Rev.
by L. J. Brinton. 80.3.601–5 (2004).
Studies in Welsh word-formation. By S. Zimmer. Rev. by P. Willis. 79.3.640–42 (2003).
Studies on cross-linguistic transfer patterning and prosodic typology: Cantonese, Japanese, English. By E. Y. W.
Lai. BN by L. Chen. 81.3.781 (2005).
Studies on dialects in the Shanghai area: Their phonological systems and historical developments. By Z. Chen. BN
by P. S. Ding. 82.4.939 (2006).
STUMP, GREGORY T. Heteroclisis and paradigm linkage. 82.2.279–322 (2006).
STUMP, GREGORY T. Inflectional morphology: A theory of paradigm structure. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.1.224–25
(2003).
STUMP, GREGORY T. Rev. of Aronoff and Fudeman, What is morphology? 84.1.177–79 (2008).
Stuttering research and practice: Bridging the gap. Ed. by N. Bernstein Ratner and E. C. Healey. BN by I. M.
Laversuch. 77.2.392 (2001).
Style and sociolinguistic variation. Ed. by P. Eckert and J. R. Rickford. Rev. by J. Cheshire. 83.2.432–35 (2007).
SUBBARAO, KARUMURI VENKATA, and P. BHASKARARAO (eds.) Non-nominative subjects. BN by H. Narrog.
83.2.453–54 (2007).
SUBBARAO, KARUMURI VENKATA; R. LAURY; G. MCMENAMIN; S. OKAMOTO; and V. SAMIIAN (eds.) Perspectives in
SUBBARAO, KARUMURI VENKATA; B. C. LUST; K. WALI; and J. W. GAIR (eds.) Lexical anaphors and pronouns in
selected South Asian languages: A principled typology. BN by B. Rempt. 78.4.801–2 (2002).
Subject clitics in the Northern Italian dialects: A comparative study based on the minimalist program and optimality
theory. By C. Goria. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 83.3.676–77 (2007).
Subject inversion in Romance and the theory of universal grammar. Ed. by A. C. J. Hulk and J.-Y. Pollock. BN by
K. K. Grohmann. 79.4.805–6 (2003).
Subject personal pronouns in Spanish narratives of Puerto Ricans in New York City: A sociolinguistic perspective.
By N. Flores-Ferrán. BN by E. G. Winkler. 80.4.887 (2004).
173
Subjective, intersubjective, objective. By D. Davidson. BN by X. He. 83.1.218–19 (2007).
Subjects and interface delay in child Spanish and Catalan. By J. Grinstead. 80.1.40–72 (2004).
Subjects, expletives, and the EPP. Ed. by P. Svenonius. BN by P. Panagiotidis. 81.4.1023 (2005).
Subjects in Acehnese and the nature of the passive. By J. A. Legate. 88.3.495–525 (2012).
Subordination in South American languages. Ed. by R. van Gijn, K. Haude, and P. Muysken. Rev. by P. Epps.
88.4.926–29 (2012).
SUDBURY, ANDREA, and J. HAY. How rhoticity became /r/-sandhi. 81.4.799–823 (2005).
*Sue en grec ancien: La famille du pronom réfléchi. By D. Petit. BN by E. R. Luján. 78.2.386–87 (2002).
Suffix ordering and morphological processing. By I. Plag and H. Baayen. 85.1.109–52 (2009).
SULEIMAN, YASIR. The Arabic language and national identity: A study in ideology. Rev. by D. B. Parkinson.
81.1.276–79 (2005).
SUN, HONGKAI (ed.) New found minority languages in China series. BN by G. Thurgood and F. Li. 79.4.843–45
(2003).
SUN, HONGKAI, and P.-H. TING (eds.) Han-Zangyu tonyuanci yanjiu, vol. 1: Han-Zangyu yanjiu de lishi huigu
[Cognate words in Sino-Tibetan languages, vol. 1: Historical outlook on Sino-Tibetan research]. BN by K.
Chirkova. 83.2.471 (2007).
SUN, HONGKAI, and P.-H. TING (eds.) Han-Zangyu tonyuanci yanjiu, vol. 2: Han-Zang, Miao-Yao tongyuanci
zhuanti yanjiu [Cognate words in Sino-Tibetan languages, vol. 2: Cognate words in Sino-Tibetan and MiaoYao]. BN by K. Chirkova. 83.2.471–72 (2007).
SUN, HONGKAI, and P.-H. TING (eds.) Han-Zangyu tonyuanci yanjiu, vol. 3: Han-Zangyu yanjiu de fangfalun tansuo
[Cognate words in Sino-Tibetan languages, vol. 3: Methodological issues in Sino-Tibetan research]. BN by K.
Chirkova. 83.2.472 (2007).
SUNDERLAND, JANE, and L. LITOSSELITI (eds.) Gender identity and discourse analysis. BN by E. C. Ng. 80.2.352–
53 (2004).
Surfeit of the stimulus, The: Analytic biases filter lexical statistics in Turkish laryngeal alternations. By M. Becker,
N. Ketrez, and A. Nevins. 87.1.84–125 (2011).
Surmic languages and culture. Ed. by G. J. Dimmendaal and M. Last. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.1.185 (2001).
Survey of Modern English, A. 2nd edn. By S. Gramley and K.-M. Pätzold. BN by D. Deterding. 82.4.947 (2006).
SUTTON, LAUREL A.; M. BUCHOLTZ; and A. C. LIANG (eds.) Reinventing identities: The gendered self in discourse.
BN by N. Watanabe. 77.1.188 (2001).
SUTTON-SPENCE, RACHEL, and D. J. NAPOLI. Limitations on simultaneity in sign language (Short Report). 86.3.647–
62 (2010).
SVELMOE, WILLIAM L. ‘We do not want to masquerade as linguists’: A short history of SIL and the academy (SIL
SVENONIUS, PETER (ed.) The derivation of VO and OV. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.3.670–71 (2003).
SVENONIUS, PETER. Rev. of Toivonen, Non-projecting words. 84.3.666–70 (2008).
SVENONIUS, PETER (ed.) Subjects, expletives, and the EPP. BN by P. Panagiotidis. 81.4.1023 (2005).
SVIRSKY, MARIO A. Rev. of Lowenstein, Artificial hearing, natural speech: Cochlear implants, speech production,
and the expectations of a high-tech society. 87.1.215–18 (2011).
SWAIN, SIMON; J. N. ADAMS; and M. JANSE (eds.) Bilingualism in ancient society: Language contact and the written
word. BN by J. F. Eska. 80.4.872–73 (2004).
SWALES, JOHN M. Rev. of Biber, Connor, and Upton, Discourse on the move: Using corpus analysis to describe
discourse structure. 85.3.694–96 (2009).
SWANN, JOAN; R. MESTHRIE; A. DEUMERT; and W. L. LEAP. Introducing sociolinguisics. BN by Z. Salzmann.
77.4.851–52 (2001).
Swedish: A comprehensive grammar. 2nd edn. By P. Holmes and I. Hinchliffe. BN by K. Hiietam. 83.2.461–62
(2007).
Swedish dimensional adjectives. By A. Vogel. BN by M. Hilpert. 83.3.692–93 (2007).
SWIFT, MARY D. Time in child Inuktitut: A developmental study of an Eskimo-Aleut language. BN by E. J. Vajda.
83.2.468 (2007).
SWIGGERS, PIERRE, and A. WOUTERS (eds.) Ancient grammar: Content and context. BN by B. Wald. 77.4.862–63
(2001).
SWINNEY, DAVID; Y. GRODZINSKY; and L. SHAPIRO (eds.) Language and the brain: Representation and processing.
BN by C. V. Novaes. 77.4.867–68 (2001).
SYBESMA, RINT, and L. CHENG (eds.) The first Glot International state-of-the-article book: The latest in linguistics.
BN by E. Mathieu. 79.3.648–49 (2003).
SYBESMA, RINT, and L. CHENG (eds.) The second Glot International state-of-the-article book: The latest in
linguistics. BN by E. McDonald. 81.2.515 (2005).
174
Syllable, The: Views and facts. Ed. by H. van der Hulst and N. Ritter. BN by I. Plag. 78.3.606–7 (2002).
Syllable in optimality theory, The. Ed. by C. Féry and R. van de Vijver. BN by C. Rice. 82.4.943–44 (2006).
Synchronic fallacy, The. By E. W. Hansen. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.4.800 (2002).
Syntactic aspects of topic and comment. By A. Meinunger. BN by K. Chirkova. 79.2.445–46 (2003).
Syntactic change: A minimalist approach to grammaticalization. By I. Roberts and A. Roussou. Rev. by G.
Syntactic change in Welsh: A study of the loss of verb-second. By D. W. E. Willis. BN by J. F. Eska. 77.1.191–92
(2001).
Syntactic derivations: A nontransformational view. By U. Brosziewski. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.4.832 (2003).
Syntactic heads and word formation. By M. Julien. BN by P. Panagiotidis. 81.4.1009–10 (2005).
Syntactic nuts: Hard cases, syntactic theory, and language acquisition. By P. W. Culicover. BN by A. Pereltsvaig.
77.2.404–5 (2001).
Syntactic structure of French auxiliaries, The. By A. Abeillé and D. Godard. 78.3.404–52 (2002).
Syntactic theory: A formal introduction. By I. A. Sag and T. Wasow. Rev. by P. Farrell. 77.1.158–62 (2001).
Syntactic variation: The dialects of Italy. Ed. by R. D’Alessandro, A. Ledgeway, and I. Roberts. Rev. by D. Bentley.
87.3.634–37 (2011).
Syntactic variation in English quantified noun phrases with all, whole, both and half. By M. E. Vannestål. BN by F.
Liu. 83.2.474–75 (2007).
Syntax: A generative introduction. By A. Carnie. Rev. by M. Speas. 79.3.628–31 (2003).
Syntax: An introduction. By T. Givón. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.4.803–4 (2003).
Syntax and semantics of unselected embedded questions, The. By D. Adger and J. Quer. 77.1.107–33 (2001).
Syntax of adjectives, The: A comparative study. By G. Cinque. Rev. by M. Stavrou. 88.2.419–23 (2012).
Syntax of adjuncts, The. By T. Ernst. Rev. by E. Potsdam. 80.3.594–98 (2004).
Syntax of agreement and concord, The. By M. C. Baker. Rev. by S. Wechsler. 87.4.873–78 (2011).
Syntax of American Sign Language, The: Functional categories and hierarchical structure. By C. Neidle, J. Kegl,
D. MacLaughlin, B. Bahan, and R. G. Lee. Rev. by G. P. Berent. 77.4.839–42 (2001).
Syntax of anaphora, The. By K. Safir. Rev. by E. Reuland. 85.1.231–37 (2009).
Syntax of Cape Verdean Creole, The: The Sotavento varieties. By M. Baptista. BN by D. E. Walicek. 80.4.875
(2004).
Syntax of Chichewa, The. By S. Mchombo. Rev. by K. Safir. 84.3.651–55 (2008).
Syntax of ditransitives, The: Evidence from clitics. By E. Anagnostopoulou. Rev. by M. den Dikken. 81.4.980–84
(2005).
Syntax of early English, The. Ed. by O. Fischer, A. van Kemanade, W. Koopman, and W. van der Wurff. Rev. by E.
van Gelderen. 78.3.578–81 (2002).
Syntax of Hungarian, The. By K. É. Kiss. Rev. by M. den Dikken and A. Lipták. 79.4.777–81 (2003).
Syntax of (in)dependence, The. By K. Safir. Rev. by U. Sauerland. 83.4.901–4 (2007).
Syntax of natural and accidental coordination: Evidence from agreement. By M. Dalrymple and I. Nikolaeva.
82.4.824–49 (2006).
Syntax of possession in Japanese, The. By T. Tsujioka. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 81.4.1025–26 (2005).
Syntax of silence, The. By J. Merchant. Rev. by H. Lasnik. 81.1.259–65 (2005).
Syntax of Spanish, The. By K. Zagona. BN by S. Robinson. 79.4.825–26 (2003).
Syntax of spoken Arabic, The: A comparative study of Moroccan, Egyptian, Syrian, and Kuwaiti dialects. By K.
Brustad. BN by J. McWhorter. 80.2.338–39 (2004).
Syntax of the Modern Greek verbal system: The use of the forms, particularly in combination with tha and na. By R.
Hesse. BN by A. Galani. 82.4.950–51 (2006).
Syntax of time, The. Ed. by J. Guéron and J. Lecarme. Rev. by M. Julien. 83.1.208–11 (2007).
Syntax, semantics and pragmatics of Spanish mood, The. By H. Haverkate. BN by S. A. Schwenter. 80.4.892
(2004).
Syntax, souls, or speakers? On SIL and community language development (SIL International and the disciplinary
culture of linguistics). By P. Epps and H. Ladley. 85.3.640–46 (2009).
Syntax von Pronominaladverbien in den Dialekten des Deutschen, Die: Eine Untersuchung zu Preposition
Stranding und verwandten Phänomenen. By J. Fleischer. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 82.4.944–45 (2006).
Syntax-phonology interface in focus and topic constructions in Italian, The. By M. Frascarelli. BN by A.
Pereltsvaig. 78.1.196 (2002).
Systematic lexicography. By J. Apresjan. BN by M. L. Murphy. 79.3.643–44 (2003).
Systems of nominal classification. Ed. by G. Senft. BN by C. Bowern. 78.4.808 (2002).
SZABOLCSI, ANNA. Rev. of Partee, Compositionality in formal semantics: Selected papers. 82.1.182–85 (2006).
SZABOLCSI, ANNA, and H. KOOPMAN. Verbal complexes. Rev. by U. Shlonsky. 78.2.333–35 (2002).
175
SZAGUN, GISELA. Wie Sprache entsteht: Spracherwerb bei Kindern mit beeinträchtigtem und normalem Hören. Rev.
by J. P. Morford. 82.1.179–82 (2006).
TAAVITSAINEN, IRMA, and S. M. FITZMAURICE (eds.) Methods in historical pragmatics. Rev. by S. Romaine.
85.3.719–20 (2009).
TAAVITSAINEN, IRMA; G. MELCHERS; and P. PAHTA (eds.) Writing in nonstandard English. BN by B. Kortmann.
78.2.385–86 (2002).
TABATA, TOMOJI; J. NAKAMURA; and N. INOUE (eds.) English corpora under Japanese eyes. BN by L. Cyrus.
83.4.920–21 (2007).
TADMOR, URI, and M. HASPELMATH (eds.) Loanwords in the world’s languages: A comparative handbook. Rev. by
Y. Matras. 88.3.647–52 (2012).
TAELDEMAN, J.; J. GOOSSENS; and G. VERLEYEN. Fonologische Atlas van de Nederlandse Dialecten. 2: De
Webber. 79.1.219–20 (2003).
TAGLIAMONTE, SALI A. Analysing sociolinguistic variation. Rev. by R. Bayley. 84.4.900–903 (2008).
TAGLIAMONTE, SALI A., and A. D’ARCY. Peaks beyond phonology: Adolescence, incrementation, and language
change. 85.1.58–108 (2009).
TAGLIAMONTE, SALI A., and S. POPLACK. African American English in the diaspora. Rev. by R. W. Fasold.
81.2.504–8 (2005).
TAHIR, ALIYA; S. MANSOOR; and S. MERAJ (eds.) Language policy, planning, & practice: A South Asian
Tai-Kadai languages, The. Ed. by A. V. N. Diller, J. A. Edmondson, and Y. Luo. Rev. by D. B. Solnit. 86.3.712–16
(2010).
TAKAGAKI, TOSHIHIRO; S. ZAIMA; Y. TSURUGA; F. MORENO-FERNÁNDEZ; and Y. KAWAGUCHI (eds.) Corpus-based
TAKAMI, KEN-ICHI, and S. KUNO. Functional constraints in grammar: On the unergative-unaccusative distinction.
Rev. by H. Nakajima. 83.3.651–54 (2007).
TAKAMI, KEN-ICHI; S. KUNO; and Y. WU. Response to Aoun and Li. 77.1.134–43 (2001).
TAKEUCHI, LONE. The structure and history of Japanese: From Yamatokotoba to Nihongo. Rev. by M. U. Fidler.
77.2.366–68 (2001).
Tales and translation: The Grimm tales from pan-Germanic narratives to shared international fairytales. By C.
Dollerup. BN by T. L. Holm. 77.4.865 (2001).
Talk is cheap: Sarcasm, alienation and the evolution of language. By J. Haiman. BN by I. Checa-García. 79.4.839
(2003).
Talk, work and institutional order: Discourse in medical, mediation and management settings. Ed. by S. Sarangi and
C. Roberts. BN by M. Nevile. 77.3.622–23 (2001).
Talking about treatment: Recommendations for breast cancer adjuvant therapy. By F. D. Roberts. BN by K.
Emmons. 77.1.201–2 (2001).
Talking ape, The: How language evolved. By R. Burling. Rev. by D. Bickerton. 84.2.404–6 (2008).
Talking gender and sexuality. Ed. by P. McIlvenny. BN by E. C. Ng. 80.2.352–53 (2004).
Talking proper: The rise of accent as social symbol. 2nd edn. By L. Mugglestone. Rev. by R. W. Bailey. 81.1.269–
71 (2005).
TALLERMAN, MAGGIE. Rev. of Carnie, Harley, and Dooley (eds.), Verb first: On the syntax of verb-initial
languages. 84.1.182–86 (2008).
TALMY, LEONARD. Toward a cognitive semantics, vols. 1–2. Rev. by M. Turner. 78.3.576–78 (2002).
TAMANJI, PIUS NGWA, and N. N. MUTAKA. An introduction to African linguistics. BN by U. Seibert. 80.1.184–85
(2004).
TAN, LI HAI; P. LI; E. BATES; and O. J. L. TZENG (eds.) The handbook of East Asian psycholinguistics. Vol. 1:
TANAKA, HIROKO. Turn-taking in Japanese conversation: A study in grammar and interaction. BN by M. Yamaguchi. 78.1.200 (2002).
TANAKA, LIDIA. Gender, language and culture: A study of Japanese television interview discourse. BN by R. Albon.
82.3.696–97 (2006).
TANAKA, LIDIA. Response to a review (Letter to Language). 83.2.243–44 (2007).
TANNEN, DEBORAH. You’re wearing that? Understanding mothers and daughters in conversation. Rev. by S. Gass.
84.2.439–42 (2008).
TANNEN, DEBORAH, and J. E. ALATIS (eds.) Linguistics, language, and the real world: Discourse and beyond. BN
by C. Xie. 80.4.902–3 (2004).
176
TANNEN, DEBORAH; D. SCHIFFRIN; and H. E. HAMILTON (eds.) The handbook of discourse analysis. Rev. by M.
Bucholtz. 80.4.862–65 (2004).
TAO, HONGYIN, and C. F. MEYER. Response to Newmeyer’s ‘Grammar is grammar and usage is usage’ (Discussion
Note). 81.1.226–28 (2005).
TAPPE, HEIKE, and H. HÄRTL (eds.) Mediating between concepts and grammar. BN by P. Burkhardt. 82.4.949
(2006).
Tariana texts and cultural context. By A. Y. Aikhenvald. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.1.183 (2001).
TAYLOR, JOHN R. Rev. of Gisborne, The event structure of perception verbs. 88.1.200–202 (2012).
TAYLOR, JOHN R.; H. CUYCKENS; and R. DIRVEN (eds.) Cognitive approaches to lexical semantics. BN by M.
Callies. 82.1.194–95 (2006).
TAYLOR, ORLANDO; C. T. ADGER; and D. CHRISTIAN (eds.) Making the connection: Language and academic
TAZI, RAJA. Arabismen im Deutschen: Lexikalische Transferenzen vom Arabischen ins Deutsche. BN by G. Rubio.
77.4.871 (2001).
Telephone calls: Unity and diversity in conversational structure across languages and cultures. Ed. by K. K. Luke
and T.-S. Pavlidou. BN by B. Li. 80.3.629–30 (2004).
TEMPERLEY, DAVID. Ambiguity avoidance in English relative clauses. 79.3.464–84 (2003).
TEMPERLEY, DAVID. Rev. of Rebuschat, Rohrmeier, Hawkins, and Cross (eds.), Language and music as cognitive
systems. 88.3.666–69 (2012).
TEMPLE, ROSALIND; J. LOCAL; and R. OGDEN (eds.) Phonetic interpretation: Papers in laboratory phonology 6.
Rev. by M.-J. Solé. 83.2.438–42 (2007).
Temporal deixis in Welsh and Breton. By J. Heinecke. BN by J. F. Eska. 77.1.192 (2001).
TENFJORD, KARI; H. SANDØY; E. BRUNSTAD; and J. E. HAGEN (eds.) Den fleirspråklege utfordringa [The
TENNY, CAROL, and J. PUSTEJOVSKY (eds.) Events as grammatical objects: The converging perspectives of lexical
semantics and syntax. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.3.671–72 (2003).
Tense and aspect: The contextual processing of semantic indeterminacy. Ed. by S. Vogeleer, W. de Mulder, and I.
Depraetere. BN by T. L. Holm. 78.2.382–83 (2002).
Tense and aspect in Indo-European languages: Theory, typology, diachrony. By J. Hewson and V. Bubenik. BN by
B. Wald. 77.4.860–61 (2001).
Tense and aspect in second language acquisition: Form, meaning and use. By K. Bardovi-Harlig. BN by A.
Pereltsvaig. 79.1.216 (2003).
Tense and aspect in the languages of Europe. Ed. by Ö. Dahl. Rev. by A. Gianto. 79.1.202–4 (2003).
TERAS, PIRE; I. LEHISTE; N. AASMÄE; E. MEISTER; K. PAJUSALU; and T.-R. VIITSO. Erzya prosody. BN by D. Stifter.
82.4.955 (2006).
Terminologie de la traduction. Ed. by J. Delisle, H. Lee-Jahnke, and M. C. Cormier. BN by G. E. Saunders.
77.2.411–12 (2001).
TERRILL, ANGELA. A grammar of Lavukaleve. BN by C. Bowern. 83.1.232 (2007).
TERRILL, ANGELA. Rev. of Bowern, Linguistic fieldwork: A practical guide. 86.2.435–38 (2010).
TERRILL, ANGELA; M. DUNN; S. C. LEVINSON; E. LINDSTRÖM; and G. REESINK. Structural phylogeny in historical
TERRY, J. MICHAEL. Rev. of Green, Language and the African American child. 88.2.423–25 (2012).
TERSIS, NICOLE, and M.-A. MAHIEU (eds.) Variations on polysynthesis: The Eskaleut languages. Rev. by K. Rice.
86.3.731–35 (2010).
TERZI, ARHONTO. Rev. of Mavrogiorgos, Clitics in Greek: A minimalist account of proclisis and enclisis. 88.4.908–
10 (2012).
TESCHNER, RICHARD V., and M. S. WHITLEY. Pronouncing English: A stress-based approach with CD-ROM. BN by
D. Deterding. 83.2.468–69 (2007).
TESSIER, ANNE-MICHELLE. Rev. of Dinnsen and Gierut (eds.), Optimality theory, phonological acquisition and
disorders. 86.3.716–20 (2010).
Test of the cognitive assumptions of magnitude estimation, A: Commutativity does not hold for acceptability
judgments. By J. Sprouse. 87.2.274–88 (2011).
Test of the relation between working-memory capacity and syntactic island effects, A. By J. Sprouse, M. Wagers,
and C. Phillips. 88.1.82–123 (2012).
Testing theories of linguistic constituency with configural learning: The case of the English syllable. By V.
Kapatsinski. 85.2.248–77 (2009).
TEUBERT, WOLFGANG; M. A. K. HALLIDAY; C. YALLOP; and A. CERMÁKOVÁ. Lexicology and corpus linguistics: An
177
Text and context in functional linguistics. Ed. by M. Ghadessy. BN by D. O. Jackson. 78.1.208–9 (2002).
THACKSTON, WHEELER M. Introduction to Syriac: An elementary grammar with readings from Syriac literature. BN
by P. T. Daniels. 80.3.638–39 (2004).
Thematic guide to optimality theory, A. By J. J. McCarthy. Rev. by D. Archangeli. 82.4.924–27 (2006).
Theoretical aspects of Bantu tone. Ed. by L. M. Hyman and C. W. Kisseberth. BN by G. T. Childs. 77.1.172–73
(2001).
Theories of case. By M. Butt. Rev. by H. de Hoop. 84.3.620–21 (2008).
Theories of vagueness. By R. Keefe. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 80.2.349–50 (2004).
Theorizing the Americanist tradition. Ed. by L. P. Valentine and R. Darnell. Rev. by J. Stanlaw. 77.1.156–58
(2001).
Theory and typology of proper names. By W. van Langendonck. Rev. by J. Algeo. 84.3.670–72 (2008).
There is no third face of agreement. Discussion Note by A. Alsina and B. Arsenijević. 88.2.388–89 (2012).
THIBAULT, PAUL J.; S. L. EERDMANS; and C. L. PREVIGNANO (eds.) Language and interaction: Discussions with
Think generic! The meaning and use of generic sentences. By A. Cohen. BN by K. S. Chung. 78.1.203 (2002).
Thinking French translation: A course in translation method: French to English. 2nd edn. By S. Hervey and I.
Higgins. BN by L. Card. 82.1.199–200 (2006).
THOMAS, ERIK R. An acoustic analysis of vowel variation in New World English. BN by R. Hagiwara. 80.4.903
(2004).
THOMAS, ERIK R., and W. WOLFRAM. The development of African American English. RA by T. L. Weldon.
81.2.478–94 (2005).
THOMAS, LINDA, and S. WAREING. Language, society and power: An introduction. BN by I. M. Laversuch. 77.3.618
(2001).
THOMAS, LINDA; S. WAREING; I. SINGH; J. S. PECCEI; J. THORNBORROW; and J. JONES. Language, society and
THOMAS, MARGARET. Rev. of Leopold (ed.), The Prix Volney, vols. 1–3. 78.2.335–39 (2002).
THOMAS, MARGARET. Universal grammar in second language acquisition: A history. BN by L. LaFond. 82.4.961
(2006).
THOMASON, OLGA. BN on Hopper and Traugott, Grammaticalization. 2nd edn. 81.4.1007–8 (2005).
THOMASON, OLGA. BN on Luraghi, On the meaning of prepositions and cases: The expression of semantic roles in
Ancient Greek. 81.4.1013–14 (2005).
THOMASON, OLGA. BN on Matras, Romani: A linguistic introduction. 81.2.540–41 (2005).
THOMASON, OLGA. BN on Richards, The Pannonian Slavic dialect of the Common Slavic proto-language: The view
from Old Hungarian. 81.3.785–86 (2005).
THOMASON, SARAH G. Language contact: An introduction. BN by P. Unseth. 79.3.672–73 (2003).
THOMASON, SARAH G. Rev. of Goddard (ed.), Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 17: Languages. 82.4.912–
15 (2006).
THOMPSON, GEOFFREY. Introducing functional grammar. 2nd edn. BN by K. Hiietam. 83.2.469–70 (2007).
THOMPSON, LINDA, and J. FOLEY. Language learning: A lifelong process. BN by S. Wang. 81.4.1005 (2005).
THOMPSON, ROGER M. Filipino English and Taglish: Language switching from multiple perspectives. BN by E.
Luna. 83.2.470–71 (2007).
THOMPSON, SANDRA A.; C. E. FORD; and B. A. FOX (eds.) The language of turn and sequence. Rev. by P. A.
Downing. 80.4.850–52 (2004).
THORNBORROW, JOANNA, and J. COATES (eds.) The sociolinguistics of narrative. Rev. by B. Johnstone. 84.3.663–66
(2008).
THORNBORROW, JOANNA; L. THOMAS; S. WAREING; I. SINGH; J. S. PECCEI; and J. JONES. Language, society and
THORNTON, ANNA M., and S. LURAGHI. Linguistica generale: Esercitazioni e autoverifica. BN by E. Moravcsik.
82.4.957 (2006).
THORNTON, ROSALIND. Rev. of Santos, Minimal answers: Ellipsis, syntax and discourse in the acquisition of
European Portuguese. 87.1.229–34 (2011).
THORNTON, ROSALIND, and K. WEXLER. Principle B, VP ellipsis, and interpretation in child grammar. Rev. by K.
K. Grohmann. 78.2.322–24 (2002).
Three circles of English, The: Language specialists talk about the English language. Ed. by E. Thumboo. BN by D.
Deterding. 82.1.224–25 (2006).
THUMBOO, EDWIN (ed.) The three circles of English: Language specialists talk about the English language. BN by
D. Deterding. 82.1.224–25 (2006).
178
THURGOOD, ELZBIETA. BN on Demenko, Analiza cech suprasegmentalnych języka polskiego na potrzeby technologii mowy. 78.4.826–27 (2002).
THURGOOD, GRAHAM. BN on Braidi, The acquisition of second language syntax. 77.1.197–98 (2001).
THURGOOD, GRAHAM. BN on Daley, Vietnamese classifiers in narrative texts. 77.1.198 (2001).
THURGOOD, GRAHAM. From ancient Cham to modern dialects: Two thousand years of language contact and
change. BN by E. J. Vajda. 80.2.358–59 (2004).
THURGOOD, GRAHAM, and F. LI. BN on Sun (ed.), New found minority languages in China series. 79.4.843–45
(2003).
Tibetan. By P. Denwood. BN by G. Rubio. 77.4.868–69 (2001).
TIERSMA, PETER, and L. M. SOLAN. The linguist on the witness stand: Forensic linguistics in American courts.
78.2.221–39 (2002).
TILKENS, BERTHA; P. INNES; and L. ALEXANDER. Beginning Creek (Mvskoke emponvkv). BN by E. J. Vajda.
82.4.951–52 (2006).
Time and thyme are not homophones: The effect of lemma frequency on word durations in spontaneous speech. By
S. Gahl. 84.3.474–96 (2008).
Time in child Inuktitut: A developmental study of an Eskimo-Aleut language. By M. D. Swift. BN by E. J. Vajda.
83.2.468 (2007).
Time, tense, and reference. Ed. by A. Jokić and Q. Smith. BN by R. D’Alessandro. 82.3.686 (2006).
TING, PANG-HSIN, and H. SUN (eds.) Han-Zangyu tonyuanci yanjiu, vol. 1: Han-Zangyu yanjiu de lishi huigu
[Cognate words in Sino-Tibetan languages, vol. 1: Historical outlook on Sino-Tibetan research]. BN by K.
Chirkova. 83.2.471 (2007).
TING, PANG-HSIN, and H. SUN (eds.) Han-Zangyu tonyuanci yanjiu, vol. 2: Han-Zang, Miao-Yao tongyuanci zhuanti
yanjiu [Cognate words in Sino-Tibetan languages, vol. 2: Cognate words in Sino-Tibetan and Miao-Yao]. BN
by K. Chirkova. 83.2.471–72 (2007).
TING, PANG-HSIN, and H. SUN (eds.) Han-Zangyu tonyuanci yanjiu, vol. 3: Han-Zangyu yanjiu de fangfalun tansuo
[Cognate words in Sino-Tibetan languages, vol. 3: Methodological issues in Sino-Tibetan research]. BN by K.
Chirkova. 83.2.472 (2007).
To speak is never neutral. By L. Irigaray. BN by C. Xie. 79.4.806–7 (2003).
Tobelo. By G. Holton. BN by L. Kulikov. 83.2.462–63 (2007).
TOBIN, YISHAI, and E. CONTINI-MORAVA (eds.) Between grammar and lexicon. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.1.210–11
(2002).
TODD, ZAZIE; B. NERLICH; V. HERMAN; and D. D. CLARKE (eds.) Polysemy: Flexible patterns of meaning in mind
TOGNINI-BONELLI, ELENA. Corpus linguistics at work. BN by M. L. Murphy. 80.2.359 (2004).
TOIVONEN, IDA. Non-projecting words. Rev. by P. Svenonius. 84.3.666–70 (2008).
TOIVONEN, IDA. Rev. of Davies and Dubinsky, The grammar of raising and control: A course in syntactic
argumentation. 84.4.880–82 (2008).
Tok Pisin texts: From the beginning to the present. By P. Mühlhäusler, T. E. Dutton, and S. Romaine. BN by S.
Robinson. 82.2.458–59 (2006).
TOL, SIJMEN, and M. JANSE (eds.) Language death and language maintenance: Theoretical, practical and
descriptive approaches. RA by L. A. Grenoble and L. J. Whaley. 81.4.965–74 (2005).
TOMAN, JINDRICH (ed.) Formal approaches to Slavic linguistics 3: The College Park Meeting. Rev. by A. Caink.
77.3.592–94 (2001).
TOMASELLO, MICHAEL. Constructing a language: A usage-based theory of language acquisition. Rev. by R. W.
Langacker. 81.3.748–50 (2005).
TOMASELLO, MICHAEL. Origins of human communication. Rev. by A. E. Goldberg. 85.4.953–55 (2009).
TOMASELLO, MICHAEL. Rev. of Lieberman, Human language and our reptilian brain: The subcortical bases of
speech, syntax, and thought. 80.2.325–27 (2004).
TOMASELLO, MICHAEL; S. BRANDT; and E. LIEVEN. Development of word order in German complement-clause
TOMASELLO, MICHAEL, and H. DIESSEL. A new look at the acquisition of relative clauses. 81.4.882–906 (2005).
TOMIĆ, OLGA MIŠEKA, and M. RADOVANOVIĆ (eds.) History and perspectives of language study. BN by A. S. Kaye.
78.4.819–20 (2002).
TOMIOKA, SATOSHI. Rev. of Repp, Negation in gapping. 87.1.221–24 (2011).
Tone. By M. Yip. Rev. by C. W. Kisseberth. 83.3.662–64 (2007).
Tone sandhi: Patterns across Chinese dialects. By M. Y. Chen. Rev. by K. Chirkova. 78.4.765–66 (2002).
Tongan determiners and semantic composition. By R. Hendrick. 81.4.907–26 (2005).
179
TONGUE, R. K.; P. NIHALNI; P. HOSALI; and J. CROWTHER. Indian and British English: A handbook of usage and
pronunciation. 2nd edn. BN by N. S. Dash. 83.2.465 (2007).
TONHAUSER, JUDITH. BN on Bohnemeyer, The grammar of time reference in Yukatek Maya. 81.4.1000–1001
(2005).
TONHAUSER, JUDITH. Defining crosslinguistic categories: The case of nominal tense (Reply to Nordlinger and
Sadler) (Discussion Note). 84.2.332–42 (2008).
TONHAUSER, JUDITH. Nominal tense? The meaning of Guaraní nominal temporal markers. 83.4.831–69 (2007).
Tonía, La: Dimensiones fonéticas y fonológicas. Ed. by E. Herrera Z. and P. M. Butragueño. BN by C. González.
82.4.950 (2006).
TONKIN, HUMPHREY, and T. REAGAN (eds.) Language in the twenty-first century: Selected papers of the millennial
conferences of the Center for Research and Documentation on World Language Problems, held at the
University of Hartford and Yale University. BN by J. Skaffari. 82.3.698 (2006).
TONO, YUKIO. Rev. of Dolezal and McCreary, Pedagogical lexicography today: A critical bibliography on learners’
dictionaries with special emphasis on language learners and dictionary users. 77.4.835–37 (2001).
Tonology of Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara), The. By W. H. G. Haacke. BN by C. Bowern. 78.1.201–2 (2002).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Auger, Clements, and Vance (eds.), Contemporary approaches to Romance linguistics:
Selected papers from the 33rd Linguistic Symposium on Romance Languages (LSRL), Bloomington, Indiana,
April 2003. 83.2.452 (2007).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Baldi and Dini (eds.), Studies in Baltic and Indo-European linguistics: In honor of William
R. Schmalstieg. 83.2.452–53 (2007).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Brendemoen, Lanza, and Ryen (eds.), Language encounters across time and space: Studies
in language contact. 77.1.198–99 (2001).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Caffarel, Martin, and Matthiassen (eds.), Language typology: A functional perspective.
83.3.669–70 (2007).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Cubberley, Russian: A linguistic introduction. 81.2.520 (2005).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Fiorentino (ed.), Romance objects: Transitivity in Romance languages. 82.2.455–56 (2006).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Fouse, The languages of the former Soviet republics: Their history and development.
78.1.199–200 (2002).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Franklin, Writing, society and culture in early Rus, c. 950–1300. 81.2.524 (2005).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Hachenburger and Jackson, Topics, questions, keywords: A handbook for students of
German. 78.4.790–91 (2002).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Hagège, Halte à la mort des langues. 79.1.221 (2003).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Larjavaara, Présence ou absence de l’objet: Limites du possible en français contemporain.
79.3.659 (2003).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Lüdeling, On particle verbs and similar constructions in German. 79.4.812–13 (2003).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Nicolai, Dizionario delle parole russe che s’incontrano in italiano. 81.4.1018–19 (2005).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Palmer, Mood and modality. 2nd edn. 79.4.816–17 (2003).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Pietroski, Causing actions. 79.3.664–65 (2003).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Price, A comprehensive French grammar. 5th edn. 80.2.355 (2004).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Primus, Cases and thematic roles: Ergative, accusative and active. 77.4.855–56 (2001).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Schaarschmidt, Upper Sorbian. 80.1.186–87 (2004).
TOOPS, GARY H. BN on Werkmann, Objektklitika im Bulgarischen. 82.3.699–700 (2006).
Topics in audiovisual translation. Ed. by P. Orero. BN by T. Shmiher. 83.3.687–88 (2007).
Topics in Chadic linguistics: Papers from the 1st biennial international colloquium on the Chadic language family
(Leipzig, July 5–8, 2001). Ed. by H. E. Wolff. BN by B. Wald. 83.1.235–36 (2007).
Topics in Oceanic morphosyntax. Ed. by C. Moyse-Faurie and J. Sabel. Rev. by W. A. Foley. 88.4.910–14 (2012).
Topics in South Slavic syntax and semantics. Ed. by M. Dimitrova-Vulchanova and L. Hellan. BN by C. Rudin.
78.1.197–98 (2002).
Topics, questions, keywords: A handbook for students of German. By P. Hachenburger and P. Jackson. BN by G. H.
Toops. 78.4.790–91 (2002).
TOPINTZI, NINA. Onsets: Suprasegmental and prosodic behaviour. Rev. by T. A. Hall. 88.3.673–75 (2012).
Topology and cognition: What image-schemas reveal about the metaphorical language of emotions. By M. S. Peña
Cervel. BN by K. McElhanon. 82.1.214 (2006).
TORIBIO, ALMEIDA JACQUELINE. BN on Durgunoglu and Verhoeven (eds.), Literacy development in a multilingual
context: Cross-cultural perspectives. 77.2.413–14 (2001).
TORIBIO, ALMEIDA JACQUELINE, and B. E. BULLOCK (eds.) The Cambridge handbook of linguistic code-switching.
Rev. by M. Deuchar. 86.3.702–5 (2010).
TÖRKENCZY, MIKLÓS, and P. SIPTÁR. The phonology of Hungarian. BN by M. J. Elson. 79.3.668 (2003).
180
TORREGO, ESTHER. Rev. of Richards, Uttering trees. 87.1.224–27 (2011).
TORRES CACOULLOS, RENA, and J. A. WALKER. The present of the English future: Grammatical variation and
collocations in discourse. 85.2.321–54 (2009).
TORTORA, CHRISTINA; T. SATTERFIELD; and D. CRESTI (eds.) Current issues in Romance languages. BN by T. L.
Face. 79.4.820 (2003).
TOSCO, MAURO, and A. S. KAYE. Pidgin and creole languages: A basic introduction. BN by E. G. Winkler.
79.4.808–9 (2003).
TOTTIE, GUNNEL; I. T.-B. VAN OSTADE; and W. VAN DER WURFF (eds.) Negation in the history of English. BN by B.
Wald. 77.4.861–62 (2001).
Toward a cognitive semantics, vols. 1–2. By L. Talmy. Rev. by M. Turner. 78.3.576–78 (2002).
Toward a history of American linguistics. By E. F. K. Koerner. Rev. by J. T. Andresen. 86.1.226–28 (2010).
TOWELL, RICHARD J.; R. VAN HOUT; A. HULK; and F. KUIKEN (eds.) The lexicon-syntax interface in second language
acquisition. BN by L. Chen. 82.2.462 (2006).
TRABANT, JÜRGEN, and D. NAGUSCHEWSKI (eds.) Was heiβt hier „fremd”? Studien zu Sprache und Fremdheit. BN
by E. Schleef. 77.2.406 (2001).
Tracking Swedish-American English: A longitudinal study of linguistic variation and identity. By A. Karstadt. BN
by M. Pierce. 81.4.1010 (2005).
TRACY, KAREN. Everyday talk: Building and reflecting identities. BN by L. Gao. 80.2.359–60 (2004).
Tradition and argument in classical Indian linguistics: The Bahiraṅga-paribhāṣā in the Paribhāṣenduśekhara. By J.
Bronkhorst. BN by L. Kulikov. 83.2.456 (2007).
Transience of American Swedish, The. By S. Klintborg. BN by I. M. Laversuch. 77.2.393–94 (2001).
Transition to language, The. Ed. by A. Wray. BN by Z. Salzmann. 80.3.639–40 (2004).
Translating cultures: Perspectives on translation and anthropology. Ed. by P. G. Rubel and A. Rosman. BN by L.
Card. 81.3.787 (2005).
Translation and globalization. By M. Cronin. BN by Z. Salzmann. 82.1.193–94 (2006).
Translation and interpreting in the 20th century: Focus on German. By W. Wilss. BN by I. M. Laversuch.
77.1.174–75 (2001).
Translation translation. Ed. by S. Petrilli. BN by Z. Salzmann. 82.3.693 (2006).
Translation universals: Do they exist? Ed. by A. Mauranen and P. Kujamäki. BN by L. Cyrus. 82.3.688–89 (2006).
Transmission and diffusion. By W. Labov. 83.2.344–87 (2007).
TRASK, R. L. Why do languages change? Revised by R. McColl Millar. Rev. by J. Aitchison. 88.1.221–24 (2012).
TRAUGOTT, ELIZABETH CLOSS. Rev. of Aarts and McMahon (eds.), The handbook of English linguistics. 84.4.874–
77 (2008).
TRAUGOTT, ELIZABETH CLOSS. Rev. of Andersen (ed.), Actualization: Linguistic change in progress. 79.4.772–75
(2003).
TRAUGOTT, ELIZABETH CLOSS. Rev. of Wierzbicka, Experience, evidence, & sense: The hidden cultural legacy of
English. 88.3.681–84 (2012).
TRAUGOTT, ELIZABETH CLOSS, and L. J. BRINTON. Lexicalization and language change. Rev. by M. Norde.
85.1.184–86 (2009).
TRAUGOTT, ELIZABETH CLOSS, and R. B. DASHER. Regularity in semantic change. BN by M. Pierce. 83.1.232–33
(2007).
TRAUGOTT, ELIZABETH CLOSS, and P. J. HOPPER. Grammaticalization. 2nd edn. BN by O. Thomason. 81.4.1007–8
(2005).
TRAUGOTT, ELIZABETH CLOSS, and G. TROUSDALE (eds.) Gradience, gradualness and grammaticalization. Rev. by
T. Breban. 87.3.662–65 (2011).
Travellers and their language. Ed. by J. M. Kirk and D. P. Ó Baoill. BN by Z. Salzmann. 83.1.220–21 (2007).
TRAVIS, LISA DEMENA; R. MERCADO; and E. POTSDAM (eds.) Austronesian and theoretical linguistics. Rev. by P.
Kroeger. 88.1.206–9 (2012).
Treebanks: Building and using parsed corpora. Ed. by A. Abeillé. Rev. by P. Resnik. 83.4.876–80 (2007).
TRENCHARD, WARREN C. A concise dictionary of New Testament Greek. BN by H. J. Enns. 81.4.1023–24 (2005).
Trends in bilingual acquisition. Ed. by J. Cenoz and F. Genesee. BN by B. Li. 79.4.836–37 (2003).
Trends in teenage talk: Corpus compilation, analysis and findings. By A.-B. Stenström, G. Andersen, and I. K.
Hasund. BN by U. Römer. 80.4.900–901 (2004).
Triangulating translation: Perspectives in process oriented research. Ed. by F. Alves. BN by T. Shmiher. 82.2.450–
51 (2006).
TRIPS, CAROLA. From OV to VO in Early Middle English. BN by J. Skaffari. 81.4.1024 (2005).
TRIPS, CAROLA, and E. FUß (eds.) Diachronic clues to synchronic grammar. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 83.3.675
(2007).
181
TROFIMOVICH, PAVEL, and K. MCDONOUGH (eds.) Applying priming methods to L2 learning, teaching and
research: Insights from psycholinguistics. Rev. by R. Meuter. 88.3.675–78 (2012).
TROUSDALE, GRAEME. Rev. of Bergs and Diewald (eds.), Constructions and language change. 87.2.390–93 (2011).
TROUSDALE, GRAEME, and E. C. TRAUGOTT (eds.) Gradience, gradualness and grammaticalization. Rev. by T.
Breban. 87.3.662–65 (2011).
TRUDGILL, PETER. The dialects of England. 2nd edn. BN by S. Wagner. 77.2.417 (2001).
TRUDGILL, PETER. A glossary of sociolinguistics. BN by E. G. Winkler. 81.4.1025 (2005).
TRUDGILL, PETER. New-dialect formation: The inevitability of colonial Englishes. Rev. by P. Kerswill. 83.3.657–61
(2007).
TRUDGILL, PETER. Rev. of Tuten, Koineization in Medieval Spanish. 81.3.751–54 (2005).
TRUDGILL, PETER; J. K. CHAMBERS; and N. SCHILLING-ESTES (eds.) The handbook of language variation and
change. Rev. by J. A. Walker. 80.3.591–94 (2004).
TRUDGILL, PETER; G. SAMPSON; and D. GIL (eds.) Language complexity as an evolving variable. Rev. by J. T.
Faarlund. 86.3.748–52 (2010).
True truncation in colloquial Hebrew imperatives. By O. Bat-El. 78.4.651–83 (2002).
TRUSWELL, ROB. Events, phrases, and questions. Rev. by B. Gehrke. 88.2.448–52 (2012).
TSCHICHOLD, CLAUDIA. BN on Stevenson, Word sense disambiguation: The case for combinations of knowledge
sources. 81.4.1022–23 (2005).
TSCHICHOLD, CORNELIA; D. J. ALLERTON; and P. SKANDERA (eds.) Perspectives on English as a world language.
BN by R. W. Hallett. 80.4.873–74 (2004).
TSIMPLI, IANTHI; N. SMITH; G. MORGAN; and B. WOLL. The signs of a savant: Language against the odds. Rev. by
R. Hawkins. 88.1.218–21 (2012).
TSITSIPIS, LUKAS D. A linguistic anthropology of praxis and language shift: Arvanítika (Albanian) and Greek in
contact. BN by A. P. Grant. 77.3.638–39 (2001).
TSOULAS, GEORGE; D. ADGER; S. PINTZUK; and B. PLUNKETT (eds.) Specifiers: Minimalist approaches. BN by A.
Pereltsvaig. 78.2.347–48 (2002).
TSOULAS, GEORGE; S. PINTZUK; and A. WARNER (eds.) Diachronic syntax: Models and mechanisms. BN by E. van
Gelderen. 78.4.791 (2002).
TSUJIMURA, NATSUKO. Rev. of Li, Tan, Bates, and Tzeng (eds.), The handbook of East Asian psycholinguistics. Vol.
1: Chinese; and Nakayama, Mazuka, and Shirai (eds.), The handbook of East Asian psycholinguistics. Vol. 2:
Japanese. 85.2.480–84 (2009).
TSUJIOKA, TAKAE. The syntax of possession in Japanese. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 81.4.1025–26 (2005).
TSUNODA, TASAKU. Bibliography on language endangerment. BN by G. Holton. 81.2.546 (2005).
TSURUGA, YOICHIRO; T. TAKAGAKI; S. ZAIMA; F. MORENO-FERNÁNDEZ; and Y. KAWAGUCHI (eds.) Corpus-based
TUITE, KEVIN, and D. A. HOLISKEY (eds.) Current trends in Caucasian, East European and Inner Asian linguistics:
Papers in honor of Howard I. Aronson. BN by T. R. Wier. 82.3.682–83 (2006).
TULLER, LAURICE, and G. REBUSCHI (eds.) The grammar of focus. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.2.399–400 (2001).
Tundra Yukaghir. By E. Maslova. BN by G. D. S. Anderson. 82.1.208–9 (2006).
TUOMAINEN, JYRKI. BN on Johnson, Acoustic and auditory phonetics. 2nd edn. 83.3.677–78 (2007).
Turkish-German bilinguals and their intonation: Triangulating evidence about contact-induced language change. By
R. Queen. 88.4.791–816 (2012).
Turkish grammar. 2nd edn. By G. Lewis. BN by C. Bowern. 80.1.182 (2004).
Turkish language reform, The: A catastrophic success. By G. Lewis. Rev. by A. Eminov. 77.2.384–86 (2001). —
also BN by M. Sawaie. 80.4.896–97 (2004).
Turkish nominal phrase in spoken discourse, The. By C. Schroeder. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.3.602 (2002).
TURNER, KEN, and K. M. JASZCZOLT (eds.) Meaning through language contrast. BN by M. Callies. 81.2.529–30
(2005).
TURNER, MARK. Cognitive dimensions of social science. BN by E. Battistella. 79.3.673 (2003).
TURNER, MARK. Rev. of Talmy, Toward a cognitive semantics, vols. 1–2. 78.3.576–78 (2002).
Turn-taking in Japanese conversation: A study in grammar and interaction. By H. Tanaka. BN by M. Yamaguchi.
78.1.200 (2002).
TUTEN, DONALD N. Koineization in Medieval Spanish. Rev. by P. Trudgill. 81.3.751–54 (2005).
Tuvan dictionary. By G. D. S. Anderson and K. D. Harrison. BN by E. J. Vajda. 81.4.997 (2005).
Twice as meaningful: Reduplication in pidgins, creoles and other contact languages. Ed. by S. Kouwenberg. BN by
J. McWhorter. 80.3.627–28 (2004).
Two faces of agreement, The. Discussion Note by A. Alsina and B. Arsenijević. 88.2.369–79 (2012).
182
Two types of syntactic noun incorporation: Noun incorporation in Mapudungun and its typological implications. By
M. C. Baker, R. Aranovich, and L. A. Golluscio. 81.1.138–76 (2005).
Txtng: The gr8 db8. By D. Crystal. Rev. by N. S. Baron. 85.4.914–16 (2009).
TYLER, ANDREA, and V. EVANS. Reconsidering prepositional polysemy networks: The case of over. 77.4.724–65
(2001).
TYLER, ANDREA, and V. EVANS. The semantics of English prepositions: Spatial scenes, embodied meanings, and
cognition. BN by R. Chen. 81.4.1026–27 (2005).
Typological feature analysis models linguistic geography. Discussion Note by M. Donohue, S. Musgrave, B.
Whiting, and S. Wichmann. 87.2.369–83 (2011).
Typology and modelling of obstruent lenition and fortition processes, The. By A. Cser. BN by C. González.
82.4.940–41 (2006).
Typology and universals. 2nd edn. By W. Croft. BN by M. Sloboda. 81.2.519–20 (2005).
Typology of consonant agreement as correspondence, A. By S. Rose and R. Walker. 80.3.475–531 (2004).
Typology of periphrastic ‘do’-constructions. By A. Jäger. Rev. by P. Muysken. 85.4.939–41 (2009).
Typology of semantic alignment, The. Ed. by M. Donohue and S. Wichmann. Rev. by Å. Næss. 85.3.713–16 (2009).
Typology of verbal categories: Papers presented to Vladimir Nedjalkov on the occasion of his 70th birthday. Ed. by
L. Kulikov and H. Vater. BN by L. J. Whaley. 77.2.417–18 (2001).
Typology of voicing and devoicing, The. By W. L. Wetzels and J. Mascaró. 77.2.207–44 (2001).
TZENG, OVID J. L.; P. LI; L. H. TAN; and E. BATES (eds.) The handbook of East Asian psycholinguistics. Vol. 1:
TZOUKERMANN, EVELYNE; S. ARMSTRONG; K. CHURCH; P. ISABELLE; S. MANZI; and D. YAROWSKY (eds.) Natural
Unaccusativity puzzle, The: Explorations of the syntax-lexicon interface. Ed. by A. Alexiadou, E. Anagnostopoulou,
and M. Everaert. Rev. by W. Abraham. 84.1.173–76 (2008).
Understanding morphology. By M. Haspelmath. Rev. by D. Beck. 81.1.254–57 (2005).
UNGER, J. MARSHALL. Rev. of Frellesvig, A history of the Japanese language. 87.4.911–15 (2011).
UNGER, J. MARSHALL. Rev. of Zhou, Multilingualism in China: The politics of writing reforms for minority
languages 1949–2002. 81.3.761–65 (2005).
Unified theory of verbal and nominal projections, A. By Y. Ogawa. BN by D. Ntelitheos. 80.2.354–55 (2004).
UNION DER DEUTSCHEN AKADEMIEN (ed.) Werkzeug Sprache: Sprachpolitik, Sprachfähigkeit, Sprache und Macht.
BN by M. Ciscel. 78.1.205 (2002).
United States Congress and bilingual education. By A. K. Bangura and M. C. Muo. BN by E. Battistella. 79.4.828
(2003).
Universal grammar in second language acquisition: A history. By M. Thomas. BN by L. LaFond. 82.4.961 (2006).
University course in English grammar, A. By A. Downing and P. Locke. BN by A. S. Kaye. 80.3.619–20 (2004).
Unravelling the evolution of language. By R. P. Botha. BN by Z. Salzmann. 82.4.938–39 (2006).
UNSETH, PETER. BN on Collins and Blot, Literacy and literacies: Texts, power and identity. 81.4.1002 (2005).
UNSETH, PETER. BN on Coulmas, Writing systems: An introduction to their linguistic analysis. 81.2.518 (2005).
UNSETH, PETER. BN on Thomason, Language contact: An introduction. 79.3.672–73 (2003).
Up and down the cline: The nature of grammaticalization. Ed. by O. Fischer, M. Norde, and H. Perridon. Rev. by J.
T. Faarlund. 83.1.204–8 (2007).
Upper Sorbian. By G. Schaarschmidt. BN by G. H. Toops. 80.1.186–87 (2004).
UPTON, CLIVE; B. KORTMANN; K. BURRIDGE; R. MESTHRIE; and E. W. SCHNEIDER (eds.) A handbook of varieties of
UPTON, CLIVE; W. A. KRETZSCHMAR, JR.; and R. KONOPKA. The Oxford dictionary of pronunciation for current
UPTON, THOMAS A.; D. BIBER; and U. CONNOR. Discourse on the move: Using corpus analysis to describe discourse
structure. Rev. by J. M. Swales. 85.3.694–96 (2009).
UPTON, THOMAS A., and U. CONNOR (eds.) Discourse in the professions: Perspectives from corpus linguistics. BN
by C. Brammer. 83.4.912 (2007).
URA, HIROYUKI. Checking theory and grammatical functions in universal grammar. BN by L. Daniliuc and R.
Daniliuc. 78.2.355–56 (2002).
Urarina texts. By K. J. Olawsky. BN by D. Golumbia. 82.2.459–60 (2006).
Urban Jamaican Creole: Variation in the mesolect. By P. L. Patrick. BN by E. G. Winkler. 77.2.406–7 (2001).
Urban voices: Accent studies in the British Isles. Ed. by P. Foulkes and G. J. Docherty. Rev. by J. L. Kallen.
77.4.833–35 (2001).
URBAN, SILKE; N. DEHÉ; R. JACKENDOFF; and A. MCINTYRE (eds.) Verb-particle explorations. BN by N. Rojina.
80.2.342–43 (2004).
183
URIAGEREKA, JUAN. Derivations: Exploring the dynamics of syntax. BN by P. Panagiotidis. 81.4.1027–28 (2005).
URIAGEREKA, JUAN. Rev. of Carstairs-McCarthy, The origins of complex language: An inquiry into the evolutionary
beginnings of sentences, syllables, and truth. 77.2.368–73 (2001).
URIAGEREKA, JUAN. Rhyme and reason: An introduction to minimalist syntax. Rev. by R. D. Levine. 78.2.325–30
(2002).
URIAGEREKA, JUAN; R. MARTIN; and D. MICHAELS (eds.) Step by step. Rev. by K. K. Grohmann. 78.1.161–64
(2002).
Us and others: Social identities across languages, discourses and cultures. Ed. by A. Duszak. BN by D. Golumbia.
82.2.454–55 (2006).
Usage-based approach to Spanish verbs of ‘becoming’, A. By J. Bybee and D. Eddington. 82.2.323–55 (2006).
Usage-based approach to substratum transfer, A: The case of four unproductive features in Singapore English. By Z.
Bao. 86.4.792–820 (2010).
Usage-based approaches to Dutch: Lexicon, grammar, discourse. Ed. by A. Verhagen and J. van de Weijer. BN by
L. Roels. 82.2.462–63 (2006).
Usage-based models of language. Ed. by M. Barlow and S. Kemmer. BN by J.-C. Verstraete. 80.4.875–76 (2004).
Usage-based theory of grammatical status and grammaticalization, A. By K. Boye and P. Harder. 88.1.1–44 (2012).
Use of aspect-tense verbal forms in Akkadian texts of the Hammurapi period (1792–1750 B.C.). By G. H. Kaplan.
BN by M. Widell. 80.3.625–26 (2004).
Using corpora to explore linguistic variation. Ed. by R. Reppen, S. M. Fitzmaurice, and D. Biber. Rev. by M. Kytö.
82.2.438–42 (2006).
Using Japanese: A guide to contemporary usage. By W. McClure. BN by P. A. Watters. 81.4.1015 (2005).
USÓN, RICARDO MAIRAL, and P. B. FARBER. Constructing a lexicon of English verbs. BN by B. Wald. 77.4.858–60
(2001).
UTAKIS, SHARON. BN on de Fina, Identity in narrative: A study of immigrant discourse. 81.4.1004 (2005).
UTAS, BO, and L. JOHANSON (eds.) Evidentials: Turkic, Iranian and neighbouring languages. BN by E. J. Vajda.
79.2.440–41 (2003).
UTRERA CEJUDO, MARIA. Access Spanish: A first language course. BN by D. T. De Felice. 83.3.691–92 (2007).
Uttering trees. By N. Richards. Rev. by E. Torrego. 87.1.224–27 (2011).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Aikhenvald, Tariana texts and cultural context. 77.1.183 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Aikhenvald, Dixon, and Onishi (eds.), Non-canonical marking of subjects and objects.
79.2.426 (2003).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Anderson and Harrison, Tuvan dictionary. 81.4.997 (2005).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Bao, The structure of tone. 77.1.186–87 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Booij and van Marle (eds.), Yearbook of morphology 1999. 81.2.511 (2005).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Bybee and Noonan (eds.), Complex sentences in grammar and discourse: Essays in
honor of Sandra A. Thompson. 79.4.833–34 (2003).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Comrie and Corbett (eds.), The Slavonic languages. 79.4.795–96 (2003).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Dahl and Koptjevskaja-Tamm (eds.), Circum-Baltic languages. Vol. 1: Past and present.
Vol. 2: Grammar and typology. 79.2.432–33 (2003).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Dalby, The linguasphere register of the world’s languages and speech communities.
77.3.606–8 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on de Leeuw van Weenen, A grammar of Möðruvallabók. 77.3.626–27 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Dedrick and Casad, Sonora Yaqui language structures. 77.3.630 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Dickey, Parameters of Slavic aspect. 78.3.592–93 (2002).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Dimmendaal and Last (eds.), Surmic languages and culture. 77.1.185 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Dixon and Blake (eds.), The handbook of Australian languages. Vol. 5: Grammatical
sketches of Bunuba, Ndjébbana, and Kugu Nganhcara. 79.3.650–51 (2003).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Duanmu, The phonology of Standard Chinese. 79.2.435–36 (2003).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Fortescue, Pattern and process: A Whiteheadian perspective on linguistics. 79.3.653
(2003).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Fox, Prosodic features and prosodic structure: The phonology of suprasegmentals.
77.3.627 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Frajzyngier and Curl (eds.), Reciprocals: Forms and functions. 77.3.627–28 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Franks and King, A handbook of Slavic clitics. 77.3.629–30 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Gerfen, Phonology and phonetics in Coatzospan Mixtec. 78.3.593–94 (2002).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Gildea (ed.), Reconstructing grammar: Comparative linguistics and grammaticalization.
78.3.594–95 (2002).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Givón, Syntax: An introduction. 79.4.803–4 (2003).
184
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Hacking, Coding the hypothetical: A comparative typology of Russian and Macedonian
conditionals. 78.3.590–91 (2002).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Heath, A grammar of Koyraboro (Koroboro) Senni. 77.1.183–84 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Herrity, Slovene: A comprehensive grammar. 79.2.438–39 (2003).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Innes, Alexander, and Tilkens, Beginning Creek (Mvskoke emponvkv). 82.4.951–52
(2006).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Johanson and Utas (eds.), Evidentials: Turkic, Iranian and neighbouring languages.
79.2.440–41 (2003).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Karttunen and Östman (eds.), Issues of minority people. 77.2.414 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Keating, Power sharing: Language, rank, gender, and social space in Pohnpei,
Micronesia. 77.1.185–86 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Lee and Ramsey, The Korean language. 78.3.593 (2002).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Li, Manchu: A textbook for reading documents. 77.2.414–15 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Martin and McKane Mauldin, A dictionary of Creek/Muskogee, with notes on the Florida
and Oklahoma Seminole dialects of Creek. 78.3.595–96 (2002).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Maslova (ed.), Yukaghir texts. 79.4.813 (2003).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Matasović, Gender in Indo-European. 82.4.957–58 (2006).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Mathangwane, Ikalanga phonetics and phonology: A synchronic and diachronic study.
77.2.400 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Miedema, Odé, and Dam (eds.), Perspectives on the Bird’s Head of Irian Jaya,
Indonesia: Proceedings of the Conference Leiden, 13–17 October 1997. 77.2.416 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Obeng, Conversational strategies in Akan: Prosodic features and discourse categories.
77.4.856–57 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Patrick and Ibarrondo, A student grammar of Euskara. 80.3.632–33 (2004).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Payne and Barshi (eds.), External possession. 77.3.624–25 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Price (ed.), Encyclopedia of the languages of Europe. 77.2.415–16 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Rebuschi and Tuller (eds.), The grammar of focus. 77.2.399–400 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Růžička, Control in grammar and pragmatics: A cross-linguistic study. 77.3.628–29
(2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Ryazanova-Clarke and Wade, The Russian language today. 77.2.397–98 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Sihler, Language history: An introduction. 77.3.605–6 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Slater, A grammar of Mangghuer: A Mongolic language of China’s Qinghai-Gansu
Sprachbund. 82.4.959–60 (2006).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Smith and Bentley (eds.), Historical linguistics 1995. Vol. 1: General issues and nonGermanic languages. 77.3.625–26 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Sohn, The Korean language. 77.1.184–85 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Stump, Inflectional morphology: A theory of paradigm structure. 79.1.224–25 (2003).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Swift, Time in child Inuktitut: A developmental study of an Eskimo-Aleut language.
83.2.468 (2007).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Thurgood, From ancient Cham to modern dialects: Two thousand years of language
contact and change. 80.2.358–59 (2004).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on van den Berg (ed.), Studies in Caucasian linguistics: Selected papers of the Eighth
Caucasian Colloquium. 77.2.398–99 (2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on van der Voort, A grammar of Kwaza. 83.2.473–74 (2007).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on van der Voort and van de Kerke (eds.), Indigenous languages of Lowland South America.
78.3.591–92 (2002).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Van Valin, An introduction to syntax. 79.1.225 (2003).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Voeltz and Kilian-Hatz (eds.), Ideophones. 79.4.823–24 (2003).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Xiao and McEnery, Aspect in Mandarin Chinese: A corpus-based study. 83.3.693 (2007).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Yamamoto, Animacy and reference. (Studies in language companion series 46.) 77.3.606
(2001).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Yip and Rimmington, Chinese: A comprehensive grammar. 82.2.464 (2006).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. BN on Zamponi, Maipure. 82.4.963 (2006).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. Ket prosodic phonology. BN by S. Georg. 78.3.600–601 (2002).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. (ed.) Languages and prehistory of central Siberia. BN by H. Werner. 83.2.473 (2007).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. Rev. of Anderson, Auxiliary verb constructions. 86.2.429–31 (2010).
VAJDA, EDWARD J. Rev. of Campbell (comp.), Compendium of the world’s languages, vol. 1: Abaza to Kurdish;
vol. 2: Ladakhi to Zuni. 2nd edn. 78.2.339–42 (2002).
185
VAJDA, EDWARD J. Rev. of Derbyshire and Pullum (eds.), Handbook of Amazonian languages. Vol. 4. 77.2.360–63
(2001).
VAKARELIYSKA, CYNTHIA M. Rev. of Mills (ed.), Slavic gender linguistics. 77.2.363–65 (2001).
VAKARELIYSKA, CYNTHIA M.; K. DZIWIREK; and H. COATS. Annual workshop on formal approaches to Slavic
linguistics. The Seattle meeting 1998. BN by A. Pereltsvaig. 77.1.197 (2001).
VALDMAN, ALBERT, and M. DANESI. Obituary of Thomas A. Sebeok. 80.2.312–17 (2004).
VALDMAN, ALBERT; T. A. KLINGLER; M. MARSHALL; and K. ROTTET (eds.) Dictionary of Louisiana Creole. BN by
J. M. Lipski. 78.1.181–82 (2002).
VALENTINE, LISA PHILIPS, and R. DARNELL (eds.) Theorizing the Americanist tradition. Rev. by J. Stanlaw.
77.1.156–58 (2001).
Validation in language assessment. Ed. by A. J. Kunnan. BN by R. A. Brown. 77.2.419–20 (2001).
VAMARASI, MARIT. An influential paper (Letter to Language). 80.2.202 (2004).
VAN BERGEN, LINDA. Pronouns and word order in Old English, with particular reference to the indefinite pronoun
man. BN by R. D’Alessandro. 81.4.1028 (2005).
VAN CRAENENBROECK, JEROEN (ed.) Alternatives to cartography. Rev. by J. F. Bailyn. 87.3.665–71 (2011).
VAN CRAENENBROECK, JEROEN. Rev. of Alexiadou, Hankamer, McFadden, Nuger, and Schäfer (eds.), Advances in
comparative Germanic syntax. 86.4.940–43 (2010).
VAN DE KERKE, SIMON; M. CREVELS; S. MEIRA; and H. VAN DER VOORT (eds.) Current studies on South American
VAN DE KERKE, SIMON, and H. VAN DER VOORT. Indigenous languages of Lowland South America. BN by E. J.
Vajda. 78.3.591–92 (2002).
VAN DE VELDE, DANIÈLE, and N. FLAUX. Les noms en français: Esquisse de classement. BN by J. Holeš. 79.4.838
(2003).
VAN DE VIJVER, RUBEN. The iambic issue: Iambs as a result of constraint interaction. BN by A. J. KoontzGarboden. 77.2.390–91 (2001).
VAN DE VIJVER, RUBEN, and C. FÉRY (eds.) The syllable in optimality theory. BN by C. Rice. 82.4.943–44 (2006).
VAN DE VIJVER, RUBEN; F. KÜGLER; and C. FÉRY (eds.) Variation and gradience in phonetics and phonology. Rev.
by J. Blevins. 87.1.212–15 (2011).
VAN DE WEIJER, JEROEN; J. DEKKERS; and F. VAN DER LEEUW (eds.) Optimality Theory: Phonology, syntax, and
VAN DE WEIJER, JEROEN; V. J. VAN HEUVEN; and H. VAN DER HULST (eds.) The phonological spectrum. Vol. 1:
Segmental structure. Vol. 2: Suprasegmental structure. BN by M. Cahill. 81.4.1028–30 (2005).
VAN DE WEIJER, JEROEN, and A. VERHAGEN (eds.) Usage-based approaches to Dutch: Lexicon, grammar,
discourse. BN by L. Roels. 82.2.462–63 (2006).
VAN DEN BERG, HELMA (ed.) Studies in Caucasian linguistics: Selected papers of the Eighth Caucasian Colloquium.
BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.2.398–99 (2001).
VAN DER AUWERA, JOHAN. RA on de Swart, Expression and interpretation of negation: An OT typology. 87.4.845–
65 (2011).
VAN DER AUWERA, JOHAN, and K. BOYE. Rev. of Aikhenvald, Evidentiality. 84.1.170–73 (2008).
VAN DER AUWERA, JOHAN, and V. GAST. Scalar additive operators in the languages of Europe. 87.1.2–54 (2011).
VAN DER HAAGEN, MONIQUE. Caught between norms: The English pronunciation of Dutch learners. BN by C. van
Kerckvoorde. 77.2.423 (2001).
VAN DER HULST, HARRY, and C. J. EWEN. The phonological structure of words: An introduction. Rev. by G. L.
Piggott. 82.3.657–59 (2006).
VAN DER HULST, HARRY; R. KAGER; and W. ZONNEVELD (eds.) The prosody-morphology interface. BN by M.
Pierce. 77.1.179 (2001).
VAN DER HULST, HARRY, and N. RITTER (eds.) The syllable: Views and facts. BN by I. Plag. 78.3.606–7 (2002).
VAN DER HULST, HARRY; J. VAN DE WEIJER; and V. J. VAN HEUVEN (eds.) The phonological spectrum. Vol. 1:
VAN DER LEEUW, FRANK; J. DEKKERS; and J. VAN DE WEIJER (eds.) Optimality Theory: Phonology, syntax, and
VAN DER LELY, HEATHER K. J., and J. BATTELL. WH-movement in children with grammatical SLI: A test of the
RDDR hypothesis. 79.1.153–81 (2003).
VAN DER LELY, HEATHER K. J., and C. R. MARSHALL. Effects of word position and stress on onset cluster
production: Evidence from typical development, specific language impairment, and dyslexia. 85.1.39–57
(2009).
VAN DER SANDT, ROB, and P. BOSCH (eds.) Focus: Linguistic, cognitive, and computational perspectives. BN by A.
Capone. 78.4.795–96 (2002).
VAN DER VOORT, HEIN. A grammar of Kwaza. BN by E. J. Vajda. 83.2.473–74 (2007).
VAN DER VOORT, HEIN; M. CREVELS; S. VAN DE KERKE; and S. MEIRA (eds.) Current studies
186
on South American
VAN DER VOORT, HEIN, and S. VAN DE KERKE (eds.) Indigenous languages of Lowland South America. BN by E. J.
Vajda. 78.3.591–92 (2002).
VAN DER WURFF, WIM; S. BARBIERS; and F. BEUKEMA (eds.) Modality and its interaction with the verbal system. BN
by J. Gutiérrez-Rexach. 79.4.828–29 (2003).
VAN DER WURFF, WIM; O. FISCHER; A. VAN KEMENADE; and W. KOOPMAN (eds.) The syntax of early English. Rev.
by E. van Gelderen. 78.3.578–81 (2002).
VAN DER WURFF, WIM, and I. MACKENZIE. Relic syntax in Middle English and Medieval Spanish: Parameter
interaction in language change. 88.4.846–76 (2012).
VAN DER WURFF, WIM; I. T.-B. VAN OSTADE; and G. TOTTIE (eds.) Negation in the history of English. BN by B.
Wald. 77.4.861–62 (2001).
VAN DRIEM, GEORGE. BN on Abbi, A manual of linguistic field work and structure of Indian languages. 82.2.450
(2006).
VAN DRIEM, GEORGE. Rev. of Goddard and Wierzbicka (eds.), Meaning and universal grammar: Theory and
empirical findings. 80.1.163–65 (2004).
VAN EVERBROECK, EZRA, and M. POLINSKY. Development of gender classifications: Modeling the historical change
from Latin to French. 79.2.356–90 (2003).
VAN GEENHOVEN, VEERLE. Semantic incorporation and indefinite descriptions: Semantic and syntactic aspects of
noun incorporation in West Greenlandic. BN by J. D. Bobaljik. 78.1.190–91 (2002).
VAN GELDEREN, ELLY. BN on Pintzuk, Tsoulas, and Warner (eds.), Diachronic syntax: Models and mechanisms.
78.4.791 (2002).
VAN GELDEREN, ELLY (ed.) Cyclical change. Rev. by A. Jäger. 87.2.430–33 (2011).
VAN GELDEREN, ELLY. A history of English reflexive pronouns: Person, self, and interpretability. Rev. by V. Gast.
78.3.583–85 (2002).
VAN GELDEREN, ELLY. A history of the English language. RA by D. Minkova. 85.4.893–907 (2009).
VAN GELDEREN, ELLY. An introduction to the grammar of English: Syntactic arguments and socio-historical
background. BN by N. Rojina. 80.1.192–93 (2004).
VAN GELDEREN, ELLY. Rev. of Fischer, van Kemenade, Koopman, and van der Wurff (eds.), The syntax of early
English. 78.3.578–81 (2002).
VAN G IJN, RIK; K. HAUDE; and P. MUYSKEN (eds.) Subordination in South American languages. Rev. by P. Epps.
88.4.926–29 (2012).
VAN HEUVEN, VINCENT J.; J. VAN DE WEIJER; and H. VAN DER HULST (eds.) The phonological spectrum. Vol. 1:
VAN HOUT, ROELAND; A. HULK; F. KUIKEN; and R. J. TOWELL (eds.) The lexicon-syntax interface in second
VAN HOUT, ROELAND, and T. RIETVELD. Statistics in language research: Analysis of variance. Rev. by R. A. Fox.
86.3.741–44 (2010).
VAN KEMENADE, ANS; O. FISCHER; W. KOOPMAN; and W. VAN DER WURFF (eds.) The syntax of early English. Rev.
by E. van Gelderen. 78.3.578–81 (2002).
VAN KERCKVOORDE, COLETTE M. BN on Cairns, Psycholinguistics: An introduction. 77.3.601 (2001).
VAN KERCKVOORDE, COLETTE M. BN on Cunningham-Andersson and Andersson, Growing up with two languages:
A practical guide. 77.3.601 (2001).
VAN KERCKVOORDE, COLETTE M. BN on Fehringer, Dutch: A reference grammar of Dutch with exercises and key.
77.2.422–23 (2001).
VAN KERCKVOORDE, COLETTE M. BN on Justice, Relevant linguistics: An introduction to the structure and use of
English for teachers. 2nd edn. 83.1.220 (2007).
VAN KERCKVOORDE, COLETTE M. BN on Nunn, Dutch orthography: A systematic investigation of the spelling of
Dutch words. 77.2.423–24 (2001).
VAN KERCKVOORDE, COLETTE M. BN on Peccei, Child language. 77.3.630–31 (2001).
VAN KERCKVOORDE, COLETTE M. BN on van der Haagen, Caught between norms: The English pronunciation of
Dutch learners. 77.2.423 (2001).
VAN LANGENDONCK, WILLY. Theory and typology of proper names. Rev. by J. Algeo. 84.3.670–72 (2008).
VAN MARLE, JAAP, and G. BOOIJ (eds.) Yearbook of morphology 1999. BN by E. J. Vajda. 81.2.511 (2005).
VAN MARLE, JAAP, and G. BOOIJ (eds.) Yearbook of morphology 2003. BN by A. S. Kaye. 81.2.511–12 (2005).
VAN NOORD, GERTJAN, and J.-C. JUNQUA (eds.) Robustness in language and speech technology. BN by B. Hughes.
80.4.894 (2004).
187
Phonological projection: A theory of feature content and prosodic structure. BN by M.
Pierce. 77.3.623–24 (2001).
VAN OOSTENDORP, MARC, and B. HERMANS (eds.) The derivational residue in phonological optimality theory. BN
by A. J. Koontz-Garboden. 77.2.410–11 (2001).
VAN OSTADE, INGRID T IEKEN-BOON; G. TOTTIE; and W. VAN DER WURFF (eds.) Negation in the history of English.
BN by B. Wald. 77.4.861–62 (2001).
VAN OSTAEYEN, GERT. BN on Capone, Modal adverbs and discourse: Two essays. 81.2.514–15 (2005).
VAN RIEMSDIJK, HENK (ed.) Clitics in the languages of Europe. BN by J. F. Eska. 78.1.193 (2002).
VAN RIEMSDIJK, HENK, and M. EVERAERT, with R. GOEDEMANS and B. HOLLEBRANDSE (eds.) The Blackwell
companion to syntax. Rev. by L. Haegeman. 85.1.190–97 (2009).
VAN RIEMSDIJK, HENK, and K. É. KISS (eds.) Verb clusters: A study of Hungarian, German and Dutch. Rev. by H.
Haider. 83.3.647–51 (2007).
VAN STERKENBURG, PIET (ed.) Linguistics today: Facing a greater challenge. BN by B. Lönneker. 83.2.475 (2007).
VAN STERKENBURG, PIET (ed.) A practical guide to lexicography. BN by J. Holeš. 82.1.225–26 (2006).
VAN VALIN, ROBERT D., JR. An introduction to syntax. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.1.225 (2003).
VANCE, BARBARA; J. AUGER; and J. C. CLEMENTS (eds.) Contemporary approaches to Romance linguistics: Selected
BN by G. H. Toops. 83.2.452 (2007).
VANDENBUSSCHE, WIM, and A. DEUMERT (eds.) Germanic standardizations: Past to present. BN by R. A. Cloutier.
82.1.195 (2006).
VANHOVE, MARTINE (ed.) From polysemy to semantic change: Towards a typology of lexical semantic associations.
Rev. by J. Newman. 86.2.473–75 (2010).
VANNEBO, KJELL IVAR; J. T. FAARLUND; and S. LIE. Norsk referanse-grammatik. BN by R. McColl Millar.
78.2.343–44 (2002).
VANNESTÅL, MARIA ESTLING. Syntactic variation in English quantified noun phrases with all, whole, both and half.
BN by F. Liu. 83.2.474–75 (2007).
VANSÉVEREN, SYLVIE. «Prodige à voir» Recherches comparatives sur l’origine casuelle de l’infinitif en grec
ancien. BN by A. M. Byrd. 79.4.823 (2003).
VÁRADY, TIBOR; M. KONTRA; R. PHILLIPSON; and T. SKUTNABB-KANGAS (eds.) Language: A right and a resource:
Våre Arveord: Etymologisk Ordbok. By H. Bjorvand and F. O. Lindeman. BN by M. Pierce. 80.4.877–78 (2004).
Variable affix order: Grammar and learning. By K. M. Ryan. 86.4.758–91 (2010).
Variation and change in Tocharian B. By M. Peyrot. Rev. by R. I. Kim. 85.3.736–40 (2009).
Variation and gradience in phonetics and phonology. Ed. by F. Kügler, C. Féry, and R. van de Vijver. Rev. by J.
Blevins. 87.1.212–15 (2011).
Variation et francophonie: Mélanges édités par Aidan Coveney, Marie-Anne Hintze et Carol Sanders en hommage à
Gertrud Aub-Buscher. Ed. by A. Coveney, M.-A. Hintze, and C. Sanders. BN by B. B. Fonseca-Greber.
83.3.672–73 (2007).
Variations on polysynthesis: The Eskaleut languages. Ed. by M.-A. Mahieu and N. Tersis. Rev. by K. Rice.
86.3.731–35 (2010).
Varieties of meaning: The 2002 Jean Nicod lecturers. By R. G. Millikan. BN by S. C. Becker. 83.4.919–20 (2007).
VARZI, ACHILLE C.; J. HIGGINBOTHAM; and F. PIANESI (eds.) Speaking of events. BN by L. Alonso-Ovalle. 78.2.371
(2002).
VASISHTH, SHRAVAN, and R. L. LEWIS. Argument-head distance and processing complexity: Explaining both
locality and antilocality effects. 82.4.767–94 (2006).
VATER, HEINZ, and L. KULIKOV (eds.) Typology of verbal categories: Papers presented to Vladimir Nedjalkov on
the occasion of his 70th birthday. BN by L. J. Whaley. 77.2.417–18 (2001).
VEENSTRA, TONJES, and N. SMITH (eds.) Creolization and contact. BN by D. E. Walicek. 80.1.189–90 (2004).
VENDRYES, JOSEPH. Language: A linguistic introduction to history. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 83.1.233–34 (2007).
VENTOLA, EIJA; W. BUBLITZ; and U. LENK (eds.) Coherence in spoken and written discourse. BN by D. O. Jackson.
78.1.209 (2002).
VERA, MATT; L. HINTON; and N. STEELE. How to keep your language alive: A commonsense approach to one-onone language learning. BN by E. C. Ng. 80.1.177–78 (2004).
Verb classification in Australian languages. By W. B. McGregor. BN by S. Banerji. 80.1.183 (2004).
Verb clusters: A study of Hungarian, German and Dutch. Ed. by K. É. Kiss and H. van Riemsdijk. Rev. by H.
Haider. 83.3.647–51 (2007).
Verb first: On the syntax of verb-initial languages. Ed. by A. Carnie, H. Harley, and S. A. Dooley. Rev. by M.
Tallerman. 84.1.182–86 (2008).
VAN OOSTENDORP, MARC.
188
Verb movement and the syntax of Kashmiri. By R. M. Bhatt. BN by D. Bury. 77.3.634–35 (2001).
Verbal complement clauses: A minimalist study of perception constructions. By C. Felser. BN by J. GutiérrezRexach. 77.3.639–40 (2001).
Verbal complexes. By H. Koopman and A. Szabolcsi. Rev. by U. Shlonsky. 78.2.333–35 (2002).
Verbatim: From the bawdy to the sublime, the best writing on language for word lovers, grammar mavens, and
armchair linguists. Ed. by E. McKean. BN by M. L. Murphy. 79.3.660–61 (2003).
Verb-particle explorations. Ed. by N. Dehé, R. Jackendoff, A. McIntyre, and S. Urban. BN by N. Rojina. 80.2.342–
43 (2004).
Verbs for ‘and’ in Walman, a Torricelli language of Papua New Guinea, The. By L. Brown and M. S. Dryer.
84.3.528–65 (2008).
VERBURG, PIETER A. Language and its functions: A historico-critical study of views concerning the functions of
language from the pre-humanistic philology of Orleans to the rationalistic philology of Bopp. BN by J.-C.
Verstraete. 79.1.225–26 (2003).
VERHAGEN, ARIE, and J. VAN DE WEIJER (eds.) Usage-based approaches to Dutch: Lexicon, grammar, discourse.
BN by L. Roels. 82.2.462–63 (2006).
VERHEUGD, ELS; J. QUER; J. SCHROTEN; M. SCORRETTI; and P. SLEEMAN (eds.) Romance languages and linguistic
theory 2001: Selected papers from ‘Going Romance’, Amsterdam, 6–8 December 2001. BN by R.
D’Alessandro. 82.1.217–18 (2006).
VERHOEVEN, LUDO, and A. Y. DURGUNOGLU (eds.) Literacy development in a multilingual context: Cross-cultural
perspectives. BN by A. J. Toribio. 77.2.413–14 (2001).
Veritas: The correspondence theory and its critics. By G. Vision. BN by C. D. Wright. 83.2.476–77 (2007).
VERLEYEN, G.; J. GOOSSENS; and J. TAELDEMAN. Fonologische Atlas van de Nederlandse Dialecten. 2: De
Webber. 79.1.219–20 (2003).
VERPLAETSE, LORRIE STOOPS, and J. K. HALL (eds.) Second and foreign language learning through classroom
interaction. BN by F. Rubio. 78.3.607–8 (2002).
VERSCHUEREN, JEF; J.-O. ÖSTMAN; J. BLOMMAERT; and C. BULCAEN (eds.) Handbook of pragmatics. 2001
VERSCHUEREN, JEF; J.-O. ÖSTMAN; J. BLOMMAERT; and C. BULCAEN (comps.) Handbook of pragmatics. 2002
Versification, La. By J.-M. Gouvard. BN by H. Perdicoyianni-Paléologou. 77.1.177 (2001).
VERSPOOR, MARJOLIJN H., and R. DIRVEN (eds.) Cognitive exploration of language and linguistics. BN by V. Haser.
77.1.174 (2001).
VERSPOOR, MARJOLIJN H., and M. PÜTZ (eds.) Explorations in linguistic relativity. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.853–54
(2001).
VERSPOOR, MARJOLJIN H., and K. SAUTER. English sentence analysis. BN by C. Inchaurralde. 78.2.383 (2002).
VERSTEEGH, KEES. Rev. of Owens, A linguistic history of Arabic. 86.1.241–44 (2010).
VERSTRAELEN, EUGENE. A formal-functional analysis of language, with an application to Ibanag. BN by M. Ross.
83.2.475–76 (2007).
VERSTRAETE, JEAN-CHRISTOPHE. BN on Barlow and Kemmer (eds.), Usage-based models of language. 80.4.875–76
(2004).
VERSTRAETE, JEAN-CHRISTOPHE. BN on Bowerman and Levinson (eds.), Language acquisition and conceptual
development. 81.2.512–13 (2005).
VERSTRAETE, JEAN-CHRISTOPHE. BN on Dancygier, Conditionals and prediction: Time, knowledge, and causation
in conditional constructions. 79.1.218–19 (2003).
VERSTRAETE, JEAN-CHRISTOPHE. BN on McNeill (ed.), Language and gesture. 79.3.661 (2003).
VERSTRAETE, JEAN-CHRISTOPHE. BN on Verburg, Language and its functions: A historico-critical study of views
concerning the functions of language from the pre-humanistic philology of Orleans to the rationalistic philology
of Bopp. 79.1.225–26 (2003).
VERSTRAETE, JEAN-CHRISTOPHE. Rethinking the coordinate-subordinate dichotomy: Interpersonal grammar and the
analysis of adverbial clauses in English. Rev. by B. Dancygier. 87.1.239–42 (2011).
VERSTRAETE, JEAN-CHRISTOPHE. Rev. of Bybee and Hopper (eds.), Frequency and the emergence of linguistic
structure. 81.2.498–501 (2005).
Vietnamese classifiers in narrative texts. By K. A. Daley. BN by G. Thurgood. 77.1.198 (2001).
View of language, A. By P. A. M. Seuren. BN by E. Mathieu. 79.3.666–67 (2003).
VIAU, JOSHUA, and J. LIDZ. Selective learning in the acquisition of Kannada ditransitives. 87.4.679–714 (2011).
VIBERG, ÅKE. Rev. of Johansson, Seeing through multilingual corpora: On the use of corpora in contrastive studies.
85.2.476–80 (2009).
189
VIGÁRIO, MARINA. The prosodic word in European Portuguese. BN by P. S. Ding. 82.4.961–62 (2006).
VIITSO, TIIT-REIN; I. LEHISTE; N. AASMÄE; E. MEISTER; K. PAJUSALU; and P. TERAS. Erzya prosody. BN by D.
Stifter. 82.4.955 (2006).
VIKNER, STEN; C. HEYCOCK; A. SORACE; Z. S. HANSEN; and F. WILSON. Detecting the late stages of syntactic
VIKNER, STEN; G. LEGENDRE; and J. GRIMSHAW (eds.) Optimality-theoretic syntax. BN by K. K. Grohmann.
80.4.896 (2004).
VILLALBA, XAVIER. BN on Huffman, The categories of grammar: French lui and le. 78.4.792–93 (2002).
VILLALBA, XAVIER. BN on Mereu (ed.), Boundaries of morphology and syntax. 78.4.791–92 (2002).
VILLALBA, XAVIER. BN on Poletto, The higher functional field: Evidence from Northern Italian dialects. 78.2.369
(2002).
VINE, BERNADETTE. Getting things done at work: The discourse of power in workplace interaction. BN by J. N.
Garland. 83.1.234 (2007).
VINOKUROVA, NADYA, and M. C. BAKER. On agent nominalizations and why they are not like event
nominalizations. 85.3.517–56 (2009).
VISION, GERALD. Veritas: The correspondence theory and its critics. BN by C. D. Wright. 83.2.476–77 (2007).
Vocabula bound. Ed. by R. H. Fiske. BN by A. S. Kaye. 83.2.459–60 (2007).
Vocabulario vaquero/Cowboy talk: A dictionary of Spanish terms from the American West. By R. N. Smead. BN by
D. R. McCreary. 82.4.960–61 (2006).
Vocabularius ex quo: Überlieferungsgeschichtliche Ausgabe. Ed. by K. Grubmüller, B. Schnell, H.-J. Stahl, E.
Auer, and R. Pawis. BN by J. M. Jeep. 78.4.819 (2002).
Vocabulary: Applied linguistic perspectives. 2nd edn. By R. Carter. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.851 (2001).
Vocabulary of world English, The. By S. Gramley. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.3.655 (2003).
VOEIKOVA, MARIA D.; S. BENDJABALLAH; W. U. DRESSLER; and O. E. PFEIFFER (eds.) Morphology 2000: Selected
papers from the 9th morphology meeting, Vienna, 24–28 February 2000. BN by K. Fudeman. 79.3.646–47
(2003).
VOELTZ, F. K. ERHARD, and C. KILIAN-HATZ (eds.) Ideophones. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.4.823–24 (2003).
VOGEL, ANNA. Swedish dimensional adjectives. BN by M. Hilpert. 83.3.692–93 (2007).
VOGEL, IRENE, and S. SCALISE (eds.) Cross-disciplinary issues in compounding. Rev. by W. Zonneveld. 87.3.658–
61 (2011).
VOGEL, RALF. Rev. of Dufter, Fleischer, and Seiler (eds.), Describing and modeling variation in grammar.
88.1.194–96 (2012).
VOGEL, RALF; A. STEPANOV; and G. FANSELOW (eds.) Minimality effects in syntax. BN by D. Ntelitheos. 83.4.923–
24 (2007).
VOGELEER, SVETLANA; W. DE MULDER; and I. DEPRAETERE (eds.) Tense and aspect: The contextual processing of
VOLPE, ANGELA DELLA; K. JONES-BLEY; M. E. HULD; and M. R. DEXTER (eds.) Proceedings of the tenth annual
UCLA Indo-European conference. Los Angeles, May 21–23, 1998. BN by M. Pierce. 77.1.181 (2001).
VON HEUSINGER, KLAUS; R. ECKARDT; and C. SCHWARZE (eds.) Words in time: Diachronic semantics from different
points of view. Rev. by D. Geeraerts. 84.3.626–28 (2008).
VON HEUSINGER, KLAUS, and U. EGLI (eds.) Reference and anaphoric relations. BN by I. García. 77.2.422 (2001).
VON RONCADOR, MANFRED, and T. GÜLDEMANN (eds.) Reported discourse: A meeting ground for different
linguistic domains. BN by T. J. Curnow. 81.3.776–77 (2005).
VON STECHOW, ARNIM; A. ALEXIADOU; and M. RATHERT (eds.) Perfect explorations. BN by E. Romanova.
81.3.767–68 (2005).
VON STECHOW, ARNIM; U. LUTZ; and G. MÜLLER (eds.) Wh-scope marking. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 78.2.377–78
(2002).
VOVIN, ALEXANDER. Rev. of Krishnamurti, Comparative Dravidian linguistics: Current perspectives. 79.3.638–39
(2003).
Vowel harmony and correspondence theory. By M. Krämer. BN by A. Nevins. 81.4.1011–12 (2005).
Vowel patterns in language. By R. Walker. Rev. by A. Kaplan. 88.3.678–81 (2012).
Vowel targets without a hyperspace effect. Letter to Language by D. H. Whalen, H. S. Magen, M. Pouplier, A. M.
Kang, and K. Iskarous. 80.3.377–78 (2004).
Vowels and consonants: An introduction to the sounds of languages. By P. Ladefoged. BN by A. S. Kaye. 78.2.361–
62 (2002).
Vowels and consonants: An introduction to the sounds of language. 2nd edn. By P. Ladefoged. Rev. by C. González.
83.1.194–96 (2007).
190
WADE, TERENCE, and L. RYAZANOVA-CLARKE. The Russian language today. BN by E. J. Vajda. 77.2.397–98
(2001).
WAGERS, MATT; J. SPROUSE; and C. PHILLIPS. A test of the relation between working-memory capacity and
syntactic island effects. 88.1.82–123 (2012).
WAGERS, MATT; J. SPROUSE; and C. PHILLIPS. Working-memory capacity and island effects: A reminder of the
issues and the facts (Discussion Note). 88.2.401–7 (2012).
WAGNER, LAURA. BN on Avrutin, Development of the syntax-discourse interface. 78.2.350 (2002).
WAGNER, SUSANNE. BN on Bell and Kuiper (eds.), New Zealand English. 78.2.369–70 (2002).
WAGNER, SUSANNE. BN on Trudgill, The dialects of England. 2nd edn. 77.2.417 (2001).
WALD, BENJI. BN on Bodomo, The structure of Dagaare. 77.4.858 (2001).
WALD, BENJI. BN on Farber and Usón, Constructing a lexicon of English verbs. 77.4.858–60 (2001).
WALD, BENJI. BN on Haruna, A grammatical outline of Gùrdùŋ/Gùrùntùm. 83.1.219–20 (2007).
WALD, BENJI. BN on Hewson and Bubenik, Tense and aspect in Indo-European languages: Theory, typology,
diachrony. 77.4.860–61 (2001).
WALD, BENJI. BN on Hróarsdóttir, Word order change in Icelandic: From OV to VO. 79.4.805 (2003).
WALD, BENJI. BN on Möhlig, Marten, and Kavari, A grammatical sketch of Herero (Otjiherero). 83.1.224–25
(2007).
WALD, BENJI. BN on Mous, Qorro, and Kiessling, Iraqw-English dictionary. 83.1.225 (2007).
WALD, BENJI. BN on Müller and Sternefeld (eds.), Competition in syntax. 79.4.841–42 (2003).
WALD, BENJI. BN on Mugane, A paradigmatic grammar of Gĩkũyũ. 77.4.857 (2001).
WALD, BENJI. BN on Ngonyani, A grammar of Chingoni. 83.1.226 (2007).
WALD, BENJI. BN on Nicolaï, La force des choses ou l’épreuve ‘nilo-saharienne’. 82.3.690–91 (2006).
WALD, BENJI. BN on Rudolph, Contrast: Adversative and concessive expressions on sentence and text level.
79.3.665–66 (2003).
WALD, BENJI. BN on Swiggers and Wouters (eds.), Ancient grammar: Content and context. 77.4.862–63 (2001).
WALD, BENJI. BN on van Ostade, Tottie, and van der Wurff (eds.), Negation in the history of English. 77.4.861–62
(2001).
WALD, BENJI. BN on Wolff (ed.), Topics in Chadic linguistics: Papers from the 1st biennial international
colloquium on the Chadic language family (Leipzig, July 5–8, 2001). 83.1.235–36 (2007).
WALD, BENJI. BN on Zeller, Particle verbs and local domains. 79.4.826–27 (2003).
WALD, BENJI. BN on Zima (ed.), Areal and genetic factors in language classification and description: Africa south
of the Sahara. 82.2.464–65 (2006).
WALI, KASHI; B. C. LUST; J. W. GAIR; and K. V. SUBBARAO (eds.) Lexical anaphors and pronouns in selected South
Asian languages: A principled typology. BN by B. Rempt. 78.4.801–2 (2002).
WALICEK, DON E. BN on Aceto and Williams (eds.), Contact Englishes of the eastern Caribbean. 81.3.766 (2005).
WALICEK, DON E. BN on Baptista, The syntax of Cape Verdean Creole: The Sotavento varieties. 80.4.875 (2004).
WALICEK, DON E. BN on Broeder and Murre (eds.), Models of language acquisition: Inductive and deductive
approaches. 81.2.513–14 (2005).
WALICEK, DON E. BN on Holm, Languages in contact: The partial restructuring of vernaculars. 82.3.683 (2006).
WALICEK, DON E. BN on Jaworski, Coupland, and Galasiński (eds.), Metalanguage: Social and ideological
perspectives. 83.3.677 (2007).
WALICEK, DON E. BN on McAuley (ed.), Language change in East Asia. 79.3.659–60 (2003).
WALICEK, DON E. BN on Painter, Learning through language in early childhood. 79.3.663–64 (2003).
WALICEK, DON E. BN on Smith and Veenstra (eds.), Creolization and contact. 80.1.189–90 (2004).
WALKER, DOUGLAS C. BN on Sampson, Nasal vowel evolution in Romance. 77.3.631 (2001).
WALKER, JAMES A. BN on Görlach, English in nineteenth-century England: An introduction. 77.3.608 (2001).
WALKER, JAMES A. BN on Hundt, New Zealand English grammar, fact or fiction? A corpus-based study in
morphosyntactic information. 78.3.596 (2002).
WALKER, JAMES A. BN on McWhorter (ed.), Language change and language contact in pidgins and creoles.
78.3.596–97 (2002).
WALKER, JAMES A. Rev. of Chambers, Trudgill, and Schilling-Estes (eds.), The handbook of language variation and
change. 80.3.591–94 (2004).
WALKER, JAMES A., and R. TORRES CACOULLOS. The present of the English future: Grammatical variation and
collocations in discourse. 85.2.321–54 (2009).
WALKER, RACHEL. Vowel patterns in language. Rev. by A. Kaplan. 88.3.678–81 (2012).
WALKER, RACHEL, and S. ROSE. A typology of consonant agreement as correspondence. 80.3.475–531 (2004).
WALLACE, REX E. The Sabellic languages of ancient Italy. Rev. by J. T. Katz. 85.2.490–92 (2009).
191
WALLIS, SEAN (ed.) The International Corpus of English Corpus Utility Program (ICECUP), version 3.1. Rev. by
M. Davies. 85.2.443–45 (2009).
WALLIS, SEAN, and B. AARTS (eds.) The British component of the International Corpus of English (ICE-GB),
Release 2. Rev. by M. Davies. 85.2.443–45 (2009).
WALLIS, SEAN, and B. AARTS (eds.) Diachronic Corpus of Present-Day Spoken English (DCPSE). Rev. by M.
Davies. 85.2.443–45 (2009).
WALSH, THOMAS. A short introduction to X-bar syntax and transformations. 2nd edn. BN by M. Bauer. 77.4.863
(2001).
WALTISBERG, MICHAEL. Rev. of Danks, The Arabic verb: Form and meaning in the vowel-lengthening patterns.
88.3.634–36 (2012).
WALTZ, HEIDI. BN on Nielsen, The continental backgrounds of English and its insular development until 1154.
77.1.199–200 (2001).
WALZ, JOEL; S. GASS; K. BARDOVI-HARLIG; and S. SIELOFF MAGNAN (eds.) Pedagogical norms for second and
WANG, JINGLING. Die Relativkonstruktionen im Chinesischen: Eine diachrone Studie. BN by H. Narrog. 82.2.463–
64 (2006).
WANG, SHAOXIANG. BN on Baer and Koby (eds.), Beyond the ivory tower: Rethinking translation pedagogy.
82.3.669–70 (2006).
WANG, SHAOXIANG. BN on Foley and Thompson, Language learning: A lifelong process. 81.4.1005 (2005).
WANG, SHAOXIANG. BN on LeVine and Scollon (eds.), Discourse and technology: Multimodal discourse analysis.
83.1.222–23 (2007).
WANG, SHAOXIANG. BN on Macdonald, Exploring media discourse. 81.2.538–39 (2005).
WANG, SHAOXIANG. BN on Somers (ed.), Computers and translation: A translator’s guide. 81.2.544–45 (2005).
WANG, WILLIAM S.-Y., and J. W. MINETT (eds.) Language, evolution, and the brain. Rev. by S. Lamb. 86.4.973–75
(2010).
Wanna revisited. By R. Hudson. 82.3.604–27 (2006).
WANNER, ANJA. Deconstructing the English passive. Rev. by B. Mondorf. 88.2.452–57 (2012).
WANNER, DIETER. The power of analogy: An essay on historical linguistics. Rev. by J. Klausenburger. 86.1.256–59
(2010).
WANNER, DIETER, and S. N. DWORKIN (eds.) New approaches to old problems: Issues in Romance historical linguistics. BN by L. Daniliuc and R. Daniliuc. 78.4.809–10 (2002).
War of words: Language, politics and 9/11. By S. Silberstein. BN by E. C. Ng. 80.1.188–89 (2004).
WARD, GREGORY. Equatives and deferred reference. 80.2.262–89 (2004).
WARD, GREGORY. Rev. of Napoli, Language matters: A guide to everyday questions about language. 83.3.654–57
(2007).
WARD, GREGORY; B. J. BIRNER; L. R. HORN; B. ABBOTT; P. JACOBSON; and J. M. SADOCK. Obituary of Ellen F.
Prince. 87.4.866–72 (2011).
WARD, GREGORY; B. J. BIRNER; and J. P. KAPLAN. Functional compositionality and the interaction of discourse
constraints. 83.2.317–43 (2007).
WARD, GREGORY; R. DORAN; M. LARSON; Y. MCNABB; and R. E. BAKER. A novel experimental paradigm for
WARDHAUGH, RONALD. An introduction to sociolinguistics. 4th edn. BN by Z. Salzmann. 79.4.824–25 (2003).
WAREING, SHÂN, and L. THOMAS. Language, society and power: An introduction. BN by I. M. Laversuch. 77.3.618
(2001).
WAREING, SHÂN; L. THOMAS; I. SINGH; J. S. PECCEI; J. THORNBORROW; and J. JONES. Language, society and power:
An introduction. 2nd edn. BN by C. Brammer. 82.3.697–98 (2006).
WARNER, ANTHONY; S. PINTZUK; and G. TSOULAS (eds.) Diachronic syntax: Models and mechanisms. BN by E.
van Gelderen. 78.4.791 (2002).
WARNER, NATASHA, and C. GUSSENHOVEN (eds.) Laboratory phonology 7. BN by E. Herrera Z. 80.1.175–76
(2004).
WARNOW, TANDY; L. NAKHLEH; and D. RINGE. Perfect phylogenetic networks: A new methodology for
reconstructing the evolutionary history of natural languages. 81.2.382–420 (2005).
Was heißt hier „fremd”? Studien zu Sprache und Fremdheit. Ed. by D. Naguschewski and J. Trabant. BN by E.
Schleef. 77.2.406 (2001).
WASHBURN, MARIANNE JANKO. BN on Klein and Martohardjono (eds.), The development of second language
grammars: A generative approach. 77.2.400–401 (2001).
WASOW, THOMAS. Postverbal behavior. Rev. by G. M. Green. 80.2.327–31 (2004).
192
WASOW, THOMAS. Rev. of Fillmore, Form and meaning in language, vol. 1: Papers on semantic roles. 82.1.169–71
(2006).
WASOW, THOMAS. Rev. of Pinker, Words and rules: The ingredients of language. 77.1.168–71 (2001).
WASOW, THOMAS. Rev. of Soames, Beyond rigidity: The unfinished semantic agenda of naming and necessity.
79.4.786–88 (2003).
WASOW, THOMAS; B. LOHSE; and J. A. HAWKINS. Domain minimization in English verb-particle constructions.
80.2.238–61 (2004).
WASOW, THOMAS, and I. A. SAG. Syntactic theory: A formal introduction. Rev. by P. Farrell. 77.1.158–62 (2001).
WATANABE, AKIRA. Rev. of Richards, Movement in language: Interactions and architectures. 80.3.608–12 (2004).
WATANABE, NORIKO. BN on Bucholtz, Liang, and Sutton (eds.), Reinventing identities: The gendered self in
discourse. 77.1.188 (2001).
WATANABE, NORIKO. BN on Mey, When voices clash: A study in literary pragmatics. (Trends in linguistics, studies
and monographs 115.) 77.1.187–88 (2001).
WATSON, JANET C. E. The phonology and morphology of Arabic. Rev. by J. J. McCarthy. 80.4.865–67 (2004).
WATSON, JANET C. E. Rev. of Broselow and Ouali (eds.), Perspectives on Arabic linguistics: Papers from the
annual symposia on Arabic linguistics, vol. XXII–XXIII: College Park, Maryland, 2008 and Milwaukee,
Wisconsin, 2009. 88.4.896–99 (2012).
WATSON, RICHARD. BN on Blackings and Fabb, A grammar of Ma’di. 81.4.1000 (2005).
WATT, DOMINIC; P. FOULKES; and G. DOCHERTY. Phonological variation in child-directed speech. 81.1.177–206
(2005).
WATTERS, DAVID E. A grammar of Kham. BN by E. Garrett. 83.2.477 (2007).
WATTERS, PAUL A. BN on McClure, Using Japanese: A guide to contemporary usage. 81.4.1015 (2005).
WATTS, RICHARD J. Politeness. Rev. by M. Sifianou. 82.3.665–68 (2006).
WATTS, RICHARD J., and T. BEX (eds.) Standard English: The widening debate. BN by E. G. Winkler. 77.1.201
(2001).
‘We do not want to masquerade as linguists’: A short history of SIL and the academy (SIL International and the
disciplinary culture of linguistics). By W. L. Svelmoe. 85.3.629–35 (2009).
WEBB, VIC, and KEMBO-SURE (eds.) African voices: An introduction to the languages and linguistics of Africa. Rev.
by H. F. W. Stahlke. 78.4.776–78 (2002).
WEBBER, PHILIP E. BN on Goossens, Taeldeman, and Verleyen, Fonologische Atlas van de Nederlandse Dialecten.
2: De Westgermaanse korte vocalen in open syllable. 3: De Westgermaanse lange vocalen en diftongen.
79.1.219–20 (2003).
WEBBER, PHILIP E. BN on Jones, Image of language: Six essays on German attitudes to European languages from
1500 to 1800. 77.1.200–201 (2001).
WEBER, DAVID J., and T. E. PAYNE (eds.) Perspectives on grammar writing. Rev. by H. E. M. Klein. 85.4.944–47
(2009).
WECHSLER, STEPHEN. Rev. of Baker, The syntax of agreement and concord. 87.4.873–78 (2011).
WECHSLER, STEPHEN. Weighing in on scales: A reply to Goldberg and Jackendoff (Discussion Note). 81.2.465–73
(2005).
WECHSLER, STEPHEN. What ‘you’ and ‘I’ mean to each other: Person indexicals, self-ascription, and theory of mind.
86.2.332–65 (2010).
WECHSLER, STEPHEN, and L. ZLATIĆ. The many faces of agreement. Rev. by M. Dalrymple. 83.2.449–51 (2007).
WECHSLER, STEPHEN, and L. ZLATIĆ. The wrong two faces (Discussion Note). 88.2.380–87 (2012).
WEGENER, CLAUDIA. BN on Casad and Palmer (eds.), Cognitive linguistics and non-Indo-European languages.
81.3.772–73 (2005).
WEGENER, CLAUDIA. BN on Lenz (ed.), Deictic conceptualisation of space, time and person. 81.4.1012 (2005).
WEI, LI (ed.) The bilingualism reader. BN by S. M. Burt. 78.4.806–7 (2002).
WEI, LI, and P. AUER (eds.) Handbook of multilingualism and multilingual communication. Rev. by S. Romaine.
85.2.457–58 (2009).
WEI, LI; J.-M. DEWAELE; and A. HOUSEN (eds.) Opportunities and challenges of bilingualism. BN by M. Sloboda.
80.4.903–4 (2004).
WEIGAND, EDDA (ed.) Emotion in dialogic interaction: Advances in the complex. BN by F. Yus. 82.4.962 (2006).
WEIGAND, EDDA, and M. DASCAL (eds.) Negotiation and power in dialogic interaction. BN by B. Li. 79.4.825
(2003).
Weighing in on scales: A reply to Goldberg and Jackendoff. Discussion Note by S. Wechsler. 81.2.465–73 (2005).
WEINERT, REGINA, and J. MILLER. Spontaneous spoken language: Syntax and discourse. BN by J. Dailey-O’Cain.
77.3.613–14 (2001).
193
WEISSENBORN, JÜRGEN, and B. HÖHLE (eds.) Approaches to bootstrapping: Phonological, lexical, syntactic and
neurophysiological aspects of early language acquisition, vols. 1 and 2. BN by D. Apoussidou. 81.4.1030
(2005).
WELDON, TRACEY L. BN on Green, African American English: A linguistic introduction. 82.4.948 (2006).
WELDON, TRACEY L. RA on Wolfram and Thomas, The development of African American English; and Kautzsch,
The historical evolution of earlier African American English: An empirical comparison of early sources.
81.2.478–94 (2005).
Welsh answering system, The. By B. M. Jones. BN by J. F. Eska. 77.1.192–93 (2001).
WERKER, JANET F. Rev. of Byrd and Mintz, Discovering speech, words, and mind. 88.1.185–88 (2012).
WERKER, JANET F.; J. PATER; and C. STAGER. The perceptual acquisition of phonological contrasts. 80.3.384–402
(2004).
WERKMANN, VALJA. Objektklitika im Bulgarischen. BN by G. H. Toops. 82.3.699–700 (2006).
Werkzeug Sprache: Sprachpolitik, Sprachfähigkeit, Sprache und Macht. BN by M. Ciscel. 78.2.205 (2002).
WERLE, ADAM. BN on Fischer, The Catalan clitic system: A diachronic perspective on its syntax and phonology.
81.2.523–24 (2005).
WERNER, HEINRICH. BN on Vajda (ed.), Languages and prehistory of central Siberia. 83.2.473 (2007).
WESKOTT, THOMAS, and G. FANSELOW. On the informativity of different measures of linguistic acceptability.
87.2.249–73 (2011).
WETZELS, W. LEO, and A. CALABRESE (eds.) Loan phonology. Rev. by J. Durand. 87.3.629–31 (2011).
WETZELS, W. LEO, and J. MASCARÓ. The typology of voicing and devoicing. 77.2.207–44 (2001).
WEXLER, KENNETH, and R. THORNTON. Principle B, VP ellipsis, and interpretation in child grammar. Rev. by K.
K. Grohmann. 78.2.322–24 (2002).
WH-movement: Moving on. Ed. by L. L.-S. Cheng and N. Corver. Rev. by Ž. Bošković. 85.2.463–68 (2009).
WHALEN, D. H.; L. GOLDSTEIN; and C. T. BEST (eds.) Laboratory phonology 8. Rev. by J. Padgett. 86.4.957–60
(2010).
WHALEN, D. H.; H. S. MAGEN; M. POUPLIER; A. M. KANG; and K. ISKAROUS. Vowel targets without a hyperspace
effect (Letter to Language). 80.3.377–78 (2004).
WHALEN, D. H., and G. F. SIMONS. Endangered language families (Short Report). 88.1.155–73 (2012).
Whales, candlelight and stuff like that: General extenders in English discourse. By M. Overstreet. BN by E.
Schleef. 78.2.349 (2002).
WHALEY, LINDSAY J. BN on Kulikov and Vater (eds.), Typology of verbal categories: Papers presented to Vladimir
Nedjalkov on the occasion of his 70th birthday. 77.2.417–18 (2001).
WHALEY, LINDSAY J., and L. A. GRENOBLE. RA on Bradley and Bradley (eds.), Language endangerment and
language maintenance; and Janse and Tol (eds.), Language death and language maintenance: Theoretical,
practical and descriptive approaches. 81.4.965–74 (2005).
WHALEY, LINDSAY J., and L. A. GRENOBLE. Saving languages: An introduction to language revitalization. Rev. by
S. Wichmann. 84.4.883–85 (2008).
What counts: Focus and quantification. By E. Herburger. BN by S. Banerji. 81.3.778–79 (2005).
What did Jesus mean? Explaining the Sermon on the Mount and the parables in simple and universal human
concepts. By A. Wierzbicka. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.1.226–27 (2003).
What do we do with an International Year of Languages? Letter to Language by D. Crystal. 84.2.215–16 (2008).
What is a perfect state? By A. Nishiyama and J.-P. Koenig. 86.3.611–46 (2010).
What is morphology? By M. Aronoff and K. Fudeman. Rev. by G. Stump. 84.1.177–79 (2008).
What is the human language faculty? Two views. Discussion Note by R. Jackendoff. 87.3.586–624 (2011).
What ‘you’ and ‘I’ mean to each other: Person indexicals, self-ascription, and theory of mind. By S. Wechsler.
86.2.332–65 (2010).
What’s in a name? Plenty! Letter to Language by J. S. Falk. 84.3.469 (2008).
WHEELER, REBECCA S. (ed.) Language alive in the classroom. Rev. by S. M. Burt. 77.2.379–81 (2001).
WHEELER, REBECCA S. (ed.) The workings of language: From prescriptions to perspectives. Rev. by S. M. Burt.
77.2.379–81 (2001).
When is a temporal marker not a tense? Reply to Tonhauser 2007. Discussion Note by R. Nordlinger and L. Sadler.
84.2.325–31 (2008).
When language breaks down: Analysing discourse in clinical contexts. By E. D. Asp and J. de Villiers. Rev. by M.
Kissine. 88.4.894–96 (2012).
When languages die: The extinction of the world’s languages and the erosion of human knowledge. By K. D.
Harrison. Rev. by A. Nevins and A. R. Singerman. 87.2.398–402 (2011).
When listeners talk: Response tokens and listener stance. By R. Gardner. BN by B. Li. 79.4.801–2 (2003).
194
When semantics meets phonetics: Acoustical studies of second-occurrence focus. By D. Beaver, B. Z. Clark, E.
Flemming, T. F. Jaeger, and M. Wolters. 83.2.245–76 (2007).
When voices clash: A study in literary pragmatics. (Trends in linguistics, studies and monographs 115.) By J. L.
Mey. BN by N. Watanabe. 77.1.187–88 (2001).
Where mathematics comes from: How the embodied mind brings mathematics into being. By G. Lakoff and R.
Núñez. Rev. by D. T. Langendoen. 78.1.170–72 (2002).
WHITE, FREDERICK. BN on Patrick, Language, politics, and social interaction in an Inuit community. 82.1.213–14
(2006).
WHITE, LYDIA. Second language acquisition and universal grammar. Rev. by R. Hawkins. 81.3.754–57 (2005).
White kids: Language, race, and styles of youth identity. By M. Bucholtz. Rev. by J. Baugh. 88.2.416–19 (2012).
WHITING, BRONWEN; M. DONOHUE; S. MUSGRAVE; and S. WICHMANN. Typological feature analysis models
linguistic geography (Discussion Note). 87.2.369–83 (2011).
WHITLEY, M. STANLEY. Spanish/English contrasts: A course in Spanish linguistics. 2nd edn. BN by K. B. Cohen.
80.2.360 (2004).
WHITLEY, M. STANLEY, and R. V. TESCHNER. Pronouncing English: A stress-based approach with CD-ROM. BN
by D. Deterding. 83.2.468–69 (2007).
WHITMAN, JOHN. Rev. of Nakayama (ed.), Issues in East Asian language acquisition. 82.3.662–65 (2006).
WHITMAN, JOHN; W. HARBERT; S. MCCONNELL-GINET; and A. MILLER (eds.) Language and poverty. RA by S. S.
Mufwene. 86.4.910–32 (2010).
WHITMAN, NEAL. Semantics and pragmatics of English verbal dependent coordination. 80.3.403–34 (2004).
Wh-movement and the theory of feature-checking. By A. Simpson. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 79.3.667–68 (2003).
WH-movement in children with grammatical SLI: A test of the RDDR hypothesis. By H. K. J. van der Lely and J.
Battell. 79.1.153–81 (2003).
Whose German? The ach/ich alternation and related phenomena in ‘standard’ and ‘colloquial’. By O. W.
Robinson. BN by M. Pierce. 78.4.822–23 (2002).
Wh-scope marking. Ed. by U. Lutz, G. Müller, and A. von Stechow. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 78.2.377–78 (2002).
Why agree? Why move? Unifying agreement-based and discourse-configurational languages. By S. Miyagawa.
Rev. by A. Holmberg. 87.1.218–21 (2011).
Why do languages change? By R. L. Trask. Revised by R. McColl Millar. Rev. by J. Aitchison. 88.1.221–24 (2012).
Why should a demonstrative turn into a preposition? The evolution of Welsh predicative yn. By O. D. Gensler
78.4.710–64 (2002).
Why there are no clitics: An alternative perspective on pronominal allomorphy. By D. L. Everett. Rev. by J. A.
Nevis. 77.1.162–66 (2001).
Why we curse: A neuro-psycho-social theory of speech. By T. Jay. BN by E. Battistella. 77.3.633–34 (2001).
Why we talk: The evolutionary origins of language. By J.-L. Dessalles. Rev. by J. L. Locke. 85.3.710–13 (2009).
WICHMANN, SØREN. BN on Foris, A grammar of Sochiapan Chinantec. 78.4.805–6 (2002).
WICHMANN, SØREN. BN on Hardman, Aymara. 80.3.623–24 (2004).
WICHMANN, SØREN. BN on Miller, Desano grammar. 78.4.804–5 (2002).
WICHMANN, SØREN. Rev. of Grenoble and Whaley, Saving languages: An introduction to language revitalization.
84.4.883–85 (2008).
WICHMANN, SØREN, and M. DONOHUE (eds.) The typology of semantic alignment. Rev. by Å. Næss. 85.3.713–16
(2009).
WICHMANN, SØREN; M. DONOHUE; S. MUSGRAVE; and B. WHITING. Typological feature analysis models linguistic
WIDELL, MAGNUS. BN on Kaplan, Use of aspect-tense verbal forms in Akkadian texts of the Hammurapi period
(1792–1750 B.C.). 80.3.625–26 (2004).
WIDELL, MAGNUS. BN on Kessler, The significance of word lists. 79.2.441–43 (2003).
Wie Sprache entsteht: Spracherwerb bei Kindern mit beeinträchtigtem und normalem Hören. By G. Szagun. Rev. by
J. P. Morford. 82.1.179–82 (2006).
WIER, THOMAS R. BN on Andrews, Introduction to Classical Nahuatl. Rev. edn.; Workbook for introduction to
Classical Nahuatl. Rev. edn. 81.4.997–98 (2005).
WIER, THOMAS R. BN on Boas, A constructional approach to resultatives. 83.3.667–68 (2007).
WIER, THOMAS R. BN on Chirikba, Abkhaz. 81.2.516–17 (2005).
WIER, THOMAS R. BN on Gould and Loether, An introduction to the Shoshoni language. 81.4.1006 (2005).
WIER, THOMAS R. BN on Holiskey and Tuite (eds.), Current trends in Caucasian, East European and Inner Asian
linguistics: Papers in honor of Howard I. Aronson. 82.3.682–83 (2006).
WIER, THOMAS R. BN on Sadock, A grammar of Kalaallisut (West Greenlandic Inuttut). 82.1.221–22 (2006).
WIER, THOMAS R. BN on Wolfart (ed.), Papers of the thirty-fourth Algonquian Conference. 83.1.234–35 (2007).
195
WIERZBICKA, ANNA. Emotions across languages and cultures: Diversity and universals. BN by A. Gianto.
77.2.408–9 (2001).
WIERZBICKA, ANNA. Experience, evidence, & sense: The hidden cultural legacy of English. Rev. by E. C. Traugott.
88.3.681–84 (2012).
WIERZBICKA, ANNA. What did Jesus mean? Explaining the Sermon on the Mount and the parables in simple and
universal human concepts. BN by A. S. Kaye. 79.1.226–27 (2003).
WIERZBICKA, ANNA, and C. GODDARD (eds.) Meaning and universal grammar: Theory and empirical findings. Rev.
by G. van Driem. 80.1.163–65 (2004).
WIESE, HEIKE. Numbers, language and the human mind. Rev. by C. Goddard. 84.3.672–75 (2008).
WIESE, HEIKE, and H. J. SIMON (eds.) Pronouns—Grammar and representation. BN by Y. A. Lander. 80.4.901–2
(2004).
WIESE, RICHARD. The phonology of German. BN by M. Pierce. 78.4.822 (2002).
WILCE, JAMES M. Language and emotion. Rev. by N. Besnier. 87.2.433–35 (2011).
WILCOX, SHERMAN; M. K. HIRAGA; and C. SINHA (eds.) Cultural, psychological and typological issues in cognitive
WILKINS, WENDY K. Rev. of Marcus, The birth of the mind: How a tiny number of genes creates the complexities of
human thought. 82.4.921–24 (2006).
WILKS, YORICK A.; S. NIRENBURG; and H. L. SOMERS (eds.) Readings in machine translation. BN by S. Robinson.
81.3.784–85 (2005).
WILLIAMS, EDWIN. Representation theory. Rev. by N. Hornstein and A. Nevins. 81.3.757–61 (2005).
WILLIAMS, JEFFREY P., and M. ACETO (eds.) Contact Englishes of the eastern Caribbean. BN by D. E. Walicek.
81.3.766 (2005).
WILLIE, MARYANN; A. CARNIE; and H. HARLEY (eds.) Formal approaches to function in grammar: In honor of
Eloise Jelinek. BN by F. J. Newmeyer. 80.3.616–17 (2004).
WILLIS, DAVID W. E. Syntactic change in Welsh: A study of the loss of verb-second. BN by J. F. Eska. 77.1.191–92
(2001).
WILLIS, PENNY. Rev. of Zimmer, Studies in Welsh word-formation. 79.3.640–42 (2003).
WILSON, ANDREW; P. RAYSON; and T. MCENERY (eds.) A rainbow of corpora: Corpus linguistics and the languages
of the world. BN by H. Narrog. 80.4.904–5 (2004).
WILSON, COLIN; B. HAYES; and A. SHISKO. Maxent grammars for the metrics of Shakespeare and Milton. 88.4.691–
731 (2012).
WILSON, FRANCES; C. HEYCOCK; A. SORACE; Z. S. HANSEN; and S. VIKNER. Detecting the late stages of syntactic
WILSON, STEPHEN. Coverbs and complex predicates in Wagiman. BN by C. Bowern. 77.1.189–90 (2001).
WILSS, WOLFRAM. Translation and interpreting in the 20th century: Focus on German. BN by I. M. Laversuch.
77.1.174–75 (2001).
WILTSHIRE, CAROLINE, and J. CAMPS (eds.) Romance syntax, semantics and L2 acquisition. BN by J. GutiérrezRexach. 79.4.834–35 (2003).
WINCHESTER, SIMON. The meaning of everything: The story of the Oxford English Dictionary. BN by M. Pierce.
82.2.226 (2006).
Wine and conversation. 2nd edn. By A. Lehrer. Rev. by D. L. Payne. 86.4.963–66 (2010).
WINFORD, DONALD. RA on Aikhenvald, Language contact in Amazonia; and Clyne, Dynamics of language contact:
English and immigrant languages. 83.2.401–21 (2007).
WINFORD, DONALD. Rev. of Matras and Bakker (eds.), The mixed language debate: Theoretical and empirical
advances. 85.1.223–28 (2009).
WINKLER, ELIZABETH GRACE. BN on Bex and Watts (eds.), Standard English: The widening debate. 77.1.201
(2001).
WINKLER, ELIZABETH GRACE. BN on Crystal, English as a global language. 2nd edn. 81.4.1003–4 (2005).
WINKLER, ELIZABETH GRACE. BN on Flores-Ferrán, Subject personal pronouns in Spanish narratives of Puerto
Ricans in New York City: A sociolinguistic perspective. 80.4.887 (2004).
WINKLER, ELIZABETH GRACE. BN on Goddard and Patterson, Language and gender. 5th edn. 78.4.806 (2002).
WINKLER, ELIZABETH GRACE. BN on Kaye and Tosco, Pidgin and creole languages: A basic introduction.
79.4.808–9 (2003).
WINKLER, ELIZABETH GRACE. BN on Lanehart (ed.), Sociocultural and historical contexts of African American
English. 79.2.444 (2003).
WINKLER, ELIZABETH GRACE. BN on Mills, Gender and politeness. 81.4.1016–17 (2005).
WINKLER, ELIZABETH GRACE. BN on Patrick, Urban Jamaican Creole: Variation in the mesolect. 77.2.406–7
(2001).
196
WINKLER, ELIZABETH GRACE. BN on Pollard, Dread talk: The language of Rastafari. 2nd edn. 78.3.597–98 (2002).
WINKLER, ELIZABETH GRACE. BN on Silva-Corvalán, Sociolingüística y pragmática del español. 79.1.223–24
(2003).
WINKLER, ELIZABETH GRACE. BN on Trudgill, A glossary of sociolinguistics. 81.4.1025 (2005).
WINKLER, SUSANNE, and K. SCHWABE (eds.) The interfaces: Deriving and interpreting omitted structures. BN by J.
L. González Escribano. 82.1.222–23 (2006).
WINTER, YOAD. Flexibility principles in Boolean semantics: The interpretation of coordination, plurality, and scope
in natural language. BN by S. Banerji. 80.2.332 (2004).
WINTERS, MARGARET E. Rev. of Blank and Koch (eds.), Historical semantics and cognition. 78.4.780–83 (2002).
WIREN, MATS; M. RAYNER; D. CARTER; P. BOUILLON; and V. DIGALAKIS (eds.) The spoken language translator. BN
WISCHER, ILSE, and G. DIEWALD (eds.) New reflections on grammaticalization. Rev. by J. F. Eska. 79.4.788–91
(2003).
WOLFART, H. C. (ed.) Papers of the thirty-fourth Algonquian Conference. BN by T. R. Wier. 83.1.234–35 (2007).
WOLFF, H. EKKEHARD (ed.) Topics in Chadic linguistics: Papers from the 1st biennial international colloquium on
the Chadic language family (Leipzig, July 5–8, 2001). BN by B. Wald. 83.1.235–36 (2007).
WOLFRAM, WALT. Reexamining the development of African American English: Evidence from isolated
communities. 79.2.282–316 (2003).
WOLFRAM, WALT. Rev. of Dorian, Investigating variation: The effects of social organization and social setting.
87.4.904–8 (2011).
WOLFRAM, WALT; J. K. PEYTON; P. GRIFFIN; and R. FASOLD (eds.) Language in action: New studies of language in
society: Essays in honor of Roger W. Shuy. BN by Z. Salzmann. 77.4.855 (2001).
WOLFRAM, WALT, and E. R. THOMAS. The development of African American English. RA by T. L. Weldon.
81.2.478–94 (2005).
WOLL, BENCIE; N. SMITH; I. TSIMPLI; and G. MORGAN. The signs of a savant: Language against the odds. Rev. by
R. Hawkins. 88.1.218–21 (2012).
WOLTERS, MARIA; D. BEAVER; B. Z. CLARK; E. FLEMMING; and T. F. JAEGER. When semantics meets phonetics:
Women, language and linguistics: Three American stories from the first half of the twentieth century. By J. S. Falk.
Rev. by C. V. Chvany. 77.2.350–53 (2001).
WOODARD, ROGER D. (ed.) The Cambridge encyclopedia of the world’s ancient languages. Rev. by B. W. Fortson
IV. 84.2.442–48 (2008).
Word: A cross-linguistic typology. Ed. by R. M. W. Dixon and A. Y. Aikhenvald. BN by C. Rice. 82.4.941–42
(2006).
Word frequency and lexical diffusion. By B. S. Phillips. Rev. by R. W. Murray. 85.2.487–90 (2009).
Word order, agreement and pronominalization in standard and Palestinian Arabic. By M. A. Mohammad. BN by
A. S. Kaye. 77.3.642 (2001).
Word order change in Icelandic: From OV to VO. By T. Hróarsdóttir. BN by B. Wald. 79.4.805 (2003).
Word order in 17th century English: A study of the stabilisation of the XSV pattern. By B. Bækken. BN by N.
Nesselhauf. 81.4.998 (2005).
Word order in Hungarian: The syntax of A’-positions. By G. Puskás. BN by K. K. Grohmann. 78.2.378–79 (2002).
Word order variation: A constraint-based approach. By J. Costa. BN by J. M. Lipski. 78.1.180–81 (2002).
Word sense disambiguation: The case for combinations of knowledge sources. By M. Stevenson. BN by C.
Tschichold. 81.4.1022–23 (2005).
Word structure. By R. Coates. BN by M. J. Elson. 77.3.614–15 (2001).
Word weavers, The: Newshounds and wordsmiths. By J. Aitchison. Rev. by R. Lakoff. 85.2.451–54 (2009).
Word-formation in English. By I. Plag. BN by M. Callies. 82.1.215–16 (2006).
Word-order based grammar. By E. Koktova. BN by A. Gianto. 77.2.409 (2001).
Words and rules: The ingredients of language. By S. Pinker. Rev. by T. Wasow. 77.1.168–71 (2001).
Words in the world: How and why meanings can matter. By S. McConnell-Ginet. 84.3.497–527 (2008).
Words in time: Diachronic semantics from different points of view. Ed. by R. Eckardt, K. von Heusinger, and C.
Schwarze. Rev. by D. Geeraerts. 84.3.626–28 (2008).
Words without meaning. By C. Gauker. BN by X. He. 82.4.945–46 (2006).
Workbook in phonology, A. By I. Roca and W. Johnson. BN by M. Pierce. 77.3.624 (2001).
Working-memory capacity and island effects: A reminder of the issues and the facts. Discussion Note by J. Sprouse,
M. Wagers, and C. Phillips. 88.2.401–7 (2012).
Working minimalism. Ed. by S. D. Epstein and N. Hornstein. BN by A. Pereltsvaig. 77.3.603 (2001).
197
Workings of language, The: From prescriptions to perspectives. Ed. by R. S. Wheeler. Rev. by S. M. Burt.
77.2.379–81 (2001).
World Englishes: An introduction. By G. Melchers and P. Shaw. BN by L. Gao. 82.1.210 (2006).
World Englishes: A resource book for students. By J. Jenkins. BN by A. Głaz. 82.3.685–86 (2006).
World knowledge and natural language analysis. Ed. by S. L. Hansen. BN by K. Chirkova. 78.1.191 (2002).
Worlds of words: A tribute to Arne Zettersten. Ed. by C. Dollerup. BN by M. Kilarski. 82.4.942–43 (2006).
Worlds of written discourse: A genre-based view. By V. K. Bhatia. BN by U. Römer. 83.3.666 (2007).
WOUTERS, ALFONS, and P. SWIGGERS (eds.) Ancient grammar: Content and context. BN by B. Wald. 77.4.862–63
(2001).
WRATIL, MELANI, and P. GALLMAN (eds.) Null pronouns. Rev. by H. Rosenkvist. 88.4.930–33 (2012).
WRAY, ALISON. Formulaic language and the lexicon. Rev. by K. Kuiper. 80.4.868–71 (2004).
WRAY, ALISON (ed.) The transition to language. BN by Z. Salzmann. 80.3.639–40 (2004).
WRIGHT, CORY D. BN on Vision, Veritas: The correspondence theory and its critics. 83.2.476–77 (2007).
WRIGHT, LAURA (ed.) The development of Standard English, 1300–1800: Theories, descriptions, conflicts. BN by E.
Battistella. 80.2.332–33 (2004).
WRIGHT, RICHARD; K. JOHNSON; and E. FLEMMING. Response to Whalen et al. (Letter to Language). 80.4.646–49
(2004).
WRIGHT, RICHARD; S. MORAN; and D. MCCLOY. Revisiting population size vs. phoneme inventory size (Discussion
Note). 88.4.877–93 (2012).
WRIGHT, ROGER. Rev. of Cravens, Comparative historical dialectology: Italo-Romance clues to Ibero-Romance
sound change. 79.4.775–77 (2003).
WRIGHT, SUE (ed.) Language, democracy and devolution in Catalonia. BN by J. Hajek. 78.2.359–60 (2002).
Writing in nonstandard English. Ed. by I. Taavitsainen, G. Melchers, and P. Pahta. BN by B. Kortmann. 78.2.385–
86 (2002).
Writing on the wall, The: How Asian orthography curbs creativity. By W. C. Hannas. Rev. by R. Sproat. 81.1.251–
54 (2005).
Writing Panare: Portrait of a linguist on fieldwork (video). By P. Henley. BN by K. S. Chung. 82.1.199 (2006).
Writing revolution, The: Cuneiform to the internet. By A. E. Gnanadesikan. Rev. by J. T. Katz. 87.3.640–43 (2011).
Writing systems: An introduction to their linguistic analysis. By F. Coulmas. BN by P. Unseth. 81.2.518 (2005).
Writing systems: A linguistic approach. By H. Rogers. BN by P. T. Daniels. 82.3.693–94 (2006).
Writing, society and culture in early Rus, c. 950–1300. By S. Franklin. BN by G. H. Toops. 81.2.524 (2005).
Wrong two faces, The. Discussion Note by S. Wechsler and L. Zlatić. 88.2.380–87 (2012).
WU, YURU; K. SUSUMU; and K. TAKAMI. Response to Aoun and Li. 77.1.134–43 (2001).
WU, ZOE, and A. SIMPSON. Agreement, shells, and focus. 78.2.287–313 (2002).
WYNGAERD, GUIDO VANDEN. Measuring events. 77.1.61–90 (2001).
XANTHOS, ARIS, and J. GOLDSMITH. Learning phonological categories. 85.1.4–38 (2009).
XIAO, RICHARD, and T. MCENERY. Aspect in Mandarin Chinese: A corpus-based study. BN by E. J. Vajda. 83.3.693
(2007).
XIE, CHAOQUN. BN on Albertazzi (ed.), Meaning and cognition: A multidisciplinary approach. 79.1.213–14 (2003).
XIE, CHAOQUN. BN on Barcelona (ed.), Metaphor and metonymy at the crossroads: A cognitive approach.
79.3.644–45 (2003).
XIE, CHAOQUN. BN on Chomsky, The architecture of language. 79.3.649 (2003).
XIE, CHAOQUN. BN on Collins, Reanimated voices: Speech reporting in a historical-pragmatic perspective.
79.1.217–18 (2003).
XIE, CHAOQUN. BN on Dedaić and Nelson (eds.), At war with words. 82.2.452–53 (2006).
XIE, CHAOQUN. BN on Dirven, Frank, and Pütz (eds.), Cognitive models in language and thought: Ideology,
metaphor and meanings. 82.2.453 (2006).
XIE, CHAOQUN. BN on Dirven and Pörings (eds.), Metaphor and metonymy in comparison and contrast. 80.2.344
(2004).
XIE, CHAOQUN. BN on Eerdmans, Prevignano, and Thibault (eds.), Language and interaction: Discussions with
John J. Gumperz. 80.4.883–84 (2004).
XIE, CHAOQUN. BN on Hellinger and Bussmann (eds.), Gender across languages: The linguistic representation of
women and men. Vol. 2. 79.4.804 (2003).
XIE, CHAOQUN. BN on Irigaray, To speak is never neutral. 79.4.806–7 (2003).
XIE, CHAOQUN. BN on Nair, Narrative gravity: Conversation, cognition, culture. 80.2.353–54 (2004).
XIE, CHAOQUN. BN on Poyatos, Nonverbal communication across disciplines. Vol. 1: Culture, sensory interaction,
speech, conversation. Vol. 2: Paralanguage, kinesics, silence, personal and environmental interaction. Vol. 3:
Narrative literature, theater, cinema, translation. 79.4.818–19 (2003).
198
XIE, CHAOQUN. BN on Sakita, Reporting discourse, tense, and cognition. 80.2.355–56 (2004).
XIE, CHAOQUN. BN on Tannen and Alatis (eds.), Linguistics, language, and the real world: Discourse and beyond.
80.4.902–3 (2004).
XP-adjunction in universal grammar: Scrambling and binding in Hindi-Urdu. By A. Kidwai. BN by K. K.
Grohmann. 81.2.532 (2005).
YAH, ELEUTERIO PO’OT; V. BRICKER; and O. D. DE PO’OT. A dictionary of the Maya language as spoken in Hocabá,
YALLOP, COLIN. Rev. of Leitner and Malcolm (eds.), The habitat of Australia’s Aboriginal languages: Past, present
and future. 86.1.232–34 (2010).
YALLOP, COLIN; M. A. K. HALLIDAY; W. TEUBERT; and A. CERMÁKOVÁ. Lexicology and corpus linguistics: An
YALLOP, COLIN, and E. RONOWICZ (eds.) English: One language, different cultures. BN by I. M. Laversuch.
77.3.620–21 (2001).
YAMADA, HARU. Different games, different rules: Why Americans and Japanese misunderstand each other. BN by
C. Nilep. 80.4.905 (2004).
YAMAGUCHI, MASATAKA. BN on Tanaka, Turn-taking in Japanese conversation: A study in grammar and interaction. 78.1.200 (2002).
YAMAKIDO, HIROKO; R. K. LARSON; and V. DÉPREZ (eds.) The evolution of human language: Biolinguistic
YAMAMOTO, MUTSUMI. Animacy and reference. (Studies in language companion series 46.) BN by E. J. Vajda.
77.3.606 (2001).
YANG, CHARLES D. Knowledge and learning in natural language. Rev. by R. Clark. 82.2.446–49 (2006).
YAROWSKY, DAVID; S. ARMSTRONG; K. CHURCH; P. ISABELLE; S. MANZI; and E. TZOUKERMANN (eds.) Natural
Yearbook of morphology 1999. Ed. by G. Booij and J. van Marle. BN by E. J. Vajda. 81.2.511 (2005).
Yearbook of morphology 2003. Ed. by G. Booij and J. van Marle. BN by A. S. Kaye. 81.2.511–12 (2005).
Yearbook of South Asian languages and linguistics 2002, The. Ed. by R. Singh. BN by L. Kulikov. 83.2.467–68
(2007).
Year-of-Languages initiative in Macedonia, A. Letter to Language by V. A. Friedman. 84.3.470 (2008).
YIM, HYUNG-SOON. The intonational phonology of direct and indirect imperative sentence types in Seoul Korean.
BN by W. Jin. 83.3.693–94 (2007).
YIP, MOIRA. Tone. Rev. by C. W. Kisseberth. 83.3.662–64 (2007).
YIP, PO-CHING, and D. RIMMINGTON. Chinese: A comprehensive grammar. BN by E. J. Vajda. 82.2.464 (2006).
YOO, ISAIAH WONHO. Rev. of Lyons, Definiteness. 78.4.783–86 (2002).
You’re wearing that? Understanding mothers and daughters in conversation. By D. Tannen. Rev. by S. Gass.
84.2.439–42 (2008).
YOUMANS, GILBERT, and P. PFEIFER. Fractal dimensions of discourse (Letter to Language). 81.2.297–99 (2005).
Yr Hen Iaith: Studies in Early Welsh. Ed. by P. Russell. BN by D. Stifter. 81.4.1019–20 (2005).
YU, ALAN C. L. BN on de Boer, The origins of vowel systems. 80.4.880–81 (2004).
YU, ALAN C. L. BN on Struijke, Existential faithfulness: A study of reduplicative TETU, feature movement, and
dissimilation. 82.1.224 (2006).
YU, ALAN C. L. Explaining final obstruent voicing in Lezgian: Phonetics and history. 80.1.73–97 (2004).
Yukaghir texts. Ed. by E. Maslova. BN by E. J. Vajda. 79.4.813 (2003).
Yunnanese and Kunming Chinese: A study of the language communities, the phonological systems, and the
phonological developments. By M. C. Gui. BN by L. A. Hall-Lew. 80.4.891 (2004).
YUS, FRANCISCO. BN on Fetzer, Recontextualizing context: Grammaticality meets appropriateness. 82.4.944
(2006).
YUS, FRANCISCO. BN on Glenn, Laughter in interaction. 82.4.946–47 (2006).
YUS, FRANCISCO. BN on Grant (ed.), Rethinking communicative interaction: New interdisciplinary horizons.
82.4.947–48 (2006).
YUS, FRANCISCO. BN on Kress, Literacy in the new media age. 82.4.953–54 (2006).
YUS, FRANCISCO. BN on Saraceni, The language of comics. 81.1.289 (2005).
YUS, FRANCISCO. BN on Weigand (ed.), Emotion in dialogic interaction: Advances in the complex. 82.4.962 (2006).
ZAEFFERER, DIETMAR (ed.) Deskriptive Grammatik und allgemeiner Sprachvergleich. BN by D. Aichele. 77.2.401–
2 (2001).
ZAEFFERER, DIETMAR, and D. RESTLE (eds.) Sounds and systems: Studies in structure and change: A festschrift for
Theo Vennemann. BN by A. Pham. 80.1.186 (2004).
199
ZAENEN, ANNIE. Rev. of Aranovich (ed.), Split auxiliary systems: A cross-linguistic perspective. 85.3.682–87
(2009).
ZAGONA, KAREN. Rev. of Zubizarreta and Oh, On the syntactic composition of manner and motion. 85.3.744–47
(2009).
ZAGONA, KAREN. The syntax of Spanish. BN by S. Robinson. 79.4.825–26 (2003).
ZAGONA, KAREN; J. HERSCHENSOHN; and E. MALLÉN (eds.) Features and interfaces in Romance: Essays in honor of
Heles Contreras. BN by E. Mathieu. 79.3.658–59 (2003).
ZAIMA, SUSUMU; T. TAKAGAKI; Y. TSURUGA; F. MORENO-FERNÁNDEZ; and Y. KAWAGUCHI (eds.) Corpus-based
ZAMPARELLI, ROBERTO. Layers in the determiner phrase. BN by A. Pereltsvaig. 78.2.363–64 (2002).
ZAMPONI, RAOUL. Betoi. BN by D. T. De Felice. 83.3.694–95 (2007).
ZAMPONI, RAOUL. Maipure. BN by E. J. Vajda. 82.4.963 (2006).
ZANUTTINI, RAFFAELLA; G. CINQUE; J. KOSTER; J.-Y. POLLOCK; and L. RIZZI (eds.) Paths towards universal
grammar: Studies in honor of Richard S. Kayne. BN by D. K. Nylander. 77.2.394–95 (2001).
ZANUTTINI, RAFFAELLA, and P. PORTNER. Exclamative clauses: At the syntax-semantics interface. 79.1.39–81
(2003).
ZAWADA, BRITTA, and H. CUYCKENS (eds.) Polysemy in cognitive linguistics. BN by A. Głaz. 78.4.813 (2002).
ZAWAYDEH, BUSHRA ADNAN, and S. A. FRISCH. The psychological reality of OCP-place in Arabic. 77.1.91–106
(2001).
ZEC, DRAGA; E. W. BROWNE; E. DORNISH; and N. KONDRASHOVA (eds.) Formal approaches to Slavic linguistics 4:
ZEEVAT, HENK. Rev. of Hogeweg, de Hoop, and Malchukov (eds.), Cross-linguistic semantics of tense, aspect, and
modality. 87.1.203–7 (2011).
ZEEVAT, HENK; P. KÜHNLEIN; and H. RIESER (eds.) Perspectives on dialogue in the new millennium. BN by E.
McCready. 82.3.687–88 (2006).
ZELLER, JOCHEN. Particle verbs and local domains. BN by B. Wald. 79.4.826–27 (2003).
ZENTELLA, ANA CELIA; R. OTHEGUY; and D. LIVERT. Language and dialect contact in Spanish in New York:
Toward the formation of a speech community. 83.4.770–802 (2007).
ZESHAN, ULRIKE. Interrogative constructions in signed languages: Crosslinguistic perspectives. 80.1.7–39 (2004).
ZESHAN, ULRIKE. Sign language in Indo-Pakistan: A description of a signed language. BN by C. Bowern.
78.4.807–8 (2002).
ZHANG, JIE. BN on MacEachern, Laryngeal cooccurrence restrictions. 78.4.793 (2002).
ZHANG, JIE. The effects of duration and sonority on contour tone distribution: A typological survey and formal
analysis. BN by M. Cahill. 80.4.905–6 (2004).
ZHANG, LAN. BN on Shi, The establishment of Modern Chinese grammar: The formation of the resultative
construction and its effects. 80.3.637 (2004).
ZHOU, MINGLANG. Multilingualism in China: The politics of writing reforms for minority languages 1949–2002.
Rev. by J. M. Unger. 81.3.761–65 (2005).
ZIMA, PETR (ed.) Areal and genetic factors in language classification and description: Africa south of the Sahara.
BN by B. Wald. 82.2.464–65 (2006).
ZIMMER, STEFAN. Studies in Welsh word-formation. Rev. by P. Willis. 79.3.640–42 (2003).
ZIMMERMANN, MALTE, and C. FÉRY (eds.) Information structure: Theoretical, typological, and experimental
perspectives. Rev. by G. Jäger. 87.2.435–38 (2011).
ZINSMEISTER, HEIKE, and E. BRANDNER (eds.) New perspectives on case theory. BN by S. Evtyukhin. 82.3.673
(2006).
ZLATIĆ, LARISA, and S. WECHSLER. The many faces of agreement. Rev. by M. Dalrymple. 83.2.449–51 (2007).
ZLATIĆ, LARISA, and S. WECHSLER. The wrong two faces (Discussion Note). 88.2.380–87 (2012).
ZOËGA, GEIR T. A concise dictionary of Old Icelandic. BN by P. Czarnecki. 83.3.695 (2007).
ZONNEVELD, WIM. Rev. of Scalise and Vogel (eds.), Cross-disciplinary issues in compounding. 87.3.658–61 (2011).
ZONNEVELD, WIM; R. KAGER; and J. PATER. Constraints in phonological acquisition. Rev. by E. Broselow. 8.214–
20 (2009).
ZONNEVELD, WIM; R. KAGER; and H. VAN DER HULST (eds.) The prosody-morphology interface. BN by M. Pierce.
77.1.179 (2001).
ZRIBI-HERTZ, ANNE, and J. GUÉRON (eds.) La grammaire de la possession. BN by R. McColl Millar. 78.1.211–12
(2002).
ZRIBI-HERTZ, ANNE, and S.-N. KWON. Differential function marking, case, and information structure: Evidence
from Korean. 84.2.258–99 (2008).
200
ZSIGA, ELIZABETH. External sandhi in a second language: The phonetics and phonology of obstruent nasalization in
Korean-accented English. 87.2.289–345 (2011).
ZUBIZARRETA, MARIA LUISA. Rev. of Erteschik-Shir, Information structure: The syntax-discourse interface.
85.4.919–23 (2009).
ZUBIZARRETA, MARIA LUISA, and E. OH. On the syntactic composition of manner and motion. Rev. by K. Zagona.
85.3.744–47 (2009).
ZUCCHI, SANDRO; C. CECCHETTO; and C. GERACI. Another way to mark syntactic dependencies: The case for rightperipheral specifiers in sign languages. 85.2.278–320 (2009).
ZÚÑIGA, FERNANDO. Deixis and alignment: Inverse systems in indigenous languages of the Americas. Rev. by D.
Creissels. 85.2.492–96 (2009).
ZÚÑIGA, FERNANDO, and S. KITTILÄ (eds.) Benefactives and malefactives: Typological perspectives and case
studies. Rev. by J. Newman. 87.3.671–74 (2011).
Zur Geschichte der Nominalgruppe im älteren Deutsch: Festschrift für Paul Valentin: Akten des Pariser Kolloquiums März 1999. By Y. Desportes. BN by J. M. Jeep. 79.2.434 (2003).
Zur Konzeption eines phraseologischen Wörterbuchs für den Fremdsprachler: Am Beispiel Deutsch-Koreanisch.
(Lexicographica, series major, 89.) By M.-A. Cheon. BN by D. Aichele. 77.2.387 (2001).
ZURAW, KIE. The role of phonetic knowledge in phonological patterning: Corpus and survey evidence from Tagalog
infixation. 83.2.277–316 (2007).
ZURAW, KIE; B. HAYES; P. SIPTÁR; and Z. LONDE. Natural and unnatural constraints in Hungarian vowel harmony.
85.4.822–63 (2009).
ZWART, C. JAN-WOUTER, and W. ABRAHAM (eds.) Issues in formal German(ic) typology. BN by K. K. Grohmann.
79.4.827–28 (2003).
ZWART, C. JAN-WOUTER, and W. ABRAHAM (eds.) Studies in comparative Germanic syntax: Proceedings from the
15th Workshop on Comparative Germanic Syntax. BN by L. Roels. 80.4.906–7 (2004).
ZWARTJES, OTTO, and E. HOVDHAUGEN (eds.) Missionary linguistics/Lingüística misionera: Selected papers from
the first International Conference on Missionary Linguistics, Oslo, 13–16 March 2003. BN by P. T. Daniels.
83.2.236 (2007).
ZWICKL, SIMONE. Language attitudes, ethnic identity and dialect use across the Northern Ireland border: Armagh
and Monaghan. BN by A. Feuer. 83.3.695–96 (2007).

Editor`s Department, The: Greetings, or, getting to know me

Transcription

Similar documents

welcome praise message giving communion

Cycle tour for the retention of religion in schools kicks off

A SHORT HISTORY of BAINSFORD CHURCH

ampx user manual - Klundert Muziek

RS Series Brochure

Diapositiva 1

By Richard Osei Ref. Chuck Missler

17Xs MkII USER MANUAL - Floating Point Audio

803-603-0003

Microsoft Outlook Web App - Providence Public Schools